madya PW. 1) adj. erfreuend, erheiternd, lieblich; berauschend. madya Apte. 1) adj. intoxicating. madya PW. 2) n. ein berauschendes Getraenk. madya Apte. n. spirituous liquor, wine, any intoxicating drink. madya see aaranaala (sour gruel made from the fermentation of boiled rice). madya see distillation. madya see drinking party. madya see fermentation. madya see haarahuura. madya see handia. madya see intoxication. madya see kaapizaayana. madya see kaaraNa. madya see kairaatika. madya see kiilaala. madya see kiNva. madya see kohala. madya see maasara. madya see madiraa. madya see madya, maaMsa. madya see maithuna, madya, maaMsa. madya see nagnahu. madya see naiSecanika. madya see navamadyapaana. madya see paanagoSThii. madya see parisrut. madya see phalacamasa. madya see picnic. madya see sahakaarasuraa. madya see seller of madya. madya see siidhu. madya see suraa. madya see suraachaNa, suraanakkhatta. madya see tavern. madya see toddy. madya see tokma. madya see vaaruNii. madya see wine. madya see zaSpa. madya see zauNDika. madya see zuNDaa (spirituous liquor). madya try to find a passage in the maanasollaasa where the method of producing madya is described. madya bibl. Rajendralaala Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans: Contributions towards the elucidation of their Ancient and Mediaeval History, Vol. I, pp. 389-421. madya E.W. Hopkins, 1889, The social and military position of the ruling caste in ancient India, pp. 64-65. madya bibl. M. Bloomfield, "On the Practice of Giving Animals Intoxicating Drink," JAOS 40: 336-9. (pazupaalana) madya bibl. J.C. Ray, 1907, "On the Hindu Method of Manufacturing Spirit from Rice, and its Scientific Explanation," Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, New Ser. vol. II, pp. 129-142, Calcutta. madya bibl. P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, pp. 17-37, Sarasvatii Vihara Series, no. 38, New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture. madya bibl. Aparna Chattopadhyay. 1967/68. Ancient Indian practices of drinking and smoking as found in the carakasaMhitaa. Journal of the Oriental Institute (Baroda), 17: 8-21. madya bibl. A.K. Choudhary, 1971, Early medieval village in north-eastern India (A.D. 600-1200), p. 200. madya bibl. R.P. Kangle, 1972, The kauTiliiya arthazaastra, Part III, pp. 161-162. madya bibl. Kane 1: 829, n. 1253. madya bibl. Kane 3: 964-966. madya bibl. Wasson, j.tr. p. 178, 188, 190, 193, 218. madya bibl. Fumio Enomoto, "Keihin: Indo Bukkyono ichi chuushinnchi no shozai," Tsukamoto Keisho Kyoju Kanreki Kinen Ronbunshu: Chi no kaiko: Bukkyo to Kagaku, Tokyo: Koseishuppansha, pp. 268-269, n. 35: Buddhists in a place which seems to b Kashmir drinks wine a little in the morning. madya bibl. Sugimoto Takushuu, 1984, "Inshu kai kou," Kanazawa Daigaku Bungakubu Ronshuu, Koudou Kagaku Hen, no. 5, pp. 77-93. madya bibl. Shingo Einoo, 2003, "Ritual Employment of Alcoholic Drinks in Ancient India," in Shuuji Yoshida, ed., Comparative Studies on Alcoholic Drinks in the World: JCAS Area Studies Research Reports 4: 149-165. (in Japanese) madya bibl. Yutaka Kawasaki, 2004, "Byakui ha seiten ni okeru inshu no shosou," Jaina kyou kenkyuu, no. 9, pp. 1-25. madya bibl. Toshiro Horiuchi, 2004, "vasubandhu no inshu kan," Bukkyogaku, no. 46, pp. (159)-(177). madya bibl. Katsuyuki Ida, 2008, "Drinking goddess, non-drinking brahmin," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 56-3, pp. 13-17. madya as an object ruled by Mars. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.13cd raktaphalakusumavidrumacamuupaguDamadyatiikSNaanaam /13/ madya enumeration of six kinds. arthazaastra 2.25.16 medakaprasannaasavaariSTamaireyamadhuunaam /16/ madya enumeration of eighty four varieties of madya according to 9 kinds of material, i.e. dhaanya, phala, muula, saara, puSpa, kaaNDa, patra, tvac, and zarkaraa, caraka saMhitaa 1.25.48-48. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 8. madya varieties of madya recommended in various seasons, P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 27, refers to Rajendralal Mitra, Indo-Aryans, p.416. madya discussions on the qualities of various madya, caraka saMhitaa 1.27.176-189, such as suraa, madiraa, jagala, ariSTa, zaaarkara, pakkarasa, ziitarasika, gauDa, suraasava, madhvaasava, maireya, dhaatakii, madhu, barley-wine, madhulikaa, sauviiraka, tuSodaka, and amlakaanjika. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 9. madya enumeration of various madyas, suzrutasaMhitaa 1.45.172-191. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 9. madya enumeration. caraka saMhitaa, suutrasthaana, 25.48-51. according to the materials. tad yathaa suraasauviiratuSodakamaireyamedakadhaanyaamlaaH SaD dhaanyaasavaa bhavanti. (Other enumerations are made by giving the names of the plants parts of which, e.g. fruits, roots, etc., are used as materials of drinks. madya enumeration. caraka saMhitaa, suutrasthaana, 27.178-195: suraa (179b), madiraa (180d), jagala (181c), ariSTa (182c), zaarkara (183d), pakvarasa (184d), ziitarasika (185c), gauDa (186b), aakSikii (186d), suraasava (187a), madhvaasava (187c), maireya (187d), dhaatakyaabhiSuta (188a), maadhviika (188c), mRdviikekSurasaasava (188d), suraa samaNDaa .. yavaanaam (190ab), madhuulikaa (190d), sauviirakatuSodaka (191d), amlakaanjika (192d). madya enumeration. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana, 45.170-194: madyavarga: maardviika (172a), khaarjuura (174b), suraa (176b), zvetaa .. suraa (177ab), prasannaa {suraa} (178a), yava- suraa (178d), madhuulaka (179b), aakSikii (179d), kohala (180b), jagala (180c), bakkasa (181a), ziidhu gauDa (182c), zaarkara {ziidhu} (183a), pakvarasa ziidhu (184a), ziitarasika {ziidhu} (185a), aakSika {ziidhu} (186a), jaambava {ziidhu} (187a), suraasava (187c), madhvaasava (188c), maireya (190b), ziidhu madhuukapuSpottha (191a), kandamuulaphalaasava (192b), nava madya (192c), jiirNa {madya} (194a), ariSTa (194c). madya suzruta saMhitaa, uttaratantra, 47. adhyaaya: on madya. madya enumeration of various madyas. agni puraaNa 173.21cd-22 paanakaM draakSamadhukaM khaarjuuraM taalam aikSavam /21/ maadhviikaM TankamaadhviikaM maireyaM naarikelajam / na madhyaany api madyaani paiSTii mukhyaa suraa smRtaa /22/ (praayazcitta for the suraapaana) madya an enumeration of 4 kinds. uttarajjhaayaa 19.70 tuhaM piyaa suraa siihuu merao ya mahuuNi ya / paaio mi jalantiio vasaao ruhiraaNi ya // (Yutaka Kawasaki, 2004, "Byakui ha seiten ni okeru inshu no shosou," Jaina kyou kenkyuu, no. 9, p. 23, n. 26.) madya an enumeration of 5 kinds. naayaadhammakahaao 1.16 suraM ca majjaM ca mahuM ca siidhuM ca pasaNNaM ca. (Yutaka Kawasaki, 2004, "Byakui ha seiten ni okeru inshu no shosou," Jaina kyou kenkyuu, no. 9, p. 8.) madya an enumeration of 10 kinds of alcoholic liquors. W. Gampert, 1939, Die Suehnezeremonien, p. 104, n. 1. madya an enumeration of ten varieties. viSNu smRti 22.83-84. Kane 3: 965. madya enumeration of ten varieties. viSNu smRti 22.83-84 maadhuukam aikSavaM TaankaM kaulaM khaarjuurapaanase / mRdviikaarasamaadhviike maireyaM naarikelajam /83/ amedhyaani dazaitaani madyaani braahmaNasya ca / raajanyaz caiva vaizyaz ca spRSTvaitaani na duSyataH /84/ nandapaNDita: maadhuukaM madhuukapuSpodbhavam / aikSavam ikSurasasaMbhavaM gauDiivyatiriktam / Taankam TankaH kapitthavizeSaH tajjam / kaulam kolaM badaram tajjaatam / khaarjuuram kharjuuraphalodbhavam / paanasam panasaphalodbhavam / dmRdviikaa draakSaa tadrasodbhavam / maadhviikam madhuudbhavam maadhviivyatiriktam / maireyam dhaatRpuSpajam / guDadhaanyaambusahitam iti zabdaarNave vaacaspatiH / naarikelajam naarikelavRkSodbhavaM jalam // madya an enumeration of eleven varieties. bRhannaaradiiya puraaNa 28.32-33 taala, paanasa, draakSa, kharjurasaMbhava, maadhuuka, zaila, aaviSTa, maireya, naarikelaja, gauDii and maadhvii. (Hazra, upapuraaNa 1, 331) madya enumeration of twelve kinds. pulastya quoted in manvarthamuktaavalii on manu smRti 11.95 paanasadraakSamaadhviikaM khaarjuuraM taalam aikSavam / maadhviikaM Taankam aardviikamaireyaM naalikerajam / saamaanyaani dvijaatiinaaM madyaany ekaadazaiva ca / dvaadazam tu suraamadyaM sarveSaam adhamaM smRtam // madya enumeration of twelve kinds. pulastya quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 411, n. 1 paanasaM draakSamaadhuukaM khaarjuuraM taalam aikSavam / maadhviikaM sairam aariSTaM mareyaM naarikelajam // samaanaani vijaaniiyaat madyaan ekaadazaiva tu / dvaadazaM tu suraamadyaM sarveSaam adhamaM smRtam // madya an enumeration of twelve kinds. angavijjaa 57, p. 221: tattha pasaNNaa NiTThitaa madhurako aasavo jagalaM madhuraserako ariTTho aTTakaalikaa aasavaasavo suraa kusukuMDii jayakaalikaa ceti paaNagataM aadhaarayittaa aadhaarayittaa uvaladdhiihiM jadhutthaahiM uvaladdhavvaM bhavati ... . (Yutaka Kawasaki, 2004, "Byakui ha seiten ni okeru inshu no shosou," Jaina kyou kenkyuu, no. 9, p. 23, n. 28.) madya an enumeration of twelve kinds. kulaarNava tantra 5.29-30 paanasaM draakSamaadhuukaM khaarjuuraM taalam aikSavam / mahuutthaM ziidhu maadhviikaM maitreyaM naarikelajam /29/ madyaany ekaadazaitaani bhuktimuktikaraaNi ca / dvaadazaM tu suraa madyaM sarveSaam uttamaM priye /30/ (K. Ida's handout delivered at the 58th Inbutsugakkai held at Shikoku University in Tokushima on September 4, 2007.) madya an enumeration of twelve kinds. cf. kulaarNava tantra 2.125 amedhyaani dvijaatiinaaM madyaany ekaadazaiva tu / dvaadazaM tu mahaamadyaM sarveSaam uttamottamam /125/ (K. Ida's handout delivered at the 58th Inbutsugakkai held at Shikoku University in Tokushima on September 4, 2007.) madya preparation of various ariSTa, such as bhayaariSTa, dantyaariSTa, phalaariSTa, zarkaraasava, kanakaariSTa, caraka saMhitaa 2.14.138-168. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 12, n. 2. madya preparation of madhuukaasava, caraka saMhitaa 2.15.146-149; caraka saMhitaa 2.15.150-151. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 11, n. 1 and 2. madya preparation of madhvariSTa, caraka saMhitaa 2.15.163-167. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 12, n. 1. madya preparation of aasava. arthazaastra 2.25.19-20, 29-30 kapitthatulaa phaanitaM pancataulikaM prastho madhuna ity aasavayogaH /19/ paadaadhiko jyeSThaH paadahiinaH kaniSThaH /20/ ... cocacitrakavilangagajapippaliinaaM ca kaarSikaH kramukamadhukamustaaloghraaNaam dvikaarSikaz caasavasambhaaraH /29/ dazabhaagaz caiSaaM biijabandhaH /30/ See also P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 21-22. madya preparation of maireya. arthazaastra 2.25.22-23 meSazRngiitvakkvaathaabhiSuto guDapratiivaapaH pippaliimaricasaMbhaaras triphaayukto vaa maireya /22/ guDayuktaanaaM vaa sarveSaaM triphalaasaMbhaaraH /23/ See also P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 22. madya preparation of madhu. arthazaastra 2.25.24-25 mRdviikaaraso madhu /24/ tasya svadezo vyaakhyaanaM paapizaayanaM haarahuurakam iti /25/ madya preparation of medaka. arthazaastra 2.25.17, 27-28 udakadroNaM taNDulaanaam ardhaaDhakaM trayaH prasthaaH kiNvasyeti medakayogaH /17/ ... paaThaaloghratejovatyelaavaalukamadhukamadhurasaapriyangudaaruharidraamaricapippaliinaaM ca pancakaarSikaH saMbhaarayogo medakasya prasannaayaaz ca /27/ madhukaniryuuhayuktaa kaTazarkaraa varNaprasaadanii ca /28/ P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 20. madya preparation of prasannaa. arthazaastra 2.25.18, 27-28 dvaadazaaDhakaM piSTasya panca prasthaaH kiNvasya kramukatvakphalayukto vaa jaatisaMbhaaraH prasannaayogaH /18/ ... paaThaaloghratejovatyelaavaalukamadhukamadhurasaapriyangudaaruharidraamaricapippaliinaaM ca pancakaarSikaH saMbhaarayogo medakasya prasannaayaaz ca /27/ madhukaniryuuhayuktaa kaTazarkaraa varNaprasaadanii ca /28/ P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 20. madya preparation of mahaasuraa. arthazaastra 2.25.32-34 sahakaarasuraa rasottaraa biijottaraa vaa mahaasuraa saMbhaarikii vaa /32/ taasaam moraTaapalaazapattuurameSazRngiikaranjakSiiravRkSakaSaayabhaavitaM dagdhakatazarkaraacuurNaM lodhracitrakavilangapaaThaamustaakalingayavadaaruharidrendriivarazatapuSpaapaamaargasaptaparNanimbaasphotakalkaardhayuktam antarnakho muSiH kumbhiiM raajapeyaaM prasaadayati /33/ phaaNitaH pancapalikaz caatra rasavRddhir deyaH /34/ madya preparation of duraalabhaasava. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 15.152-154 prasthau duraalabhaayaa dvau prastham aamalakasya ca / dantiicitrakamuSTii dve pratyagraM caabhayaazatam /152/ caturdroNe 'mbhasaH paktvaa ziitaM dronaavazeSitam / saguDadvizataM puutaM madhunaH kuDavaayutam /153/ tadvat priyangoH pippalyaa viDangaanaaM ca cuurNitaiH / kuDavair ghRtakumbhasthaM pakSaaj jaataM tataH pibet /154/ In the aSTaangasaMgraha it is called duraalabhaariSTa. madya preparation of madhuukaasava. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 15.146-148 droNaM madhuukapuSpaaNaaM viDangaanaaM tato 'rdhataH / citrakasya tato 'rdhaM syaat tathaa bhallaatakaaDhakam /146/ manjiSThaaSTapalaM caiva tridroNe 'paaM vipaacayet / droNazeSaM tu tac chiitaM madhvardhaaDhakasaMyutam /147/ elaamRNaalaagurubhiz candanena ca ruuSite / kumbhe maasasthitaM jaatam aasavaM taM prayojayet /148/ madya preparation of madhuukaasava. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 15.150 madhuukapuSpasvarasaM zRtam ardhakSayiikRtam / kSaudrapaadayutaM ziitaM puurvavat saMnidhaapayet /150/ madya preparation of madhvaasava or lodhraasava. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 6.41-44a (prameha) lodhraM zaTiiM puSkaramuulam elaaM muurvaaM viDangaM triphalaaM yamaaniim / cavyaM priyanguM kramukaM vizaalaaM kiraatatiktaM kaTurohiNiiM ca /41/ bhaarngiiM nataM citrakapippaliinaaM muulaM sakuSThaativiSaM sapaaTham / kalingakaan kezaram indrasaahvaaM nakhaM sapatraM maricaM plavaM ca /42/ droNe 'mbhasaH karSasamaani paktvaa puute caturbhaagajalaavazeSe / rase 'rdhabhaagaM madhunaH pradaaya pakSaM nidheyo ghRtabhaajanasthaH /43/ madhvaasavo 'yam. madya preparation of madhvaasava. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 7.73-75c khadirasuradaarusaaraM zrapayitvaa tadrasena toyaarthaH / kSaudraprasthe kaaryaH kaarye te caaSTapalike ca /73/ tatraayazcuurNaanaam aSTapalaM prakSipet tathaamuuni / triphalaile tvanmaricaM patraM kanakaM ca karSaaMzam /74/ matsyaNDikaa madhusamaa tan maasaM jaatam aayase bhaaNDe / madhvaasavam. madya preparation of muulaasava. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 15.156-158 haridraa pancamuule dve viirarSabhakajiivakam / eSaaM pancapalaan bhaagaaMz caturdroNe 'mbhasaH pacet /156/ droNazeSe rase puute guDasya dvizataM bhiSak / cuurNitaan kuDavaardhaaMzaan prakSipec ca samaakSikaan /157/ priyangumustamanjiSThaaviDangamadhukaplavaan / lodhram zaabarakaM caiva maasaardhasthaM pibet tu tam /158/ madya preparation of piNDaasava. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 15.160-161 praasthikaM pippaliiM piSTvaa guDaM madhyaM vibhiitakaat / udakaprasthasaMyuktaM yavapalle nidhaapayet /160/ tasmaat palaM sujaataat tu salalaanjalisaMyutam / pibet piNDaasavo hy eSa rogaanokavinaazanaH /161/ madya preparation of abhayaariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 14.138-141a hariitakiinaaM prasthaardhaM prastham aamalakasya ca / syaat kapitthaad dazapalaM tato 'rdhaa cendravaaruNii /138/ viDangaM pippalii lodhraM maricaM sailavaalukam / dvipalaaMzaM jalasyaitac caturdroNaM vipaacayet /139/ droNazeSe rase tasmin puute ziite samaavapet / guDasya dvizataM tiSThet tat pakSaM ghRtabhaajane /140/ pakSaad uurdhvaM bhavet peyaa. madya preparation of aSTazataariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 12.32-33ab kaazmaryadhaatriimaricaabhayaakSadraakSaaphalaanaaM ca sapippaliinaam / zataM zatam jiirNaguDaat tulaaM ca saMkSudya kumbhe madhunaa pralipte /32/ saptaaham uSNe dviguNaM tu ziite sthitaM jaladroNayutaM pibennaa. madya preparation of biijakaariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 16.106cd-109 biijakaat SoDazapalaM triphalaayaaz ca viMzatiH /106/ draakSaayaaH panca laakSaayaaH sapta droNe jalasya tat / saadhyaM paadaavazeSe tu puutazeSe samaavapet /107/ zarkaraayaas tulaaM prasthaM maakSikasya ca kaarSikam / vyoSaM vyaaghranakhoziiraM kramukaM sailavaalukam /108/ madhukaM kuSTham ity etac cuurNitaM ghRtabhaajane / yaveSu dazaraatraM tad griiSme dviH zizire sthitam /109/ madya preparation of dantyariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 14.144-146ab dantiicitrakamuulaanaam ubhayoH pancamuulayoH / bhaagaan palaaMzaan aapothya jaladroNe vipaacayet /144/ tripalaM triphalaayaaz ca palaanaaM tatra daapayet / rase caturthazeSe tu puute ziite samaavapet /145/ tulaaM guDasya tat tiSThen maasaardhaM ghRtabhaajane. madya preparation of dhaatryariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 16.111cd-112 dhaatriiphalasahasre dve piiDayitvaa rasaM tu tam /111/ kSaudraaSTaaMzena saMyuktaM kRSNaardhakuDavena ca / zarkaraardhatulonmizraM pakSaM snigdhaghaTe sthitam /112/ madya preparation of duraalabhaariSTa. duraalabhaariSTa is named duraalabhaasava in the carakasaMhitaa, see madya: preparation of duraaalabhaasava. madya preparation of gaNDiiraadyariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 12.29-31a gaNDiirabhallaatakacitrakaaMz ca vyoSaM viDangaM bRhatiidvayaM ca / dviprasthikaM gomayapaavakena droNe pacet kuurcikamastunas tu /29/ tribhaagazeSaM ca supuutaziitaM droNena tat praakRtamastunaa ca / sitopalaayaaz ca zatena yuktaM lipte ghaTe citrakapippaliinaam /vaihaayase sthaapitam aa dazaahaat. madya preparation of gauDaariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 16.105cd-106ab manjiSThaa rajanii draakSaa balaamuulaany ayorajaH /105/ lodhraM caiteSu gauDaH syaad ariSTaH paaNDurogiNaam / madya preparation of kanakabindvariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 7.76-78a (kuSTha) khadirakaSaayadroNaM kumbhe ghRtabhaavite samaavaapya / dravyaaNi cuurNitaani ca SaTpalikaany atra deyaani /73/ triphalaavyoSaviDangarajaniimustaaTaruuSakendrayavaaH / sauvarNiiM ca tathaa tvakchinnaruhaa ceti tan maasam /74/ nidadhiita. madya preparation of kanakaariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 14.158-166ab navasyaamalakasyaikaaM kuryaaj jarjaritaaM tulaam / kuDavaaMzaaz ca pippalyo viDangaM maricaM tathaa /158/ paaThaam ca pippaliimuulaM kramukaM cavyacitrakau / manjiSThailavaalukaM lodhram palikaan upakalpayet /159/ kuSThaM daaruharidraaM ca suraahvam saarivaadvayam / indraahvam bhadramustaM ca kuryaad ardhapalonmitam /160/ catvaari naagapuSpasya palaany abhinavasya ca / droNaabhyaam ambhaso dvaabhyaaM saadhayitvaavataarayet /161/ paadaavazese puute ca ziite tasmin pradaapayet / mRdviikaadvyaaDharasaM ziitam niryuuhasaMmitam /162/ zarkaraayaaz ca bhinnaayaa dadyaad dviguNitaaM tulaam / kusumasya rasasyaikam ardhaprastham navasya ca /163/ tvagelaaplavapatraambusevyakramukakezaraan / cuurNayitvaa tu matimaan kaarSikaan atra daapayet /164/ tat sarvam sthaapayet pakSaM sucaukSe ghRtabhaajane / pralipte sarpiSaa kiMcic charkaraagurudhuupite /165/ pakSaad uurdhvam ariSTo 'yaM kanako naama vizrutaH. madya preparation of madhvariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 15.163-166ab nave pippaliimadhvaakte kalase 'gurudhuupite / madhvaaDhakaM jalasamaM cuurNaaniimaani daapayet /163/ kuDavaardhaM viDangaanaaM pippalyaaH kuDavaM tathaa / caturthikaaMzaaM tvakkSiiriiM kezaraM maricaani ca /164/ tvagelaapatrakazatiikramukaativiSaaghanaan / hareNvelavaalutejohvaapippaliimuulacitrakaan /165/ kaarSikaaMs tat sthitaM maasam ata uurdhvaM prayojayet. madya preparation of phalaariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 14.148-150c hariitakiiphalaprasthaM prastham aamalakasya ca / vizaalaayaa dadhitthasya paaThaacitrakamuulayoH / dve dve pale samaapothya dvidrone saadhayed apaam / paadaavazeSe puute ca rase tasmin pradaapayet /149/ guDastyaikaaM tulaaM vaidyas tat sthaapyaM ghRtabhaajane / pakSasthitaM pibed enam. madya preparation of phalaariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 14.153-155 duraalabhaayaaH prasthaH syaac citrakasya vRSasya ca / pathyaamalakayoz caiva paaThaayaa naagarasya ca /153/ dantyaaz ca dvipalaan bhaagaan jaladroNe vipaacayet / paadaavazeSe puute ca suziite zarkaraazatam / 154/ prakSipya sthaapayet kumbhe maasaardham ghRtabhaavite / pralipte pippaliicavyapriyangukSaudrasarpiSaa /155/ madya preparation of punarnavaadyariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 12.34-36 punarnave dve ca bale sapaaThe dantiiM guDuuciim atha citrakaM ca / nidigdhakaaM ca tripalaani paktvaa droNaavazeSe salile tatas tam /34/puutvaa rasaM dve ca guDaat puraaNaat tule madhuprasthayutaM suziitam / maasaM nidadhyaad ghRtabhaajanasthaM palle yavaanaaM paratas tu maasaat /35/ cuurNiikRtair ardhapalaaMzikais taM patratvagelaamaricaambulohaiH / gandhaanvitaM kSaudraghRtapradigdhe jiirNe pibed vyaadhibalaM samiikSya /36/ madya preparation of takraariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 14.72-74ab hapuSaaM kuncikaaM dhaanyam ajaajiiM kaaraviiM zaTiim / pippaliiM pippaliimuulam citrakam hastipippaliim /72/ yavaaniiM caajamodaaM ca cuurNitaM takrasaMyutam / mandaamlakaTukaM vidvaan sthaapayed ghRtabhaajane /73/ vyaktaamlakaTukaM jaatam takraariSTam mukhapriyam. madya preparation of takraariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 15.120cd-121ac yavaanyaamalake pathyaa maricaM tripalaaMzikam /120/ lavaNaani palaaMzaani panca caikatra cuurNayet / takraM tadaasutaM jaataM takraariSTaM piben naraH. madya preparation of triphalaadyariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana 12.39-40ab phalatrikaM diipyakacitrakau ca sapippaliiloharajo viDangam / cuurNiikRtaM kauDavikaM dviraMzaM kSaudraM puraaNasya tulaaM guDasya /39/ maasaM nidadhyaad ghRtabhaajanasthaM yaveSu taan eva nihanti rogaan / madya preparation of trivRdariSTa. caraka saMhitaa, kalpasthaana 7.69-71 trivRn muSTiiMz tu sanakhaan aSTau droNe 'mbhasaa pacet / paadazeSaM kaSaayaM taM puutaM guDatulaayutam /69/ snigdhe sthaapyaM ghaTe kSaudrapipalliiphalacitrakaiH / pralipte madhunaa maasaM jaataM tan maatrayaa pibet /70/ grahaNiipaaNDurogaghnaM gulmazvayathunaazanam / suraaM vaa trivRtaayogakiNvaaM tatkvaathasaMyutaam /71/ madya preparation of sauviiraka. caraka saMhitaa, kalpasthaana 7.72 yavaiH zyaamaatrivRtkvaathasvinnaiH kulmaaSam ambhasaa / aasutaM SaDahaM palle jaataM sauviirakaM pibet // madya preparation of tuSodaka. caraka saMhitaa, kalpasthaana 7.73 bhRSTaan vaa satuSaan chuddhaan yavaaMs taccuurNasaMyutaan / aasutaan ambhasaa tadvat pibej jaataM tuSodakam /73/ madya preparation of aasava. suzruta saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 10.7 aasavaan ato vakSyaamaH / palaazabhasmaparisrutasyoSNodakasya ziitiibhuutasya trayo bhaagaa dvau phaaNitasyaikadhyam ariSTakalpena vidadhyaat, evaM tilaadiinaaM kSaareSu zaalasaaraadau nyagrodhaadaav aaragvadhaadau muutreSu caasavaan vidadhyaat /7/ madya preparation of ariSTa. suzruta saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 10.6 ariSTaan ato vakSyaamaH / puutiikacavyacitrakasuradaarusaarivaadantiitrivRttrikaTukaanaaM pratyekaM SaTpalikaabhaagaa badarakuDavas triphalaakuDava ity eteSaaM cuurNaani tataH pippaliimadhughRtair antaHpralipte ghRtabhaajane praakkRtasaMskaare saptodakakuDavaan ayorajo'rdhakuDavam ardhatulaaM ca guDasyaabhihitaani cuurNaany aavaapya svanuguptaM kRtvaa yavapalle saptaraatraM vaasayet tato yathaabalam upayunjiita eSo 'riSTaH ... /6/ madya preparation of abhayaariSTa. suzruta saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 6.15 pippaliimaricaviDangailavaalukalodhraaNaaM dve dve pale indravaaruNyaaH panca palaani kapitthamadhyasya daza pathyaaphalaanaam ardhaprasthaH prastho dhaatriiphalaanaaM etad eikadhyaM jalacaturdroNe vipaacya paadaavazeSaM parisraavya suziitaM guDatulaadvayenonmizrya ghRtabhaajane niHkSipya pakSam upekSeta yavapalle. madya preparation of dantyariSTa. suzruta saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 6.14 dvipancamuuliidantiicitrakapathyaanaaM tulaam aahRtya jalacaturdroNe vipaacayet tataH paadaavaziSTaM kaSaayam aadaaya suziitaM guDatulayaa sahonmizrya ghrtabhaajane niHkSipya maasam upekSeta yavapallave. madya preparation of lohaariSTa. suzruta saMhitaa, cikitsaasthaana, 12.12-17c zaalasaaraadiniryuuhe caturtho'MzaavazeSite / parisrute tataH ziite madhu maakSikam aavapet /12/ phaaNitiibhaavam aapannaM guDaM zodhitam eva ca / zlakSNapiSTaani cuurNaani pippalyaadigaNasya ca /13/ aikadhyam aavapet kumbhe saMskRte ghRtabhaavite / pippaliicuurNamadhubhiH pralipte 'ntaHzucau dRDhe /14/ zlakSNaani tiikSNalohasya tatra patraaNi buddhimaan / khadiraangaarataptaani bahuzaH saMnipaatayet /15/ supidhaanaM tu taM kRtvaa yavapalle nidhaapayet / maasaaMs triiMz caturo vaapi yaavad aalohasaMkSayaat /16/ tato jaatarasaM taM tu praataH praatar yathaabalam / niSeveta. madya preparation of vRzciiraadyariSTa. suzruta saMhitaa, uttaratantra, 42.46cd-49ab vRzciiram urubuukaM ca varSaabhuur bRhatiidvayam /46/ citrakaM ca jaladroNe paktvaa paadaavazeSitam / maagadhiicitrakakSaudralipte kumbhe nidhaapayet /47/ madhunaH prastham aavaapya pathyaacuurNaardhasaMyutam / busoSitaM (tuSoSikaM) dazaahaM tu jiirNabhaktaH piben naraH /48/ ariSTo 'yaM jayed gulmam avipaakam arocakam / madya preparation of sauviiraka. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 44.35-40ab muulaani trivRdaadiinaaM prathamasya gaNasya ca / mahataH pancamuulasya muurvaazaarngaSTayor api /35/ sudhaaM haimavatiiM caiva triphalaativiSe vacaam / saMhRtyaitaani bhaagau dvau kaarayed ekam etayoH /36/ kuryaan niHkvaatham ekasminn ekasmiMz cuurNam eva tu / kSuNNaaMs tasmiMs tu niHkvaathe bhaavayed bahuzo yavaan /37/ zuSkaaNaaM mRdubhRStaanaaM teSaaM bhaagaas trayo mataaH / caturthaM bhaagam aavaapya cuurNaanaam atra kiirtitam /38/ prakSipya kalase samyak tatas taM tadanantaram / teSaam eva kaSaayeNa ziitalena suyojitam /39/ puurvavat saMnidadhyaat tu jneyaM sauviirakaM hi tat. madya preparation of suraa. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 44.31-34ab vairecanikamuulaanaaM kvaathe maaSaan subhaavitaan / sudhautaaMs tatkaSaayeNa zaaliinaaM caapi taNDulaan /31/ avakSudyaikataH piNDaan kRtvaa zuSkaan sucuurNitaan / zaalitaNDulacuurNaM ca tatkSaayoSmasaadhitam /32/ tasya piSTasya bhaagaaMs triin kiNvabhaavavimizritaan / maNDodakaarthe kvaathaM ca dadyaat tat sarvam ekataH /33/ nidadhyaat kalase taaM tu suraaM jaatarasaaM pibet. madya preparation of tuSodaka. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 44.40cd-44ab puurvoktaM vargam aahRtya dvidhaa kRtvaikam etayoH /40/ bhaagaM saMkSudya saMsRjya yavaiH sthaalyaam adhizrayet / ajazRngyaaH kaSaayeNa tam abhyaasicya saadhayet /41/ susiddhaaMz caavataaryaitaan auSadhibhyo vivecayet / vimRdya satuSaan samyak tatas taan puurvavan mitaan /42/ puurvoktauSadhabhaagasya cuurNe dattvaa tu puurvavat / tenaiva saha yuuSeNa kalase puurvavat kSipet /43/ jnaatvaa jaatarasaM caapi tat tuSodakam aadizet. madya preparation of varaasava. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 44.28-30ab vairecanikaniHkvaathabhaagaaH ziitaas trayo mataaH / dvau phaaNitasya tac caapi punar agnaav adhizrayet /28/ tat saadhusiddhaM vijnaaya ziitaM kRtvaa nidhaapayet / kalase kRtasaMskaare vibhajyartuu himaahimau /29/ maasaad uurdhvaM jaatarasaM madhugandhaM varaasavam. madya preparation of aasava. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 12.13 manjiSThaacitrakaaruSkarakRmighnamadhuukapuSpaaNi kramaad dvikuDavaardhaaDhakaaDhakaardhadroNadroNaaMzaany apaaM droNatraye kvaathayet / droNazeSaz ca puutaziitaH sa niryuuho madhudviprasthavaaMz candanoziirasuukSmailaagaruruuSitaM jatusRtaM ghRtakumbham adhyuSito maasam aasavaH / madya preparation of guggulvaasava. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 10.23 gulgulupalacatuStayam aamalakaprasthaM dhaatakiiprastham abhayaazatam akSazatam ca guDapalazatadvayaM paalikaani pancakolaajamodacaturjaatakakaTphalamustakamaricaani dazapalikaani ca khaNDadraakSaadaaDimaani sarvam aikadhyam ambhasaaplaavyaaloDya ca puraaNe jatusRte droNakSame bhaajane nikSipya sthaapayet / gandhavarNarasopapannaM caasavam abhisamiikSya taM kumbham ikSurasasya puurayet / eSa SaNmaasasthito gulguvaasavaH samaanaH puurveNa // madya preparation of lodhraasava. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 14.15 lodhramuurvaazaTiiviDangatriphalaapuSkaramuulacaaturjaatakakramukacavikaayavaaniizyaamaabhaarngiidvivizaalaabhuunimbatagaracitrakapippaliimuulakaTurohiNiikuSThapaaThendrayavaativiSaaplavanakhamaricaani karSaaMzaany apaaM kalaze 'dhizRtya turyazeSe rase puute jatuzRtapuraaNaghRtabhaajanasthe 'rdhabhaagena madhu nidhaaya pakSam upekSato 'yaM lodhraasavaH. madya preparation of madhuukaasava. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 12.14 madhuukapuSpaaNaaM svaraso 'rdhaavazeSakvathitaH kSaudrapaadayuktaH sarvathaa samaanaH puurveNa / anena draakSekSukaazmaryaphalasvarasaasavaa vyaakhyaataaH // madya preparation of muulaasava. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 12.15 dazamuulaviiraarajaniitriphalaajiivakarSabhakaaNaaM pRthak pRthak pancapalaan bhaagaan apaaM vahe paktvaa paadazeSe rase ziitaabhuute guDatulaadvayaM dadyaad ardhakuDubaM ca maakSikaat tatpramaaNaaMz ca cuurNitaan mustapriyangumanjiSThaamadhukaviDangaplavazaavaralodhraan eSo 'rdhamaasasthito muulaasavo 'yaM samaanaH puurveNa. madya preparation of abhayaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 10.19 abhayaapalaaSTakaM dviguNaamalakam indravaaruNiipalapancakaM ca dviguNakapitthamadhyaM lodhraviDangailavaalukapippaliimaricaani dvipalaaMzaani jarjaritaany udakabhaare vipaacya paadazeSaM rasaM puutaziitaM guDatulaadvayena dhaatakiipalaaSTakena saMyojya ghRtabaahane 'rdhamaasastham. madya preparation of aSTazataariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 19.17 triphalaamaricadraakSaapippaliikaazmaryaphalaanaaM pratyekaM zataM guDatulaam udakadroNaM ca madhuliptabhaajanasthe saptaaham uSNe kaale dvisaptaahaM ziite dhaarayet / ayam aSTazataariSTaH. madya preparation of bhallaatakaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 19.16 bhallaatakacitrakavyoSavilangabRhatiiphalaani pRthak prasthaaMzaany acchadhaanyaamladroNe gomayaagninaa triibhaagazeSam avataarayet / tat puutaziitaM mastukalazena sitopalaatulayaa ca yuktam agnikamaadhikaakalkalipte dRDhe bhaaNDe samaavaapya vaihaayase suguptaM sthaapayet / tato dazaahasthito 'yam upayukto bhallaatakaariSTaH. madya preparation of biijakasaaraariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 18.13 biijakasaaraprastham / varaayaaH palaani pancaviMzatiH / panca draakSaayaa balaayaaH sapta jaladroNe paktvaa paadazeSaM tebhyo rasam aadaaya puutaziite 'smin zarkaraatulaaM madhuprasthaM karSaaMzaani ca cuurNitaani vyoSavyaaghranakhoziirakramukailaavaalukakuSThamadhukaani nikSipya ghRtabhaajane sarvam aikadhyaM yavapalle griiSme dazaraatraM viMzatiraatraM ziite sthaapayet / ayaM biijakasaaraariSTaH. madya preparation of cavyaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 18.15 cavyakuSThacitrakalipte bhaajane mastudroNaM guDatulaaM pippaliiprasthatrayaM triphalaaprasthatrayaM vilangaprasthatrayaM kuDubaaMzaaMz ca maricaparuuSakadraakSaakaaSmaryaphalendrayavaan dvipaalikaani ca tantiicitrakabhallaatakaani cuurNitaani prakSipet / tato yavapallasthaM pakSam upekSya yathaabalaM pibet / eSa mastvariSTaH. madya preparation of dantyariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 10.20 dantiicitrakatriphalaadazamuulaani paalikaany udakadroNe saadhayitvaa paadazeSe puutaziite tasmin guDatulaardhaM dhaatakiikuDuvaM ca prakSipya ghRtabhaajane maasam uSito dantyariSTaH samaanaH puurveNa. madya preparation of dazamuulaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 14.16 dazamuuladantiitrivRczyaamaazreyasiicitrakapunarnavasudhaadhavaikaiSikaagaNDiiragulaciinaaM pRthak pancaviMzatipalaan bhaagaaMs triphalaaDhakaM ca saliladroNair dazabhiH paadazeSaM niryuuham avataarayet / tasmin puutaziite zucibhaajanasthe puraaNaguDatulaadvayaM gomuutraaDhakam ayorajo 'rdhaaDhakaM maagadhikaaprasthaM kuTajaarjunakuSThakRmighnavacaacitrakapalaani ca dvaadaza pratiivapaM dattvaa maasaM sthaapayet / eSa dazamuulaariSTaH samaanaH puurveNa // madya preparation of duraalabhaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 10.21 duraalabhaayaaH prastham abhayaamalakavRSapaaThaacitrakadantiimahauSadhiinaaM pratyekaM dvipalam ambhasaaM droNe puurvavat siddhaM puutaziitaM zarkaraatulayonmizraM madhughRtapriyangupippaliicavikaakalkalipte ghRtakumbhe pakSaM nidhaapayet / ayam duraalabhaariSTaH samaanaH puurveNa // madya preparation of gaNDiiraariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana 18.14 gaNDiirataroH samuulapuSpazaakhasya tulaam aaharet / ardhatulaaM dazamuulasya triphalaayaaH pRthag ardhaprasthaM kuTajatvacaz ca / kuDuvaaMzaan mustaaruSkarakRmighnendrayavaan / paalikaan paaThaadantiimadhurasaaraasnaazatiicitrakaan / madviikaarthaprasthaM ca SoDazaguNe paadazeSam ambhasi vipaacya rasam aadadiita / taM puutaziitaM sitopalaatulaadvayena lohacuurNaprasthena ca yuktaM maagadhikaardhaprasthena zlakSNapiSTena granthikapalenaardhapalikaiz ca maricaviDangailaavaalukaiH pralipte ghRtakumbhe nidhaapayet / maasamaatraM sthito 'yaM gaNDiiraariSTaH. madya preparation of navaamalakaariSTa (= kanakaariSTa?). aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 10.22 navaamalakapalazataM pippaliinaagapuSpakuDuvadvayaM paalikaani cavyacitrakakramukalodhrapaaThaamaricaviDangamanjiSThailaavaalukapippaliimuulaany ardhapalaaMzikaani daarviizataahvendraahvaazaarivaadbayamustakuSThaanyaikadhyaM ca jaladroNadvaye 'rhaavazeSaM saadhayet / sa rasaH puutaziitaH samadraakSaasvarasaH sitaapalazatadvayena kSudraardhaprasthena pRthak kaarSikeNa ca tvagelaalodhrakuTannaTaambusevyakramukakesaracuurNena yukto guDazarkaraadhuupite ghRtabhaaNDe prakSipya pakSam upekSito 'maamalakaariSTaH samaanaH puurveNa / madya preparation of karanjaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 10.26 puutiikaranjatvakpalazatadvayaM zuSkam udakadroNe kvaathayet / paadazeSe ca tasmin puutaziite guDapalaany aziitiM vyoSaardhaprasthacuurNaM ca dattvaa yavapalle ghRtakumbhasthaM maasaM nidhaapayet / madya preparation of lohaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 14.17 asanaadidravyaaNi pRthag viMzatipalaany ambhasaaM ghaTaaSTakena kvaathayet / caturthasthitaM ca parisrutaM taM suziitaM guDapalazatadvayena madhvardhaaDhakena zalkSNapiSTena ca pRthak palaaMzena vatsakaadinaa saMyojya sakSaudreNa pippaliicuurNenaantaHpralipte jatusRte ghRtakumbhe aavaapya yavapalle nidhaapayet / tatra ca tanuuni khadiraangaaraprataptaani tiikSNalohapatraaNi bahuzo nimajjed aalohavilayanaat triiMz caturo vaa maasaan ayaM vidhRto lohaariSTaH. madya preparation of nimbaariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 21.27 tulaardhaM nimbapancaangyaas tathaa khadirasaarataH / hariitakiidalatulaaM bhallaatakatulaa daza // kRSNaaviDangakuDuvaM vaikadhyaM vipacej jale / kaSaayaM taM parisraavya nidadhyaat taamrabhaajane // SaNmaasataH pibet kuSTham imehair vimucyate / nimbaariSTa iti khyaato varuNenaiSa nirmitaH // madya preparation of piilvariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 10.27 piilutulaaM tulyaguDaaM mastunas takrasya vaa droNe 'bhiSuNuyaat / tatra paalikaanaam abhayaativiSaapaaThaamustakaTukaadevadaaruhiMsraajiirakaaruSkaracavyaajamodailaacitrakagajapippaliivyoSaviDangazataahvaahareNuciribilvatvakkuSThakuTajabiijatrivRtpippaliimuulopakuncikaanaaM cuurNaM kSiptvaa puurvavan nidhaapayet. madya preparation of takraariSTa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 12.5 yavaniipathyaamalakamaricaani tripalikaani lavaNapancakaM ca palaaMzakam ekataz cuurNaayitvaa kaMse sadyomathitasyaasunuyaat / tato vyaktaamlakatukam jaataM pibet / eSa takraariSTaH. madya preparation of suraa. aSTaangasaMgraha, cikitsaasthaana, 21.18-19 suraaM kalpayet palaazakSaarabhaavitazaalitaNDulapiSTena kSaarodakenaiva sveditena priyangugajapippaliicitrakakebukailaavaalukaparipelavalodhramaricaviDangacuurNamizreNa nave cainaaM bhaajane jatusRte kSaudrapippaliilipte sthaapayet / tato gandharasopapannaaM kuSThine paatuM dadyaat /18/ khadiraziMzapaasaaram uttamakaaraNiiM braahmiiM kozavatiiM ca kaSaayakalpena vipacet / tena kvaathena taNDulaan bhaavayet / piSTaM ca svedayet / abhiSuNuyaac ca puurvavat /19/ madya preparation of aasava. bhaavaprakaazanighaNTu, saMdhaanavarga, 28 yad apakvauSadhaambubhyaaM siddhaM madyaM sa aasavaH // madya preparation of ariSTa. bhaavaprakaazanighaNTu, saMdhaanavarga, 21 pakvauSadhaambusiddhaM yan madyaM tat syaad ariSTakam /21/ (ariSTaM madyam iti loke / yathaa draakSaariSTaM dazamuulaariSTaM babbuulaariSTam iti.) madya preparation of siidhu. bhaavaprakaazanighaNTu, saMdhaanavarga, 25 ikSoH pakvaiH rasaiH siddhaH siidhuH pakvarasaz ca sa / aamais tair eva yaH siidhuH sa ca ziitarasaH smRtaH // See also P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 21. madya preparation of suraa. bhaavaprakaazanighaNTu, saMdhaanavarga, 23ab zaaliSaSTikapiSTaadikRtaM madyaM suraa smRtaa. madya preparation of vaarunii. bhaavaprakaazanighaNTu, saMdhaanavarga, 24ad punarnavaazaalipiSTivihitaa vaaruNii smRtaa / saMhitais taalakharjuurarasair yaa saapi vaaruNii. madya preparation of aikSava: ikSudaNDaM mariicaM ca vadaraM tathaa dadhi / zeSe tu lavaNaM dattvaa ikSumadyaM prakiirtitam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 412, n. 4. madya preparation of draakSa: dadhimadhughRtaM caapi manjiSThaM tiktakaM tathaa / anupaane tu devezi draakSamadyaM sunizcitam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 411, n. 3. madya preparation of gauDii: dadhi trailokyavijayaa tathaiva ca zariikaNaa / guDena saha saMdhaanaat gauDiimadyaM prakiirtitam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 413, n. 1. See also P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 21. madya preparation of khaarjuura: paanasam pakvakhaarjuuraM aardraM somalataarasaM / ekiikRtyaagnisaMdhaanaat khaarjuuram madyam iiritam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 412, n. 2. See also P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 23. madya preparation of maadhuuka: viDangaM zaalavo muulaM / madhunaa saha saMsthaapya zeSe paakaM samaacaret / pippaliilavaNaM dattvaa madhunaa madyam iiritam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 412, n. 1. See also P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 22. madya preparation of maadhviika: navaM madhu tathaa bilvaM pakvaM zarkarayaa saha / saMdhaanaaj jaayate madyaM maadhviikam zarato rasam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 412, n.5. madya preparation of maireya: maaluuramuulaM vadarii zarkaraa ca tathaiva ca / eSaam ekatra saMdhaanaan maireyaM madyam iiritam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 412, n. 7. madya preparation of mRtasamjiivanii: nuutanaM guDaM saMgraahyaM zatam ekaM palaM tathaa / jalaM triMzatpalaM deyaM sthaapayen mRdubhaajane // vaavariitvacasaMgraahyaM vadariitvam eva ca / prasthaM prasthaM pradaatavyaM puugaM deyaM yathocitam // lodhraM ca kuDavaM dattvaa aardrakaM ca paladvayam / guDaM saMgolakaM dattvaa daapayed buddhimaan bhisak // prathame caardrakaM deyaM dvitiiye vaavariitvacam / tRtiiye vadariiM dattvaa golayitvaa bhiSagvaraH // mukhe zaraavakaM dattvaa sthaapayed divasatrayaM / punaz ca loghracuurNaM ca daapayet tadanantaram // mukhe zaraavakaM dattvaa yatnaM kRtvaa ca bandhane / mukhasaMbandhanaM kRtvaa sthaapayed dinaviMzatiH // mRNmaye mocikaapaatre mayuuraakhye 'pi yantrake / yathaavidhiprakaareNa mandamandena vahninaa // culliimadhye nidhaatavyaM mRttikaadRDhabhaajane / tadauSadhaM ca tanmadhye uddharitvaa vinikSipet / naalaM ca yugalaM dattvaa kumbhau ca gajakumbhavat / kumbhamadhye nidhaatavyaM puugaM ca zailabaalakam // devadaaru lavangaM ca padmakoziiracandanam / zatapuSpaayamaanii ca maricaM jiirakadvayam // zaThii maaMsiitvag elaa ca jaatiiphalasamustakam / granthiparNo tathaa zuNThii metho meSii ca candanam / eSaaM caardhapalaan bhaagaan kuTTayitvaa vinikSipet / yathaavidhiprakaareNa caalanaM daapayet sudhiiH // buddhimaan saujanaM jnaatvaa uddharet vidhivat suraam / etan madyaM piben nityaM yathaa dhaatubalakramaat // iti zukraacaaryavinirmitaa mRtasaMjiivanii suraa // quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 415f., n. 1. madya preparation of naarikelaja madya: indrajihvaa pakvadhaatrii naarikelajalaM tathaa dalakiiphalasaMdhaanaat madyaM tan naarikelajam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 413, n. 2. madya preparation of paanasa: apakvaM panasaM caiva aamraM ca vadaraM tathaa / sthaapayitvaa ghaTe nityaM dadyaad aamapayaHphalam // trailokyavijayaan caiva maatulangaM tathaiva ca / same 'hani tato dadyaat saMdhaanaat sattvam iiritam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 411, n. 2. madya preparation of paiSTii: zaskuliim ardhasiddhaannam uSNodakasamanvitam / vahnau saMtaapayet kiM cit sthaapayitvaa dinadvayam // zeSe 'hani tu saMpraapte jiivanaM tatra niHkSipet / zRngaveraM mariicaM maatulangaM tathaiva ca // eteSaam eva saMdhaanaat paiSTiimadyaM prakiirtitam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 413, n. 3. See also P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 20, c. n. 12. madya preparation of Tankamaadhviika: zataavarii Tankamuulam lakSaNaM padmam eva ca / madhunaa saha samdhaanaat Tankamaadhviikam iiritam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 412, n. 6. madya preparation of taala: pakvataalaM dantizaakaM kakubhaM ca tatheva ca / etair eva susandhaanaat taalamadyaM prakiirtitam // from matsyasuuktatantra quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 412, n.3. madya according to Greek and Roman authors. P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 17, 18, 19, 21, 23. madya stages of intoxication, AV 6.30.2. P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 30. AV 6.30.2ab yas te mado 'vadezo vikezo yenaabhihasyaM puruSaM kRNoSi. madya paaNini 4.2.99. madya BaudhDhS 1.2.4; bRhaspati smRti 2.28, drinking alcoholic drink is one of the customs peculiar to the north. (P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 27.) dezaacaara. siidhupaana. madya as dezaacaara drinking madya is permitted, Boehtlingk 7562. (P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 27.) madya mbh 12.257.9. Alsdorf, Beitraege zur Geschichte von Vegetarismus, p. 594, n. 8. madya mbh 14.59.5ff. describes how at the festival in honour of raivataka mountain the noise caused by the cheering drunk men and women reached to heaven. (P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 25.) madya prazaMsaa, see madya: nindaa. madya prazaMsaa, RV 6.47.1; RV 9.96.5; RV 8.48.12; RV 9.24.7; RV 9.110.8. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 19, n. 3. madya prazaMsaa, caraka saMhitaa 1.27.191-192. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 10. madya prazaMsaa, caraka saMhitaa 2.24.1-9. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 13, n. 2. madya prazaMsaa, SuzS 1.45.163; SuzS 1.45.170-171. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 10. madya prazaMsaa, SuzS 2.29.3-9. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 13, n. 2. madya prazaMsaa, especially of suraa. aSTaangasaMgraha 4.7.54-67. P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 30. madya effects of madyapaana, caraka saMhitaa 1.25.51. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 10. madya good effects. aSTaangahRdaya 1.5.62cd-65ab diipanaM rocanaM madyaM tiikSNoSNaM tuSTipuSTidam /62/ sasvaadutiktadaTukamamlapaakarasaM saram / sakaSaayaM svaraarogyapratibhaarvanakRllaghu /63/ naSTanidraatinidrebhyo hitaM pittaasraduuSaNam / kRzasthuulahitaM ruukSaM suukSmaM srotovizodhanam /64/ vaatazleSmaharaM yuktayaa piitaM viSavad anyathaa. (P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 25.) madya good effects. aSTaangahRdaya 4.7.73 analottejanaM rucyaM zokazramavinodakam / na caatah param asty anyad aarogyabalapuSTikrt // madya medical use. aSTaangahRdaya 4.7.72 niguuDhazalyaaharaNe zastrakSaaraagnikarmaNi / piitamadyo viSahate sukhaM vaidyavikatthanaam // `During surgical and cauterizing operations, liquor helped the patient to endure the pains more easily. (P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 25.) madya as a medicine, caraka saMhitaa 2.8.162-165. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 10, n. 9. madya as a medicine, caraka saMhitaa 2.14.138-168. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 10, n. 8. madya as a medicine, caraka saMhitaa 2.15.149. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 10, n. 6. madya as a medicine in Buddhist literature. Sugimoto Takushuu, 1984, "Inshu kai kou," p. 82, n. 14. madya as a medicine in Jaina literature. P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 25: The Jaina monks were allowed to drink liquor only in secial circusmtances, for instance, when they were sick, since alcohol was prescribed for good health (Jain p. 125). madya rules of drinking, caraka saMhitaa 2.24.10-22. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 15, n. 1-4a. madya rules of drinking, caraka saMhitaa 2.24.23. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 13, n. 1. madya rules of drinking. aSTaangahRdaya 4.7.75-99. madya madhu, a madya, is to be taken with roasted meat, caraka saMhitaa 2.24.172 sthaalyaaM vaatha kapaale vaa bhRSTaM niirasavartitam / kaTvamlalavaNaM maaMsaM bhakSayan vRNuyaan madhu // A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 12, n. 5. madya maireya and zaarkara is incompatible with kusumbha, a vegetable, caraka saMhitaa 1.26.113. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 12, n. 4. madya vaaruNii is incompatible with the flesh of valaka bird, caraka saMhitaa 1.26.117. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 12, n. 3. madya no doSa. manu smRti 5.56 na maaMsabhokSaNe doSo na madye na ca maithune / pravRttir eSaa bhuutaanaaM nivRttis tu mahaaphalaa // quoted by Rajendralal Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, p. 395, n. 1. madya the duty of the wife to look after madya, kaamasuutra 4.1.35. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 13, n. 4. madya permission to manufacture madya at home, arthazaastra 2.25.23. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 13, n. 5. madya shop. vizvaruupa on yaajnavalkya smRti 1.140 quotes a text: dhvajaM ca kuryaac chinaarthaM samayaa graamaM ca saMvaset / na caivaantaavasaayibhyaH suraaM dadyaad anaapadi // Kane 2: 798. madya as an erotic stimulant, P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 28f. madya bad effects of drinking. P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 31: madya bad effects of drinking, arthazaastra 8.3.60-61 tad ubhayaM paanavyasane /60/ paanasaMpat: saMjnaanaazo 'nunmattasyonmattatvam apretasya pretatvaM kaupiinadarzanaM zrutaprajnaapraaNavittamitrahaaniH sadbhir viyogo 'narthyasamyogas tantriigiitanaipuNyeSu caarthaghneSu prasanga iti /61/. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 18, n. 4. madya bad effects on a king. Kane 2: 798: "manu smRti 7.47-52 enumerates in the case of kings ten vices springing from love of pleasure and eight vices produced by wrath and then states that among vices due to love of pleasure dinking, dice, women and hunting are the worst and that drinking is the most pernicious of all the vices of kings. arthazaastra 8.3 agrees with this." madya bad effects on a king, the reason why wine is not recommended for a king. yogayaatraa 2.2-7 madyaanganaavaaditranRtyagiitaany akSaa vRthaaTyaa mRgayaa dyunidraa / parokSanindeti ca kaamajaani dazaiva vidyaad vyasanaani puMsaam /2/ vaakpaaruSyaM daNDapaaruSyam iirSyaa droho 'suuyaa paizunaM saahasaM ca / arthasyoktaM duuSaNaM caaSTasaMkhyaH krodhodbhuuto varga eSa pradiSTaH /3/ mahad idam anayaanaam aaspadam madyam aahus tanudhanamatisattvazreyasaaM karSaNaaya / samupahatamatiH saMs tatpradhaanendriyatvaad gaNayati na hi bhakSyaabhakSyam anyaani caivam /4/ patniiyaty api maataram madavazaat patniiM ca maatriiyati zvabhriiyaty api mandiraM zlathazilaM kuupaM ca gehiiyati / svalpaM vaary udadhiiyatiizvaram apaaM mohaat sthaliiyaty api mitriiyaty api paarthivaM kim aparaM kuryaan na yan madyapaH /5/ bhuuyo 'pi diivyati jito jayalipsayaiva praapnoti tac ca savizeSataraM kadaa cit / kRtvaa 'priyaaNi madataH paritapya caante bhuuyaH pibet kim api doSavizeSakaankSii /6/ abhyaagamotsavabhiSagvacanopadezaiH kaamaM pibed amatilopakRd aaprakaamam / dyuutaM vinendriyasukhaani hitaani yuktyaa zuunyaM hi jiivitaphalaM viSayair vinaa kim /7/ madya one should always drink only such spirits as suit the temperament, aSTaangasaMgraha 4.7.96-100. (P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 27.) madya person to whom madya acts as poison, caraka saMhitaa 2.27. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 15, n. 6. madya on empty stomach acts as poison, SuzS, uttaratantra, 47.14. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 15, n. 8. madya those who do not get quickly intoxicated and who get qucickly intoxicated, caraka saMhitaa 2.24.84; 85-86. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 18, n. 2-3. madya treatment of excessive drinking, SuzS, uttaratantra 47; caraka saMhitaa 2.24.106-203. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 14, n. 1. madya treatment of excessive drinking. aSTaangahRdaya 4.7.100-109. P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 31. madya drinking is not prohibited to kSatriya and vaizya. tantravaarttika on miimaaMsaasuutra 1.3.7 [132,3] madhusiidhvos tu kSatriyavaizyayor naiva pratiSedhaH. madya bRhaspati quoted in smRticandrikaa 1.10 dezajaatikulaanaaM ca ye dharmaas tatpravartitaaH / tathaiva te paalaniiyaaH prakSubhyanty anyathaa prajaaH / janaaparaktir bhavati balaM kozaz ca nazyati / ... uttare madyapaa naaryaH ... // Kane 3: 861, n. 1671. madya the debt due to madya is not necessary to be paid off. Kane 2: 798f. He refers to GautDhS 12.38 and yaajnavalkya smRti 2.47. madya the debt due for madya is not necessary to be paid off, bRhaspati smRti 7.30; manu smRti 8.159; naarada smRti 1.90. (P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 27, n. 25.) madya drinking is confined to low people and society looks down upon it, mahaabhaaSya 2.2.29. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 19, n. 6. madya those who regularly drink are regarded as bad people, mahaabhaaSya 2.2.29. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 19, n. 7. madya warning against drinking. P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 31f. madya dharmazaastras on the madya, P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 32f. See suraapaana. madya manu smRti 3.34: `Seduction of an indoxicated girl was regarded as the most base and sinful of the eight rites of wedding.' (P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, Commemoration Volume in honour of Joh. Nobel, ed. by Claus Vogel, p. 27.) madya nindaa, see madya: prazaMsaa. madya nindaa, RV 10.5.6; RV 7.86.7; KS 13.2; ChU 5.11.5. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 19, n. 4. madya nindaa. ChU 5.11.5 regards a madyapa one of the bad persons. Kane 2: 794. madya nindaa, manu smRti 11.54. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 19, n. 1. madya nindaa, manu smRti 11.91-98. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 13, n. 6. madya nindaa. manu smRti 11.95 yakSarakSaHpizaacaannaM madyaM maaMsaM suraasavam / tad braahmaNena naattavyaM devaanaam aznataa haviH // madya nindaa, yaajnavalkya smRti 3.227. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 13, n. 6. madya nindaa. in case when a wife drinks it. Kane 2: 797f. He refers to manu smRti 9.80, yaajnavalkya smRti 1.73, mitaakSaraa on it, VasDhS 21.11 and yaajnavalkya smRti 3.256. madya drinking of madya is prohibited for braahmaNas. GautDhS 2.25 madyaM nityaM braahmaNaH // ApDhS 1.5.17.21 sarvaM madyam apeyam // manu smRti 11.95. Kane 3: 965. madya prohibited for the brahmacaarin. Kane 2: 331. madya prohibited for the snaataka. ApDhS 1.5.17.21 sarvaM madyam apeyam // madya he who avoids suraa and madya becomes free from disease and strong. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.70.23cd sadaa muniH sadaa yogii madhumaaMsasya varjanaat / nirvyaadhir niirujaujasvii suraamadyavivarjanaat /23/ (caaturmaasyavrata) madya praayazcitta for drinking madya. Kane 2: 798. He refers to GautDhS 23.1; manu smRti 11.90-91, yaajnavaklya smRti 3.253-254. madya praayazcitta for drinking madya, yaajnavalkya smRti 3.253-256. A. Chattopadhyay, Ancient Indian Practices of Drinking, p. 14, n. 6. madya used as an offering to bali. Clifford Hospital, 1984, The Righteous Demon: A Study of bali, p. 184, where he refers to padma puraaNa 6.124.46-55 and bhaviSya puraaNa 4.140.47-56. madya used as an offering. ManGS 2.14.28 ata uurdhvaM graamacatuSpathe nagaracatuSpathe nigamacatuSpathe vaa sarvatomukhaan darbhaan aastiirya nave zuurpe balim upaharati phaliikRtaaMs taNDulaan aphaliikRtaaMs taNDulaan aamaM maaMsaM pakvaM maaMsam aamaan matsyaan pakvaan matsyaan aamaan apuupaan pakvaan apuupaan piSTaan gandhaan apiSTaan gandhaan gandhapaanaM madhupaanaM maireyapaanaM suraapaanaM muktam maalyaM grathitaM maalyaM raktaM maalyaM zuklaM maalyaM raktapiitazuklakRSNaniilaharitacitravaasaaMsi maakalmaaSamuulaphalam iti // In the vinaayakazaanti. madya used as an offering. Rgvidhaana 2.70cd-71ab hutvaa tu pRthag etaasaaM yajed etaaz ca devataaH /70/ gandhamaalyopahaaraiz ca phalalaajaasuraasavaiH / (kRSikarma) madya used as an offering. bRhatsaMhitaa 47.28 bhakSyair annaiz ca vividhaiH phalamuulaamiSais tathaa / paanaiz ca vividhari hRdyaiH suraakSiiraasavaadibhiH /28/ In the puSyasnaana. madya used as an offering. bRhatsaMhitaa 47.30ab maaMsaudanamadyaadyaiH pizaacadititanayadaanavaaH puujyaaH. In the puSyasnaana. madya used as a havis in the puujaa of a tree in the vanasaMpraveza. bRhatsaMhitaa 58.8 paramaannamodakaudanadadhipalalollopikaadibhir bhakSyaiH / madyaiH kusumair dhuupair gandhaiz ca taruM samabhyarcya /8/ madya used as an offering. kaalikaa puraaNa 35.11-14 mastiSkamedasaa yuktaM maaMsaM juhvati te zucau / brahmakapaalasthaM suraabhir devapuujanam /11/ balir manuSyamaaMsena paanaM tu rudhiraM sadaa / surayaa paaraNaM yajne kapaalodbhaTadhaaraNam /12/ vyaaghracarmaparidhaanaM samalaM trivaliivRtam / evaM kurvanti satataM kapaalavratadhaariNaH /13/ kapaalii bhairavas teSaaM devaH puujyas tu nityazaH zmazaanabhairavo yo 'sau yo mahaabhairavaahvayaH /14/ madya used as an offering. yazastilakacampuu 4th aazvaasa p.95: zruuyate hi vangiimaNDale nRpatidoSaad bhuudeveSv aasavopayogaH. Kane 3: 859, n. 1665. madya used as an offering. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.138.97cd-98ab suraasavabhRtaiH kumbhais tarpayet paramezvariim /97/ kaapaalikebhyas tad deyaM daasiidaasajanais tathaa / (durgaapuujaa) (R.C. Hazra, 1963, upapuraaNas, II, p. 18, n. 70. madya used as an offering. devii puraaNa 65.61 bhakSyair anekair vividhaiH phalamuulaamiSais tathaa / paanais tu vividhair hRdyaiH suraakSiiraasavaadibhiH /61/ In the devataapuujaa afther the construction of the maNDala in the puSyasnaana. madya used as an offering. devii puraaNa 65.91-92ab bhakSyair anekair vividhaiH phalamuulaamiSais tathaa / paanais tu vividhair hRdyaiH suraakSiiraasavaadibhiH /91/ vizeSaad vihitaa puujaa grahayajne mayaa puraa. In the puSyasnaana. madya used as an offering. devii puraaNa 65.93ab pizaacaan daanavaan rakSaan maaMsamadyaiH prapuujayet. In the puSyasnaana. madya used as an offering. kaalikaa puraaNa 67.113cd madiraaM pRThato dadyaad anyat paanaM tu vaamataH /113/ (human sacrifice) madya used as an offering; substitute for madya for the brahmin. kaalikaa puraaNa 67.114-115 avazyaM vihitaM yatra madyaM tatra dvijaH punaH / naarikelajalaM kaaMsye taamfe vaa visRjen madhu /114/ naapady api dvijo madyaM kadaacid visRjed api / Rte puSpaasavaad uktaad gRnjanaad vaa vizeSataH /115/ madya used as an offering. niilamata 465cd-468. navamadyapaana. madya used as an offering. niilamata 661 pizaacaM mrnmayaM kRtvaa kaakSyaM ca dvijasattama / gandhair maalyais tathaa vastrair alaMkaaraiz ca puujayet / bhakSyaiz ca lopikaapuupair maaMsaiH paanais tathaiva ca // (*pizaacapuujana) madya used as an offering. niilamata 675ab iraapuSpasamaayuktaM paanaM peyaM vizeSataH. drinking wine with the iraa flower floating in the cup. In the iraamanjariipuujaa. madya used as an offering. niilamala 786-788 tato 'STamyaaM puujaniiyaa bhadrakaalii yathaavidhi / ... /786/ aamiSair vividhaih zaakair vahnibraahmaNataraNaiH / bilvapattreNa ca tathaa candanena ghrtena ca /787/ paanakair vividhaakaaraih sasyaiH zilpijanais tadaa / bhuuzobhaabhir nrttagiitair raatrijaagaranena ca /788/ paanaka in 788a is alcoholic drink? madya used as an offering to bali in the diipaavalii. padma puraaNa 6.122.50cd madyamaaMsasuraalehyacoSyabhakyopahaarakaiH. madya used as an offering. skanda puraaNa 2.4.10.44ab: madyamaaMsasuraalehyacoSyabhakSyopahaarakaiH. madya used as an offering. viSNu puraaNa 5.1.86ab suraamaaMsopahaaraiz ca bhakSyabhojyaiz ca puujitaa. (R.C. Hazra, 1963, upapuraaNa, vol. II, p. 18, n. 70.) madya used in a rite: skanda puraaNa, prabhaasakhaNDa, 87.51-52 prescribes, as part of the worship of the goddess paramezvarii, the ditribution of pots of wine (suraasava) to kaapaalikas and male and female slaves. (D.N. Lorenzen, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, 1991, p. 24 with n. 55.) madya used or not used. kaalikaa puraaNa 74.122cd-125ab tasyaaH (tripurabhairavii) puujopakaraNapaatraadi naanyapuujane /122/ aasavaadyaM ca satataM nopayojyaM kadaacana / sakRt tu daapayed anyair madiraaM saadhako dvijaH /123/ zuudraadayas tu satataM dadayur aasavam uttamam / evaM tu vaamabhavena yajet tripurabhairaviim /124/ baalaaM tu vaamadaakSiNyamaargaabhyaam api puujayet. madya not to be used as an offering by a braahmaNa. puraaNa 67.48cd-51ab siMhaM vyaaghraM naraM caapi svagaatrarudhiraM tathaa /48/ na dadyaad braahmaNo madyaM mahaadevyai kadaa cana / siMhaM vyaaghraM naraM dattvaa braahmaNo narakaM vrajet /49/ ihaapi syaat sa hiinaayuH sukhasaubhaagyavarjitaH / svagaatrarudhiraM dadyaac caatmavadhyaam avaapnuyaat /50/ madyaM dattvaa braahmaNas tu braahmaNyaad eva hiiyate / madya to be avoided. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.70.23ab nirvyaadhir niirujaujasvii suraamadyavivarjanaat. (caaturmaasyavrata) madya to be avoided by those who bear a rudraakSa. deviibhaagavata puraaNa 11.7.40 madyaM maaMsaM ca lazunaM palaaNDuM zigrum eva ca / zleSmaatakaM viNvaraahaM bhakSaNe varjayet tataH // madya to be avoided. garuDa puraaNa 1.121.6a madyamaaMsasuraatyaagii. (caaturmaasyavrata) madya to be avoided by a kaarttikavratin. padma puraaNa 4.21.17cd-18ab sauviirakaM tathaa maaSaan aamiSaM ca tathaa madhu / raajamaaSaadikaM nityaM varjayet kaarttike vratii. madya to be avoided. padma puraaNa 6.94.2a sarvaamiSaani maaMsaani kSaudraM sauviirakaM tathaa. (kaarttikavrata) madya to be avoided. skanda puraaNa 2.4.6.47 palaaNDuM zRngaM maaMsaM ca zayyaam sauviirakaM tathaa / raajikonmaadikaM caapi cipiTaannaM ca varjayet // (kaarttikavrata) madya to be avoided. skanda puraaNa 6.232.14ab madhumaaMsaparityaagii sa bhaven muktibhaak sadaa // (caaturmaasyavrata) madya to be avoided. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.218.4c samastamadiraavarjii. In the asidhaaraavrata, a variation of the caaturmaasyavrata. madya to be avoided by those who bear a rudraakSamaalaa. ziva puraaNa 1.25.43 madyaM maaMsaM tu lazunaM palaaNDuM zigrum eva ca zleSmaantakaM viDvaraahaM bhakSaNe varjayet tataH // madya to be avoided in the kali. prajaapati smRti 151 madyam apy amRtaM zraaddhe kalau tat tu vivarjayet / maaMsaany api hi sarvaaNi yugadharmakramaad bhavet // kalivarjya. Kane 3: 926, n. 1792. madya other than prasannaa is an unauspicious thing for the bhiSaj who is going to the house of a patient. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 29.39 duutair aniSTais tulyaanaam azastaM darzanaM nRNaam / kulatthatilakaarpaasatuSapaaSaaNabhasmanaam /38/ paatraM neSTaM tathaangaaratailakardamapuuritam / prasannetaramadyaanaaM puurNaM vaa raktasarSapaiH /39/ zavakaaSThapalaazaanaaM zuSkaaNaaM pathi saMgamaaH / neSyante patitaantasthadiinaandharipavas tathaa /40/ ... (anilaH) / kharoSNo 'niSTagandhaz ca pratilomaz ca garhitaH /41/ ... pratiSiddhaM tathaa bhagnaM kSutaM skhalitam aahatam / daurmanasyaM ca vaidyasya yaatraayaaM na prazasyate /45/ ... kezabhasmaasthikaaSThaazmatuSakaarpaasakaNTakaaH / khaTvordhvapaadaa madyaapo vasaa tailaM tilaas tRNaM /47/ napuMsakavyangabhagnanagnamuNDaasitaambaraaH / prathaane vaa praveze vaa neSyante darzanaM gataaH /48/ madya in the myth. harivaMza 48.33ab vihaayasagataa raudraa papau paanam anuttamam. (of nidraa) madya in tantrism, bibl. Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, vol. 1, pp. 403-414. He refers to the mahaanirvaaNa tantra (p. 405), kaivalya tantra (p. 407), utpatti tantra (p. 408), maatrikaabheda tantra (p. 408f.), kaamaakhyaa tantra (p. 410f.) and matsyasuukta tantra (pp. 411-413 regarding the preparations of twelve kinds of madya). madya in tantrism: tantric atitude toward drinking, bibl. P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 35f. madya in tantrism: tantric atitude toward drinking, bibl. Katsuyuki Ida, 2009, "lalitaa joshin no akuma tobatsu: tantra to veda no kannkeisei ni kansuru shiron," Mikkyogaku Kenkyu 41, p. 68. madya in tantrism. yoginiitantra 4.27-37 enumerates the different kinds of alcoholic mixtures and their application in SaTkarma rites. (T. Goudriaan and S. Gupta, 1981, Hindu tantric and zaakta Literature, p. 85.) madya in tantrism. S. Gupta, D.K. Hoens, T. Goudriaan, 1979, Hindu Tantrism, p. 147. madya in tantrism. Jun Takashima, 1992, "diikSaa in the tantraaloka," The Memoires of the Institute of Oriental Culture, No. 119, p. 49: For a viira, these eight muurtis which are inflamed by the mantra recited at the time of snaana can be of viira form (which concerns mostly the zmazaana, see jayaratha on tantraaloka 15.67-68) and there is also an ablution by wine (tantraaloka 15.66-75ab). madya in tantrism. Jun Takashima, 1992, "diikSaa in the tantraaloka," The Memoires of the Institute of Oriental Culture, No. 119, p. 65-66. madya in tantrism: is used as vizeSaarghya in the zriikula tradition. yoginiihRdaya diipikaa p. 290 on yoginiihRdaya 101cd: dravaatmakaM dravyaM vizeSaarghyam / madyaM dravayam ayam eva hi // madya in tantrism: outside the ritual uses it is prohibited. lalitopaakhyaana 3.4.7.76-78ab anabhyarcya paraaM zaktiM piben madyaM tu yo 'dhamaH / raurave narake 'bdaM tu nivased bindusaMkhyayaa /76/ bhogecchayaa tu yo madyaM pibet sa maanuSaadhamaH / praayazcittaM na caivaasya zilaagnipatanaad Rte /77/ (K. Ida's handout delivered at the 58th Inbutsugakkai held at Shikoku University in Tokushima on September 4, 2007.) madya in tantrism: prohibited in the zriikula. parazuraama kalpasuutra 10.61 aadimasya svayaM sevanam aagamadRSTyaa doSadaM tyaajyam /61/ madya in tantrism: some kinds of alcohol is allowed in the zriikula. parazuraama kalpasuutra 10.62 saanandasya rucirasyaamodino laghuno vaarkSasya gauDasya piSTaprakRtinaH andhaso vaalkalasya kausumasya vaa yathaadezasiddhasya vaa tasya parigrahaH /62/ madya in tantrism: even in the ritual the braahmaNa should avoid it. lalitopaakhyaana 3.4.7.73 anyaaz ca zaktayas taasaaM puujane madhu zasyate / braahmaNas tu vinaa tena yajed vedaangapaaragaH // (K. Ida's handout delivered at the 58th Inbutsugakkai held at Shikoku University in Tokushima on September 4, 2007.) madya in tantrism: even in the ritual the braahmaNa should avoid it, in the worship of tripurasundarii. kaalikaa puraaNa 74.123-124ab aasavaadyaM ca satataM nopayojyaM kadaa cana / sakrt tu daapayet anyair madiraam saadhako dvijaH /123/ zuudraadayas tu satataM dadayur aasavam uttamam / (K. Ida's handout delivered at the 58th Inbutsugakkai held at Shikoku University in Tokushima on September 4, 2007.) madya in Buddhist tantrism: offered to invite mahaakaala. amoghapaazakalparaaja 43b,3-4 mahaakaalam aavaahayitukaamena guggulum aSTotta(3)razatavaaraM parijapya rudhiramadya nivedayitavyam / madya raamaanuja's commentary on the vedaantasuutra (Thibaut's translation in SBE, p. 521) kaalaamukhas use a liquor-jar as a platform for making offerings to the gods. (G.W. Briggs, 1938, gorakhnaath and the kaanphaTa yogiis, p. 223.) madya prabodhacandrodaya (Taylor's transl., pp. 38ff.) describes "After fasting we drink liquor out of the skulls of braahmaNas. (G.W. Briggs, 1938, gorakhnaath and the kaanphaTa yogiis, p. 226.) madya utpatti. jaataka 512. Sugimoto, 1984, Inshu Kai Kou, p. 85, n. 9. madya Buddhist atitude toward drinking, P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 35. madya in Jaina literature. J.C. Jain, 1947, Life in ancient India as depicted in the Jain canons, pp. 124-126. madya an auspicious thing which foretells good results. kriyaasaMgrahapanjikaa 3.5.7 (Rugen Tanemura, 2004, kuladatta's kriyaasaMgrahapanjikaa, pp. 154.12-155.3) dhvajacchatrapataakaamadyamaaMsaghaNTaalaMkaaraambhojadadhiindravahnijvaalaaphalamiinayugaraajaanganaadiinaaM saMdarzane zubhaM bhavati. vidvadbraahmaNabhikSusaadhujanaanaaM saMdarzane dharmaH syaat. madya, maaMsa free attitude of tantrism, see bhoga. madya, maaMsa in tantrism: vijayaa, a zakti of tumburu, is described as matsyamaaMsasuraapriyaam in viiNaazikhatantra 103b. madya, maaMsa in tantrism: essential for the kulapuujaa. kulacuuDaamaNinigama 5.77-78 madyaM maaMsaM vinaa vatsa kulapuujaaM samaacaret / janmaantarasahasrasya sukRtaM tasya nazyati /77/ yatraavazyaM vinirdiSTaM madiraadaanapuujanam / braahmaNas taamrapaatreSu madhumadyaM prakalpayet /78/ madya, maaMsa free attitude of tantrism. yonitantra 7.6-7 sarveSaam annam aazritya kuryaat svodarapuuraNam / madhu maaMsaM vinaa devi kSaNaad uurdhvaM na jiivati /6/ tasmaad bhutvaa ca piitvaa ca viharet kSitimaNale / sarveSaam annam aasaadya bhojanaM caakutobhayam /7/ madya, maaMsa free attitude of tantrism: both are mahaaphala for the kaulikas. kulaarNavatantra 2.124 anaaghreyam anaalokyam aspRzyaJ caapy apeyakam / madyaM maaMsaM pazuunaaM tu kaulikaanaaM mahaaphalam /124/ madya, maaMsa without madya and maaMsa no religious merits are obtained in all religious sects like zaiva, vaiSNava, zaakta, saura, bauddha, paazupata, saaMkhya, vaikhaanasa, kaalamukha, dakSiNaacaara, vaamaacaara, siddhaanta, vaidika. kulaarNavatantra 5.67-68 (Katsuyuki Ida, 2012, Hindu tantrism ni okeru girei to kaishaku, Kyoto: Showado, p. 230, n. 46). madyapa ChU 5.11.5 regards a madyapa as one of the bad persons. Kane 2: 794. madyapa a person not to be invited/feeded in the zraaddha. GautDhS 15.16 na bhojayet stenakliibapatitanaastikatadvRttiviirahaagredidhiSuudidhiSuupatistriigraamayaajakaajapaalotsRSTaagnimadyapakucarakuuTasaakSipraatihaarikaan /16/ madyapaana in the raamaayaNa. Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, vol. 1, pp. 396-398. madyapaana in the raamaayaNa. J.L. Brockington, 1985, Righteous raama, pp. 86-87. madyapaana in the mahaabhaarata. Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, vol. 1, pp. 398-399. madyapaana in Sanskrit literature. Mitra, 1881, Indo-Aryans, vol. 1, pp. 400-402. He refers to kaalidaasa and maagha. madyapaana prohibited for braahmanas but not prohibited for kSatriyas and vaizyas. viSnu smRti 22.84 amedhyaani dazaitaani madyaani braahmaNasya ca(tu) / raajanyaz caiva vaizyaz ca spRSTvaitaani na duSyataH // commentary: sparzaH paanopalakSaNam. madyapaana prohibited for braahmaNas. manu smRti 11.95-97 yakSarakSaHpizaacaannaM madyaM maaMsaM suraasavam / tad braahmaNena naattavyaM devaanaam aznataa haviH /95/ amedhye vaa patet matto vaidikaM vaapy udaaharet / akaaryam anyat kuryaad vaa braahmaNo madamohitaH /96/ yasya kaayagataM brahma madyenaaplaavyate sakRt / tasya vyapaiti braahmaNyaM zuudratvaM ca sa gacchati /97/ madyapaana one of four vices. arthazaastra 8.3.38 kaamajas tu mRgayaa dyuutaM striyaH paanam iti caturvargaH // madyapaana one of four vices originated from the demon mada. mbh 3.125.8 madaM ca vyabhajad raajan paane striiSu ca viiryavaan / akSeSu mRgaayaayaaM ca puurvasRSTaM punaH punaH // madyapaana one of vices for a king. manu smRti 7.47 mRgayaakSo divaasvapnaH parivaadaH striyo madaH / tauryatrikaM vRthaaTyaa ca kaamajo dazako gaNaH // madyapaana one of four vices for a king. manu smRti 7.50 paanam akSaaH striyaz caiva mRgayaa ca yathaakramam / etat kaSTatamaM vidyaac catuSkaM kaamaje gaNe // madyapaana by women. P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 28-30. madyapaana by women. nindaa. in case when a wife drinks it. Kane 2: 797f. He refers to manu smRti 9.80, yaajnavalkya smRti 1.73, mitaakSaraa on it, VasDhS 21.11 and yaajnavalkya smRti 3.256. madyapaana by women. nindaa. VasDhS 21.15 pataty ardhaM zariirasya yasya bhaaryaa suraaM pibet / patitaardhazariirasya niSkRtir na vidhiiyate // P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 33. madyapaana by women. mbh 3.262.39 kathaM hi piitvaa maadhviikaM piitvaa ca madhumaadhaviim / lobhaM sauviirake kuryaan naarii kaa cid iti smare // (E.W. Hopkins, 1889, Ruling caste, p. 65.) madyapaana by women. manu smRti 9.84 pratiSiddhaapi ced yaa tu madyam abhyudayeSv api / prekSaasamaajam gacched vaa saa daNDyaa kRSNalaani SaT // madyapaana by women. nindaa. manu smRti 9.13 paanaM durjanasamsargaH patyaa ca viraho 'Tanam / svapno 'nyagehavaasaz ca naariisaMduuSaNaani Sat // P. Aalto, 1963, "madyam apeyam," Com. Vol. in honour of J. Nobel, p. 33. madyapaana by women. cf. manu smRti 9.80 madyapaasaadhuvRttaa ca pratikuulaa ca yaa bhavet / vyaadhitaa vaadhivettavyaa hiMsaarthaghnii ca sarvadaa // madyapaana by women. cf. manu smRti 11.66 dhaanyakupyapazusteyaM madyapastriiniSevaNam / striizuudraviTkSatravadho naastikyaM copapaatakam // madyapaana by women. nindaa, karmavipaaka. yaajnavalkya smRti 3.256 patilokaM na saa yaati braahmanii yaa suraaM pibet / ihaiva saa zunii gRdhrii suukarii copajaayate // madyapaana punishment of a drinker after death, P. Aalto, 1959, "madyam apeyam," jnaanamuktaavalii, p. 34. naraka, karmavipaaka. madyapaanapraayazcitta viSNu smRti 51.2 malaanaaM madyaanaaM caanyatamasya praazane caandraayaNaM kuryaat // maga see avyanga. maga see bhojaka. maga bibl. IA, 1911, pp. 17ff. maga bibl. Parasher, mlecchas, pp. 247-250. maga a class of the braahmanas especially in charge of worship of the sun. about their origin, see Kane 2: 722 c. n. 1727. maga two maga brahmins play the role of divya brahmins in the zraaddha. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.86.7cd viiraM ca puujayitvaa tu tataH zraaddhaM prakalpayet /6/ pancabhir braahmaNair deva divyair bhaumaiz ca suvrata / magasaMjnau tatra divyau braahmaNau parikalpayet /7/ triin atra braahmaNaan bhaumaan prakalpyaandhakasuudana / (aadityavaaravrata, putradavidhi, zraaddha) magadha see maagadha. magadha bibl. Pargiter, F. E. 1908. magadha and videha. JRAS, pp.851-853. mahaabhaarata, anga, vanga, kalinga. magadha bibl. Macdonell-Keith, Vedic Index, vol. II, pp. 116-118. magadha a country belonging to the eastern part of the kuurmavibhaaga. bRhatsaMhitaa 14.6 khasamagadhazibiragirimithilasamataToDraazvavadanadanturakaaH / praagjyotiSalauhityakSiirodasamudrapuruSaadaaH /6/ magadha the birthplace of Mercury is magadha. AVPZ 51.1.3 arko jaataH kalingeSu yavaneSu ca candramaaH / angaarakas tv avantyaayaaM magadhaayaaM budhas tathaa /3/ magadha the birthplace of Mercury is magadha. yogayaatraa 3.19-20 quoted by Kane 5: 588, n. 875: angeSu suuryo yavaneSu candro bhaumo hy avantyaaM magadheSu saumyaH / sindhau gurur bhojakaTeSu zukraH sauraH suraaSTre viSaye babhuuva /19/ mleccheSu ketuz ca tamaH kalinge jaato yato 'taH paripiiDitaas te / svajanmadezaan paripiiDayanti tato 'bhiyojyaaH kSitipena dezaaH // magadha a country ruled by the sun. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.1cd zakayavanamagadhazabarapraagjyotiSaciinakaambojaaH /1/ magadha the moon which brings disaster to there. AVPZ 50.3.3 SaSThyaaM madhyaM yadaa gacched raajaa vadhyeta paarthivaH / avantiinaaM ca puurvaardhaM maagadhaaz ca vizeSataH /3/ magadha a country suffered from disaster when the moon is cut through by Venus. bRhatsaMhitaa 4.22 bhinnaH sitena magadhaan yavanaan pulindaan nepaalabhRngimarukacchasuraaSTramadraan / paancaalakaikayakuluutakapuuruSaadaan hanyaad uziinarajanaan api sapta maasaan /22/ magadha one of the peoples affected by the moon which was cut by Mercury. bRhatsaMhitaa 3\4.26 magadhaan mathuraaM ca piiDayed veNaayaaz ca taTaM zazaankajaH / aparatra kRtaM yugaM vaded yadi bhittvaa zazinaM vinirgataH /26/ magadha a country suffered from disaster when the moon is cut through by Venus. paraazara quoted by utpala in his commentary on bRhatsaMhitaa 4.27 [113.24-114.1] tathaa ca paraazaraH / atha bhedeSv asuragurubhinnaH paancaalamagadhamadrakuNindakauluutakakaikayayavanadhuumaambaSThamaargaNa(>maargara?)anganaaraajyabhRngimarukacchoziinarapulindapuruSaadanepaalaan saptamaasaan upataapayatiiti / magadha in the grahayuddha when Venus is defeated damages to the country such as magadha will occur. AVPZ 51.4.4 yo raajaa prathitaparaakramaH pRthivyaaM vangaangaadiSu magadhaaH sazuurasenaaH / ye yodhaaH samaraNabhuumilabdhazabdaas te sainyaiH kSayam upayaanti zukraghaate /4/ magadha matsya puraaNa 271 aikSvaakamaagadhabhaviSyaraajavarNana. maghaa PW. 3) f. a) N. eines nakSatra (des 10ten). maghaa a nakSatra, its adhidevataa is pitRs. maghaa cf. RV 10.85.13cd aghaasu hanyante gaavo 'rjunyoH pary uhyate. In the suukta of marriage: on the day of the aghaa cows are slain for the vivaaha and on the day of the two arjuniis the bride is lead round. maghaa AV 14.1.13cd maghaasu hanyante gaavaH phalguniiSu vyuhyate /13/ In the suukta of marriage: on the day of the aghaa cows are slain for the vivaaha and on the day of the phalguniis the bride is lead away. (This half verse is quoted in KauzS 75.5 maghaasu hanyante gaavaH phalguniiSu vyuhyate iti vijnaayate mangalaM ca /5/) maghaa AV 19.7.2d ayanaM maghaa me. maghaa pitRs and maghaas are worshipped by offering SaTkapaala. TB 3.1.4.8 pitaro vaa akaamayanta / pitRloka Rdhnuyaameti / ta etaM pitRbhyo maghaabhyaH puroDaazaM SaTkapaalaM niravapan / tato vai te pitRloka aardhnuvan / pitRloke ha vaa Rdhnoti / ya etena haviSaa yajate / ya u cainad evaM veda / (nakSatreSTi) maghaa a kruura nakSatra. jyotiSavedaanga, yajus 42 ugraaNy aardraa ca citraa ca vizaakhaa zravaNo 'zvayuk / kruuraaNi tu maghaa svaatii jyeSThaa muulaM yamasya yat // (Kane 559 with n. 829.) maghaa the flower (kusuma, puSpa) of saMvatsarapuruSa. bRhatsaMhitaa 8.19 rohiNyo 'nalabhaM ca vatsaratanur naabhis tv aaSaaDhaadvayaM saarpaM hRt pitRdaivataM ca kusumaM zuddhaiH zubhaM taiH phalam / dehe kruuranipiiDite 'gnyanilajaM naabhyaaM bhayaM kSutkRtaM puSpe muulaphalakSayo 'tha hRdaye sasyasya naazo dhruvam // maghaa a nakSatra recommended for the ekoddiSTa. JaimGS 2.5 [31,5-6] nakSatreSu niyamo maghaasv ekataareSu bhara5NiiSu ca puurvasamayeSu ca rohiNyaam uttareSu dhruveSu. (pitRmedha, ekoddiSTa) maghaa a nakSatra. AVPZ 1.9.9ab maghaabhiH saardham aasiita na yaayaad ucchrayaM cana.(nakSatrakalpa) maghaa pitRs are worshipped as the devataa of the nakSatra maghaa. AVPZ 1.38.3 ye devatvaM puNyakRto 'bhicakrire ye caapare ye ca pare maharSayaH / arcaami suunur yamaraajagaan pitRRn chivaaH kriyaaH kRNutaaM ca no maghaa // (nakSatradaivata mantra). maghaa the pancamii with the maghaa nakSatra is recommended for the performance of the zraaddha. skanda puraaNa 2.2.34.20-22ab maghaa vai pitRnakSatraM pitRRNaaM priitidaM param / tatra zraaddhaM tu priiNaati dattaM putrair mudaanvitaiH /20/ pancamii ca tithiH zreSThaa zraaddhe 'bhyudayakaariNii / ubhayor yadi saMyogo mahaapuNyatamaa tithiH /21/ yasyaaM zraaddhe kRte putraiH pitRRNaam uddhRtir bhavet / (mahaavediimahotsava) maghaa recommended for tiladaana. AVPZ 1.48.4cd-51b ... maghaabhis tu tilaan dadyaan madhumizraan smaran pitRRn /5/ kaamais tatropatiSThanti amii ye somayaajinaH / ... /6/ (nakSatradaana) maghaa a ghora nakSatra. AVPZ 31.8.6a aarambhaM tasya ghoreSu nakSatreSu dineSu ca /5/ kaarayet kRSNapakSasya tithichidreSu sarvadaa / maghaazleSaa tathaa muulaM revaty aardraa ca sarvadaa /8.6/ (koTihoma) maghaa a nakSatra, to be avoided for the garbhaadhaana. yaajnavalkya smRti 1.80ab evaM gacchan striyaM kSaamaaM maghaaM muulaM ca varjayet. Kane 2: 204. maghaa one of the unauspicious nakSatras for the visit of a bhiSaj by a duuta. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 29.18bd kRttikaasu ca / aardraazleSaamaghaamuulapuurvaasu bharaniiSu ca // maghaa shaving and maithuna is prohibited on the days of maghaa and kRttikaa nakSatras. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 1.27.44cd-45 amaayaaM(>maghaayaaM??footnote hereon) kRttikaayaaM ca dvijaiH kSauraM vivarjitam /44/ kRtvaa tu maithunaM kSauraM yo devaaMs tarpayet pitRRn / rudhiraM tad bhavet toyaM daataa ca narakaM vrajet /45/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) maghaa a nakSatra recommended for the rangadaivatapuujana. naaTyazaastra 3.16 aardraayaaM vaa maghaayaaM vaa yaamye puurveSu vaa triSu / aazleSaamuulayor vaapi kartavyaM rangapuujanam /16/ maghaa a nakSatra recommended for the construction of kuupa. bRhatsaMhitaa 53.123 hasto maghaanuraadhaapuSyadhaniSThottaraaNi rohiNyaH / zatabhiSag ity aarambhe kuupaanaaM zasyate bhagaNaH /123/ maghaamaavaasyaa(vrata)* txt. niilamata 723-725. zraavaNa, amaavaasyaa + maghaa nakSatra. (tithivrata) maghaamaavaasyaa(vrata)* contents. niilamata 723-725: 723ab kRSNa pancadazii/amaavaasyaa with maghaa nakSatra, 723cd pitRtarpaNa and zraaddha, 724 an enumeration of the pitRgaNas, 725ab their puujaas/pitRtarpaNa?, 725cd zraaddha with tilas. maghaamaavaasyaa(vrata)* vidhi. niilamata 723-725 tataH pancadaziiM praapya kRSNaaM pitryarkasaMyutaam / pitRRNaaM tarpaNaM kaaryaM zraaddhaM kaaryaM prayatnataH /723/ subhaaSito barhiSadaH agniSvaattaas tathaiva ca / kravyaadaz copahuutaaz ca aajyapaaz ca sukaalinaH /724/ sarve pitRgaNaaH puujyaaH puSpadhuupaannasaMpadaa / tilaiH kaaryaH prayatnena zraaddhas tasmin dvijottama /725/ maghaazraaddha see madhyaavarSa. maghaazraaddha ZankhGS 3.13.1 madhyamaayaaM madhyaavarSe ca /1/ (in the second aSTakaa.) Oldenberg's note hereon: On madhyaavarSa, comp. Weber, Naxatra, pp. 331, 337. naaraayaNa understands not 'in the middle of the rainy season,' but 'in the middle of the year' (see his note, p. 146 of the German edition). I cannot help thinking that the word madhyaavarSe, given by the MSS. here and in ParGS 3.3.13, and explained by naaraayaNa, is a corrupt reading which we should correct into maaghyavarSe ('the festival celebrated during the rainy season under the nakSatra maghaas7), or something like that. The MSS. of AzvGS 2.5.9 have maaghyaavarSaM, maaghaavarSaM, maadhyaavarSaM. viSNu smRti 76.1 (comp. viSNu smRti 78.52, and Prof. Jolly's note, Sacred Books of the East, VII, p. 240) mentions 'the three aSTakaas, the three anvaSTakaas, a maagha day which falls on the thirteenth of the dark half of the month prauSThapada.' Comp. manu smRti 3.273, varSaasu ca maghaasu ca; yaajnavalkya smRti 1.260.) maghaazraaddha ApDhS 2.7.19.20 maghaasu caadhikaM zraaddhakalpena sarpir braahmaNaan bhojayet /20/ maghaazraaddha HirDhS 2.5.87 maghaasu caadhikaM zraaddhena kalpena sarpir braahmaNaan bhojayet /87/ maghaazraaddha VasDhS 11.40 madhumaaMsaiz ca zaakaiz ca payasaa paayasena ca / eSa no daasyati zraaddhaM varSaasu ca maghaasu ca /40/ maghaazraaddha ManZS 11.9.2.1 api naH svakule bhuuyaad yo no dadyaat trayodaziim / paayasaM madhusarpirbhyaaM varSaasu ca maghaasu ca /1/ maghaazraaddha mbh 13.88.12-13 api naH sa kule jaayaad yo no dadyaan trayodaziim / maghaasu sarpiSaa yuktaM paayasaM dakSiNaayane /12/ aajena vaapi lauhena maghaasv eva yatavrataH / hasticchaayaasu vidhivat karNavyajanaviijitam /13/ (zraaddhakalpa) maghaazraaddha brahma puraaNa 220.31cd-32ab api naH sa kule bhuuyaad yo no dadyaaj jalaanjalim /31/ paayasaM madhusaMyuktaM varSaasu ca maghaasu ca / (zraaddha) maghaazraaddha viSNu smRti 76.1-2a amaavaasyaas tisro 'STakaas 'nvaSTakaa maaghii prauSThapadyuurdhvaM kRSNatrayodazii vriihiyavapaakau ceti /1/ etaaMs tu zraaddhakaalaan vai nityaan aaha prajaapatiH / maghaazraaddha manu smRti 3.273 yat kiM cin madhunaa mizraM pradadyaat tu trayodaziim / tad apy akSayam eva syaad varSaasu ca maghaasu ca // maghaazraaddha yaajnavalkya smRti 1.257cd yad dadaati gayaasthaz ca sarvam aanantyam aznute / tathaa varSe trayodazyaaM maghaasu ca na saMzayaH // maghaazraaddha agni puraaNa 163.33cd yad dadaati gayaasthaz ca sarvam aanantyam ucyate / tathaa varSaatrayodazyaaM maghaasu ca na saMzayaH /33/ (zraaddha) maghaazraaddha mbh 13.89.5 aazleSaayaaM dadac chraaddhaM viiraan putraan prajaayate / jnaatiinaaM tu bhavec chreSTho maghaasu zraaddham aavapan /5/ maghaazraaddha viSNudharmottara puraaNa 1.142.21 maghaayutaa ca tatraapi zastaa raajaMs trayodazii / tatraakSayyaM bhavec chraaddhaM madhunaa paayasena ca /21/ maghaazraaddha agni puraaNa 117.48b maghaazraaddham athaakSayam. maghaazraaddha brahma puraaNa 220.116cd-117ab dadyaac chraaddhaM trayodazyaaM maghaasu ca yathaavidhi /116/ madhusarpiHsamaayuktaM paayasaM dakSiNaayane / maghaazraaddha maarkaNDeya puraaNa 29.35cd-36ab tathaa varSaatrayodazyaaM maghaasu ca yathaavidhi /35/ madhusarpiHsamaayuktapaayasaM dakSiNaayane / maghaazraaddha varaaha puraaNa 13.49 gaayanti caitat pitaraH kadaa tu varSaamaghaatRptim avaapya bhuuyaH maaghaasitaante zubhatiirthatoyair yaasyaama tRptiM tanayaadidattaiH /49/ maghaazraaddha cf. viSNu puraaNa 3.16.19 zruuyate caapi pitRbhir giitaa gaathaa mahiipate / ikSvaakor manuputrasya kalaapopavane puraa /17/ api nas te bhaviSyanti kule saMmaargaziilinaH / gayaam upetya ye piNDaan daasyanty asmaakam aadaraat /18/ api nas sa kule jaayaad yo na dadyaat trayodaziim / paayasaM madhusarpirbhyaaM varSaasu ca maghaasu ca /19/ gauriiM vaapy udvahet kanyaaM niilaM vaa vRSam utsRjet / yajeta vaazvamedhena vidhivad dakSiNaavataa /20/ maghavat see maghavan. maghavan see indra. maghavan bibl. J. Gonda, 1959, Epithets in the Rgveda, p. 42ff. maghavan nirvacana. ZB 14.1.1.13 taM devaa abhyamRjyanta / yathaa vittiM vetsyamaanaa evaM tam indrah prathamaH praapa tam anvangam anunyapadyata taM paryagRhNaat tam parigRhyedaM pazo 'bhavad yad idam indro yazo yazo ha bhavati ya evaM veda /12/ sa u eva makhaH sa viSNuH / tata indro makhavaan abhavan makhavaan ha vai taM maghavaan ity aacakSate paro'kSaM paro'kSakaamaa hi devaaH /13/ (pravargya) maghavan nirvacana. VadhZS, AO 6, p. 133: 28a eteSu ha vaa RtuSv indro jaato maaghe ha vai jaatas tasmaan nu ha maghavaan naama tam aapnuvanti sarvaaNi bhuutaany etasyai devataayai saayujyaM salokataaM jayati ya evaM veda. maghavan the sun is identied with maghavan when it is ascending. JUB 4.5.1 vyuSi savitaa bhavasy udeSyan viSNur udyan puruSa udito bRhaspatir abhiprayan maghavendro vaikuNTho maadhyandine bhago 'paraahna ugro devo lohitaayann astamite yamo bhavasi /1/ (singing of the saaman) magic see abhicaara. magic see astrology. magic see demon. magic see gleichklangszauber. magic see identification: of a magical substance. magic see indrajaala/indrajaalaa. magic see indrajaalavidyaasaMgraha. magic see karmaaNi. magic see maayaa. magic see magical world-view. magic see mimetic magic. magic see paritta. magic see potency. magic see power. magic see ritual. magic see SaTkarma. magic see sorcery. magic see superstition. magic see witchcraft. magic see zaambarii. magic bibl. A. Hillebrandt, 1897, Rituallitteratur: Vedische Opfer und Zauber, Strasbourg, pp. 167-186. magic bibl. V. Henry, 1909, La magie dans l'inde antique, Paris. magic bibl. E. W. Hopkins. 1910. Magic Observances in the Hindu Epic, Proceedings of Am. Philosophical Society 49. magic bibl. A. A. Macdonell. 1915. "Magic (Vedic)." In ERE, vol. III: 311-21. magic bibl. H. Oldenberg, 1917, Die Religion des Veda, pp. 475-522. magic bibl. J. Scheftelowitz, 1924, Gleichklangszauber in Indien und im juedischen Volksglauben, ZDMG 78, pp. 106-110. magic J. Przyluski, "Les vidyaaraaja, contribution a` l'histoire de la magie dans les sectes mahaayaanistes," BEFEO, 23, pp. 301-18. magic A.B. Keith, 1925, The Religion and Philosophy of the Veda and Upanishads, pp. 379-402: Chapter 22. Magic in the ritual. magic bibl. M. Lalou, 1932, "Un traite' de magie bouddhique," in E'tudes d'orientalisme, publie'es par le Muse'e Guimet a` la me'moire de Raymonde Linossier, Paris, t. 2, pp. 306-322. (translation of the 41. chapter) magic bibl. H. Lommel. 1932. "Eine arische Form magischer Gottesanrufung," ActaOr 10. magic bibl. Albert Grunwedel, 1933, Die Legenden des naa.ro.pa, des Hauptvertreters des Nekromanten- und Hexentums, Leipzig. magic bibl. Jean Filliozat, 1943, Magie et me'dicine, Paris. medicine. magic bibl. P. Dare, 1947, Magie blanche et magie noire aux Indes, Paris 1947. magic bibl. Velankar, H. D. "Magicians in the Rgveda." Sarup Comm. Vol., 1954, 85-92. black, white, natural magic. RV 7.104 and RV 10.87 graphically describe the activities of devi-mongers and their devils .. variously called: atrin, araativan, druhvan, yaatudhaana, yaatumaavat, rakSas, kurazcit .. different kinds of evil spirits, which served the abovementioned magicians: atra, araati, kimiidin, ducchunaa, druh, pizaaci, yaatu, yaatudhaana, yaatumat, rakSas, rip, vandana, hur .. (Dandekar, Vedic Bibliography, II, p. 30. magic bibl. Maya Malaviya, 1967, atharvaveda zaantipuSTikarmaaNi, Sarasvati Bhavan Studies, 17, Varanasi. magic bibl. Maya Malaviya. 1971. "Magic in the vedas." The Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 27 (3-4): 319-22. magic bibl. in tantrism. Teun Goudriaan, 1978, maayaa divine and human. A Study of Magic and its Religious Foundations in Sanskrit Texts, with Particular Attention to a Fragment on viSNu's maayaa preserved in Bali. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. magic bibl. Margarett Stutley, 1980 (2001), Ancient Indian Magic and Folklore: An Introduction, Delhi (New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal). [K119;40] magic bibl. H.W. Bodewitz, 1994, "Magic and Ritual. The Second Chapter of the kauSiitaki upaniSad," zruti-cintaamaNiH: Prof. C.G. Kashikar Felicitation Volume, Pune, pp. 12-20. magic cf. bibl. M. Pfeiffer, 1999?, "Altindische Zaubermaerchen: zur Struktur einiger Erzaehlungen des kathaasaritsaagara," Berliner Indologischen Studien 1. magic bibl. Ingo Strauch, 2001, "arthazaastra und caurazaastra: Diebeskunst und Magie im alten Indien," in Dirk W. Loenne, ed., toHfa-e-dil: Festschrift Helmut Nespital, Reinbek: Dr. Inge Wezler Verlag, pp. 501-530. magic bibl. Michael Witzel, 2004, kaTha aaraNyaka, Critical edition with a translation into German and an introduction, Harvard Oriental Series, Vol. 65, pp. xxxvi-xxxix. (with many references.) magic kaamya elements in the Rgveda, J. Gonda, 1975, Vedic Literature, pp. 142-148: 11. Magic. magic "Magic rites with intent to harm enemies, and curses in general cause defilement: they are visited with severe penaces, e.g. ApDhS 1.9.26.7; BaudhDhS 2.1.2.16; GautDhS 25.7; viSNu smRti 37.26; manu smRti 9.290: yaajnavalkya smRti 3.289 (contrawise manau smRti 11.33)." Bloomfield, AV and GB, p. 26. magic and kaamyeSTi. Caland, Altindisches Zauberritual, p. VIII: Zwischen einem Zauber des kauzikasuutra und einer sogenannten kaamyaa iSTi der zrautasuutras ist nach meiner Ansicht nun kein principieller Unterschied. magic for the importance of incantation, see brahman: as a powerful statement. magic stylistic analysis of the atharvanic mantras: description of event in ancient times in the imperfect tense, description of a bad situation in the aorist tense, description of conditions for which one requires help from deities; assertion of characteristic of a deity; request for sympathy of deities, request to the deities to be favorable, request for help of deities, request that deities attack the enmey, request that a useful thing may do favorable act, request that it goes well to the object in mind, expression of desire, priest among deities as helpers of magical acts, flattery to evil doers, order to a enemy/demon/harmful object, order to demons: to go to one's enemy, desire that one's enemy go to bad condition, enumeration of demons, enumeration of various aspects of a harmful object, assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object, enumeration of various aspects of useful thing; assertion of characteristic of useful object, assertion of realization of the request to a useful thing, simile referring to the magical act; assertion of a magical act in the first person in the present tense, assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities/RSis in the first person in the present tense, assertion of a magical act in the first person in the aorist tense, consolation to the yajamaana, simile referring to the effect of the magical act; effect of the magical act in the aorist tense, effect of the magical act in the past passive participle. magic description of event in ancient times in the imperfect tense. PS 2.1.5ab pavastais tvaa paryakriiNan duurzebhir ajinair uta / (in a suukta against viSa) magic description of event in ancient times in the imperfect tense. PS 2.3.4ab suuryam RtaM tamaso graahyaa yathaa devaa muncanto asRjan nir enasaH / (evaa tvaa kSetriyaan nirRtyaa jaamizaMsaad druho muncaami varuNasya paazaat) /4/ magic description of event in ancient times in the imperfect tense. PS 2.16.2 suparNas tvaanvavindat suukaras tvaakhanan nasaa / indras tvaa cakre baahvor asurebhyas tariitave /2/ magic description of event in ancient times in the imperfect tense. PS 2.16.3ab paaTaam indro vyaaznaad dhantavaa asurebhyaH / /3/ magic description of a bad situation in the aorist tense. PS 2.8.1ab ud itye akraman trayo vyaaghraH puruSo vRkaH / magic description of conditions for which one requires help from deities. PS 2.19.1ab; 2ab; 3ab yadi gaadhaanaaM yadi naavyaanaaM nadiinaaM paare nRpatis sakhaa naH / /1/ yadi avaare yadi vaa gha paare yadi dhanvani nRpatis sakhaa naH / /2/ yadi yatsu yadi dhRtyaaM yadi samityaaM nRpatis sakhaa naH / /3/ magic assertion of characteristic of a deity. PS 2.16.4ab rudra jalaaSabheSaja niilazikhaNDa karmakRt / /4/ magic request for sympathy of deities. PS 2.5.1 dyaavaapRthivii urv antarikSaM kSetrasya patny urugaayo adbhutaH / utaantarikSam uru vaatagopaM te gha tapyantaaM mayi tapyamaane /1/ magic request to the deities to be favourable. PS 2.3.2 zaM te agnis sahaadbhir astu zaM gaavas sahauSadhiibhiH / zam antarikSaM sahavaatam astu te zaM te bhavantu pradizaz catasrah /2/ magic request for help of deities: to listen to the priest. PS 2.5.2ab idam indra zRNuhi somapa yat tvaa hRdaa zocataa johaviimi / magic request for help of deities. PS 2.5.4 (AV 2.12.4) aziitibhis tisRbhis saamagebhir aadityebhir vasubhir angirobhiH / iSTaapuurtam avatu naH pitRRNaam aamuM dade harasaa daivyena /4/ magic request for help of deities. PS 2.5.5ab (AV 2.12.5ab) dyaavaapRthivii anu maa diidhiithaaM vizve devaaso anu maa rabhadhvam / angirasaH pitaras somyaasaH. magic request for help of deities. PS 2.9.4 raajne bruuhi varuNaayaazvaaya puruSaaya ca / pathaa me parthye revati jaayaam aa vaha saadhunaa /4/ (in a suukta for a jaayaakaama) magic request for help of deities. PS 2.9.5 jaayaaM me mitraavaruNaa jaayaaM devii sarasvatii / jaayaaM me azvinobhaa dhattaaM puSkarasrajaa /5/ (in a suukta for a jaayaakaama) magic request for help of deities. PS 2.12.1bd (AV 2.26.1bd) vaayur yeSaaM sahacaaraM jujoSa / tvaSTaa yeSaaM ruupadheyaani vedaasmin taan goSThe savitaa niyacchaat /1/ magic request for help of deities. PS 2.12.2bd (AV 2.26.2bd) bRhaspatir aanayatu prajaanan / siniivaalii nayatv aagram eSaam aajagmuSo anumatir niyacchaat /2/ magic request for help of deities. PS 2.13.1ac (cf. AV 3.14.1ac) saM vas sRjatv aryamaa saM puuSaa saMbRhaspatiH / sam indro yo dhanaMjaya /1/ magic request for help of deities. PS 2.16.5cd adhi no bruuhi zaktibhiH praazi maam uttaraM kRdhi /5/ magic request for help of deities. PS 2.17.3ab (AV 2.30.2ab) saM cen nayaatho azvinaa kaaminaa saM ca neSathaH / /3/ magic request for help of deities. PS 2.19.1c; 2c; 3c; 4c / vizve devaaso abhirakSatainaM /1/ ... / vizve devaaso abhirakSatainaM ... /2/ ... / vizve devaaso abhirakSatainaM... /3/ ... / vizve devaaso abhirakSatainaM... /4/ magic request that deities attack the enmey. PS 2.5.6d (AV 2.12.6) atiiva yo maruto manyate no brahma vaa yo nindiSat kriyamaaNam / tapuuMSi tasmai vRjinaani santu brahmadviSam abhi taM zocatu dyauH /6/ magic request that deities attack the enmey. PS 2.5.7c aa dadhaami te padaM samiddhe jaatavedasi / agniz zariiraM veveSTu yamaM gacchatu te asuH /7/ magic request that deities attack the enmey. PS 2.2.5 yac ca piSTaM yac caapiSTaM yad digdhaM yac ca dehyam / devaas sarvasya vidvaaMso 'rasam kRNutaa viSam /5/ magic request that deities attack the enmey. PS 2.14.1 (cf. AV 2.32.1) udyann aadityaH krimiin hantu suuryo / nimrocan razmibhir hantu ye antah krimayo gavi /1/ magic request that deities attack the enmey. PS 2.15.5 (cf. AV 2.31.5) ye krimayaH parvateSu ye vaneSu yo oSadhiiSu pazuSv apsv antaH / ye asmaakaM tanvaM sthaama cakrira indras taan hantu mahataa vadhena /5/ magic request that deities attack the enmey. PS 2.16.4cd praznaM durasyato jahi yo asmaaM abhidaasati /4/ magic request that deities attack the enmey. PS 2.16.5ab tasya praznaM tvaM jahi yo na indraabhidaasati / /5/ magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.9.1d saa no madhumatas kRdhi /1/ (in a suukta for a jaayaakaama) magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.10.1 dazavRkSa muncemam aMhaso graahyaaz ca / atho enaM vanaspate jiivaanaaM lokam unnaya /1/ (bhaiSajya) magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.11.2 jangiLo jambhaad vizaraad viSkandhaad abhizocanaat / maNis sahasraviiryaH pari NaH paatu vizvataH /2/ (a suukta for the amulet jangiDa) magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.11.3d jangiLaH paatv aMhasaH /3/ magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.11.5ab zaNaz ca tvaa jangiLaz ca viSkandhaad adhi muncataam / /5/ magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.16cd saamuun pratipraazo jahy arasaan kRNv oSadhe /1/ magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.17.4 (AV 2.30.4) yad antaraM tad baahyaM yad baahyaM tad antaram / kanyaanaaM vizvaruupaaNaaM mano gRbhaayauSadhe /4/ magic request that a useful thing may do favorable act. PS 2.18.1d; 2d; 3d; 4d; 5d saa na aitu varcasaa saMvidaanaa /1/ magic request that it goes well to the object in mind. PS 2.12.1a (AV 2.26.1a) eha yantu pazavo ye pareyur /1/ magic request that it goes well to the object in mind. PS 2.12.2a (AV 2.26.2a) imaM goSThaM pazavas saMsravantu /2/ magic request that it goes well to the object in mind. PS 2.12.3ac (AV 2.26.3ac) saM saM sravantu pazavas sam azvaa uta puuruSaaH / saM dhaanyasya yaa sphaatis /3/ magic request that it goes well to the object in mind. PS 2.195cd yo maaM piparti yam ahaM piparmi sa prajaavaan maghavaan suurir astu /5/ magic priest among deities as helpers of magical acts: bharadvaaja. PS 2.5.3ab (AV 2.12.2ab) idaM devaaz zRNuta ye yajniyaa stha bharadvaajo mahyam ukthaani zaMsatu / magic expression of desire. PS 2.13.1d (cf. AV 3.14.1d) iha puSyata yad vasu /1/ magic expression of desire. PS 2.13.2 (cf. AV 3.14.4) ihaiva gaava etaneho zakaa va puSyata / ihaivota prajaayadhvaM mayi saMjnaanam astu vaH /2/ magic expression of desire. PS 2.13.3 (cf. AV 3.14.6) mayaa gaavo gopatyaa sacadhvam ayaM vo goSTha iha poSayaati / raayas poSeNa bahulaa bhavantiir jiivaa jiivantiir upa vas sadema /3/ magic expression of desire. PS 2.13.5 (cf. AV 3.14.3) saMjaanaanaa avihvRtaa asmin goSThe kariiSiNiiH / bibhratiis somyaM havis svaavezaasa etana /5/ magic priest among deities as helpers of magical acts: saamagas. PS 2.5.4 (AV 2.12.4) aziitibhis tisRbhis saamagebhir aadityebhir vasubhir angirobhiH / iSTaapuurtam avatu naH pitRRNaam aamuM dade harasaa daivyena /4/ magic flattery to evil doers. PS 2.10.2 yaz cakaara sa niSkarat sa eva subhiSaktamaH / sa eva tubhyaM bheSajaM cakaara bhiSajaati ca /2/ (bhaiSajya) magic order to demons: to go away. PS 2.3.3d pra yakSma etu nirRtiH paraacaiH /3/ magic order to demons: to go to one's enemy. PS 2.4.5 amuSminn adhare gRhe sarvaas santv araayyaH / tatra paapmaa ny ucyatu sarvaaz ca yaatudhaanyaH /5/ magic order to demons: to perish. PS 2.4.2d, 3d (yadi vaa gha kSetriyaad yadi vaa puruseSitaaH / yadi stha dasyubhyo jaataa) nazyatetas sadaanvaaH /2/ magic order to enemy: to go away. PS 2.8.1ce hirug jyotis suuryo hirug devo vanaspatir / hiruG navantu zatravaH /1/ magic order to dangerous beings: to go away. PS 2.8.2 parameNa pathaa vRkaH pareNa steno arSatu / tato vyaaghraH paramaH /2/ magic order to dangerous beings: to go away. PS 2.8.6 neva rapsasai na gRhaH paraz cara / dvipaac catuSpaan na maa hiMsiir indrajaas somajaa asi /6/ magic order to a harmful object. PS 2.1.4c tiSThaa vRkSa iva sthaaman. (in a suukta against viSa) magic order to a harmful object. PS 2.19.5ab yama mRtyo mainaM hiMsiir yam ahaM hRdaa manasaa jugopa / /4/ magic desire that one's enemy goes to bad condition: to go to yama. PS 2.5.7d aa dadhaami te padaM samiddhe jaatavedasi / agniz zariiraM veveSTu yamaM gacchatu te asuH /7/ magic desire that one's enemy goes to bad condition: to go to yama's place. PS 2.5.8cd (AV 2.12.7cd) sapta praaNaaM aSTau majnas taaMs te vRZcaami brahmaNaa / yamasya gaccha saadanam agniduuto araMkRtaH /8/ magic enumeration of demons: sadaanuvaas. PS 2.4.1ab nissaalaaM dhRSNuM dhiSaNam ekaavaadyaaM jighatsvam / magic enumeration of demons: sadaanuvaas. PS 2.4.2ac yadi vaa gha kSetriyaad yadi vaa puruseSitaaH / yadi stha dasyubhyo jaataa nazyatetas sadaanvaaH /2/ magic enumeration of demons: krimis. PS 2.15.2 (cf. AV 2.31.2) dRSTam adRSTam atRham atho kuruurum atRham / algaNDuun sarvaaJ chaluulaan {krimiin} vacasaa jambhayaamasi /2/ magic enumeration of demons: krimis. PS 2.15.3 (cf. AV 2.31.3) algaNDuun hanmi mahataa vadhena duunaa aduunaa arasaa abhuuvan / ziSTaaM aziSTaan nitiraami vaacaa yathaa krimiiNaaM nakir ucchiSaatai /3/ magic enumeration of demons: krimis. PS 2.15.4 (cf. AV 2.31.4) anvaantriyaM ziirSaNyam atho paarSTeyaM krimim / avaskavaM vyadvaraM {krimiin} vacasaa jambhayaamasi /4/ magic enumeration of demons: krimis. PS 2.15.5 (cf. AV 2.31.5) ye krimayaH parvateSu ye vaneSu yo oSadhiiSu pazuSv apsv antaH / ye asmaakaM tanvaM sthaama cakrira indras taan hantu mahataa vadhena /5/ magic enumeration of various aspects of a harmful object. PS 2.2.5ab yac ca piSTaM yac caapiSTaM yad digdhaM yac ca dehyam / (in a suukta against viSa) magic enumeration of various aspects of a harmful object. PS 2.14.2 (cf. AV 2.32.2ab+4cd) yo vizvaruupaz caturakSaH krimis saarango arjunaH / hato hatabhraataa krimir hatamaataa hatasvasaa /2/ magic enumeration of various aspects of a harmful object. PS 2.14.3 (cf. AV 2.32.4ab+5ab) hato raajaa krimiiNaam utaiSaaM sthapatir hataH / hataaso asya vezaso hataasaH parivezasaH /3/ magic assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object. PS 2.1.1-2 arasaM praacyaM viSam arasaM yad udiicyam / athedam adharaacyaM karambheNa vikalpate /1/ karambhaM kRtvaa tiryaM piivasphaakam udaarathim / kSudhaa kila tvaa duSTano jakSivaaMsaM na ruurupaH /2/ magic assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object. PS 2.1.4d abhrikhaate na ruurupaH /4/ (in a suukta against viSa) magic assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object. PS 2.1.5cd prakriir asi tvam oSadhe 'bhrikhaate na ruurupaH /5/ (in a suukta against viSa) magic assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object. PS 2.2.2 arasaM hed idaM viSaM yathainad aham aaziSam / utainad adyaat puruSo bhavaad id agadaH punaH /2/ magic assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object. PS 2.8.4? yat saMnazo vi yan nazo yad vinazo na saM nazaH / muurNaa mRgasya dantaa apiziirnaa u pRSTayaH /4/ magic enumeration of various aspects of useful thing. PS 2.18.1ab; 2ab; 3ab; 4ab; 5ac siMhe vyaaghra uta yaa pRdaakau tviSir agnau braahmane suurye vaa / /1/ yaa hastini dviipini yaa hiraNy tviSir azveSu puruSeSu goSu / /2/ yaa raajanye dundubhaav aayataayaaM tviSis senaayaa stanayitnau ghoSe yaa / /3/ rathe akSeSv RSabhasya vaaje parjanye vaate varuNasya zuSme / /4/ yaa rudreSu yaa vasuSv aadityeSu marutsu yaa / tviSir yaa vizveSu deveSu /5/ magic assertion of characteristic of useful object. PS 2.9.1a iyaM viirun madhujaataa (madhune tvaa khanaami) / (in a suukta for a jaayaakaama) magic assertion of characteristic of useful object. PS 2.9.1c madhor adhi prajaataasi /1/ magic assertion of characteristic of useful object. PS 2.11.3ac ayaM viSkandhaM sahate ayaM rakSo 'pabaadhate / ayaM no vizvabheSajo /3/ magic assertion of characteristic of useful object. PS 2.11.4ab devair dattena maNinaa jangiLena mayobhuvaa / /4/ magic assertion of characteristic of useful object. PS 2.11.5cd araNyaad anya aabhRtaH kRSyaa anyo rasebhyaH /5/ magic assertion of characteristic of useful object. PS 2.16.1ab yaa zatruun praazaMjayaa sahamaanaabhibhuur asi / /1/ magic assertion of characteristic of useful object. PS 2.18.1c; 2c; 3c; 4c / indraM yaa devii subhagaa vavardha /1/ magic assertion of realization of the request to a useful thing. PS 2.9.2 jihvaayaa agre me madhu jihvaamuule madhuulakam / yathaa maaM kaaminy aso yathaa maam anv aayasi /2/ magic simile referring to the magical act. PS 2.17.1ab yathedaM bhuumyaa adhi vaatas tRNaM mathaayati / /1/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.1.3 vi te madaM madavati zarum iva paatayaamasi / pra tvaa carum iva yeSantaM vacasaa sthaapayaamasi /3/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.1.4ab pari graamam ivaacitaM pari tvaa sthaapayaamasi / magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.2.3b pari tvaa paami vizvataH / (in a suukta against viSa) magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.4.1 nissaalaaM dhRSNuM dhiSaNam ekaavaadyaaM jighatsvam / sarvaas caNDasya naptyo naazayaamas sadaanvaaH /1/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.4.4 nir vo goSThaad ajaamasi nir yoner nir upaanasaat / nir vo magundyaa duhitaro gRhebhyaz caatayaamasi /4/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.5.2ab vRzcaami taM kulizeneva vRkSaM yo asmaakaM mana idaM hinasti /2/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.5.7ab aa dadhaami te padaM samiddhe jaatavedasi / magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.8.3 akSyau ca te hanuu ca te vyaaghra jambhayaamasi / aat sarvaan viMzatiM nakhaan /3/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.9.1ab (iyaM viirun madhujaataa) madhune tvaa khanaamasi / (in a suukta for a jaayaakaama) magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.11.1 diirghaayutvaaya bRhate raNaayaariSyanto dakSamaaNaas sadaiva / maNiM viSkandhaduuSaNaM jangiLaM bibhRmo vayam /1/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.11.4cd viSkandhaM sarvaa rakSaaMsi vyaayaame sahaamahe /4/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.12.3d (AV 2.26.3d) saMsraavyeNa haviSaa juhomi /3/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.12.5a (AV 2.26.5a) aaharaami gavaaM kSiiram /5/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.13.4 (cf. AV 3.14.1) saM vo goSThena suSadaa saM rayyaa saM supuSTyaa / aharjaatasya yan naama tena vas saMsRjaamasi /4/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.14.4 (cf. AV 2.32.6ac(d)) pra te zRNaami zRnge yaabhyaaM tvaM vitudaayasi / atho bhinadmi taM kumbhaM yasmin te nihitaM viSam /4/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.15.2cd (cf. AV 2.31.2cd) / algaNDuun sarvaaJ chaluulaan {krimiin} vacasaa jambhayaamasi /2/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.15.3a, cd (cf. AV 2.31.3a, cd) algaNDuun hanmi mahataa vadhena / ziSTaaM aziSTaan nitiraami vaacaa yathaa krimiiNaaM nakir ucchiSaatai /3/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person. PS 2.15.4 (cf. AV 2.31.4) anvaantriyaM ziirSaNyam atho paarSTeyaM krimim / avaskavaM vyadvaraM {krimiin} vacasaa jambhayaamasi /4/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person in the present tense. PS 2.16.3cd tayaahaM zatruun saakSiiyendraz zaalaavRkaaM iva /3/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person in the present tense. PS 2.17.1ce evaa mathnaami te mano yathaa maam kaamny aso yathaa maam anvaayasi /1/ magic assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object. PS 2.8.5 vyaaghraM datvataaM vayaM prathamaM jambhayaamasi / aad it stenam ahiM yaatudhaanam atho vRkam /5/ magic assertion of harmless situation of a harmful object. PS 2.12.4ab (AV 2.26.4ab) saM sincaami gavaaM kSiiram sam aajyena balaM rasam / /4/ magic assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities in the first person. PS 2.2.1 aavidya dyaavaapRthivii aavidya bhagam azvinaa / aavidya brahmaNaspatiM kRNomy arasaM viSam /1/ magic assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities in the first person. PS 2.3.1 kSetriyaat tvaa nirRtyaa jaamizaMzaad druho muncaami varuNasya paazaat / anaagasaM brahmaNaa tvaa kRNomi zive te dyaavaapRthivii abhuutaam /1/ magic assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities in the first person. PS 2.3.3ac yaa deviiH pradizaz catasro vaatapatniir abhi suuryo vicaSTe / taasv etaM jarasa aadadhaami (pra yakSma etu nirRtiH paraacaiH) /3/ magic assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities in the first person. PS 2.3.4 suuryam RtaM tamaso graahyaa yathaa devaa muncanto asRjan nir enasaH / evaa tvaa kSetriyaan nirRtyaa jaamizaMsaad druho muncaami varuNasya paazaat /4/ magic assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities in the first person. PS 2.5.4 (AV 2.12.4) aziitibhis tisRbhis saamagebhir aadityebhir vasubhir angirobhiH / iSTaapuurtam avatu naH pitRRNaam aamuM dade harasaa daivyena /4/ magic assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities/RSis in the first person in the present tense. PS 2.14.5ac (cf. AV 2.32.3ac) atrivat tvaa krime hanmi kaNvavaj jamadagnivat / agastyasya brahmaNaa /5/ magic assertion of a magical act together with the help of deities/RSis in the first person in the present tense. PS 2.15.1 (cf. AV 2.31.1) indrasya yaa mahii dRSat krimer vizvasya tarhaNii / tayaa pinasmi saM krimiin dRSadaa khalvaaM iva /1/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person in the aorist tense. PS 2.4.3ac pari dhaamaany aasaam aazur gaaSThaam ivaasaram / ajaiSaM sarvaam aajiin vas. magic assertion of a magical act in the first person in the aorist tense. PS 2.9.3 pari tvaa paritatnunekSuNaagaam avidviSe / yathaa na vidviSaavahai na vibhavaava kadaa cana /3/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person in the aorist tense. PS 2.15.2ab (cf. AV 2.31.2ab) dRSTam adRSTam atRham atho kuruurum atRham / /2/ magic assertion of a magical act in the first person in the aorist tense. PS 2.17.2 (AV 2.30.5) eyam agan patikaamaa janikaamo 'ham aagamam / azvaH kanikradad yathaa bhagenaahaM sahaagamam /2/ magic consolation to the yajamaana. PS 2.2.3a maa bibher na mariSyasi. (in a suukta against viSa) magic simile referring to the effect of the magical act. PS 2.17.5d zalya iva kurmalaM yathaa /5/ magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.2.3cd rasaM viSasya naavidam udnaH phenam adann iva /3/ magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.2.4 apaavocad apavaktaa prathamo daivyo bhiSak / samakSam indra gaa iva yaa vaaco viSaduuSaNiiH /4/ magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.3.5 amoci yakSmaad duritaad avadyaad druhaH paazaad graahyaaz cod amoci / jahad avartim avidat syonaam apy abhuud bhadre sukRtasya loke /5/ magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.10.3 ciitiM te devaa avidan brahmaaNa uta viirudhaH / ciitiM te 'dyottamaam avidan bhuumyaam adhi /3/ (bhaiSajya) magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.10.4 aagaad ud agaad ayaM jiivaanaaM vraatam apy agaat / abhuud u putraaNaaM pitaa nRNaaM ca bhagavattamaH /4/ (bhaiSajya) magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.10.5 adhiitim adhy agaad ayam adhi jiivapuraa agaat / zataM ca yasya viirudhas sahasram uta bheSajaa /5/ (bhaiSajya) magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.12.5bd (AV 2.26.5bd) aahaarSaM dhaanyaM rasam / aahaarSam asmaakaM viiraan aa patniim edam astakam /5/ magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.15.3b (cf. AV 2.31.3b) duunaa aduunaa arasaa abhuuvan / /3/ magic effect of the magical act in the aorist tense. PS 2.17.3cd (AV 2.30.2cd) saM cen nayaatho azvinaa kaaminaa saM ca neSathaH / /3/ magic action of a deity in the aorist tense. AV 6.66.2d aatanvaanaa aayacchanto 'syanto ye ca dhaavatha / nirhastaah zatrava sthanendro vo 'dya paraazarait // magic effect of the magical act in the past passive participle. PS 2.12.4cd (AV 2.26.4cd) saMsiktaa asmaakaM viiraa mayi gaavaz ca gopatau /4/ magic effect of the magical act in the past passive participle. PS 2.14.5d (cf. +5d) sarve te krimayo hataaH /5/ magic effect of the magical act in the past passive participle. PS 2.17.5c atraa ta aarpitaM manaz /5/ magic AV 7.20.2 (Keith, Religion and Philosophy, p. 380: If he could, he would himself use magic to confound his enemies.) magic to get a lovely girl, txt. BodhGZS 2.3.10-11. magic manu smRti 11.32-33 svaviiryaad raajaviiryaac ca svaviiryaM balavattaram / tasmaat svenaiva viiryeNa nigRhNiiyaad ariin dvijaH /32/ zrutiir atharvaangirasiiH kuryaad ity avicaarayan / vaakzastraM vai braahmaNasya tena hanyaad ariin dvijaH /33/ (Keith, Religion and Philosophy, p. 380: The code of Manu in effect well sums up the point of view of its won, and also of the earlier Vedic period, in the doctrine that, while witchcraft is a bad thing, the Brahman who is wronged need not seek redress tamely by civil process through the intervention of the royal authority, but asser his own power by his magic arts.) CF. Henry, La magie, p. 253. magic magic practice by means of roots. M. Bloomfield, "Character and Adventures of muuladeva," Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 52: 619, n. 6. magic magic pills in fiction. M. Bloomfield, "Character and Adventures of muuladeva," Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 52: 627, n. 22. magic indrajaalavidyaasaMgraha ed. by J. Vidyasagara's sons, 1915, Calcutta. magic tantrasaarasaMgraha, a digest on the cure of poison and worship of deities with magical purposes. (T. Goudriaan, 1985, The viiNaazikhatantra, Introduction , p. 22.) magical substances cf. abhicaara. magical substances linga puraaNa 2.50.38cd-42a mantreNaanena caadaaya nRkapaale nakhaM tathaa /38/ kezaM nRNaaM tathaangaaraM tuSaM kancukam eva ca / ciiracchaTaaM raajadhuuliiM gRhasaMmaarjanasya vaa /39/ viSasarpasya dantaani vRSadantaani yaani tu / gavaaM caiva krameNaiva vyaaghradantanakhaani ca /40/ tathaa kRSNamRgaaNaaM ca biDaalasya ca puurvavat / nakulasya ca dantaani varaahasya vizeSataH /41/ daMSTraaNi saadhayitvaa tu. In the aghorezapuujaavidhi. magical world-view bibl. Stanislav Schayer, 1925, "Die Struktur der magischen Weltanschauung nach dem atharvaveda und den braahmaNa-Texten," Zeitschrift fuer Buddhismus 6, pp. 259-299, Muenchen-Neubiberg. magical world-view bibl. A. Parpola, 1978, "On the Symbol Concept of the Vedic Ritualists," Haralds Biezais, ed., Religious Symbols and Their Functions, Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell International, pp. 139-153. magical world-view bibl. M. Witzel, 1979, On magical thought in the veda, Leiden: Universitaire Pers. magical world-view bibl. R.P. Das, 1984, IIJ 23.3: 232-44: a lengthy review on the topic of magic, religion and science in the medical context. magical world-view R.P. Das, 1992, "review of: Stanley Jeyaraja Tambiah, Magic, science, religion and the scope of rationality, Cambridge etc. 1990," JEAS 2: 200-204. magical world-view R.P. Das, 2000, "Notions of `Contagion' in Classical Indian Medical Texts," p. 70. magician RV 7.104.16 (Keith, Religion and Philosophy, p. 379: the man who is pure complains that he is called a magician and a companion of evil spirits.) magician as a people ruled by Mercury. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.18ab carapuruSakuhakajiivakazizukavizaThasuucakaabhicaararataaH / utpala hereon comments on kuhakajiivaka [311.23-24] kuhakajiivakaaH kuhakenaadbhutena prasenaadidarzanena ye jiivanti. magician as a people ruled by Mercury. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.18cd duutanapuMsakahaasyajnabhuutatantrendrajaalajnaaH /18/ magic square bibl. Schuyler van Rensselaer Cammann, 1969, "Islamic and Indian Magic Squares," History of Religion 8, nos. 3-4: 181-209, 271-99. magic square bibl. Takao Hayashi, 1986, "Hojinsan: naaraayaNa," Episteme II-3, pp. 1-34. magic square bibl. Takao Hayashi, 1987, "varaahamihira's pandiagonal magic square of the order of four," Historia Mathematica 14, pp. 159-166. magic square bibl. Takao Hayashi, 1988, "Magic Squares in Indian Medical Works," Doshishadaigaku Rikogaku Kenkyuhokoku, 28,3-4, pp. (63)-(75). magnet bibl. Jha, Ganganath, 1939, "Magnetism as explained by zaantarakSita, a Buddhist writer of the eighth century," Thomas Felicitation Volume, pp. 121. magnet yogasuutrabhaaSya on yogasuutra 2.17 tasmaad yad eva heyam ity ucyate tasyaiva kaaraNaM pratinirdizyate drasTRdRzyayoH saMyogo heyahetuH /YS 2.17/ draSTaa buddheH pratisaMvedii puruSaH / dRzyaa buddhisattvopaaruuDhaaH sarve dharmaaH / tad etad dRzyam ayaskaantamaNikalpaM sannidhimaatropakaari dRzyatvena svaM bhavati puruSasya dRZiruupasya svaaminaH anubhavakarmaviSayataam aapannaM yataH // (Hayato Kondo, 2008, thesis of master, p. 142.) magnet yogasuutrabhaaSya on yogasuutra 4.17 taduparaagaapekSitvaac cittasya vastu jnaataajnaatam /YS 4.17/ ayaskaantamaNikalpaa viSayaa ayaHsadharmakaM cittam abhisaMbandhyoparanjayanti / yena ca viSayenoparaktaM cittaM sa vizayo jnaatas tato 'nyaH punar ajnaataH / vastuno jnaataajnaatasvaruupatvaat pariNaami cittam // (Hayato Kondo, 2008, thesis of master, p. 135) magnet maaTharavRtti on saaMkhyakaarikaa 2d [7.6-7] jnaH puruSaH / saMnidhisattaamaatreNa cumbaka iva lohasya pravRttikaaraNam / ataH pradhaanasya jaDasya pravRttihetur ayam astiiti siddhiH. (Hayato Kondo, 2008, thesis of master, p. 95.) magnet maaTharavRtti on saaMkhyakaarikaa 6 [10.25-27] yasmaaj jaDam api pradhaanaM prasuutikriyaayaaM pravartate tasmaad asti lohasya calanakriyaazaktihetucumbakavad avasyaM puruSa iti jnasiddhiH. (Hayato Kondo, 2008, thesis of master, p. 95, n. 106.) magnet sarvadarzanasaMgraha 14 [329.2-4] yathaa nirvyaapaarasyaapy ayaskaantasya saMnidhaanena lohasya vyaapaaras tathaa nirvyaapaarasya puruSasya saMnidhaanena pradhaanavyaapaarato yujyate. (Hayato Kondo, 2008, thesis of master, p. 95, n. 105.) magundii a female demon. PS 2.4.4c (AV 2.14.6c) nir vo goSThaad ajaamasi nir yoner nir upaanasaat / nir vo magundyaa duhitaro gRhebhyaz caatayaamasi /4/ mahaabala try to find in "tiirtha: an enumeration of ...". mahaabalamaahaatmya txt. ziva puraaNa 4.8-9 gokarNakSetrasthamahaavalaakhyazivalingamaahaatmya (4.9 zivaraatri). mahaabali see atibali. mahaabali in a zaanti of zakradhvajendrakiilaadivaikRta. AVPZ 70b.16.5-17.2ab mahaabaliM mahaazaantiM bhojyaani sumahaanti ca / praajaapatyaM mahendraM ca mahaadevam athaapi vaa /16.5/ aindrasthaane tu maahendriiM raudre raudriiM prayojayet / gavaam aSTazataM dadyaad viprebhyo manujaadhipaH /17.1/ gurave tu zataM niSkaM prajaasv evaM zivaM bhavet. (at the end of the section of zakradhvajendrakiilaadivaikRta) mahaabali balidaana of zarabha is called mahaabali. kaalikaa puraaNa 55. . (B.N. Shastri, 1991, Intro. to the kaalikaa puraaNa, p. 120.) mahaabandha a mudraa. gheraNDasaMhitaa 3.18-20. mahaabhaadrii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaabhaadrii especially meritorious in badarii. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.128a zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaabhaaga a tiirtha, naarada puraaNa 2.60.28 gangaayaaM ca mahaabhaage yat puNyaM yaamunesu ca / saarasvateSu gomatyaaM brahmaputreSu saptasu /28/ (enumeration of the eminent tiirthas) mahaabhaagaa a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaabhaagavata bibl. Yaroslav Vassilkov, 2009, "An epithet in the mahaabhaarata: mahaabhaaga," in P. Koskikallio ed., Parallels and Comparisons, Proceedings of the Fourth Dubrovnik International Conference on the Sanskrit Epics and puraaNas, pp. 107-119. mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa edition. The mahaabhaagavata puraaNa (An Ancient Treatise on zakti Cult), Critically Edited with Introduction and Index by Pushpendra Kumar, Delhi: Eastern Book Linkers. mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa contents. 2 durgaamahimaa, 3 the origin of universe and of brahmaa, viSNu, ziva, gangaa, durgaa, saavitrii, lakSmii and sarasvatii from paraa prakRti, 4-5 birth of satii as a result of dakSa's penance and marriage of satii with ziva, 6-7a description of their marriage life, 7b-10 dakSayajnadhvaMsana (8 description of ten mahaavidyaas, viz. kaalii, taaraa, chinnamastaa, bhuvanezvarii, bagalaa, dhuumaavatii, tripurasundarii, maatangii, SoDazii and bhairavii, 9 satii's death, , 13. devii's birth as gangaa, ... , 17-19 bhagavatiigiitopaniSad, 20 naarada's advice to himaalaya to give paarvatii in marriage to ziva, ... , 29-30 the birth of skanda/kaarttikeya, 31-34 taarakaasurvadha, 35 birth of gaNeza, 36-48 raamaayaNa (43.87cd-92 durgaapuujaa, ... , 45.1-36 durgaapuujaa, 46.1-33 durgaapuujaa, ... , 48.13-17 durgaapuujaa), ... , 55-57 paaNDavas' darzana of kaamaakhyaa in yonipiiTha/kaamaruupa, ... , 64-71 gangaasaagaramaahaatmya, 72-75 gangaamaahaatmya (72.1-17 gangaasmaraNa, 72.18-35 gangaayaatraa, 73.1-50 gangaasnaana, 74 gangaajalasparza),76 kaamaruupamaahaatmya, 77 kaaliimaahaatmya, 78 kaamaruupamaahaatmya (78.2-6 zivaraatri, 78.7-19 maahaatmya of bilva), 79 tulasiimaahaatmya, 81 zivapuujaamaahaatmya, mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa bibl. R.C. Hazra, 1952, "The mahaabhaagavata-puraaNa: A work of Bengal," IHQ 28: 17-28. mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa bibl. R.C. Hazra, 1963, Studies in the upapuraaNas, vol. 2, pp. 250-283. mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa bibl. K. Chakrabarti, 2001, Religious Process: The puraaNas and the Making of a Regional Tradition, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. [K17:1293] mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa date. L. Rocher, 1986, The puraaNas, p. 190: Tha mahaabhaagavata was probably written in the eastern part of Bengal, near kaamaruupa, in the tenth or eleventh century A.D. mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa bibl. Andreas Bock, 1987, "Zwei Fassungen des saagara-gangaavataraNa-Mythus im mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa und bRhaddharmapuraaNa," in Harry Falk, ed., Hinduismus und Buddhismu,. Festschrift fuer Ulrich Schneider, Freiburg. mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa bibl. B.B. Hansa, 2004, A Critical Study of mahaabhaagavatapuraaNam, Delhi: Bharatiya Kala Prakashan. mahaabhaagavatapuraaNa aakhyaanas related in this puraaNa: 4-12 dakSayajnadhvaMsana beginning with the marriage of ziva with satii and ending with the origins of the zaaktapiiThas from the various parts of the body of dead satii; 20-34 taarakaasuravadha containing the marriage of ziva with paarvatii and the birth of skanda/kaarttikeya; 36-48 raamaayaNa; 49-55 kRSNacarita; 55-58 mahaabhaarata; 59-63 indra's vRtravadha; 64-71 gangaavataraNa. mahaabhaarata abbreviation: mbh. mahaabhaarata see epic. mahaabhaarata see giitaa. mahaabhaarata see naaraayaNiiya. mahaabhaarata see raajadharmaparvan. mahaabhaarata see mahaabhaarata: and Buddhism. mabaahaarata see mahaabhaarata: and the vedic ritual. mahaabhaarata see manusmRti and mahaabhaarata. mahaabhaarata see zaantiparvan. mahaabhaarata edition. The mahaabhaarata for the First Time Critically Edited by Vishnu S. Sukthankar and S.K. Belvalkar et al., 19 Vols., Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1933-1959. mahaabhaarata contents. 1 aadiparvan: 1.200-210 arjunavanavaasaparvan (1.201-204 sundopasundopaakhyaana, 207-210 tiirthayaatraa of arjuna), 2. sabhaaparvan, 3 aaraNyakaparvan: 3.80-152 tiirthayaatraaparvan (3.80.41-83.82 tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma, ... 3.85-88 tiirthayaatraa related by dhaumya to yudhiSThira, 3.93-153 tiirthayaatraa of yudhiSTira (3.93-109 agastyopaakhyaana, 3.110-113 RzyazRngopaakhyaana, 3.115-117 kaartaviiryopaakhyaana, 3.122-125 sukanyopaakhyaana, 3.126-127 maandhaatrupaakhyaana, 3.128 jantuupaakhyaana, 3.129-131 zyenakapotiiya, 3.132-134 aSTaavakriiya, 3.135-140 yavakriitopaakhyaana, 3.146-153 saugandhikaaharaNa), ... 3.185 food legend, mahaabhaarata contents. 5 udyogaparvan, 6 bhiiSmaparvan: 6.1-11 jambuukhaNDainirmaaNaparvan, 6.12-16 bhuumiparvan, 6.14-40 bhagavadgiitaa, 6.41-117 bhiiSmavadhaparvan: 6.41-45 prathamayuddhadivasa, 6.46-51 dvitiiyayuddhadivasa, 6.52-55 tRtiiyayuddhadivasa, 6.56-57 caturthayuddhadivasa, 6.58-70 pancamayuddhadivasa, 6.71-75 SaSThayuddhadivasa, 6.76-82 saptamayuddhadivasa, 6.83-92 aSTamayuddhadivasa, 6.93-102 navamayuddhadivasa, 6.103-117 dazamayuddhadivasa, 7 droNaparvan: 7.1-15 droNaabhiSekaparvan, 7.16-31 saMzaptakavadhaparvan, 7.32-51 abhimanyuvadhaparvan, 7.52-60 pratijnaaparvan, 7.61-121 jayadrathavadhaparvan, 7.122-154 ghaTotkacavadhaparvan, 7.155-165 droNavadhaparvan, 7.166-173 naaraayaNaastramokSavarpan, mahaabhaarata contents. 8 karNaparvan, 9 zalyaparvan: 9.1-16 zalyavadhaparvan, 9.17-28 hRdapravezaparvan, 9.29-53 tiirthayaatraaparvan (9.34-53 tiirthayaatraa of balaraama (9.35 tritopaakhyaana, 9.43-45 skandaabhiSeka, 9.47 srucaavatyupaakhyaana, 9.49 jaigiiSavyopaakhyaana, 9.51 vRddhakanyopaakhyaana), mahaabhaarata contents. 12 zaantiparvan: 1-128 raajadharmaparvan (), 129-167 aapaddharmaparvan (), 168-353 mokSadharmaparvan (). mahaabhaarata contents. 13 anuzaasanaparvan: ... 13.13 zubhaazubhakarmaphala, 13.14 zivastava, ... 13.17 zivasahasranaama, ... , 13.26 tiirthaprazaMsaa, 13,27 gangaaprazaMsaa, ... 13.44-46 vivaahadharmas, 13.59 atithiyajna, ... , 13.61 bhuumidaanaprazaMsaa, 13.62 annadaanaprazaMsaa, 13.63 nakSatrayogadaana, 13.64 kaancanaadidaana, 13.65 tilaadidaanaphala, 13.66 paaniiyaadidaanaphala, 13.67 tilaadidaanaprazaMsaa, 13.68 godaanaphala, ... , 13.71-73 gopradaanika, 13.74 vrataniyamaphala, 13.75-80 gopradaanika, ... , 13.87-92 zraaddhakalpa, 13.93 vratavizeSas, 13.94 pratigrahadoSas, 13.95-96 zapathaadhyaaya, 13.97-103 daana (97 chatropaanahotpatti, 98 chatropaanahadaana, 99 aaraamaadinirmaaNa (99.1-22ab phalazruti), 100 balipradaana, 101 diipaadidaana, 102 puSpaadidaanaphala, 103 diipaadidaanaphala), ... , 106 anazanamaahaatmya (13.106.17-30 rewards of the ekabhakta in each month from maargaziirSa to kaarttika), ... , 13.107 sadaacaara, ... , 13.109-110 upavaasavidhi (109 dvaadaziivrata), 13.111 zaucaanupRcchaa, ... , 135 viSNusahasranaama, ... mahaabhaarata bibl. Alfred Ludwig, 1884, Ueber das Verhaeltnis des mythischen Elementes zu der historischen Grundlage des mahaabhaarata, Abh. Kgl. Boehm. Ges. Wiss. Prag. mahaabhaarata bibl. E. Hopkins, 1885, gOn the Professed Quotations from manu Found in the mahaabhaarata,h JAOS 11, pp. 239-275. mahaabhaarata bibl. Adolf Holtzman, 1892, Das mahaabhaarata und seine Theile, I: Zur Geschichite und Kritik des mahaabhaarata, Kiel: C.F. Haeseler. mahaabhaarata bibl. A. Holzman, 1893, Die Neunzehn Buecher des mahaabhaarata, Kiel (Osnabruck 1971). mahaabhaarata bibl. E.W. Hopkins, 1893, "The bhaarata and the Great bhaarata," American Journal of Philology 14: 1-24. mahaabhaarata bibl. Alfred Ludwig, 1895, "Ueber die mythische Grundlage des mahaabhaarata," Sitzungsber. Kgl. Boehm. Ges. Wiss. 9: 1-26. mahaabhaarata bibl. M. Winternitz, 1897, "Notes on the mahaabhaarata: with special reference to Dahlmann's mahaabhaarata," JRAS 1897, pp. 713-759. mahaabhaarata bibl. Hopkins, E. Washburn. 1898. Parallel Features in the Two Sanskrit Epics. AJP v.19 no.74, pp.138-151. raamaayaNa. mahaabhaarata bibl. Hopkins, E. Washburn. 1901. The Great Epic of India. New York: Scribner's. raamaayaNa. mahaabhaarata bibl. Fausboell, V. 1902. Indian Mythology. According to the mahaabhaarata in outline. London: Luzac & Co.. mahaabhaarata bibl. E.W. Hopkins, 1902, The Great Epic of India, London. Reprint Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1993. mahaabhaarata bibl. Grierson, George A. 1908. Note on Mr. Keith's Note on the Battle between the paaNDavas and the kauravas. JRAS, pp.837-844. mahaabhaarata bibl. Keith, A. Berriedale. 1908. The Battle between the paaNDavas and kauravas. JRAS, pp.831-836. mahaabhaarata. mahaabhaarata bibl. Keith, A. Berriedale. 1908. The paaNDavas and the kauravas. JRAS, pp.1138-1142. mahaabhaarata bibl. Pargiter, F. E. 1908. The Nations of India at the Battle between the paaNDavas and kauravas. JRAS , pp.309-336. mahaabhaarata bibl. H. Oldenberg, 1922, Das mahaabhaarata, Goettingen. mahaabhaarata bibl. V.S. Sukthankar, 1928, "Epic studies I: Some aspects of the mahaabhaarata canon," Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, N.S. 4, pp. 157-178. mahaabhaarata bibl. G.J. Held, 1935, The mahaabhaarata, An Ethnological Study, London: Kegan Paul. [K113;116] mahaabhaarata bibl. A.B. Keith, 1937, "The mahaabhaarata," Review in Indian Culture, vol. III, pp. 766-771. mahaabhaarata bibl. Kane, P.V., 1939, "The mahaabhaarata verses and very ancient dharmasuutras and other works," Thomas Felicitation Volume, pp. 128-133. mahaabhaarata bibl. Pisani, V., 1939, "The rise of the mahaabhaarata," Thomas Felicitation Volume, pp. 166-176. mahaabhaarata bibl. Renou, Louis, 1939, "L'hymne aus azvin de l'aadiparvan," Thomas Felicitation Volume, pp. 177-187. mahaabhaarata bibl. Ruben, Walter, 1939, "On the original text of the kRSNa-epic," Thomas Felicitation Volume, pp. 188-203. mahaabhaarata bibl. N.J. Shende, 1943, "The Authorship of the mahaabhaarata," ABORI 48-49, pp. 111-118. mahaabhaarata bibl. Shejwalkar, T. S. 1944. The mahaabhaarata Data of Aryan Expansion in India. Bulletin of the Deccan College Research Institute 5: 201-219. tiirtha. mahaabhaarata bibl. V.B. Athavale, 1946, "The co-ordination of bhaarata events, from the exile of the paaNDavas, to the death of bhiiSma, by determining the tithi of each important event," Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 4: 125-158. mahaabhaarata bibl. W. Ruben, 1957, "indra's fight against vRtra in the mahaabhaarata," Felicitation Volume presented to S.K. Belvalkar, Benares, pp. 113-123. mahaabhaarata bibl. Manorama Jauhari, 1968, Politics and Ethics in Ancient India: A Study based on the mahaabhaarata, Varanasi: Bharatiya Vidya Prakashan. mahaabhaarata bibl. Sadashiv Dange. 1969. Legends in the mahaabhaarata, with a brief survey of folk-tales. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. mahaabhaarata bibl. D. Schlingloff, 1969, "The Oldest Extant Parvan-list of the mahaabhaarata," JAOS 89-2, pp. 234-338. In the parvan-list of the mahaabhaarata found in a palm-leaf manuscript written in Kushana scripts found in Qizil there are no mentions of parvan 4 and parvan 13. (M. Tokunaga, 2002, "udakakriyaa and the zaantiparvan: The origin and development of the mahaabhaarata, Book XII," Tohogaku, No. 104, p. 159, n. 15.) mahaabhaarata bibl. Mahesh M. Mehta, 1971 and 1972, "The mahaabhaarata -- a study of the Critical Edition [with special reference to the suparNaakhyaana of the aadiparvan]," Bharatiya Vidya 31, pp. 67-118 and 32, pp. 3-72. mahaabhaarata bibl. Mehta, Mahesh. 1973. The Problems of the Double Introduction to the mahaabhaarata. JAOS 93,4: 547-50. mahaabhaarata bibl. Jaya Chemburkar, 1974, "Historical and religious background of the concept of four yugas in the mahaabhaarata and the bhaagavata puraaNa," Purana 16,1, pp. 67-76. mahaabhaarata bibl. J.W. de Jong, 1975/1985, "Recent Russian Publication on the Indian Epic," Adyar Library Bulletin 39: 1-42/ Hokke Bunka Kenkyu 11: 11-19. mahaabhaarata bibl. M.C. Smith, 1975, "The mahaabhaarata's core," JAOS 95: 479-482. mahaabhaarata bibl. K.K. Shastree, 1977, The jaya-saMhitaa i.e. the Ur-mahaabhaarata, vol. I, Ahmedabad. mahaabhaarata bibl. J. P. Sinha. 1977. The mahaabhaarata: A Literary Study. New Delhi: Meharchand Lacchmandas. mahaabhaarata bibl. Hatto, A.T. (ed.) Traditions of Heroic and Epic Poetry. Volume One: The Traditions. London, The Modern Humanities Research Association, 1980.[IIJ 25(1983),133-134} raamaayaNa. mahaabhaarata bibl. Rosa Klein-Terrada, 1980, Der Diebstahl der Lotusfasern, Wiesbaden. (mbh 13.94-95(?)) mahaabhaarata bibl. Georg v. Simson, 1984, "The Mythic Background of the mahaabhaarata," Indologica Taurinensia 12: 191-223. mahaabhaarata bibl. Fitzgerald, James. 1985. India's fifth veda: The mahaabhaarata's Presentation of Itself. Journal of South Asian Literature 20,1: 125-140. mahaabhaarata bibl. A. Hiltebeitel, 1985, "Two kRSNas, three kRSNas, four kRSNas, more kRSNas: Dark interactions in the mahaabhaarata," Journal of South Asian Literature 20.1, pp. 71-77 (reprinted in Essays of the mahaabhaarata, ed. by Arvind Sharma, Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1991, pp. 101-109). mahaabhaarata bibl. Ingalls, D. H. H. 1985. The Computer Analysis of the mahaabhaarata. Journal of South Asian Literature 20,1: 17-46. mahaabhaarata bibl. M.R. Yardi, 1986, The mahaabhaarata, Its Genesis and Growth: A Statistical Study, Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institue. [K30;657] mahaabhaarata bibl. The mahaabhaarata revisited, ed. by R.N. Dandekar, New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi. [K31;128] mahaabhaarata bibl. Pradip Bhattacharya, 1989, Themes & Structure in the mahaabhaarata: A Study of the aadi parva, Culcatta: New Rooplekha Press. mahaabhaarata bibl. G. von Simson, 1990, "Text layers in the mahaabhaarata," in The mahaabhaarata revisited, New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, pp. 37-60. mahaabhaarata bibl. Diwakar Tiwary, 1990, The Concept of State in the mahaabhaarata, Delhi: Vidyanidhi. mahaabhaarata bibl. J. Laine, 1991, "Out of character: Marginal voices and role-transcendence in the mahaabhaarata's Book of the Forest," JIP 19: 273-296. mahaabhaarata bibl. A. Hiltebeitel, 1993, "Epic studies: Classical Hinduism in the mahaabhaarata and the raamaayaNa," ABORI 74,pp. 1-62. mahaabhaarata bibl. Georg v. Simson, 1994, "Die zeitmythische Struktur des mahaabhaarata," R. Sternemann, ed. Bopp-Symposium 1992 der Humboldt-Universitaet zu Berlin, 230-247, Heidelberg: Universitaets-Verlag C. Winter. mahaabhaarata bibl. V.S. Sukthankar, 1994, Critical Studies in the mahaabhaarata, Poona: V.S. Sukthankar Memorial Edition Committee. mahaabhaarata bibl. Mehendale, M. A. 1995. Reflections on the mahaabhaarata war, Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Rashtrapati Nivas, Simla. yuddhadharma, yogezvara. mahaabhaarata bibl. Ichiro Numata, 1996, "mahaabhaarata no raaSTra," Indo shisou to Bukkyou bunka: Imanishi Junkichi Kyouju Kanreki Kinen Ronshu, pp. 43-58. mahaabhaarata bibl. John Brockington, 1998, The Sanskrit Epics, Leiden/Boston/Koeln: Brill.[K31;159] mahaabhaarata bibl. Vanamala Bhawalkar, 1999, Woman in the mahaabhaarata, Delhi: Sharada Publishing House. [Inbun] mahaabhaarata bibl. M. Brockington and P. Schreiner, eds., 1999, Compsing a Tradition: Concepts, Techniques and Relationships, New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal. mahaabhaarata bibl. P.V. Ramankutty, 1999, Curse as a motif in the Mahabharata, Delhi: Nag Publishers. mahaabhaarata bibl. Georg von Simson, 1999, "Narrated time and its relation to the supposed year myth in the mahaabhaarata," in M. Brockington and P. Schreiner, eds., Composing a Tradition: Concepts, Techniques and Relationships, Zagreb, pp. 49-66. mahaabhaarata bibl. Minoru Hara, 2000, "Two notes on the word upaniSad in the mahaabhaarata," in P. Balcerowicz & M. Mejor, On the Understanding of other Cultures, Warsaw: Oriental Institute, Warsaw University, pp. 157-170. mahaabhaarata bibl. Nicholas Sutton, 2000, Religious Doctrines in the mahaabhaarata, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. mahaabhaarata bibl. Peter Hill, 2001, Fate, predestination and human action in the mahaabhaarata: A study in the history of ideas, New Delhi. mahaabhaarata bibl. A. Hiltebeitel, 2001, Rethinking the mahaabhaarata: A Reader's Guide to the Education of the dharma King, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. [K31:237] mahaabhaarata Persian translation. bibl. Sakaki Kazuyo, 2001, "Persian translation of the mahaabhaarata and the views of the king of abuu al-faZl," Indotetsugaku Bukkyougaku, no. 16, pp. 34-48. mahaabhaarata bibl. Muneo Tokunaga, 2001, "An annotated translation of mbh 12.168-171," Memoirs of the Faculty of Letters, Kyoto University, no. 40, pp. 1-25. mahaabhaarata bibl. Andreas Bigger, 2002, "The Normative Redaction of the mahaabhaarata: possibilities and limitations of a working hypothesis," in Mary Brockington, ed., Stages and Traditions: Temporal and Historical Frameworks in Epic and puraaNic Literature, Zagreb: Croaticn Academy of Sciences and Arts, pp. 17-34. mahaabhaarata bibl. M. Biardeau, 2002, Le mahaabhaarata: un re'cit fondatuer du brahmanisme et son intrepre'tion, 2 vols., Paris: Seuil. [K30;623] mahaabhaarata bibl. Reinhold Gruenendahl, 2002, "On the Frame Structure and `Sacred Concept' in the naaraayaNiiya and tiirthayaatraa Sections of the mahaabhaarata and the Craft of Citation," ZDMG 152,2, pp. 309-340. mahaabhaarata bibl. Luis Gonza'lez-Reimann, 2002, The mahaabhaarata and the yugas: India's Great Epic Poem and the Hindu System of World Ages, Asian Thought and Culture, Vol. 51, New York, etc.: Peter Lang. [K17:1159] mahaabhaarata bibl. S.J. Rosen, ed., 2002, Holy War: Violence and the bhagavad-giitaa, Hampton: Deepak. mahaabhaarata bibl. M. Tokunaga, 2002, "udakakriyaa and the zaantiparvan: The origin and development of the mahaabhaarata, Book XII," Tohogaku, No. 104, pp. 169-155. mahaabhaarata bibl. Yaroslav Vassilkov, 2002, "Indian practice of pilgrimage and the growth of the mahaabhaarata in the light of new epigraphical sources," in Mary Brockington, ed., Stages and Traditions: Temporal and Historical Frameworks in Epic and puraaNic Literature, Zagreb: Croaticn Academy of Sciences and Arts, pp. 133-156. mahaabhaarata bibl., translation, The mahaabhaarata: 11. The Book of the Women; 12. The Book of the Peace, Part One, tr. by James Fitzgerald, Chicago: Chicago University Press, 2004. {K30.77.7} mahaabhaarata bibl. A. Malinar, 2005, "How puraaNas relate the mahaabhaarata: The Case of King parikSit," in P. Koskikallio, ed., Epics, khilas, and puraaNas: Continuities and Ruptures, Proceedings of the Third Dubrovnik International Conference on the Sanskrit Epics and puraaNas (Sept. 2002), Zagreb: , pp. 465-494. [K30:707] mahaabhaarata bibl. J.L. Fitzgerald, 2006, "Negotiating the Shape of "Scripture": New Perspectives on the Development and Growth of the mahaabhaarata between the Empires," in P. Olivelle, ed., Between the Empires: Society in India 300 BCE to 400 CE, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 257-286. mahaabhaarata bibl. Ryutaro Tsuchida, 2006, "The Formation of the anukramaNii- and the parvasaMgrahaparvan of the mahaabhaarata," Studies in Indian Philosophy and Buddhism, 13, pp. 1-34. mahaabhaarata bibl. Muneo Tokunaga, 2006, "buddhacarita and mahaabhaarata: A new perspective," Journal of Indological Studies, No. 18, pp. 135-144. mahaabhaarata bibl. Adam Bowles, 2007, Dharma, disorder and the political in ancient India, the aapaddharmaparvan of the mahaabhaarata, Leiden: Brill. mahaabhaarata bibl. Ryutaro Tsuchida, 2008, "Considerations on the Narrative Structure of the mahaabhaarata," Studies in Indian Philosophy and Buddhism, 15, pp. 1-26. mahaabhaarata bibl. Andreas Viethsen, 2008, krishna vaasudeva und die Schlacht auf dem kurukSetra, eine textgeschichtliche Untersuchung zu den Buechern 6-11 des altindischen Epos mahaabhaarata, Hamburg: Verlag Dr. Kovac. mahaabhaarata bibl. Nakamura Fumi, 2011, "The 1st chapter of the 13th book of the mahaabhaarata: kaala and karman," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies, 59-2, pp. (247)-(253). (in Japanese) mahaabhaarata bibl. Johannes Bronkhorst, 2011, "Archetypes and bottlenecks: reflections on the text history of the mahaabhaarata," bibl. Bertel Tikkanen and Albion M. Butters, eds., puurvaaparaprajnaabhinandanam; Indological and other essays in honour of Klaus Karttunen, Helsinki: Finnish Oriental Society, Studia Orientalia 110, pp. 39ff. mahaabhaarata bibl. Hideki Teshima, 2014, "dakSiNaa at the azvamedha as described in the mahaabhaarata: its ritualistic features revealed in comparison with the Vedic texts," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies, 62-3, pp. (8)-(16). mahaabhaarata the cosmogonic philosophy of the muNDaka upaniSad is continued to that of the mokSadharma in the mahaabhaarata, N. Aramaki, 1989, "The Formation of the mokSadharma Chapter of the zaantiparvan of the mahaabhharata," in Indian Philosophy and Buddhism: Essays in Honour of Professor Kotatsu Fujita on His Sixtiesth Birthday. mahaabhaarata mentioned in the tarpaNa of the old teachers. KausGS 2.5.4 mahaabhaarata mahaabhaarata verse number: 24,000. mbh 1.1.61 caturviMzatisaahasriiM cakre bhaaratasaMhitaam / upaakhyaanair vinaa taavad bhaarataM procyate budhaiH // (Alf Hiltebeitel, 1999, "Reconsidering bhRguization," M. Brockington and P. Schreiner, eds., Compsing a Tradition: Concepts, Techniques and Relationships, p. 160.) mahaabhaarata verse number: 100,000. mbh 12.331.2 idaM zatasahasraad dhi bhaarataakhyaanavistaraat / aamathya matimanthena jnaanodadhim anuttamam /2/ (Alf Hiltebeitel, 1999, "Reconsidering bhRguization," M. Brockington and P. Schreiner, eds., Compsing a Tradition: Concepts, Techniques and Relationships, p. 160.) mahaabhaarata its didactic parts. M. Tokunaga, 2002, "udakakriyaa and the zaantiparvan," Epics, khilas, and puraaNas: Continuities and Ruptures: Proceedings of the Third Dubrovnik International Conference on the Sanskrit Epics and puraaNas, September 2002, ed. by Petteri Koskikallio, Zagreb, p. 169, n. 1: Outside zaantiparvan (26,325 lines) and anuzaasanaparvan (13,402 lines), we find didactic passages in mbh 3.29-33 (conversation between yudhiSThira and draupadii, 634 lines); mbh 3.196-206 (story of satii and the teaching of dharmavyaadha, 927 lines); mbh 5.33-41 (teaching of vidura, 1086 lines); mbh 5.42-45 (sanatsujaatiiya, 268 lines); mbh 6.23-40 (bhagavadgiitaa, 1,400 lines); mbh 11.2-7 (zokaapanodana by vidura, 226 lines); mbh 14.16-50 (anugiitaa, 2062 lines). zaanti, anuzaasana, and these passages amount to 46,330 lines, i.e., 30.6 percent of the mabhaabhaarata (151,166 metrical lines). mahaabhaarata a list of his names and epithets in the mahaabhaarata, J. Brockington, 2007, "kRSNa's names in the mahaabhaarata," Journal of Indological Studies 19, pp. 20-21. mahaabhaarata and Buddhism, see mahaabhaarata: and Buddhist lieterature. mahaabhaarata and Buddhist literature, parallels between them: Franke, Kl.Schr. 344-399; Rau, Fs. Nobel 159-175; Lueders, Phil. Ind. 80ff., 1ff., 47ff., Kl. Schr. 36ff. Goto, 1994, p. (42), n. 1. mahaabhaarata and Buddhist literature. kuNaala jaataka describes the marriage of draupadii to the five paaNDavas and the birth of karNa; it contains many misogynistic verses similar to mbh 13.38-39. (G. Bailey, Abstracts of the 13th World Sanskrit Conference, Edinburgh, Scotland, 10th-14th July, 2006, p. 8.) mahaabhaarata and Buddhist literature, bibl. Renate Soehnen-Thieme, 2009, "Buddhist tales in the mahaabhaarata," in P. Koskikallio ed., Parallels and Comparisons, Proceedings of the Fourth Dubrovnik International Conference on the Sanskrit Epics and puraaNas, pp. 349-372. mahaabhaarata and Buddhist literature, bibl. Klara Goenc Moacanin, 2009, "Epic vs. Buddhist literature: The case of vidhurapaNDitajaataka," in P. Koskikallio ed., Parallels and Comparisons, Proceedings of the Fourth Dubrovnik International Conference on the Sanskrit Epics and puraaNas, pp. 373-398. mahaabhaarata and Buddhist literature, bibl. Greg Bailey, 2011," "Him I call a Brahmin": further instances of intertextuality between the mahaabhaarata and some Pali texts," Bertel Tikkanen and Albion M. Butters, eds., puurvaaparaprajnaabhinandanam; Indological and other essays in honour of Klaus Karttunen, Helsinki: Finnish Oriental Society, Studia Orientalia 110, pp. 3ff. mahaabhaarata and Jaina literature, bibl. Eva de Clercq, 2009, "The Jaina harivaMza and mahaabhaarata tradition," in P. Koskikallio ed., Parallels and Comparisons, Proceedings of the Fourth Dubrovnik International Conference on the Sanskrit Epics and puraaNas, pp. 399-421. mahaabhaarata and the veda. bibl. Danielle Feller, 2004, The Sanskrit Epics's representation of vedic myths, Delhi: Motilal Barnasidass. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual, see azvamedha: in the mahaabhaarata. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual, see sarpasattra of janamejaya. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. bibl. G. Thite, 1972, "Antipathy to the raajasuuya: Why?", Sombodhi 1: 43-58. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. bibl. 1972, J.A.B. van Buitenen, "On the Structure of the sabhaaparvan of the mahaabhaarata," Indian Maior (Jan Gonda Volume), 68-84 (= Collected Articles, 305-321). mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. bibl. H. Gehrts, 1975, mahaabhaarata, Das Geschehen und seine Bedeutung, Bonn. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. bibl. M.A. Mehendale, 1992, "Has the vedic raajasuuya any relevance for the Epic game of dice?" vidyaa-vratin, Professor A.M. Ghatage Felicitation Volume (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Series, No. 160), Delhi, pp. 61-67. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. bibl. Th. Oberlies, 1997, "Gottesnamen, Opferkonzeptionen und Zeithorizonte in Teil I des naaraayaNiiya," fifth chapter of naaraayaNiiya-Studien, ed. by Peter Schreiner, 1997. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. bibl. Thomas Oberlies, 1999, "arjunas himmelsreise," AO 56, p. 107-108. A survey of the studies on the mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. mahaabhaarata and the vedic ritual. bibl. T. Oberlies, 1998, "Die Ratschaege des Sehers naarada: Ritual an und unter der Oberflaeche des mahaabhaarata," in H.L.C. Tristram, ed., Neue Methoden der Epenforschung, ScriptOralia 107, Freiburg, pp. 125-141. mahaabhaarata and manusmRti, Buehler, SBE XXV, pp. LXXIV-XC; Winternitz, Lit. Gesch. III, p. 489f. (Alsdorf, Beitraege zur Geschichte von Vegetarismus, p. 585 (29), n. 2.) intertextuality. mahaabhaarata agni puraaNa 13-15. mahaabhaarata cf. deviibhaagavata puraaNa 2. (L. Rocher, 1986, The puraaNas, p. 168f.) mahaabhaarata garuDa puraaNa 1.145. mahaabhaarata mahaabhaavagata puraaNa 55-58. mahaabhaarata viSNudharmottara puraaNa 1.74. mahaabhaarata parallels with the brahmapuraaNa: mbh 3.186.60-77 = brahmapuraaNa 52.4-8; mbh 3.186.122-129 = brahmapuraaNa 53.1-14; mbh 3.187.1-47 = brahmapuraaNa 56.4-57. (Yukiko Ueki, 2006, harivaMza no keisei katei to yuga setsu: thesis of master, p. 126.) mahaabhaarata parallels with the padmapuraaNa: mbh 13.27.4-8 = padma puraaNa 6.81.3-8 (an enumeration RSis who visited bhiiSma lying on the bed of arrows). mahaabhaarata pustakadaana of the mahaabhaarata as a form of suuryapuujaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.93.68 pustakaM bhaanave dadyaad bhaaratasya gaNaadhipa / sarvapaapavimuktaatmaa viSNuloke mahiiyate /68/ mahaabhaaSya bibl. Bishnupada Bhattacharya, 1956, "Philosophical data in patanjali's mahaabhaaSya," Our Heritage 4, no. 1: 51-65. mahaabhaaSya S.D. Joshi and J.A.F. Roodbergen, eds. patanjali's vyaakaraNa-mahaabhaaSya, Poona: Samarthahnika, 1968. mahaabhaaSya Ksitish Chandra Chatterjee, 1972, ed. and trans., patanjali's mahaabhaaSya, paspazaahnika, Calcutta: A. Mukherjee. mahaabhaaSya K.V. Abhyankar and J.M. Shukla, 1975, edition and translation, pataNjali's vyaakaranamahaabhaaSya, aahnikas 1-3, Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute. mahaabhaaSya bibl. Yoshiyuki Iwasaki, 2005, "mahaabhaaSya ni okeru prasanga: Kodai Indo shisou ni okeru `kotoba no eiensei(zabdanityatva)' no rikai ni mukete," Sappora Otani Kankidaigaku Kiyou, 36, pp. 1-73. mahaabhaaSya the yajurveda contains old material but the final redaction is comparatively late, after patanjali's mahaabhaaSya according to J. Bronkhorst in Kratylos 32 (1987), pp. 55-56. (Jan E.M.Houben, 1991, The pravargya braahmaNa of the taittiriiya aaraNyaka, p. 34, n. 64.) mahaabhairava a zarabha form of ziva, is known as koTilinga in kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 62.120 yo 'sau zarabhamuurtir me madhyakhaNDapracaNDakaH / mahaabhairavanaamaabhuut koTilingaahvayas tu saH /120/ mahaabhairava vaamaacaara's counterpart of ziva: kaalikaa puraaNa 78.200f). Kooij 1972: 30. mahaabhairava is worshipped on the caitra, zuklapakSa, caturdazii by offering maaMsa, madya, blood, etc. kaalikaa puraaNa 35. . (B.N. Shastri, Intro. to the kaalikaa puraaNa, p. 100.) mahaabhairava kaalikaa puraaNa 74. B.N. Shastri, 1991, Intro. to the kaapikaapuraaNa, p. 133. ziva assumes the mahaabhairava form for enjoying maaMsa, madya and maithuna. brahmaa also assumes the form of mahaamoha and viSNu assumes the form of nRsiMha and baalagopaala. mahaabharatiirthamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 2.8.8. (ayodhyaamaahaatmya) mahaabhiSava see upaaMzugraha. mahaabhiSava bibl. Caland-Henry, 1906, L'agniSToma, #129. (agniSToma) mahaabhiSava bibl. Kane 2: 1164-66. mahaabhiSava txt. TS 1.4.1 (mantra), TS 3.1.8 (m., b.). mahaabhiSava txt. ManZS 2.3.4.1-18 (praataHsavana). mahaabhiSava txt. BaudhZS 7.6 [207,15-208,13] (pressing out of soma in the praataHsavana). (v) mahaabhiSava txt. BharZS 13.12.1-13.1 (pressing out of soma in the praataHsavana). (v) mahaabhiSava txt. BharZS 13.1.1-3.14 sutyopakrama (praataHsavana).(??check!!) mahaabhiSava txt. ApZS 12.12.1-13.4 (pressing out of soma in the praataHsavana). (v) mahaabhiSava txt. HirZS 8.3 [825-828] (pressing out of soma in the praataHsavana). (v) mahaabhiSava txt. KatyZS 9.5.1-13 (praataHsavana). mahaabhiSava contents. BaudhZS 7.6 [207,15-208,16] <222> mahaabhiSava vidhi. BaudhZS 7.6 [207,15-208,16] ([207,15-]) yaavad evaatraadhvaryuz ceSTati taavad eva pratiprasthaataa raajany evaaM15zuunaaM dvau dvaav apisRjati yat te somaadaabhyaM naama jaagRvi tasmai16 te soma somaaya svaaheti yat te soma yat te somety athaabhiSo17SyantaH sarvaza eva raajaanaM paryupavizanti pazcaat praaGmukho 'dhvaryu18r upavizati tasya dakSiNaM baahum anu yajamaano dakSiNataH19 pratiprasthaatottarata aagniidhro 'ntareNa pratiprasthaataaraM caagniidhraM208,1 ca yaz caturtho 'bhiSuNoty athonnetaaram aahaaharopasRjety upasRjaty unne2taadhavaniiyaad udacanenoparyardhe hotRcamase 'Mzuun pariplaavayanti3 praag apaag udag adharaak taas tvaa diza aadhaavantv amba ni Svarety (TS 1.4.1.f) eSa nigraabha4 aapyaayayanti vyapohante 'bhiSuNvanti nigraabham upayanty aapyaa5yayanti vyapohante 'bhiSuNvanti nigraabham upayanty aapyaayayanti6 vyapohante 'bhisunvanti na caturthe nigraabham upayanty athainaM7 susaMbhRtaM saMbharaNyaa saMbhRtyonnetra utprayacchati tam unnetaadhavaniiye8 'vanayaty evam eva dvitiiyaH paryaayaH saMtiSThata evaM tRtiiya9 RjiiSam antato dazaapavitreNa pariveSTyonnetra utprayacchati10 tad unnetaadhavaniiye vikSaalya prapiiDya dakSiNasya havirdhaanasyaantare11NeSe upaavahRtya carmaNi nidadhaati tasmin saMmukhaan graavNaH12 kRtvaa caturdhaitad RjiiSaM graavamukhebhyo vyapohaty athodgaataa vaa prastotaa13 vaa dakSiNasya havirdhaanasya pazcaad akSam upasRpya praancaM graavasu droNa14kalazam adhyuuhati tasminn udiiciinadazaM dazaapavitraM vitanvanti15 tena tathaa kRtenaadityasyodayam aakaankSanta. mahaabhiSava contents. BharZS 13.12.1-13.1: 1 taking up the pressing stones the adhvaryus sit down for the mahaabhiSava: the adhvaryu in the east, the pratiprasthaatR in the south, the neSTR in the west and the unnetR in the north, 2 he puts amount of soma on the pressing skin, he keeps a less of amount of soma for the maadhyaMdina savana, BharZS 13.12.1 tato graavNa aadaayaadhvaryavo mahaabhiSavaayopavizanti / purastaad adhvaryur dakSiNataH pratiprasthaataa pazcaan neSTottarata unnetaa /1/ (agnisToma, mahaabhiSava) mahaabhiSava vidhi. BharZS 13.12.1-13.1 tato graavNa aadaayaadhvaryavo mahaabhiSavaayopavizanti / purastaad adhvaryur dakSiNataH pratiprasthaataa pazcaan neSTottarata unnetaa /1/ adhiSavaNacarmaNi bhuuyiSThaM raajaanaM nivapati / alpiiyaaMsaM maadhyaMdinaaya savanaayaavazinaSTi /2/ vasatiivariibhir upasRjya nigraabham upetyaaparimitam abhiSunvanti /3/ nigraabham upayanti / abhiSunvanti / nigraabham upayanti / abhiSunvanti /4/ trir abhiSutaM raajaanaM camase saMsicyaadhavaniiya aanayati /5/ evaMvihitaav aparau bhavataH /6/ uttame 'bhiSave prapiiDyarjiiSam /7/ susaMbhrtaM raajaanaM kurvanti /8/ pavitreNa nirmRjya prapiiDayati /9/ adhiSavaNacarmaNi saMmukhaan graavNaH kRtvaa graavabhya RjiiSaM vyapohati / RjiiSamukhaan karoti /10/ praancam udgaataaro droNakalazaM graavasv adhyuuhanti /11/ samayaakSaM prakarSanti /12/ droNakalaza udiiciinadazaM pavitraM vitanvanti /13/ pavitraM te vitataM brahmaNas pate prabhur gaatraaNi paryeSi vizvataH / ataptatanuur na tadaamo aznute zRtaasa idvahantas tat samaazata iti raajaanam abhimantrya hotRcamasaad yajamaanaH pavitre saMtataaM dhaaraaM sraavayati / yaM dviSyaat tasya vicchindyaat /14/ udacanenonnetaadhavaniiyaad dhotRcamasa aanayati /13.1/ mahaabhiSava contents. ApZS 12.12.1-13.4: 12.1 after one stalk of adaabhyagraha and two stalks of upaaMzupaavana are added all the adhvaryus press the mahaabhiSava, 12.2 the adhvaryu from the east, the pratiprasthaatR from the south, the neSTR from the west and the unnetR from the north, or the adhvaryu from the west and the neSTR from the east, 12.3a some aMzus are soaked in the nigraabhyaa water and wet ones are placed on the carman (ritual acts described in ApZS 12.9.8b up to ApZS 12.9.10a), 12.3b other adhvaryus beat soma with pressing stones without mantras, 4 likewise in the second time and in the third time, each time after soaking the soma stalks they beat them, 5 the adhvaryu draws the beated soma with anjali, 6 the unnetR carries it to the aadhavaniiya through the two poles of the soma-cart, 7 this is the passage through which waters and soma are carried, 8 thus is the first turn, 9 thus the second and the third turns are prescribed, 10 it is repeated three times, 11 ApZS 12.12.5 abhiSutam adhvaryur anjalinaa saMsincati /5/ (agniSToma, mahaabhiSava) yat te somaadaabhyaM naama jaagRvi // (TS 1.4.1.g) ApZS 12.11.11 (agniSToma, mahaabhiSava, each two of the six aMzus which are used to purified the pressed soma of upaaMzugraha are added at each mahaabhiSava). mahaabhiSava vidhi. ApZS 12.12.1-13.4 adaabhyaaMzum upaaMzupaavanau caapisRjya sarve 'dhvaryavo digbhyo mahaabhiSavam abhiSuNvanti /12.1/ purastaad adhvaryur dakSiNataH pratiprasthaataa pazcaan neSTottarata unnetaa pazcaad adhvaryuH purastaaN neSTety eke /2/ upare raajaanaM nyupya hotRcamase 'Mzuun avadhaayety etadaady (ApZS 12.9.8b) opasargaad (ApZS 12.9.10a) upaaMzusavanavarjam / tuuSNiim itarair graavabhir abhiSuNvanti /3/ evaM dvitiiyaM tRtiiyaM copasRjyaabhiSuNvanti /4/ abhiSutam adhvaryur anjalinaa saMsincati /5/ tam unnetaantareSeNoddhRtyottarata aadhavaniiye 'vanayati /6/ eSa evaapaaM somasya ca panthaaH /7/ eSa prathamaH paryaayaH /8/ evaM vihito dvitiiyas tRtiiyaz ca /9/ triparyaayaH /10/ saMbhRtya raajaanam upare graavNaH saMmukhaan kRtvaa prapiiDyarjiiSaM mukheSuupohati / ghaasam ebhyaH prayacchatiiti vijnaayate /11/ teSuudgaataaro droNakalazaM pratiSThaapya tasminn udiiciinadazaM pavitraM vitanvanti /12/ pavitraM te vitataM brahmaNas pate prabhur gaatraaNi paryeSi vizvataH / ataptatanuur na tadaamo aznute zRtaasa id vahantas tat samaazateti vitatyamaanam abhimantrayate yajamaanaH /13/ pavitrasya yajamaano naabhiM kRtvaa tasmin hotRcamasena dhaaraaM sraavayati /13.1/ udacanenonnetadhavaniiyaad dhotRcamasa aanayati /2/ saMtataa dhaaraa sraavayitavyaa / kaamo haasya samardhuko bhavatiiti vijnaayate /3/ yaM dviSyaat tasya vicchindyaat /4/ mahaabhiSava contents. HirZS 8.3 [825-828] mahaabhiSava vidhi. HirZS 8.3 [825-828] [825,4-5] mahaabhiSavaaya paryupavizante purastaad adhvaryur dakSi4NataH pratiprasthaataa pazcaan neSTottarata unnetaa /5 [825,12-15] raajaanam apaadatte yaavantaM praataHsavanaayaaptaM manyate pratyu12panahyetaraM nidadhaati tam upare nyupyozik tvaM deva someti13 ye 'daabhyaa aMzavas teSaam ekaikam anusavanam apisRjati yat te14 somaadaabhyaM naama jaagRviiti copaaMzupaavanaanaaM dvau dvau /15 [826,8-9] taan upare nyupya vasatiivariibhir upasRjya dakSiNaiH paaNibhi8r graavabhir yathaartham abhiSutya nigraabham upayanti yathaa purastaat /9 [826,28] evaM vihito dvitiiyas tRtiiyaz caabhiSavaH /28 [827,1] trirabhiSutaM raajaanam aadhavaniiye saMsincanti /1 [827,10] evaM vihito dvitiiyas tRtiiyaz ca paryaayaH /10 [827,13-14] uttame 'bhiSave susaMbhRtaM raajaanaM kRtvaa pavitreNa prapiiDyo13pare graavNaH saMkukhaan kRtvaa tebhya RjiiSaM vyapohati /14 [827,19] RjiiSamukhaan karoti /19 [827,22] praantam udgaataaro droNakalazaM graavasv adhyuuhanti /22 [827,27] adhomukham upakarSanti /27 [827,30-828,2] pavitraM te vitataM brahmaNas pate prabhur gaatraaNi30 paryeSi vizvataH / ataptatanuur na tadaamo31 aznute zRtaasa idvahantas tat samaazateti tasminn udii828,1ciinadazaM pavitram udgaataaro vitatya dhaarayanti /2 [828,7] etayaivaadhavaryur abhimantrayate /7 [828,12] tasya yajamaano naabhiM karoti /12 [828,17] hotRcamasena caasmin saMtataaM dhaaraa sraavayati /17 [828,21] aadhavaniiyaad unnetodancanena hotRcamasa aanayati /21. somaabhiSava txt. ApZS 13.1.1-11 (pressing out of soma in the maadhyaMdina savana). somaabhiSava txt. HirZS 9.1 [903-904] (pressing out of soma in the maadhyaMdina savana). somaabhiSava txt. ApZS 13.9.1-10.4 (pressing out of soma in the tRtiiyasavana). sommahaabhiSava txt. HirZS 9.3 [918] (pressing out of soma in the tRtiiyasavana). mahaabhiSava note, three aMzus are pulled out of the bundle of soma, used to stir dadhi or milk or nigraabhyaa water and they are kept and added to the main pressings of soma. ApZS 12.7.19-8.1, 2, 4 zukraM te zukreNa gRhNaamiiti (TS 3.3.3.q) dadhnaH payaso nigraabhyaaNaaM vaa /18/ upanaddhasya raajnas triin aMzuun pravRhati /19/ vasavas tvaa pravRhantu gaayatreNa chandasety etaiH (TS 3.3.3.a-c) pratimantram /18.1/ tair enaM catur aadhuunoti / pancakRtvaH saptakRtvo vaa / maandaasu ta ity etaan (TS 3.3.3.d-p) prativibhajya /2/ aasminn ugraa acucyavur ity (TS 3.3.3.r) aadaaya kakuhaM ruupam iti (TS 3.3.3.s) harati / yat te somaadaabhyaM naama jaagRviiti (TS 3.3.3.t) juhoti /3/ aadhavanaan aMzuun prajnaataan nidhaayozik tvaM deva somaa gaayatreNa chandasety etaiH (TS 3.3.3.u-w) pratimantram anusavanam ekaikaM mahaabhiSaveSv apisRjati /4/ (agniSToma, adaabhyagraha) mahaabhiSeka in the KauzS, see raajaabhiSeka. mahaabhiSeka when the koTihoma or lakSahoma or ayutahoma is finished. AVPZ 30b.2.1 atha puurNaayaaM koTyaaM lakSe vaayute vaanvaarabdhe yajamaane nizi mahaabhiSekaM kRtvaa. (bRhallakSahoma) mahaabhuuta see five elements. mahaabhuuta the performer rises up while praising mahaabhuutas after resting after offering to aSTakaa. KauzS 19.31 prathamaa ha vyuvaasa sety (AV 3.10) aSTakyaayaa vapaaM sarveNa suuktena trir juhoti /28/ samavattaanaaM sthaaliipaakasya /29/ sahahutaan aajyamizraan hutvaa pazcaad agner vaagyataH saMvizati /30/ mahaabhuutaanaaM kiirtayan saMjihiite /31/ mahaabhuutaghaTadaana txt. matsya puraaNa 289. mahaabhuutaghaTadaanavidhi txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.183.1-17. mahaabodhitaru see mahaabodhi tree. mahaabodhi tree worshipped in gayaa as an azvattharaaja: Kane 4: 664 c. n. 1501: then bow to brahmaa and dharmezvara (note 1501: Dr. Barua in (gayaa and buddha-gayaa, vol. 1, p. 22 note) holds that dharma and dharmezvara refer to buddha, while O'Malley (in J.A.S.B. vol. 72 for 1904, part 3, p. 5) takes dharma to mean yama. I am inclined to agree with O'malley. padma puraaNa, sRSTikhaNDa 11.73, states that there are three araNyas for piNDadaana viz. puSkaraaraNya, naimiSaaraNya and dharmaaraNya.). He should bow to the mahaabodhi tree (i.e. the sacred pippala) and perform zraaddha also underneath it. mahaabodhi tree worshipped in gayaa. agni puraaNa 115.37c mahaabodhataruM natvaa dharmavaan svargalokabhaak /37/ mahaabodhi tree worshipped in gayaa. naarada puraaNa 2.45.103cd dharmaM dharmezvaraM natvaa mahaabodhitaruM namet /103/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaabodhi tree worshipped in gayaa. vaayu puraaNa 2.49.33cd-36 dharme dharmezvaraM natvaa mahaabodhitaruM namet /33/ namas te 'zvattharaajaaya brahmaviSNuzivaatmane / bodhidrumaaya kartRRNaa pitRRNaaM taaraNaaya ca /34/ ye 'smatkule maatRvaMze baandhavaa durgatiM gataaH / tvaddarzanaat sparzanaac ca svargatiM yaantu zaazvatiim /35/ RNatrayaM mayaa dattaM gayaam aagatya vRkSaraaT / tvatprasaadaan mahaapaapaad vimukto 'haM bhavaarNavaat /36/ (gayaazraaddha) mahaacaaNDaala see caaNDaala. mahaacaaNDaala bhaviSya puraaNa 1.184.15-16 braahmaNii kulaTaa nityaM svakaM tyaktvaa patiM khaga / anyasya vizate gehe braahmaNasya khagaadhipa /15/ utpadyate tu yas tasyaa braahmaNena mahaamate / sa caaNDaalo mahaan prokto mahaacaaNDaala ity uta /16/ mahaacaitrii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaacaitrii caitra, puurNimaa, citraa, Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.116 atha vakSyaami caitraadimaase tu puurNimaa yathaa / citraanakSatrasaMyukto gurupuurNo vidhur yadi / mahaacaitriiti saa jneyaa puurNimaakSayapuNyadaa /116/ Kane 5: 373. (tithivrata) (nakSatravrata) (vaaravrata) mahaacaitrii puurNimaa, citraa. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.121 citraa vaa yadi vaa puurNaa yadaa syaat puurNimaa tithiH / mahaacaitrii tathaapi syaad azvamedhaphalapradaa /121/ (tithivrata) (nakSatravrata) mahaacaitrii puurNimaa, Sunday, kRttikaa in conjunction with the Sun. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.122 raviNaa kRttikaayogaad ravivaare ca puurNimaa / mahaacaitrii tathaapi syaad dattasyaakSayakaarikaa /122/ (tithivrata) (vaaravrata) (nakSatravrata) mahaacaitrii puurNimaa, Thursday, Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.123-124 evaM gurau guror yoge mahaacaitrii prakiirtitaa / tatra snaanaM ca daanaM ca japo niyama eva ca /123/ sarvam akSayataaM yaati phalaM caivaazvamedhikam / pitaras tarpitaa yaanti vaiSNavaM lokam akSayam /124/ (tithivrata) (vaaravrata) mahaacaitrii especially meritorious in zaalagraama. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.126ab zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaacaitrii snaana in sitaa, a river in kaamaruupa, is recommended on mahaacaitrii. kaalikaa puraaNa 78.23 tataH sitaahvayaa puurvaM sarit uttaragaaminii / tasyaaM snaatvaa mahaacaitryaaM gangaasnaanaphalaM labhet /23/ (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) mahaacakra kaalikaa puraaNa 76. A circular diagram with sixteen spokes is called mahaacakra. (B.N. Shastri, 1991, Intro. to the kaapikaapuraaNa, p. 135.) mahaacakra gorakSazataka 24 dvaadazaare mahaacakre puNyapaapavivarjite / taavaj jiivo bhramaty eva yaavat tattvaM na vindati // mahaacaNDii worshipped in muNDapRSTha, a tiirtha in gayaa. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.18 muNDapRSThe mahaacaNDiiM dRSTvaa kaamaan avaapnuyaat / phalgviizaM phalgucaNDiiM ca gauriiM dRSTvaa ca mangalaam /18/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaaciinakrama yonitantra 4.1-2ab mahaaciinakramoktena sarvaM kaaryaM japaadikam / iti te kathitaa devi yonipuujaavidhir mayaa /1/ sugopyaM yadi devezi tava snehaat prakaazitam / mahaaciinakramataaraa see ugrataaraa. mahaaciinakramataaraa bibl. G. Buehnemann, 1996, "The goddess mahaaciinakrama-taaraa (ugra-taaraa) in Buddhist and Hindu tantrism," BSOAS 59: 472-493. mahaacintaamaNidhvajaagra mudraa desribed in the amoghapaazakalparaaja (Part I, p. 49.27-29) is basically identical with the padmaratnadhvajaagrii mudraa described in sarvatathaagatatattvasaMgraha, no. 1597. (Tanaka Kimiaki, 2008, manuscript of his doctor thesis: Indo ni okeru maNDala no seiritsu to hatten, Part I, p. 93, n. 16.) mahaadaana PW. n. eine grosse Gabe, Bez. bestimmter wertvoller Gaben. mahaadaana see aadityamaNDaka. mahaadaana see azvarathadaanavidhi. mahaadaana see bhuumidaana. mahaadaana see gajadaana. mahaadaana see gaNezezadaana. mahaadaana see gosahasradaanavidhi. mahaadaana see hastirathadaanavidhi. mahaadaana see hemadhenudaana. mahaadaana see hiraNyaazvadaana. mahaadaana see hiraNyagarbha. mahaadaana see hiraNyavRSadaana. mahaadaana see kalpavRkSadaana. mahaadaana see lakSmiidaana. mahaadaana see lokapaalaaSTakadaana. mahaadaana see raajakarma. mahaadaana see suvarNamediniidaana. mahaadaana see tiladhenuvidhi. mahaadaana see tulaapuruSa. mahaadaana see viSNudaana. mahaadaana bibl. Kane 2: 869-877. mahaadaana bibl. R. Inden, 1979, "The ceremony of the great gift (mahaadaana): structure and historical context in Indian ritual and society," in Asie du Sud, Traditions et changements, pp. 131-136. mahaadaana bibl. V. Nath, 2000, "mahaadaana: The Dynamics of Gift-ceremony and the Feudal Milieu, " in D.N. Jha, ed. The Feudal Order, New Delhi, pp. 411-440. mahaadaana bibl. Marko Geslani, 2011, "Appeasement and atonement in the mahaadaanas, the Hindu 'great gifts,'" Journal Asiatique 299,1. mahaadaana txt. agni puraaNa 210.1-34. (c) mahaadaana txt. linga puraaNa 2.28-44. (c) mahaadaana txt. matsya puraaNa 274-289. mahaadaana contents. agni puraaNa 210.1-34: 1-4 an enumeration of 16 mahaadaanas, 5-10 dazaparvatadaana, 10-12 dhenudaana, 13-29 guDadhenudaana, 30-34 vaitaraNiidaanavidhi. mahaadaana contents. linga puraaNa 2.28-44. 28 tulaapuruSadaanavidhi, 29 hiraNyagarbhadaanavidhi, 30 tilaparvatadaana, 31 suvarNamediniidaana, 32 kalpavRkSadaana/kalpapaadapadaana, 34 gaNezezadaana, 35 hemadhenudaana, 36 lakSmiidaana, 37 tiladhenudaana, 38 gosahasradaana, 39 hiraNyaazvadaana, 40 kanyaadaana, 41 hiraNyavRSadaana, 42 gajadaana, 43 lokapaalaaSTakadaana, 44 viSNudaana. mahaadaana an enumeration of the ten mahaadaanas: suvarNadaana/kanaka, tiladaana, godaana, daasiidaana, gRhadaana, bhuumidaana/mahii, rathadaana, kanyaadaana, hastidaana, vidyaadaana. AVPZ 14.1.8 kanakaaz ca tilaa gaavo daasii gRhamahiirathaaH / kanyaa hastii ca vidyaa ca mahaadaanaani vai daza // (hastirathadaanavidhi)one of the ten mahaadaanas. AVPZ 14.1.8 kanakaaz ca tilaa gaavo daasii gRhamahiirathaaH / kanyaa hastii ca vidyaa ca mahaadaanaani vai daza // (hastirathadaanavidhi) mahaadaana an enumeration of sixteen mahaadaanas. agni puraaNa 210.1-4 sarvadaanaani vakSyaami mahaadaanaani SoDaza / tulaapuruSa aadyaM tu hiraNyagarbhadaanakam /1/ brahmaaNDaM kalpavRkSaz ca gosahasraM ca pancamam / hiraNyakaamadhenuz ca hiraNyaazvaz ca saptamam /2/ hiraNyaazvarathas tadvad dhemahastirathas tathaa / pancalaangalakaM tadvad bhasadaanaM tathaiva ca /3/vizvacakraM kalpalataa saptasaagarakaM param / ratnadhemur mahaabhuutaghaTaM zubhadine 'rpayet /4/ (mahaadaana) mahaadaana an enumeration of sixteen mahaadaanas. matsya puraaNa 274.6cd-10 aadyaM tu sarvadaanaanaaM tulaapuruSasaMjnakam /6/ hiraNyagarbhadaanaM ca brahmaaNDaM tadanantaram / kalpapaadapadaanaM ca gosahasraM ca pancamam /7/ hiraNyakaamadhenuz ca hiraNyaazvas tathaiva ca / hiraNyaazvarathas tadvad dhemahastirathas tathaa /8/ pancalaangalakaM tadvad dharaadaanaM tathaiva ca / dvaadaza vizvacakra tu tataH kalpalataatmakam /9/ saptasaagaradaanaM ca ratnadhenus tathaiva ca / mahaabhuutaghaTas tadvat SoDazaM parikiirtitam /10/ (mahaadaana) mahaadaana an enumeration of sixteen mahaadaanas. aaiin-i akbarii, Eng. Tr. III, pp. 305-307. 1 tulaadaana, 2 hiraNyagarbhadaana, 3 brahmaaNDadaana, 4 kalpatarudaana, 5 gosahasradaana, 6 hiraNyakaamadhenudaana, 7 hiraNyaazvadaana, 8 hiraNyaazvaratha, 9 hemahastirathadaana, 10 pancalaangaladaana, 11 dharaadaana, 12 vizvacakradaana, 13 kalpalataadaana, 14 saptasaagaradaana, 15 ratnadhenudaana, 16 mahaabhuutaghaTadaana. mahaadaana he who gives mahaadaanas obtains the merits of snaana in gangaadvaara. skanda puraaNa 2.1.34.13-14 ye tatra tiirthe yatinaH kRtasnaanaa yatendriyaaH / gobhuutilahiraNyaadimahaadaanaani kurvate /13/ te praapnuvanti saMpuurNaM gangaadvaare samaahitaiH / vihitaanaaM zataguNaM daanaanaaM phalam arjuna /14/ (agastyatiirthamaahaatmya) mahaadaana whatever, whether flower or leaf or fruit or water, is given respectfully is a great donation. skanda puraaNa 4.39.8a niyamena tu vizveze puSpaM patraM phalaM jalam /7/ yad dattaM sumano vRttyaa mahaadaanaM tad atra vai / (avimuktezvara) mahaadbhuta contents. AVPZ 72.: ... 72.4.4-7 adbhutas in the devagRhas, mahaan deva see mahaadeva. mahaan deva :: aaditya. KB 6.6 [24,6] yan mahaan deva aadityas tena. (rudra's eight names) mahaan deva :: prajaapati, see prajaapati :: mahaan deva (ZB). mahaan deva a vrata of a rudra worshipper, of mahaan deva worshipper: he should not eat vimuurta and majjan. KB 6.7 [24,12; 15] yad rudraz candramaas tena na ha vaa enaM rudro hinasti ... 12 ... 13 ... tasya vrataM vimuurtam eva naazniiyaan majjaanaM14 ceti /7/15 (an enumeration of eight names of rudra) mahaan deva worshipped in the prapad of the praataranuvaaka. ZankhZS 6.2.2 bhuuH prapadye bhuvaH prapadye svaH prapadye bhuur bhuvaH svaH prapadya om prapadye vaacam RcaM prapadye mano yajuH prapadye saama praaNaM prapadye cakSuH zrotraM prapadye namo devebhyo namo devataabhyo namo mahate devaaya namo gandharvaapsarobhyo namaH sarpadevajanebhyo namo bhuutaaya namo bhaviSyate namaH pitRbhyaH pratinamaskaarebhyo vo 'pi namaH /2/ (agniSToma, praataranuvaaka) mahaadeva 1) m. a) oxyt. der grosse Gott, insbes. Bez. eines zu dem Kreise des rudra gehoerigen Gottes und des rudra selbst. mahaadeva see mahaan deva. mahaadeva Oertel, 1942, Euphemismen in der vedischen Prosa und euphemistische Varianten in den Mantras, p.29. A collection of words mahaadeva and mahatii devataa in the vedic texts of the euphemistic expressions of rudra; pp. 26-33 other expressions are collected: ugro devaH, iizaanaH and iizaano devaH, aghalaa (sc devataa) and aghalo (akhalo) devaH, eSa devaH and ayaM devaH = H. Oertel, 1942, Euphemistische Aposiopesen (Ellipsen), Kuerzungen und Maskierungen, Kl. Schr., p. 1529. mahaadeva as one of the members of devasenaa. AV 5.21.11cd-12 somo raajaa varuNo raajaa mahaadeva uta mRtyur indraH /11/ etaa devasenaaH suuryaketavaH sacetasaH / amitraan no jayantu svaahaa /12/ mahaadeva his birth/utpatti from the prajaapati. AV 15.1.1-8 vraatya aasiid iiyamaana eva sa prajaapatiM samairayat /1/ sa prajaapatiH suvarNam aatmann apazyat tat praajanayat /2/ tad ekam abhavat tal lalaamam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeSTham abhavat tad brahmaabhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena praajaayata /3/ so 'vardhata sa mahaan abhavat sa mahaadevo 'bhavat /4/ sa devaanaam iizaaM paryait sa iizaano 'bhavat /5/ sa ekavraatyo 'bhavat sa dhanur aadatta tad evendradhanuH /6/ niilam asyodaraM lohitaM pRSTham /7/ niilenaivaapriyaM bhraatRvyaM prorNoti lohitena dviSantaM vidhyatiiti brahmavaadino vadanti /8/ mahaadeva a cow of the diikSita which was killed by mahaadeva is dedicated to rudra. MS 3.6.10 [74,1] rudraaya tveti mahaadevaahataaM. (agniSToma, pratigraha when mahaadeva kills a cow given to the diikSita) mahaadeva a cow of the diikSita which was killed by mahaadeva is dedicated to rudra. ApZS 10.19.2 rudraaya tveti (MS 3.6.10 [74,1]) mahaadevahataam /2/ (agniSToma, diikSaa) mahaadeva when oSadhis are poisoned mahaadeva injures pasuz. PB 6.9.6-9 sa naH pavasva zaM gava iti (SV 2.3, 2, 1 = RV 9.11.3, 2, 1) pratipadaM kuryaat /6/ yaaM samaaM mahaadevaH pazuun hanyaat sa naH pavasva zaM gava iti catuSpade bheSajaM karoti /7/ zaM janaayeti dvipade zam arvata ity ekazaphaaya /8/ viSeNa vai taaM samaam oSadhayo 'ktaa bhavanti yaaM samaaM mahaadevaH pazuun hanti yac chaM raajann oSadhiibhya ity aahauSadhiir evaasmai svadayaty ubhayo 'smai svaditaaH pacyante 'kRSTapacyaaz ca kRSTapacyaaz ca /9/ (twelve variations of the first tristiches/pratipads of the bahiSpavamaana according to kaamas) (A. Hillebrandt, 1929 (1965), Vedische Mythologie, 2. Band, p. 446, note.) mahaadeva mahatii devataa/rudra aims at the horse in the azvamedha. TB 3.9.17.3 raudraM caruM nirvapet / yadii mahatii devataabhimanyeta / etaddevatyo vaa azvaH / svayaivainaM devatayaa bhiSajyati / agado haiva bhavati / (praayazcitta of the azvamedha, when rudra aims the horse) mahaadeva mahatii devataa/rudra aims at the horse in the azvamedha. ApZS 20.7.11 raudraM caruM yadi mahatii devataabhimanyeta /11/ (praayazcitta of the azvamedha, when rudra aims the horse) mahaadeva worshipped as an epithet of rudra, in a mantra for the aavaahana of rudra. MS 2.9.1 [119,6] aa tvaa vahantu harayaH sucetasaH zvetair azvair iha ketumadbhiH / vaatajavair balavadbhir manojavair asmin yajna mama havyaaya zarva // devaanaaM ca RSiiNaaM caasuraaNaaM ca puurvajam / mahaadevaM sahasraarkSaM zivam aavaahayaamy aham // (agnicayana) mahaadeva a devataa worshipped in the agnihotra. HirZS 3.7.99 [354.5] mahate devaayeti caturthiim / / mahaadeva worshipped in the kRcchra, udakatarpaNa. GautDhS 26.12 namo rudraaya pazupataye mahate devaaya tryambakaayaikacaraayaadhipataye haraye zarvaayezaanaayograaya vajriNe ghRNine kapardine namaH ... /12/ (kRcchra, udakatarpaNa) mahaadeva one of devataas worshipped by offering baliharaNa for one possessed by four vinaayakas. ManGS 2.14.29 atha devaanaam aavaahanaM vimukhaH zyeno bako yakSaH kalaho bhiirur vinaayakaH kuuSmaaNDaraajaputro yajnaavikSepii kulangaapamaaro yuupakezii suuparakroDii haimavato jambhako viruupaakSo lohitaakSo vaizravaNo mahaaseno mahaadevo mahaaraaja iti / ete me devaaH priiyantaaM priitaa maaM priiNayantu tRptaa maaM tarpayantv iti /29/ (vinaayakazaanti) mahaadeva a devataa worshipped in the rangadaivatapuujana. naaTyazaastra 3.4 namaskRtya mahaadevaM sarvalokodbhavaM bhavam / jagatpitaamahaM caiva viSNum indraM guhaM tathaa /4/ mahaadeva an episode why ziva came to be named mahaadeva. atharvan performed the koTihoma for him; by the power of the koTihoma ziva became mahaadeva. AVPZ 31.2.3-3.5 yaadRzaM kRtavaan puurvam atharvaa tryambakasya tu / taadRzena vidhaanena koTihomaH prayujyate /2.3/ mahattvaM praarthayamaanaH zarvo 'tharvaanam abraviit / kuruSva mama tat karma mahattvaM yena labhyate /4/ aizvaryam aayur aarogyaM sthaanaM ca paramaM prabho / putraa lakSmiir yazo medhaa balaM pauruSyam eva ca /5/ evam ukto mahaatejaa atharvaa mantradarzavit / gaayatriiM tapasaa yuktaam RccaH padam itiiti ha /3.1/ [RcaH padaM maatrayeti mantre vijnaayate hi saa/] gaayatrii vai tripaad brahma vizvaruupaa ca saMsthitaa /2/ praaNadaa sarvabhuutaanaaM dhaaraNii yaapi nityazaH / iti nizcitya manasaa koTihokaM prayojayat /3/ samidbhiH zaantavRkSasya gaayatryaa susamaahitaH / tato mahattvam agamad aizvaryam paramaM tathaa /4/ mahaadeva iti caasya naama lokeSu vizrutam / upadravaaz ca ye ke cit upaghaataas tathaiva ca / sarve 'sya prazamaM yaataaH skandaM putraM ca labdhavaan /5/ (koTihoma) mahaadeva worshipped on the maNDala in the aaraamaadipratiSThaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.1.14cd-15 karNikaayaa vaamabhaage varadaabhayahastakam /14/ dvibhujaM zuklavarNaM ca mahaadevaM prapuujayet / tryambakeNa ca mantreNa dadyaac ca ghRtapiSTakam /15/ (aaraamaadipratiSThaa) mahaadeva to become mahaadeva. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [669,3-9] ekavRkSe pratiitya samutpaadagarbhacaityaM pratisthaapya lakSam ekaM japet / lakSaparisamaaptau poSaadhikena ruupakaareNaazvatthakaaSThamayaM tRzuulaM(>trizuulaM) lakSaNopetaM kRtvaa sapaataabhihuutaM(>abhihutaM?) kRtvaa sugandhagandhaiH samupalipya yathaa vibhavataH paTasyaagrataH puujaaM kRtvaa dakSiNahaste kRtvaa sakalaaM raatriM saadhayet / yaavaj jvalatiiti / jvalite mahaadevo bhavati / bhuutaadhipatir bhavati / durdaantadamakaH apratihataH sarvasattveSu / mahaadeva an epithet of viSNu. mbh 3.82.109a abhigamya mahaadevaM varadaM viSNum avyayam / viraajati yathaa soma RNair mukto yudhiSThira /109/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma, zaalagraama) mahaadeva an epithet of viSNu. padma puraaNa 3.38.45a abhigamya mahaadevaM varadaM viSNum avyayam / viraajati yathaa soma RNair mukto yudhiSThira /45/ (tiirthayaatraa, zaalagraama) mahaadevaayatana AVPZ 40.1.5 mahaadevaayatane 'paaM samiipe. (paazupatavrata) temple. mahaadevaparicaryaavidhi see mahaadevasyaaharahaHparicaryaavidhi. mahaadevapuujaa* aSTamii, worship of mahaadeva, txt. and vidhi. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.221.68cd mahaadevaM samabhyarcya sarvaan kaamaan avaapnuyaat /68/ (tithivrata) mahaadevasaromaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.4.14.28-34. (dvaarakaamaahaatmya, mahaadevasaras) mahaadevasyaaharahaHparicaryaavidhi txt. BodhGZS 2.17, HirGZS 1.2.10 [14.1-21]. (rudra worship) mahaadeva, umaa enumeration of 8 names: bhaviSya puraaNa 4.22.15cd-18: mahaadeva, umaa; zaMkara, lalitaa; sthaaNu lolanetraa; viirezvara, ekaviiraa; pazunaatha, zakti; zriikaNTha, sutaa; bhiima, durgaa; iizaana, zivaadevii. mahaadevii see aasurii. mahaadevii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaadevii description of mahaadevii. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 2.64.8cd-31dhyaayen nityaM mahaadeviiM muulaprakRtim iizvariim /8/ brahmaviSNuzivaadiinaaM puujyaaM vandyaaM sanaataniim / naaraayaNiiM viSNumaayaaM vaiSNaviiM viSNubhaktidaam /9/ sarvasvaruupaaM sarveSaaM sarvaadhaaraaM paraat paraam / sarvavidyaasarvamantrasarvazaktisvaruupiNiim /10/ saguNaaM nirguNaaM satyaaM varaaM svecchaamayiim satiim / mahaaviSNoz ca jananiiM kRSNasyaardhaangasambhavaam /11/ kRSNapriyaaM kRSNazaktim kRSNabuddhyadhidevataam / kRSNastutaaM kRSNapuujyaaM kRSNavandyaaM kRpaamayiim /12/ taptakaancanavarNaabhaam koTisuuryasamaprabhaam / iiSAddhaasyaprasannaasyaaM bhaktaanugrahakaarikaam /13/ durgaaM zatabhujaaM deviiM mahaddurgatinaazinaam / trilocanapriyaaM saadhviiM triguNaaN ca trilocanaam /14/ trilocanapraaNaruupaaM zuddhaardhacndrazekharaam /bibhratiiM kabariibhaaraM maalatiimaalyamaNDitam /15/ vartulaM vaamavakraM ca zambhor maanasamohiniim / ratnakuNDalayugmena gaNDasthalaviraajitaam /16/ naasaadakSiNabhaagena vibhratiiM gajamauktikam / amuulyaratnaM bahulaM bibhratiiM zravaNopari /17/ suktaapanktivinindyaikadantapanktisuzobhitaam / pakvabimbaadharoSThiiM ca suprasannaam sumangalaam /18/ citrapatraavaliiramyakapolayugalojjvalaam / ratnakeyuuravalayaratnamanjiiraranjitaam /19/ ratnakankaNabhuuSaaDhyaaM ratnapaazakazobhitaam / ratnaanguliiyanikaraiH karaangulicayojjvalaam /20/ paadaangulinakhaasaktaalaktarekhaasuzobhanaam / vahnizuddhaaMzukaadhaanaaM gandhacandanacarcitaam /21/ bibhratiiM stanayugmaM ca kastuuriibinduzobhitam / sarvaruupaguNavatiiM gajendramandagaaminiim /22/ atiiva kaantaaM zaantaaM ca nitaantaaM yogasiddhiSu / vidhaatuz ca vidhaatriiM ca sarvadhaatriim ca zaMkariim /23/ zaratpaarvaNacandraasyaam atiiva sumanoharaam / kastuuriibindubhiH saardham adhazcandanabindunaa /24/ sinduurabindunaa zazvadbhaalamadhyasthalojjvalaam / zaranmadhyaahnakamalaprabhaamocanalocanaam /25/ caarukajjalarekhaabhyaaM sarvataz ca samujjvalaam / koTikandarpalaavaNyaliilaaninditavigrahaam /26/ ratnasiMaahasanasthaaM ca sadratnamukuTojjvalaam / sRSTau sraSTuH zilparuupaaM dayaaM paatuz ca paalane /27/ saMhaarakaale saMhartuH paraaM saMhaararuupiNiim / nizumbhazumbhamathiniiM mahiSaasuramardiniim /28/ puraa tripurayuddhe ca saMstutaaM tripuraariNaa / madhukaiTabhayor yuddhe viSNuzaktisvaruupiNiim /29/ sarvadaityanihantriiM ca raktabiijavinaaziniim / nRsiMhazaktiruupaaM ca hiraNyakazipor vadhe /30/ varaahazaktim vaaraahe hiraNyaakSavadhe tathaa / parabrahmasvaruupaaM ca sarvazaktiM sadaa bhaje /31/ (mantra) (durgaapuujaa) mahaadhana a personality ruled by Jupiter. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.23ab pauramahaadhanazabdaarthavedaviduSo'bhicaaraniitijnaaH / mahaadhana a personality ruled by Venus. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.26 ratharajataakarakunjaraturagamahaamaatradhanayuktaaH /26/ mahaadhana a personality ruled by ketu. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.37cd pratyantadhanimahecchavyavasaayaparaakramopetaaH /37/ mahaadhana in the grahayuddha when Mercury is defeated by Jupiter damages to mlecchas, zuudras, cauras, rich people, naagaras, and kings of traigarta and an earthquake will occur. bRhatsaMhitaa 17.16 guruNaa jite budhe mlecchazuudracauraarthayuktapaurajanaaH / traigartapaarvatiiyaaH piiDyante kampate ca mahii /16/ mahaadhana in the grahayuddha when Mercury is defeated by Saturn damages to sailors, warriors, aquatic plants, rich people, and pregnant women will occur. bRhatsaMhitaa 17.17ab ravijena budhe dhvaste naavikayodhaabhasadhanagarbhiNyaH / mahaadhanapati to obtain sarvakaama or raajya or to become mahaadhanapati. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [692,10-14] sarvamudraa? bhedabhasmanaa? bhogaarthii nadiisaMgame taDaagaanaam ekatame 'nyatra vaa zucipradeze paTaM pratiSThaapya jaapahomaM samaarabhet / padmaanaaM dadhimadhughRtaaktaanaaM lakSaM juhuyaat / dvilakSaM vaa / tataH sarvakaamam avaapnoti / lakSatrayahomena raajyam dadaati / ekaviMzatihomena mahaadhanapatir bhavati / mahaadharma an asura. devii puraaNa 40-41. story of mahaadharmaasura's war with the gods, and his death at the hand of devii invoked by brahmaa. (R.C. Hazra, 1963, upapuraaNa, II, p. 50.) mahaadiiptaa see citkalaa. mahaadivaakiirtya a paavana. HirGZS 1.8.10 [126,13-16] upaniSado vedaadayo vedaantaaH sarvacchandaHsu13 saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe bRhadrathaMtare14 puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamad bahiSpava15maanaH kuuzmaaNDyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani. (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaadivaakiirtya a paavana. GautDhS 19.12 upaniSado vedaantaaH sarvacchandaHsu saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe saamanii bRhadrathaMtare puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamaM bahiSpavamaanaM kuuSmaaNDaani paavamaanyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani /12/ (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaadivaakiirtya a paavana. BaudhDhS 3.10.11 upaniSado vedaadayo vedaantaaH sarvacchandassu saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe saamanii bRhadrathaMtare puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamad bahiSpavamaanaH kuuzmaaNDyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani /11/ (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaaduutii see vidyaaraajnii. mahaadvaadazii txt. naarada puraaNa 1.121.95cd-117 mahaadvaadazii vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.121.95cd-117 (95cd-106) vakSye mahaadvaadaziinaaM lakSaNaM ca phalaM pRthak /95/ ekaadazii nivRttaa cet suuryasyodayataH puraa / tadaa tu trispRzaa naama dvaadazii saa mahaaphalaa /96/ asyaam upoSya govindaM yaH puujayati naarada / azvamedhasahasrasya sa phalaM labhate dhruvam /97/ yadaaruNodaye viddhaa dazamyaikaadazii tithiH / tadaa taaM saMparityajya dvaadaziiM samupoSayet /98/ tatreSTvaa vaasudevaakhyaM samyak puujaavidhaanataH / raajasuuyasahasrasya phalam unmiilite labhet /99/ yadodaye tu savitur yaamyaa? tv ekaadaziiM spRzet / tadaa vanjulikaakhyaaM tu taaM tyaktvopoSayet sadaa /100/ asyaaM saMkarSaNaM devaM gandhaadyair upacaarakaiH / puujayet satataM bhaktyaa sarvasyaabhayadaM param /101/ eSaa mahaadvaadaziiM tu sarvakratuphalapradaa / sarvapaapaharaa proktaa sarvasaMpatpradaayinii /102/ kuhuuraake yadaa vRddhe syaataaM vipra yadaa tadaa / pakSavardhanikaa naama dvaadazii saa mahaaphalaa /103/ tasyaaM saMpuujayed devaM pradyumnaM jagataaM patim / sarvaizvaryapradaM saakSaat putrapautravivardhanam /104/ yadaa tu dhavale pakSe dvaadazii syaan maghaanvitaa / tadaa proktaa jayaa naama sarvazatruvinaazinii /105/ asyaaM saMpuujayed devam aniruddhaM ramaapatim / sarvakaamapradaM nRRNaaM sarvasaubhaagyadaayakam /106/ mahaadvaadazii contents. naarada puraaNa 1.121.95cd-117: 95cd definition of the various mahaadvaadazii will be related, 96-97 trispRzaa: if the ekaadazii comes to the end before the sunrise, worship of govinda, 98-99 if at the sunrise the dazamii remains and then the ekaadazii comes, then he should neglect that day and on the following dvaadazii he should worship govinda, 100-102 after leaving the ekaadazii named vanjulikaa and on the following dvaadazii he should worship saMkarSaNa, 103-104 when the kuhuu newmoon day and the raakaa fullmoon day increased??, the dvaadazii is named pakSavardhanikaa or the day which makes the half month longer?, on this dvaadazii day he should worship pradyumna, 105-106 jayaa dvaadazii: in the zukla pakSa the dvaadazii is combined with maghaa nakSatra, aniruddha ramaapati is worshipped, 107-108 vijayaadvaadazii: zukla, dvaadazii, zrvaNa nakSatra, worship of viSNu/gadaadhara, 109-111ab jayantii dvaadazii: in the zukla pakSa the dvaadazii is combined with rohiNii nakSatra/praajaapatya nakSatra, namely jayantii dvaadazii, vaamana is worshipped, 111cd-113 aparaajitaa dvaadazii: zukla, dvaadazii, Jupiter, worship of viSNu/naaraayaNa, in the zukla pakSa the dvaadazii is combined with Jupiter, namely aparaajitaa dvaadazii, naaraayaNa is worshipped. naarada puraaNa 1.121.111cd-113 yadaa tu syaat site pakSe dvaadazii jiivabhaanvitaa /111/ tadaaparaajitaa proktaa sarvajnaanapradaayinii / asyaaM samarcayed devaM naaraayaNam anaamayam /112/ saMsaarapaazavicchittikaarakaM jnaanasaagaram / asyaas tuupoSaNaad eva muktaH syaad vipra bhojanaH /113/ (mahaadvaadazii) mahaadvaadazii vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.121.95cd-117 (107-117) zravaNarkSayutaa cet syaad dvaadazii dhavale dale / tadaa saa vijayaa naama tasyaam arced gadaadharam /107/ sarvasaukhyapradaM zazvat sarvabhogaparaayaNam / sarvatiirthaphalaM vipra taaM copoSyaapnuyaan naraH /108/ yadaa syaac ca site pakSe praajaapatyarksasaMyutaa / dvaadazii sa mahaapuNyaa jayantii naamataH smRtaa /109/ yasyaaM samarcayed devaM vaamanaM siddhidaM nRNaam / upoSitaiSaa vipendra sarvavrataphalapradaa /110/ sarvadaanaphalaa caapi bhuktimuktipradaayinii / yadaa tu syaat site pakSe dvaadazii jiivabhaanvitaa /111/ tadaaparaajitaa proktaa sarvajnaanapradaayinii / asyaaM samarcayed devaM naaraayaNam anaamayam /112/ saMsaarapaazavicchittikaarakaM jnaanasaagaram / asyaas tuupoSaNaad eva muktaH syaad vipra bhojanaH /113/ yadaa tv aaSaaDhazuklaayaaM dvaadazyaaM maitrabhaM bhavet / tadaa vratadvayaM kaaryaM na doSo 'traikadaivatam /114/ zravaNarkSayutaayaaM ca dvaadazyaaM bhaadrazuklake / uurje sitaayaaM dvaadazyaam antyabhe ca vratadvayam /115/ etaabhyo 'nyatra viprendra dvaadazyaam ekabhuktakam / nisargataH samuddiSTaM vrataM yaatakanaazanam /116/ ekaadazyaaM vrataM nityaM dvaadazyaaH sahitaM yataH / nodyaapanam ihoddiSTaM kartavyaM jiivitaavadhi /117/ (dvaadaziivratas) mahaadvaadazii(vrata)* bhaadrapada, zukla, dvaadazii + zravaNa nakSatra. niilamata 774-775 saiva cec chravaNopetaa yadi cet syaat tu dvaadazii / tasya syur icchato lokaa yaavad indraaz caturdaza /774/ tasminn ahani saMsthaapya vitastaasindhusaMgamaat / mRttikaasnaanaM kaale tu snaatavyaM satataM tayaa / saMgamasnaanajaM puNyaM tenaapnoti naraH sadaa /775/ (tithivrata) (nakSatravrata) mahaadyuti in govinda, a tiirtha. padma puraaNa 3.38.51cd-53 atha govindam aasaadya tiirthaM paramasaMmatam /51/ upoSya rajaniim ekaam agniSTomaphalaM labhet / tatra vizvezvaraM dRSTvaa devyaa saha mahaadyutim /52/ mitraavaruNayor lokaan praapnuyaad bharatarSabha / triraatropoSitas tatra agniSTomaphalaM labhet /53/ (tiirthayaatraa) mahaadyuti in jyeSThila, a tiirtha. mbh 3.82.115-116 atha jyeSThilam aasaadya tiirthaM paramasaMmatam / upoSya rajaniim ekaam agniSTomaphalaM labhet /115/ tatra vizvezvaraM dRSTvaa devyaa saha mahaadyutim / mitraavaruNayor lokaan aapnoti puruSarSabha /116/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) mahaagaNapati see gaNapati. mahaagangaa viSNu smRti 85.23 mahaagangaayaam /23/ (commentary hereon: mahaagangaa alakanandaa) a tiirtha recommended for the zraaddha, mahaagangaa a tiirtha. mbh 13.26.20a mahaagangaam upaspRzya kRttikaangaarake tathaa / pakSam ekaM niraahaaraH svargam aapnoti nirmalaH /20/ (tiirthaprazaMsaa) mahaagaurii or siddharuupiNii is known as bhuvanezvarii in kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 62.122-123 mahaagaurii tu yaa devii yoginii siddharuupiNii / saa brahmaparvate caaste zilaaruupeNa cordhvataH /122/ atiivaruupasaMpannaa naamnaa saa bhuvanezvarii / yatra brahmaa tu saMsakto mayi parvataruupiNi /123/ mahaagaurii a Buddhist goddess. amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,7 avalokitezvarasyaadhastaan mahaagaurii paaNDaravaasinii mahaazvetaa daNDamalaNDaluhastaa kartavyaaH / tasyaadhastaad ekajaTaa raakSasii kaaryaaH / vikRtadaMSTrakapaalamaalaadhaariNyaa pratiSThaa sarvayajnopaviitii caturbhujaa. (in the description of the mahaakalpamaNDala) mahaagraamaNii = gaNapati. naaTyazaastra 2.9b tathaa naaTyakumaariiz ca mahaagraamaNyam eva ca / yakSaaMz ca guhyakaaMz caiva bhuutasaMghaaMs tathaiva ca /9/ (abhinavagupta's commentary, GOS edition, p. 72: mahaagraamaNiir gaNapatiH. mahaagriiva a country belonging to the south-eastern part of the kuurmavibhaaga. bRhatsaMhitaa 14.9 vRSanaalikeracarmadviipaa vindhyaantavaasinas tripurii / zmazrudharahemakuDyavyaalagriivaa mahaagriivaaH /9/ mahaahavis HirGZS 1.2.12 [17.11-12] paayasaadimahaahavir nivedayati. mahaahuti see gandharvaahuti. mahaahuti txt. and vidhi. ApZS 17.20.15 agna udadhe yaa ta iSur yuvaa naameti (TS 5.5.9.a-e) pancaajyaahutiir hutvaa samiicii naamaasi praacii dig iti (TS 5.5.10.a) dadhnaa madhumizreNa SaT sarpaahutiir anuparicaaram /14/ hetayo naama stheti (TS 5.5.10.c) SaN mahaahutiir yathaa sarpaahutiiH /15/ (agnicayana) mahaahrada a tiirtha. mbh 3.82.125 sarvatiirthavare caiva yo vaseta mahaahrade / na durgatim avaapnoti vinded bahu suvarNam /125/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) mahaahrada a tiirtha. mbh 13.26.17a mahaahrada upaspRzya bhRgutunge tv alolupaH / triraatropoSito bhuutvaa mucyate brahmahatyayaa /17/ (tiirthaprazaMsaa) mahaahrada a tiirtha. mbh 13.26.45 mahaahrada upaspRzya zuddhena manasaa naraH / ekamaasaM niraahaaro jamadagnigatiM labhet /45/ (tiirthaprazaMsaa) mahaahrada a tiirtha in gayaa. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.47 zraaddhii tatra tRtiiyaayaaM nizciraayaaz ca maNDale / mahaahrade ca kauzikyaam akSayaM phalam aapnuyaat /47/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaahrada a tiirtha in gayaa. naarada puraaNa 2.44.59 tRtiiyaaM tathaa paade nikSiiraayaaz ca maNDale / mahaahrade ca kauzikyaaM dattaM zraaddhaM mahaaphalam /59/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaahrada a tiirtha in gayaa. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.55 mahaahrade ca kauzikyaaM muulakSetre vizeSataH / guhaayaaM gRdhrakuuTasya zraaddhaM dattaM mahaaphalam /55/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaajana mbh vanaparva chap. 313.117 tarko 'pratiSThaH zrutayo vibhinnaa naiko munir yasya mataM pramaaNam / dharmasya tattvaM nihitaM guhaayaaM mahaajano yena gataH sa panthaaH // Kane 5: 1271 n. 2072. Kane's translation, "rationalisation is unstable, vedas are in conflict with each other, there is no single sage whose opinion is held to be authoritative (by all), the truth about dharma is enveloped in a cave (i.e. it cannot be clearly discerned) and that therefore the path (to be followed) is the one followed by the great mass of people." mahaajana in the sense of 'mass of people' is employed by zankaraacaarya on vedaantasuutra 4.2.7 in the words evam iyam apy utkraantir mahaanajagataivaanukiirtyate. mahaajayaasaptamii(vrata) txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.99.1-7. zukla, saptamii, solar saMkraanti. Kane 5: 373. (saMkraantivrata) mahaajayaasaptamii(vrata) contents. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.99.1-7: 1 the time, 2 various religious acts are recommended, 3-6ab snapana of suurya with ghRta, payas and kaarpuura and effects, 6cd-7 upavaasa on this day. mahaajayaasaptamii(vrata) vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.99.1-7 zuklapakse tu saptamyaaM yadaa saMkramyate raviH / mahaajayaa tadaa saa vai saptamii bhaaskarapriyaa /1/ snaanaM daanaM japo homaH pitRdevaabhipuujanam / sarvaM kotiguNaM proktaM bhaaskarasya vaco yathaa /2/ yas tasyaaM maanavo bhaktyaa ghRtena snaapayed ravim / so 'zvamedhaphalaM praapya svargalokam avaapnuyaat /3/ payasaa snaapayed yas tu bhaaskaraM bhaktimaan naraH / vimuktaH sarvapaapebhyo yaati suuryasalokataam /4/ kaarpuureNa vimaanena kinkiNiijaalamaalinaa / tejasaa harisaMkaazaH kaantyaa suuryasamas tathaa /5/ sthitvaa tatra ciraM kaalaM raajaa bhavati caanjasaa / mahaajayaiSaa kathitaa saptamii tripuraantaka /6/ yaam upoSya naro bhaktyaa bhavate suuryalokagaH / tato yaati paraM brahma yatra gatvaa na zocati /7/ mahaajayaasaptamii zukla, saptamii, saMkraanti. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.23 zukle pakSe ca saptamyaaM yadaa saMkramate raviH / mahaajayaa tadaa syaad vai saptamii bhaaskarapriyaa /23/ (tithivrata) mahaajayaasaptamii txt. and vidhi. skanda puraaNa 7.1.239.23-25 zuklapakSe tu saptamyaaM yadaa saMkramate raviH / mahaajayaa tadaa khyaataa saptamii bhaaskarapriyaa /23/ snaanaM daanaM japo homaH pitRdevaabhipuujanam / sarvaM koTiguNaM proktaM bhaaskarasya vaco yathaa /24/ ekaM yo bhojayet tatra braahmaNaM suuryasaMnidhau / koTibhojyaM kRtaM tena ity aaha bhagavaan hariH /25/ zukla, saptamii, saMkraanti. mahaajyaiSThii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaajyaiSThii bibl. Kane 5: 373. mahaajyaiSThii jyeSTha, puurNimaa, jyeSThaa, Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon, rohiNii in conjunction with the Sun. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.118 mahaajyaiSThii vizeSo 'yaM praajaapatye yathaa raviH / gurupuurNacandro jyeSThaayaaM mahaajyaiSThiiti saa smRtaa /118/ Kane 5: 373. (tithivrata) mahaajyaiSThii especially meritorious in purusottama. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.127a zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaajyaiSThii txt. bRhaddharma puraaNa 1.16.27-29. 27: puurNimaa jyaiSThamaasasya yuktaa cet jyeSThayaa bhavet / mahaajyaiSThiiti vijneyaa yuktaa vaapy anuraadhayaa / zanivaarasya yogas tu phalaadhikyaat prazasyate / (tithivrata) mahaajyaiSThii a day recommended to see the trinity of jagannaatha, txt. and vidhi. naarada puraaNa 2.60.19-37 yadaa bhaven mahaajyaiSThii raazinakSatrayogataH / prayatnena tadaa martyair gantavyaM puruSottamam /19/ kRSNaM dRSTvaa mahaajyaiSThyaaM raamaM bhadraaM ca mohini / naro dvaadazayaatraaNaaM phalaM praapnoti caadhikam /20/ ... 21-32 an enumeration of eminent tiirthas ... yat phalaM snaanadaanena raahugraste divaakare / tat phalaM kRSNam aalokya mahaajyaiSThyaaM labhen naraH /33/ tasmaat sarvaprayatnena gantavyaM puruSottamam / mahaajyaiSThyaaM vidhisute sarvakaamaphalepsubhiH /34/ dRSTvaa raamaM mahaajyaiSThyaaM kRSNaM caapi subhadrayaa / viSNulokaM naro yaati samuddhRtya kulaM zatam /35/ bhuktvaa tatra varaan bhogaan yaavad aabhuutasaMplavam / puNyakSayaad ihaagatya caturvedii dvijo bhavet /36/ svadharmanirataH zaantaH kRSNabhakto jitendriyaH / vaiSNavaM yogam aasthaaya tato mokSam avaapnuyaat /37/ (purusottamakSetramaahaatmya) mahaajyaiSThii a day recommended to see the trinity of jagannaatha, txt. skanda puaaNa 2.2.32.18-25. (purusottamakSetramaahaatmya) mahaakaala see mahaakaalezvara. mahaakaala bibl. Debela Mitra, 1959, "A four-armed image of mahaakaala," IHQ 35-1, pp. 43-44 (with one picture). mahaakaala an epithet of ziva, in a mantra in the iizaanakalpa in BodhGZS and HirGZS. mahaakaala utpatti. From ziva's energy, which was meant for proceating skanda, two small particles fell on the himaalaya. From these particles originated two sons of zaMkara named bhRngin and mahaakaala. Hazra, upapuraaNa II, p. 213. retas, curious birth. mahaakaala utpatti. kaalikaa puraaNa 46. . mahaakaala his description standing on the right side of mahaakaalii. mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 63.33cd-36. mahaakaala as the head of gaNas of ziva. viiNaazikhatantra 2 tataH devaH surazreSThaH kriiDate umayaa saha stuuyamaano mahaasiddhair mahaakaalaadibhir gaNaiH // mahaakaala vaziikaraNa of mahaakaala together with maatRs. amoghapaazakalparaaja 28b,3-4 maatRsthaane mahaakaalaM darzayet (3) muurdhazire sthaatavyaM mahaakaalaM samaatRgaNaparivaaraM svaruupeNa agratam upatiSThanti vazagataa bhaviSyanti / sarvakaaryakarmakaraa bhaviSyanti / (maNipaazasaadhanavidhi) mahaakaala aakarSaNa of mahaakaala together with maatRgaNa. amoghapaazakalparaaja 30a,7-30b,2 mahaakaalasya kaNThe bandhayitavyaM dakSiNahaste saptavaaraa krodharaajaM japya kruddhena capeTaM daatavyaH / mahaakaalaM raavaM (7) muncati vidyaadhareNa na bhetavyaM punaH kruddhena taryayitavyaM (>tarjayitavyaM??) tato azruuNi pravartayati vidyaadhareNa azruu gRhya tilakaM kartavyaH / adRzyo bhaviSyati sarvanidhaanaani pazyati / tato vidyaadhareNa puna capeTaM daatavyaM tato mahaakaalaM rudhiraM vamati / vidyaadhareNa spRzitavyam aakaazena gacchati mahaayakSaadhipatir bhaviSyati / gugguludhuupaM dattvaa krodharaajam anusmaarayaM mahaakaalasvaruupeNa agratam upatiSThati (30b,1) yathaakaamataa sarvavaraaNi dadaati / sarvamaatRgaNaparivaaraa vazagataa tiSThanti / anyaani yathaa kaamakaraNiiyaani sarvakaaryaaNi kartavya iti // (trizuulapaazasaadhana) mahaakaala worshipped in various acts performed by the citizens to avert the death of harSa's father described in the harSacarita (trans. E.B. Cowell and F.W. Thomas, pp. 135-136, ed. P.V. Kane, part II, text p.21): Young nobles werebruning themselves with lamps to propitiate the Mothers [maatRkaas]. In one place a Dravidian was ready to solicit the Vampire [vetaala] with the offering of a skull. In another an Andhra man was holding up his arms like a rampart to conciliate caNDikaa. Elsewhere young servants were pacifying mahaakaala by holding melting gum [guggulu] on their heads. In another place a group of relatives was intent on an oblation of their own flesh, which they severed with keen knives. Elsewhere, again, yound courtiers were openly resorting to the sale of human flesh. (D.N. Lorenzen, 1991, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, p. 17.) mahaakaala mentioned in the description of draviDadhaarmika, an ascetic who superintends a temple of caNDikaa described in the kaadambarii: He had written down the doctrine of mahaakaala. (D.N. Lorenzen, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, 1991, p. 18. mahaakaala a tiirtha. mbh 3.80.68 mahaakaalaM tato gacchen niyato niyataazanaH / koTitiirtham upaspRzya hayamedhaphalaM labhet /68/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiSma) mahaakaala a tiirtha. padma puraaNa 3.12.9cd-10ab mahaakaalam ato gacchen niyato niyataazanaH /9/ kooTitiirtham upaspRzya hayamedhaphalaM labhet / (narmadaamaahaatmya) mahaakaala a tiirtha. saura puraaNa 67.1-2 ujjayinyaaM mahaakaalaM ye vai pazyanti maanavaaH / avaapnuyuH paraM lokaM yatra gatvaa na zocati /1/ mahaakaalasya lingasya divyalingaM tad ucyate / sparzanaat tasya lingasya sazariiraaH zivaM yayuH /2/ sparzana. (ujjayiniimaahaatmya) mahaakaala a tiirtha. skanda puraaNa 1.2.1.11cd samudre dakSiNe 'bhyaagaat snaatuM tiirthaani panca ca /8/ varjayanti sadaa yaani bhayaat tiirthaani taapasaaH / kumaarezasya puurvaM ca tiirtham asti muneH priyam /9/ stambhezasya dvitiiyaM ca saubhadrasya muneH / barkarezvaram anyac ca paulomiipriyam uttamam /10/ caturthaM ca mahaakaalaM karamdhamanRpapriyam / bhaaradvaajasya tiirthaM ca siddhezaakhyaM hi pancamam /11/ etaani panca tiirthaani dadarza kurupuMgavaH / (pancaapsarastiirthamaahaatmya) (mahiisaagarasaMgama) (kaumaarikaakhaNDa) mahaakaalahRdayamantra harSacarita, ed. Fuehrer, p. 161, ll. 11-14 (the words of bhairavaacaarya): bhagavato mahaakaalahRdayanaamno mahaamantrasya kRSNasragambaraanulepanenaakalpena kalpakathitena mahaazmazaane japakoTyaa kRtapuurvasevo 'smi tasya ca vetaalasaadhanaavasaanaa siddhiH. (A. Sanderson, 2001, "History through textual criticism, p. 13, n. 11.) mahaakaalalinga see mahaakaala. mahaakaalalinga bibl. Geib, indradyumna-Legende, p.40, n.147. mahaakaalalingamaahaatmya the third jyotirlinga, txt. ziva puraaNa 3.42.13-17. (zatarudrasaMhitaa, dvaadazajyotirlingaavataaravarNana) mahaakaalalingamaahaatmya the third jyotirlinga, contents. ziva puraaNa 3.42.13-17: 13ab mahaakaala, 13cd in ujjayinii, 14-15 mahaakaala reduces an asura named duuSaNa to ashes by huMkaara, 16 after killing duuSaNa mahaakaala remained in ujjayinii, 17 effects of darzaNa. mahaakaalalingamaahaatmya the third jyotirlinga, vidhi. ziva puraaNa 3.42.13-17 mahaakaalaabhidhas taataavataaraz zaMkarasya vai / ujjayinyaaM nagaryaaM ca babhuuva svajanaavanaH /13/ duuSaNaakhyaasuraM yas tu vedadharmapramardakam / ujjayinyaaM gataM vipradveSiNaM sarvanaazanam /14/ vedaviprasutadhyaato huMkaareNaiva sa drutam / bhasramaat kRtavaaMs taM ca ratnamaalanivaasinam /15/ taM hatvaa sa mahaakaalo jyotirlingasvaruupataH / devais sa praarthito 'tiSThat svabhaktaparipaalakaH /16/ mahaakaalaahvayaM lingaM dRSTvaabhyarcya prayatnataH / sarvaan kaamaan avaapnoti /17/ mahaakaalalingamaahaatmya txt. ziva puraaNa 4.16-17. the third jyotirlinga, maahaatmya. avantii (v. 5a). duuSaNa, an asura. ujjayinii (v. 17.3a). candrasena, a king. maNibhadra, his friend. hanumaan (v. 17.62d). mahaakaalamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 3.3.5. candrasena, a king of ujjainii, his friend maNibhadra, a zivagaNa, maNibhadra gave the cintaamaNiratna to the king. an episode of a boy of gopaala, who was afterwards named zriikara. mahaakaalamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 4.7. mahaakaalamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.1.326. mahaakaalapuujaa* kRSNa, caturdazii, worship of mahaakaala, txt. and vidhi. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.221.98cd-99ab kRSNapakSacaturdazyaaM mahaakaalam athaarcayet /98/ tasmaat kaamam avaapnoti yatheSTaM naatra saMzayaH / (tithivrata) mahaakaalasaadhana txt. saadhanamaalaa, nos. 300-306 and 312. mahaakaalasaadhana bibl. Eiji Ikeda, 2013, "mahaakaala no jojuho to zaakyazriibhadra," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 61-2, pp. 968-965. mahaakaalasaMhitaa see kaamakalaakhaNDa. mahaakaalasaMhitaa or mahaakaalayogazaastra ascribed to aadinaatha in the colophons. (note 16: The kaamakalaakhaNDa (chs. 241-255 of the mahaakaalasaMhitaa) has been edited under supervision of U. Mishra and G. Kaviraj, Ilahabad 1971; According to the NCC, II, p. 81, there are six Mss., but J. Mishra (Foreword to the Ilahabad ed., p. I) records 38 Mss. in Nepal only, all of them fragmentary. Among them is the guhyakaaliikhaNDa (chs. 181-195). ... the original text would have consisted of at least 255 chapters, of which only about thirty have come down to us. (T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric and zaakta Literature in Sanskrit, p. 78-79.) LTT mahaakaalatiirthayaatraamaahaatmya skanda puraaNa 5.1.23. vaalmiikiizvaramaahaatmya. agnizarman, a bad braahmaNa. mahaakaalasiddhacaritra txt. skanda puraaNa 1.2.40-41 long pregnancy due to fear of being born. (mahiisaagarasaMkama) (kaumaarikaakhaNDa) mahaakaalavana ziva is named anaadikalpezva in each kalpa in mahaakaalavana. skanda puraaNa 5.2.5.23-25ab rajo brahmaa tamo rudraH sattvaM viSNur jagatpatiH / eta eva trayo vedaa eta eva trayo naraaH /23/ kalpe kalpe hy anaadis tu giiyate tridazaiH sadaa / pitRbhiz ca gaNaiH siddhair ato 'naadikalpezvaraH /24/ naama praaptaM vizaalaakSi mahaakaalavanaM sadaa / (anaadikalpezvaramaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana mahaakaalavana is known also as koTitiirtha. skanda puraaNa 5.1.68.30-31 zRNu dvijavarazreSTha mahaakaalavanaM smRtam / yatra rudrasaraH proktam RSiNaa tattvadarzinaa /30/ koTikoTisutiirthaani vartante dvijasattama / koTitiirtheti vikhyaataM tasmaad dvija sanaatanam /31/ (akhaNDezvaratiirthamaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana a tiirtha. skanda puraaNa 5.1.57.3-4 vyaasa uvaaca // kiikaTeSu gayaa puNyaa nadii puNyaa punaH punaa / cyavanasyaazramaH puNyaH puNyo raajagiris tathaa /3/ sa kathaM vidito deze mahaakaalavane zubhe / etad veditum icchaami vistareNa tapodhana /4/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana a tiirtha where gayaa and other tiirthas are situated. skanda puraaNa 5.1.57.24cd-35 (57.24cd-28) tadaa teSaaM zam icchantii vaag uvaacaazariiriNii /24/ zruuyataaM bhoH surazreSThaa bhavataaM zreya uttamam / yuuyaM yaata kSitau kSipraM mahaakaalavanaM prati /25/ guhyaad guhyataraM puNyaM pavitraM paapanaazanam / no yatra maayinaaM maayaa prakaazayati bhuutale /26/ sarvatiirthamayaM tiirthaM koTitiirthavarapradam / yatra zipraa saricchreSThaa sarvakaamaphalapradaa /27/ daityaantakaariNii divyaa mahaakaalii kulezvarii / kotikoTigaNaakiirNaa maatRRNaaM zaktivardhinii /28/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana a tiirtha where gayaa and other tiirthas are situated. skanda puraaNa 5.1.57.24cd-35 (57.29-35) yatra gayaa mahaapuNyaa phalguz caiva mahaanadii / puruSottamagirizreSTho yatra buddhagayaa smRtaa /29/ tathaivaadya gayaa khyaataa triSu lokeSu vizrutaa / viSNoH SoDazapadiitiirthaM gadaadharavinirmitam /30/ sarvapaapaharaa puNyaa yatra praacii sarasvatii / mahaasuranadii proktaa yatra tiSThati puNyadaa /31/ nyagrodhaz caakSayo nityaH puraa prokto maharSiNaa / tatraiva saa zilaa proktaa pretamokSakarii zubhaa /32/ tatraiva santi taaH sarvaa devataaH pitRkalpajaaH / sarvaakSaramayoMkaaraH sarvadevamayo hariH /33/ sarvatiirthamayaa devaa gayaa tiirtham uttamam / ziighram gacchata tatraiva paraaM siddhim avaapsyatha /34/ yatra praviSTamaatreNa pitaro nirayasthitaaH / te sarve svargam aayaanti brahmabhuuyaaya kalpate /35/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana a tiirtha recommended for the zraaddha. skanda puraaNa 5.1.58.36cd vRddhizraaddhe tathaa proktaa mahaalaye zataadhikaa / tato dazaguNaa proktaa prayaage dvijasattama /35/ prayaagaad dazaguNaa tRptiH kurukSetre ca sattama / kurukSetraat tato vyaasa dazaadhikaa gayaa smRtaa /36/ tato dazaadhikaa vyaasa mahaakaalavane zubhe / avantyaaM sarvataH puNyaM gayaatiirthe ca sarvadaa /37/ yeSaaM nirayam aapannaaaH pitaro janmajanmani / teSaam uddharaNaarthaaya tiirtham etat sudurlabham /38/ sakRtsmaraNamaatreNa pitRRNaaM dattam akSayam / (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana bhRngiriTi may go to the mahaakaalavana and may become soft-minded and reach the kailaasa, 26cd you will be a famous linga situated in front of ankapaada linga. skanda puraaNa 5.2.39.25-27 tvayaa proktaM vizaalaakSi putra gaccha mamaajnayaa / mahaakaalavane ramye tatraakruuro bhaviSyasi /25/ punaH praapsyasi kailaasaM siddhagandharvasevitam / ankapaadaagrato lingaM saptakalpaanugaM mahat / yasya darzanamaatreNa zubhaa buddhiH prajaayate /26/ kRtaghnaa naastikaaH kruuraa ye ca vizvaasaghaatakaaH / mahaapaatakino ye ca ye ca zaapavazaM gataaH / darzanaat tasya lingasya te 'pi svargabhujo naraaH /27/ (akruurezvaramaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana kRSNa/kezihan killed kaMsa and left mathuraa, went to mahaakaalavana and woshipped mahezvara and obtained peace of mind and fame. skanda puraaNa 5.2.39.28-29 kruuraaM buddhiM samaasaadya kaMsaM hatvaa ca kezihaa / baladevena sahitas tyaktvaa taaM mathuraaM puriim /28/ mahaakaalavanaM gatvaa toSayitvaa mahezvaram / akruuratvaM ca saMpraaptaM kiirtir labdhaa ca zaazvatii /29/ (akruurezvaramaahaatmya) mahaakaalavana kazyapa, the son of mariici, the great sage, practiced tapas in the mahaakaalavana. skanda puraaNa 5.1.46.3c ekadaa brahmaNaadiSTaH prajaartham RSisattamaH /2/ maariicaH kazyapas tepe tapaH paramaduSkaram / mahaakaalavane ramye divye sa hi mahaan RSiH /3/ (amaraavatii) mahaakaalavanamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 5.1.1.6cd-42. (avantiikSetramaahaatmya) mahaakaalavanamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 5.1.39. mahaakaalavanamaahaatmya contents. skanda puraaNa 5.1.1.6cd-42: 6cd-8 prazaMsaa, 9-10 umaa's question, 11-17 a description of vaijaara, a house of brahmaa, 18-22 a description of kaantimatii, a sabhaa of devas, 23-29 vyaasa asks sanatkumaara, 30- sanatkumaara's answer: 30ab a nirvacana of kSetra, 30cd it is a piiTha, 31ab it is called uuSara, 31cd it is guhya, 32ab it is a zmazaana/smazaana, 33-35ab ten divyazmazaanas, 35cd-37ab praise of mahaakaalavana in comparison with some eminent tiirthas, 37cd-40ab praise of mahaakaalavana in comparison with some eminent tiirthas, 40cd-42 mahaakaalavana is a zmazaana/smazaana and a uuSara and a kSetra and a piiTha and a vana at the same time. mahaakaalavanamaahaatmya vidhi. skanda puraaNa 5.1.1.6cd-42 (6cd-22) tathaa puNyatamaM devi mahaakaalavanaM zubham /6/ yastraaste zriimahaakaala paapendhanahutaazanaH / kSetraM yojanaparyantaM brahmahatyaadinaazanam /7/ bhuktidaM muktidaM kSetraM kalikalmaSanaazanam / pralaye 'py akSayaM devi duSpraapaM tridazair api /8/ umovaaca // prabhaavaH kathyataaM deva kSatrasyaasya mahezvara / yaani tiirthaani vidyante yaani lingaani santi vai /9/ taany ahaM zrotum icchaami paraM kautuuhalaM hi me /10/ mahaadeva uvaaca // zRNu devi prayatnena prabhaavaM paapanaazanam / kSetram aadyaM mahaadevi sarvapaapapraNaazanam /11/ zriimeroH saMnidhaane ca zikharaM ratnacihnitam / anekaazcaryanilayaM bahupaadapasaMkulam /12/ vicitradhaatubhiz citraM svacchasphaTikavedikam / vicitravarNazobhaaDhyam RSisaMghaninaaditam /13/ mRganaagendrasaMyuktaM gajayuuthasamaakulam / nirgharaaMbuprapaatotthaziikaraakarasaMkulam /14/ vaataahatataruvraataprasuunaasthaanacitritam / mRganaabhivaraamodavaasitaazeSakaananam /15/ lataagRharatisthaanaM siddhavidyaadharaazrayam / praviiNakinnaravraatamadhuradhvaninaaditam /16/ tasmin vane mahaaramye zobhitaazeSabhuumikam / vairaajaM naama bhavanaM brahmaNaH parameSThinaH /17/ tatra divyaanganaagiitamadhuradhvaninaaditaa / paarijaatatarucchannamanjariidaamazobhitaa /18/ bahuvaadyasamunnaddhamahaasvananinaaditaa / layataalayutaanekavaaditranaaditaa /19/ vinyastaa koTibhiH stambhair nirmalaadarzazobhitaa / layataalayutaanekamahaakautukasaMyutaa /20/ apsaronRtyavinyaasavilaasollaasazobhitaa / sabhaa kaantimatii naama devaanaaM harSadaayikaa /21/ RSisaMaghasamaakiirNaa munivRndaniSevitaa / dvijaativedazabedna naaditaanandadaayikaa /22/ mahaakaalavanamaahaatmya vidhi. skanda puraaNa 5.1.1.6cd-42 (23-42) tasyaaM niviSTaM vaagiizaM zaMkaraaraadhane ratam / sanatkumaaraM brahmarSiM brahmaNo maanasaM sutam /23/ munimadhyaat samutthaaya kRSNadvaipaayano muniH / paraazasuto vyaasaH praNipatya yathaavidhi /24/ kRtaanjalipuTo bhuutvaa bhavabhaktyaanubhaavitaH / papraccha parayaa tuSTyaa harSitaangaruhaananaH /25/ mahaakaalasya maahaatmyaM praaNinaaM mohanaazanam / vyaasa uvaaca // mahaakaalavanaM kasmaat procyate sarvato varam /26/ bhagavan kSetramaahaatmyaM mahaakaalasya kathyataam / kathaM guhyavanaM proktaM piiThatvam uuSaraM tathaa /27/ phalaM yathaatra vasataaM mRtaanaaM gatir yathaa snaanena yad bhavet puNyaM daanenaapi ca yat phalaM /28/ katham etat smazaanaM ca kSetraM proktaM yathaa tathaa / pRSTaM me zaMkre bhaktyaa bruuhi tvaM zaastrakovida /29/ sanatkumaara uvaaca // kSiiyate paatakaM yatra tenedaM kSetram ucyate / yasmaat sthaanaM ca maatRRNaaM piiThaM tenaiva kathyate /30/ mRtaaH punar na jaayante tenedam uuSaraM smRtam / guhyam etat priyaM nityaM kSetraM zaMbhor mahaatmanaH /31/ yasmaad iSTaM hi bhuutaanaaM smazaanam iti vallabham / mahaakaalavanaM yac ca tathaa caivaavimuktikam /32/ ekaamrakaM bhadrakaalaM karaviiravanam eva ca / kolaagiris tathaa kaazii prayaagam amarezvaram /33/ bharathaM caiva kedaaraM divyaM rudramahaalayam / divyasmazaanaany etaani rudrasyeSTaani nityazaH /34/ ramate bhagavaan eSu siddhakSetreSu sarvadaa / pRthivyaaM naimiSaM tiirtham uttamaM tiirtha puSkaram /35/ trayaaNaam api lokaanaaM kurukSetraM prazasyate / kurukSetraad dazaguNaa puNyaa vaaraaNsii mataa /36/ tasyaa dazaguNaM vyaasa mahaakaalavanottamam / prabhaasaadyaani tiirthaani pRthivyaam iha yaani tu /37/ prabhaasam uttamaM tiirthaM kSetram aadyaM pinaakinaH / zriizailam uttamaM tiirthaM devadaaruvanaM tathaa /38/ tasmaad apy uttamaM vyaasa puNyaa vaaraaNasii mataa / tasmaad dazaguNaM proktaM sarvatiirthottamaM yataH /39/ mahaakaalavanaM guhyaM siddhakSetraM tathoSaram / kiM cid guhyaany athaanyaani smazaanaany uuSaraaNi ca /40/ sarvatas tu samaakhyaataM mahaakaalavanaM mune / smazaanam uuSaraM kSetraM piiThaM vanam eva ca /41/ pancaikatra na labhyante mahaakaalapuraad Rte /42/ mahaakaalezvara in zvetodbhava. padma puraaNa 6.137.17 tasyaaM snaataH zucir daantas triraatram uSitaH pumaan / mahaakaalezvaraM dRSTvaa rudraloke mahiiyate /17/ (saabhramatiimaahaatmya) mahaakaalezvaralingamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.1.93. (the seventh of ekaadazarudras) mahaakaalii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaakaalii in the fourth quarter of the jayadrathayaamala tantra mahaakaalii is worshipped as the ultimate form of the kaalii cult. (A. Sanderson, 1988, zaivism and the Tantric Traditions, p. 144-145.) mahaakaalii devii puraaNa 42: at vaidiza, devii is called uurdhvajayaavahaa mahaakaalii. (R.C. Hazra, 1963, upapuraaNa, II, p. 50.) mahaakaalii her birthday/janmatithi. ziva puraaNa 5.45.67 dvaadazyaaM phaalgunasyaiva zuklaayaaM samabhuun nRpa / mahaakaaliiti vikhyaataa zaktis trilokyamohinii /67/ mahaakaalii her description. mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 63.29-36. mahaakaalii worshipped. BodhGZS 3.3 [298,8-10]; HirGZS 1.6.9 [81.1-3] aaryaayai raudryai mahaakaalyai mahaayoginyai suvarNapuSpyai devasaMkiirtyai mahaayajnyai mahaavaiSNavyai mahaapRthivyai manogamyai zankhadhaariNyai nama ity ekaadazanaamadheyair gandhapuSpadhuupadiipair amuSyai namo 'muSyai nama ity etair evaarcayitvaa. (durgaakalpa) mahaakaalii worshipped in mahaakaalavana as kulezvarii. skanda puraaNa 5.1.57.25cd-28 yuuyaM yaata kSitau kSipraM mahaakaalavanaM prati /25/ guhyaad guhyataraM puNyaM pavitraM paapanaazanam / no yatra maayinaaM maayaa prakaazayati bhuutale /26/ sarvatiirthamayaM tiirthaM koTitiirthavarapradam / yatra zipraa saricchreSThaa sarvakaamaphalapradaa /27/ daityaantakaariNii divyaa mahaakaalii kulezvarii / kotikoTigaNaakiirNaa maatRRNaaM zaktivardhinii /28/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaakaalii some mantras of mahaakaalii are described in the fifth chapter of the kankaalamaaliniitantra. (T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric and zaakta Literature, p. 78.) mahaakaaliipiiThamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.1.133. mahaakaaliisahasranaamastotra edition. zriikaaliipaTalapancaanga (kaaliikavacamahaakaaliisahasranaamastotra), kizora granthamaalaa 47, Varanasi, 2000. LTT. mahaakaaliivrata see phalatRtiiyaavrata. mahaakaalikaatantra this title appears in the colophon of the second SaTka of the jayadrathayaamala. (T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric Literature in Sanskrit, p. 45.) mahaakaarttikii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaakaarttikii kaarttika, puurNimaa, kRttikaa. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.119 vinaapi guruNaa candraH kRttikaa puurNimaa tathaa / tathaa mahaakaarttikii saa tithi puNyatamaa bhavet /119/ Kane 5: 372, 284. (tithivrata) mahaakaarttikii kaarttika, puurNimaa, rohiNii. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.120 rohiNyaaM tu sthitaz candraH paurNamaasyaaM tu kaarttike / mahaakaarttikaa tathaapi syaat svargaloke 'pi durlabhaa /120/ Kane 5: 372, 284. (tithivrata) mahaakaarttikii especially meritorious in puSkara and kanyaakubja. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.128cd zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaakaccha worshipped to bring rain. arthazaastra 4.3.12 parvasu ca nadiipuujaaH kaarayet /10/ maayaayogavido vedavido vaa varSam abhicareyuH /11/ varSaavagrahe zaciinaathagangaaparvatamahaakacchapuujaaH kaarayet /12/ mahaakalparaajahRdaya amoghapaazakalparaaja 4a,7-4b,1 asti mama bhagavann idam amogharaajaM mahaakalparaajahRdayaM tatredam asya padmodaaramaNDalasya mahaatattvasaarodgatasaarabhuutaM tattvasiddhiparamamahaamaNDalamudraamantrahRdayapaTalaguhyaM paramavimokSamaNDalam samayasaadhanarahasyaM tad bhagavataH purataH parikiirtayiSye. mahaakalparaajahRdaya vidhi. amoghapaazakalparaaja 5a,2-4 asyaa vidyaayaa ayam upacaaravidhiniitisamayavidyaadhareNa zucir bhuutvaa susnaatazucivastradhaariNaa bhavitavyam / maitriikaruNaamanasikaareNa sarvabhutadayaapareNa bhavitavyam / aaryaavalokezvarasya duSyapaTe puujayitavyam / puSpadhuupagandhamaalya(2)vilepanadiipaM ca daatavyaM aSTamii vaa pancadaziis? vaa jaapasaadhanavidhikartavyaH puurva amoghapaazahRdayam / aSTottarazataM paTasyaagrataH paryankaniSannena jaapo daatavyaH / anaalaapataH krodharaajena aSTottarazataM japitavyaM jalasarzapenaabhiSektavya mudraam bandhayitavyam ekavimzati(3)vaaraan pravartayitavyaM mantraabhiSekaM ca kartavyam / tato amoghaguhyasamayahRdaya aSTottarasahasravaaraa japitavya sahodiiritajaapamantreNa amoghapaazahRdayaM sakrodharaajaM zatasahasraguNitena jaapavidhikRtaa bhavati. mahaakalparaajahRdaya vidhi. 2. amoghapaazakalparaaja 5b,1-3; 6-7 aaryaavalokitezvaramahaaduSyapaTaM yathaa saMvidyamaaNam (1) puSpadhuupagandhamaalyavilepanacuurNaciivarapaTapataakaaM puujayitavyam / aSTamii yaavat trayodaziiM trizuklabhuktena bhavitavyam / dine dine aaryaamoghapaazaguhyahRdayaviMzativaaraan paTasyaagrataH jaapo daatavyaH / anaalaapataH / ekaviMzativaaraan krodharaajahRdayopahRdayaany aSTottarazataM tasyaiva paTasyaagrate sthaapi(2)tavyam arghapaadya trisaMdhyaM daatavyam / agaruM candanaM turuSkaM ca sagugguluM kusumarasena sahakaarisakastuurikena ca bodhayam / aavaahanamantreNa aSTasahasreNa japitavyam / trailokyaamoghavimalaa naama dhuuparaajaa anuttaraH / (here the phalazruti of this dhuupa is inserted) tato caturdazyaam ahoraatroSitena bhuutvaa amoghapaazahRdayam aSTottara(7)zatajaapo daatavyaH krodharaajam aSTottarazatam iti deyaM yathaa vidyamaanaa trizuklabalir deyaa hRdayopahRdayaaSTottarasahasraM japataa gandhatailena diipo daatavyaH / tasyaiva paTasyaagrataH svapitavyaM yaavat pratyuuSakaalasamaye hiraNyakozyaaM svapnaantare pazyati. mahaakalparaajahRdaya vidhi. 3. amoghapaazakalparaaja 6a,5-6 dine dine trikaala mudraaM pravartayitavyam / tato caturdazyaaM prathamata zramaNabraahmaNebhyo sadakSiNaabhojanaM daatavyam / yathaa saMvidyamaanaa tadaa svayaM bhoktavyam i(5)ti. mahaakalpasthaayin to become a vidyaadhararaajan and to become mahaakalpasthaayin. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [689,19-22] tataH sarvabuddhabodhisattvaanaaM namaskaaraM kRtvaa gRhiitavyam / vidyaadharair anugamyamaano vidyaapuriiM gacchati / vidyaadhararaajaa bhavati / sarvavidyaadharaa puujayanti / mahaakalpasthaayii bhavati / mahaakalpasthaayin as one of trividhaa siddhi: vaziikaraNa of all sattvas or to become a raajan of all antardhaanikas and to live for anantakalpa or to become like a devakumaara and to become mahaakalpasthaayin and a vidyaadhararaajan. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [718,25-719,4]. mahaakaruNodbhavamahaameghanirnaadavijRmbhitasuuraketu a dhaaraNii. Cecil Bendall, 1880, "The megha-suutra," JRAS 12, p. 294, ll. 20-21, p. 298, ll. 20-23, p. 300, ll. 1-16, 302, l. 1: mahaakaruNodbhavamahaameghanirnaadavijRmbhitasuuraketunaama dhaaraNii sarvabuddhabhaaSitaadhiSThitaanumoditaa sarvasattvaanaam arthaaya sukhaaya / yaanaavRSTau varSayati / ativRSTiM dhaarayati / maraNakaantaaraM prazamayati / sarvanaagaan samcodayati / sarvadevaan prahlaadayati / sarvamaaraan vidhvaMsayati sarvasattvaan sarvasukhasamarpitaan karoti / tad yathaa / mahaajnaanaavabhaasani zriitejolakSmiidRDhavikramavajrasaMhanane paramavirajanirmalaguNaketusuuryaprabhe vimalaangayaSTi bhara bhara saMbhara saMbhara, etc. (Here follow several pages of gibberish and mysticism, of which some specimens are subjoined: --- ) sara sara sire sire suru suru naagaanaaM java java jivi jivi juvu juvu mahaanaagaa aagacchata ... jambudviipe pravarSadhvaM (After this, commences a long series of invocations to the naagas for rain by aid of various personages, thus: ---) bho mahaanaagaa ... varSadhaaraa utsRjateha jambudviipe sarvadevasatyaadhiSThaanena ... svaahaa / brahmasatyaadhiSThaanena pravaSateha jambudviipe svaahaa / zakrasatyena pravaSateha jambudviipe svaahaa / caturmahaaraajasatyena pravaSateha jambudviipe svaahaa / aSTaangakasatyena ... / zrotaapannasatyena ... / sakRdaagaamisatyena ... / anaagaamisatyena ... / arhatsatyena ... / pratyekabuddhasatyena ... / (After returning to devas, and tathaagatas in general, we find similar invocations to mythical beings, borrowed from Brahmanism, viz. the yakSas, gandharvas, asuras, garuDas, kinnaras. To this succeed pages more of mysticism, with gibberish everywhere interspersed; then many of the naagaraajas are invoked or re-invoked by name, and the charm end wit the words ---) namaH sarvabuddhebhyaH sidhyantu mantrapadaani svaahaa // mahaakaulajnaanavinirNaya see kaulajnaananirNaya. mahaakauzii(?) a tiirtha in gayaa. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.73ab mahaakauzyaaM samaavaasaad azvamedhaphalaM labhet / (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaakauzika worshipped in the south-east? agni puraaNa 185.13b pazuM ca kaalii kaaliiti japtvaa khaDgena ghaatayet / kaali kaali vajrezvarii lauhadaNDaayai namaH /11/ tadutthaM rudhiraM maaMsaM puutanaayai ca nairRte / vaayavyaaM paaparaakSasyai carakyai nama iizvare /12/ vidaarikaayai caagneyyaaM mahaakauzikam agnaye / (durgaapuujaavrata) mahaakauzikamantra see kauzikiimantra. mahaakauzikamantra garuDa puraaNa 1.134.2: oM mahaakauzikaaya namaH / oM huuM huuM prasphura lala lala kulva kulva culva culva khalla khalla mulva mulva gulva gulva tulva tulva pulla pulla dhulva dhulva dhuma dhuma dhama dhama maaraya maaraya dhaka dhaka vajnaapaya vajnaapaya vidaaraya vidaaraya kampa kampa kampaya kampaya puuraya puuraya aavezaya aavezaya oM hriiM oM hriiM haM vaM vaM huM taTa taTa mada mada hriiM oM huuM nairRtaaya namaH nirRtaye daatavyam // tantric. (durgaapuujaa) mahaakauzikamantra used at the time when blood of the killed victim is poured down on the ground. kaalikaa puraaNa 67.139cd-141ab maahiSasya tu raktasya maanuSasya tu saadhakaH /139/ anguSThaanaamikaabhyaaM tu kiMcid uddhRtya bhuutale / mahaakauzikamantreNa nikSiped balim uttamam /141/ devebhyaH puutanaadibhyo nairRtyaaM dizi puurvataH / (rudhiraadhyaaya, human sacrifice) mahaakoSThii a tiirtha in gayaa. agni puraaNa 116.16d vaziSThezaM namaskRtya tadagre piNDado bhavet / gayaanaabhau suSumNaayaaM mahaakoSThyaaM a piNDadaH /16/ mahaalakSmii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaalakSmii vaamaacaara's counterpart of lakSmii: kaalikaa puraaNa 78.209f. Kooij 1972: 30. also called dahanabharavii. mahaalakSmii worshipped in gayaa. agni puraaNa 116.21 mahaalakSmiiM praarcya gauriiM mangalaaM ca sarasvatiim / pitRRn uddhRtya svargastho bhuktabhogo 'tra zaastradhiiH /21/ (gayaayaatraavidhi) mahaalakSmii in kolhaapura. Shrinivas Ritti and Anat B. Karvirkar, eds., 2000, Inscriptions from Kolhapur District, Prasaranga, Kannada University, Hampi, pp. lx-lxii. (Y. Yokochi, 2004, The Rise of the Warrior Goddess in Ancient India: A Study of the Myth Cycle of kauzikii-vindhyavaasinii in the skandapuraaNa, PhD thesis, University of Groningen, p. 112, n. 87.) mahaalakSmii in kolhaapura. padma puraaNa 6.186.1-15ab. 1ab asti kolhaapuraM naama nagaraM dakSiNaathe / .. 2ab parazakteH paraM piiThaM sarvadevaniSevitam / .. 3cd aaste rudragayaa yatra vizaalaM lokavizrutam / ... 14-15ab utkaNThitamanaa draSTuM mahaalakSmiiM surezvariim / maNikuNDe kRtasnaanaH saMpannapitRtarpaNaH /14/ mahaalakSmiiM mahaamaayaaM natvaa tuSTaava bhaktitaH / Then follows the stotra of mahaalakSmii 15cd-32. In the giitaamaahaatmya, dvaadazaadhyaaya. mahaalakSmii in kolaagirya. kubjikaamatatantra 22.25 agnikena samopetaaM daNDahastaaM nagaukasaam / kolaagirye mahaalakSmiiM naumi lakSmiivivarhaniim /25/ mahaalakSmii in kollagirii. vajraDaakamahaatantraraaja 18.12-13 kollagiryaaM mahaalakSmii karaalaayonisaMbhavaa / karaalaruupaa sthitaa devii vikRtaa caatibhiiSaNaa /12/ tasmin nagare sthitaa cograa parvataagrasamaazritaa / agnimukheti vikhyaataH kSetrapaalo varaananaH /13/ mahaalakSmiipuujaa txt. deviibhaagavata puraaNa 9.42. mahaalakSmiivrata bhaadrapada, zukla, aSTamii, for sixteen years. txt. and vidhi. deviibhaagavata puraaNa 9.38.83-84ab zuklaaSTamyaaM bhaadrapade mahaalakSmyaa yathaavratam dvyaSTavarSaM vrataM caiva / pratyaadeyaM zucismite /83/ karoti bhaktyaa yaa naarii saa yaati ca vibhoH padam / (tithivrata) (saavitryaakhyaana, deviiprazaMsaa, deviibhakti) mahaalakSmiivrata txt. naarada puraaNa 1.117.53-74ab. bhaadrapada, zukla, aSTamii, jyeSThaa nakSatra. (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahaalakSmiivrata contente. naarada puraaNa 1.117.53-74ab: (bhaadrapada, zukla, aSTamii), 53 when conjoined with the jyeSThaa nakSatra, it is named jyeSThaaSTamii, 54 from this day onwards for sixteen days the mahaalakSmiivrata, 55-56a saMkalpa, 56 he binds a Doraka on his right arm, 57 he worships mahaalakSmii up to the kRSNa aSTamii and begins the udyaapana, 58 he prepares a vastramaNDapikaa on the sarvatobhadramaNDala, he sets a kalaza and lights a lamp, 59ab he takes off the Doraka from his arm and puts it under the kalaza, 59cd he sets up four golden images of lakSmii, 60 snapana with water containing pancaamRta and puujaa with sixteen upacaaras, 61ab jaagaraNa, 61cd-62 when the moon rises in the night he gives arghya to the moon and bandhana to mahaalakSmii staying in the moon, 63-66ab mantras, 66bd-67a striibhojana of zrotriyayoSits, 67-69ab homa of various items, 69cd-71 dakSiNaa, 72ac braahmaNabhojana and kumaariibhojana, 72d visarjana, 73ab feast, 73cd-74ab effects. mahaalakSmiivrata vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.117.53-74ab (53-62) (zuklaaSTamyaaM nabhasya kuryaad raadhaavrataM naraH / ... /41/) yadaa jyeSTharkSasaMyuktaa bhavec caivaaSTamii dvija / jyeSThaa naamnii tu saa jneyaa puujitaa paapanaazinii /53/ athainaaM tu samaarabhya vrataM SoDazavaasaram / mahaalakSmyaaH samuddiSTaM sarvasaMpadvivardhanam /54/ kariSye 'haM mahaalakSmiivrataM te tvatparaayaNaH / tad avighnena me yaatu samaaptiM tvatprasaadataH /55/ ity uccaarya tato baddhvaa DorakaM dakSiNe kare / SoDazagranthisahitaM guNaiH SoDazabhir yutam /56/ tato 'nvahaM mahaalakSmiiM gandhaadyair arcayed vratii / yaavat kRSNaaSTamii tatra cared udyaapanaM sudhiiH /57/ vastramaNDapikaaM kRtvaa sarvatobhadramaNDale / kalazaM supratiSThaapya diipam uddyotayet tataH /58/ uttaarya DorakaM baahoH kumbhasyaadho nivedayet(>nivezayet??) / catasraH pratimaaH kRtvaa sauvarNiiMs tatsvaruupiNiiH /59/ snapanaM kaarayet taasaaM jalaiH pancaamRtais tathaa / upacaaraiH SoDazabhiH puujayitvaa vidhaanataH /60/ jaagaras tatra kartavyo giitavaaditraniHsvanaiH / tato niziithe saMpraapte 'bhyudite 'mRtadiidhitau /61/ datvaarghyaM bandhanaM dravyaiH zriikhaNDaadyair vidhaanataH / candramaNDalasaMsthaayai mahaalakSmyai pradaapayet /62/ mahaalakSmiivrata vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.117.53-74ab (63-74ab) kSiirodaarNavasaMbhuuta mahaalakSmiisahodara / piiyuuSadhaama rohiNyaaH sahito 'rghyaM gRhaaNa me /63/ kSiirodaarNavasaMbhuute kamale kamalaalaye / viSNuvakSasthalasthe me sarvakaamapradaa bhava /64/ ekanaathe jagannaathe jamadagnipriye 'vyaye / reNuke traahi maaM devi raamamaataH zivaM kuru /65/ mantrair etair mahaalakSmiiM praarthya zrotriyayoSitaH / samyak saMpuujya taaH samyag gandhayaavakakajjalaiH /66/ saMbhojya juhuyaad agnau bilvapadmakapaayasaiH / tadalaabhe ghRtair vipragRhebhyaH samidhas tilaan /67/ mRtyuMjayaaya ca paraM sarvarogaprazaantaye / candanaM taalapatraM ca puSpamaalaaM tathaakSataan /68/ duurvaaM kausumbhasuutraM ca yugaM zriiphalam eva vaa / bhakSyaaNi ca nave zuurpe pratidravyaM tu SoDaza /69/ samaacchaadyaanyazuurpeNa vratii dadyaat samantrakam / kSiirodaarNavasaMbhuutaa lakSmiiz candrasahodaraa /70/ vratenaanena saMtuSTaa bhavataad viSNuvallabhaa / catasraH pratimaas taas tu zrotriyebhyaH samarpayet /71/ tatas tu caturo vipraan SoDazaapi suvaasiniiH / miSTaannenaazayitvaa tu visRjet taaH sadakSiNaaH /72/ samaaptiniyamaH pazcaad bhunjiiteSTaiH samanvitaH / etad vrataM mahaalakSmyaaH kRtvaa vipra vidhaanataH /73/ bhuktveSTaan aihikaan kaamaaMl lakSmiiloke vasec ciraM / mahaalaya a tiirtha recommended for the zraaddha. viSNusmRti 85.18 mahaalaye. mahaalaya a tiirtha. mbh 3.82.49 SaSThakaalopavaasena maasam uSya mahaalaye / sarvapaapavizuddhaatmaa vindyaad bahu suvarNakam /49/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) mahaalaya a tiirtha of ziva/maahezvara. padma puraaNa 3.32.18cd-20 SaSThakaalopavaasena maasam uSya mahaalaye /18/ tiirNas taarayate juntuun dazapuurvaan dazaaparan / dRSTvaa maahezvaraM puNyaM paraM suranamaskRtam /19/ kRtaarthaH sarvakRtyeSu na zocen maraNaM kva cit / sarvapaapavizuddhaatmaa vindyaad bahu suvarNakam /20/ (tiirthayaatraa) mahaalaya a tiirtha in vaaraaNasii. padma puraaNa 3.37.16b kokilaakhyaM mahaatiirthaM tiirthaM caiva mahaalayam / hiraNyagarbhaM goprekSaM tiirthaM caivam anuttamam /16/ (vaaraaNasiimaahaatmya) mahaalaya a tiirtha recommended for the zraaddha. skanda puraaNa 5.1.58.35ab evaM yaH kurute zraaddhaM tiirthe caiva vizeSataH / tato 'dhikataraa proktaa tRptir vyaasa kSaye 'hani /34/ vRddhizraaddhe tathaa proktaa mahaalaye zataadhikaa / tato dazaguNaa proktaa prayaage dvijasattama /35/ (zraaddha) mahaalaya see kanyaagata suurya. mahaalaya definition. skanda puraaNa 5.1.59.14 kanyaasthe ca divaanaathe hastanakSatrasaMyute / mahaalayeti tat proktaM pitRRNaaM dattam akSayam /14/ In the gayaamaahaatmya. mahaalayazraaddha see zraaddhapakSa. mahaalayazraaddha Kane 4: 530-533. mahaalayazraaddha AzvGS 2,5,9 etena maaghyaavarSaM proSThapadyaa aparapakSe. mahaalayazraaddha skanda puraaNa 3.1.36. In the dhanuSkoTitiirthamaahaatmya taught by dattaatreya to a braahmaNa named duraacaara. mahaalayezvaralingamaahaatmya skanda puraaNa 5.2.24. The 24. of the caturaziitilingas. mahaalinga a group of the fourteen lingas in kaazii: oMkaara, trilocana, mahaadeva, kRttivaasas, ratneza, candrezvara, kedaara, dharmeza, viirezvara, kaameza, vizvakarmezvara, maNikarNiiza, avimukta, vizvezvara. skanda puraaNa, 4.73.32-36. In skanda puraaNa 4.73.45-48 there is another mahalinga. Kane 4: 640. mahaalokaa see mahotsaahaa. mahaalokaa one form of kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 62.80cd-82ab devyaaz caapi narazreSTha panca ruupaaNi bhairava /80/ zRNu vetaala guhyaani devair api sadaiva hi / kaamaakhyaa tripuraa caiva tathaa kaamezvarii zivaa / zaaradaatha mahaalokaa kaamaruupaguNair yutaa. mahaamaaghii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaamaaghii maagha, aSTamii(?); a day recommended for snaana in trisrotaa, a river in kaamaruupa. kaalikaa puraaNa 77.12cd-13 dvaaparasya tu yaa gangaa trisrotaakhyaa saridvaraa /12/ himavatprabhavaa zuddhacandrabimbaad vinirgataa / yasyaaM snaatvaa mahaamaaghyaaM maatRyonau na jaayate /12/ (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) mahaamaaghii maagha, aSTamii(?); a day recommended for snaana in navatoyaa, a river in kaamaruupa. kaalikaa puraaNa 77.16cd-18 navatoyaa naama nadii tataH puurvasthitaa puraa /16/ navaM navaM navaM nityaM kurvantii saa punaati hi / navatoyaa tataH proktaa himavatprabhavaiva saa /17/ tasyaaM snaatvaa mahaamaaghyaaM naro gacchati devataam / saMpuurNaM maaghamaasaM tu snaatvaa viSNugRhaM vrajet /18/ (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) mahaamaaghii especially meritorious in prayaaga. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.128cd zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaamaaMsa see human flesh. mahaamaaMsa see human sacrifice. mahaamaaMsa see mahaapazu. mahaamaaMsa a havis. garuDa puraaNa 1.38.9ab aSTottarapadaanaaM hi maalaa mantramayii japaH / ekaikapadam asTasahasradhaa trimadhuraaktatilaaSTasahasrahomaH /8/ mahaamaaMsena trimadhuraaktena aSTottarasahasraM ca ekaikaM ca padaM yajet / (durgaapuujaa) mahaamaaMsa a havis. garuDa puraaNa 1.38.10ab tilaaMs trimadhuraaktaaMz ca sahasraM caaSTa homayet /9/ mahaamaaMsaM trimadhuraad atha vaa sarvakarmakRt / (durgaapuujaa) mahaamaaMsa a naivedya. kaalikaa puraaNa 61.14cd aSTamyaaM rudhiraiz caiva mahaamaaMsaiH sugandhibhiH / puujayed bahujaatiiyair balibhir bhojanaiH zivaam / (durgaapuujaa mahaamaaMsa padma puraaNa 6.14.71 maam aasaadyaadya bhartaaraM ciraM jiivaakutobhayaa / pibaatha vaaruNiiM svaadviiM mahaamaaMsasamanvitaam / (jaalaMdhara-upaakhyaana) mahaamaaMsa a havis. viiNaazikhatantra 162 gRhiitvaa tu mahaamaaMsaM dadhimadhvaajyasaMyutam / aahutyaSTasahasreNa sadyotkarSaNam uttamam // mahaamaaMsa cf. a havis. viiNaazikhatantra 189cd-190ab tyaktena naramaaMsena chaagasya pizitena vaa /189/ lakSamaatrahutenaazu yad iSTaM tad avaapnuyaat / mahaamaaMsa cf. a havis, in an aakarSaNa of a preta by pouring paayasa into the mouth of a corpse: a preta appears and allows raajya, zakranaaza and paadaleparasaayana. viiNaazikhatantra 190cd-193 kRSNaagopayasaa saardhaM nRmaaMsaM taNDulaanvitam / paayasaM zavavaktre tu juhuyaat taav atandritaH / yaavad uttiSThate pretaH kiM karomiiti so 'braviit /191/ maargitavyaM yad iSTaM tu labhaniiyaM yazasvini / guDikaancanapaaduuM ca khanyaM vaa raajyam eva ca /192/ vidhaanaM zakranaazaM ca paadaleparasaayanam / eteSaaM praarthitaM caikam dattvaagacchati naanyathaa /193/ mahaamaaMsa susiddhikara suutra, Giebel's tr., p. 324, n. 109: Tibetan sha chen = Sanskrit mahaamaaMsa: human flesh (literally, "great flesh"). Because of the similarities between the characters for "dog" (ch'uan) and "great" (ta), it is possible that the Chinese ch'uan-jou, "dog's flesh," is a scribal or typographical error for ta-jou, "great flesh," but it is more likely to have been a deliberate mistranslation in deference to Chinese sensibilities. Likewise in Chapter 15 "dog's flesh or pig's flesh" corresponds to the Tibetan sha chen la sogs pa, "great flesh and so forth," and in Chapter 11 "the fat of dog's flesh" corresponds to the Tibetan tshil chen gyi snum, "oil of great fat" (i.e. human fat). mahaamaargaziirSii* see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaamaargaziirSii* especially meritorious in ayodhyaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.129a zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaamaarii kaalikaa puraaNa 67.151 svayaM sa vairii yo dveSTi tam imaM pazuruupiNam / vinaazaya mahaamaarii spheM spheM khaadaya khaadaya /151/ In a mantra which is used in the zatrubali. mahaamaatR eight mahaamaatRs of the maatRcakra; khecarii, aatmii, zazinii, vahni, calanii, bhaanumatii, mahimaa and sukRtaalayaa (kubjikaamata tantra 15.6-7) represent the five elements, the sun, the moon, and the aatman; they form the components of the aSTamuurtis. (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of Five cakras, pp. 94-95.) mahaamaayaa a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaamaayaa bibl. T. Goudriaan, 1978, mayaa divine and human, 3.3 (pp. 134-141), viSNu's mahaamaayaa in Bali, 3.4 some explicatory notes on the mahaamaayaa fragment (pp. 141-154). mahaamaayaa bibl. Masahide Mori, 1992, "mahaamaayaa no jojuho," Mikkyozuzo 11, pp. 23-43. mahaamaayaa bibl. Sylvia Stapelfeldt, 2001, kaamaakhyaa-satii-maahaatmyaa: Konzeptionen der Grossen Goettin im kaalikaapuraaNa, Frankfurt am Main, Peter Lang. mahaamaayaa bibl. I. Keul, 2004, "Mahamaya und die yoginis," in H. Piegler, I. Prohl, and S. Rademacher, eds., Gelebte Religionen: Untersuchungen zur sozialen Gestalgungskraft relioeser Vorstellungen und Praktiken in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Wuerzburg: Koenigs-hausen und Neumann, pp. 151-163. mahaamaayaa txt. devii puraaNa 80. powers of mahaamaayaa. (R.C. Hazra, 1963, upapuraaNa, II, p. 58.) mahaamaayaa description and maahaatmya, txt. kaalikaa puraaNa 7. Hazra, UpapuraaNa, II, p. 198. mahaamaayaa description of mahaamaayaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 53.24-35 tatrasthitaaM mahaamaayaaM dhyaayed ekaagramaanasaH / zoNapadmapratiikaazaaM muktamuurdhajalambiniiM /24/ calatkaancanaam aaruhya kuNDalojjvalazaaliniim / suvarNaratnasaMpannakiriiTadvayadhaariNiim /25/ zuklakRSNaaruNair netrais tribhiz caaruvibhuuSitaam / saMdhyaacandrasamaprakhyakapolaaM lolalocanaam /26/ vipakvadaaDimiibiijadantaaM subhruuyogojjvalaam / bandhuukadantavasanaaM ziriiSaprabhanaasikaam /27/ kambugriivaaM vizaalaakSiiM suuryakoTisamaprabhaam / caturbhujaaM vivasanaaM piinonnatapayodharaam /28/ dakSiNordhvena nistriMzatpareNa siddhasuutrakam / bibhratiiM vaamahastaabhyaam abhiitivaradaayiniim /29/ nimnanaabhikramaayaataaM kSiiNamadhyaaM manoharaam / aanamannaagapaazoruuM guptagulphaaM supaarSNikaam /30/ baddhaparyankasaMkalpaaM niviiraasanaraajitaam / gaatreNa ratnasaMsthambhaM samyag aalambya samsthitaam /31/ kim icchasiiti vacanaM vyaaharantiiM muhur muhuH / pancaananaM puraHsaMsthaM niriikSantiiM suvaahanam /32/ muktaavaliisvarNaratnahaarakankaNaadibhiH / sarvair alamkaaragaNair ujjvalaaM sasmitaananaam /33/ suuryakoTipratiikaazaaM sarvalakSaNasaMyutaam / navayauvanasaMpannaaM tathaa sarvaangasundariim /34/ iidRziim ambikaaM dhyaatvaa namaH phaD iti mastake / svakiiye prathamaM dadyaat saaham eva vicintya ca /35/ (mahaamaayaakalpa) mahaamaayaa result of the puujaa of mahaamaayaa in kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 58.44cd-47 kaamaakhyaayaaM mahaamaayaapuujaaM yaH kRtavaan sakRt /44/ sa ceha labhate kaamaan paratra zivaruupataam / na tasya sadRzo 'nyo 'sti kRtyam tasya na vidyate /45/ vaanchitaartham avaapyeha ciraayur abhijaayate / vaayor iva gatis tasya bhaved anyair abaadhitaa /46/ saMgraame zaastravaade vaa durjayaH sa ca jaayate / vaiSNaviitantramantreNa kaamaakhyaayonimaNDale / sakRt tu puujanaM kRtvaa phalaM zataguNaM labhet /47/ mahaamaayaa as the muulamuurti of other deviis. kaalikaa puraaNa 58.48-51muulamuurtir mahaamaayaa yoganidraa jaganmayii / tasyaas tu vaiSNaviitantraM mantraM praak pratipaaditam /48/ anyaa yaa muurtayaH proktaaH zailaputryaadayo 'paraaH / tasyaa eva vibhaagaas taas tacchariiravinirgataaH /49/ niHsaranti yathaa nityaM suuryabimbaan mariicayaH / devyaas tathogracaNDaadyaa mahaamaahaazariirataH /50/ taasaam evaangaruupaaNi vaktavyaani mayaa tava / ekaiva tu mahaamaayaa kaartyaarthaM bhinnataaM gataa /51/ mahaamaayaa she takes up a form of kaamaakhyaa to enjoy love. kaalikaa puraaNa 58.52-58 kaamaakhyaa tu mahaamaayaa muulamuurtiH pragiiyate / piiThair bhinnaahvayaa saa tu mahaamaayaa pragiiyate /52/ eka eva yathaa viSNur nityatvaad hi sanaatanaH / janaanaam ardanaat so 'pi janaardana iti zrutaH /53/ tathaiva saa mahaamaayaa kaamaarthaM saMgataa girau / kaamaakhyeti sadaa devair gadyate satataM naraiH /54/ yathaa hi puruSaH ko 'pi cchatrii cchatragrahaad bhavet / snaapakaH snaanakaale vai kaamaakhyaapi tathaahvayaa /55/ mahaamaayaazariiraM tu kaamaarthaM samupasthitam / lohitaiH kunkumaiH piitam kaamaartham upayojitaiH /56/ khaDgaM tyaktvaa kaamakaale saa gRhNaati srajaM svayam / yadaa tu tyaktakaamaa saa tadaa syaad asidhaariNii /57/ kaamakaale zivaprete nyastalohitapankaje / ramate tyaktakaamaa tu sitapretoparisthitaa /58/ mahaamaayaa her three vaahanas: a white corpse, a lion and a red lotus flower, they are ziva, viSNu and brahmaa respectively. kaalikaa puraaNa 58.59-70 tathaivetas tato gatyaa siMhasthaa kaamadaa bhavet / kadaacit saa sitaprete kadaacid raktapankaje /59/ kadaacit kezariipRSThe ramate kaamaruupiNii / yadaa lohitapadmasthaa tathaagre kezarii caraH /60/ yadaa pretagataa devii tadaagre 'nyaM niriikSate / mahaamaayaasvaruupeNa yadaa saa varadaa bhavet /61/ puujaakaale tadaa pretapadmasiMhopari sthitaa / raktapadme yadaa dhyaayet tadaagre cintayed dharim /62/ yadaa dhyaayed dharau caanyadvayam agre vicintayet / triSu dhyaateSu yugapat pretapadmaharau kramaat /63/ sthiteSu kaamadaa devii teSu dhyaayeta kaamadaam / ekaikaisminn api tathaa yathaavac chintayec chivaam /64/ ekaa samastaa jagataaM prakRtiH saa yatas tataH / viSNubrahmazivair devair dhriyate saa jaganmayii /65/ sitapreto mahaadevo brahmaa lohitapankajam / harir haris tu vijneyo vaahanaani mahaujasaH /66/ svamuurtyaa vaahanatvaM tu teSaaM yasmaan na yujyate / tasmaan muurtyantaraM kRtvaa vaahanatvaM gataas trayaH /67/ yasmin yasmin mahaamaayaa priiNaati satataM zivaa / tena tenaiva ruupeNa aasanaany abhavaMs trayaH /68/ siMhopari sthitaM padmaM raktaM tasyordhvagaH zivaH / tasyopari mahaamaayaa varadaabhayadaayinii /69/ evaM ruupeNa yo dhyaatvaa puujayet satataM zivaam / brahmaviSNuzivaas tena puujitaaH syur asaMzayam /70/ mahaamaayaa kaalikaa puraaNa 75. mahaamaayaa is the source of the universe and tripuraa and other goddesses are her vibhuutis. (B.N. Shastri, 1991, Intro. to the kaapikaapuraaNa, p. 134.) mahaamaayaa worshipped after bathing in bharavii river. kaalikaa puraaNa 78.37ab himavannikaTe zailo vibhraaTaH sa mahaadyutiH / yasmin vasati bhuuteSaH sadaa bhairavaruupadhRk /34/ tasmaat tu bhairavii naama nadii puNyodakaa zubhaa / praaG maanasaad yaa sravati gangeva phaladaayinii /35/ yasyaaM vasantasamaye snaatvaa gacchati vai divam / yasyaaM saMpuujya kaamaakhyaam iSTaM jnaanam avaapnuyaat /36/ saMpuujyaatha mahaamaayaaM dviguNaM praapnuyaat phalam / (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) mahaamaayaa txt. skanda puraaNa maanasa kh. 53,4. (maanasa kh.??) mahaamaayaa in ujjainii. kubjikaamatatantra 22.27 azvatthasthaaM mahaamaayaam ujjainyaaM paazadhaariNiim / mahaakaalasamopetaaM naumi zatruvinaazaniim /27/ mahaamaayaa skanda puraaNa 5.1.20.15cd-16ab yaH pazyet parayaa bhaktyaa mahaamaayaaM sanaataniim /15/ viSNumaayaavinirmuktaH sa yaati paramaM padam / (avantiikSetramaahaatmya, caturdazatiirthayaatraa) mahaamaayaakalpa see vaiSNaviimantra. mahaamaayaakalpa it is also called vaiSNaviitantra. see vaiSNaviitantra. mahaamaayaakalpa txt. kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57. (B.N. Shastri, 1991, Intro. to the kaalikaa puraaNa, pp. 119-121.) mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (52.10-17ab) zRNu mantraM pravakSyaami guhyaad guhyatamaM param / aSTaakSaraM tu vaiSNavyaa mahaamaahaamahotsavam /10/ asya zriivaiSNaviimantrasya naarada RSiH zambhur devataa / anuSTup chandaH sarvaarthasaadhane viniyogaH /11/ haantaantayurvo raantaz ca naanto Naantas tathaiva ca / kaikaadazaaSTaadiSaSThaH khaanto viSNupuraHsaraH /12/ ebhir aSTaakSarair mantraM zoNapatrasamaprabham / oMkaaraM puurvataH kRtvaa japyaM sarvais tu saadhakaiH /13/ mahaamantram idaM guhyaM vaiSNaviimantrasaMjnakam / mantraM kalevaragataM tasmaad angaM prakiirtitam /14/ mahaadevasyordhvamukhaM biijam etat prakiirtitam / oMkaaraakSarabiijaM ca yakaaraH zaktir ucyate /15/ sabiijaM kathitaM mantraM kalpaM ca zRNu bhairava / tiirthe nadyaaM devakhaate gartaprasravaNaadike /16/ parakiiyetare toye snaanaM puurvaM samaacaret / mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (52.17cd-27) aacaantaH zucitaaM praaptaH kRtaasanaparigrahaH /17/ uttaraabhimukho sthaNDilaM maarjayet tataH / kareNaanena mantreNa yuuM sahaH kSityaa iti svayam /18/ oM hriiM sa iti mantreNa aazaapuuraNakena ca / toyair abhyukSayet sthaanaM bhuutaanaam apasaaraNe /19/ tataH savyena hastena gRhiitvaa sthaNDilaM zuciH / mantraM likhet suvarNena yaajnikena kuzena vaa /20/ oM vaiSNavyai namaH iti mantraraajam athaapi vaa / tatas trimaNDalaM kuryaat tenaiva samarekhayaa /21/ nityaasu na hi puujaasu rajobhir maNDalaM likhet / purazcaraNakaaryeSu tatkaamyeSu prayojayet / 22/ rekhaam udiicyaaM prathamaM pazcime tadanantaram / dakSiNe tu tataH pazcaat puurvabhaage tu zeSataH /23/varNaanaaM ca sahadvaarair evam eva kramo bhavet / oM hriiM zriiM sa iti mantreNa maNDalaM puujayet tataH /24/ hastena maNDalaM kRtvaa kuryaad digbandhanaM tataH / aazaabandhanamantreNa puurvoktena yathaakramam /25/ phaDantenaatmanaapy atra kareNaiva nibandhayet / yavaanaaM maNDalair ekam angulaM caaSTabhir bhavet /26/ adiirghayojitair hastais tais caturviMzatir angulaiH / tatpramaaNena hastena hastaikaM tasya maNDalam /27/ mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (52.28-30) padmaM vitastimaatraM syaat karNikaaraM tadardhakam / dalaany anyonyasaktaani hy aayataani niyojayet /28/ na nyuunaadhikabhaagaani sabahirveSTitaani ca / madhyabhaage nyased dvaaraM na nyuune naadhike tathaa / subaddhaM maNDalaM tac ca raktavarNaM vicintayet /29/ ito 'nyathaa maNDalam ugram asyaaH karoti yo lakSaNabhaagahiinam / phalaM na caapnoti na kaamam iSTaM tasmaad idaM maNDalam atra lekhyam /30/ mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (53.1-14ab) tato lam iti mantreNa arghapaatrasya maNDalam / catuSkoNaM vidhaayaazu dvaarapadmavivarjitam /1/ oM hriiM zriim iti mantreNa arghapaatraM tu maNDale / vinyaset prathamaM tatra puujayitvaa samidhyati /2/ oM hriiM hraum iti mantreNa gandhapuSpe tathaa jalam / arghapaatre kSipet tatra maNDalaM vinyaset tataH /3/ puurvavan maNDalaM kRtvaa arghapaatre tato jalaiH / tribhaagaiH puurayet paatraM puSpaM tatra viniHkSipet /4/ tato hriim iti mantreNa aasanaM puujayet svakam / tataH kSaum iti mantreNa aatmaanaM puujayed budhaH /5/ gandhaiH puSpaiH zirodeze tataH puujaaM samaacaret / oM hriiM sa iti mantreNa puSpaM hastatalasthitam / saMmRjya savyahastena ghraatvaa vaamakareNa tu / aizaanyaaM nikSeped etat puurvamantreNa kovidaH /7/ raktaM puSpaM gRhiitvaa tu karaabhyaaM paaNikacchapam / baddhvaa kuryaat tataH pazcaad dahanaplavanaadikam /8/ vaamahastasya tarjanyaaM dakSiNasya kaniSThikaam / tathaa dakSiNatarjanyaaM vaamaanguSThaM niyojayet /9/ unnataM dakSiNaanguSThaM vaamasya madhyamaadikaaH / anguliir yojayet pRSThe dakSiNasya karasya ca /10/ vaamasya pitRtiithena madhyamaanaamike tathaa / adhomukhe tu te kuryaad dakSiNasya karasya ca /11/ kuurmapRSThasamaM pRSThaM kuryaad dakSiNahastataH / evaM baddhaH sarvasiddhiM dadaati paaNikacchapaH /12/ kuryaat tad dhRdayaasannaM nimiilya nayanadvayam / samaM kaayazirogriivaM kRtvaa sthiramanaa budhaH /13/ dhyaanaM samaarabhed devyaaH daahaplavanapuurvakam / mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (53.14cd-23) agniM vaayau vinikSipya vaayuM toye jalaM hRdi /14/ hRdayaM nizcale dattvaa aakaaze nikSipet svanam / oM huuM phaD iti mantreNa bhittvaa randhraM tu mastake /15/ zabdena sahitaM jiivam aakaaze sthaapayet tataH / vaayvagniyamazakraaNaaM biijena varuNasya ca /16/ paraasthaanaparaazcaitaiH saardhacandraiH sabindukaiH / zoSaM daahaM tathocchaadaM piiyuuSaasevanaM param /17/ yathaakrameNa kartavyaM cintaamaatraM vizuddhaye / tatas tu deviibiijena aNuM jaambuunadaakRtim /18/ tatraasaadya dvidhaa kuryaat aiM hriiM zriim iti mantrakaaH / taduurdhvabhaageSu hRdlokaM svargaM ca khaM tathaa /19/ niSpaadya zeSabhaagena bhuvaM paataalavaariNi / cintayet tatra sarvaaNi saptadviipaaM ca mediniim /20/ tat teSu saagaraaMs taaMs tu svarNadviipaM vicintayet / tanmadhye ratnaparyankaM ratnamaNDapasaMsthitam /21/ aakaazagangaatoyodhaiH sadaiva sevitaM zubham / tatparyanke raktapadmaM prasannaM sarvadaazivam /22/ cintayet svarNamaanaankaM saptapaataalanaalakam / aabrahmabhuvanasparzi suvarNaacalakarNika /23/ mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (53.24-35) tatrasthitaaM mahaamaayaaM dhyaayed ekaagramaanasaH / zoNapadmapratiikaazaaM muktamuurdhajalambiniiM /24/ calatkaancanaam aaruhya kuNDalojjvalazaaliniim / suvarNaratnasaMpannakiriiTadvayadhaariNiim /25/ zuklakRSNaaruNair netrais tribhiz caaruvibhuuSitaam / saMdhyaacandrasamaprakhyakapolaaM lolalocanaam /26/ vipakvadaaDimiibiijadantaaM subhruuyogojjvalaam / bandhuukadantavasanaaM ziriiSaprabhanaasikaam /27/ kambugriivaaM vizaalaakSiiM suuryakoTisamaprabhaam / caturbhujaaM vivasanaaM piinonnatapayodharaam /28/ dakSiNordhvena nistriMzatpareNa siddhasuutrakam / bibhratiiM vaamahastaabhyaam abhiitivaradaayiniim /29/ nimnanaabhikramaayaataaM kSiiNamadhyaaM manoharaam / aanamannaagapaazoruuM guptagulphaaM supaarSNikaam /30/ baddhaparyankasaMkalpaaM niviiraasanaraajitaam / gaatreNa ratnasaMsthambhaM samyag aalambya samsthitaam /31/ kim icchasiiti vacanaM vyaaharantiiM muhur muhuH / pancaananaM puraHsaMsthaM niriikSantiiM suvaahanam /32/ muktaavaliisvarNaratnahaarakankaNaadibhiH / sarvair alamkaaragaNair ujjvalaaM sasmitaananaam /33/ suuryakoTipratiikaazaaM sarvalakSaNasaMyutaam / navayauvanasaMpannaaM tathaa sarvaangasundariim /34/ iidRziim ambikaaM dhyaatvaa namaH phaD iti mastake / svakiiye prathamaM dadyaat saaham eva vicintya ca /35/ mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (53.36-40) anganyaasakaranyaasau tataH kuryaat krameNa ca / ebhir mantraiH svaraiH saha sRmiisuumaiH kramaanvitaiH /36/ oM kSauM caite sapraNavaaM raktavarNaaM manoharaam / anguSThaadikaniSThaantamantrasaMveSTanaM phaT /37/ praantena kuryaad vinyaasaM puurvaM karataladvaye / hRcchiraHzikhaakavacanetreSu kramato nyaset /38/ tatas tu muulamantrasya vaktre pRSThe tathodare / baahvor guhye paadayoz ca janghayor jaghane kramaat /39/ vinyased akSaraaNy aSTau oMkaaraM ca tathaa smaran / ebhiH prakaarair atizuddhadehaH puujaaM sadaivaarhati naanyathaa hi / zariirazuddhiM manaso nivezaM bhuutaprasaaraM kurute nRNaaM tat /40/ mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (54.1-12ab) tato 'rghapaatre tanmantram aSTadhaakRtya saMjapet / tena toyaani puSpaaNi svaM maNDalam athaasanam /1/ aazodhayet tataH pazcaat puujopakaraNaM samam / oM aiM hriiM hraum iti mantreNa zabdapraaMzuvivarjitam /2/ dvaarapaalaM tato devyaa aasanaani ca puujayet / nandibhRngimahaakaalagaNezaa dvaarapaalakaaH / uttaraadikramaat puujyaa aasanaani ca madhyataH /3/ aadhaarazaktiprabhRti hemaadyantaat prapuujayet / prasiddhaan sarvatantreSu puujaakalpeSu bhairava /4/ dazadikpaalasahitaan dharmaadharmaadikaaMs tathaa / maNDalaagnyaadikoNeSu puujayet paarzvadezataH /5/ suuryaagnisomamarutaaM maNDalaani ca padmakam / rajas tathaa tamaH sattvaM yogapiiThaM guroH padam /6/ saaraadiin bhadrapiiThaantaan saangopaangaan prapuujayet / brahmaaNDaM svarNaDimbaM ca brahmaviSNumahezvaraan /7/ sasaagaraan saptadviipaan svarNadviipaM samaNDapam / ratnapadmaM saparyankaM ratnastambhaM tathaiva ca /8/ pancaananaM maNDalasya madhye 'vazyaM prapuujayet / hriiM mantreNa tataH kuurmapRSThaM paaNyor nibadhya ca /9/ dhyaayec ca puurvavad deviim aasaadyaasanam uttamam / hRnmadhye cintayet svarNadviipaM paryankasaMbhRtam /10/ pazyann iva tato deviim ekaagramanasaa smaret / pratyakSiikRtya hRdaye maanasair upacaarakaiH /11/ SoDazaanaaM prakaarais tu hRdisthaaM puujayec chivaam / mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (54.12cd-22ab) tatas tu vaayubiijena dakSiNe ca puTena ca /12/ naasikaayaa viniHsaarya kriiM mantreNa ca bhairava / sthaapayet padmamadhye tu tad dhastaM na viyojayet /13/ kRte viyoge hastasya puSpaat tasmaac ca bhairava / gandharvaiH puujyate devii puujakair naapyate phalam /14/ aavaahanaM tataH kuryaad gaayatryaa zirasaa saha / mahaamaayaayai vidmahe tvaaM caNDikaakhyaaM dhiimahi /15/ etad uktvaa tataH pazcaad dhiyo yo naH pracodayaat / snaaniiyaM devi te tubhyaM oM hriiM zriiM nama ity ataH /16/ snaaniiyaM ca tato devyai dadyaal lakSaNalakSitam / tatas tu muulamantreNa gandhapuSpaM sadiipakam /17/ dhuupaadikaM pradadyaat tu modakaM paayasaM tathaa / sitaaM guDaM dadhi kSiiraM sarpir naanaavidhaiH phalaiH /18/ raktapuSpaM puSpamaalaaM suvarNarajataadikam / naivedyam uttamaM laangalaM modakaM sitaam /19/ zaaNDilyakarataamraakhyakuuSpaaNDaanaaM phalaani ca / hariitakiiphalaM caapi naagarangakamelakam /20/ baalapriyaM ca yad dravyaM kaserukabisaadikam / toyaM ca naarikelasya devyai deyaM prayatnataH /21/ raktaM kauzeyavastraM ca deyaM niilaM kadaapi na / mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (54.22cd-34) devyaaH priyaaNi puSpaaNi bakulaM kezaraM tathaa /22/ maadhyaM kahlaaravajraaNi karaviirakuruNTakaan / arkapuSpaM zaalmalakaM duurvaankuraM sukomalam /23/ kuzamanjarikaa darbhaa bandhuukakamale tathaa / maaluurapatraM puSpaM ca trisaMdhyaaraktaparNake /24/ sumanaaMsi priyaaNy etaany ambikaayaaz ca bhairava / bandhuukaM bakulaM maadhyaM bilvapatraaNi saMdhyakam /25/ uttamaM sarvapuSpeSu dravye paayasamodakau / maalyaM bandhuukapuSpasya zivaayai bakulasya vaa /26/ karaviirasya maadhyasya sahasraaNaaM dadaati yaH / sa kaamaan praapya caabhiiSTaan mama loke pramodate /27/ candanaM ziitalaM caiva kaaliiyakasamanvitam / anulepanamukhyaM tu devyai dadyaat prayatnataH /28/ karpuuraM kunkumaM kuurcaM mRganaabhiM sugandhikam / kaaliiyakaM sugandheSu devyaaH priitikaraM param /29/ yakSadhuupaH pratiivaahaH piNDadhuupaH sagolakaH / aguruH sindhuvaaraz ca dhuupaaH priitikaraa mataaH /30/ angaraadeSu sinduuraM devyaaH priitikaraM param / sugandhi zaalijaM caannaM madhumaaMsasamanvitam /31/ apuupaM paayasaM kSiiram annaM devyaaH prazasyate / ratnodakaM sakarpuuraM piNDiitakakumaarakau /32/ rocanaM puSpakaM devyaaH snaaniiyaM parikiirtitak / ghRtapradiipo diipeSu prazastaH parikiirtitaH /33/ puSpaanjalitrayaM dadyaad muulamantreNa zobhanam / dattvoparaan akhilaan madhye caitaaH prapuujayet /34/ mahaamaayaakalpa kaalikaa puraaNa 52-57 (54.35-46) kaamezvariiM guptadurgaaM vindhyakandaravaasiniim / koTezvariiM diirghikaakhyaaM prakaTiiM bhavanezvariim /35/ aakaazagangaaM kaamaakhyaaM yadaa dikkaravaasiniim / maatangiiM lalitaaM durgaaM bhairaviiM siddhidaaM tathaa /36/ balapramathiniiM caNDiiM caNDograaM caNDanaayikaam / ugraaM bhiimaaM zivaaM zaantaaM jayantiiM kaalikaaM tathaa /37/ mangalaam bhadrakaaliiM ca zivaaM dhaatriiM kapaaliniim / svaahaaM svadhaam aparNaaM ca pancapuSkariNiiM tathaa /38/ madaniiM sarvabhuutaanaaM manaHprotsaahakaariNiim / damaniiM sarvabhuutaanaaM catuHSaSTiM ca yoginiiH /39/ etaaH saMpuujya madhye tu mantreNaangaani puujayet / hRcchiras tu zikhaavarmanetrabaahupadaani ca /40/ muulamantraadyakSais tu tribhir aadyangapuujanam / ekaikaM vardhayet pazcaan mantraaNy angaughapuujane /41/ siddhasuutraM ca khaDgaM ca khaDgamantreNa puujayet / tato 'STapatramadhye tu puujayed aSTayoginiiH /42/ zailaputriiM caNDaghaNTaaM skandamaataram eva ca / kaalaraatriM ca puurvaadicaturdikSu prapuujayet /43/ caNDikaam atha kuuSmaaNDiiM tathaa kaatyaayaniiM zubhaam / mahaagauriiM caagnikoNe nairRtyaadiSu puujayet /44/ mahaamaayaaM kSamasveti muulamaNtreNa caaSTadhaa / puujayet padmamadhye tu balidaanaM tataH param /45/ evaM yadaa kalpavidhaanamaanaiH saMpuujyate bhairava kaamadevii / tadaa svayaM maNDalam etya deyaM gRhNaati kaamaM ca dadaati samyak /46/ mahaamaayaamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 5.1.20. mahaamaayaapratiSThaa txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.19.25-29. mahaamaayaapratiSThaa vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.19.25-29 pratimaaM bhuvaneziiM ca mahaamaayaambikaam api / kaamaakSiiM ca tato deviim indraakSiiM caaparaajitaam /25/ puurvedyuu raatrisamaye piSTakaaSTau nivedayet / aSTau nirmaaNayet pazcaad baliM caaSTau vidhaanavit /26/ parivaaragaNaiH saardhaM puujayet prayataH sudhiiH / samiiraNaM tato dadyaac chivaM suuryaM yajet punaH /27/ paayasaannaiz ca juhuyaat tridinaM lipipuujanam / kumaariipuujanaM kuryaad agnikaaryaM dinatrayam /28/ pazudaanaM ca kartavyaM vibhave sati sattamaaH / raatrau jaagaraNaM kuryaan maThotsavapuraHsaram /29/ mahaamaayaapuujaa pauSa. zukla, navamii. txt. and vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.118.28cd-29ab pauSe zuklanavamyaaM tu mahaamaayaaM prapuujayet /28/ ekabhaktaparo vipra vaajapeyaphalaaptaye / (tithivrata) mahaamaayaapuujaa of mahaamaayaa having sixteen arms, vidhi. kaalikaa puraaNa 59-61 (60.12-16) yadaa tu SoDazabhujaaM mahaamaayaaM prapuujayet / durgaatantreNa mantreNa vizeSaM tatra vai zRNu /12/ kanyaayaaM kRSNapakSasya ekaadazyaam upoSitaH / dvaadazyaam ekabhaktaM tu naktaM kuryaat pare 'hani /13/ caturdazyaaM mahaamaayaaM bodhayitvaa vidhaanataH / giitavaaditranirghoSair naanaanaivedyavedanaiH /14/ ayaacitaM budhaH kuryaad upavaasaM pare 'hani / evam eva vrataM kuryaad yaavad vai navamii bhavet /15/ jyeSThaayaaM ca samabhyarcya muulena pratipuujayet / uttareNaarcanaM kRtvaa zravanaante visarjayet /16/ mahaamaayaapuujaa of mahaamaayaa having eighteen arms, vidhi. kaalikaa puraaNa 59-61 (60.17-21) yadaa tv aSTaadazabhujaaM mahaamaayaaM prapuujayet / durgaatantreNa mantreNa tatraapi zRNu bhairava /17/ kanyaayaaM kRSNapakSasya puujayitvaardrabhe divaa / navamyaaM bodhayed deviiM giitavaaditranisvanaiH /18/ zuklapakSe caturthyaaM tu deviikezavimocanam / praatar eva tu pancamyaaM snaapayet tu zubhair jalaiH /19/ saptamyaaM patrikaapuujaa aSTamyaaM caapy upoSaNam / puujaajaagaraNaM caiva navamyaaM vidhivad baliH /20/ saMpreSaNaM dazamyaaM tu kriiDaakautukamangalaiH / niiraajanaM dazamyaaM tu balavRddhikaraM mahat /21/ mahaamaayaasaadhana saadhanamaalaa, no. 239, p. 458,9-465,17. mahaamaayaatantra bibl. Jisho Omi, 2005, "On the mahaamaayaatantra," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 54 (1), pp. (100)-(103). mahaamaayuurii bibl. Eva Allinger, 2009, "mahaamaayuurii and jaangulii as attendants of prajnaapaaramitaa: Investigation of an unusual iconographic feature based on Bihari aSTasaahasrikaa prajnaapaaramitaa manuscripts from the 11th century," in Gerd J.R. Mevissen and Arundhati Banerji, eds., prajnaadhara: Essays on Asian Art, History, Epigraphy and Culture in Nounour of Gouriswar Bhattacharya, Vol. II, New Delhi: Kaveri Books, pp. 253-260. mahaamaayuurii vidyaa muulasarvaastivaada vinaya bhaiSajyavastu [288,4-9] amale vimale nirmale mangalye hiraNye4 hiraNyagarbhe bhadre subhadre samantabhadre zriibhadre sarvaarthasaadhani paramaartha5saadhani sarvaanarthaprazamani sarvamangalyasaadhani manasi maanasi mahaa6maanasi acyute adbhute atyadbhute mukte mocani mokSaNi7 araje viraje amare amRte [amaraNi] brahme brahmasvare puurNe puurNa8manorathe mukte jiivate rakSa maaM sarvopadravebhyaH svaahaa. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii edition. Takubo Shuyo koutei, Bonbun Kujaku Myouou Kyou, Tokyo: Sankibou, 1972. LTT. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii bibl. S. Le'vy, 1915, "Le catalogue ge'ographique des yakSa dans la mahaamaayuurii," Journal Asiatique, 11 ser., pp. 19-138. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii bibl. Kaigyoku Watanabe, "Genshi teki mikkyo kyoten," Kogetsu zenshu, I, pp. 742-746. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii bibl. Shoren Ihara, 1951?, "Shojo ju to mikkyo kyoten," Chizan Gakuho 6, pp. 24-37. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii bibl. Jampa L. Panglung, 1980, "Zwei Beschwoerungsformeln gegen Schlangenbiss im muulasarvaastivaadin-vinaya und ihr Fortleben in der mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii," in Heilen und Schenken, Festschrift fuer Guenther Klinge zum 70. Geburtstag, Asiatische Forschungen 71, pp. 66-71. mahaamahaavaaruNii see mahaavaaruNii. mahaamahaavaaruNii caitra, zukla, trayodazii, zatabhiSaj, Saturday. txt. and vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.122.15 zubhayogaH zatarkSaM ca zanau kaame madhau site / mahaamahaeti vikhyaataa kulakoTivimuktidaa /15/ (tithivrata) mahaamaNDalabandha see siimaabandha. mahaamaNDalabandha amoghapaazakalparaaja 7a,1- oM amoghamaNDala bandhaya samante padmamahaapadme dhuru dhuru svaahaa // maNDalabandhagandhodakasarSapa.aSTazatajaptena maNDakasamantaa(>maNDalasamantaa?) abhiSincayet / adha urddhan(>uurdhvam?) tathaiva ca mahaamaNDalabandhaH kRto bhavati / sarvavighnavinaayakayakSaraakSasabhuutapizaaca.agatimaganayaa bhaviSyanti / ye ca ke canaaduSTasattvaa duSTadevanaagaa vaa taavat sarvaagamaniiya(1)taa bhaviSyatiiti sarvalaukikiikukaaryakumantrakusattvakukaaryaaNi parivarjitaani bhaviSyantiiti // mahaamati a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaamoha see heretics. mahaamoha the viSNudharma severely denounces the heretics (including the Buddhists), identifies the founders of the heretical faiths with with the dreadful mahaamoha born of the malevolent rite (kRtyaa) performed by the demons SaNDa and marka for the destruction of the gods. (note 305: For a summary of the relevant story contained in viSNudharma 25, see Hazra, upapuraaNa, I, pp. 128-129.) (R.C. Hazra, 1963, upapuraaNa, II, p. 152, c. n. 305.) mahaamoha vaamaacaara's counterpart of brahmaa: kaalikaa puraaNa 78.206. Kooij 1972: 30-31. in this shape brahmaa is considered to be the founder of the school of the caarvaakas or lokaayatas. mahaamoha kaalikaa puraaNa 74. B.N. Shastri, 1991, Intro. to the kaapikaapuraaNa, p. 133. ziva assumes the mahaabhairava form for enjoying maaMsa, madya and maithuna. brahmaa also assumes the form of mahaamoha and viSNu assumes the form of nRsiMha and baalagopaala. mahaamudraa kaalikaa puraaNa 66.58-59ab saMpuTaM praanjaliM vaapi yadi ziirSe pradarzayet / vandaniiyaa samaakhyaataa mudraa viSNupramodinii /58/ saiva cec chravaNaasaktaa mahaamudraa prakiirtitaa. mahaamudraa viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.33.49cd-51ab. mahaamudraa somazaMbhupaddhati, I, plate 1, no. 7. mahaamudraa gheraNDasaMhitaa 3.6-8. mahaamudraa gorakSazataka 58-63 zodhanaM naaDijaalasya caalanaM candrasuuryayoH / rasaanaaM zoSaNaM caiva mahaamudraabhidhiiyate /58/ vakSonyastahanuH pradiiDya suciraM yoniM ca vaamaanghriNaa hastaabhyaam anudhaarayan prasaritaM paadaM tathaa dakSiNam / aapuurya zvasanena kukSiyugalaM baddhvaazanair recayed eSaa vyaadhivinaazinii sumahatii mudraa nRNaaM kathyate /59/ candraangena samabhyasya suuryaangenaabhyaset punaH / yaavat tulyaa bhavet saMkhyaa tato mudraaM visarjayet /60/ na hi pathyam apathyaM vaa rasaaH sarve 'pi niirasaaH / api muktaM viSaM ghoraM piiyuuSam iva jiiryate /61/ kSayakuSThagudaavartagulmaajiirNapurogamaaH / rogaas tasya kSayaM yaanti mahaamudraaM ca yo 'bhyaset /62/ kathiteyaM mahaamudraa sarvasiddhikarii nRNaam / gopaniiya prayatnena na deyaa yasys kasya cit /63/ mahaamudraa amoghapaazakalparaaja 15a,7-15b,1] anjaliikaradvaya prasaaryan tu gujyaJ caatra prasaryo karamadhye nikuncayet / kanyasiiprasaaryas tu zaMkaliipadmaakaara hRdisthaanas tu shtaapayan / eSaa mudraa (7) mahaamudraa sarveSaaM maNDalavaasina devataam eSa mudraa pravarteta sarve tuSyanti maNDaladevataa / sarve samapraasam aayaantu sarve rakSaa kariSyanti na saMzaya iti // mahaamudropadeza edition and translation. Francis Tiso, 1991, "The Tibetan Text of tilopa's mahaamudropadeza," East and West 41, pp. 205-229. LTT. mahaanaamnii the little finger? BaudhZS 3.25 [97,2-4] athainad anguSThena ca mahaanaamnyaa copasaMgRhyaatihaaya dataH puurvaM jihvaagre nidadhaati. mahaanaamnii the little finger? BaudhZS 17.44 [325,5-6] tasmiMz cet kiM cid aapatitaM syaat tad anguSThena ca mahaanaamnyaa copasaMgRhyemaaM dizaM nirasyati. = BodhGS 1.2.39. In the madhuparka. mahaanaamnii the little finger? BodhGS 1.2.36 tasmiMz cit kiM cid aapatitaM syaat tad anguSThena ca mahaanaamnyaa copasaMgRhya ... . (arghya) mahaanaamnii the little finger? BaudhPS 2.9.9 tasmiMz cit kiM cid aapatitaM syaat tad anguSThena ca mahaanaamnyaa copasaMgRhyemaaM dizaM nirasyati aveSTaa dandazuukaa nirastaM namucez ziraH iti /9/ mahaanaamnii Scheftelowitz. 1922. "Die mahaanaamnyas, eine dem Rgveda-Zeitalter zugehoerige Hymne." ZII 1: 58-68. mahaanaamnii = RVKh 5.4. Its ritual. Rgvidhaana 4.126-131ab (4.25.1-2ab) mahaanaamnyaaH paraM brahma zukraM jyotiH sanaatanam / sapatnaghnyaz ca puNyaaz ca paavamaanyaH paraaH smRtaaH /126/ vRSTikaamo japec caitaa aapo hiSThaaH sanaatanaaH / mahaanaamnii a set of mantras beginning with vidaa maghavan vidaa. AA 4. Kane 4: 46, n. 107. mahaanaamnii Tokunaga, bRhaddevataa, p. L: khila 5.4, consisting of the so-called mahaanaamnii stanzas, comes after praadhvaraaNaam in our text, just as in the Kashmir Khila collection (Scheftelowitz, pp. 134-35). This khila is described as aindraM paavanam in the khilaanukramaNii (Apokryphen, p. 131). Our author seems to have treated the mahaanaamnii stanzas as an integral part of the Rgveda, since the deity of these stanzas is described in 8.88 in the ordinary way. On the nature and the questions about these stanzas, see Keith, AA, p. 258f.; Gonda, Rgvidhaana, p. 121, note 4.51.1. mahaanaamnii AV 11.7.6 aindraagnaM paavamaanaM mahaanaamniir mahaavratam / ucchiSTe yajnasyaangaany antar garbha iva maatari // mahaanaamnii TS 5.2.11.c mahaanaamnii revatayo vizvaa aazaaH prasuuvariiH / meghyaa vidyuto vaacaH suuciibhiH zimyantu tvaa // mahaanaamnii VS 23.35 mahaanaamnyo revatyo vizvaa aazaaH prabhuuvariiH / maighiir vidyuto vaacaH suuciibhiH zamyantu tvaa // (azvamedha) mahaanaamnii KS 10.10 [136,3-4] prajaapatir vaa indraaya vajraM pratyamuncan mahaanaamniis tena vyajayata tato vai so 'bhavat. mahaanaamnii consisting of three parts. AB 4.4.1 mahaanaamniinaam upasargaan upasRjaty (1) ayaM vai lokaH prathamaa mahaanaamny antarikSaloko dvitiiyaasau lokas tRtiiyaa sarvebhyo vaa eSa lokebhyaH saMnirmito yat Solazii. mahaanaamnii AB 5.7.1 mahaanaamniiSv atra stuvate zaakvareNa saamnaa raathaMtare 'hani pancame 'hani pancamasyaahno ruupam. mahaanaamnii nirvacana. AB 5.7.2 indro vaa etaabhir mahaan aatmaanaM niramimiita tasmaan mahaanaamnyaH. mahaanaamnii utpatti. PB 13.4.1 (Caland Auswahl 247). mahaanaamnii ZB 13.5.1.10 athaato niSkevalyam / mahaanaamnyaH pRSThaM bhavanti saanuruupaaH sapragaathaah zaMsati sarve vai kaamaa mahaanaamniiSu sarve kaamaa azvamedhe sarveSaaM kaamaanaam aaptyaa indro madaaya vaavRdhe predaM brahma vRtratuuryeSv aavitheti panktiiz ca SaTpadaaz ca zastvaakaahike nividaM dadhaati kLptaM maadhyandinaM savanam // mahaanaamnii utpatti. JB 3.104-109 (Caland Auswahl 245-247). mahaanaamnii nirvacana of different names of the mahaanaamnii: mahaanaamnii, zakvarii, maTvii, simaa, indraa. JB 3.111 (Caland Auswahl 248). mahaanaamnii note, when a stotra is sung on the mahaanaamnii verses, it is sung in a place where water is placed. PB 13.4 (Caland Auswahl 250). mahaanaamnii note, when a stotra is sung on the mahaanaamnii verses, it is sung in a place where water is placed. JB 3.115-116 (Caland Auswahl 249-250). mahaanaamnii note, when a stotra is sung on the mahaanaamnii verses, it is sung in a place where water is placed. DrahZS 9.1.4, 6 (Caland Auswahl 250). mahaanaamnii note, when a stotra is sung on the mahaanaamnii verses, it is sung in a place where water is placed. BaudhZS 16.4 [250,1]. (Caland Auswahl 250). mahaanaamnii in the vajra ekaaha for the abhicaara the mahaanaamnii verses are used for the SoDazisaaman. SB 3.11.6 tasya mahaanaamnyaH SoDazisaama bhavati /6/ mahaanaamnii in the ekaviMza ukthya in the azvamedha the first pRSThastotra is sung on the mahaanaamnii verses. ApZS 20.13.1 prataayata ekaviMza ukthyo mahaanaamniisaamaa /1/ mahaanaamnii TA 1.1.2 mahaanaamniir mahaamaanaaH / mahaso mahasas svaH / deviiH parjanyasuuvariiH / putravattvaaya me suta // mahaanaamnii ZankhGS 2.12.13 mahaanaamniiSv evaiSa niyamaH /13/ (vedavrata) mahaanaamnii niyama for learning the mahaanaamnii: in four months from the new moon day of aaSaaDha the veda is not to be studies, especially zakvariis. ZankhGS 6.2.1-2 uurdhvaM aaSaaDhyaaz caturo maasaan naadhiiyiita /1/ atyantaM zakvarya iti niyamaaH /2/ (vedavrata for the study of the aaraNyaka) mahaanaamnii niyama for learning the mahaanaamnii. KausGS 2.7.24-25 praagudiicyaaM dizi puNye deze udita aaditye 'nuvacanadharmeNa vaagyataayoSNiiSiNe 'nvaaha /24/ mahaanaamniiSv evaiSa niyamaH /25/ (vedavrata) mahaanaamnii a paavana. HirGZS 1.8.10 [126,13-16] upaniSado vedaadayo vedaantaaH sarvacchandaHsu13 saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe bRhadrathaMtare14 puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamad bahiSpava15maanaH kuuzmaaNDyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani. (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaanaamnii a paavana. GautDhS 19.12 upaniSado vedaantaaH sarvacchandaHsu saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe saamanii bRhadrathaMtare puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamaM bahiSpavamaanaM kuuSmaaNDaani paavamaanyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani /12/ (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaanaamnii a paavana. BaudhDhS 3.10.11 upaniSado vedaadayo vedaantaaH sarvacchandassu saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe saamanii bRhadrathaMtare puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamad bahiSpavamaanaH kuuzmaaNDyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani /11/ (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaanaamnikavrata K. Karttunen, 1989-1990, Medieval texts on the gRhya ritua of the jaiminiiya zaakhaa, Bulletin d'E'tudes Indiennes, no. 7-8: 146. mahaanaamnikavrata GobhGS 3.2.1-55 (Kane 2: 372). mahaanaamnikavrata KhadGS 2.5.22-33. (Kane 2: 372.) mahaanaamnikavrata JaimGS 1.17 [15,10-16,6]. mahaanaamnikavrata vidhi 1. GobhGS 3.2.1-46 dvaadaza mahaanaamnikaaH saMvatsaraaH /1/ nava SaT traya iti vikalpaH /2/ saMvatsaram apy eke /3/ vrataM tu bhuuyaH /4/ puurvaiz cet zrutaa mahaanaamnyaH /5/ athaapi raurukibraahmaNaM bhavati kumaaraan ha sma vai maataraH paayayamaanaa aahuH zakvariiNaaM putrakaa vrataM paarayiSNavo bhavateti /6/ taasv anusavanam udakopasparzanam /7/ naanuspRzya bhojanaM praataH /8/ saayam upaspRzyaabhojanam aa samidaadhaanaat /9/ kRSNavastraH kRSNabhakSaH /10/ aaacaaryaadhiinaH /11/ apanthadaayii /12/ tapasvii /13/ tiSThed divaasiita naktam /14/ varSati ca nopasarpec channam /15/ varSantaM bruuyaad aapaH zakvarya iti /16/ vidyotamaanaM bruuyaad evaMruupaaH khalu zakvaryo bhavantiiti /17/ stanayantaM bruuyaan mahyaa mahaan ghoSa iti /18/ na sravantiim atikraamed anupaspRzan /19/ na naavam aarohet /20/ praaNasaMzaye tuupasRzyaarohet /21/ tathaa pratyavaruhya /22/ udakasaadhavo hi mahaanaamnya iti /23/ evaM khalu carataH kaamavarSii parjanyo bhavati /24/ aniyamo vaa kRSNasthaanaasaanapanthabhakSeSu /25/ mahaanaamnikavrata vidhi 2. GobhGS 3.2.1-46 tRtiiye carite stotriiyaam anugaapayet /26/ evam itare stotriiye /27/ sarvaa vaante sarvasya /28/ upoSitaaya saMmiilitaayaanugaapayet /29/ kaMsam apaaM puurayitvaa sarvauSadhiiH kRtvaa hastaav avadhaaya pradakSiNam aacaaryo 'hatena vasanena pariNahyet /30/ pariNahanaante vaanugaapayet /31/ pariNaddho vaagyato na bhunnjiita triraatram ahoraatrau vaa /32/ api vaaraNye tiSThed aastamayaat /33/ zvobhuute 'raNye 'gnim upasamaadhaaya vyaahRtibhir hutvaathainam avekSayed agnim aajyam aadityaM braahmaNam anaDvaaham annam apo dadhiiti svar abhivyakhyaM jyotir abhivyakhyam iti /34/ evaM triH sarvaaNi /35/ zaantiM kRtvaa gurum abhivaadayate /36/ so 'sya vaagvisargaH /37/ anaDvaan kaMso vaaso vara iti dakSiNaaH /38/ prathame vikalpaH /39/ aacchaadayed gurum ity eke /40/ aindraH sthaaliipaakas tasya juhuyaad RcaM saama yajaamaha ity etayarcaa sadasaspatim adbhutam iti vobhaabhyaaM vaa /41/ anupravacaniiyeSv eva sarvatra /42/ sarvatraacaariSaM tad azakaM tenaaraatsam upaagaam iti mantravizeSaH /43/ aagneye 'ja aindre meSo gauH paavamaane parvadakSiNaa /44/ pratyetyaacaaryaM sapariSatkaM bhojayet /45/ sabrahmacaariNaz copasametaan /45/ mahaanaamnikavrata KhadGS 2.5.22-33 zakvariiNaaM dvaadaza nava SaT traya iti vikalpaaH /22/ kRSNavastraH /23/ kRSNabhakSaH /24/ aacaaryaadhiinaH /25/ tiSThed divaa /26/ aasiita naktam /27/ saMvatsaram ekeSaaM puurvaiz zrutaaz cet /28/ upoSitaaya pariNaddhaakSaayaanugaapayed yathaa maa na pradhakSyatiiti /29/ taM praatar abhiviikSayanti yaany apradhakSyanti manyante 'po 'gniM vatsam aadityam /30/ apo 'bhivyakhyam iti apo jyotir abhivyakhyam ity agniM pazuun abhivyakhyam iti vatsaM sur [sic] abhivyakhyam ity aadityaM visRjed vaacam /31/ gaur dakSiNaa /32/ kaMso vaaso rukmaz ca /33/ mahaanaamnikavrata JaimGS 1.17 [15,10-16,6] dvaadaza mahaanaamnikaaH saMvatsaraa nava SaT traya iti vikalpaaH saMvatsaram ity eke pitraa cec chrutaa mahaanaamnyaH saMvatsaraM brahmacaryaM carec chuklaikavaasaa vrataM tu bhuuyas tiSThed divaathaasiita naktaM tasya kRSNe bhojanaacchaadane bhavata ity eke zuklaM caiva paridadhyaad raagadoSaan na kRSNaM sarvaasv apsuupaspRzed abuktaaH zakvarya iti naavaa na prasnaayaat praaNasaMzaye tuupaspRzed ubhayata api vaa gaaH paayayet pazuuktaaH zakvarya iti varSaM naantardadhiita chattreNa prati varSaM niSkraamed evam asya carataH kaamavarSii parjanyo bhavati brahmacaryaanta ekaraatram upoSita araNyaM gatvaa zaivalamizraaNaam apaaM kaaMsaM puurayitvaa tam upavezya samanuparigRhya nimiilitaM tisra stotriyaa upagaayet sapuriiSaa upotthaayaacaaryo 'hatena vaasasaa mukham asya pariNahyet pradakSiNam udapaatraM dhaarayaMs tiSThed ahaHzeSaM raatrim aasiita vaagyataH zvo bhuute 'raNyaM gatvaagnim upasamaadhaaya vatsam upaanvaaniiya vaasa udveSTayed udyamya kaaMsam apo 'bhiviikSa iti viikSet svar abhiviikSa ity aadityaM jyotir abhiviikSa ity agniM pazum abhiikSa iti vatsaM sam anyaa yantiity apa prasicya vaasaH kaaMsaM vatsam ity aacaaryaayopaharet sthaaliipaakaad vizvaamitrendrau mahaanaamniiz ca yajata ity aacaaryaM sapariSaTkaM bhojayed gaur dakSiNaa. mahaanaamnayaH :: aapaH. JB 3. 114 [402,7]. mahaanaamnayaH :: ime lokaaH. JB 3. 114 [402,12]. mahaanaamnayaH :: pazavaH. JB 3.91 [393,17]. mahaanaamnayaH :: sauryaaH. JB 3.85 [390,35]. mahaanaamnayaH :: vajra. SB 3.11.7. mahaanaaraayaNa upaniSad abbreviation: MNU. mahaanaaraayaNa upaniSad bibl. Ryutaro Tsuchida, 1991, "mahaanaaraayaNa-upaniSad shuushou no kousei," Maeda Sengaku Hakase Kanreki Kinen Ronshu -- no shisou --: pp. 341-359, Tokyo: Shunjuusha. nyaasa. mahaanadii PW. 2) f. b) N. pr. verschiedener Strome. mahaanadii Apte. 2) f. N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. mahaanadii as a river ruled by Mars. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.10ab mandaakinii payoSNii mahaanadii sindhumaalatiipaaraaH / mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river. mbh 1.207.7c nandaam aparanandaaM ca kauzikiiM ca yazasviniim / mahaanadiiM gayaaM caiva gangaam api ca bhaarata /7/ (tiirthayaatraa of arjuna) mahaanadii here in agastyatiirtha agastya muni established the agastyeza/agastyezvara, after bathing in the mahaanadii they worship agastyezvara. skanda puraaNa 2.1.34.16a atraasti bhagavaan iizaH khyaato 'gastyezasaMjnayaa / sthaapito 'gastyamuninaa lokaanandavidhaayinaa /15/ snaatvaa tasyaaM mahaanadyaaM tal lingaM puujayanti ye / dazaanaam azvamedhaanaaM phalaM saMpraapnuvanti te /16/ (agastyatiirthamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river. mbh 3.82.73 mahaanadyaam upaspRzya tarpayet pitRdevataaH / akSayaan praapnuyaal lokaan kulaM caiva samuddharet /73/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma, gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river. padma puraaNa 3.38.4 mahaanadyaam upaspRzya tarpayet pitRdevataaH / akSayaan praapnuyaal lokaan kulaM caiva samuddharet /4/ (tiirthayaatraa, gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river, naarada puraaNa 2.60.31b sarayuur naakagangaa ca gaNDakii ca mahaanadii / kauzikii karatoyaa ca trisrotaa madhuvaahinii /31/ (enumeration of the eminent tiirthas) mahaanadii mentioned in the gayaamaahaatmya refers to phalgu. Kane 4: 676 n. 1531. mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. mbh 3.85.8ab mahaanadii ca tatraiva tathaa gayaziro 'nagha / yatraasau kiirtyate viprair akSayyakaraNo vaTaH / yatra dattaM pitRbhyo 'nnam akSayyaM bhavati prabho /8/ (tiirthayaatraa related by dhaumya to yudhiSThira) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. mbh 3.93.9 saro gayaziro yatra puNyaa caiva mahaanadii / RSijuSTaM supuNyaM tat tiirthaM brahmasarottamam /10/ (tiirthayaatraa of yudhiSThira) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. naarada puraaNa 2.44.83 saro gayaziro yatra puNyaa caiva mahaanadii / RSijuSTaM mahaapuNyaM tiirthaM brahmasarovaram /83/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. agni puraaNa 116.1ab gaayatryaiva mahaanadyaaM snaataH saMdhyaaM samaacaret / gaayatryaa agrataH praataH zraaddhapiNDam athaakSayam /1/ madhyaahne codyati snaatvaa giitavaadyair hy apaasya ca / saavitriipurataH saMdhyaaM piNDadaanaM ca tatpade /2/ (gayaayaatraavidhi) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.31c aindre vaa naratiirthe ca vaasave vaiSNave tathaa / mahaanadyaaM kRtazraaddho brahmalokaM nayet pitRRn /31/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.44cd-45 brahmaaraNyaM mahaanadyaaH pazcimo bhaaga ucyate /44/ puurvo brahmasado bhaago naagaadrir bharataazramaH / bharatasyaazrame zraaddhii matangasya pade bhavet /45/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.50cd-51ab mahaanadyaam upaspRzya tarpayet pitRdevataaH /50/ akSayaan praapnuyaal lokaan kulaM caapi samuddharet / (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa: snaana, tarpaNa and zraaddha. vaayu puraaNa 2.48.6-7 tato gayaapraveze ca puurvato 'sti mahaanadii / tatra toyaM samutpaaTya snaatavyaM nirmale jale /6/ devaadiiMs tarpayitvaatha zraaddhaM kRtvaa yathaavidhi / svavedazaakhaagaditam arghyaavaahanavarjitam /7/ (gayaazraaddhavidhaana) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa recommended for the zraaddha. garuDa puraaNa 1.84.5cd-6ab vaaraaNasyaaM kRtaM zraaddhaM tiirthe zoNanade tathaa /5/ punaHpunaa mahaanadyaaM zraaddhii svargaM pitRRn nayet / (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. saura puraaNa 67.19cd-21 anyatiirthaM paraM guhyaM gayaatiirtham iti smRtam /19/ yatra zaMbhor bhagavataz caranau supratiSThitau / pitRRNaam akSayaa tRptis tatra piNDapradaanataH /20/ mahaanadyaaM naraH snaatvaa rudrapaadaM spRzed yadi / zivalokam avaapnoti pitRbhiH saha modate /21/ mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river in gayaa. naarada puraaNa 2.45.4cd-6ab mahaanadiiprabhaasaatryoH saMgame snaanakRn naraH /4/ vaamadevaH svayaM bhuuyaad vaamatiirthaM tataH smRtam / praarthito 'tha mahaanadyaaM raamasnaato 'bhavad yadaa /5/ raamatiirthaM tv atra jaataM sarvalokasupaavanam / (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaanadii a tiirtha/a river. padma puraaNa 3.37.5b gayaatiirthaM paraM tiirthaM tiirthaM caiva mahaanadii / naaraayaNaparaM tiirthaM vaayutiirtham anuttamam /5/ (vaaraaNasiimaahaatmya) mahaanadiimaahaatmya bibl. Geib, indradyumna-Legende, 31-41. mahaanagnaa see mangala. mahaanagnaa an auspicious thing to be shown in the avaantaradiikSaa. BharGS 3.6 [74,1-5] zvo bhuute khile 'chadirdarze 'gnim upasamaadhaaya saMparistiiryaathaasya SaTtayam abhividarzayati saptatayam ity eke 'gnim aadityam udakumbham azmaanaM vatsaM mahaanagnaaM hiraNyaM saptamam api vaaditas triiNy abhividarzayati. mahaanagnii in the aahanasyaa suukta of the kuntaapa, who is meant by this? P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 78. mahaanaivedya AzvGPZ 4.5 [177,11] akSatagandhapuSpadhuupadiipaaSTakamahaanaivedyaiH saMpuujya. In the pratiSThaa. mahaanaivedya ziva puraaNa 1.16.71-79. definition: 71cd-75 zaalitaNDulabhaareNa mariicaprasthakena ca /71/ gaNanaad dvaadazaM sarvaM madhvaajyakuDavena hi / droNayuktena mudgena dvaadazavyanjanena ca /72/ ghRtapakvair apuupaiz ca modakaiH zaalikaadibhiH / dvaadazaiz ca dadhikSiirair dvaadazaprasthakena ca /73/ naarikelaphalaadiinaaM tathaa gaNanayaa saha / dvaadazakramukair yuktaM SaTtriMzatpatrakair yutam /74/ karpuuracuurNena pancasaugandhikair yutam / taambuulayuktaM tu yadaa mahaanaivedyalakSaNam /75/ mahaanandaa atiirtha/a river. mbh 13.26.42b puraapavartanaM nandaaM mahaanandaaM ca sevya vai / nandane sevyate daantas tv apsarobhir ahiMsakaH /42/ urvaziikRttikaayoge gatvaa yaH susamaahitaH / lauhitye vidhivat snaatvaa puNDariikaphalaM labhet /43/ (tiirthaprazaMsaa) mahaanandaanavamiivrata txt. naarada puraaNa 1.118.29cd-31ab. maagha, zukla, navamii. (tithivrata) mahaanandaanavamiivrata contents. naarada puraaNa 1.118.29cd-31ab: 29cd-30ab maagha, zukla, navamii is called mahaanadaa, 30cd snaana, daana, japa, homa, upoSaNa are recommended, 31ab effects. mahaanandaanavamiivrata vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.118.29cd-31ab maaghamaase tu vaa zuklaa navamii lokapuujitaa /29/ mahaanandeti saa proktaa sadaanandakarii nRNaam / tasyaaM snaanaM tathaa daanaM japo homa upoSaNam /30/ sarvam akSayataaM yaati naatra kaaryaa vicaaraNaa / mahaanaya the krama system is received by oghaananda, the disciple of ruupaanandaa from viirasaiMhasvaaminii. yonigahvara 493-495 (ASB 1000 G, f. 34v4-35r2) devii zriiviirasiMhaakhyaa svaaminii prasphuTaa bhuvi / tadpaadapadmayugalaat praaptaM caivam mahaanayam / zriiruupaanandaabhidhaa devii dattaM tasya prasaadataH / tayaa dattaM svaziSyasya oghaanandaabhidhaanataH / dattaM paraamRtarasam mahaazaasanam uttamam / tenedaM racitaM sarvaM yathaa praaptaM guror mukhaat / sampradaayaM susambaddhaM sarahasyaM mukhaagamam / racitaM guruvaakyena svasantaanahitaaya ca. (A. Sanderson, 2001, "History through textual criticism, p. 15, n. 14.) mahaanayaprakaaza edition. mahaanayaprakaaza, edited by K. saambaziva zaastrii, Trivandrum Sanskrit Series No. CXXX, Trivandrum 1937. LTT. mahaanavamii see durgaapuujaa. mahaanavamii bibl. Burton Stein, 1983, "mahaanavamii: Medieval and Modern Kingly Ritual in South India," in Bardwell L. Smith, ed., Essays on Cupta Culture, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, pp. 67-90. mahaanavamii bibl. Varsha S. Shirgaonkar, 1992, "mahaanavamii festival in vijayanagara Kingdom," Vishveshvarananda Indological Journal, 30: 143-146. mahaanavamii mentioned. AVPZ 18b.12.1 atha phaalgunyaaM paurNamaasyaaM raatrau holaakaa /1/ mahaanavamyaam uktaprajvalanaM niiraajanaM vaa /12/ (raajakarmasaaMvatsariiya, annual festival) mahaanavamii txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.138.1-115: mahaanavamiivratamaahaatmyavarNanam. this puraaNa is one of the main sources of the description of the durgaapuujaa given in the nibandhas of Orissa and of Western and Southern India: Hazra, upapuraaNa , vol. II: 11. see also p.29f., for the contents and vidhi, see durgaapuujaa. mahaanavamii definition: agni puraaNa 185.2cd-3ab aSTamyaam aazvine zukle kanyaarke muulabhe yadaa /2/ aghaardanaa(?) sarvadaa vai mahatii navamii smRtaa / (durgaapuujaavrata) mahaanavamii definition: bhaviSya puraaNa 4.138.12-13 aazvayukzuklapakSe ca yaaSTamii muulasaMyutaa / saa mahaanavamii naama trailokye 'pi sudurlabhaa /12/ kanyaagate savitari zuklapakSe 'STamii tu yaa / muulanakSatrasaMyutaa saa mahaanavamii smRtaa /13/ (durgaapuujaa) mahaanavamii definition: kaalikaa puraaNa 60.2-3 aazvinasya tu zuklasya bhaved yaa aSTamii tithiH / mahaaSTamiiti saa proktaa devyaaH priitikarii paraa /2/ tato tu navamii yaa syaat saa mahaanavamii smRtaa / (durgaapuujaa) mahaanavamii definition: garuDa puraaNa 1.133.3 zuklaaSTamyaam aazvayuje uttaraaSaaDhayaa yutaa / saa mahaanavamiity uktaa snaanadaanaadi caakSayam /3/ (durgaapuujaa) mahaanavamii recommended to perform vairibali. kaalikaa puraaNa 67.145cd-154 nRpo vairibaliM dadyaat khaDgam aamantrya puurvataH /145/ mahiSaM caatha chaagaM vaa vairinaamnaabhimantrya ca / suutreNa vadane vaddhaM tridhaa tasya tu mantrakaiH /146/ chittvaa tasyottamaangaM tu devyai dadyaat prayatnataH / yadaa yadaa ripor vRddhir balidaanamtadaa param /147/ dadyaat tadaa ziraz chidtvaa ripos tasya kSayaaya ca / praaNapratiSThaaM ca ripoH kuryaat tasmin pazaav atha /148/ tasmin kSiiNe ripoH praaNaaH kSiiyante vipadaa yutaaH / aadau viruddharuupiNi caNDike ca tataH param /149/ vairiNaM tv amukaM ceti yaahiity aamreDitaM punaH / vahnibhaaryaa tataH pazcaat khaDgamantraM prakiirtitam /150/ svayaM sa vairii yo dveSTi tam imaM pazuruupiNam / vinaazaya mahaamaarii spheM spheM khaadaya khaadaya /151/ ity anena tu mantreNa baddhya zirasi puSpakam / dadyaat tatas tad rudhiraM dvyakSaraabhyaaM(/akSaraadyaaM) nivedayet /152/ mahaanavamyaaM zaradi yady evaM diiyate baliH / tadaa tadaSTaangabhavair maaMsair homaM samaacaret /153/ durgaatantreNa mantreNa praNiite dahane zucau / evaM dattvaa baliM martyo ripukSayam avaapnuyaat /154/ mahaanavamii skanda puraaNa 7.1.315.2 marudbhiH puujitaaM deviiM (marudaaryaaM) sarvakaamaphalapradaam / mahaanavamyaaM yatnena saptamyaaM puujayen naraH / gandhapuSpaadividhinaa sarvakaamaprasiddhaye /2/ mahaanavamii skanda puraaNa 7.1.350.2cf mahaanavamyaaM yatnena yas taaM (kauravezvariiM) puujayate naraH / taM putram iva kalyaaNii rakSate naatra saMzayaH /2/ mahaanavamii bRhadyonitantra f. 3b connects the yonipuujaa with the mahaanavamii. (J.A. Schoterman, The yonitantra, Intr., p. 22.) mahaanayaprakaaza a krama text. T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric Literature in Sanskrit, p. 50, c. n. 70. mahaanayaprakaaza bibl. G. Grierson, 1929, "The language of the mahaanayaprakaaza, an examination of Kashmiri as written in the fifteenth century," Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, XI, pp. 73-130, Calcutta. mahaanetra the name of the tathaagata of abhirati buddhakSetra. Naomi Sato, 2002, Zou kan yaku akSobhyavyuuha Kenkyu, PhD. thesis submitted to the Kyoto University, p. 11 with n. 11. mahaanga a dhuupa, its ingredients. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.105.15cd-16 karpuuraM candanaM mustaam agaruM tagaraM tathaa /15/ uuSaNaM zarkaraa kRSNa sugandhaM sihlakaM tathaa / mahaango 'yaM smRto dhuupaH priyo devasya sarvadaa /16/ (kaamadaasaptamiivrata) mahaaniila PW. 2) m. a) eine Art Sapphir. mahaaniila a material to make the meru moutain to be given. agni puraaNa 212.11a vajrapadmamahaaniilaniilasphaTikasaMjnitaH / puSpaM marakataM muktaa prasthamaatreNa cottamaH /11/ (merudaana) mahaaniraSTa see babhru mahaaniraSTa. mahaaniraSTa dakSiNaa of the dazakapaala to varuNa in the raajasuuya, ratninaaM haviiMSi. TS 1.8.9.1 vaarunaM dazakapaalaM suutasya gRhe mahaaniraSTo dakSiNaa. mahaaniraSTa dakSiNaa of the dazakapaala to varuNa in the raajasuuya, ratninaaM haviiMSi. TB 1.7.3.4 vaaruNaM dazakapaalaM suutasya gRhe / varuNasavam evaavarundhe / mahaaniraSTo dakSiNaa samRddhyai / mahaaniraSTa dakSiNaa of the dazakapaala to varuNa in the raajasuuya, saMsRps. TS 1.8.17.1 ... vaaruNaM dazakapaalam mahaaniraSTo dakSiNaa ... /1/ mahaanirvaaNatantra edition. ed. by J. Vidyasagar, Calcutta 1884. LTT. mahaanirvaaNatantra edition. mahaanirvaaNatantra with the comm. of hariharananda bharati, ed. by A. Avalon, repr. Delhi, 1977. LTT mahaanizaa brahmavaivarta puraaNa 4.8.70cd SaNmuhuurte vyatiite tu raatraav eva mahaanizaa. In the kaalanirNaya of the kRSNajanmaaSTamii. mahaankuzaa mudraa nityaaSoDazikaarNava 3.13cd-14. mahaankuzaa mudraa tantraraajatantra 4.47 asyaas tv anaamike bhugne tarjanyaav ankuzaakRtii / eSaa mahaankuzaa mudraa stambhanaakarSakaariNii /47/ mahaanubhaava bibl. I.M.P. Raeside, 1976, "The mahaanubhaavas," BSOAS 39: 585-600. mahaanubhaava bibl. Anne Feldhaus, 1983, The religious system of the mahaanubhaava sect: The mahaanubhaava suutrapaaTha, New Delhi: Manohar. mahaanubhaava bibl. Anne Feldhaus, 1984, The deeds of God in Rddhipur, New York: Oxford University Press. mahaanubhaava bibl. Anne Feldhaus, 1988, "The orthodoxy of the Mahanubhav," in Eleanor Zelliot and Mazine Berntsen, eds., The experience of Hinduism: Essays on religion in Maharashtra, Abany: SUNY Press, pp. 264-79. mahaapaara worshipped in the kRcchra, udakatarpaNa. saamavidhaana 1.2.5 ... namaH paaraaya supaaraaya mahaapaaraaya paaradaaya paaravindaaya namaH ... /5/ mahaapaara worshipped in the kRcchra, udakatarpaNa. GautDhS 26.12 namaH paaraaya supaaraaya mahaapaaraaya paarayiSNave namaH /12/ (kRcchra, udakatarpaNa) mahaapaataka see adharma sthuula. mahaapaataka see paapakarma. mahaapaataka see paataka. mahaapaataka txt. GautDhS 21.1-10. mahaapaataka txt. and vidhi. manu smRti 11.55 brahmahatyaa suraapaanaM steyaM gurvanganaagamaH / mahaanti paatakaany aahuH saMsargaz caapi taiH saha // mahaapaataka txt. yaajnavalkya smRti 3.227. mahaapaataka mahaapaatakas perish by performing the gayaazraaddha. brahmahatyaa suraapaanaM steyaM gurvanganaagamaH / paapaM tatsangajaM sarvaM gayaazraaddhaad vinazyati /17/ mahaapaatakasaMsarga Kane 4: 25-29. mahaapaatakasaMsarga manu smRti 11.47, 55, 181-182 (Hiroyuki Kotani, 2005, Tsumi no bunka, pp. 30-31). mahaapaatra see scapegoat. mahaapaatra cf. an agnihotrii cow which lay down is, after milking it, given to a braahmaNa whose food the yajamaana should not eat again. TB 1.4.3.2-3 aditir vaa eSaitasya paapmaanaM pratikhyaaya niSiidati yasyaagnihotry upasRSTaa niSiidati / taaM dugdhvaa braahmaNaaya dadyaat / yasyaannaM naadyaat / avartim evaasmin paapmaanaM pratimuncati /2/ dugdhvaa dadaati / na hy adRSTaa dakSiNaa diiyate / (praayazcitta of the agnihotra: when the agnihotrii cow lies down) mahaapaatra cf. tools made of stone and clay of a dead person are given to a braahmaNa. ZB 12.5.2.14 atha yaany azmamayaani ca mRnmayaani ca bhavanti / taani braahmaNaaya dadyaac chavodvaham u ha taM manyante yas taani pratigRhNaaty apa evainaany abhyavahareyur aapo vaa 'sya sarvasya pratiSThaa tad enam apsv eva pratiSThaapayati /14/ (pitRmedha) mahaapaazupata in the description of draviDadhaarmika, an ascetic who superintends a temple of caNDikaa described in the kaadambarii: He had written down the doctrine of mahaakaala, which is the ancient teaching of the mahaapaazupatas. (D.N. Lorenzen, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, 1991, p. 18. mahaapaazupata mentioned in the kaadambarii may be kaapaalika. (D.N. Lorenzen, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, 1991, pp. 18-19.) mahaapadma one of the four elephants which support the earth: viruupaakSa, mahaapadma, bhadra, sumanas, worshipped in the gajazaanti. agni puraaNa 291.3cd brahmaaNaM zaMkaraM viSNuM zakraM vaizravanaM yamam / candraarkau varuNaM vaayum agniM pRthviiM tathaa ca kham /2/ zeSaM zailaan kunjaraaMz ca ye te 'STau devayonayaH / viruupaakSaM mahaapadmaM bhadraM sumanasaM tathaa /3/ kumudairaavaNaH padmaH puSpadanto 'tha vaamanaH / supratiiko 'njano naagaa aSTau ... /4/ (gajazaanti) mahaapadma one of the four elephants which support the earth: viruupaakSa, mahaapadma, bhadra, sumanas, worshipped in the gajazaanti. worshipped in the gajazaanti. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.50.9c brahmaaNaM zaMkaraM viSNuM zakraM vaizravaNaM yamam / candraarkau varuNaM vaayuM tv agniM pRthviiM tathaa khagam /8/ zeSaM ca naagaraajaM tu bhuudharaaMz caiva kunjaraan / viruupaakSaM mahaapadmaM bhadraM sumanasaM tathaa /9/ aSTau ca diggajaa ye vai te smRtaa devayonayaH / kumudairaavaNau padmaH puSpadanto 'tha vaamanaH /10/ supratiikaanjanau niila ete 'STau devayonayaH / (gajazaanti) mahaapadmaa a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaapadma nanda the destroyer of the kSatriyas in the kaliyuga. Kane 2: 380. He referrs to viSNu puraaNa 4.23.4-5; matsya puraaNa 272.18-19; bhaagavata puraaNa 12.1.6-9. mahaapadma nanda a zaizunaaga king, being said to be a son of a zuudra woman. bhaagavata puraaNa 12.1.8, 10 mahaanandisuto raajan zuudriigarbhodbhavo balii / mahaapadmapatiH kaz cin nandaH kSatravinaazakRt /8/ .. sa ekacchatraaM pRthiviim anullanghitazaasanaH / zaasiSyati mahaapadmo dvitiiya iva bhaargavaH /10/ viSNu puraaNa 4.24.20-21 mahaanandinas tataH zuudraagarbhodbhavo 'tilubdho 'tibalo mahaapadmanaamaa nandaH parazuraama ivaaparo 'khilakSatraantakaarii bhaviSyati // Quoted by M Despande, 1979, Sociolinguistic Attitudes in India: An Historical Reconstruction, p. 106, n. 9. Also see F. E. Pargiter, 1913: 25. mahaapadmataaraadeviimudraa amoghapaazakalparaaja 15a,6 samaahitaH sadaa saMdhaaya samaanguSThasamuktikaa(>muSTikaa?) / madhyamaa madhyamaa caiva uurdhvamaatra nikuncayet // eSa mahaapadmataaraadevyaa mudraam uttama sarvatra siddhir anuttaraam iti // cf. sarvatathaagatatattvasaMgraha 15.4: 1599. mahaaparaaka upavaasa for thirty-six days. agni puraaNa 175.22cd dvaadazaahopavaasena paraakaH sarvapaapahaa / mahaaparaakas triguNas tva ayam eva prakiirtitaH /22/ (vrataparibhaaSaa) mahaaparidhi mahaaparidhiparidhaana, txt. BaudhZS 7.1 [200,16-20]. mahaaparidhi note, preparation of mahaaparidhis made of udumbara is ordered at the saMpraiSa of the saayaMdoha. BaudhZS 6.34 [199,2] audumbaraan mahaaparidhiin kuruta . (agniSToma, saayaMdoha) mahaapatha a place where rituals acts are performed on the tenth day after the cremation. GautPS 1.7.4 zmazaanagraamayor madhye mahaapathe vRkSamuule vaa /4/ gocarmottaraloma dakSiNaagriivam aastiirya /5/ tasminn azmaanaM nidhaayaazmany upavizya /6/ laukike 'gnau puurvavad aajyaahutiir hutvaa /7/ homaM samaapya /8/ gRhaagataaH sagotraa udakadaataaraH putraaH pautraaH prapautraaz ca jiivantu zaradaH zatam iti japeyuH /9/ karmaante saMskartaa graamam anugacchet /10/ (pitRmedha, ritual acts on the tenth day) mahaapatha bali is given in a mahaapatha in a rite to make para aatman shine. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [676,7-14] paTasyaagrataH zuklapratipadam aarabhya yaavat paurNamaasiiti / atraantare dine dine 'STasahasraM japet / gandhapuSpadhuupaadibhiH puujaaM kRtvaa ante triraatroSitena maunavrataM kurutaa mantraM japataa praaticaarakebhyo baliM haste datvaa mahaapathaM gatvaa bhuutaM kruuraM nivedayet / pratiiccheti vaktavyaH / gaurasarSapaaNaaM droNaM gRhiitvaa dazadizo 'dhastaac ca kSipet / ekaviMzativaaraan abhimantrya paraM aatmaanaM prakaazayet / mahaapathaa worshipped in the gRhakaraNa as a giver of the house by offering sthaaliipaaka. ParGS 3.4.8 sthaaliipaakasya juhoti / ... puurvaahNam aparaahNaM cobhau madhyaMdinaa saha / pradoSam ardharaatraM ca vyuSTaM deviiM mahaapathaam / etaant sarvaan prapadye 'haM vaastu me datta vaajinaH svaahaa // ... /8/ mahaapauSii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaapauSii especially meritorious in prayaaga. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.128cd zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaapazu see mahaamaaMsa. mahaapazu in the description of vindhyavaasinii, harivaMza 65.52cd arcyate dasyubhir ghorair mahaapazubalipriyaa. (Y. Yokochi, 2004, The Rise of the Warrior Goddess in Ancient India: A Study of the Myth Cycle of kauzikii-vindhyavaasinii in the skandapuraaNa, PhD thesis, University of Groningen, p. 97.) mahaapazu ga'uDavaho, ed. Shankar Pandurang Pandit, v. 319: visasijjantamahaapasudaMsaNasaMbhamaparopparuuDhaa / gayaNe cciyagaMdha'uDiM kuNaMti ka'ulaNaariil `The kaula women seem to form a shrine in the air as they clamber over of each other in their eagerness to watch a victim of human sacrifice being carved up. (A. Sanderson, 2001, "History through textual criticism, p. 11, n. 9.) mahaapazupati in a mantra used in the ucchuSmakalpa. AVPZ 36.9.22 mahaapazupataye namaH svaahaa // mahaaphaalgunii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaaphaalgunii especially meritorious in naimiSa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.128cd zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaapiiTha bibl. S. Gupta et al., 1979, Hindutantrism, p. 38. mahaapiiTha bibl. M.S.G. Dyczkowski, 2001, "The inner pilgrimage of tantras: the sacred geography of the kubjikaa tantras with reference to the bhairava and kaula tantras," Journal of the Nepal Research Centre, pp. 43-100. mahaapiiTha three are named, txt. kaalikaa puraaNa 64.11 jaalaMdharaM likhet piiTham uttare pazcime likhet / oDrapiiThaM dakSiNe tu kaamaruupaM tu puurvataH /11/ (kaamezvariipuujaavidhi) mahaapiiTha four, txt. kaalikaa puraaNa 64.43 oDraakhyaM prathamaM piiThaM dvitiiyaM jaalazailakam / tRtiiyaM puurNapiiThaM tu kaamaruupaM caturthakam /43/ mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas: oDDiyaana, jaalaMdhara, puurNagiri and kaamaruupa are identified with himagahvara, karaala, sahya mahaavana and ucchuSma nadii. In these four mahaapiiThas, devii becomes incarnate as a protective goddess and future mother of many sons and daughters; a number of servants aslo appears at each of the four localities. kubjikaamatatantra 2.36-99. (Contents of the kubjikaamatatantra p. 112.) mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas: oDiyaana, jaalaMdhara, puurNagiri, kaamaruupa. (J.A. Schotermann, 1982, The SaTsaahasra saMhitaa, pp. 9-11; p. 34.) mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas. their forms and colors: kubjikaamata tantra 11.50ff. oDra (=oDDiyaana) is indicated by a yellow colour and a square, jaalaMdhara has a moon-like colour and the form of the crescent, puurNagiri is represented by a reddish-brown (pingala) colour and a triangle, and kaamaruupa by a smoky colour (dhuumravat) and a hexagon (SaDasramaNDala). (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of Five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 21, n. 10.) mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas. yoginiihRdaya 1.41-43: their colors and forms: oDDiyaana: yellow, square; jaalaMdhara: moon-like color, crescent; puurNagiri: pingala, triangle; kaamaruupa: dhuumra, hexagon; the elements are mentioned only in the commentaries: oDDiyaana: fire, jaalaMdhara: water, puurNagiri: air, kaamaruupa: earth. (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of Five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 21, n. 10.) mahaapiiTha the three mahaapiiThas and their lords: 1. oDiyaana: oDDiizanaatha = nandiizvara, 2. puurNagiri: zriiSaSThanaatha = kaarttikeya, 3. kaamaruupa: zriicaryaanandanaatha = gaNezvara. (J.A. Schotermann, 1982, The SaTsaahasra saMhitaa, pp. 9-11; p. 36.) mahaapiiTha five elements are mentioned in association with the four mahaapiiThas in kubjikaamata tantra 2.37ff. (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of Five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 21, n. 10. mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas, oDDiyaana, etc. in association with the four yugas. kubjikaamata tantra 14.7-11ab. (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 30, c. n. 37.) mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas: puurNagiri, oDiyaana, jaalaMdhara, and kaamapiiTha, are related with the four yugas: kRtayuga, tretaayuga, dvaaparayuga, and kaliyuga and with four parts of the body of the zakti: the complete body of the zakti, the head of the zakti, the breasts of the zakti, and the yoni of the zakti in samayaacaaratantra f. 11b. (J.A. Schoterman, The yonitantra, Intr., pp. 22-23.) mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas, oDDiyaana, etc. associated with susuukSma, suukSma, amRta and antima. kubjikaamata tantra 11.8ab. (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 30, n. 39.) mahaapiiTha the four mahaapiiThas, oDDiyaana, etc. associated with deites called aadhaariiza, kurangiiza, cakriiza and mathana. kubjikaamata tantra 24.83, kulamuularatnapancakaavataara 6.48cd-52ab, kubjikaanityaahniatilaka fol. 53a. mahaapiiTha kaamaruupapiiTha, puurNagiripiiTha, jaalaMdharapiiTha and oDyaaNapiiTha are referred to with initial words in yoginiihRdaya 3.99cd piiThaani caturo devii kaa-puu-jaa-o iti kramaat // These names are given in yoginiihRdaya diipikaa, p. 58 on yoginiihRdaya 1.41. (K. Ida, handout for Inbutsu gakkai held on 25 July, 2005.) mahaapiNDa a havis in the homavidhi. amoghapaazakalparaaja 31b,6 tato vidyaadhareNa mahaapiNDaM ghRtaaktaM juhuyaat phalakaaSThaiH. mahaapitRyajna see ancestor worship. mahaapitRyajna see caaturmaasya. mahaapitRyajna see gopitRyajna. mahaapitRyajna see piNDapitRyajna. mahaapitRyajna see pitRyajna (one of the panca mahaayajnas). mahaapitRyajna see zraaddha. mahaapitRyajna bibl. Shingo Einoo, 1988, Die caaturmaasya, pp. 190-273. mahaapitRyajna txt. TS 1.8.5 (mantra and braahmaNa). (raajasuuya) mahaapitRyajna txt. KS 9.6 [108,12-109,20] (devataas, havis, mantra). (raajasuuya) mahaapitRyajna txt. MS 1.10.3 [142,10-144,3] (mantra). (raajasuuya) mahaapitRyajna txt. KS 21.14 (mantra). (agnicayana) mahaapitRyajna txt. MS 4.10.6; MS 4.14.16 (mantra). (hautra) mahaapitRyajna txt. VS 19 (mantra). mahaapitRyajna txt. TB 2.6.16 (mantra). mahaapitRyajna txt. KS 36,11-13 [77,16-80,13]. mahaapitRyajna txt. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13]. mahaapitRyajna txt. TB 1.6.8-9. mahaapitRyajna txt. KB 5.6-7 [20,21-21,25]. mahaapitRyajna txt. GB 2.1.24-25 [261,3-263,9]. mahaapitRyajna txt. ZB 2.6.1.1-48. mahaapitRyajna txt. ZankhZS 3.16-17. mahaapitRyajna txt. AzvZS 2.19. (see AzvZS 2.15.9 (caaturmaasya, vaizvadeva)) mahaapitRyajna txt. ManZS 1.7.6. mahaapitRyajna txt. ManZS 5.1.4.11-25. (iSTikalpa) mahaapitRyajna txt. VarZS 1.7.4. mahaapitRyajna txt. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4]. mahaapitRyajna txt. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17. mahaapitRyajna txt. ApZS 8.13-16. mahaapitRyajna txt. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3]. mahaapitRyajna txt. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15]. mahaapitRyajna txt. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36. mahaapitRyajna txt. VaitS 9.8-17. mahaapitRyajna contents. Shingo Einoo, 1988, Die caaturmaasya, pp. 190-273: 1 the beginning (190-191), 2 the vedi (192-194), 3 the aahavaniiya fire (194-196), 4 mantras (196-197), 5 idhmaabarhis (197-199), 6 paatrasaMsaadana, praNiitaapranayana and seats of the brahman priest and the yajamaana (199-201), 7 nirvapaNa (201-204), 8 preparation of dhaanaas (204-207), 9-1 the role of the patnii (209-210), 9-2aajyagrahaNa (210-211), 9-3 vedistaraNa and prastara 211-213), 9-4 paridhi (213-214), 9-5 srugsaadana (214-215), 10 havirudvaasana: preparation of mantha (215-218), 11 haviraasaadana (218-221), 12-1 saamidhenii (222-223), 12-2 pravara by the hotR and devataanaam aavaahana (223-224), 12-3 two aaghaaras and agnisaMmaarjana (224), 12-4 pravara by the adhvaryu (224-225), 12-5 prayaajas and aajyabhaagas (225-226), 13 vipariharaNa and viparikramaNa (226-231), mahaapitRyajna contents. Shingo Einoo, 1988, Die caaturmaasya, pp. 190-273: 14 main offering I: to soma pitRmat (14-1 avadaana (232-234), 14-2 the use of the word svadhaa (234-236), 14-3 offering of the oblation (236), 14-4 puronuvaakyaa and yaajyaa (236-239), 15 main offering II: to the pitR barhiSad and the pitR agniSvaatta (239-243), 16 agni sviSTakRt (243-245), 17-1 sequences of the acts according to the texts (247-248), 17-2 pratiparikramaNa and pratihariharaNa (248), 17-3 iDaa (248-251), 17-4 piNDanidhaana (251-255), 17-5 agnyupasthaana (255-261), 17-6 pariSecana (261-261), 17-7 acts like in the piNDapitRyajna: kazipu and upabarhaNa, aanjana and abhyanjana, vaasas, namaskaara, utthaapaniiya, pravaahaNii saMsaadhanii, manasvatii, panktipraajaapatyaa (262-265), the second pariSecana (265-266), 18 anuyaaja (267-268), 19 concluding acts: 19-1 srugvyuuhana and suuktavaaka (269-270), 19-2 saMyuvaaka (270-271), 19-3 patniisaMyaaja (271-272), 19-4 samiSTayajus (272), 19-5 other acts (272-273). mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.17 [156,8-17]) prajaaH sRSTvaaMho 'vayajya vRtraM hatvaa te devaa amRtatvam evaakaamayanta8 svargo vai loka 'mRtatvaM saMvatsaraH svargo loko yad dvaadazaahutayo9 'mRtatvam eva tena spRNoty aapad vaa etat saMvatsaram ati vaa etat saMva10tsaram akramiid yad dvaadazaahutayaH saMvatsaram eva punar abhiparyaavartataa aapad vaa11 saMvatsaraM saM vaa etat saMvatsaram akRkSad yat SaT SaT saMpaadayati12 SaD vaa Rtavas tan vaa etat saMpaadayati taan apipaadayati taan apipadyamaa13naan anvapipadyataa aapad vaa etat saMvatsaraM pitaro vaa Rtavas taan vaa14 etat prajanayati taan prajaayamaanaan anu prajaayate tataH prajaayata etad vaa15 asya saMvatsaro 'bhiiSTo 'bhuud abhiiSTaa Rtavo 'tha vaa asya pitaro16 'nabhiiSTaa yad eSa pitRyajnas tenaivaasya pitaro 'bhiiSTaaH priitaa bhavanti17 mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.17 [156,18-157,9]) dakSiNato nirupyaM dakSiNaa hi pitRNaam atho aahur ubhayata eva ni18rupyam ity ubhaye hiijyante tan na suurkSyaM dakSiNata eva nirupyaM dakSiNo hi pitRNaaM SaTkapaalaH puroDaazo bhavati SaD vaa Rtavas ta evaasyaite157,1naabhiiSTaaH priitaa bhavanti na vai dhaanaabhir na manthena yajno yad eSa puroDaa2zas tena yajno 'thaitaa dhaanaaH svadhaa vaa etaa amuSmiMl loke 'tho apa3rimitaa vaa saMvatsarasya raatrayas taa evaasyaitaabhir abhiiSTaaH priitaa bhavanti4 na vai dhaanaabhir na puroDaazena pitRyajno yad eSa manthas tena pitRyajno5 'bhivaanyaayaa gor dugdhe syaat saa hi pitRNaaM nediSThaM dakSiNaasiinaa6 upamanthati dakSiNaa hi pitRNaam ekayopamanthaty ekaa hi pitRNaa7m ikSuzalaakayopamanthati saa hi pitRNaaM na praacy uddhatyaa pitRyajno8 hi na dakSiNaa yajno hy ubhe dizaa antaraaddhanty ubhaye hiijyanta mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.17 [157,9-17]) upa9muulaM barhir daati tena pitRNaaM yad RtemuulaM tena devaanaam ubhaye hii10jyante parizrayanty antarhitaa vaa amuSmaad aadityaat pitaro 'tho anta11rhitaa hi devebhyaz ca manuSyebhyaz ca pitaras tasmaat parizrayanti samantaM12barhiH paristRNaati samantaM hiima RtavaH pariviSTaa atho sama13ntaan maa pitaro 'bhisamaagacchaan ity amuSmin vai puurvasminn itaraa devataa14 ijyante yat tatra juhuyaad aahutiiH saMsRjet samadaM kuryaad gaarhapatye zRtaM kurva15nti yajnataayaa odanapacanaad agnim aaharanti tat svin naanyataa aa16haranti /17/ mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.18 [157,18-158,6]) uzantas tvaa havaamaha uzantaH samidhiimahi /18 uzann uzata aavaha pitRRn haviSe attave //19 ity anvaahozanto hi pitaro 'nuSTubham anvaahaanto vaa anuSTub antaH pita20ras tasmaad anuSTubham anvaahaikaam anvaahaikalokaa hi pitaras trir anvaaha tRtiiye158,1 hi loke pitaro yad ekaam anvaaha tena pitRNaaM yat tris tena devaanaa2m ubhaye hiijyante na hotaaraM vRNiite naarSeyaM mRtyor evainaa utsRjaty a3pabarhiSaH prayaajaan yajati prajaa vai barhiH prajaa eva mRtyor utsRjati4 saMvyayate vai manuSyebhyaH kariSyan dakSiNato devebhyo upavyayate 'thaatra5 praaciinaavaviitena bhavyaM vyaavRttyai mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.18 [158,6-16]) dakSiNato 'vadaayodaGG atikramya da6kSiNaa tiSThan juhoti dakSiNaa hi pitRNaaM somam agre yajati so7mo vai pitRNaaM devataa pitRdevatyaH somo yat somaM pitRmantaM yaja8ti somapaaMs tat pitRRn yajati yad barhiSado yajvanas tad yad agniSvaataan gRhame9dhinas tad yad agniM kavyavaahanaM dve vaa agnes tanvay havyavaahanyaa devebhyo10 havyaM vahati kavyavaahanyaa pitRbhyaH samiSTyaa eva pratiSThityai dve vai11 devaanaaM yaajyaanuvaakye praaNyayaa yachati gamayaty anyayaathaatra12 tisraH kaaryaaH pare hi devebhyaH pitaras tad yaiSaa tRtiiyaaty evaitayaa praa13daat panca kRtvo 'vadyati paankto yajno yaavaan eva yajnas tam aalabdha //14 svadhaa namaH // iti vaSaTkaroti svadhaakaaraH pitRNaaM namaskaaro devaa15naam ubhaye hiijyante mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.18 [158,16-159,2]) sraktiSu nidadhaati devaan vai pitRRn manuSyaa anupra16pibante devaan eva pitRRn ayaaT trir nidadhaati triin hiidaM puruSaan abhi17smas triin paraan anvaacaSTe trayo hi pare pitaa putraH pautro 'nusaMtatyai sa18rvaasu sraktiSu nidadhaati sarvaasu hi dikSu pitaraH sarvaa evainaM dizo19 gamayati naamuSyaaM nidadhaati yad amuSyaaM nidadhyaan mRtyunainaaH pariveza159,1yet taam evaanuudyanty atha yat tasyaaM nimaarSTi taam eva tena priiNaati /18/2 mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.19 [159,3-8]) atra pitaro maadayadhvam ity uktvaa paraayanti ta aahavaniiyam upatiSThante3 susaMdRzaM tvaa vayam ity aa tamitor tiSThanty agnim evopadraSTaaraM kRtvaantaM4 praaNasya gachanty amiimadanta pitaraa ity uktvaa prapadyante ta uurNaaM dazaaM5 vaa nyasyanti yad evaatra nigachanti tasyaiSaa niravattiH paretana pitaraH6 somyaasaa ity aahaanuSaktaa vaa etaan pitaraH syur vyaavRttyai samantam apaH7 pariSincan paryeti maarjanam evaiSaaM tad apariSincan punaH paryety mahaapitRyajna vidhi. MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] (1.10.19 [159,8-13]) amuM vaa ete8 lokaM nigachanti ye pitRyajnena caranti prajaapatis tv evainaaMs tataa9 unnetum arhati yat praajaapatyaam Rcam anvaaha prajaapatir evainaaMs tataa unnaya10ty atha yad apriSincan punaH paryety amuM vaa etaM lokaM punar upaavartante11 pitRRn vaa etad yajno 'gan paankto yajno yat panktyaa punar aayanti sahaiva yajne12naayanti manasvatiibhir aayanti mana eva punar upahvayante /19/13 mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.8.1-2) vaizvadevena vai prajaapatiH prajaa sRjata / taa varuNapraghaasair varuNapaazaad amuncat / saakamedhaiH pratyasthaapayat / tryambakair rudraM niravaadayata / pitRyajnena suvargaM lokam agamayat / yad vaizvadevena yajate / prajaa eva tad yajamaanaH sRjate / taa varuNapraghaasair varuNapaazaan muncati / saakamedhaiH pratiSThaapayati / tryambakair rudraM niravadayate /1/ pitRyajnena suvargaM lokaM gamayati / dakSiNataH praaciinaaviitii nirvapati / dakSiNaavRd dhi pitRRNaaM / anaadRtya tat / uttarata evopaviiya nirvapet / ubhaye hi devaaz ca pitaraz cejyante / atho yad eva dakSiNaardhe 'dhizrayati / tena dakSiNaavRt / mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.8.2-5) somaaya pitRmate puroDaazaM SaTkapaalaM nirvapati / saMvatsaro vai somaH pitRmaan /2/ saMvatsaram eva priiNaati / pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo dhaanaaH / maasaa vai pitaro barhiSadaH / maasaan eva priiNaati / yasmin vaa Rtau puruSaH pramiiyate / so 'syaamuSmiMl loke bhavati / bahuruupaa dhaanaa bhavanti / ahoraatraaNaam abhijityai / pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo manthaM / ardhamaasaa vai pitaro 'gniSvaattaaH /3/ ardhamaasaan eva priiNaati / abhivaanyaayai dugdhe bhavati / saa hi pitRdevatyaM duhe / yat puurNaM tan manuSyaaNaaM / uparyardho devaanaaM / ardhaH pitRRNaaM / ardha upamanthati / ardho hi pitRRNaaM / ekayopamanthati /4/ ekaa hi pitRRNaaM / dakSiNopamanthati / dakSiNaavRd dhi pitRRNaaM / anaarabhyopamanthati / tad dhi pitRRn gacchati / mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.8.5-7) imaaM dizaM vedim uddhanti / ubhaye hi devaaz ca pitaraz cejyante / catusraktir bhavati / sarvaa hy anudizaH pitaraH / akhaataa bhavati /5/ khaataa hi devaanaaM / madhyato 'gnir aadhiiyate / antato hi devaanaam aadhiiyate / varSiiyaan idhma idhmaad bhavati vyaavRttyai / parizrayati / antarhito hi pitRloko manuSyalokaat / yat paruSi dinaM / tad devaanaaM / yad antaraa / tan manuSyaaNaaM /6/ yat samuulaM / tat pitRRNaaM / samuulaM barhir bhavati vyaavRttyai / dakSiNaa stRNaati / dakSiNaavRd dhi pitRRNaaM triH paryeti / tRtiiye vaa ito loke pitaraH / taab eva priiNaati / triH punaH paryeti / SaT saMpadyante /7/ SaD vaa RtavaH / Rtuun eva priiNaati / mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.8.7-9) yat prastaraM yajuSaa gRhNiiyaat / pramaayuko yajamaanaH syaat / yan na gRhNiiyaat / anaayatanaH syaat / tuuSNiim eva nyasyet / na pramaayuko bhavati / naanaayatanaH / yat triin paridhiin paridadhyaat /8/ mRtyunaa yajamaanaM parigRhNiiyaat / yan na paridadhyaat / rakSaaMsi yajnaM hanyuH / dvau paridhii paridadhaati / rakSasaam apahatyai / atho mRtyor eva yajamaanam utsRjati / yat triiNi triiNi haviiMSy udaahareyuH / trayas traya eSaaM saakaM pramiiyeran / ekaikam udiiciinaany udaaharanti / ekaika evaiSaam anvancaH pramiiyate / kazipu kazipavyaaya / upabarhaNam upabarhaNyaaya / aanjanam aanjanyaaya / abhyanjanam abhyanjanyaaya / yathaabhaagam evainaan priiNaati /9/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.9.1-3) agnaye devebhyaH pitRbhyaH samidhyamaanaayaanubruuhiity aaha / ubhaye hi devaaz ca pitaraz cejyante / ekaam anvaaha / ekaa hi pitRRNaaM / trir anvaaha / trir hi devaanaaM / aaghaaraav aaghaarayati / yajnaparuSor ananatarityai / naarSeyaM vRNiite / na hotaaraM /1/ yad aarSeyaM vRNiite / yad dhotaaraM / pramaayuko yajamaanaH syaat / pramaayuko hotaa / tasmaan na vRNiite / yajamaanasya hotur gopiithaaya / apabarhiSaH prayaajaan yajati / prajaa vai barhiH / prajaa eva mRtyor utsRjati / aajyabhaagau yajati /2/ yajnasyaiva cakSuSii naantareti / mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.9.3-4) praaciinaaviitii somaM yajati / pitRdevatyaa hi eSaahutiH / pancakRtvo 'vadyati / panca hy etaa devataaH / dve puro'nuvaakye / yaajyaa devataa vaSaTkaaraH / taa eva priiNaati / santatam avadyati /3/ RtuunaaM santatyai / praivaibhyaH puurvayaa puro'nuvaakyayaaha / praNayati dvitiiyayaa / gamayati yaajyayaa / tRtiiye vaa ito loke pitaraH / ahna evainaaM puurvayaa puro'nuvaakyayaatyaanayati / raatriyai dvitiiyayaa / aivainaan yaajyayaa gamayati / dakSiNato 'vadaaya / udaGG atikraamati vyaavRttyai /4/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.9.5-7) aa svadhety aazraavayati / astu svadheti pratyaazraavayati / svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti / svadhaakaaro hi pitRRNaaM / somam agre yajati / somaprayaajaa hi pitaraH / somaM pitRmantaM yajati / saMvatsaro vai somaH pitRmaan / saMvatsaram eva tad yajati / pitRRn barhiSado yajati /5/ ye vai yajvaanaH / te pitaro barhiSadaH / taan eva tad yajati / pitRRn agniSvaattaan yajati / ye vaa ayajvaano gRhamedhinaH / te pitaro 'gniSvaataah / taan eva tad yajati / agniM kavyavaahanaM yajati / ya eva pitRRNaam agniH / tam eva tad yajati /6/ atho yathaagniM sviSTakRtaM yajati / taadRg eva tat / mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.9.7-8) etat te tata ye ca tvaam anv iti tisRSu sraktiiSu nidadhaati / tasmaad aa tRtiiyaat puruSaan naama na gRhNanti / etaavanto hiijyante / atra pitaro yathaabhaagaM mandadhvam ity aaha / hliikaa hi pitaraH / udanco niSkraamanti / eSaavai manuSyaaNaaM dik / svaam eva tad dizam anuniSkraamanti /7/ aahavaniiyam upatiSThante / ny evaasmai tad dhnuvate / yat saty aahavaniiye / athaanyatra caranti / aa tamitor upatiSThante / agnim evopadraSTaaraM kRtvaa / pitRRn niravadayante / antaM vaa ete praaNaanaaM gacchanti / ya aa tamitor upatiSThante / susaMdRzaM tvaa vayam ity aaha /8/ praaNo vai susaMdRk / praaNam evaatman dadhate / yojaa nv indra te harii ity aaha / praaNam eva punar ayunkta / mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. TB 1.6.8-9 (1.6.9.8-10) akSann amiimadanta hiiti gaarhapatyam upatiSThante / akSann amiimadantaatha tvopatiSThaamaha iti vaavaitad aaha / amiimadanta pitaraH somyaa ity abhiprapadyante / amiimadanta pitaro 'tha tvaabhiprapadyaamaha iti vaavaitad aaha / apaH pariSincati / maarjayaty evainaan /9/ atho tarpayaty eva / tRpyati prajayaa pazubhiH / ya evaM veda / apabarhiSaav anuuyaajau yajati / prajaa vai barhiH / prajaa eva mRtyor utsRjati / caturaH prayaajaan yajati / dvaav anuuyaajau SaT saMpadyate / SaD vaa RtavaH / Rtuun eva priiNaati / na patny anvaaste / na saMyaajayanti / yat patny anvaasiit / yat saMyaajayeyuH / pramaayukaa syaat / tasmaan naanvaaste / na saMyaajayanti / patniyai gopiithaaya /10/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. KB 5.6-7 [20,21-21,25] (5.6 [20,21-21,3]) atha yad aparaahNe pitRyajnena caranty apakSayabhaajo vai pitaras tasmaad a21paraahNe pitRyajnena caranti tad aahur yad aparapakSabhaajaH pitaro 'tha kasmaa22d enaan puurvapakSe yajantiiti daivaa vaa ete pitaras tasmaad enaan puurvapakSe yajanty atha23 yad ekaaM saamidheniim anvaaha sakRd iva vai pitaras tasmaad ekaaM saamidheniim a24nvaaha saa vaa anuSTub bhavati vaag anuSTuo paraanca u vai pitaras taan evaitad vaa21,1caanuSTubhaagamayaty atha yad yajamaanasyaarSeyaM naaha nedy yajamaanaM pravRNajaaniity athaitaM2 nigadam anvaaha tasyoktaM braahmaNam mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. KB 5.6-7 [20,21-21,25] (5.6 [21,3-7])atha somaM pitRmantaM pitRRn vaa somavataH3 pitRRn barhiSadaH pitRRn agniSvaataan ity aavaahayati daivaa vaa ete pitaras ta4smaad enaan aavaahayaty atha yad agniM kavyavaahanam aavaahayaty etatsviSTakRto vai pi5taras tasmaad enam aavaahayati na haike svaM mahimaanam aavaahayanti yajamaanasyaiSa6mahimeti vadanta aavaahayed iti tv eva sthitam agner hy evaiSa mahimaa /6/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. KB 5.6-7 [20,21-21,25] (5.7 [21,8-16]) atha yat prayaajaanuyaajebhyo barhiSmantaa utsRjati prajaa vai barhir ne8t prajaaM pravRNajaaniiti te vai SaD bhavanti SaD vaa Rtava RtavaH pitaraH9 pitRRn eva tat priiNaaty atha yaj jiivanavantaav aajyabhaagau yajati yajamaanam eva10 taj jiivayaty atha tat tisras tisra ekaikasya haviSo bhavanti triiNi vai haviiMSi11 bhavanti teSaaM samavadyati tasmaat tisras tisra ekaikaisya haviso bhavanty atho12 devakarmaNaivaitat pitRkarma vyaavartayaty atho paraam u vai paraavataM pitaro gataa13 aahvayaty evainaan prathamayaa dvitiiyayaagamayati praiva tRtiiyayaa yacchaty atha ya14d agniM kavyavaahanam antato yajaty etatsviSTakRto vai pitaras tasmaad enam antato15 yajaty mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. KB 5.6-7 [20,21-21,25] (5.7 [21,16-25]) atha yad iDaam upahuuyaavaghraaya na praaznanti pazavo vaa iDaa ned yaja16maanasya pazuun pravRNajaamety atha yad adhvaryuH pitRbhyo dadaati pitRRn eva tat prii17Naaty atha yat pavitrapati maarjayante zaantir vai bheSajam aapaH zaantir evaiSaa bhe18Sajam antato yajne kriyate 'tha yad RcaM japanti svastyayanam eva tat kurvate 'tha19 yad udancaH paretya gaarhapatyaahavaniiyaa upatiSThante priitvaiva tad deveSv antato20 'rthaM vadante 'tho dakSiNaasaMstho vai pitRyajnas tam evaitad udaksaMsthaM kurvanty atha21 yat praancam upaniSkramyaadityam upatiSThante devaloko vaa aadityaH pitRlokaH22 pitaro devalokam eva tat pitRlokaad abhyutkraamanty atha yat suuktavaake yajamaa23nasya naama na gRhNaati ned yajamaanaM pravRNajaaniity atha yat patniisaMyaajair na24 caranti net patnyaH pravRNajaamety. mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (1-3) mahaahaviSaa ha vai devaa vRtraM jaghnuH / teno eva vyajayanta yeyam eSaaM vijitis taam atha yaan evaiSaaM tasmint saMgraame 'ghnaMs taan pitRyajnena samairayanta pitaro vai ta aasaMs tasmaat pitRyajno naama /1/ tad vasanto griiSmo varSaaH / ete te ye vyajayanta zarad dhemantaH ziziras ta u te yaan punaH samairayanta /2/ atha yad eSa etena yajate / tan naaha nv evaitasya tathaa kaM cana ghnantiiti devaa akurvann iti nv evaiSa etat karoti yam u caivaibhyo devaa bhaagam akalpayaMs tam u caivaibhya eSa etad bhaagaM karoti yaan u caiva devaaH samairayanta taan u caivaitad avati svaan u caivaitat pitRRM chreyaaMsaM lokam uponnayati yad u caivaasyaatraatmano 'caraNena hanyate vaa miiyate vaa tad u caivaasyaitena punar aapyaayate tasmaad vaa eSa etena yajate /3/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (4-6) sa pitRbhyaH somavadbhyaH / SaTkapaalaM puroDaazaM nirvapati somaaya vaa pitRmate SaD vaa RtavaH RtavaH pitaras tasmaat SaTkapaalo bhavati /4/ atha pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyaH / anvaahaaryapacane dhaanaaH kurvanti tato 'rdhaaH piMSanty ardhaa ity eva dhaanaa apiSTaa bhavanti taa dhaanaaH pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyaH /5/ atha pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyaH / nivaanyaayai dugdhe sakRd upamathita ekazalaakayaa mantho bhavati sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaras tasmaat sakRd upamathito bhavaty etaani haviiMSi bhavanti /6/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (7-9) tad ye somenejaanaaH / te pitaraH somavanto 'tha ye dattena pakvena lokaM jayanti te pitaro barhiSado 'tha ye tato naanyatarac cana yaan agnir eva dahant svadayati te pitaro 'gniSvaattaa eta u te ye pitaraH /7/ sa jaghanena gaarhapatyam / praaciinaaviitii bhuutvaa dakSiNaasiina etaM SaTkapaalaM puroDaazaM gRhNaati sa tata evopotthaayottareNaanvaahaaryapacanaM dakSiNaa tiSThann avahanti sakRt phaliikaroti sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaras tasmaat sakRt phaliikaroti /8/ sa dakSiNaiva dRSadupale upadadhaati / dakSiNaardhe gaarhapatyasya SaTkapaalaany upadadhaati tad yae etaaM dakSiNaaM dizaM sacanta eSaa hi dik pitRRNaaM tasmaad etaaM dakSiNaaM dizaM sacante /9/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (10-11) atha dakSiNenaanvaahaaryapacanaM / catuHsraktiM vediM karoty avaantaradizo 'nu sraktiiH karoti catasro vaa avaantaradizo 'vaantaradizo vai pitaras tasmaad avaantaradizo 'nu sraktiiH karoti /10/ tanmadhye 'gniM samaadadhaati / purastaad vai devaaH pratyanco manuSyaan abhyupaavRttaas tasmaat tebhyaH praaG tiSThan juhoti sarvataH pitaro 'vaantaradizo vai pitaraH sarvata iva hiimaa avaantaradizas tasmaan madhye 'gniM samaadadhaati /11/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (12-13) sa tata eva praak stambayajur harati / stambayajur hRtvaathety evaagre parigrhNaaty athety atheti puurveNa parigraheNa parigRhya likhati harati yad dhaaryaM bhavati sa tathaivottareNa parigraheNa aprigRhNaaty uttareNa parigraheNa parigRhya pratimRjyaaha prokSaNiir aasaadayety aasaadayanti prokSaNiir idhmaM barhir upasaadayanti srucaH saMmaarSTy aajyenaudaiti sa yajnopaviitii bhuutvaajyaani gRhNaati /12/ tad aahuH / dvir upabhRti gRhNiiyaad dvau hy atraanuyaajau bhavata iti tad v aSTaav eva kRtva upabhRti gRhNiiyaan ned yajnasya vidhaayaa ayaaniiti tasmaad aSTaav eva kRtva upabhRti gRhNiiyaad aajyaani gRhiitvaa sa punaH praaciinaaviitii bhuutvaa /13/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (14-15) prokSaNiir adhvaryur aadatte / sa idhmam evaagre prokSaty atha vedim athaasmai barhiH prayachanti tat purastaadgranthy aasaadayati tat prokSyopaniniiya visraMsya granthiM na prastaraM gRhNaati sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaras tasmaan na prastaraM gRhNaati /14/ atha saMnahanam anuvisraMsya / apasalavi triH paristRNan paryeti so 'pasalavi triH paristiirya yaavat prastarabhaajanaM taavat parizinaSTy atha punaH prasalavi triH paryeti yat punaH prasalavi triH paryeti tad yaan evaamuuMs trayaan pitRRn anvavaagaat tebhya evaitat punar apodetiimaM svaM lokam abhi tasmaat punaH prasalavi triH paryeti /15/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (16-17) sa dakSiNaiva paridhiin paridadhaati / dakSiNaa prastaraM stRNaati naantar dadhaati vidhaatii sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaras tasmaan naantar dadhaati vidhRtii /16/ sa tatra juhuum aasaadayati / atha puurvaam upabhRtam atha dhruvaam atha puroDaazam atha dhaanaa atha mantham aasaadya haviiMSi saMmRzati /17/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (18-20) te sarva eva yajnopaviitino bhuutvaa / itthaad yajamaanaz ca brahmaa ca pazcaat pariitaH purastaad agniit /18/ tenopaaMzu caranti / tira iva vai pitaras tira ivaitad yad upaaMzu tasmaad upaaMzu caranti /19/ parivRtte caranti / tira iva vai pitaras tira ivaitad yat parivRtaM tasmaat parivRte caranti /20/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (21-22) athedhmam abhyaadadhad aaha /agnaye samidhyamaanaayaanubruuhiiti sa ekaam eva hotaa saamidheniiM trir anvaaha sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaras tasmaad ekaaM hotaa saamidheniiM trir anvaaha /21/ so 'nvaaha / uzantas tvaa nidhiimahy uzantaH samidhiimahi / uzann uzata aavaha pitRRn haviSe attava ity athaagnim aavaha somam aavaha pitRRn somavata aavaha pitRRn barhiSada aavaha pitRRn agniSVaataan aavaha devaaM aajyapaam aavahaagniM hotraayaavaha svaM mahimaanam aavahety aavaahyopavizati /22/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (23) athaazraavya na hotaaraM pravRNiite / pitRyajno vaa ayaM ned dhotaara pitRSu dadhaaniiti tasmaan na hotaaraM pravRNiite siida hotar ity evaahopavizati hotaa hotRSadana upavizya prasauti prasuuto 'dhvaryuH srucaav aadaaya pratyaGG atikraamaty atikramyaazraavyaaha simidho yajeti so 'pabarhiSaz caturaH prayaajaan yajati prajaa vai barhir net prajaaH pitRSu dadhaaniiti tasmaad apabarhiSaz caturaH prayaajaan yajaty athaajyabhaagaabhyaaM caranty aajyabhaagaabhyaaM caritvaa /23/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (24-26) te sarva eva praaciinaaviitino bhuutvaa / etair vai havirbhiH pracariSyanta itthaad yajamaanaz ca brahaa ca purastaat pariitaH pazcaad agniit tad utaazraavayanty oM svadhety astu svadheti pratyaazraavaNaM svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaaraH /24/ tad u hovaacaasuriH / aazraavayeyur eva pratyaazraavayeyur vaSaTkuryur ned yajnasya vidhaayaa ayaameti /25/ athaaha pitRbhyaH somavadbhyo 'nubruuhiiti / somaaya vaa pitRmate sa dve puro'nuvaakye anvaahaikayaa vai devaan pracyaavayanti dvaabhyaaM pitRRn sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaras tasmaad dve puro'nuvaakye anvaaha /26/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (27-28) sa upastRNiita aajyam / athaasya puroDaazasyaavadyati sa tenaiva saha dhaanaanaaM tena saha manthasya tat sakRd avadadhaaty athopariSTaad dvir aajyasyaabhighaarayati pratyanakty avadaanaani naatikraamatiiti evopotthaayaazraavyaaha pitRRnt somavato yajeti vaSaTkRte juhoti /27/ athaaha pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo 'nubruuhiiti / sa upastRNiita aajyam athaasaaM dhaanaanaam avadyati sa tenaiva saha manthasya tena saha puroDaazasya tat sakRd avadadhaaty athopariSTaad dvir aajyasyaabhighaarayati pratyanakty avadaanaani naatikraamatiita evopotthaayaazraavyaaha pitRRn barhiSado yajeti vaSaTkRte juhoti /28/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (29-31) athaaha pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo 'nubruuhiiti / sa upastRNiita aajyam athaasya manthasyaavadyati sa tenaiva saha puroDaazasya tena saha dhaanaanaaM tat sakRd avadadhaaty athopariSTaad dvir aajyasyaabhighaarayati pratyanakty avadaanaani naatikraamatiita evopotthaayaazraavyaaha pitRRn agniSVaattaan yajeti vaSaTkRte juhoti /29/ athaahaagnaye kavyavaahanaayaanubruuhiiti / tat sviSTakRte havyavaahano vai devaanaaM kavyavaahanah pitRRNaaM tasmaad aahaagnaye kavyavaahanaayaanubruuhiiti /30/ sa upastRNiita aajyam / athaasya puroDaazasyaavadyati sa tenaiva saha dhaanaanaaM tena saha manthasya tat sakRd avadadhaaty athopariSTaad dvir aajyasyaabhighaarayati na pratyanakty avadaanaani naatikraamatiita evopotthaayaazraavyaahaagniM kavyavaahanaM yajeti vaSaTkRte juhoti /31/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (32-33) sa yan naatikraamati / ita evopotthaaya juhoti sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaro 'tha yat sakRt sakRt sarveSaaM haviSaaM samavadyati sakRd u hy eva paraancaH pitaro 'tha yad vyatiSangam avadaanaany avadyaty Rtavo vai pitara Rtuun evaitad vyatiSajaty Rtuunt saMdadhaati tasmaad vyatiSangam avadaanaany avadyati /32/ tad dhaike / etam eva hotre mantham aadadhati taM hotopahuuyaavaiva jighrati tam brahmaNe prayacchati taM brahmaavaiva jighrati tam agniidhe prayacchati tam agniid avaiva jighraty etan nv evaitat kurvanti yathaa tv evetarasya yajnasyeDaapraazitraM samavadyanty evam evaitasyaapi samavadyeyus taam upahuuyaavaiva jighranti na praaznanti prazitavya tv eva vayaM manyaamaha iti ha smaahaasurir yasya kasya caagnau juhvatiiti /33/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (34-35) atha yataro daasyan bhavati / yady adhvaryur vaa yajamaano vaa sa udapaatram aadaayaapasalavi triH pariSincan paryeti sa yajamaanasya pitaram avanejayaty asaav avanenikSvety asaav avanenikSveti pitaamaham asaav avanenikSveti prapitaamahaM tad yathaaziSyate 'bhiSinced evaM tat /34/ athaasya puroDaazasyaavadaaya / savye paaNau kurute dhaanaanaam avadaaya savye paaNau kurute manthasyaavadaaya savye paaNau kurute /35/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (36) sa yemaam avaantaradizam anu sraktiH / tasyaaM yajamaanasya pitre dadaaty asaav etat ta ity atha yemaam avaantaradizam anu sraktis tasyaaM yajamaanasya pitaamahaaya dadaaty asaav etat ta ity atha yemaam avaantaradizam anu sraktis tasyaaM yajamaanasya prapitaamahaaya dadaaty asaav etat ta ity atha yemaam avaantaradizam anu sraktis tasyaaM nimRSTe 'tra pitaro maadayadhvaM yathaabhaagam aavRSaayadhvam iti (VS 2.31) yathaabhaagam azniitety evaitad aaha tad yad evaM pitRbhyo dadaati teno svaan pitRRn etasmaad yajnaan naantareti /36/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (37-38) te sarva eva yajnopaviitino bhuutvaa / udanca upaniSkramyaahavaniiyam upatiSThante devaan vaa eSa upaavartate ya aahitaagnir bhavati yo darzapuurNamaasaabhyaaM yajate 'thaitat pitRyajnenevaacaariSus tad u devebhyo nihnuvate /37/ aindriibhyaam aahavaniiyam upatiSThante / indro hy aahavaniiyo 'kSann amiimadanta hy ava priyaa adhuuSata / astoSata svabhaavano vipraa naviSThayaa matii yojaa nv indra te harii // susaMdRzaM tvaa vayaM maghavan vandiSiimahi / pra nuunaM puurNabandhura stuto yaasi vazaaM anu yojaa nv indra te harii iti /38/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (39) atha pratiparetya gaarhapatyam upatiSThante / mano nv aahvaamahe naaraazaMsena stomena / pitRRNaaM ca manmabhiH // aa na etu manaH punaH kratve dakSaaya diivase / jyok ca suuryaM dRze // punar naH pitaro mano dadaatu daivyo janaH / jiivaM vraataM sacemahiiti pitRyajneneva vaa etad acaariSus tad u khalu punar jiivaan apipadyante tasmaad aaha jiivaM vraataM sacemahiiti /39/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (40-41) atha yataro dadaati / sa punaH praaciinaaviitii bhuutvaabhiprapadya japaty amiimadanta pitaro yathaabhaagam aavRSaayiSaayiSateti yathaabhaagam aaziSur ity evaitad aaha /40/ athodapaatram aadaaya / punaH prasalavi triH pariSincan paryeti sa yajamaanasya pitaram avanejayaty asaav avanenikSvety asaav avanenikSveti pitaamaham asaav avanenikSveti prapitaamahaM tad yathaa jakSuSe 'bhiSinced evaM tat tad yat punaH prasalavi triH pariSincan paryeti prasalavi na idaM karmaanusaMtiSThaataa iti tasmaat punaH prasalavi triH pariSincan paryeti /41/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (42) atha niivim udvrhya namaskaroti / pitRdevatyaa vai niivis tasmaan niivim udvRhya namaskaroti yajno vai namo yajniyaan evaitaan etat karoti SaT kRtvo namaskaroti SaD vaa Rtava RatavaH pitaras tad RtuSv evaitad yajnaM pratiSThaapayati tasmaat SaT kRtvo namaskaroti gRhaan naH pitaro datteti gRhaaNaaM ha pitara iizata eSo etasyaaziiH karmaNa /42/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (43-44) te sarva eva yajnopaviitino bhuutvaa / anuyaajaabhyaaM pracariSyanta itthaad yajamaanaz ca brahmaa ca pazcaat pariitaH purastaad agniid upavizati hotaa hotRSadane /43/ athaaha brahman prathaasyaami / samidham aadhaayaagnim agniit saMmRDDhiiti sruvaac aadaaya pratyaGG atikraamaty atikramyaazraavyaaha devaan yajeti so 'pabarhiSau dvyanuyaajau yajati prajaa vai barhir net prajaaH pitRSudadhaaniiti tasmaad apabarhiSau dvaav anuyaajau yajati /44/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (45-46) atha saadayitvaa srucau vyuuhati / srucau vyuhya paridhiint samajya paridhim abhipadyaazraavyaaheSitaa daivyaa hotaaro bhadravaacyaaya preSito maanuSaH suuktavaakaayeti suuktavaakaM hotaa pratipadyate naadhvaryuH prastaraM samullumpatiity evopaaste yadaa hotaa suuktavaakam aaha /45/ athaagniid aahaanuprahareti / sa na kiM canaanupraharati tuuSNiim evaatmaanam upaspRzati /46/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. ZB 2.6.1.1-48 (47-48) athaaha saMvadasveti / agaan agniid agaM chraavaya zrauSaT svagaa daivyaa hotRbhyaH svastir maanuSebhyaH zaM yor bruuhiity upaspRzaty eva paridhiin naanupraharaty athaitad barhir anusamasyati paridhiiMz ca /47/ tad dhaike / havir ucchiSTam anusamasyanti tad u tathaa na kuryaad dhutocchiSTaM vaa etan ned dhutocchiSTam agnau juhavaameti tasmaad apo vaivaabhyavahareyuH praazniiyur vaa /48/ mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. GB 2.1.24-25 [261,3-263,9] (24 [261,4-14]) atha yad aparaahNe pitRyajnena caranty aparaahNabhaajo vai pi4taras tasmaad aparaahNe pitRyajnena caranti tad aahur yad aparapakSabhaa5jo vai pitaraH kasmaad enaan puurvapakSe yajantiiti devaa vaa6 ete pitaras tasmaad enaan puurvapakSe yajantiity atha yad ekaaM saa7midheniiM trir anvaaha sakRd u ha vai pitaras tasmaad ekaaM saa8midheniiM trir anvaahaatha yad yajamaanasyaarSeyaM naaha ned yaja9maanaM pravRNajaaniity atha yat somaM pitRmantaM pitRRn vaa10 somavataH pitRRn barhiSadaH pitRRn agniSVaattaan ity aavaahaya11ti na haike svaM mahimaanam aavaahayanti yajamaa12nasyaiSa mahimeti vadanta aavaahayed iti tv eva sthitam a13gner hy eSa mahimaa bhavaty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. GB 2.1.24-25 [261,3-263,9] (24-25 [261,14-262,10]) (continued from above) oM svadhety aazraavayaty astu svadheti14 pratyaazraavayati svadhaakaaro hi pitRRNaam atha yat prayaajaa15nuyaajebhyo barhiSmantaav uddharati prajaa vai barhir net prajaaM162,1 pitRSu dadhaaniiti te vai SaT saMpadyante SaD vaa Rtava EtavaH2 pitaraH pitRRNaam aaptyai /24/3 atha yaj jiivanavantaav aajyabhaagau bhavato yajamaanam eva4 taj jiivayaty atha yad ekaikasya haviSas tisras tisro yaajyaa5 bhavanti hvayaty evainaan prathamayaa dvitiiyayaagamayati praiva6 tRtiiyayaa yacchanty atho devayajnam evaitat pitRyajnena vyaavarta7yaty atho dakSiNaasaMstho vai pitRyajnas tam evaitad udaksaMsthaM kurv8nty atha yad agniM kavyavaahanam antato yajaty etatsviSTakRto vai9 pitaras tasmaad agniM kavyavaahanam antato yajaty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna arthavaada and vidhi. GB 2.1.24-25 [261,3-263,9] (25 [262,10-263,9]) (continued from above) atha yad iDaam u10pahuuyaavaghraaya na praaznanti pazavo vaa iDaa net pazuun pra11vRNajaaniity atha yat suuktavaake yajamaanasyaaziSo 'nvaaha12 ned yajamaanaM pravRNajaaniity atha yat patniiM na saMyaajayanti13 net patniiM pravRNajaaniity atha yat pavitravati maarjayante14 zaantir vai bheSajam aapaH zaantir evaiSaa bheSajam antato yajne263,1 kriyate 'tha yad adhvaryuH pitRbhyo nipRNaati jiivaan eva ta2t pitRRn anu manuSyaaH pitaro 'nupravahanty atho devayajnam evainaM3 pitRyajnena vyaavartayanty atho dakSiNaasaMstho vai pitRyajnas ta4m evaitad udaksaMsthaM kurvanty atha yat praanco 'bhyutkramyaadityam upa6tiSThante devaloko vaa aadityaH pitRlokaH pitaro6 devalokam evaitat pitRlokaad upasamkraamantiity atha yad dakSiNaanco7 'bhyutkramyaagniin upatiSThante priityaiva tad deveSv antato 'rdhaM8 caranty. mahaapitRyajna contents. ManZS 5.1.4.11-25: 11 saamidhenii, 12-13 in the hotuH pravara the introducing yajus is not recited and it begins with "deveddho manviddha", 14 agni kavyavaahana is the devataa of sviSTakRt, 15 prayaaja and anuyaaja are without those for barhis, 16 jiivitavat aajyabhaaga, mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.11 [143,17-144,10]) mahaapitRyajnaM kariSyann upakalpayate vriihiiMz ca yavaaMz ca17 SaTkapaalaany abhibhaanyaayai dugdham ardhapaatraM dve nave paatre ikSuzalaakaaM18 triin parNasevaan samuulaM barhir varSiiyaaMsam idham idhmaat parizrayaNaM kazi19puupabarhaNe aanjanaabhyanjane dazaaM sphyam udakumbhau yajnaayudhaaniity atha20 gaarhapatyaM paristRNaati tam uttareNaikaikaM saMsaadayati kazi144,1puupabarhaNe aanjanaabhyanjane dazaaM sphyam udakumbhau yajnaayudhaaniity atha2 yajnopaviitaM kRtvottareNa gaarhapatyam upavizya pavitravatyaagnihotra3havaNyaa nirvapati devasya tvaa savituH prasave 'zviNor baahubhyaaM4 puuSNo hastaabhyaaM somaaya pitRmate juSTaM nirvapaamiiti caturo5 muSTiin vriihiiNaaM nirvapaty etaam eva pratipadaM kRtvaa pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo6 juSTaM nirvapaamiiti catur yavaanaam etaam eva pratipadaM kRtvaa pitRbhyo7 'gniSvaattebhyo juSTaM nirvapaamiiti catura eva yavaanaaM teSaaM8 vriihiSv eva haviSkRtam udvaadayaty upodyacchante yavaan haviSkRtaa vaacaM9 visRjate (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.11 [144,10-145,1]) (to be continued) samaanaM karmaadhivapanaad adhyupya dakSiNaardhe gaarhapatyasya10 SaTkapaalaany upadadhaaty athaitaan yavaan uluukhale parikSudya gaarhapatya eka11kapaalam adhizritya bharjayanti bahuruupaa dhaanaaH kRtvaa teSaam ardhaa12 dhaanaa bhavanty athetaraan saktuun kurvanti kRtaani piSTaani samupya13 saMyutyaadhipRNakti puroDaazaM SaTkapaalam athottarato bhasmamizraa14n angaaraan niruuhya teSu navaM paatram adhizritya tiraH pavitram aajyam aa15niiya tiraH pavitraM dhaanaa aavapaty athaitad abhivaanyaayai dugdham ardhapaatraM16 yaacati tasmiMs tiraH pavitraM saktuun opyaikayekSuzalaakayopa17manthati dakSiNopamanthaty anaarabhyopamanthatiiti braahmaNam athottarato18 bhasmamizraan angaaraan niruuhya teSv adhizrayati tvacaM puroDaazasya19 graahayitvaabhivaasyaatraivaapy ebhyo ninayati (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.11-12 [145,1-12]) (to be continued) dakSiNata eSa samaH2 sthaNDilaH kRto bhavati tad etaaM caturazraaM vedim aalikhaty eva2 na khanati tasyai madhyato 'nvaahaaryapacanam upasamaadhaaya stambayaju3r harati /11/4 idam eva prasiddhaM pauroDaazikaM trir yajuSaa tuuSNiiM caturthaM5 puurvaM parigraahaM parigRhNaati karaNaM japaty uddhanty uddhataad aagniidhras tri6r harati yad aagniidhras trir haraty athottaraM parigraahaM parigRhya yoyupitvaa7 tiryancaM sphyaM stabdhvaa saMpraiSam aaha prokSaNiir aasaadayedhmaabarhir upa8saadaya sruvaM ca srucaz ca saMmRDDhy aajyenodehiity aahRtaasu prokSaNiiSuudasya sphyaM maarjayitvodhmaabarhir upasaadya pradakSiNam aavRtya pratyaGG aadrutya10 sruvaM ca srucaz ca saMmaarSTy aajyenodetyaajyaM ca prokSaNiiz cotpuuya prasiddhaM pancagRhiitaani vaa SaDgRhiitaani vaajyaani gRhiitvaa (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.12 [145,12-146,8]) (to be continued) prokSaNii12bhir upottiSThatiidhmaM prokSati vediM prokSati barhiH prokSati13 barhir aasannaM prokSyopaniniiya purastaat samuulaM prastaraM gRhNaati14 tuuSNiim atha praaciinaaviitaM kRtvaa trir apasalaiH paristRNan paryeti15 saMtaraam evaagre 'tha vitaraam atha vitaraam atha yajnopaviitaM kRtvaa16 yathetaM triH punaH pratiparyety atha prastarapaaNir dvau paridhii pari17 dadhaati madhyamaM caiva dakSiNaM cordhve samidhaav aadadhaati vidhRtii18 tirazcii saadayati vidhRtyoH samuulaM prastaraM nyasyati tuuSNiiM19 prastare juhuuM barhiSiitare etaa asadann iti samabhimRzya146,1 pradakSiNam aavRtya pratyaGG aadrutyaanupuurvaM haviiMSy udvaasayaty upastiirNaa2bhighaaritaM puroDaazam abhighaarya dhaanaaH karambham iti teSaam e3kaikam anuuciinaany udaaharanti dakSiNataH puroDaazam aasaadayaty uttarato4 dhaanaa uttarataH karambhaM dakSiNata etat parizrayaNaM kazipuupa5barhaNe aanjanaabhyanjane dazaaM sphyam iti nidadhaaty uttarata uda6kumbhau dakSiNata upavizato brahmaa ca yajamaanaz cottarato7 'dhvaryuz caagniidhraz ca /12/8 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.13 [146,9-147,2]) (to be continued) athedhmaat samidham aadadaana aahaagnaye devebhyaH pitRbhyaH samidhya9maanaayaanubruuhiity abhyaadadhaatiidhmaM sakRd vaa trir vaa pari samidhaM10 zinaSTi vedenopavaajayaty anuuktaasu saamidheniiSu surveNaaghaaram aa11ghaarayati saMmRSTe srugbhyaam uttaram athaasaMsparzayan srucaav udaGG atyaakramya12 juhvaa dhurvaaM samajya saadayitvaa srucau pravaraM pravRNiite 'thaa13 zraavayaty o zraavayaastu zrauSaD agnir devo hotaa devaan pitRRn yakSat siidety etaavaan pravaraH siidati hotaa prasavam aakaankSati prasuutaH srucaav aadaayaatyaakramyaazraavyaaha samidho yajeti vaSaTkRte juhoti16 yaja yajety apabarhiSaz caturH prayaajaan iSTvodaGG atyaakramya saMsraave17NaanupuurvaM haviiMSy abhighaarayaty athaagnaye somaayety aajyabhaagaabhyaaM147,1 caraty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.13-14 [147,2-148,1]) (to be continued) athodaGG atyaakramya yathaayatanaM srucau saadayitvaa praaciinaa2viitaani kurvate viparikraamanty eta Rtvijo vipariharatnti3 haviiMSy uttarataH puroDaazam aasaadayati dakSiNataH karambham aazaya4 eva dhaanaa bhavanty uttarata upavizato brahmaa ca yajamaanaz ca dakSiNato5 'dhvaryuz caagniidhraz caathaitat parizrayanti tasyodiiciiM dvaaraM kurvanti6 sa yo balavaaMs tam aahaanenaudakumbhena saMtatayaa dhaarayaa trir a7pasalaiH pariSincan pariihiiti sa tathaa karoti nidhaaya kumbhaM8 yathetaM triH punaH pratiparyety athopastiirya puurvaardhaat puroSaazasyaava9dyann aaha /13/10 somaaya pitRmate 'nu svadheti puurvaardhaat puroDaazasyaavadyati11 puurvaardhaat karambhasyaabhighaarayati pratyanakti dakSi12Nato 'vadaayodaGG atikraamaty o svadhety aazraavayaty astu svadheti pratyaa13zraavayati somaM pitRmantaM svadhaa kurv iti ye svadhety aaguur ye14 svadhaamaha iti vaa svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti vaSaTkRte15 juhoty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.14 [148,1-12]) (to be continued) athopastiirya madhyaad dhaanaanaam avadyann aaha pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo148,1 'nu svadheti madhyaad dhaanaanaam avadyati madhyaat karambhasya madhyaa2t puroDaazasyaabhighaarayati pratyanakti dakSiNato 'vadaayodaGG ati3kraamaty o svadhety aazraavayaty asut svadheti pratyaazraavayati pitRRn4 barhiSadaH svadhaa kurv iti ye svadhety aaguur ye svadhaamaha iti vaa5 svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti vaSaTkRte juhoty athopastiiryaaparaa6rdhaat karambhasyaavadyann aaha pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo 'nu svadhety aparaa7dhaat karambhasyaavadyaty aparaardhaat puroDaazasyaaparaardhaad dhaanaanaam abhighaara8yati pratyanakti dakSiNato 'vadaayodaGG atikraamaty o svadhety aa9zraavayaty astu svadheti pratyaazraavayati pitRRn agniSvaattaan svadhaa10 kurv iti ye svahety aaguur ye svadhaamaha iti vaa svadhaa nama iti11 vaSaTkaroti vaSaTkRte juhoty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.14 [148,12-21]) (to be continued) athopastiirya dakSiNaardhaat puroDaazasyaa12vadyann aahaagnaye kavyavaahanaaya sviSTakRte 'nu svadheti dakSiNaa13rdhaat puroDaazasyaavadyati dakSiNaardhaad dhaanaanaaM dakSiNaardhaat kara14mbhasya dvir abhighaarayati na pratyanakti dakSiNato 'vadaayo15daGG atikraamatya o svadhety aazraavayaty astu svadheti pratyaazraavayaty agniM16 kavyavaahanaM sviSTakRtaM svadhaa kurv iti ye svadhety aaguur ye svadhaamaha iti vaa svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti vaSaTkRte dakSi18Naapuurvaardhe 'tihaaya puurvaa aahutiir juhoty atraitan mekSaNaM zalaakaa19m ity agnaav anupraharaty athaine saMsraaveNaabhijuhoty atha dakSiNato 'tyaa20kramya yathaayatanaM srucau saadayitvaa yajnopaviitaani kurvate21 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.14-15 [148,22-149,11]) (to be continued) viparikraamanty eta Rtvijo vipariharatni haviiMSi dakSiNataH22 puroDaazam aasaadayaty uttarataH karambham aazaya eva dhaanaa bhavanti149,1 dakSiNata upavizato brahmaa ca yajamaanaz cottarato 'dhvaryuz caagniidhra2z caatha praazitram avadaayeDaam avadyati /14/3 upahuutaayaam iDaayaam agniidha aadadhaati SaDavattaM nighreNa4 bhakSayitvaa barhiSi saMnyasyanty atha praaciinaaviitaani kRtvaa puroDaazaM5 dhaanaaH karambham iti paatryaaM saMprayauti tisRSu sraktiSu6 parNaseveSu triin piNDaan dadaaty etat te tataasau ye ca tvaam anv iti7 dakSiNasyaaM zroNyaam etat te pitaamahaasau ye ca tvaam anv iti8 dakSiNe Msa etat te prapitaamahaasau ye ca tvaam anv ity uttare9 'Msa uttarasyaaM zroNyaaM lepaM nimaarSTy eSaa yuSmaakam iyam asmaaka10m imaaM vayaM jiivaa jiivanto 'nusamcaranto bhuuyaasmety (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.15 [149,11-150,5]) (to be continued) atra pitaro11 yathaabhaagaM mandadhvam ity uktvodanco niSkramya yajnopaviitaani12 kRtvaahavaniiyam upatiSThante susamdRzaM tvaa vayaM maghavan mandiSiimahi /13 pra nuunaM puurNavandhura stuto yaasi vazaaM anu / yojaa nv indra te14 harom ity aa tamitor upatiSThante 'tha gaarhapatyam upatisThante 'kSann a15miimadanta hy ava priyaa adhuuSata / astoSata svabhaanavo vipraa na150,1viSThayaa matii / yojaa nv indra te harom ity aa tamitor upatiSThante2 'tha praaciinaaviitaani kRtvaanvaahaaryapacanam abhiprapadyante 'kSan pitaro3 'miimadanta pitaro 'tiitRpanta pitaro 'miimRjanta pitaraH /4 pareta pitaraH somyaa ity aa tamitor upatiSThante (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.15 [150,5-13]) (to be continued) sa yo balavaaM5s tam aahaanenodakumbhena saMtatayaa dhaarayaa trir apasalaiH pariSincan6 pariihiiti sa tathaa karoti nidhaaya kumbhaM yathetaM triH punaH7 pratiparyety aaharaNapriityeva kazipuupabarhaNe aanjanaabhyanjane dadaaty atha8 vaasaaMsi dadaaty atha Sadbhir namaskaarair viparyaasam upatiSThate 'tha viiraM9 yaacate 'thainaan utthaapya pravaahya tisRbhir mana aahvayate mano10 nv aahuvaamaha aa na etu manaH punaH punar naH pitaro mana ity atrai11taan piNDaan saha parNasevair agnaav anupraharati vyavacchindanti pari12zrayaNam (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BaudhZS 5.11-15 [143,17-151,4] (5.15 [150,13-151,4]) (to be continued) atha yajnopaviitaani kurvate 'tha saMpraiSam aaha brahman prasthaa13syaamaH samidham aadhaayaagniid agniin sakRt sammRDDhiity atha juhuupabhRtaa14v aadaayaatyaakramyaazraavyaaha devau yajeti vaSaTkRte juhoti15 yaja yajety apabarhiSau dvaav anuuyaajaav iSTodaGG atyaakramya yathaayatanaM16 srucau saadayitvaa vaajavatiibhyaaM srucau vyuuhati zaMyunaa prastara17paridhi saMprakiirya saMprasraavya srucau vimucyaatraiva samiSTayajur juho18ty athaiteSaaM zastraaNaaM dve dve udaaharanty atha yajnopaviitaani kRtvaa151,1 praajaapatyarcaa gaarhapatyam upatiSThante prajaapate na tvad etaany anya2 ity atraitaaM dvitiiyaaM japati yad antarikSam pRthiviim uta dyaam iti3 saMtiSThate mahaapitRyajnaH /15/4 mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (16.1-11) pitRyajnasya tantraM prakramayati /1/ dakSiNapuurveNaanvaahaaryapacanaM yajamaanamaatriiM catuHsraktiM vediM karoti /2/ tasya dikSu sraktayo bhavanty avaantaradezeSu madhyaani /3/ athainaaM sarvataH parizrityottaraaM sraktiM prati dvaaraM karoti /4/ uddhananaantaaM kRtvaanvaahaaryapacanaad agnim aahRtya madhyataH samaadadhaati /5/ eSa etasmiMs tantra aahavaniiyo bhavati /6/ tatra ye devapravaadaa mantraa ubhayavat te saMnamyeran devaanaaM pitRRNaaM pariSuutam asi / karmaNe vaaM devebhyaH pitRbhyaH zakeyam iti /7/ yathaaprakRty eva varterann ity aparam /8/ samaanam aa barhiSa aaharaNaat /9/ samuulaM barhir daaty upamuulaM vaa /10/ draaghiiyaan idhma idhmaad bhavati draaghiiyo barhiSo barhiH /11/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (16.12-17) (continued from above) samaanam aa nirvapaNaat /12/ dakSiNataH zakaTaat praaciinaaviitii nirvapaty uttarato vaa yajnopaviitii /13/ somaaya pitRmate puroDaazaM SaTkapaalaM nirvapati pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo dhaanaaH pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo 'bhivaanyaayai dugdhe mantham /14/ yavamayaany etaani haviiMSi bhavanti /15/ prokSaNyudrekeNa yavaan aardraan kRtvaavahanti /16/ samaanam aa phaliikaraNaat /17/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (17.1-13) (continued from above) phaliikRtaaMs taNDulaaMs traidhaM vibhajyaanvaahaaryapacane bharjanaarthaM kapaalam upadhaaya tasmiMs tRtiiyaM taNDulaanaaM dhaanaaM bharjanti /1/ vyaakhyaataH saMskaaraH /2/ piSTaanaam aavRtaa dhaanaaH piMSanti /3/ samaanam aa kapaalopadhaanaat /4/ dakSiNaardhe gaarhapatyasya SaT kapaalaany upadhaayaanvaahaaryapacane dhaanaarthaM kapaalam upadadhaati /5/ naanaapaatreSu haviiMSi saMvapati /6/ utpunaati /7/ piSTeSv apa aaniiyaadhivaanyaayai dugdhe mantham aanayati /8/ ardhapaatraM karoti /9/ piSTaani saMyutyekSuzalaakayaa manthaM prasavyaM dakSiNaabhimukho 'nanvaarabhamaaN upamanthati /10/ zalaakasthaM karoti /11/ puroDaazam adhizrityaanvaahaaryapacane dhaanaa bharjanti /12/ taa traiva vidahyamaaNaaha parizerata aa haviSaam udvaasanaat /13/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (17.14-22) (continued from above) tata uttaraM parigraahaM parigRhNaati /14/ samaanam aajyaanaaM grahaNaat /15/ dakSiNaardhe gaarhapatyasyaajyaani gRhNaati /16/ sarvaaNi caturgRhiitaani /17/ taany atraiva parizerata aa haviSaam aasaadanaat /18/ samaanam barhiSaH staraNaat /19/ agre barhir gRhiitvaa prasavyam agniM triH stRNan payeti /20/ trir astRNan pratiparyeti ayaa viSThaa janayan karvaraaNi ity uurdhvaM dhaarayamaaNaH /21/ sa prastaro bhavati /22/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (18.1-11) (continued from above) dvau paridhii paridadhaati madhyamaM caiva dakSiNaardhyaM ca /1/ naatra vidhRtii bhavataH /2/ tuuSNiim eva prastaraM nyasyati /3/ ekaikaza aajyaani haviiMSiity aasaadayanti /4/ agnim agre haranty athodakumbham aajyaany atha haviiMSi /5/ ekaikam alaMkaroti vaa / eSaam eSa pariveSa ity ekeSaam /6/ dakSiNataH kazipuupabarhaNam aanjanam abhyanjanam ity ekaikaza aasaadya visrasya praaciinaaviitaani yajnopaviitaani kurvate /7/ tataH saMpreSyati agnaye devebhyaH pitRbhyaH samidhyamaanaayaanubruuhi iti /8/ uzantas tvaa havaamahe ity etaaM saamidheniiM trir anvaaha /9/ sakRd evedhmam aadadhaati traidhaM vaa vibhajya /10/ sruvaaghaaram aaghaarya saMpreSyati agniit paridhii caagniM tris triH saMmRDDhi iti /11/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (18.12-21) (continued from above) samaanam pravaraat /12/ aazraavyaaha siida hotaH iti /13/ etaavaan pravaraH /14/ naarSeyaM vRNiite na hotaaram /15/ apabarhiSaz caturaH prayaajaan yajati /16/ aajyabhaagaabhyaaM pracarya visrasya yajnopaviitaani praaciinaaviitaani kurvate /17/ atraike parizrayaNaM samaamananti /18/ vipariharanty aajyaani vipariharanti haviiMSi viparikraamanty RtvijaH /19/ dakSiNena juhuum upabhRtaM saadayati dakSiNenopabhRtaM dhruvaam / dakSiNena puroDaazaM dhaanaaH saadayati dakSiNena dhaanaa mantham /20/ samaanatra juhuur bhavati samaanatra puroDaazaH samaanatra brahmaa ca yajamaanaz ca /21/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (19.1-10) (continued from above) tataH saMpreSyati somaaya pitRmate 'nu svadhaa iti /1/ juhvaam upastiirya sarveSaaM haviSaam saha sviSTakRtaa dve dve puronuvaakye anvaahobhe sapraNave /2/ SaDavattaM pancaavattinaam avadyati pancaavattaM caturavattinaam /3/ SaDavatte mukhyaan mukhyaad dhaviSo dvir avadyati /4/ puroDaazasyaavadaaya dhaanaanaam avadyati /5/ evaM manthasya /6/ abhighaaryodaGG atyaakramya aa svadhaa ity aazraavayati / astu svadhaa iti pratyaazraavayati /7/ somaM pitRmantaM svadhaa iti saMpreSyati /8/ ye svadhaamahe ity aaguur bhavati /9/ svadhaa namaH iti vaSaTkaroti /10/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (19.11-17) (continued from above) tataH saMpreSyati pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo 'nu svadhaa iti /11/ juhvaam upastiirya dhaanaanaam avadaaya manthasyaavadyati /12/ evaM puroDazasya /13/ abhighaaryodaGG atyaakramya aa svadhaa ity aazraavayati / astu svadhaa iti pratyaazraavayati /14/ pitRRn barhiSadaH svadhaa iti saMpreSyati /15/ ye svadhaamahe ity aaguur bhavati /16/ svadhaa namaH iti vaSaTkaroti /17/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (19.18-24) (continued from above) tataH saMpreSyati pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo 'nu svadhaa iti /18/ juhvaam upastiirya manthaad avadaaya puroDaazasyaavadyati /19/ evaM dhaanaanaam /20/ abhighaaryodaGG atyaakramya aa svadhaa ity aazraavayati / astu svadhaa iti pratyaazraavayati /21/ pitRRn agniSvaattaan svadhaa iti saMpreSyati /22/ ye svadhaamahe ity aaguur bhavati /23/ svadhaa namaH iti vaSaTkaroti /24/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (20.1-7) (continued from above) asamavadaaya pracaraNam eke samaamananti /1/ tataH saMpreSyati agnaye kavyavaahanaaya sviSTakRte 'nu svadhaa iti /2/ juhvaam upastiirya sarveSaaM haviSaaM dakSiNaardhaat sakRt sakRc caturavadaanasya avadyati dvir dviH pancaavadaanasya /3/ abhighaaryodaGG atyaakramya aa svadhaa ity aazraavayati / astu svadhaa iti pratyaazraavayati /4/ agniM kavyavaahanaM sviSTakRtaM svadhaa iti saMpreSyati /5/ ye svadhaamahe ity aaguur bhavati /6/ svadhaa namaH iti vaSaTkaroti /7/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (20.8-13) (continued from above) manthasyaagraiDaam avadaayetarayor avadyati / mantham iDaam avadyatiity ekeSaam /8/ upahuutaam iDaam avaghreNa bhakSayanti hotaagre 'thaadhvaryur atha brahmaathaagniidhro 'tha yajamaanaH /9/ udakumbham aadaaya prasavyam agniM triH pariSincan paryeti zundhantaaM pitaraH iti / trir apariSincan pratiparyeti ayaa viSThaa janayan karvaraaNi iti /10/ haviHzeSaan saMprayutya triin piNDaan kRtvaa tisRSu sraktiSu nidadhaati pazcaardhyaayaaM dakSiNaardhyaayaaM puurvaardhyaayaam /11/ etad vaa vipariitam /12/ etat te tata ye ca tvaam anu ity etari mantrair yathaa piNDapitRyajne /13/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (21.1-10) (continued from above) uttarasyaaM sraktyaaM lepaM nimRjya atra pitaro yathaabhaagaM mandadhvam ity uktvodanca upaniSkramyaa tamitor aahavaniiyam upatiSThante /1/ samanya japanti susaMdRzaM tvaa vayam maghavan mandiSiimahi iti /2/ akSann amiimadanta iti gaarhapatyam upatiSThante /3/ amiimadanta pitaraH somyaaH iti paraayanti /4/ pareta pitaraH somyaaH iti punar abhiprapadyante /5/ tuuSNiiM dazaaM vorNaastukaaM vaa pracchidyopanyasyaayanti etaani vaH pitaro vaasaamsy ato no 'nyat maa yuuDhvam iti /6/ aanjanaprabhRti gaarhapatyaupasthaanaantaM karma kriyate yathaa piNDapitRyajne /7/ atraike pariSecanaM samaamananti /8/ visrasya praaciinaaviitaani yajnopaviitaani kurvate /9/ vipariharanti sruco viparikraamanty RtvijaH /10/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. BharZS 8.16.1-21.17 (21.11-17) (continued from above) vyapacchaadya parizrayaNaM saMpreSyati brahman pra sthaasyaamaH iti /11/ apabarhiSau dvaav anuuyaajau yajati /12/ devau yaja iti puurvam anuuyaajaM saMpreSyati / yaja ity uttaram /13/ suuktavaakaM prati hotaa nivyayate /14/ naatra patny anvaaste na saMyaajayanti na samiSTayaur juhoti /15/ siddham iSTiH saMtiSThate /16/ zaMyuvantety ekeSaam /17/ mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (13.1-7) tadaaniim eva pitRyajnasya tantraM prakramayati /1/ vedaM kRtvaagreNaanvaahaaryapacanaM yajamaanamaatriiM catuHsraktiM vediM karoti /2/ pratidizaM sraktayo 'vaantaradezaan prati madhyaani /3/ uddhataa khaataa bhavati /4/ na praacii vedir uddhatyaa / pitRyajno hi / na dakSiNaa / yajno hi / ubhe dizaav antaroddhatyaa / ubhaye hi devaaz ca pitaraz cejyanta iti vijnaayate /5/ ye ke ca devasaMyuktaa mantraa devebhyaH pitRbhya iti taan saMnamati / yathaa bhavati pRthivi devapitRyajaniiti /6/ avikaaro vaa paravaakyazravaNaat /7/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (13.8-14) (continued from above) praag uttaraat parigrahaat kRtvaa dakSiNaagner agnim aahRtya madhye vedyaa upasamaadadhaati /8/ etasmin pitRyajna aahavaniiyakarmaaNi kriyante /9/ agniin anvaadhaayedhmaabarhir aaharati /10/ samuulaM barhir daati /11/ upamuulaluunaM vaa /12/ varSiiyaan arthaad idhmo draaghiiyaaMz ca /13/ agniin paristiirya paaNiprakSaalanaadi karma pratipadyate / yathaarthaM paatraprayogaH /14/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (13.15-18) (continued from above) nirvapaNakaale sarvato vediM parizrityottareNa dvaaraM kRtvaa dakSiNataH praaciinaaviitii haviiMSi nirvapati / uttarato vaa / yajnopaviitii somaaya pitRmata iti yathaasamaamnaatam /15/ athaikeSaam / somaaya pitRmata aajyaM pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyaH SaTkapaalaM pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo dhaanaa agnaye kavyavaahanaaya yamaaya vaa manthaM yamaayaangirasvate pitRmate /16/ udakumbhaH praokSaNiibhaajanaM bhavati /17/ prokSaNyudrekeNa yavaan saMyutya triSphaliikRtaaMs taNDulaan vibhaagamantreN vibhajya dhaanaarthaan nidhaayetaraan piSTaani kRtvaa dakSiNaardhe gaarhapatyasya SaTkapaalaany upadhaaya dakSiNaagnau prathamena kapaalamantreNa dhaanaarthaM kapaalam adhizrayati /18/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (13.19-14.8) (continued from above) adhizrayaNakaale 'dhizrayaNamantreNa taNDulaan opya bahuruupaa dhaanaaH karoti /19/ vidahyamaanaaH parizerata iti vijnaayate /20/ saMpraiSakaale patniivarjaM saMpreSyati /14.1/ aajyagrahaNakaala uttareNa gaarhapatyaM caturgRhiitaany aajyaani gRhNaati /2/ prokSaNiinaam abhimantraNaadi karma pratipadyate /3/ staraNakaale barhiSaa triH prasavyaM vediM stRNan paryeti /4/ auddhavaan dhaarayamaaNas trir astRNan pratiparyeti /5/ audbhavaH prastaraH /6/ prastarasya grahaNasaadane tuuSNiim /7/ na vidhRtii /8/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (14.9-16) (continued from above) dvau paridhii paridadhaati /9/ madhyamottarau /10/ sarvaan vaa /11/ yadi sarvaan aavaahanakaale paridhiiMz aporNv iti vaabhijnaaya dakSiNaM madhyame paridhaav upasamasyet /12/ udvaasanakaale dhaanaa udvaasya vibhaagamantreNa vibhajyaardhaa aajyena saMyauti /13/ ardhaaH piSTaanaam aavRtaa saktuun kRtvaabhivaanyaayai dugdhasyaardhazaraave saktuun opyaikayekSuzalaakayekSukaaNDena vaa dakSiNaamukhas triH prasavyam anaarabhopamanthati /14/ zalaakaasthaM manthaM kRtvaikaikazo haviiMSy aasaadayati /15/ dakSiNataH kazipuupabarhaNam aanjanam abhyanjanam udakumbham ity ekaikaza aasaadya vedaM nidhaaya saamidheniibhyaH pratipadyate /16/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (14.17-25) (continued from above) agnaye devebhyaH pitRbhyaH samidhyamaanaayaanubruuhiiti saMpreSyati /17/ ekaaM saamidheniiM trir anvaaha / uzantas tvaa havaamaha ity etaam /18/ ekaam anuuyaajasamidham avaziSya samaza idhmaM traidhaM vibhajya trir aadadhaati /19/ samaanam aa pravaraat /20/ naarSeyaM vRNiite na hotaaram /21/ aazraavyaaha siida hotar iti etaavaan pravaraH /22/ apabarhiSaH prayaajaan iSTvaa jiivavantaav aajyabhaagau yajati /23/ aa no agne suketunaa rayiM vizvaayupoSasam / maarDiikaM dhehi jiivase // (RV 1.79.9) tvaM soma mahe bhagaM tvaM yuuna Rtaayate / dakSaM dadhaasi jiivasa iti (RV 1.91.7) jiivavantau /24/ atra vedyaaH parizrayaNam eke samaamananti /25/ (to be continued)siida hotaH // ApZS 11.3.8 (caaturmaasya, mahaapitRyajna, hotuH pravara). mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (15.1-7) (continued from above) visrasya yajnopaviitaani praaciinaaviitaani kurvate / viparikraamanty RtvijaH / vipariharanti sruco haviiMSi parizrayaNaaniiti /1/ dakSiNena juhuum upabhRtaM saadayati / dakSiNenopabhRtaM dhruvaaM dakSiNena puroDaazaM dhaanaas taa dakSiNena mantham /2/ samaanatra juhuuSaTkapaalau /3/ brahmayajamaanaav ity eke /4/ SaDavattaH pancaavattinaaM pancaavattaz caturavattinaam /5/ saMbhindan puroDaazasyaavadyati /6/ dviH prathamasyaavadyet pancaavattinaH /7/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (15.8-16) (continued from above) juhvaam upastiirya somaaya pitRmate 'nu svadheti saMpreSyati /8/ sakRt puroDaazasyaavadyati sakRd dhaanaanaaM sakRn manthasya /9/ dakSiNato 'vadaayaabhighaaryodaGG atikramya dakSiNaamukhas tiSThann aa svadhety aazraavayati /10/ astu svadheti pratyaazraavayati / somaM pitRmantaM svadheti saMpreSyati / ye svadhaamaha iti yajati / svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti /11/ svadhaakaaraM tu pratiSidhya bahvRcavaajasaneyinaam aazrutapratyaazrutaany eva vidadhaati /12/ dve puro'nuvaakye anvaaha /13/ Rcam uktvaa praNauti / aparaam uktvaa praNauti /14/ tvaM soma pracikita ity etaa (TS 2.6.23.b-r) aamnaataa bhavanti /15/ ekaa yaajyaa /16/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (15.17-20) (continued from above) agniSvaataaH pitara ity (TS 2.6.12.e) eSaa // ye agniSvaattaa ye 'nagniSvaattaa aMhomucaH pitaraH somyaasaH / pare 'vare mRtaaso bhavanto 'dhibruvantu te avantv asmaan // vaanyaayai dugdhe juSamaaNaaH karambham udiiraaNaa avare pare ca / agniSvaattaa RtubhiH saMvidaanaa indravanto havir idaM juSantaam iti (TB 2.6.16.1-2) pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyaH /17/ upaaMzu parizrite pitRyajnena caranti /18/ etenaiva kalpena pitRRn barhiSado yajaty agniSvaattaan /19/ agniM kavyavaahanaM sviSTakRdarthe yajati /20/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (15.21-16.5) (continued from above) yaaM devataaM yajet taddhaviSaa prathamam avadaanam avadyati /21/ sa caavadaabakalpaH /22/ mantha iDaam avadyati manthaM vaiva /23/ manthaM hotra aadadhaati /24/ taM hotaavajighrati /25/ brahmaadhvaryur agniid yajamaanaz ca /16.1/ api vaa na yajamaanaH /2/ samazo vaa prativibhajyaavaghreNa bhakSayitvaa barhiSi lepaan nimRjante /3/ udakumbham aadaaya yajamaanaH zundhantaaM pitara iti triH prasavyaM vediM pariSincan paryeti /4/ nidhaaya kumbham ayaa viSThayaa kurvaraaNiiti (TS 1.7.12.f) trir apariSincan pratiparyeti /5/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (16.6-9) (continued from above) haviHzeSaan saMplomnaaya piNDaan kRtvaa tisRSu sraktiSu nidadhaati puurvasyaaM dakSiNasyaam aparasyaam iti / etat te tataasau ye ca tvaam anv ity etaiH (TS 1.8.5.b) pratimantram /6/ triin paraan pitRRn anvaacaSTe / SaSThaM prathame piNDe / pancamaM dvitiiye / caturthaM tRtiiye /7/ uttarasyaaM sraktyaaM riptalepaM nimRjyaatra pitaro yathaabhaagaM mandadhvam ity (TS 1.8.5.b) uktvodanco niSkramya susaMdRzaM tvaa vayam ity (TS 1.8.5.c) aindryarcaahaavaniiyam upatiSThanta aindriibhyaaM vaa /8/ aa tamitor upasthaayaakSann amiimadanta hiiti (TS 1.8.5.d) panktyaa gaarhapatyam upatiSThante /9/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (16.10-17) (continued from above) etayaiva parizritaM pravizanti /10/ atraike bhakSaNaparSecane samaamananti /11/ avaghreNa sarvabhakSaaH /12/ aanjanaadi piNDapitRyajnavad aa panktyaaH /13/ yad antarikSam iti (TS 1.8.5.k) panktyaa punar eti /14/ visrasya praaciinaaviitaani yajnopaviitaani kurvate / viparikraamanty RtvijaH / vipariharanti srucaH /15/ apakarSanti parizrayaNaani /16/ aupabhRtaM juhvaam aaniiyaapabarhiSaav anuuyaajau yajati / devau yajeti prathamam saMpreSyati / yajety uttaram /17/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. ApZS 8.13.1-16.22 (16.18-22) (continued from above) suuktavaakaM prati niviitaani kurvate /18/ na patniiH saMyaajayanti /19/ na samiSTayajur juhoti /20/ sarvam anyat kriyate /21/ saMtiSThate pitRyajnaH /22/ mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3] (4 [475,12-477,28]) tadaaniim eva mahaapitRyajnena yajate /475,12 dakSiNataH purastaad dakSiNaagner yajamaanamaatriiM caturazraaM vediM karoti /15 tasyaaH pratidizaM sraktayo bhavanti /18 avaantaradezaan anu madhyaani /25 sarvatra devapravaadamantraM devapitRvat saMnamati/476,5 yathaa pRthivi devapitRyajani devaanaaM pitRRNaaM12 pariSuutam asi devapitRbarhir maa tvaanvaG maa tirya13k karmaNe vaaM devebhyaH pitRbhyaH zakeyam iti /14 uddhananaantaM kRtvaa sarvataH parizrityottaraaM sraktiM dvaaraM kRtvaa /477,28 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3] (4 [478,3-23]) (continued from above) dakSiNaagner angaaraan aahRtya madhye veder nyupyopasamaadadhaati /478,3 eSo 'traahavaniiyaH /5 aahavaniiyaM gaarhapatyaM dakSiNaagniM caanvaadhaaya /7 idhmaabarhir aaharati draaghiiyaH praakR11taat samuulaM barhir daaty upamuulaluunaM vaa /12 dvau paridhii sarvaan vopasaMnahyati /15 paatrasaMsaadanakaale yathaarthaM paatraaNi prayunakti /18 somaaya pitRmate SaTkapaalaani pitRbhyo20 barhiSadbhyo dhaanaarthaM kapaalam /21 pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo manthaarthaM vaaraNaM paatraM zaraavaM vaa /23 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3] (4 [478,25-479,10]) (continued from above) nirvapaNakaale 'dhvaryur dakSiNataH zaka25Tam aaruhya praaciinaaviitii yavaan nirvapati /26 uttarato vaa yajnopaviitii /479,1 somaaya pitRmate puroDaazaM SaTkapaalaM nirvapaty aajyaM vaa /3 pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo dhaanaaH pitRbhyo 'gni5Svaattebhyo manthaM yamaaya mantham ity ekeSaam /6 prokSanyudrekeNa yavaan saMyutyaavahanti /8 triS phaliikRteSu vibhaagamantreNa SaTkapaalam apacchidya pinaSTi /10 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3] (4 [479,13-24]) (continued from above) dakSiNaardhe gaarhapatyasya SaTkapaalaany upadhaaya prathamena13 kapaalamantreNa dakSiNaagnau bharjanaarthaM kapaalam upadadhaati /14 SaTkapaalam adhizrityaadhizrayaNamantreNopya dhaanaa bharjayati /16 anupadahyamaanaaH parizerate /18 akhaataa vedir bhavaty uttaraM parigraahaM parigRhya /20 saMpraiSeNa pratipadyate yad anyat patniisaMnahanaat tat saMpreSyati /22 na patniiM saMnahyati naanvaaste gRheSv evaasiinaajyam avekSate /24 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3] (4 [479,24-480,15]) (continued from above) yat praag aajyagrahaNaat ta kRtvaa pratihRtya gaarhapatya aajyaani gRhNaati /26 sarvaaNi caturgRhiitaani dvir vopabhRti /480,1 prokSaNiir abhimantrya brahmaaNam aamantryedhmaM vediM barhiz ca prokSa3NyavazeSaM niniiya pavitre apisRjyaagreSu barhir gRhiitvaa4 triH prasavyam agniM dhuunvan paryety aurdhvaH prasta6ras taM dhaarayamaaNas trir adhuunvan pratiparyeti /7 dvau paridhii sarvaan vaa paridadhaati /12 pratiSiddhe vidhRtii tuuSNiiM prastaraM nyasya14ty udvaasanaprabhRtiini karmaaNi pratipadyate /15 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3] (4 [480,18-27]) (continued from above) yat praag alaMkaraNaat tat kRtvaa /18 vibhaagamantreNa dhaanaa vibhajya piSTaanaam aavRtaardhaan saktuun kRtvaa /20 abhivaanyavatsaayai dugdhe vaaraNe paatre 'rdhazaraave vekSu25zalaakayaa dakSiNaasiino 'naarabhamaaNas triH prasavyaM26 mantham upamanthati zalaakaastambaM manthaM karoti /27 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4 [475,12-487,3] (4 [481,3-15]) (continued from above) dakSiNaagner ekolmukaM dhuupaayat paraaciinam apareNa gaarhapatyam atyaahRtyaa481,3 greNaahavaniiyaM paryaahRtya dakSiNenaahavaniiyam antarvedi nidadhaati4 alaMkRtyaikaikaza aajyaani haviiMSi caasaadayati /8 dakSiNata aanjanam abhyanjanaM kazipuupa11barhaNam udakumbhaM ca pratiSThaapayati /12 yajnopaviitaM kurute yadi praaciinaaviitii bhavati /15 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [481,18-482,5]) (continued from above) agnaye devebhyaH pitRbhyaH samidhyamaanaayaanubruuhiiti saMpreSyati /18 uzantas tvaa havaamaha ity etaaM saamidheniiM trir anvaaha /20 traidham idhmaM prativibhajya sarvam aadadhaati /24 oDhaasu devataasv agnim upavaajya sruvaaghaaram aaghaaryaagnii26t paridhiiMz caagniM ca tris triH saMmRDDhiiti saMpreSyati /27 saMmRSTe pravaraM pravRNiite // siida hotar ity etaavaan pravaraH /482,1 apabarhiSaH prayaajaan yajati nopabhRtaM samaanayate /5 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [482,7-483,1]) (continued from above) jiivaatumantaav aajyabhaagau /7 taabhyaaM pracarya /9 visrasya yajnopaviitaani praaciinaaviitaani kurvate /11 aajyaani haviiMSi ca vipariharanti /14 viparikraamanty RtvijaH /16 dakSiNato juhuum upabhRtaM saadayati /18 dakSiNata upabhRtaM dhruvaam /20 dakSiNataH puroDaazaM dhaanaaH saadayati dakSiNaM dhaanaabhyo mantham /22 hotaadhvaryur aagniidhraz ca dakSiNaa viparikraamanti /24 uttarato brahmaa yajamaanaz ca /26 samaanatra juhuuH SaTkapaalaz ca /28 brahmayajamaanaav ity ekeSaam /483,1 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [483,3-26]) (continued from above) sarvebhyo havirbhyaH samavadaayaikaikaaM devataaM yajati /3 juhvaam upastiirya puroDaazaad avadaaya6 dhaanaanaam upasaMgRhNiite 'tha manthasya /7 somaaya pitRmate 'nu svadheti saMpreSyati dve puronu13vaakye anvaahaikaikaaM yaajyaaM sapraNave syaataam /14 paridhiiMr aporNvity ucyamaane dakSiNa17m uttaraM paridhiM madhyam upasamasyati /18 adaGG atikramyaa svadhety aazraavayati /21 astu svadheti pratyaazraavayati somaM pitRma24ntaM svadheti saMpreSyati ye svadhaamaha ity aa25guur bhavati svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti /26 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [484,1-8]) (continued from above) etenaiva kalpenottaraabhyaaM pracarati /484,1 dakSiNaatikramya juhvaam upastiirya dhaanaanaam avadaaya puroDaa4zaad upasamgRhNiite 'tha manthasya pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo 'nu svadheti saMpreSyaty udaGG atikramyaa svadhety aazraavayaty astu6 svadheti pratyaazraavayati pitRRn barhiSdaH svadheti saMpreSyati7 ye svadhaamaha ity aaguur bhavati svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti8 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [484,9-14]) (continued from above) dakSiNaatikramya juhvaam upastiirya manthaad avadaaya puro9Daazaad upasaMgRhiite 'tha dhaanaanaaM pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo10 'nu svadheti saMpreSyaty udaGG atikramyaa svadhety aazraavaya11ty astu svadheti pratyaazraavayati pitRRn agniSvaattaan svadheti12 saMpreSyati ye svadhaamaha ity aaguur bhavati svadhaa nama iti13 vaSaTkaroty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [484,14-20]) (continued from above) etenaiva kalpenaagniM kavyavaahanaM sviSTakRtaM14 yajati dakSiNaatikramya juhvaam upastiirya puroDaazaad a15vadaaya dhaanaanaam upasaMgrhNiite 'tha manthasyaagnaye kavyavaa16hanaaya sviSTakRte 'nu svadheti saMpreSyaty udaGG atikra17myaa svadhety aazraavayaty astu svadheti pratyaazraavayaty agniM18 kavyavaahanaM sviSTakRtaM svadheti saMpreSyati ye svadhaa19maha ity aaguur bhavati svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti //20 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [484,22-485,20]) (continued from above) mantham eke sviSTakRtaM samaamananti /22 na praazitram avadyati /28 evam eveDaam avadyati /485,1 mantham iDaam avadyati manthaad iDaam avadyatiity ekeSaam /3 mantham avaghraaNaarthaM pariziSya /5 iDaayaaM haviHzeSaan saMzliSya /7 etat te tateti tisRSu sraktiSu triin piNDaan nidadhaati /9 puurvaardhyaayaaM dakSiNaardhyaayaaM pazcaardhyaayaam /15 lepam uttarasyaaM nimaarSTi /18 atra pitaro yathaabhaagaM mandadhvam ity uktvodanco niSkraamanti /20 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [485,23-486,7]) (continued from above) tata aahavaniiyam upaayanti /23 susaMdRzaM tvaa vayam ity aahavaniiyam upatiSThante /25 aa tamitos tiSThanti /27 akSann amiimadanta hiiti gaarhapatyam upatiSThante /29 aksan pitaro 'miimadanta pitara iti pratipadyante /486,1 manthaM hotaavajighrati /3 athaadhvaryur atha brahmaathaagniidhro 'tha yajamaanaH /5 manthaM hotaavaghraayaantarvedi ninayatiity ekeSaam /7 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [486,9-23]) (continued from above) udakumbham aadaayaayaa viSThaa janayan karva9raaNiiti triH pradakSiNaM pariSincan paryeti /10 nidhaaya kumbhaM trir apariSincan pratiparyeti /12 atraanjanaabhyanjane vaasodaanaM namaskaaraan utthaapaniiyam pravaahaNiiM14 saMsaadhaniiM manasvatiiM panktipraajaapatyaaz ca samaamananti /15 yathaa piNDapitRyajne /19 vyavacchaadayanti parizritam /21 saMprasaarayanti paridhiin /23 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. HirZS 5.4-5 [475,12-487,3] (4 [486,25-487,3]) (continued from above) visrasya praaciinaaviitaani /25 yajnopaviitaani kurvata aajyaani haviiMSi ca vipariharanti28 viparikraamanty Rtvijo 'pabarhiSaav anuuyaajau yajati devau29 yajeti puurvam anuuyaajaM saMpreSyati yajety uttaraM suukta487,1vaakaM prati hotaa niviitaM kurute na patniiH saMyaajayanti2 na samiSTayajur juhoti sarvam anyat kriyate /3. mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.4 [93,1-6]) atha mahaapitRyajno bhavati vedaM kRtvaanvaahaaryapacanasya93,1 dakSiNaapuurvasyaaM dizi dikSusraktimatiiM caturaratniiM yajamaanamaatriiM2 vaa samacaturazraa vedim uddhatya na khanet devapravaade mantre3 sarvatropari devazabdasya pitRzabdaM saMnamati yathaa devebhyaH pitRbhyo4 juSTaM devaanaam pitRNaaM pariSuutam asi devapitRbarhir iti sarvataH5 parizrityodiicyaaM sraktau dvaaraM karoty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.4 [93,6-12]) (continued from above) aparigRhiita uttarasmi6n parigraahe 'nvaahaaryapacanaad angaaraan uddhRtya vedimadhye nidadhaaty aya7m atraahavaniiya evam aahavaniiyaM gaarhapatyam anvaahaaryapacanaM caanvaa8dhaaya piNDapitRyajnavad barhir aaharati varSiiyaan idhma idhmaad bhavati9 madhyamottarau dvau paridhii trayo vaa paatrasaMsaadane 'rdhapaatraM10 prokSaNiikumbha ikSuzalaakaa vaaraNam paatraM zaraavaM vaa yena caartha11s taany ekaikazaH prayunakti (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.4 [93,12-16]) (continued from above) nirvapaNakaale somaaya pitRmate puro12DaazaM SaTkapaalaM nirvapatiiti yathaa samaamnaataani triiNi13 haviiMSi dakSiNataH praaciinaaviitii yavaan nirvapaty uttarata evopa14viiya nirvaped iti vijnaayate prokSaNiibhir yavaan saMyutyaavahatya15 triS phaliikRtya yathaabhaagamantreNa SaTkapaalaM vibhajya pinaSTi /4/16 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.5 [93,17-94,4]) (continued from above) dakSiNataH SaTkapaalaany upadhaaya dhruvam asiiti prathamena mantreNaa17nvaahaaryapacane dhaanaabhyaH kapaalam upadadhaati makhasya ziro 'siiti18 SaTkapaalam adhizritya tenaiva mantreNa gharmaaH stha vizvaayuva iti19 saMnamya vaa dhaanaa aavapati taaz ca vidahyamaanaaH zerate vidahya94,1maanaa bahuruupaa bhavanti parigRhiita uttarasmin parigraahe2 patniisaMnahanaad anyat saMpreSyati na patny anvaaste na saMyaajayantiiti3 vijnaayate (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.5 [94,4-9]) (continued from above) caturgRhiitaany uttareNa gaarhapatyam aajyaani gRhNaati4 dvir vopabhRti vedistaraNe praaciinaaviity agreSu barhir abhigRhya vediM5 stRNaMs triH prasavyaM dhuunvan paryeti ziSTaan abhigRhiitaan darbhaan prastarii6kRtvopaviiya trir adhuunvann astRNan pradakSiNaM paryeti dvau triin vaa7 paridhiin paridadhaati yadi triin aavaahane paridhiiMr aporNv ity ucya8maane vaa dakSiNaM madhyame paridhaav upasamasyati /5/9 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.6 [94,10-14]) (continued from above) vihaaya vidhRtii tuuSNiiM prastaraM nyasyati haviSaam udvaasane10 yathaabhaagamantreNa dhaanaa vibhajya piSTvaardhaan saktuun kRtvaardhe vaaraNa11paatre 'bhivaanyavatsaayaa dugdham aaniiya tasmin saktuun opyekSuzalaakaa12manthena dakSiNenaahavaniiyaM triH prasavyaM dakSiNaamukho 'naarabhyopa13manthaty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.6 [94,14-95,5]) (continued from above) anvaahaaryapacanaad ekolmukam aadaayaaparenNa gaarhapatyaM hRtvaa14greNaahavaniiyaM paryaahRtyaantarvedi dakSiNenaahavaniiyaM nidadhaati95,1 haviiMSy alaMkRtyaajyaani puroDaazaM dhaanaaH karambham iti haviiMSy e2kaikam anuuciinaany udaaharanti dakSiNataH puroDaazaM madhyato dhaanaa3 uttarataH karambhaM dakSiNena parizrayaNam aanjanam abhyanjanaM kazi4puupabarhaNaM dazaa sphyam udakumbhaM caikaikaM sthaapayati (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.6 [95,5-10]) (continued from above) brahmaa ca5 yajamaanaz ca dakSiNato hotaadhvaryur aagniidhraz cottarato 'dhvaryur vedaM6 nidhaayaagnaye devebhyaH pitRbhyaH samidhyamaanaayaanubruuhiiti saMpreSya7ty uzantas tvaa havaamaha ity ekaaM saamidheniiM hotaa trir anvaahe8dhmam adhvaryus traidhaM vibhajyaanuuyaajasamidham avaziSya praNave praNave traidha9m aadadhaati /6/10 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.7 [95,11-18]) (continued from above) saMmRSTe 'gnau naarSeyaM vRNiite na hotaaram aazraavya pratyaazraavite11 siida hotar ity etaavantaM pravaraM bruuyaad apabarhiSaH prayaajaa aupabhRta12syaardhaM juhvaam aaniiyaa no 'gne suketunaa tvaM soma mahe bhaga13m iti jiivavantaav aajyabhaagau sarve praaciinaaviitino viparikraamanty aajyaani haviiMSy ca vipariharanty uttareNaahavaniiyaM brahma15yajamaanau dakSiNenetare dakSiNena juhuum upabhRtaM saadayati taaM16 dakSiNena dhruvaaM dakSiNeNa puroDaazaM dhaanaaH saadayati taa dakSiNena17 manthaM (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.7 [95,18-96,7]) (continued from above) SaDavattaH pancaavattinaaM pancaavattaz caturavattinaam upaaMzu18 pitRyajnena caranti tribhyo havirbhyaH samavadaayaikaikaaM devataaM96,1 yajati tattatdevataayai tattatdhaviSaH prathamam avadyed dviH pancaavattinaH2 sakRc caturavattino juhvaam upastiirya puroDaazaad avadaaya dhaanaabhyaz ca3 manthaac ca sakRt sakRd avadaaya sakRd abhighaarayati caturavattinaH4 somaaya pitRmate 'nu svadheti saMpreSyati tvaM soma pracikito5 maniiSaa tvayaa hi naH pitaraH someti hotaa dve puro'nuvaakye6 sapraNave anvaaha (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.7-8 [96,7-14]) (continued from above) athaadhvaryur dakSiNato havir aadaayodaGG atikramyaa7 svadhaa svadheti vaazraavayaty astu svadhaa svadheti vaa pratyaa8zraavayati /7/9 somaM pitRmantaM svadheti svadhaa kurviti vaa saMpreSyati10 ye svadhaamaha ity aaguur bhavati tvaM soma pitRbhiH saMvidaana11 iti hotaa yajati svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroty etayeivaaR12tottaraabhyaaM yathaadevataM yajaty apy aazrutapratyaazrutaany eva na svadhaazabda13 ity eke (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.8 [96,14-18]) (continued from above) dhaanaabhyaH puroDaazaan manthaac caavadaaya pitRbhyo barhiSadbhyo14 'nu svadheti saMpreSyati barhiSadaH piataro 'haM pitRRn iti dve15 udaGG atikramyaazraavya pratyaazraavite pitRRn barhiSadaH svadhaa svadhaa16 kurv iti vaa sampreSyati ye svadhaamaha ity aaguur upahuutaaH pitara18 iti yajati svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroty (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.8 [96,18-97,5]) (continued from above) udaGG atikramya manthaat puro18Daazaad dhaanaabhyaz caavadaaya pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo 'nu svadheti saMpreSya97,1ty agniSvaattaaH pitaro ye agniSvaattaa ye 'nagniSvaattaa iti puro2'nuvaakye pitRRn agniSvaataan svadhaa svadhaa kurv it vaa saMpreSyati3 ye svadhaamaha ity aaguur bhavati vaanyaayai dugdha iti yajati4 svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.8 [97,5-9]) (continued from above) juhvaam upastiirya trayaaNaaM haviSaaM5 dakSiNaardhebhyaH samavadaaya dvir abhighaaryaagnaye kavyavaahanaaya sviSTakRte6 'nu svadheti saMpreSyati yad agne kavyavaahana tvam agna iiDita iti7 dve agniM kavyavaahanaM sviSTakRtaM svadhaa svadhaa kurv iti vaa8 saMpreSyati /8/9 (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.9 [97,10-15]) (continued from above) ye svadhaamaha ity aaguur bhavati maatalii kavyair iti yajati10 svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaroti / dakSiNapuurvaardha itaraabhir asaMsaktaaM11 juhoti mekSaNam ikSuzalaakaaM caanupraharati yajnopaviitinaH12 sarve viparikraamanty aajyaani haviiMSy ca vipariharanti dakSiNe13naahavaniiyaM brahmayajamaanaav uttareNetare juhuum uttareNopabhRtaM dhruvaaM14 ca puroDaazam uttareNa dhaanaamanthau na praazitraavadaanaM (to be continued)VaikhZS 9.9 [97,11-12] dakSiNapuurvaardha itaraabhir asaMsaktaaM11 juhoti mekSaNam ikSuzalaakaaM caanupraharati. (mahaapitRyajna) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.9 [97,15-98,3]) (continued from above) manthaa15d eveDaam avadyaty upahuutaayaam iDaayaaM tataH kiM cid avaghraaya barhiSi lepaM16 saMnyasyati praaciinaaviitino haviSzeSaan paatryaaM saMprayutya17 triin piNDaan kRtvaitat te tataasau ye ca tvaam anv iti pratimantraM tisRSu18 sraktiSu puurvadakSiNaaparaasu piNDaan pradaaya paraan pitRpitaamahapra98,1pitaamahaan anvaacaSTe SaSThaM prathame piNDe pancamaM dvitiiye caturthaM tRtiiya2 uttarasyaaM sraktyaaM lepaM nimaarSTy (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.9-10 [98,3-9]) (continued from above) atra pitaro yathaabhaagaM mandadhva3m ity udanco niSkraamanti susaMdRzaM tvaa vayam ity aindryarcaa praNavaa4ntayaahavaniiyam aa tamitor upatiSThante 'kSann amiimadanteti gaarhapatya5m akSan pitara iti parizritaM pravizanti /9/6 udakumbham aadaaya yajamaanaH zundhantaaM pitara iti triH prasavyaM7 vedim apaH pariSincan paryeti nidhaaya kumbham ayaa viSThaa janaya8nn iti trir apariSincan pratiparyety (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaikhZS 9.4-10 [93,1-98,15] (9.10 [98,9-15]) (continued from above) aanjanaabhyanjanaadi piNDapitRyajna9vat kRtvaa parizritaM visRjya paridhiin yathaapuurvaM nidhaaya yajnopa10viitino brahman prasthaasyaama ity apabarhirbhyaam anuuyaajaabhyaaM saMpreSyati11 devau yajeti prathaman anuuyaajaM yajety uttaraM srucau saadayitvaa12vaajavatiibhyaaM vyuuhati hotaa suuktavaakaM pratipadyate na patniiH13 saMyaajayanti na samiSTayajuH paatraaNi dvaMdvam udaaharanti sarva14m anyat siddhaM. mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (8.1-12) pitRyajna upaaMzu caraNam /1/ purastaadupacaaraH /2/ brahmayajamaanayoz ca /3/ puurvavad vaa /4/ apatniikaH /5/ dakSiNaagnir aahavaniiyavat /6/ puurveNaahavaniiyaM praNiitaaH pariharati /7/ arthavac ca /8/ pitRbhyaH somavadbhyaH SaTkapaalaH /9/ somaaya pitRmate /10/ pitRbhyo barhiSaDbhyo dhaanaaH /11/ pitRbhyo 'gniSvaattebhyo manthaH /12/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (8.13-20) (continued from above) catur vaa grahaNam /13/ gaarhapatyasya purastaad avahananapeSaNe /14/ dakSiNaardhe kapaalopadhaanam /15/ dhaanaabharjanaM dakSiNaagnau /16/ zrapaNapeSaNaviparyaase 'pi dharmaaH /17/ abhimRzyaardhaaH piSTvaa nivaanyaadugdhe sakRn mathita ekazalaakayaa manthaH /18/ agrahaNaM manthasya tato 'rdhaaH piMSantiiti zruteH (ZB 2.6.1.5) /19/ grahaNaM vaa coditatvaat /20/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (8.21-29) (continued from above) dakSiNena dakSiNaagniM parivRtam udagdvaaraM tanmadhye vediM karoty avaantaradiksraktim aaptyaante /21/ dakSiNaagniM madhye 'syaaH karoti /22/ praNiitaanuharaNam /23/ brahmayajamaanau caanugacchataH /24/ sphyaadaanaadi karoti /25/ yajnopaviity aajyagrahaNe /26/ dvir vopabhRti /27/ praaggranthi barhiH /28/ visraMsya yuunaM caagre gRhiitvaa tri stRNann agniM paryeti /29/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (8.30-40) (continued from above) prastaramaatraM ziSTvaa taavat pratiparyeti /30/ taM stRNaaty avidhRtim /31/ praaksaMsthaM haviraasaadanam /32/ saamidhenipraiSaady aajyabhaagaabhyaaM yajnopaviitinaH sarve /33/ pazcaat pariito brahmayajamaanau /34/ purastaad agniit /35/ aazraavya siida hotar ity eva bruuyaat /36/ apabarhiSaH prayaajaH /37/ anuyaajaaz ca /38/ asamaanayanaM vaa barhiSsaMyogaat /39/ pratyagatiitya juhoti /40/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (9.1-12) (continued from above) havirbhiz cariSyantaH prativiparyanti /1/ sarvebhyo 'vadyati yathaapuurvaM somavadbhyo madhyaat sakRt sakRt /2/ sahaavadadhaati /3/ dvir abhighaaraNam /4/ anatikramaNaM ca /5/ somaaya vaa pitRmate /6/ evaM barhiSadbhya uttarato dhaanaamanthapuroDaazaanaam /7/ agniSvaattebhyo dakSiNato manthapuroDaazadhanaanaam /8/ purastaad agnaye kavyavaahanaaya yathaapuurvam /9/ sa sviSTakRt /10/ oM svadhety astu svadheti vaazrutapratyaazrute /11/ svadhaa nama iti vaSaTkaaraH /12/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (9.13-20) (continued from above) mantham upahuuya hotaadhvaryur brahmaagniid avaghraayaM nidadhati /13/ praazitram avadaayeDaaM vaa /14/ sarve praaznanti vaa /15/ vediM triH pariSincaty udapaatreNaadhvaryur yajamaano vaa /16/ sraktiSu pitravanejanaM pariSicya pariSicya puurvavat /17/ uttaraaparasyaaM prathamam /18/ savye samavadaaya sarvebhyo yathaavaniktaM piNDaan dadaaty asaav etat ta iti /19/ uttarapuurvasyaaM paaNii nimRSTe 'tra pitara iti (VS 2.31) /20/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (9.21-26) (continued from above) yajnopaviitinaH sarve niSkramyodanco 'kSann amiimadantety (VS 3.51-52) aahavaniiyam upatiSThante dvaabhyaam /21/ mano nv aahvaamaha iti (VS 3.53-55) gaarhapatyaM tisRbhiH /22/ praaciinaaviitii pravizyaamiimadanteti (VS 2.31) daataa japati /23/ avanejya puurvavat pradakSiNaM niiviM visraaMsya namo va ity (VS 2.32) anjaliM karoti /24/ SaD vaa namaskaaraan /25/ gRhaan naH pitaro datteti (VS 2.32) ca /26/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. KatyZS 5.8.1-9.36 (9.27-) (continued from above) brahmaamantraNaadi praak srugvyuuhanat prayaajavad yajnopaviitiviparyayayaM kRtvaa /27/ na prastaram aadatte /28/ anupraharety ukte kiM canaapi naanupraharati /29/ tuuSNiim aatmaanaM saMspRzati /30/ upaspRzya paridhiin naanupraharati /31/ zamvyantaM bhavati /32/ barhiHparidhy agnau praasyati /33/ havirucchiSTaM ca /34/ apsu /35/ praazyaM vaa /36/ mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaitS 9.8-17 (8-11) pitryaayaam aajyabhagaantaM daivaavRt / somaaya pitRmate (AV 18.4.72) pitRbhyaH somavadbhyaH (AV 18.4.73) vaa barhiSadaH pitaraH (AV 18.1.51) upahuutaa naH pitaraH (AV 18.3.45) agniSvaataaH pitaraH (AV 18.3.44) agnaye kavyavaahanaaya (AV 18.4.71) iti /8/ purastaaddhomaan dakSiNaagner atipraNiite juhoti /9/ dakSiNenaagnim atikramya pratyaGG upavizati / uttareNa yajamaana aagniidhraz ca /10/ astu svadhaa iti pratyaazraavayati /11/ (to be continued) mahaapitRyajna vidhi. VaitS 9.8-17 (12-) (continued from above) tad api zlokau vadataH pitryaayaaM praaGmukho brahmaa hutvaa homaan purogamaan / gatvaa tu dakSiNenaagneH pratyaGG aasiita karmaNi /1/ aagniidhro yajamaanaz cottareNa tu taav ubhau / astu svadheti vaktavyaM pratyaazraavaNam atra tu /2/ iti /12/ iDaam avajighranti /13/ pariSikte daivaavRt / zaMyvantaa /14/ vimitaan niSkraamanto japanti ayaa viSThaa iti (AV 7.3.1) /15/ praanco 'bhyutkramya ud asya ketavaH ity (AV 13.2.1) aadityam upatiSThante /16/ dakSiNaanco divaM pRthiviim ity (AV 3.21.7) agniin /17/ mahaapitRyajna note, cf. in the darzapuurNamaasa, after the sviSTakRt, an offering of water dedicated to vaizvaanara with the mantra: vaizvaanare havir idaM juhomi saahasram utsaM zatadhaaram etaM sa naH pitaraM pitaamahaM prapitaamahaM svarge loke pinvamaano bibhartu svaahaa (TA 6.6.1). Hillebrandt, NVO, p. 119, n. 3; Kane 2: 1064. mahaapitRyajna note, in the kaukilii sautraamaNii. Hillebrandt, Rituallitteratur, p. 160, 35-48. mahaapitRyajna note, the title: in the saakamedha of the caaturmaasya it is named differently: mahaapitRyajna (BaudhZS 5.11 [143,17], HirZS 5.4 [475,12], VaikhZS 9.4 [93,1]) or pitRyajna (TS 3.2.2.3, MS 1.10.17 [156,17], KS 36.11 [78,5], TB 1.6.8.1, TB 1.6.8.2, ZB 2.6.1.1, KB 5.8.1, KB 5.8.3, GB 2.1.24 [161,4; 5], BharZS 8.16.1, ApZS 8.13.1, ManZS 1.7.6.1, VarZS 1.7.4.1, KatyZS 5.8.1)or pitryaa trihaviriSTi (ZankhZS 3.16.1) or pitryaa (AzvZS 2.15.9, ZankhZS 2.19.1). (Einoo, 1988, Die caaturmaasya, pp. 190-191.) mahaapitRyajna note, the time: in the saakamedha, it takes place in the afternoon. KB 5.8.1 = GB 2.1.24 [161,4] atha yad aparaahNe pitRyajnena caranti. ZankhZS 3.16.1 aparaahNe pitryaa trihaviriSTiH. (Einoo, 1988, Die caaturmaasya, p. 191, n. 1034.) mahaapRSTha in the azvamedha. txt. TS 4.4.12 mahaapRSTha mantras. mahaapRthivii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaapRthivii worshipped. BodhGZS 3.3 [298,8-10]; HirGZS 1.6.9 [81.1-3] aaryaayai raudryai mahaakaalyai mahaayoginyai suvarNapuSpyai devasaMkiirtyai mahaayajnyai mahaavaiSNavyai mahaapRthivyai manogamyai zankhadhaariNyai nama ity ekaadazanaamadheyair gandhapuSpadhuupadiipair amuSyai namo 'muSyai nama ity etair evaarcayitvaa. (durgaakalpa) mahaaprasthaana bibl. H. Krick, 1977, naaraayaNabali, WZKS 21, p. 113f. mahaaprasthaanagamana manu smRti 6.31, yaajnavalkya smRti 3.55: a forest hermit, when he suffered from an incurable disease and could not perform the duties of his order, was alloed to start towards the north-east on the great journey till the body fell down to rise no more. Kane 2: 924-928. Kane 3: 939. suicide. mahaapratisaraa see pratisaraa. mahaapratisaraa bibl. G.J.R. Mevissen, 1999, "Images of mahaapratisaraa in Bengal: Their iconographic links with Javanese, Central Asia and East Asian images," Journal of Bengal Art 4: 99-129. mahaapratisaraa G. Buehnemann, 2000, "Buddhist deities and mantras," IIJ 43, pp. 34-35. mahaapratisaraa mahaapratisaraa's mantra consisting of one hundred akSaras is used as mRtyuvancana. mRtyuvancanopadeza 3 (NGMPP, B 90/12, folio 12a,3-12b,1 mahaamaNDalakalpoktaa ye zataakSarasaMjninaH / acintyazakter mantrasya dRSTazakter anekazaH // bhadracaryaasamaadaanavidhinaa lakSajaapataH / mokSo 'pi jaayate nuunaM kiM punar mRtyuvancanam // namas traiyadhvikaanaaM praaktathaagataanaaM syaat tataH / sarvatraapratihataa vaapi dharmataapadaM tataH // balinaam iti padaan tato asamasamapadam / samaM tato anantataavaaptisaasanicadaM tataH // hara hara smara smarNaaviraataraagapadaat buddhadharmate tataH syaat sara sara samabalaa hasadvayaM trasadvayaM syaad gaganamahaavaralakSaNaa jvala jvalana saagare syaat padaM tataH dattvaa svaahaapadaM praante bhaven mantraH zataakSaraH tathaagataanaaM sarveSaaM hRdayaM parikiirtitaM aaryamahaapratisaraamantraikalakSajaapavidhaanataH duurvaadazaaMzahomena dhruvaM syaan mRtyuvancanam // mahaapratisaraa mahaapratisaraa's mantra consisting of one hundred akSaras, its reading. J. Schneider, 2010, vaagiizvarakiirtis mRtyuvancanopadeza, Wien: Verlag der Oesterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, p. 188, col. 2, note [49] (on 3.49): Der genaue Wortlaut des in den Strophen 49 bis 55 gelehrten mantra lautet: namas triyadhvikaanaaM tathaagataanaaM sarvatraapratihataavaaptidharmataabalinaam, oM a sama sama samantato 'nantataavaaptizaazani hara hara smara smaraNa vigataraagabuddhadharmate sara sara samabalaa hasa hasa traya traya gaganamahaavaralakSaNe jvala jlavanasaagare svaahaa. Fuer geringfuegig abweichende Fassungen vgl. z. B. trisamayavyuuharaaja fol. 181ab-181b1, 214b2f. usw., zaantidevas zikSaasamuccaya (ed. Vaidya S. 77, ed. Bendall S. 139), SM 1, sowie IWS (Nr. 15 und 200). mahaapratisaraa mantra called aaryamahaapratisaraahRdaya used as mRtyuvancana. mRtyuvancanopadeza 3 (NGMPP, B 90/12, folio 12b,1-3 om uktvaa padaM vimale jaya vare anaraamRte / huuM huuM phaT phaT tataH svaahaa padaM bruuyaad anantaram // vairocanaa haradvayaM saMbharadvayam uccaret / uktendriyabalaM zabdaM vizodhanipadam vadet // huuM huuM ruru cale svaahaa mantro 'yaM mRtyuvancanaH / aaryamahaapratisaraahRdayaM sarvasiddhidam // mahaapuNyaa a dvaadazii? padma puraaNa 6.38.10cd-13ab yadaa vai zukladvaadazyaaM puSyaM bhavati karhicit /10/ tadaa tu saa mahaapuNyaa bhavitaa paapanaazinii / yo dadaati tilaprasthaM nityaM saMvatsaraM prati /11/ upavaasaM ca yas tasyaaM karoty etat samaM smRtam / tasyaaM jagatpatir devas tuSTaH sarvezvaro hariH /12/ pratyakSataaM prayaaty eva tatraanantaphalaM smRtam. mahaapuNyaadazamii aazvina, zukla, dazamii. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.44c dazamii jyeSThamaasasya saa ced dazaharaa smRtaa / aazvinasya mahaapuNyaa kaarttike vijayaa smRtaa /44/ (tithivrata) mahaapura a tiirtha. mbh 13.26.24a mahaapura upaspRzya triraatropoSito naraH / trasaanaaM sthaavaraaNaaM ca dvipadaanaaM bhayaM tyajet /24/ (tiirthaprazaMsaa) mahaapuruSa worshipped in the kRcchra, udakatarpaNa. saamavidhaana 1.2.5 ... namaH puruSaaya supuruSaaya mahaapuruSaaya madhyamapuruSaayottamapuruSaaya brahmacaariNe namaH ... /5/ mahaapuruSa worshipped in the kRcchra, udakatarpaNa. GautDhS 26.12 namaH sobhyaaya supuruSaaya mahaapuruSaaya madhyamapuruSaayottamapuruSaaya brahmacaariNe namaH / mahaapuruSalakSaNa see puruSalakSaNa. mahaapuruSalakSaNa for the bibliography see Yutaka Kawasaki, 2006, "mahaaviira no nikutai: Jina shinkan no kenkyu (1)," Osaka Daigaku Daigakuin Bungakukenkyuka Kiyou, vol. 46, p. 49, n. 1. mahaapuruSaparicaryaavidhi txt. BodhGZS 2.14 [271-272]; HirGZS 1.2.9 [13,9-30]. viSNupuujaa. mahaapuurNimaa* definition: puurNimaa, any nakSatra which gives the name of the month such as citraa, vizaakha, etc. and Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.116-117 atha vakSyaami caitraadimaase tu puurNimaa yathaa / citraanakSatrasaMyukto gurupuurNo vidhur yadi / mahaacaitriiti saa jneyaa puurNimaakSayapuNyadaa /116/ vizaakhaadiSu bhedeSu puurNacandro guruz caret / mahaavaizaakhikaadyaas tu puurNimaa dvaadaza smRtaaH /117/ mahaapuurNimaa* an enumeration of twelve mahaapuurNimaas* and tiirthas which are especially meritorions on these puurNimaas. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.126-130 zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaaraaja one calls a victorious king as mahaaraaja. JB 2.234 [260,14-16]. (caaturmaasya as an ekaaha) mahaaraaja worshipped in the kuupapratiSThaa by offering homas. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.13.7-11 tataH kuzakaNDikaaM kRtvaa sthaaliipaakavidhaanataH / varuNaM ca samabhyarcya juhuyaad aahutiir daza /7/ anyeSaaM ca sruveNaiva dadyaad ekaahutiM kramaat / ... (mantras of varuNa) ... zaMbhave ca pRthivyai ca mahaaraajaaya ca kramaat /11/ mahaaraaja a devataa worshipped by offering baliharaNa for one possessed by four vinaayakas in the vinaayakazaanti. ManGS 2.14.29 atha devaanaam aavaahanaM vimukhaH zyeno bako yakSaH kalaho bhiirur vinaayakaH kuuSmaaNDaraajaputro yajnaavikSepii kulangaapamaaro yuupakezii suuparakroDii haimavato jambhako viruupaakSo lohitaakSo vaizravaNo mahaaseno mahaadevo mahaaraaja iti / ete me devaaH priiyantaaM priitaa maaM priiNayantu tRptaa maaM tarpayantv iti /29/ mahaaraaja a devataa worshipped in the the haviSyapuNyaaha, a snaana of the bride and offering of a sthaaliipaaka in the vivaaha. KathGS 20.1-2 athaato haviSyapuNyaahaH /1/ udakaantaM gatvaa yathopapatti vaa payasi sthaaliipaakaM zrapayitvaa sarvagandhaiH phalottaraiH saziraskaaM snaapayitvaahatena vaasasaa pracchaadya sthaaliipaakasya juhotiindraaNii varuNaanii gandharvaaNy udakaany agnir jiivaputraH prajaapatir mahaaraajaH skando 'ryamaa bhagaH prajaanaka iti /2/ mahaaraajaabhiSecana of khaaravela. G. Yamasaki, 1993 Kodai Indo no Ouken: 4 ou no hibun wo shiryou to shite, Kokugakuin Zasshi 94,6: 51. mahaaraaSTra Apte, 1) m. 'the great kingdom', N. of a contry in the west of India, the country of the maraaThaas. mahaaraaSTra skanda puraaNa 5.1.68.7a mahaaraaSTre suvikhyaato braahmaNo dhanasaMcakaH /16/ brahmadattety asau vipro vedabraahmaNanindakaH / dhanakaamii paraakraantaH sarvadharmabahirmukhaH /17/ (akhaNDezvaratiirthamaahaatmya) mahaaraaSTra PW. 1) m. pl. die Mahratten. mahaaraaSTra Apte, 2) m. the people fo mahaaraaSTra, the MaraaThaas (pl.). mahaaraaSTra the birthplace of Venus is mahaaraaSTra. AVPZ 51.1.4 bRhaspatiH saindhaveSu mahaaraaSTre tu bhaargavaH / zanaizcaraH suraaSTraayaaM raahus tu girizRngajaH / ketur malayake jaata ity etad grahajaatakam /4/ mahaaraatra the hotR begins the praataranuvaaka in mahaaraatra. ZankhZS 6.2.1 mahaaraatre praataranuvaakaayaamantrito 'greNaagniidhriiyaM dhiSNyaM tiSThan prapado japati /1/ (praataranuvaaka) mahaaraatra the upaakaraNa of the praataranuvaaka in the mahaavrata is performed in mahaaraatra. ZankhZS 17.7.1-2 atha mahaaraatre mahaavrataaya praataranuvaakam upaakurvanti /1/ yathaa parisahasram anubhruuyaat /2/ (mahaavrata, praataranuvaaka) mahaarajana safflower used to dye vaasas which is used as wick. viSNu smRti 90.21 maaghyaaM samatiitaayaaM kRSNadvaadazyaaM sopavaasaH zravaNaM praapya zriivaasudevaagrato mahaavartidvayena diipadvayaM dadyaat /20/ dakSiNaapaarzve mahaarajanaraktena samagreNa vaasasaa ghRtatulaam aSTaadhikaaM dattvaa /21/ vaamapaarzve tilatailayutaaM saaSTaaM dattvaa zvetena samagreNa vaasasaa /22/ (maasanakSatravrata, diipadaana) mahaarajas see bindu. mahaarasaayana see rasaayana. mahaarasaayana milk when drunk at the time of candragraha becomes mahaasaraayana. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [714,18-19] candragrahe kSiiraM parijapya piben mahaarasaayanaM bhavati. mahaaratnatiirthamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 2.8.8. (ayodhyaamaahaatmya) mahaarauhiNa a mantra used in the puSyasnaana. bRhatsaMhitaa 47.71c ity etaiz caanyaiz caapy atharvakalpaahitaiH sarudragaNaiH / kauSmaaNDamahaarauhiNakuberahRdyaiH samRddhyaa ca /71/ mahaaraurava a naraka. maarkaDeya puraaNa 12.3cd-11. mahaarNava a country belonging to the south-western part of the kuurmavibhaaga. bRhatsaMhitaa 14.19 hemagirisindhukaalakaraivatakasuraaSTrabaadaradraviDaaH / svaatyaadye bhatritaye jneyaz ca mahaarnavo 'traiva /19/ mahaaroSaNa susiddhikara suutra 37 (Giebel's translation, p. 302): You should perform homa with the mantra of vajravidaaraNa, or else perform homa with [the mantra of] of mahaaroSaNa (?) or with [the mantra of] the krodha ucchuSma (?)(Impure One), or perform homa with the mantra for recovering lost articles given for the corresponding family. These three mantras (i.e., the mantras of vajravidaaraNa, mahaaroSaNa, and ucchuSma) are, moreover, suitable for using with all three families. mahaarthamanjarii edition. L. Silburn, La mahaarthamanjarii de mahezvaraananda avec des extraits du parimala: etudes sur le sivaisme du Kashmir, ecole krama, Publication de l'Institut de civilisation indienne, 8-29, Paris: Boccard, 1968. [K5:4:29} LTT. mahaarthamanjarii edition. mahaarthamanjarii of zrii mahezvaraananda with the auto-commentary parimaalaa edited by Vrajvallabh Dvived, yogatantra-granthamaalaa, 5, Varanasi: Sampurnananda Sanskrit University, 1992. [K17:667:5] LTT. mahaarthamanjarii of mahezvaraananda, an exposition of the krama system, J. Gonda, 1977, Medieval Religious Literature, 286. mahaarudraaSTamii pauSa, zukla, aSTamii, worship of ziva/rudra. txt. and vidhi. garuDa puraaNa 1.132.2 zuklaaSTamyaaM pauSamaase mahaarudreti saadhu vai / matpriitaye kRtaM devi zatasaahasrikaM phalam /2/ (tithivrata) mahaaSaaDhii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaaSaaDhii especially meritorious in zRnkhala. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.127b zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaaSoDaziivarNaratnaavaliistotra in stotrasamuccya, vol. I, as no. 15. mahaaSTamii definition: aazvina, zukla, aSTamii. kaalikaa puraaNa 60.2-3: aazvinasya tu zuklasya bhaved yaa aSTamii tithiH / mahaaStamiiti saa proktaa devyaaH priitikarii paraa /2/ tato tu navamii yaa syaat saa mahaanavamii smRtaa / (durgaapuujaa) mahaaSTamii definition: aazvina, zukla, aSTamii. naarada puraaNa 1.117.76cd aazvine zuklapakSe tu proktaa vipra mahaaSTamii /76/ tatra durgaarcanaM proktaM sarvair apy upacaarakaiH / (durgaapuujaa) mahaaSTamii definition: aazvina, zukla, aSTamii. naarada puraaNa 1.118.17cd aazvine zuklanavamii mahaapuurvaa prakiirtitaa /17/ (durgaapuujaa) mahaaSTamii definition: aazvina, zukla, aSTamii. skanda puraaNa 7.1.83.36ac aazvayukzuklapakSe yaa aSTamii muulasaMyutaa / saa mahaanaamikaa. (yogiizvariimaahaatmya, durgaapuujaa) mahaaSTamii definition: vaizaakha, zukla, aSTamii. naarada puraaNa 1.117.4-7ab mahaaSTamiiti ca proktaa devyaaH puujaavidhaanataH / vaizaakhasya sitaaSTamyaaM samupoSyaatra vaariNaa /4/ mahaaSTamiivrata txt. naarada puraaNa 1.117.4-7ab. vaizaakha, zukla, aSTamii, worship of aparaajitaa devii. (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahaaSTamiivrata contents. naarada puraaNa 1.117.4-7ab: 4a mahaaSTamii, 4b of devii, 4c vaizaakha, zukla, aSTamii, 4d upavaasa, 4d-5a snaana with water, 5 snapana and worship of aparaajitaa devii, 6ab on navamii, paaraNa, kumaariipuujana, 6cd-7ab effects. mahaaSTamiivrata vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.117.4-7ab mahaaSTamiiti ca proktaa devyaaH puujaavidhaanataH / vaizaakhasya sitaaSTamyaaM samupoSyaatra vaariNaa /4/ snaatvaaparaajitaaM deviiM maaMsiibaalakavaaribhiH(??) / snaapayitvaarcya gandhaadyair naivedyaM zarkaraamayam /5/ kumaariir bhojayec caapi navamyaaM paaraNaagrataH / jyotirmayavimaanena bhraajamaano yathaa raviH /6/ lokeSu vicared vipra devyaaz caiva prasaadataH / mahaasatii PW. adj. f. ueberaus tugendhaft, -- treu; eine ueberaus treue Frau, ein weibliches Muster ehelicher Treue. mahaasatii Apte. f. a very chast woman. mahaasatii of divyaa, the wife of bhRgu. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.63.1b puurvaM kRtayugasyaadau bhRgor bhaaryaa mahaasatii / divyaaraamaazrame ramyaa gRhakaaryaikatatparaa /1/ babhuuva saa bhRgor nityaM hRdayepsitakaariNii / (dazaavataaracaritravrata) mahaasatii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaasattra see sattra. mahaasattra the panca mahaayajnas are called mahaasattra. ZB 11.5.6.1 pancaiva mahaayajnaaH / taany eva mahaasattraaNi bhuutayajno manuSyayajnaH pitRyajno devayajno brahmayajna iti /1/ ahar ahar bhuutebhyo baliM haret / tathaitaM bhuutayajnaM samaapnoty ahar ahar dadyaad odapaatraat tathaitaM manuSyayajnaM samaapnoty ahar ahaH svadhaa kuryaad odapaatraat tathaitaM pitRyajnaM samaapnoty ahar ahaH svaahaa kuryaad aa kaaSThaat tathaitaM devayajnaM samaapnoti /2/ atha brahmayajnaH / svaadhyaayo vai brahmayajnaH c . mahaasattra the panca mahaayajnas are called mahaasattra. BaudhDhS 2.5.11.1: atheme panca mahaayajnaas taany eva mahaasattraaNi devayajnaH pitRyajno bhuutayajno manuSyayajno brahmayajna iti. mahaasena one of deities worshipped by offering baliharaNa for one possessed by four vinaayakas. ManGS 2.14.29 atha devaanaam aavaahanaM vimukhaH zyeno bako yakSaH kalaho bhiirur vinaayakaH kuuSmaaNDaraajaputro yajnaavikSepii kulangaapamaaro yuupakezii suuparakroDii haimavato jambhako viruupaakSo lohitaakSo vaizravaNo mahaaseno mahaadevo mahaaraaja iti / ete me devaaH priiyantaaM priitaa maaM priiNayantu tRptaa maaM tarpayantv iti /29/ (vinaayakazaanti) mahaayaana bibl. Sunao Kasamatsu, 2013, "devayaana-, brahmayaana-, mahaayaana-," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 61-3, pp. 1066-1072. mahaayaana origin of mahaayaana Buddhism. bibl. Masao Shizutani, 1974, Shoki daijo bukkyo no seiritsu katei, Kyoto: Hyakkaen. mahaayaana origin of mahaayaana Buddhism. bibl. Tilmann Vetter, 1994, "On the Origin of mahaayaana Buddhism and the Subsequent Introduction of prajnaapaaramitaa," Asiatische Studien 48.4, pp. 1241-1281. mahaayaana origin of mahaayaana Buddhism. bibl. Tilmann Vetter, 2001, "Once Again on the Origin of mahaayaana Buddhism," WZKS 45: 59-90. mahaayaana bibl. Masahiro Shimoda, 2009, "The State of Research on mahaayaana Buddhism: The mahaayaana as Seen in Developments in the Study of mahaayaana suutras," Acta Asiatica 96, pp. 1-23. mahaayaanasuutra whether they are taught by the Buddha or not. bibl. Susumu Yamaguchi, 1962, "Daijou Hibussetsu ni taisuru Seshin no Ronpa: Shakukiron dai 4 shou ni taisuru ichi Kaidai," Touhougaku Ronshu Tohogakkai Souritsu 15 Shunen Kinen, pp. 369-391 (Yamaguchi Susumu Bukkyougaku Bunshu II, Tokyo:Shunjusha, 1973, pp. 301-320). mahaayaanasuutra whether they are taught by the Buddha or not. bibl. Yoshifumi Honjo, 1992, "`Shakukiron, chap. 4: Seshin no Daijou Bussetsuron (II)," Kobe Joshidaigaku Kiyou Bungakubu hen 25-1, pp. 103-118. mahaayaanasuutra bibl. Seishi Karashima, 2001, "Who composed the lotus sutra?: Antagonism between wilderness and village monks," Annual Report of the International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology at Soka University for the Academic Year 2000, pp. 143-179. mahaayaanasuutra bibl. Seishi Karashima, 2005, "Shoki daijobutten ha dara ga tukutta ka," Bukkyoudaigaku Sogokenkyujo Kiyobessatsu: Bukkyo to Shizen," pp. 45-70. mahaayaanasuutra bibl. Horiuchi Toshio, 2006, "The theory of the `lost' (antarhita) suutras in the vyaakhyaayukti," Tohogaku, no. 112, pp. 77-65. mahaayaanasuutra writing of the mahaayaanasuutras, its influence. bibl. Masahiro Shimoda, 2009, "The State of Research on mahaayaana Buddhism: The mahaayaana as Seen in Developments in the Study of mahaayaana suutras," Acta Asiatica 96, pp. 19-23: V. Changes in transmission media and the mahaayaana. mahaayaanasuutra its worship; of the saddharmapuNDariikasuutra, G. Schopen, 1975, "The phrase 'sa pRthiviipradezas caityabhuuto bhavet' in the vajracchedikaa: Notes on the cult of the book in the mahaayaana," Indo-Iranian Journal 17, p. 163, n. 32: SP (Kern & Nanjio) 99, 225, 226, 230, 267, 286, 297, 337, 342, 390, 402, 403, 417, 418. mahaayakSasenaapatis see dikpaala. mahaayakSasenaapatis saMjnaaya, vajrapaaNi and maaNibhadra. suvarNaprabhaasottamasuutra 6 [84.12-85.4] braahmaNaz (>brahmaNaz) ca sahaaMpateH (>sahaapateH) zakrasya ca devaanaam indrasya sarasvatyaaz ca mahaadevyaa dRDhaayaaz ca mahaadevyaaH zriyaz ca mahaadevyaaH saMjnaayasya ca mahaayakSasenaapater aSTaaviMzatiinaaM ca mahaayakSasenaapatiinaaM mahezvarasya ca devaputrasya vajrapaaNez ca mahaayakSasenaapater maaNibhadrasya ca mahaayakSasenaapater haariityaaz ca pancaputrazataparivaaraayaaH. mahaayakSasenaapatis who protect the ten directions, four in numer in each direction. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii [24.13-16, 21-22, 25.5-7, 11-13, 17-18, 26.2-3, 8-9] udgRhNa tvam aananda mahaayakSasenaapatiinaaM naamaani ye dazadizo rakSanti paripaalayanti. puurvaayaam aananda dizaayaaM catvaaro mahaayakSasenaapatayaH prativasanti ye puurvaaM dizaM rakSanti paripaalayanti, tad yathaa diirghaH sunetraH puurNakaH kapilaz ceti ... dakSiNaayaam aananda dizaayaaM catvaaro mahaayakSasenaapatayaH prativasanti ye dakSiNaaM dizaM rakSanti paripaalayanti, tad yathaa, siMha upasiMhaH zankhilo nandaz ceti ... pazcimaayaam aananda dizaayaaM catvaaro mahaayakSasenaapatayaH prativasanti ye pazcimaaM dizaM rakSanti pripaalayanti tad yathaa harir harikezaH prabhuH pingalaz ceti ... uttaraayaam aananda dizaayaaM catvaaro mahaayakSasenaapatayaH prativasanti ye uttaraaM dizaM rakSanti paripaalayanti tad yathaa dharaNo dharananda udyogapaala viSNuz ceti ... catvaara ima aananda mahaayakSasenaapatayo ye vidizaasu prativasanti ye divizo rakSanti paripaalayanti tad yathaa pancikaH pancaalagandaH saataagirir haimavataz ca ... catvaara ima aananda mahaayakSasenaapatayo ye dharaNyaaM prativasanti ye dharaNiigataan sattvaan rakSanti paripaalayanti tad yathaa bhuumaH subhuumaH kaala upakaalaz ceti ... catvaara ima aananda mahaayakSasenaapatayo ye 'ntariikSe prativasanti ye 'ntariikSe gataan sattvaan rakSanti paripaalayanti tad yathaa suuryaH somo 'gnir vaayuz ceti. mahaayatana a group of the fourteen lingas in kaazii: skanda puraaNa 4.73.60-63 zailezaH saMgamezaz ca svarliino madhyamezvaraH / hiraNyagarbha iizaano goprekSo vRSabhadhvajaH / upazaantazivo jyeSTho nivaasezvara eva ca zukrezo vyaaghralingaM ca jambukezaM caturdazam / mune caturdazaitaani mahaanty aayatanaani vai // Kane 4: 640 n.1464b. mahaasaala see mahaazaala. mahaasaaMghikavinaya bibl. Hisashi Matsumura, 1988, "Encore a` propos d'un fragment du mahaasaaMghika-vinaya," Bulletin d'Etudes Indiennes 6: 343-350. mahaasaaMghikavinaya bibl. Edith Nolot, 1988, "Derechef a` propos d'un fragment du ?mahaasaaMghika-vinaya," Bulletin d'Etudes Indiennes 6: 351-358. mahaasaaMtapana PW. m. eine best. Kasteiung. mahaasaaMtapana see kRcchra. mahaasaaMtapana a kRcchra. KathGS 7.4 etad eva trir abhyastaM mahaasaaMtapanaM smRtam /4/ (kRcchravidhi) mahaasaaMtapana a kRcchra. Rgvidhaana 1.35-36 gomuutram gomayaM kSiiraM dadhisarpisaH kuzodakam / ekaraatropavaasaz ca kRcchraM saaMtapanaH smRtaH /35/ etam eva tryahair yuktaM mahaasaaMtapanaM viduH / upavaasas tu saptaahaM zizusaaMtapanaM smRtam /36/ mahaasaaMtapana a kRcchra. BaudhDhS 4.5.17. (M.S. Bhat, Vedic Tantrism, note on Rgvidhaana 1.36.) mahaasaaMtapana a kRcchra. zankhasmRti 18.9. (M.S. Bhat, Vedic Tantrism, note on Rgvidhaana 1.36.) mahaasaaMtapana agni puraaNa 175.21. (vrataparibhaaSaa) mahaasaMmata raaja nirvacana. abhidharmakozabhaaSya 187.15: mahaajanakaayasya samataH prajaaM ca ranjayatiiti sahaasaMmato raajeti saMjnotpannaa. (Toshio Horiuchi, 2006, "Seshin no daijo bussetsu ron," (Dr. thesis), p. 44, n. 27.) mahaasaptamiivrata txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.51.1-16. maagha, zukla, pancami-saptamii, for one year, udyaapana with the rathayaatraa: vv. 12-14ab. Kane 5: 378. (c) (v) mahaasaptamiivrata contents. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.51.1-16: 1-2ab one schedule: nakta on pacamii, ekabhakta on SaSThii and upavaasa on saptamii, 2cd other schedule: upavaasa on SaSThii and paaraNa on saptamii, 3-4 puujaa of zaMkara/bhaaskara/ravi, 5ab the first round is four months beginning with maagha, 5cd-6ab gomaya is eaten and used at bathing, 6cd braahmaNabhojana, 7a the second round is four months beginning with jyeSTha, 7b-8ab puujaa, 8cd braahmaNabhojana, 9ab use of pancagavya, 9c the second round is four months beginning with kaarttika, 9d-10 puujaa, 11ab braahmaNabhojana, 11cd use of kuzodaka, 12-14cd paaraNa: braahmaNabhojana, daana, rathayaatraa, 14ef-16 effects. mahaasaptamiivrata vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.51.1-16 (1-6) vaasudeva uvaaca // maaghasya zuklapakSe tu pancamyaaM matkulodvaha / ekabhaktaM sadaakhyaataM SaSThyaaM naktam udaahRtam /1/ saptamyaam upavaasaM tu ke cid icchanti suvrata / SaSThyaaM ke cid vadantiiha saptamyaaM paaraNaM kila /2/ kRtopavaasaH SaSThyaaM tu puujayed bhaaskaraM budhaH / raktacandanamizrais tu karaviiraiz ca suvrata /3/ guggulena mahaabaaho saMyaavena ca suvrata / puujayed devadevezaM zaMkaraM bhaaskaraM raviM /4/ evaM hi caturo maasaan maaghaadiin puujayed ravim / aatmanaz caapi zuddhyarthaM praazanaM gomayasya ca /5/ snaanaM ca gomayeneha kartavyaM caatmazuddhaye / braahmaNaan divyabhaumaaMz ca bhojayec caapi zaktitaH /6/ mahaasaptamiivrata vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.51.1-16 (7-11) jyeSThaadiSv atha maaseSu zvetacandanam ucyate / zvetaani caapi puSpaaNi zubhagandhaanvitaani vai /7/ kRSNaagarus tathaa dhuupo naivedyaM paayasaM smRtam / tenaiva braahmaNaaMs tuSTaan bhojayec ca mahaamate /8/ praazayet pancagavyaM tu snaanaM tenaiva putraka / kaarttikaadiSu maaseSu agastikusumaiH smRtaH /9/ puujayen narazaarduula dhuupaiz caaparaajitaiH / naivedyaM guDapuupaas tu tathaa cekSurasaM smRtam /10/ tenaiva braahmaNaaMs tata bhojayasva svazaktitaH / kuzodakaM praazayethaaH snaanaM ca kuru zuddhaye /11/ mahaasaptamiivrata vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.51.1-16 (12-16) tRtiiye paaraNasyaante maaghe maasi mahaamate / bhojanaM tatra daanaM ca dviguNaM samudaahRtam /12/ devadevasya puujaa ca kartavyaa zaktito budhaiH / rathasya caapi daanaM tu rathayaatraa tu suvrata /13/ vratasya praaptihetor vai kartavyaa vibhave sati / daanaM svarNarathasyeha yathoktaM vibhave / ity eSaa kathitaa putra rathaahvaa saptamii zubhaa /14/ mahaasaptamii vikhyaataa mahaapuNyaa mahodayaa / yaam upoSya dhanaM putraan kiirtiM vidyaam avaapnuyaat /15/ tathaakhilaM kuvalayaM candreNa samorciSaa /16/ mahaasattva an epithet of ketu. BodhGZS 1.17.60 mahaasattva mahaakaaya kSiirodaarnavasaMbhava / sarvasaMgraamavijaya jayaM gaja kuruSva me /60/ (navagrahapuujaavidhi) mahaasattva an epithet of raakSasas in a mantra used in the rangadaivatapuujana. naaTyazaastra 3.53 naanaanimittasaMbhuutaaH paulastyaaH sarva eva tu / raakSasendraa mahaasattvaaH pratigRhNiita me balim /53/ mahaasattva an epithet of garuDa in a mantra used to worship garuDa. naaTyazaastra 3.65 vainateya mahaasattva sarvapakSipate vibho / pragRhyataaM balir deva mantrapuuto mayodyataH /65/ mahaasauvarcalaadi ghRta bibl. Ronald Eric Emmerick, 1995, "The mahaasauvarcalaadi ghRta in Hoernle's unpublished edition of the `jiivakapustaka'," JEAS 5: 76-81. mahaasiddha see siddha. mahaasuparNa :: saMvatsara, see saMvatsara :: mahaasuparNa (ZB). mahaasuranadii a tiirtha in gayaa in mahaakaalavana. skanda puraaNa 5.1.57.25cd-26, 31cd yuuyaM yaata kSitau kSipraM mahaakaalavanaM prati /25/ guhyaad guhyataraM puNyaM pavitraM paapanaazanam / no yatra maayinaaM maayaa prakaazayati bhuutale /26/ ... sarvapaapaharaa puNyaa yatra praacii sarasvatii / mahaasuranadii proktaa yatra tiSThati puNyadaa /31/ (gayaamaahaatmya) mahaasuukta see kSudrasuukta. mahaasuukta as composers mentioned in the tarpaNa. KausGS 2.5.b madhucchandaaH / zatarcinaH / maadhyamaaH / gRtsamadaH / vizvaamitraH / vaamadevaH / atriH / bharadvaajaH / vasiSThaH / pragaathaaH / paavamaanyaH / kSudrasuuktaaH / mahaasuuktaaH / evam antaani tRpyantu // ... . mahaasvapna amoghapaazakalparaaja 7a,6 dine dine mahaavipulavimaanavicitravicitrair mahaasvapnadarzanaM pazyati / mahaaTavi a country belonging to the southern part of the kuurmavibhaaga. bRhatsaMhitaa 14.13 karNaaTamahaaTavicitrakuuTanaasikyadollagiricolaaH / krauncadviipajaTaadharakaaveryo riSyamuukaz ca /13/ mahaataapazcita see SaTtriMzadvarSika mahaataapazcita. mahaataapazcita see tapazcitaam ayana. mahaataapazcita txt. ZankhZS 13.27. mahaatejas name of the agni of Saturn. BodhGZS 1.17.44 [227.6] ... gaayatriichandasaM mahaatejognikaM ... /44/ (navagrahapuujaa) mahaatman PW. 2. mahaatman 1) adj. a) eine grosse d.i. edle Natur habend, edel, hochherzig. b) einen grossen Geist habend so v.a. hochbegabt, ueberaus klug. mahaatman Apte. adj. 1) high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble, 2) illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent. mahaatman agastya has a great soul. skanda puraaNa 2.1.34.9d akhaNDajnaanaruupeNa sarvalokahitaiSiNaa / suraasuraaNaaM saMbhaavyenaagastyena mahaatmanaa /9/ (agastyatiirthamaahaatmya) mahaatripurasundarii see tripurasundarii. mahaa-upaniSad in the upaniSatsaMgraha, vol. 1, pp. 649ff. mahaavaaruNii see mahaamahaavaaruNii. mahaavaaruNii see vaaruNii. mahaavaaruNii caitra, kRSNa, trayodazii, zatabhiSaj, Saturday, snaana, daana, zraaddha. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.99 (caitre maasi sitaaSTamyaaM zanau zatabhiSaayadi / gangaayaa yadi labhyeta suuryagrahazataiH samaa /98/) seyaM mahaavaaruNiiti khyaataa kRSNatrayodazii / asyaaM snaanaM ca daanaM ca zraaddhaM vaakSayam ucyate /99/ See Kane 5: 405-406 [vaaruNii]. (tithivrata) mahaavaaruNii caitra, zukla, trayodazii, Saturday, snaana in the Ganges. txt. and vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.122.14 yadiiyaM zaninaa yuktaa saa mahaavaaruNii smRtaa / gangaayaaM yadi labhyeta koTisuuryagrahaadhikaa /14/ (tithivrata) mahaavairaaja a paavana. HirGZS 1.8.10 [126,13-16] upaniSado vedaadayo vedaantaaH sarvacchandaHsu13 saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe bRhadrathaMtare14 puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamad bahiSpava15maanaH kuuzmaaNDyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani. (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaavairaaja a paavana. GautDhS 19.12 upaniSado vedaantaaH sarvacchandaHsu saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe saamanii bRhadrathaMtare puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamaM bahiSpavamaanaM kuuSmaaNDaani paavamaanyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani /12/ (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaavairaaja a paavana. BaudhDhS 3.10.11 upaniSado vedaadayo vedaantaaH sarvacchandassu saMhitaa madhuuny aghamarSaNam atharvaziro rudraaH puruSasuuktaM raajanarauhiNe saamanii bRhadrathaMtare puruSagatir mahaanaamnyo mahaavairaajaM mahaadivaakiirtyaM jyeSThasaamnaam anyatamad bahiSpavamaanaH kuuzmaaNDyaH saavitrii ceti paavanaani /11/ (praayazcittaparibhaaSaa) mahaavairocana his mudraa. sarvatathaagatatattvasaMgraha 15.4: 1586ab vajrabandhaM samaagraM tu buddhasiddhipradaayikaa / mahaavairocanaabhisaMbodhitantra translation. The mahaa-vairocana-abhisambodhi tantra with buddhaguhya's commentary by Stephen Hodge, London: Routledge Curzon, 2002. [K17;1053] LTT. mahaavaiSNavii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaavaiSNavii worshipped. BodhGZS 3.3 [298,8-10]; HirGZS 1.6.9 [81.1-3] aaryaayai raudryai mahaakaalyai mahaayoginyai suvarNapuSpyai devasaMkiirtyai mahaayajnyai mahaavaiSNavyai mahaapRthivyai manogamyai zankhadhaariNyai nama ity ekaadazanaamadheyair gandhapuSpadhuupadiipair amuSyai namo 'muSyai nama ity etair evaarcayitvaa. (durgaakalpa) mahaavaizaakhii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaavaizaakhii vaizaakha, puurNimaa, vizaakhaa, Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.117 vizaakhaadiSu bhedeSu puurNacandro guruz caret / mahaavaizaakhikaadyaas tu puurNimaa dvaadaza smRtaa /117/ (Kane 5: 377) (tithivrata) mahaavaizaakhii especially meritorious in gangaadvaara. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.126cd zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ (tithivrata) (an enumeration of twelve mahaapuurNimaa and tiirthas which are especially meritorious on any mahaapuurNimaas) mahaavaizvadevagraha see vaizvadevagraha and tRtiiyasavana. mahaavana kaazyapiiyakRSisuukti 738cd-750 evaM vane vanaante vaa girisaanutaTe 'thavaa /738/ mahaavanaM sthaapayec ca naanaavRkSasamujjvalam / naanaavRkSaavalii(?)biijarakSaNaM tatra nirdizet /739/ phalaiH puSpaiz ca phalakaadaarukhaNDaadibhir nRpaH / prajaanaaM gRhanirmaaNasaahyaM tena vinizcitam /740/ tasmaat sarvatra dezeSu bhuumirakSaadhuraMdharaH / vizaalabhuumibhogeSu siimaabhittiyuteSu vaa /741/ karanjakaan naktamaalaan eraNDaan bhuurjakaan api / arjunaan sarjakaan niipaan kadambaan api bhuuruhaan /742/ zigruun zamaan maruvakaan devadaarudrumaan api / zriiparNakaan tiNDukaaMz ca vaTaan plakSaan tathaa kvacit /743/ bhadradaaruun api tathaa priyanguuMz ca kvacit sthale / vibhiitakaan aamalakiis tathaa haimavatiir api /744/karNikaaraaMz ca likucaan nimbavRkSaan api kvacit /745/ azokaaMz ca ziriiSaaMz ca daaDimaan api bhuumipaH / jambuuvRkSaan kapitthaaMz ca sarvato bhadrakaan api /746/ caampekayaan kuravakaan varNajaan api karNikaan / taapinchaaMz ca tamaalaaMz ca sinduvaaradrumaan api /747/ tintriNyaakhyaan mahaavRkSaan tathaa vaMzaan api kvacit / cuutaan rasaalaan aamraaMz ca badariin vaa vizeSataH /748/ rabhadrumaan madhuukaaMz ca piluvRkSaan tathaiva ca / punnaagaan paaribhadraaMz ca kovidaaradrumaan api / evaM naanaajaatiruupaan vRkSaan saaraan yathaakramam /749/ sthaapayet pRthiviipaalo rakSayed jalasecanaiH / davaagniviijanaad duSTasattvaac coraad yathaakramam /750/ mahaavana kaazyapiiyakRSisuukti 751-755ab evaM mahaavanaM rakSyaM nadiitiireSu vaa kvacit / gaandhaarakuntipancaalakaazmiiraavantibhuumiSu /751/ sindhunepaalaniSaadhakosalaangaadibhuumiSu ca / ghuurjaraavantisauraaSTrapramukhaadisthaleSu ca /752/ dezeSu vividheSv evaM saarabhuumisthale nRpaH / mahaavanaM sarvavRkSaSaNDojjvalitadinmukham /753/ taTaakakulyaavaapyaadisaMyutaM ca samantataH / kRSiivalaiH svaprajaabhiH sthaapayitvaa yathaakramam /754/ viirair bhaTair yodhavargai rakSayet sukhasiddhaye / mahaavarSa (mantra) :: glau (mantra) BaudhZS 2.5 [40,7-8] mahaavarSeSu me glauH (vinidhi). mahaavartidiipadaana txt. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 1.166.1-13ab. mahaavastu bibl. Akira Yuyama, 2000, "mahaavastu and mahaavastu-avadaana," Indica et Tibetica, 37 = vividharatnakharaNDaka, Festgabe fuer Adelheid Mette, herausgegenen von Christine Chojnacki, Jens-Uwe Hartmann und Volker M. Tschannerl, Swisttal-Odendorf, pp. 533ff. mahaavastu bibl. S. Hiraoka, 2002, Setsuwa no Kokogaku, pp. 75-151, Tokyo: Daizoshuppan. mahaavedha a mudraa. gheraNDasaMhitaa 3.21-24. mahaavedi bibl. Caland-Henry, 1906, L'agniSToma, #64. (construction), (plan of the mahaavedi <315>) mahaavedi bibl. Kane 2: 1152-53. mahaavedi plan of the mahaavedi, Caland-Henry, 1906, L'agniSToma, at the end of the first volume: on the fourth page after p. 257. mahaavedi in KS, MS and TS the uttaravedi is dealt with separately from the mahaavedi, see "uttaravedi". mahaavedi txt. KS 25.4-5 [106,8-107,17]. (agniSToma) (construction/measuring) (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. MS 3.8.3-4 [96,1-97,3]. (agniSToma) (construction/measuring) (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. TS 6.2.4.2-5. (agniSToma) (construction/measuring) (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. ZB 3.5.1.1-11. (agniSToma) (construction/measuring) (v) (unfinished) mahaavedi txt. ManZS 2.2.1.52-54 (construction/measuring). (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. ManZS 10.1.3.1-9 (construction/measuring). (zulbasuutra) mahaavedi txt. BaudhZS 6.22-23 [181,13-183,4] (construction/measuring). (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. BharZS 12.4.9-5.9 (construction/measuring). (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. ApZS 11.4.11-5.6 (construction/measuring). (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. HirZS 7.4 [679-688; 692-693] (construction/measuring). (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. VaikhZS 14.3-5 [175,4-176,14] (construction/measuring). (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. KatyZS 8.3.6-12 (construction/measuring). (c) (v) mahaavedi txt. VaitS 15.7-8 (construction/measuring). (v) mahaavedi contents. KS 25.4-5 [106,8-108,16]: KS 25.4 [106,8-11] measuring of the vedi, KS 25.4 [106,11-107,7] stambayajurharaNa, KS 25.5 [107,8-17] parigraaha, KS 25.5 [107,17-108,2] barhisstaraNa, KS 25.5 [108,2-16] prastara ([108,2-4] he sets the prastara on the barhis, 5 [108,4-16] prastarapraharaNa (5 [108,4-6] after the yajamaana smears the prastara with butter, he throws it in the fire, 5 [108,6] he throws it so that its tip does not go over the end of burning charcoal(?), 5 [108,7] he kindles its tip at the end of burning charcoal, 5 [108,7-8] he throws it straight for a svargakaama, 5 [108,8] he throws it obliquely for one whom he hates, 5 [108,9-10] he throws it with its tip downwards for a vRSTikaama, 5 [108,10-11] he throws it with its tip upwards for one who wishes the birth of a son, 5 [108,11-12] he throws it spreading its stems for one to whom a female child will be born, 5 [108,12-14] he keeps a stem so that he holds the yajamaana in this world, 5 [108,14-15] he throws the stem afterwards, 5 [108,15-16] dialogue with the aagniidhra for the zaMyuvaaka). mahaavedi vidhi. KS 25.4-5 [106,8-108,16] (4 [106,8-11]) vediM vimimiite triMzataa pazcaat prakramair mimiite SaTTriMzataa praaciiM8 caturviMzatyaa purastaad viraajaivainaaM pazcaat parimimiite bRhatyaa praaciiM9 gaayatryaa purastaac chandobhir evainaaM sarvataH parimimiite viraajy eva pratiti10SThati yad viraajam abhisaMpaadayati. mahaavedi vidhi. KS 25.4-5 [106,8-108,16] (for the contents and vidhi of the following ritual act, see each section of them!!) KS 25.4 [106,11-107,7] stambayajurharaNa, KS 25.5 [107,8-17] parigraaha, KS 25.5 [107,17-108,2] barhisstaraNa, KS 25.5 [108,2-16] prastara, 5 [108,4-16] prastarapraharaNa. mahaavedi contents. MS 3.8.3-4 [96,1-97,3]: 3 [96,1-4] nirvacana of vedi (a salaavRkii goes round three times), 3 [96,4-6] nirvacana of vedi (viSNu becomes a vaamana and strides three steps), 3 [96,6-9] a mahaavedi is to be made, 3 [96,9-14] the vedi and the uttaravedi are to be constructed ([96,9-10] nirvacana of vedi, [96,10-12] nirvacana of uttaravedi), 4 [96,15-97,3] the size of the mahaavedi. mahaavedi vidhi. MS 3.8.3-4 [96,1-97,3] asuraaNaaM vaa iyam agra aasiid yaavan niSadya paraapazyaMs tad devaanaaM te1 devaaH salaavRkiim abruvan yaavad iyaM triH samantaM paryeti tad asmaakam iti2 saa vaa imaaM triH samantaM paryait tad vai devaa imaam avindanta tad vedyaa vedi3tvaM, viSNuM vai devaa aanayan vaamanaM kRtvaa yaavad ayaM trir vikramate ta4d asmaakam iti sa vaa idam evaagre vyakramataathedam athaadas tad vai devaa iha maa5m avindanta tad vedyaa veditvaM, sarvaa vaa iyaM pRthivii vedir iyaM mekhala6m iti tv evaasyaa yajamaanaH parigRhNiite yaavad yaavad vai yajamaano7 vedyaaH kurute taavattaat taavattaat pRthivyaa jayati tasmaan mahatii kaaryaa8 jyaayasii jyaayasii, devaaz ca vaa asuraaz caaspardhanta tad yat kiM caasuraaNaaM9 svam aasiit tad devaa vedyaavindanta tad vedyaa veditvaM, teSaaM yat priyaM vasv aa10siit tenaapaadhaavann anena cin mucyaamahaa iti tad devaa uttaravedyaavindanta11 tad uttaraM vai zreyo vidaamahiiti tad uttaravedyaa uttaraveditvaM tad ya evaM12 vidvaan vediM cottaravediM ca kurute 'bhipuurvam eva sapatnasya bhraatRvyasya13 vasu vRnjaana eti /3/14 SaTtriMzat prakramaaH praacii caturviMzatir agreNa triMzaj jaghanena tathaa15 viraajaa saMmitaatho chandaaMsi vai viraaT chandaaMsi vaavaasyaitad yajna16mukhe yunakty etad vaa eSaabhyanuuktaa //17 indraaNii patyaa sujitaM jigaayodaMena patividye bibhed /97,1 triMzad yasyaa jaghanaM yojanaany upasthaa indraM sthaviraM bibharti //2 iti. mahaavedi contents. TS 6.2.4.2-5: 2a-3a nirvacana of vedi (1), 3b-4 nirvacana of vedi, 5a size of the (mahaa)vedi: the western line is 30 padas, the central line from the west to the east is 36 padas, the eastern line is 24 padas, 5b he measures each by ten steps, 5c he digs up, 5c he spreads barhis, 5d he spreads uttarabarhis. mahaavedi vidhi. TS 6.2.4.2-5 yajno devebhyo nilaayata viSNuu ruupaM kRtvaa sa pRthiviim praavizat tam devaa hastaant saMrabhyaichan tam indra upary upary aty akraamat so 'braviit ko maayam upary upary aty akramiid ity ahaM durge hantety atha kas tvam ity ahaM durgaad aaharteti so 'braviid durge vai hantaavocathaa varaaho 'yaM vaamamoSaH /2/ saptaanaaM giriiNaam parastaad vittaM vedyam asuraaNaam bibharti taM jahi yadi durge hantaasiiti sa darbhapunjiilam udvRhya sapta giriin bhittvaa tam ahant so 'braviid durgaad vaa aahartaa 'vocathaa etam aa hareti tam ebhyo yajna eva yajnam aaharad yat tad vittaM vedyam asuraaNaam avindanta tad ekaM vedyai veditvam, asuraaNaam /3/ vaa iyam agra aasiid yaavad aasiinaH paraapazyati taavad devaanaaM te devaa abruvann astv eva no 'syaam apiiti kiyad vo daasyaama iti yaavad iyaM saalaavRkii triH parikraamati taavan no datteti sa indraH salaavRkii ruupaM kRtvemaaM triH sarvataH pary akraamat tad imaam avindanta yad imaam avindanta tad vedyai veditvam /4/ saa vaa iyaM sarvaiva vedir iyati zakSyaamiiti tv aa avamaaya yajante triMzat padaani pazcaat tirazcii bhavati SaTtriMzat praacii caturviMzatiH purastaat tirazcii, daza daza sam padyante dazaakSaraa viraaD annaM viraaD viraajaivaannaadyam ava runddha, ud dhanti yad evaasyaa amedhyaM tad apa hanty, ud dhanti tasmaad oSadhayaH paraa bhavanti barhi stRNaati tasmaad oSadhayaH punar aa bhavanty, uttaram barhiSa uttarabarhi stRNaati prajaa vai barhir yajamaana uttarabarhir yajamaanam evaayajamaanaad uttaraM karoti tasmaad yajamaano 'yajamaanaad uttaraH /5/ mahaavedi contents. ZB 3.5.1.1-11: 1 antaHpaata zanku: the main post of the praaciinavaMza, namely is the sthuuNaaraaja, is the largest on the east side of the praaciinavaMza; he strides three steps to the east from it and drives in a peg, that is the antaHpaata zanku, ZB 3.5.1.1 tad ya eSa puurvaardhyo varSiSTha sthuuNaaraajo bhavati / tasmaat praaG prakraamati triin vikramaaMs tac chakuM nihanti so 'ntaHpaataH /1/ (agniSToma, mahaavedi (construction/measuring)) mahaavedi vidhi. ZB 3.5.1.1-11 tad ya eSa puurvaardhyo varSiSTha sthuuNaaraajo bhavati / tasmaat praaG prakraamati triin vikramaaMs tac chakuM nihanti so 'ntaHpaataH /1/ tasmaan madhyamaac chankoH / dakSiNaa pancadaza vikramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti saa dakSiNaa zroNiH /2/ tasmaan madhyamaac chankoH / udaG pancadaza vikramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti sottaraa zroNiH /3/ tasmaan madhyamaac chankoH / praaG SaTtriMzataM vikramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti sa puurvaardhaH /4/ tasmaan madhyamaac chankoH / dakSiNaa dvaadaza vikramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti sa dakSiNo 'MsaH /5/ tasmaan madhyamaan chankoH / udaG dvaadaza vikramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti sa uttaro 'Msa eSaa maatraa vedeH /6/ atha yat triMzad vikramaa pazcaad bhavati / triMzadakSaraa vai viraaD viraajaa vai devaa asmiMl loke pratyatiSThaMs tatho evaiSa etad viraajaivaasmiMl loke pratitiSThati /7/ atho api trayastriMzat syuH / trayaztriMzadakSaraa vai viraaD viraajaivaivaasmiMl loke pratitiSThati /8/ atha SaTtriMzad vikramaa praacii bhavati / SaTtriMzadakSaraa vai bRhatii bRhatyaa vai devaaH svargaM lokaM samaaznuvata tatho evaiSa etad bRhatyaiva svargaM lokaM samaznute so 'sya divyaahavaniiyo bhavati /9/ atha yac caturviMzativikramaa purastaad bhavati / caturviMzatyakSaraa vai gaayatrii puurvaardho vai yajnasya gaayatrii puurvaardha eSa yajnasya tasmaac caturviMzativikramaa purastaad bhavaty eSaa maatraa vedeH /10/ atha yat pazcaadvariiyasii bhavati / pazcaadvariiyasii pRthuzroNir iti vai yoSaaM prazaMsanti yad v eva pazcaadvariiyasii bhavati pazcaad evaitad variiyaH prajananaM karoti tasmaat pazcaadvariiyasaH prajananaad imaaH prajaaH prajaayante /11/ mahaavedi contents. ManZS 2.2.1.52-54: 52a he fixes a pRSTyaazanku to the east of the praagvaMza in three steps or in an indefinite distance, 52b detailed measuring is prescribed in MS 3.8.4 [96,15] ff., 53 stambayajur is carried out from the place of the uparava, 54 the uttaravedi is ten steps long, the measuring is done up to niHsaaraNa. mahaavedi vidhi. ManZS 2.2.1.52-54 agreNa praagvaMzaM triSu prakrameSv aparimite vaavakaaze pRSThyaazankuM nihatya vedaadaanaprabhRti vediM vidadhaati / SaTtriMzatprakramaa praaciity aamnaataM pramaaNam /52/ uparavadezaat stambayajur harati /53/ dazapadaam uttaravediM niHsaaraNaantaaM kurviita /54/ mahaavedi contents. BaudhZS 6.22-23 [181,13-183,4]: 22 [181,13-15] zaalaamukhiiya zanku, struck in a spot to the east of the aahavaniiya in six steps, 22 [181,15-16] yuupaavaTiiya zanku: struck in a spot to the east of the zaalaamukhiiya zanku in thirty-six steps, 22 [181,17-18] zankus of the two zroNis: struck in a spot to the south of the zaalaamukhiiya zanku in fifteen steps and to the north of it in fifteen steps, 22 [181,18-182,1] zankus of the two aMsas: struck in a spot to the south of the yuupaavaTiiya zanku in twelve steps and to the north of it in twelve steps, 22 [182,1-2] he measures the vedi with a rope and stretches a rope along the pRSThyaa line, 22 [182,2-4] madhyama auttaravedika zanku: struck in a spot to the west of the yuupaavaTiiya zanku in twelve kSidrapadas, 22 [182,4-5] zankus of the two zroNis of the uttaravedi: struck in a spot to the south and to the north of the madhyama auttaravedika zanku in five kSudrapadas, 22 [182,6-7] zankus of the two aMsas of the uttaravedi: struck in a spot to the south and to the north of the yuupaavaTiiya zanku in four kSudrapadas, 22 [182,7-8] he binds these zankus with a rope and stretches a rope along the pRSThyaa line, 22 [182,8-10] spots of the uparavas: he puts a sphya in a spot to the west of the madhyama auttaravedika zanku in six steps and one step in the south, 22 [182,10-13] spot of the utkara: the aagniidhra sits down in a place to the west of the northern aMsa of the mahaavedi in twelve steps and one step in the north, 22-23 [182,13-14] stambayajurharaNa, 23 [182,14] puurva parigraaha, 23 [182,15-17] japa of a mantra called karaNa, 23 [182,17-18] he digs up the mahaavedi and the aagniidhra carries loose soil three times, 23 [182,18-21] saMpraiSa. 23 [182,21-183,2] caatvaala: he draws a (square) line at a spot three steps to the west from the northern aMsa of the mahaavedi along the side line and one step to the north, 23 [183,2] uttaravedi according to the uttaravedi of the niruuDhapazubandha (BaudhZS 4.2 [108,18-111,6]), 23 [183,2-3] uttaranaabhi, 23 [183,3-4] he covers the place and performs the pravarya and upasad of the afternoon. mahaavedi vidhi. BaudhZS 6.22-23 [181,13-183,4] (22 [181,13-182,13]) sa aaha13vaniiyaad evaagre SaT praacaH prakramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti14 sa zaalaamukhiiyaH zankuH, zaalaamukhiiyaac chankoH SaTtriMzat praacaH15 prakramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti sa yuupaavaTiiyaH zankuH16, zaalaamukhiiyaac chankoH pancadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakraamati panca17dazodiicas tac chankuu nihanti te zroNii, yuupaavaTiiyaac chankor dvaadaza18 dakSiNaa prakramaan prakraamati dvaadazodiicas tac chankuu nihanti19 taav aMsaav, athainaam akSNayaa maanena pramaaya samantaM spandyayaa pari182,1tanoti, pRSThyaam aatanoti, yuupaavaTiiyaac chankor anuspandyaM dvaadaza2 pratyanci kSudrapadaani prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti sa madhyama3 auttaravedikaH zankur, madhyamaad auttaravedikaac chankoH panca dakSiNaa4 kSudrapadaani prakraamati pancodanci tac chankuu nihanti te zroNii5, yuupaavaTiiyaac chankoz catvaari dakSiNaa kSudrapadaani prakraamati catvaa6ry udanci tac chankuu nihanti taav aMzaav, athainaam akSNayaa maanena pramaaya7 samantaM spandyayaa paritanoti pRSThyaam aatanoti, madhyamaad au8ttaravedikaac chankor anuspandyaM SaT pratiicaH prakramaan prakraamati9 dakSiNaa saptamaM tat sphyaM nidadhaati sa uparavaaNaaM kaalo, 'tha10 mahaavedyaa uttaraad aMsiiyaac chankor vedyantena dvaadaza pratiicaH prakra11maan prakraamaty udancaM trayodazaM tad aagniidhra upasiidati sa utkarasya12 kaalo 'thoparavaaNaaM kaalaat stambayajur harati /22/13 mahaavedi vidhi. BaudhZS 6.22-23 [181,13-183,4] (23 [182,14-183,4]) idam eva prasiddhaM pauroDaazikaM trir yajuSaa tuuSNiiM caturtham, puurvaM14 parigraahaM parigRhNaati, karaNaM japatiimaaM naraaH kRNuta vedim etya15 vasumatiiM rudravatiim aadityavatiiM vizvadevyaavatiiM varSman divo naabhaa16 pRthivyaa yathaayaM yajamaano na riSyed ity (cf. TB 3.7.7.13-14 (here vizvadevyaavatiim is added), uddhanty uddhataad aagniidhras tri17r harati yad aagniidhras trir haraty, athaagreNa zaalaaM tiSThan saMpraiSam aaha vedi18kaaraa vediM kalpayata pra sthalaani bhindata prati nimnaan puurayata19 kiMzaaruuNi nirasyata praaciim udiiciiM praNavaaM nistiSThateti20 yathaasaMpraiSaM te kurvanty, atha mahaavedyaa uttaraad aMsiiyaac chankor vedyantena21 triin pratiicaH prakramaan prakraamaty udancaM caturthaM tac caatvaalasyaavRtaa183,1 caatvaalaM parilikhaty, uttaraveder aavRtottaravediM nivapaty uttaranaabhi2m utsaadya, athainaaM praticchaadyaaparaahNikiibhyaaM pravargyopasadbhyaaM pracara3ty.BaudhZS 6.22 [182,8-10] mahaavedi contents. BharZS 12.4.9-5.9: 4.9 when the upasad is completed, he begins to measure the mahaavedi, 4.10-11 pazcaardhya zanku: he fixes a peg of the western side of the vedi in three steps in the east of the praagvaMza, 4.12-13 yuupaavaTya zanku fixed in a spot in thirty-six steps to the east of the pazcaardhya zanku, 4.14-15 two vedizroNis: two zankus fixed in a spot in fifteen steps to the south and to the north of the pazcaardhya zanku, 4.16-17 two vedyaMsas: two zankus fixed in a spot in twelve steps to the south and to the north of the yuupaavaTya zanku, 4.18 he measures it (enam mahaavedim??) crosswise with a scale and encircles it with a cord, 4.19 he extends the pRSThyaa line, 4.20 he makes the mahaavedi with a sphya or a vighana or a rib or a axe, 5.1 he finishes the vedi according to the procedure of the construction of the vedi in the darzapuurNamaasa, except for the contraction of the north and south lines (BharZS 2.1.1-3.10), 5.2 before the uttara parigaaha he measures with the zamyaa the uttaravedi to the west of the place of the hole of the yuupa, the length of the uttaravedi is as long as a zamyaa or as a yuga or ten feet, 5.3-4 the caatvaala is one krama north of the northern vedyaMsa, 5.5 the utkara is to the west of the caatvaala in twelve steps and twelve stepts to the north, 5.6 the aagniidhra is in six steps to the west of the utkara, 5.7-8 the saMcara is between the caatvaala and utkara or between the caatvaala and the aagniidhra hut, 5.9 he pours water on the uttaravedi according to the procedure of the uttaravedi (BharZS 7.3.8-9) he covers the vedi with branches of udumbara and they spend the night.BharZS 12.4.10-17 agreNa praagvaMzaM triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /10/ sa vedeH pazcaardhyaH zankuH /11/ tataH SaTtriMzataM praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /12/ sa yuupaavaTyaH zankuH /13/ pazcaardhyaac chankoH pancadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakramya pancadazottaratas tac chankuM nihanti /14/ te zroNii bhavataH /15/ yuupaavaTyaac chankor dvaadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakramya dvaadazottaratas tac chankuM nihanti /16/ taav aMsau bhavataH /17/BharZS 12.4.18 enaam?) akSNayaa pramaaNena pramaaya> syandyayaa paryaatanoti /18/ mahaavedi vidhi. BharZS 12.4.9-5.9 (4.9-20) saMsthitaayaam upasadi mahaavediM vimimiite vimime tvaa payasvatiiM devaanaaM dhenuM sudughaam anapasphurantiim / indraH somaM pibatu kSemo astu naH // (TB 3.7.7.13) iti /4.9/ agreNa praagvaMzaM triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /10/ sa vedeH pazcaardhyaH zankuH /11/ tataH SaTtriMzataM praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /12/ sa yuupaavaTyaH zankuH /13/ pazcaardhyaac chankoH pancadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakramya pancadazottaratas tac chankuM nihanti /14/ te zroNii bhavataH /15/ yuupaavaTyaac chankor dvaadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakramya dvaadazottaratas tac chankuM nihanti /16/ taav aMsau bhavataH /17/ athainam(>enaam?) akSNayaa pramaaNena pramaaya syandyayaa paryaatanoti /18/ anvaatanoti pRSThyaam /19/ athainaaM sphyena vighanena parzvaa parazuneti kurvanti /20//4/ mahaavedi vidhi. BharZS 12.4.9-5.9 (5.1-9) athainaaM darzapaurNamaasikena saMskaareNa saMskaroti yad anyat saMnamanaat /5.1/ yat praag uttarasmaat parigraahaat tat kRtvaapareNa yuupaavaTadezaM zamyayottaravediM parimimiite zamyaamaatriiM yugamaatriiM vaa sarvato vaa dazapadaam /2/ etaam uttarasmaad vedyaMsaad udancaM prakramaM prakramya zankuM nihanti /3/ sa caatvaalo bhavati /4/ apareNa caatvaalaM dvaadazasu prakrameSu taavaty udag utkaraH /5/ apareNotkaraM ca SaTsv aaghniidhra /6/ antareNa caatvaalotkarau saMcaro bhavati / apareNa caatvaalaM caagniidhraM cety ekeSaam /7/ yat kiM ca vedim anvavahariSyan syaad etenaivaanvavaharet /8/ uttaravedyaa aavRtottaravedim upoSya prokSaantaaM kRtvaudumbarazaakhaabhiz channaaM parivaasayati /9/ mahaavedi contents. ApZS 11.4.11-5.6: 4.11 they construct the vedi between the pravargya and upasad on the second day, 4.12 he fixes a peg in the three steps from the middle frontline of the praagvaMza, 4.13a the south zroNi and the north zroNi are in fifteen steps from the peg, 4.13b the second peg is in thirty-six steps in the east from the first peg, 4.13c the south aMsa and the north aMsa are in twelve steps from the second peg, 4.14 a mantra recited when the mahaavedi is measured, 4.15 he encircles the mahaavedi with a cord, 4.16 the pRSThyaa line runs in the middle, 5.1 saMpraiSa, 5.2 they make the vedi by using sphya, club, rib and axe, 5.3 as in the darzapuurNamaasa, except for the contraction of the north and south lines, he makes up to the second parigraaha, he recites a mantra, 5.4 the utkara is made in the distance of twelve steps from the caatvaala in the west and in the distance of a prakrama to the north of the northern vedyaMsa (ApZS 7.4.1-2 uttarasmaad vedyaMsaad udak prakrame caatvaalaH /1/), 5.5 the caatvaala is explained in ApZS 7.4.1-2 and the uttaravedi in ApZS 7.3.10-5.4, 5.6 the mahaavedi is covered with twigs of udumbara or with those of plakSa.ApZS 11.4.15 sarvataH syandyayaa paryaatanoti /15/ (agnisToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi vidhi. ApZS 11.4.11-5.6 antaraa madhyame pravargyopasadau vediM kurvanti /11/ praagvaMzasya madhyamaal lalaaTikaat triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /12/ tasmaat pancadazasu dakSiNataH / evam uttarataH / te zroNii // prathamanihataac chankoH SaTtriMzatiH purastaat / tasmaad dvaadazasu dakSiNataH / evam uttarataH / taav aMsau /13/ vimime tvaa payasvatiiM devaanaaM dhenuM sudughaam anapasphurantiim / indraH somaM pibatu kSemo astu na iti (TB 3.7.7.13) vimaanaH /14/ sarvataH syandyayaa paryaatanoti /15/ madhye pRSThyaam /16/ imaaM naraH kRNuta vedim etya vasumatiiM rudravatiim aadityavatiiM varSman divo naabhaa pRthivyaa yathaayaM yajamaano na risyed devasya savituH sava iti (cf. TB 3.7.7.13) saMpreSyati /5.1/ sphyena vighanena parzvaa parazunaa ca vediM kurvanti /2/ darzapuurNamaasavat saMnamanavarjaM praag uttaraat parigraahaat kRtvaa catuHzikhaNDaa yuvatiH supezaa ghRtapratiikaa bhuvanasya madhye / tasyaaM suparNaav adhi yau niviSTau tayor devaanaam adhi bhaagadheyam ity (TB 3.7.7.14) abhimantrya /3/ caatvaalaad dvaadazasu prakrameSu pratyag utkaraH / taavaty evaadhvany udag yathaa caatvaalaH /4/ vyaakhyaataz caatvaala uttaravediz ca /5/ udumbarazaakhaabhiH plakSazaakhaabhir vaa pracchannaa vasati /6/ mahaavedi contents. HirZS 7.4 [679-688; 692-693]: [679,21-22] after the early pravargya and the upasad, he fixes the pazcaardhya peg to the east of the praagvaMza in three steps in the east, [679,28-680,1] a mantra, [680,1-2] he fixes the puurvaardhya peg to the east of the pazcaardhya peg in thirty-six steps, [680,6-8] two zroNi pegs to the south and to the north of the pazcaardhya peg in fifteen steps, and two aMsa pegs to the south and to the north of the puurvaardhya peg in twelve steps, [681,3; 9] he encircles the mahaavedi with a syandyaa rope and spreads the pRSthyaa, [685,7] he makes the mahaavedi like the vedi of the darzapuurNamaasa without contracting the middle, [685,15] he uses a sphya, vighana, parzu and parazu, [686,22] he makes the uttaravedi before the uttara parigraaha, [686,22-23; 687,6] the size of each side is ten feet, or the eastern side is a little shorter, [687,13-14] the caatvaala is one step in the north of the nothern aMsa, and the utkara is twelve steps in the west from the caatvaala, [688,10] saMcara is between the caatvaala and the utkara, [688,20] or to the east of the aagniidhra hut and to the west of the caatvaala, [688,22] the mahaavedi is covered with udumbara twigs. mahaavedi vidhi. HirZS 7.4 [679-688] [679,21-22] madhyamaabhyaaM paurvaahNikiibhyaaM pravargyopasadbhyaaM pracaryaagreNa praagvaMzaM21 triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti sa pazcaardhe vedeH /22 [679,28-680,2] vimime tvaa payasvatiiM devaanaaM dhenuM28 sudughaam anapasphurantiim indraH somaM pibatu kSemo astu na iti (TB 3.7.7.13) SaTtriMzat praacaH680,1 prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti sa puurvaardhe /2 [680,6-8] pazcaardhyaac chankoH pancadaza dakSiNataH pancadazottarataH6 prakramya zankuu nihanti te zroNii puurvaardhyaac chankor dvaadaza7 dakSiNato dvaadazottarataH prakramya zankuu nihanti taav aMsau /8 [681,3] akSNayaa maanena saMpaadya pradakSiNaM spandyayaa paryaatanoti /3 [681,10] anvaatanoti pRSThyaam /10 [685,7] taaM karoti yathaa darzapuurNamaasayor yad anyat saMnaamaat /7 [685,15] sphyena vighanena parzvaa parazunaa ca /15 [686,22-23] yat praag uttarasmaat parigraahaat tat kRtvottarave22dyaaH kalpena dazapadaam uttaravediM karoti /23 [687,6] aMhiiyasiiM purastaad ity ekeSaam /6 [687,13-14] uttareNottaraM vedyaMsaM prakrame caatvaalaH13 pazcaad dvaadazasuutkaro vidyate 'parimite vaa /14 [688,10] taav antareNa vedeH saMcaraH /10 [688,20] praaciinam aagniidhraat pratiiciinaM caatvaalaad ity ekeSaam /20 [688,22] udumbarazaakhaabhiz channaaM parivaasayati /22. mahaavedi contents. VaikhZS 14.3-4 [175,4-176,9]: 3 [175,4] after the pravargya and the upasad in the morning on the second day, 3-4 [175,4-7] paazcaatya zanku is fixed in three steps in the east of the praagvaMza, 4 [175,7-8] paurastya zanku is fixed in thirty-six steps in the east from the paazcaatya zanku, 4 [175,8-9] two zroNi zankus are fixed are fixed in fifteen steps in the south and north of the paazcaatya zanku, 4 [175,9-10] two aMsa zankus are fixed in twelve steps from the paurastya zanku, 4 [175,10-11] he measures the vedi with a spandyaa, 4 [175,12-13] he touches the mahaavedi (or the utkara?) and he sweeps the mahaavedi, 4 [175,13-14] uttaravedi is made in one step in the west of the paurasta zanku and in ten steps in the east of the paurastya zanku, 4 [175,14-176,1] uparava is made in seven steps in the south from the sixth step from the paurastya zanku, 4 [176,1] stambayajurharaNa is from the place of uparava, 4 [176,1-3] utkara is in a place in twelve steps in the west from the uttara aMsa and in a step in the north, where the aagniidhra sits with anjali; he carries stambayajur to his anjali, as explained in VaikhZS 4.11 [50,5-19] (darzapuurNamaasa, vedikaraNa), 4 [176,3-4] the caatvaala is in one step north from the northern vedyaMsa, 4 [176,4-5] saMpraiSa to the vedikaraNa, 4 [176,5] the digging of the vedi is explained in VaikhZS 5.1 [[52,1-4], 4 [176,5-7] he recites a mantra on the vedi, 4 [176,7-8] according to the way of making the uttaravedi as explained in 4 [175,13-14] he makes the uttaravedi, the length of the side lines being ten steps, while the eastern side is a little shorter, 4 [176,8-9] he covers it with twigs of udumbara or of plakSa. mahaavedi vidhi. VaikhZS 14.3-4 [175,4-176,9] madhyame 'hani paurvaahNikiibhyaaM pracaryaagreNa praagvaMzaM triSu prakrameSu4 zankuM nihatya darzavat saMnamanavarjaM sphyena parazunaa vaa vediM5 vimimiite /3/6 sa paazcaatyo veder madhyamaH zankus, tasmaat purastaat prakrameSu SaT7triMzati zankuH paurastyaH, paazcaatyaad dakSiNottarau pancadazasu8 pancadazasu zankuu tau zroNyau, paurastyaad dvaadazasu dvaadazasu zankuu9 taav aMsaav, akSNayaamaanaM vidhaaya sarvaM spandyayaa zaktiviSaye dakSiNaa10vRttayaa pradakSiNaM vimime tvaa payasvatiim iti (TB 3.7.7.13) vediM parimimiite11, madhye praagagraaM pRSThyaaM karoti,idaM tasmai (TB 3.7.6.3-4) vedena vedim (TB 3.3.9.10) ity abhimarzana12saMmaargau, paurastaat pazcaat prakrama uttaravedeH paurastyaat pazcaad dazame13 pade zankur uttaravedeH paazcaatyas, tataH SaSThaat padaad dakSiNataH saptama14 uparavadezas, tasmaat stambayajur haraty uttaraad aMsaat pazcime dvaadazaa176,1d uttarataH prakrama utkaradeze namo diva ity (TS 1.2.11.c(b)) aagniidhro 'njaliM2 kRtvopavizati tadanjalau stambayajur vyaakhyaataM sa utkaras, tadaMsa3syottareNa prakrame caatvaala imaaM naraaH kRNuta vedim etyeti4 (TB 3.7.7.13-14) saMpreSyati vyaakhyaataM khananaM catuHzikhaNDaa yuvatiH supezaa5 ghRtapratiikaa bhuvanasya madhye tasyaaM suparNaav adhi yau niviSTau6 tayor devaanaam adhi bhaagadheyam iti (TB 3.7.7.14) vedim abhimantryottaravedyaavRtaa7 dazapadaam uttaravediM purastaad aMhiiyasiiM karoty udumbarazaakhaabhiH plakSa8zaakhaabhir vaa pracchannaaM kRtvaa. mahaavedi contents. KatyZS 8.3.6-12: 6 on the day before the aupavasathya day, namely the day on which the agniiSomiiyapazu is performed, he measured the (mahaa)vedi after he performs the upasad in the morning, 7 he fixes a zanku in three steps in the east of the puurvaadhya pillar (of the agnizaalaa(?)), named antaHpaatya (zanku), 8 puurvaardhya zanku in thirty-six steps from the antaHpaatya zanku in the east, 9 two (zroNi zankus) in fifteen steps from the (antaHpaatya zanku), 10 or in seventeen steps and a half step, 11 two (aMsa zankus) in twelve steps from the puurvaardhya zanku, 12 he fixes the pRSThyaa line and he performs ritual acts beginning with taking the sphya up to the covering with khaadira branches (as prescribed in KatyZS 5.3.16-4.1, caaturmaasya, varuNapraghaasa, vedikaraNa). mahaavedi vidhi. KatyZS 8.3.6-12 aupavasathyaat puurve 'hani paurvaahNikyaa pracarya vediM mimiite /6/ puurvaardhyaat stambhaat purastaat triSu prakrameSu zankuM nihanti so 'ntaHpaatyaH /7/ tasmaat purastaat SaTtriMzati /8/ dakSiNottarau ca pancadazasu pancadazasu /9/ ardhasaptadazeSu vaa /10/ puurvaardhyaac ca dvaadazasu dvaadazasu /11/ pRSThyaam aayamya sphyaadi karoti khaadireNaacchaadanaat /12/ mahaavedi vidhi. VaitS 15.7-8 vi mimiiSva iti (AV 13.1.27) vediM mimaanam anumantrayate /7/ yasyaaM vedim (AV 12.1.13) iti vediM parigRhyamaaNaam /8/ mahaavedi note, the time of the construction/measuring: after the upasad. BharZS 12.4.9 saMsthitaayaam upasadi mahaavediM vimimiite ... /9/ (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the time of the construction/measuring: between the pravargya and upasad on the second day. ApZS 11.4.11 antaraa madhyame pravargyopasadau vegdiM kurvanti /11/ (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the time of the construction/measuring: after the pravargya and upasad in the morning on the second day. HirZS 7.4 [679,21] madhyamaabhyaaM paurvaahNikiibhyaaM pravargyopasadbhyaaM pracaryaagreNa praagvaMzaM21 triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti sa pazcaardhe vedeH /22. (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the time of the construction/measuring: after the pravargya and the upasad in the morning on the second day. VaikhZS 14.3 [175,4] madhyame 'hani paurvaahNikiibhyaaM pracaryaagreNa praagvaMzaM triSu prakrameSu4 zankuM nihatya darzavat saMnamanavarjaM sphyena parazunaa vaa vediM5 vimimiite /3/6 sa paazcaatyo. mahaavedi note, the time of the construction/measuring: on the day before the aupavasathya day, namely the day on which the agniiSomiiyapazu is performed, after he performs the upasad in the morning. KatyZS 8.3.6 aupavasathyaat puurve 'hani paurvaahNikyaa pracarya vediM mimiite /6/ (agniSToma, mahaavedi, measuring) mahaavedi note, the size of the mahaavedi: the west line is thirty prakramas, the central line from the west to the east is 36 prakramas, the eastern line is 24 prakramas. KS 25.4 [106,8-9] vediM vimimiite triMzataa pazcaat prakramair mimiite SaTTriMzataa praaciiM8 caturviMzatyaa purastaat. (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the size of the mahaavedi: the central line from the west to the east is 36 prakramas, the eastern line is 24 prakramas, the west line is 30 prakramas. MS 3.8.4 [96,15] SaTtriMzat prakramaaH praacii caturviMzatir agreNa triMzaj jaghanena. (agniSToma, devayajana!!) mahaavedi note, the size of the mahaavedi: the western line is 30 padas, the central line from the west to the east is 36 padas, the eastern line is 24 padas. TS 6.2.4.5 triMzat padaani pazcaat tirazcii bhavati SaTtriMzat praacii caturviMzatiH purastaat tirazcii. (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the size of the mahaavedi: the central line from the west to the east is 36 prakramas, the west line is 30 prakramas, the eastern line is 24 prakramas. BaudhZS 6.22 [181,13-20] sa aaha13vaniiyaad evaagre SaT praacaH prakramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti14 sa zaalaamukhiiyaH zankuH, zaalaamukhiiyaac chankoH SaTtriMzat praacaH15 prakramaan prakraamati tac chankuM nihanti sa yuupaavaTiiyaH zankuH16, zaalaamukhiiyaac chankoH pancadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakraamati panca17dazodiicas tac chankuu nihanti te zroNii, yuupaavaTiiyaac chankor dvaadaza18 dakSiNaa prakramaan prakraamati dvaadazodiicas tac chankuu nihanti19 taav aMsau. (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the size of the mahaavedi: the central line from the west to the east is 36 prakramas, the west line is 30 prakramas, the eastern line is 24 prakramas. BharZS 12.4.10-17 agreNa praagvaMzaM triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /10/ sa vedeH pazcaardhyaH zankuH /11/ tataH SaTtriMzataM praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /12/ sa yuupaavaTyaH zankuH /13/ pazcaardhyaac chankoH pancadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakramya pancadazottaratas tac chankuM nihanti /14/ te zroNii bhavataH /15/ yuupaavaTyaac chankor dvaadaza dakSiNaa prakramaan prakramya dvaadazottaratas tac chankuM nihanti /16/ taav aMsau bhavataH /17/ (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the size of the mahaavedi: the west line is 30 prakramas, the central line from the west to the east is 36 prakramas, the eastern line is 24 prakramas. ApZS 11.4.12-13 praagvaMzasya madhyamaal lalaaTikaat triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti /12/ tasmaat pancadazasu dakSiNataH / evam uttarataH / te zroNii // prathamanihataac chankoH SaTtriMzatiH purastaat / tasmaad dvaadazasu dakSiNataH / evam uttarataH / taav aMsau /13/ (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi note, the size of the mahaavedi: the central line from the west to the east is 36 prakramas, the west line is 30 prakramas, the eastern line is 24 prakramas. HirZS 7.4 [679-680]: [679,21-22] agreNa praagvaMzaM21 triin praacaH prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti sa pazcaardhe vedeH /22 ... [680,1-2] SaTtriMzat praacaH680,1 prakramaan prakramya zankuM nihanti sa puurvaardhe /2 [680,6-8] pazcaardhyaac chankoH pancadaza dakSiNataH pancadazottarataH6 prakramya zankuu nihanti te zroNii puurvaardhyaac chankor dvaadaza7 dakSiNato dvaadazottarataH prakramya zankuu nihanti taav aMsau /8. (agniSToma, mahaavedi) mahaavedi bibl. Caland-Henry, 1907, L'agniSToma, #258 (pp. 409-411). mahaavedi txt. ManZS 2.5.5.18-22 (burning). mahaavedi txt. BaudhZS 4.11 [126,14-127,8] (burning). (niruuDhapazubandha, burning of barhis) mahaavedi txt. ApZS 13.24.15-19 (burning). (v) mahaavedi txt. KatyZS 10.9.26 (burning). mahaavedi txt. VaitS 24.15-16 (burning). mahaavedi burning of the mahaavedi at the end of the tRtiiyasavana in the agniSToma, vidhi. ApZS 13.24.15-19 aahaavaniiyaad ulmukam aadaaya yajamaano vedim upoSati yat kusiidam apratiitam (mayi yena yamasya balinaa caraami / ihaiva san niravadaye tad etat tad agne anRNo bhavaami) // (TS 3.3.8.b) iti /15/ yadi mizram iva cared anjalinaa saktuun pradaavye juhuyaad vizvalopa vizvadaavasya tv(aasaJ juhomy agdhaad eko 'hutaad ekaH samasanaad ekaH / te naH kRNvantu bheSajaM sadaH saho varenyam) // (TS 3.3.8.c) /16/ yad aakuutaat (samasusrod dhRdo vaa manaso vaa sambhRtaM cakSuSo vaa / tam anu prehi sukRtasya lokaM yatrarSayaH prathamajaa ye puraaNaaH // etaM sadhastha pari te dadaami yam aavahaac chevadhiM jaatavedaaH / anvaagantaa yajnapatir vo atra taM sma jaaniita parame vyoman // jaaniitaad enam parame vyoman devaaH sadhasthaa vida ruupam asya / yad aagachaat pathibhir devayaanair iSTaapuurte kRNutaad aavir asmai //) iti tisRbhir (TS 5.7.7.a-c) dhuumam anumantrayate /17/ ahnaaM vidhaanyaam ity uktam (see TS 3.3.8.4-5 where an divination by the field burning is described) /18/ ayaM no nabhasaa pura ity etair (TS 3.3.8.d-f) yathaabraahmaNam upasthaaya /19/ mahaavediimahotsava txt. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26. vaizaakha, zukla, tRtiiyaa, puSya nakSatra. (in the colophon it is called guNDicaayaatraakathana) (rathayaatraa of jagannaatha). (tithivrata) mahaavediimahotsava contents. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26: 33.1 the title is mahaavediimahotsava, 33.2 vaizaakha, zukla, tRtiiyaa with rohiNii nakSatra, 33.3 he selects one or three aacaaras and a carpenter, 33.4-10 vanayaaga, 33.11-20ab three rathas are made (33.11-14 a description of the ratha of kRSNa, 33.15-18ab a description of the garuDadhvaja, 33.18cd the ratha of balaraama, 33.19ab the ratha of subhadraa, 19cd laangaladhvaja of balaraama, 33.20ab padmadhvaja of subhadraa), 33.20cd-23ab pratiSThaa as described earlier (see skanda puraaNa 2.2.25), 33.23cd-24ab impure beings are kept out of the rathas for three days, 33.24cd-25ab ankuraarpaNa, 25cd zaanti when adbhutas appear, 33.26-30ab the road of the ratha and the places along the road are made clean and decorated, 33.30cd-31ab many dancers, singers and vezyaas gather, 33.31cd-33a many pataakas, dhvajas and vaijayantiis are seen, 33.33bd many vehicles, elefants and horses, 33.34 the king undertakes the mahotsava, 33.35-36ab on aaSaaDha, zukla, dvitiiyaa he worships the god, 33.36cd-39 he announces the god about the beginning of the rathayaatraa to guNDicaamaNDpa, 33.40ab he scatters karpuuracuurNa and flowers, 33.40cd-41 people recite various mantras, 33.42ab suutas and maagadhas sing kiirti, 33.42cd (/?), 33.43ab people swing, 33.43cd-44 various sounds are produced, 33.45 they bring balabhadra, jagannaatha and subhadraa to their rathas in this order, 33.46 royal items stand on the sides of jagannaatha, 33.47 king and other people attend the march, 33.48 images of deities are placed on tuulikaas, 33.49-50ab they places the images of three deities on the rathas, 33.50cd-52 a description of three rathas, 53ab puujaa of them, mahaavediimahotsava contents. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26: 33.53cd-54 the yaatraa starts in every year(?), 33.55-78 praise of the rathayaatraa (33.55-56ab those who observe the god go to the viSNupada, 33.56cd-57 the best utsava where gods come to see from heaven, 33.58 paapa perishes only from saMkiirtana of this utsava, 33.59-60ab his paapa perishes when he sees the yaatra of three deities, 33.60cd when he comes under the shadow of the rathas, 33.61 when dusts raised by the ratha touch his body, 33.62-64 when he throws himself on the muddy road, 33.65 when he follows the rathas only out of curiosity, 33.66 when he sees the ratha, 33.67-68 when he praises gods with vedas or stotras of puraaNas or stotras composed by himself, 33.69 when he raises jaya in fron of jagannaatha, 33.70 when he clapps, or when he dances, or when he sings, 33.71 when he praises the names of god, 33.72 when he shouts jaya kRSNa, 33.73-75 when he fans puruSottama while sitting in front of him on the ratha, 33.76 when he offers puSpavRSTi before kRSNa, 33.77-78 when he goes round the ratha while reciting the sahasranaama), 33.79-81 when one brahman which appears in wood goes to the mahaavediimahotsava, a mahotsava occurs on earth, 33.82-87 devas headed by indra come here and even brahmaa comes to worship jagannaatha, 33.88- praise of the mahotsava (33.88 daana for the sake of kRSNa is most meritorious, 33.89 any acts performed in front of jagannaatha going to guNDicaalaya, 33.90 they offer upaayanas and various kinds of food, 33.91-92 they walk in front of the ratha looking at jagannaatha and bowing themselves at each step, 33.93 the most auspicious festival, 33.94-96 jagannaatha, being merciful, undertakes this yaatraa to destroy paapas of the people, 33.97-103 at midday, when it is very hot, the priests try to cool the jagannaatha trinity and worship them, 33.104-105 brahmins who observe the yaatraa also worship jagannaatha, 33.106-108 they perform pradakSiNa many times, bow themselves before the god and praise with stutis, 33.109-112ab when the sun sets and it becomes dark the three rathas are led to guNDicaa temple under the lighting of many lamps, 33.112cd-116 the jagannaatha trinity is got down in the guNDicaa temple, mahaavediimahotsava contents. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26: 34.1 the jagannaatha trinity stays to the south of the nRsiMha temple, 34.2-4 he worships jagannaatha with many upacaaras, 34.5-12ab jagannaatha promised to indradyumna that he would stay in guNDicaa temple for a week every year so that people would earn merits by worshipping jagannaatha during this period, 12cd religious acts performed at night is more meritorious than those performed during the day, 13 religious acts performed before jagannaatha are very meritorious, 34.14-15ab daana brings much merits, 34.15cd-16 the period in which jagannaatha stays in mahaavedii is very auspicious, 34.17- zraaddha performed during this period (34.17-19 introduction, 34.20-22ab the pancamii with the maghaa nakSatra is recommended for the performance of the zraaddha, 34.22cd-24ab the place betwenn jagannaatha temple and nRsiMha temple is most auspicious, 34.24cd-25 kutapa is the best time, 34.26-27 it does not matter whether a brahmin to be feeded is learned or not, 34.28-30ab the day of aaSaaDha, zukla, pancamii, maghaa nakSatra is very auspicious for the zraaddha, 34.30cd-32 bhaadrapada, amaavaasyaa and four yugaadi days are recommended for the performance of the zraaddha, 34.33-34ab seven days when jagannaatha stays at guNDicaa are very meritorious, mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.1-10) jaiminir uvaaca // ata uurdhvaM pravakSyaami mahaavediimahotsavam / ajnaanatimiraadho 'pi yena bhaasvatpadaM vrajet /1/ vaizaakhasyaamale pakSe tRtiiyaa paapanaazinii / svayam aaviSkRtaa caiSaa praajaapatyarkSasaMyutaa /2/ tasyaaM saMkalpya nRpatir aacaaryaM varayec chuciH / ekaM triin atha takSaaNaM dRSTakarmaaNam aadaraat /3/ vRNuyaad vanayaagaaya vastraalaMkaraNaadibhiH / takSNaa saarddhaM vanaM gatvaa saadhuvRkSagaNaakulam /4/ tanmadhye vahnim aadhaaya mantraraajena mantravit / aSTottarazataM hutvaa saMpaataajyavimizritam /5/ aajyaM taruuNaaM muule tu pratyekam abhighaarayet / dikpaalebhyo baliM dattvaa kSetrapaalapazuuMs tathaa /6/ vanaspataye juhuyaat kSiirodanazataahutim / tataH parazum aadaaya vRkSamuule dikSu vai /7/ aajyasaMskRtidezeSu aacaaryo mantram uccaran / kiM cit kiM cic chedayed vai cintayan garuDadhvajam /8/ nadatsu tiiryaghoSeSu giitamangalavaadiSu / niyojya vardhakiM tatra aacaaryaH svagRhaM vrajet /9/ atha vaa sthaanalabdhaani vaaruuNi rathakarmaNi / uktasaMskaaravidhinaa saMskuryaat kalpite 'nale /10/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.11-20ab) aarabheta rathaM kRtvaa vighnaraajamahotsavam / SoDazaaraiH SoDarabhiz cakrair lohamayair dRDhaiH /11/ yuktaM viSNo rathaM kuryaad dRDhaakSaM dRDhakuubaram / vicitraghaTaNaakakSaputtaliipariveSTitam /12/ naanaavicitrabahulam ikSukhaNDaviraajitam / catustoraNasaMyuktaM caturdvaaraM suXXnam /13/ naanaavicitrabahulaM hemapaTTaviraajitam / dvaaviMzatikarocchraayaM pataakaabhir alaMkRtam /14/ gaaruDaM ca dhvajaM kuryaad raktacandananimitam / diirghanaasaM sthuuladehaM kuNDalaabhyaaM vibhuuSitam /15/ cancvagradaSTabhujagaM sarvaalaMkaarabhuuSitam / vitatya pakSatii vyomni uDDiiyantam ivoditam /16/ daityadaanavasaMghasya baladarpavinaazanam / sarvaangaM tasya kanakair aacchaadya parizobhayet /17/ ratham evaM hareH kuryaat svaasanaM supariSkRtam / caturdazarathaangais taM rathaM kuryaac ca siiriNaH /18/ cakrair dvaadazabhiH kuryaat subhadraayaa rathottamam / saptacchadamayaM kuryaat siiriNo laangaladhvajam /19/ devyaaH padmadhvajaM kuryaat padmakaaSThavinirmitam / mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.20cd-33) viracayya rathaan raajaa pratiSThaaM puurvavat caret /20/ yathaamantraM yathaazaastraM vizvased braahmaNeSu ca / braahmaNaa jagadiizasya jangamaas tanavaH smRtaaH /21/ itthaM sughaTitaM cakritrayaM devatrayasya vai / aaSaaDhasya site pakSe dine viSNoH zubhaprade /22/ pratiSThaapya samRddhena vidhinaa puurvavad dvijaaH / rakSaNiiyaM tathaa tatra naarohet kaz canaazubhaH /23/ pakSii vaa maanuSo vaapi maarjaaranakulaadayaH / tato dinatrayaad arvaag rathaanaam uttare kRte /24/ maNDape utsavaange vaa prakuryaad ankuraarpaNam / adbhuteSv atha jaateSu zaantiM kuryaat puroditaam /25/ rathyaa susaMskRtaa kaaryaa mahaavediiM yathaa vrajet / paarzvayor maNDalaM kuryaat pathi gulmaadibhiH phalaiH /26/ sumanaHstavakair maalyair dukuulaiz caamarais tathaa / yathaa supuSpitaaraNyaraajii tatra viraajate /27/ bhuumiH samaa ca kaaryaa vai niSpankaa sukhacaaraNaa / nirmalaa ca sugandhaa ca suduuraad varjitotkaraa /28/ dhuupapaatraaNy anupadaM digaamodakaraaNi ca / candanaaMbhaHparikSepo yantrapaatotkaras tathaa /29/ bahuuni RtupuSpaaNi puSpavRSTyartham eva hi / naTanartakamsukhyaaz ca gaayanaa bahavas tathaa /30/ vezyaa yauvanagarvaaDhyaa ruupaalaMkaarabhuuSitaaH / mRdangaaH paNavaaz caiva bheriiDhakkaadayas tathaa /31/ bahavo bahudhaa tatra pataakaaz citritaantaraaH / dhvajaaz ca bahavas tatra svarNaraajatanirmitaaH /32/ vaijayantyo bahuvidhaa bhuumigaa vaahanaas tathaa / hastinaz ca hayaaz caiva sunaddhaaH svalaMkRtaaH /33/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.34-44) evaM saMbhRtasaMbhaaraH kSitipaalaH zucivrataH / mudaa bhaktyaa ca parayaa yuktaH kuryaan mahotsavam /34/ aaSaaDhasya site pakSe dvitiiyaa puSyasaMyutaa / aruNodayavelaayaaM tasyaaM devaM prapuujayet /35/ braahmaNair vaiSNavaiH saardhaM yatibhiz ca tapasvibhiH / vijnaapayed devadevaM yaatraayai saMskRtaanjaliH /36/ indradyumnaM kSitibhujaM yathaajnaasiiH puraa vibho / vijayasva rathenaatha guNDicaamaNDapaM prati /37/ tavaapaangavilokena prapunatu dizo daza / niHzreyasapadaM yaantu sthaavaraaNi caraaNi ca /38/ avataaraH kRto hy eSa lokaanugrahakaamyayaa / tad ehi bhagavan priityaa caraNaM nyasya bhuutale /39/ tataH karpuuracuurNaiz ca sumanobhir avaakiret / pathi zaakunasuuktaani prapaThanti dvijaatayaH /40/ ke cin mangalagaathaaz ca ke cij jaya jayeti ca / jitaM ta iti mantraM vai ke cid uccair japanti ca /41/ suutamaagadhamukhyaaz ca kiirtiM puNyaaM mudaa jaguH / svarNadaNDaprakiirNaanaaM zreNii cobhayapaarzvayoH /42/ liilayaandolayanti sma raNatkankaNamanjulam / svarNapaatraparikSiptakRSNaagurusudhuupitaiH /43/ surabhiikRtasarvaazaamukhe vyomaangaNe tathaa / carcariijharjhariiveNuviiNaamaadhurikaadayaH / zabdaayante sumadhuraM govindavijayaantare /44/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.45-54) evaM pravRtte samaye kRSNaM raamapuraHsaram / nayanti vipraa bhadraaM ca kSatriyaaz ca vizas tathaa /45/ chattramaalaa samuditaa muktaasrakciinatoraNaa / ratnadhvajaa hemadaNDaaH paarzvayor muravairiNaH /46/ raajaa caturvidhaa varNaa anye ye ca pRthagjanaaH / diinaa mahaantaz ca tadaa samaanaas tatra bhaanti vai /47/ saliilacaraNanyaasaM tuulikaastaraNeSu taan / vaasayantaH kva cic chaantaa devaaMs te ratham anviyuH /48/ mahotsavaM samaasaadya giitakolaahalaani ca / kare kRtvaa jagannaathaM bhraamayitvaa rathottamam /49/ raamaM kRSNaM subhadraaM ca rathamadhye nivezayet / caarucandraatapaaDhyena maNDapena viraajite /50/ kiMkiNiimaalikaabhiz ca maalyacaamarabhuuSite / sasaarakRSNaagurujadhuupapuuritagarbhake /51/ tatas taan vaasayitvaa tu tuulikaasu surottamaan / bhuuSayed vividhair bhaktyaa vastraalaMkaaramaalyakaiH /52/ puujayed upacaarais taiH samRddhair bhaktibhaavitaiH / naataH parataraM viSNor yaatraantaram avekSyate /53/ yatra svayaM trilokezaH syandanena kutuuhalaat / maanayan puurvam aajnaaM taaM varSe varSe vrajed asau /54/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.55-66) rathasthitaM vrajantaM taM mahaavediimahotsave / ye pazyanti mudaa bhaktyaa vaasas teSaaM hareH pade /55/ satyaM satyaM punaH satyaM pratijaane dvijottamaaH / naataH zreyaH paraM viSNor utsavaH zaastrasaMmataH /56/ yathaa rathavihaaro 'yaM mahaavediimahotsavaH / yatraagatya divo devaaH svargaM yaanty adhikaariNaH /57/ kiM vacmi tasya maahaatmyam utsavasya muradviSaH / yasya saMkiirtanaat paapaM nazyej janmazatodbhavam /58/ mahaadeviiM vrajantaM taM rathasthaM puruSottamam / balabhadraM subhadraaM ca janmakoTisamudbhavam /59/ dRSTvaa paapaN naazayati naatra kaaryaa vicaaraNaa / rathacchaayaaM samaakramya brahmahatyaa vyapohati /60/ tadreNusaMsaktavapus trividhaaM paapasaMhatim / naazayet svargagangaayaaH snaanajaM phalam aapnuyaat /61/ ghanaambuvRSTiyogena rathamaarge tu pankile / divyadRSTyaa ca kRSNasya samastamalahaariNi /62/ tatra ye praNipaataaMs tu kurvate vaiSNavottamaaH / anaadivyuuDhapankaaMs te hitvaa mokSam avaapnuyuH /63/ gavaaM koTipradaanasya kanyaanaam ayutasya ca / vaajimedhasahasrasya phalaM praapnoty asaMzayaH /64/ anugacchanti kRSNaM ye yaatraakautuuhalaad api / anuvrajanti nityaM vai devaaH zakrapurogamaaH /65/ pazyanti ye rathaM daarubrahma sanaatanam / pade pade 'zvamedhasya phalaM teSaaM prakiirtitam /66/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.67-78) vedaiH stuvanti vedaanaaM vaktaaro mokSadaayinam / itihaasapuraaNaadyaiH stotrair vaapi svayaMkRtaiH /67/ stuvanti puNDariikaakSaM ye vai vigatakalmaSaaH / vaiSNavam yogam aasthaaya modante naaradaadibhiH /68/ kurvanti vaasudevaagre jayazabdena vaa stutim / te vai jayanti paapaani vividhaani na saMzayaH /69/ layataalaan abhijno 'pi giitamaadhruyavarjitaH / nartanaM kurute vaapi gaayaty atha narottamaH / vaiSNavottamasaMsargaan muktiM praapnoty asaMzayaH /70/ naamaani kiirtayann asya tena yaati sahaiva yaH / anuvrajyaat tat phalaM vai praapnoty atra na saMzayaH /71/ jaya kRSNa jaya kRSNa jaya kRSNeti yo vadet / guNDicaanagaraM yaantaM kRSNaM bhaktisamanvitaH / na maatRgarbhavaasasya sa ca duHkham avaapnuyaat /72/ caamarair vyajanaiH puSpastabakair niilacolakaiH / rathasyaagrasthito yo vai viijayet puruSottamam /73/ sa viijyamaano 'psarobhir gandharvair upazobhitaH / anuvrajadbhis tridazair mahendraasanasaMsthitaH /74/ bhunakti bhogaan atulaan yaavad aabhuutasaMplavam / tadante ca brahmalokaM praapya muktim avaapnuyaat /75/ kRSNasya purato ye vai puSpavRSTiM prakurvate / te vai manogataan sarvaan praapnuvanti manorathaan /76/ sahasranaamabhiH puNyaiH paryaTanti rathaM tu ye / teSaaM pradakSiNaM kuryus tridazaa natakaMdharaaH /77/ vasanti vaikuNThagRhe viSNutulyaparaakramaaH /78/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.79-87) tasmin kaale mahaapuNye devarSipitRsevite / ekaM brahma tridhaabhuutaM maayayaanugataM tvayaa /79/ saakSaad daarusvaruupeNa mahaavediimahotsavam /80/ rathaaruuDhaH kautukavaan yatra yaati jagatprabhuH / tasmin kaale pRthivyaaM tu caret tatra mahotsavam /81/ devaa apy utsave tasmin puruhuutapurogamaaH / abhimaanaM parityajya zreNiibhuutaa hi paarzvayoH /82/ prakurvate mahaayaatraaM tais tair divyaiH paricchadaiH /83/ teSaam 'gresaras tatra devo 'pi prapitaamahaH / caturdazaanaaM jagataaM kartaa yaH paramezvaraH /84/ so 'pi tatra jagannaathaM rathe yaantaM mahotsave / brahmalokaat paraavRtya stuvan vedamayaiH stavaiH / pade pade praNamati bhagavantaM sanaatanam /85/ yady apy abjanidheH kRSNaan na bhedo 'sti tathaapy ayam / mahotsavasya mahimaa yatra sarve 'nuyaayinaH /86/ naataH parataro loke mahaavediimahotsavaat / sarvapaapaharo yogaH sarvatiirthaphalapradaH /87/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.88-93) kRSNam uddizya yas tatra daanaM dadaati vai naraH / yat kiM cid akSayaphalaM merudaanena tat samam /88/ tasyaagre devadevasya vrajato guNDicaalayam / yat kiM cit kurute karma tat tad akSayam aznute /89/ upaayanaani naanaa vai bhakSyabhojyaani caiva hi / samarpayanti devaaya tatpriityai vaa dvijanmane / teSaam akSayapuNyaani sarvakaamapradaani ca /90/ harer agresaraa ye vai pazyantas tanmukhaabjam / pade pade namantaz ca pankadhuulipariplutaaH /91/ vihaaya paapakavacam abhedyaM koTijanmabhiH / kSaNaan muktiphalaM praapya yaanti viSNoH zubhaalayam /92/ sarvakratuunaaM tiirthaanaaM daanaanaaM yaanti te phalam / bhagavadbhaktibhaavaanaaM naataH puNyatamo mahaH /93/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.94-103) evaM sa bhagavaan kRSNaH / vrajan syandanazreSThastho dyotayaMz ca caturdizaH /94/ zriimadangopasRSTena marutaa sarvadehinaam / paapaani naazayaJ chriimaan dayaalur bhaktabhaavanaH /95/ ajnaanaam apy avizvaasabhaajaaM vizvaasahetave / nisargamuktido 'py eSa yaatraarambhaan karoti vai /96/ vrajan samRddhyaa devaanaaM martyaanaaM ca janaardanaH / suurye lalaaTaM tapati madhyaahne maargamadhyataH /97/ zraantaakarSajanas tasthau mlaayan vai tadrajovRtaH / tatraatapasya zaantyartaM darpaNeSv abhiSecayet /98/ pancaamRtaiH ziitatoyaiH puSpakarpuuravaasitaiH / caamaraiz ca jalaardraantaiH ziitalair vyajanais tathaa /99/ viijayet puNDariikaakSaM subhadraaM raamam eva ca / ziitaiz ca paanakair hRdyais tathaa khaNDavikaarakaiH /100/ kharjuurair naarikelaiz ca naanaarambhaaphalais tathaa / tathaa kSiiravikaaraiz ca panasais tRNaraajakaiH /101/ ikSubhiH svaaduhRdyaiz ca phalair naanaavidhais tathaa / vaasitaiH siitatoyaiz ca pakvataambuulapatrakaiH /102/ sakarpuuralavangaadyaiH puujayet puruSottamam /103/ tasmin kaale dvijazreSThaa ye pazyanti janaardanam / puujayanti yathaazakti na te saMsaarajaM zramam /104/ praapnuvanti dvijazreSThaa brahmalokanivaasinaH /105/ rathatrayasthitaM devatrayaM ye puruSarSabhaaH / pradakSiNaM prakurvanti triz catuH sapta eva vaa /106/ daza praNaamaan kRtvaante sthitaaH praanjalayo 'grataH / puraa rathasthitaan brahmaa stutibhir yaabhir abjabhuuH /107/ tuSTaava taabhir devezaM stuvanti paramezvaram / ye naraa brahmalokaM te prayaanti niyataM dvijaaH /108/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (33.109-116) tato 'paraahNe devezaM dakSiNaanilaviijitam / zanaiH zanair nayed giitair veNuviiNaadinaaditaiH /109/ vandinaH stutipaaThaiz ca kalair madhurikaastavaiH / nirantaraiH puSpavarSaiz caamaraandolanais tathaa /110/ evaM vrajati deveze suuryaz caastaM gato bhavet / diipikaanaaM sahasraaNi jvaalitaani sahasrazaH /111/ tadaalokaprakaazena maargazeSaz ca niiyate / rathaavarohaNenaiSaaM maNDapaarohaNena ca /112/ saMmardaH sumahaaMs tatra didRkSuuNaaM kutuuhalaat / maNDape vaasayed devaM guNDicaakhye manohare /113/ caarucandraatape caarumaalyacaamarabhuuSite / ratnastambhamaye svarNavedikopaskRtaantare /114/ praaciir avalayaaviite sudhaalepasamujjvale / saadhusopaanaghaTite caturdvaaropazobhite /115/ trailokyaaNDavarayute mahaavedyaaM mahaakratoH / praadurbhaavo mahezasya yatraabhuud daaruvarSmaNaH /116/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (34.1-12ab) jaiminir uvaaca // azvamedhaangasaraso nRsiMhasya ca dakSiNe / tatraasiinaz ca bhagavaan punaz caavatarann iva /1/ babhaase divyaruupo 'sau durvibhaavyaH suraasuraiH / tadaa puujopahaaraiz ca bhakSyabhojyaadikais tathaa /2/ puujayitvaa jagannaathaM toSayed giitanRtyakaiH / puSpopahaarair vividhaiH sugandhair anulepanaiH /3/ kRSNaagurujadhuupaiz ca gandhatailapradiipakaiH / toSayej jagataaM naatham anekair upahaarakaiH /4/ bindutiirthataTe tasmin saptaahaani janaardanaH / tiSThet puraa svayaM raajne varam etat samaadizat /5/ tvattiirthatiire raajendra sthaasyaami prativatsaram / sarvatiirthaani tasmiMz ca sthaasyanti mayi tiSThati /6/ tatra snaatvaa vidhaanena tiirthe tiirthaughapaavane / saptaahaM ye prapazyanti guNDicaamaNDape sthitam /7/ maaM ca raamaM subhadraaM ca matsaayujyam avaapnuyuH / tatas tasmin mahaapuNye sarvapaapapraNaazane /8/ sarvatiirthaikaphalade viSNupriitikare zubhe / snaatvaa saMtarpya vidhivat pitRRn devaan atandritaH /9/ taTasthaM narasiMhaM taM puujayitvaa praNamya ca / mahaavediiM naro gatvaa kRtazaucaacamakriyaH /10/ puujayet puurvavad vipraaH praNamed vaapi bhaktitaH / saptaahaM yo naro naarii na saa praakRtamaanuSii /11/ viSNusaayujyam aapnoti zaasanaan muravairiNaH / mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (34.12cd-16) divaa taddarzanaM puNyaM raatrau dazaguNaM bhavet /12/ yat kiM cit kriyate karma saMnidhau jagadiizituH / svalpaM vaapy atha vaa bhuuri koTikoTiguNaM bhavet /13/ tulaapuruSadaanaani mahaadaanaani yo dadet / eke pradatte daane 'pi sarvaM dattaM bhaved dvijaaH /14/ sarvaM merusamaM daanaM sarve vyaasasamaa dvijaaH / mahaavedyaaM gate kRSNe yogo 'yaM khalu durlabhaH /15/ ardhodayaadikaa yogaaH skandena paribhaaSitaaH / mahaavedyaakhyayogasya kalaaM naarhati SoDaziim /16/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (34.17-27) ataH paraM pravakSyaami pitRRNaaM kaaryam uttamam / yaavajjiivaM gayaazraaddhair alabhyaM bhuvi yat phalam /17/ divisthaa narakasthaa vaa tiryagyonigataas tathaa / tathaa manuSyajaatisthaaH sarve pitRpitaamahaaH /18/ zataM puruSavikhyaataa yaM vaanchanti sutaiH kRtam / taM vo vidhiM pravakSyaami zRNudhvaM munayo varam /19/ maghaa vai pitRnakSatraM pitRRNaaM priitidaM param / tatra zraaddhaM tu priiNaati dattaM putrair mudaanvitaiH /20/ pancamii ca tithiH zreSThaa zraaddhe 'bhyudayakaariNii / ubhayor yadi saMyogo mahaapuNyatamaa tithiH /21/ yasyaaM zraaddhe kRte putraiH pitRRNaam uddhRtir bhavet / sarvatiirthamaye tasmin saMnidhau suravairiNaH /22/ zraaddhaM cec chraddhayaa kuryaan niilakaNThanRsiMhayoH / madhye medhyatame deze yoge paramadurlabhe /23/ puruSaaJ chatam uddhRtya brahmaloke mahiiyate / prazasyaH kutapaH kaalo mandiibhuutadivaakaraH /24/ pitRRn uddizya vaa dadyaad azaktaH kanakaM zuciH / tarpayitvaa tilaiH samyak paitRkiiM priitim uttamaam /25/ atha vaa bhojayed vipraan bhojyamuulyaani vaa dadet / ekasmai vaa guNavate sahasraM bhojanaM dadet /26/ guNaaguNavivekas tu naatra yoge vidhiiyate / tasmin sudurlabhe yoge sarve munisamaa dvijaaH /27/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (34.28-34ab) aaSaaDhasya site pakSe pancamii pitRdaivatam / nakSatraM jagadiizasya mahaavediisamaagamaH /28/ ete yadaa trayaH syuz ced indradyumnasarovare / catuSpaadaH smRto yogaH pitRRNaam akSayapradaH /29/ pitRkaarye na siidanti niruupya zraaddham atra vai / zRNudhvam anyad vipraa prasaMgaac ca braviimi vaH /30/ nabhasyadarze yaH kuryaac caturSv api yugaadiSu / zraaddhaM pitRRn samuddizyaazvamedhaangasaMbhave /31/ gayaazraaddhasahasrasya zraddhayaa vihitasya vai / phalaM yad dhi samaM tv asya naatra kaaryaa vicaaraNaa /32/ daanaM homo japaz caapi sarvapaapaapanodanaH / dinaani sapta yaany atra kRSNe vasati maNDape /33/ ekasmaad uttaraM zreyo yat tasmaad uttarottaram / mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (34.34cd-48) aaSaaDhazuklatRtiiyaayaaM praataH snaanaM samaacaret /34/ indradyumnataTe deze nRsiMhakSetra uttame / vratam etat tu gRhNiiyaat saMkalpya vidhivan naraH /35/ vanajaagaraNaM naama bhagavatpriitivardhanam / sarvapaapaprazamanaM sarvavrataphalapradam /36/ dinaani sapta maunii syaat kRtatriSavaNakriyaH / kumbhe ca puujayed devaM trisaMdhyaM bhaktibhaavitaH /37/ goghRtenaatha tailena tilajena pradiipayet / ahar nizaM harer agre rakSet taM yatnato vratii /38/ divaa divaa vasen maunii raatrau raatrau ca jaagRyaat / mantraM bhaagavataM japyaan nityakRtyaantare vratii /39/ upavaasaparo bhuutvaa saptaahaani nayed vratii / aSTame praatar utthaaya pratiSThaaM kaarayed dine /40/ tasminn eva tiirthavare snaatvaagatya gRhaM punaH / maNDale sarvatobhadre puurve kumbhaM nivezayet /41/ tatraavaahya hRSiikezaM puujayed upacaarakaiH / tasya pazcimadeze ca sthaNDile vidhisaMskRte /42/ agniM praNiiya gRhyoktavidhinaa braahmaNaavRtaH / agnikaaryaM prakurviita samidaajyacaruuMs tathaa /43/ sahasraM juhuyaad agnau pratyekaM vaa zataM zatam / gaayatrii vaiSNavii yaa vai tayaa homavidhiH smRtaH /44/ saMpraazya dakSiNaaM dadyaad dhenuM vastraM hiraNyakam / vipraaMz ca bhojayed ante priitaye vizvasaakSiNaH /45/ vrataraajaM imaM kRtvaa vidhinaanena bho dvijaaH / caturvargaan avaapnoti yo yaH kaamaan abhiipsati /46/ naarii vaa zraddhayaa yuktaa kuryaad vediimahotsavam / saapi tat phalam aapnoti yaa kuryaad vratam uttamam /47/ yaatraakartuH phalaM yaadRg vratakartuz ca tat phalam / bhavate vai dvijazreSThaaH kathitaM vo mudaanvitaaH /48/ mahaavediimahotsava contents. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26: 34.34cd-48 vanajaagaraNa (34cd aaSaaDha, zukla, tRtiiyaa, 35ab on the bank of indradyumna in nRSiMhakSetra, 35cd-36 vanajaagaraNa vrata is to be performed, 37ab he keeps mauna for seven days, 37cd-38 puujaa of viSNu/hari while keeping a diipa burning, 39ab mauna in the daytime and jaagaraNa at night, 39cd-40ab he recites a bhaagavata mantra(?) for seven days at the aahnika/nityakRtya, 40cd-45 paaraNa on the eighth day (40cd paaraNa on the eighth day, 41-42ab in the house he makes a sarvatobhadra maNDala, puts a kumbha there and worships viSNu/hRSiikeza, 42cd-44 sahasrahoma, 45ab dakSiNaa, 45cd braahmaNabhojana, 46-48 effects, 35.1-5 the three rathas are to be protected from demons by worshipping jagannaatha trinity with puujaa and offering balis to demons and watched so that impure animals and birds do not ascend them, skanda puraaNa 2.2.35.4 dikpaalebhyo baliM dadyaat paayasaannena caanvaham / bhuutapretapizaacebhyo dadyaac ca balim uttamam /4/ (mahaavediimahotsava, for seven days when three rathas of jagannaatha trinity stay at guNDicaa temple) <217> skanda puraaNa 2.2.34.44c (mahaavediimahotsava, vanajaagaraNa vrata, sahasrahoma). mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (35.1-5) jaiminir uvaaca // ataH paraM pravakSyaami ratharakSaakaraM vidhim / bhuutapretaadayo ghoraa vaaruNaany adbhutaani ca /1/ na baadhante rathaan yena munayo vaz ca yan matam / pratyahaM puujayed devaan kRSNaadiin dhvajasaMsthitaan /2/ gandhapuSpaakSatair maalyair upahaarair anuttamaiH / giitanRttaadikaiz caiva dhuupadiipanivedanaiH /3/ dikpaalebhyo baliM dadyaat paayasaannena caanvaham / bhuutapretapizaacebhyo dadyaac ca balim uttamam /4/ rakSec ca yatnatas taan vai rathaan aarohaNocitaan / yathaa na kaz cid aarohen naro graamyapazus tathaa / pakSiNaz ca vizeSeNa yeSaaM vaaso na zobhanaH /5/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (35.6-20) aSTame 'hni punaH kRtvaa dakSiNaabhimukhaan rathaan / vibhuuSayed vastramaalyapataakaiz caamaraadibhiH /6/ navamyaaM vaasayed devaaMs teSu praata samRddhimat /7/ dakSiNaabhimukhaa yaatraa viSNor eSaa sudurlabhaa / yaatraa prayatnataH saa hi bhaktizraddhaasamanvitaiH /8/ yathaa puurvaa tathaa ceyaM dve ca muktipradaayike / yaatraapravezau devasya eka evotsavo mataH /9/ puraavido vadanty etaaM yaatraaM navadinaatmikaam / eSaa tryavayavaa yaatraa saMpuurNaa yair upaasitaa /10/ susaMpuurNaphalas teSaaM mahaavediimahotsavaH /11/ guNDicaamaNDapaat kRSNam aayaantaM dakSiNaamukham / rathasthaM balinaM bhadraaM pazyanto muktibhaaginaH /12/ uttaraabhimukhaan dRSTvaa labhante yaadRzaM phalam / raamaadiin syandanasthaan ye pazyanty evaM mahodayaan / yaadRzaM phalam aapnuyus tadRzaM dakSiNaamukhaan /13/ padaa yaantaM rathe yaantaM yaH pazyed dakSiNaamukham / tasya janma kRtaarthaM syaad vaajimedhaH pade pade /14/ stutibhiH praNipaataiz ca puSpavRSTibhir eva ca / naanaanRttopahaaraiz ca vyajanacchattracaamaraiH / upaayanair bahuvidhair upatiSThed rathaagrataH /15/ niilaacalaM samaayaantaM rathastham dakSiNaamukham / ye pazyanti hRSiikezaM subhadraaM laangalaayudham /16/ kaamakalpataruM puMsaaM darzanaad eva muktidam / te vrajanti mahaatmaano vaikuNThabhavanaM hareH /17/ rathena vicarantaM taM sindhutiire janaardanam / pazyantaM karuNaapaangaiH praNataan purato naraan /18/ dakSiNaabhimukhaM yaantaM praasaadaM niilabhuudhare / sarvatiirthanidhiM sarvadaanakalpataruM harim /19/ stuvantaH praNamantaz ca zraddadhaanaaz ca ye naraaH / na te punar ihaayaanti brahmalokasthitaa dhruvam /20/ mahaavediimahotsava vidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.33.1-35.26 (35.21-26) munayaH kathito vo 'yaM mahaavediimahotsavaH / yasya saMkiirtanaad eva nirmalo jaayate naraH /21/ yaz cedaM kiirtayen nityaM praatar utthaaya maanavaH / zRNuyaad api buddhisthaH zakralokaM vrajed asau /22/ pratyarcaaruupam api vaa ratham aasthaapya yo hareH / kuryaad yaatraam imaaM zraddhabhaktibhaavena maanavaH /23/ so 'pi viSNoH prasaadena guNDicotsavajaM phalam / praapya vaikuNThabhavanaM yaati naatra vicaaraNaa /24/ pazya zriir yaavatii vipraa bhaktir vaa zraddhayaanvitaa / taavatiiyaM mahaayaatraa yo yathaa kartum icchati /25/ idaM pavitraM paramaM rahasyaM vedhasoditam / kaarayitvaatha vaa dRSTvaa yan naro naavasiidati /26/ mahaaviira bibl. Y. Ikari, 1975, "ukhaa to mahaaviira," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 23-2, pp. 1057-1046. mahaaviira bibl. Stella Kramrisch. 1975. "The mahaaviira vessel and the plant puutika." JAOS 95-2: 222-35. mahaaviira bibl. C.G. Kashikar, 1982, "The concept of mahaaviira in the pravargya," Golden Jubilee Volume, vaidika saMzodhana maNDala, Poona, pp. 136-139. mahaaviira bibl. Y. Ikari, 1983, "Ritual Preparation of the mahaaviira and ukhaa pots," in F. Staal, ed., Agni: The Vedic Ritual of the Fire Altar, 2 vols., Berkeley: Asian Humanities Press. mahaaviira nirvacana. ZB 14.1.1.11 sa yaH sa viSNur yajnaH sa / sa yaH sa yajno 'sau sa aadityas tad dhedaM yazo viSNur na zazaaka saMyantuM tad idam apy etarhi naiva sarva iva yazaH zaknoti saMyantum /6/ sa tisRdhanvam aadaayaapacakraama / sa dhanuraartyaa zira upastabhya tasthau taM devaa anabhidhRSNuvantaH samantaM pariNyavizanta /7/ taa ha vamrya uucuH / imaa vai vamryo yad upadiikaa yo 'sya jyaam apyadyaat kim asmai prayacchetety annaadyam asmai prayacchemaapi dhanvann apo 'dhigacchet tathaasmai sarvam annaadyaM prayacchemeti tatheti /8/ tasyopaparaasRtya / jyaam apijakSus tasyaaM chinnaayaaM dhanuraartnyau viSphurantyau viSNoH ziraH pracicchidatuH /9/ tad ghRGG iti papaata / tat patitvaasaav aadityo 'bhavad athetaraH praaG eva praavRjyata tad yad ghRGG ity apatat tasmaad gharmo 'tha yat praavRjyata tasmaat pravargyaH /10/ te devaa abruvan / mahaan bata no viiro 'paadiiti tasmaan mahaaviiras tasya yo raso vyakSarat taM paaNibhiH saMmamRjus tasmaat samraaT /11/ (pravargya) mahaaviira nirvacana. KA 3.207 rudraM vai devaa yajnaan nirabhajan sa dhanur avaSTabhyaatiSThat tasyendro vamriruupeNa dhanurjyaam azchinat. saa ghRGG akarot. tasyaartiz zira utpipeSa. sa pravargyo 'bhavad. yan mahatiir devataa viiryavatiis tasmaan mahaaviiro yad dhanur ghRGG akarot tasmaad gharmo yat pravRjyate tasmaat pravargyas tasmaad yas sapravargyeNa yajnena yajate rudrasya zira upadadhaati nainaM rudra aaruko bhavati. mahaaviira nirvacana. TA 5.1.4 tat smayaakaanaaM smayaakatvam / tasmaad diikSitenaapigRhya smetavyam / tejaso dhRtyai / sa dhanur pratiSkabhyaatiSThat / taa upadiikaa abruvan varaM vRNaamahai / atha va imaM randhayaama / yatra kva ca khanaama / tad apo 'bhitRNadaameti / tasmaad upadiikaa yatra kva ca khanati / tad apo 'bhitRndanti /4/ vaarevRtaM hy aasaam / tasya jyaam apy aadan / tasya dhanur vipravamaaNaM zira udavartayat / tad dyaavaapRthivii nupecerr / yat praavartata / tat pravargyasya pravargyatvam / yad ghraa4M ity apatat / tad gharmasya gharmatvam / mahato viiryam apaptad iti / tan mahaaviirasya mahaaviiratvam /5/ yad asyaaH samabharan / tat samraajnaH samraaTtvam / mahaaviira worshipped in the avaantaradiikSaa, pravargya. BaudhZS 9.19 [294,9; 295,3] darbhaiH pravargyadevataabhya aasanaani kalpaya8ty agreNaagniM pravargyaaya kalpayaami gharmaaya kalpayaami mahaaviiraaya9 kalpayaami samraajne kalpayaamiiti ... agreNaagniM pravargyaM tarpayaami gharmaM tarpayaami mahaaviiraM tarpayaami3 samraajaM tarpayaamiiti. (pravargya, avaantaradiikSaa) mahaaviira worshipped in the zukriyavrata. VaikhGS 2.11 [29,11] pravargyadevataabhyaH kalpayaami saamraajyai10 kalpayaami mahaaviiraaya kalpayaami pRthivyai kalpayaami svaahe11ty uttare somaaya kalpayaami pitRbhyaH kalpayaami pitRbhyo12 mantrapatibhyaH kalpayaami rudraaya kalpayaami rudraaya rudrahotre13 kalpayaami svaaheti dakSiNe ca. (vedavrata, zukriyavrata) mahaaviiracarita bibl. R.D. Karmarkar, 1957, "The Title `mahaaviiracarita'," ABORI 38, pp. 148-153. mahaaviiralakSaNa* see lakSaNa. mahaaviiralakSaNa* bibl. Yutaka Kawasaki, 2006, "mahaaviira no nikutai: Jina shinkan no kenkyu (1)," Osaka Daigaku Daigakuin Bungakukenkyuka Kiyou, vol. 46, pp. 37-63. mahaaviSNu worshipped in the naaraayaNabali. AgnGS 3.11.4 [179,17-18] guDapaayasaM ghRtamizraM17 devasya tvaa iti mahaaviSNave havir nivedayati / mahaavidyaa see caNDikaa. mahaavidyaa see vidyaa. mahaavidyaa bibl. David Kinsley, 1997, Tantric visions of the divine feminene: The ten mahaavidyaas, Berkeley. [K17;630] mahaavidyaa bibl. Jae-Eun Shin, 2010, "yoni, yoginiis and mahaavidyaas: Feminine divinities from early medieval kaamaruupa to medieval Koch Behar," Studies in History, 26, pp. 1-29. mahaavidyaa edition. dazamahaavidyaastotrasaMgraha, prayaaga: zaakta saadhana piiTha. [Inbun] LTT. mahaavidyaa ten mahaavidyaas: ten names of devii. mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 8.62cd-63 kaalii taaraa ca lokezii kamalaa bhuvanezvarii /62/ chinnamastaa SoDazii ca sundarii bagalaamukhii / dhuumaavatii ca maatangii naamaany aasaam imaani vai /63/ mahaavidyaa ten mahaavidyaas: ten names of devii. mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 8.65-71ab yeyaM te purataH kRSNaa saa kaalii bhiimalocanaa / zyaamavarNaa ca yaa devii svayam uurdhvavyavasthitaa /65/ seyaM taaraa mahaavidyaa mahaakaalasvaruupiNii / savyetareyaM yaa devii viziirSaatibhayapradaa /66/ iyaM devii chinnamastaa mahaavidyaa mahaamate / vaame taveyaM yaa devii sa zambho bhuvanezvarii /67/ pRSThatas tava yaa devii bagalaa zatrusuudinii / vahnikoNe taveyaM yaa vidhavaaruupadhaariNii /38/ seyaM dhuumaavatii devii mahaavidyaa mahezvarii / nairRtyaaM tava yaa devii seyaM tripurasundarii /69/ vaayau yat te mahaavidyaa seyaM maatangakanyakaa / aizaanyaaM SoDazii devii mahaavidyaa mahezvarii /70/ ahaM tu bhairavii bhiimaa zambho maa tvaM bhayaM kuru. mahaavidyaa ten mahaavidyaas. mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 18.26-28ab saapi naanaavidhaa tatra mahaavidyaa mahaamate / vimuktidaa mahaaraaja taasaaM naamaani me zRNu /26/ mahaakaalii tathaa taaraa SoDazii bhuvanezvarii / bhairavii bagalaa chinnaa mahaatripurasundarii /27/ ghuumaavatii ca maatangii nRNaaM mokSaphalapradaa. mahaavidyaa kaamaakhyaa as kaalii and other nine mahaavidyaas stand around her. mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 77.5-12 dhyaayataaM paramezaaniiM kaamaakhyaaM kaalikaaM paraam / raktavastraparaadhiinaaM ghoranetratrayojjvalaam /5/ caturbhujaaM bhiimadaMSTraaM yugaantajaladadyutim / maNisiMhaasane nyastaaM siMhapretaambujasthitaam /6/ hariH siMhaH zavaH zaMbhur brahmaa kamalaruupadhRk / lalajjihvaaM mahaaghoraaM kiriiTakanakojjvalaam /7/ anarghyamaNimaaNikyaghaTitair bhuuSaNottamaiH / alaMkRtaaM jagaddhaatriiM sRSTisthityantakaariNiim /8/ vaame taaraa bhagavatii dakSiNe bhuvanezvarii / agnau tu SoDazii vidyaa nairTyaaM bhairavii svayam /9/ vaayavyaaM chinnamastaa ca pRSThato bagalaamukhii / aizaanyaaM sundarii vidyaa cordhvam ananganaayikaa /10/ yaamyaaM dhuumaavatii vidyaa mahaapiiThasya naarada / adhastaad bhagavaan zuudro bhasmaacalamayaH svayam /11/ brahmaviSNumukhaaz caanye devaaH zaktisamanvitaaH / sadaa saMnihitaas tatra piiThe loke sudurlabhe /12/ mahaavidyaa in the kavaca of kaamaakhyaa. mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 77.31-34 oM praacyaaM rakSatu me taaraa kaamaruupanivaasinii / aagneyyaaM SoDazii paatu yaamyaaM dhuumaavatii svayam /31/ nairRtyaaM bhairavii paatu vaaruNyaaM bhuvanezvarii / vaayavyaaM satataM paatu chinnamastaa mahezvarii /32/ kauberyaaM paatu me devii zriividyaa bagalaamukhii / aizaanyaaM paatu me nityaM mahaatripurasundarii /33/ uurdhvaM rakSatu me vidyaa maatangii piiThavaasinii / sarvataH paatu me nityaM kaamaakhyaa kaalikaa svayam /34/ mahaavidyaa yoni is divided into ten parts and each part is connected with a manifestation of devii all of which are almost identical with dazamahaavidyaas. yonitantra 3.14cd-16ab yonimuule vased devii yonyaaM ca naganandinii /14/ kaalii taaraa yonicaktre kuntale chinnamastakaa / bagalaamukhii ca maatangii vased yonisamiipataH /15/ yonigarte mahaalakSmiiH SoDazii bhuvanezvarii / yonipuujanamaatreNa zaktipuujaa bhaved dhruvam /16/ (J.A. Schoterman, The yonitantra, Intr., p. 23.) mahaavidyaa an enumeration of ten goddesses. yonitantra 8-9a ya eva tripuraa kaalii SoDazii bhuvanezvarii / chinnaa taaraa mahaalakSmii maatangii kamalaatmikaa /9/ sundarii bhairavii vidyaa. mahaavidyaa yoni is divided into ten parts, connecting each part with one of the ten mahaavidyaas in bRhadyonitantra as follows: yonipaarzva, kaalikaa; yonipaarzva, taaraa; yonyuurdhva, tripurasundarii; yonimadhya, bhuvanezvarii; yonimuula, bhairavii; yonigarta, chinnamastaa; yonipraanta, dhuumaa; yoniromakuupa, bagalaa; yonimekhalaa, maatangii; yonikSetra, kamalaa. (J.A. Schoterman, 1980, The yonitantra, Intr., p. 24.) mahaavidyaa T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric and zaakta Literature in Sanskrit, p. 81: The special interest of the toDalatantra is directed to the ten mahaavidyaas. ... The first chapter records their names and those of their bhairavas (forms of ziva serving as their inactive partners) (note 28: The ten mahaavidyaas and bhairavas according to the toDalatantra are: 1. kaalii - mahaakaala; 2. taaraa - akSobhya; 3. tripurasundarii - ziva pancavaktra; 4. bhuvanasundarii (= bhuvanezvarii) - tryambaka; 5. bhairavii - dakSiNaamuurti; 6. chinnamastaa - kabandha; 7. dhuumaavati, a widow; 8. bagalaa - mahaarudra; 9. maatangii -matanga; 10. kamalaa - viSNu.). mahaavidyaa toDalatantra 10: the equation of the mahaavidyaas with viSNu's ten avataaras. (T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric and zaakta Literature in Sanskrit, p. 81.) mahaavidyaa A more methodical treatment of the subject is found in the muNDamaalaatantra. It deals with the worship of the ten mahaavidyaas in general and separately (from ch. VI onwards). (T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric and zaakta Literature, p. 86.) mahaavidyaatiirthamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 2.8.8. (ayodhyaamaahaatmya) mahaavinaayakamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.3.32. (arbudakhaNDa) mahaavRkSa as a dwelling place of the apsarases. AV 4.37.4 yatraazvatthaa nyagrodhaa mahaavRkSaaH zikhaNDinaH / tat paretaapsarasaH pratibuddhaa abhuutana // (Arbman, 1922, rudra, p. 236.) mahaavRkSa KauzS 77.9 idaM su ma iti (AV 14.2.9) mahaavRkSeSu japati. mahaavRkSa a mantra is recited on the way to the house of the bridegroom, in the vivaaha. GobhGS 2.4.2 adhvani catuSpathaan pratimantrayeta nadiiz ca viSamaaNi ca mahaavRkSaan zmazaanaM ca maa vidan paripanthino (ya aasiidanti dampatii / surebhir durgam atiitaam apadraantv araatayaH // (MB 1.3.12) iti /2/ (M. Winternitz, 1892, Das altindische Hochzeitsrituell, p. 68.) mahaavRkSa by passing it one goes to the tiirthas where the burnt bones are buried. JaimGS 2.5 [31,1] catuSpatham atiitya mahaavRkSaM nadiiM vaa tiirtheSu nikhanet. (asthisaMcaya) mahaavRkSa KathGS 26.9 ye vaneSv iti mahaavanaM mahaavRkSaM dRSTvaa // In the vivaaha, on the way to the house of the bridegroom. mahaavRkSau :: bRhadrathaMtare, see bRhadrathaMtare :: mahaavRkSau (PB). mahaavRSa a tiirtha in kaamaruupa. kaalikaa puraaNa 78.7-11ab bahurokaa naama nadii karatoyaapradakSiNe / uttarasraaviNii caaste tat puurvaM kaamaruupakam /7/ suraso naama jiimuutaH kaamaruupaM tataH sthitaH / niHsRtaa baruroketi nadii tasmaad vRSapradaa /8/ aasanne surasaakhyasya zivalingo mahaavRSaH / mahezvarii tatra devii yonimaNDalaruupiNii /9/ snaatvaa tu bahurodaayaam aaruhya surasaacalam / mahaavRSaM puujayitvaa mahaadeviiM mahezvariim /10/ dhuutapaapo jitadvaMdvaH punar yonau na jaayate / caturbhujo vRSaaruuDho varadaabhayazuuladhRk /11/ zuddhasphaTikasaMkaazo jaTaavaan sa mahaavRSaH / aghorasya tu mantreNa puujaasya parikiirtitaa /12/ kaamezvaryaaH svaruupaM tu maahezvaryaaH prakiirtitam / puujaapi yadvad evaasyaas tadvat phalapradaayikaa /13/ (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) mahaavrata see antarmahaavrata. mahaavrata see zaabarotsava. mahaavrata bibl. Eggeling, ZB, part IV, intr. pp. xxv-xxvii. mahaavrata bibl. Eggeling, ZB, part IV, p. 282, n. 5. a rather detailed note on the mahaavratasaaman. cf. mahad uktham. mahaavrata bibl. A. Hillebrandt, 1889, "Die Sonnwendfest in Alt-Indien," Kl. Schr., pp. 78-81. mahaavrata bibl. Hillebrandt, Rituallitteratur, p. 157. mahaavrata bibl. W. Friedlaender, 1900, Der mahaavrata-Abschnitt des zaankhaayana-aaraNyaka. mahaavrata bibl. A.B. Keith, 1908, The zaankhaayana aaraNyaka, with an appendix on the mahaavrata, pp. viii-xi; 73-85. mahaavrata bibl. A.B. Keith, 1909, The aitareya aaraNyaka, pp. 26ff. mahaavrata bibl. A.B. Keith, 1915, "The saturnalia and the mahaavrata," JRAS 1915, pp. 133ff. mahaavrata bibl. A.B. Keith, 1925, The Religion and Philosophy, p. 351-352. mahaavrata bibl. J.W. Hauer, 1927, Der vraatya, p. 246ff. mahaavrata bibl. J. Gonda, 1943, "Zur Frage nach dem Ursprung und Wesen des indischen Dramas," AO 19: 346-354 = Selected Studies, IV, pp. 367-375. mahaavrata bibl. Kane 2: 1243ff. mahaavrata bibl. Ram Gopal, 1959, India of Vedic kalpasuutras, pp. 169-171. mahaavrata bibl. J. Gonda, 1961, "Ascetics and courtesans," = Kl. Schrif., pp. 223ff. mahaavrata bibl. P. Horsch, 1966, Die vedische gaathaa- und zloka-Literatur, pp. 325-326. mahaavrata bibl. V.W. Krambelkar, 1969, "Vedic mahaavrata," K.R. Cama Oriental Institute Golden Julilee Volume, pp. 168-178. mahaavrata bibl. Jogiraj Basu, 1969, India of the Age of the braahmaNas, Calcutta, pp. 162-165. mahaavrata bibl. Rolland, Pierre. 1973. Le mahaavrata: Contribution a` l'e'tuded d'un rituel solonnel ve'dique. In Nachrichter der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Goettingen, 1: 5-79. Philologisch-historische Klasse, no. 3. Goettingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. mahaavrata bibl. G.U. Thite, 1975, Sacrifice in the braahmaNa-Texts, pp. 100-103. mahaavrata bibl. Max Deeg, 1993, Shamanism in the veda: The kezin-Hymn (10.136), the journey to heaven of vasiSTha (RV 7.88) and the mahaavrata-ritual. Nagoya Studies in Indian Culture and Buddhism: saMbhaaSaa 14: 130-136. mahaavrata bibl. M. Fujii, 1997, "Formation of jaiminiiya upaniSad braahmaNa," in M. Witzel, Inside the Texts beyond the Texts, p. 93, n. 17: JUB 3.4.5 contains almost the same formulas as prescribed bh ZA 1.5 and ZankhZS 17.15.10-12 to be uttered by the hotR in the mahaavrata (see Fujii, 1989, "Three notes on the jaiminiiya-upaniSad-braahmaNa 3.1-5," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 37-2: 1002-994 (23-31). mahaavrata bibl. Asko Parpola, 1999, "vaac as a goddess of victory in the veda and her relation to durgaa," Zinbun, No. 34(2), pp. 120-124. mahaavrata nirvacana. PB 4.10.1 prajaapatiH prajaa asRjata so 'ricyat so 'padyata taM devaa abhisamagacchanta te 'bruvan mahad asmai vrataM saMbharaama yad imaM dhinavad iti tasmai yat saMvatsaram annaM pacyate tat samabharaMs tad asmai praayacchaMs tad avratayat tad enam adhinon mahan maryaa vrataM yad imam adhinviid iti tan mahaavratasya mahaavratatvam /1/ mahaavrata nirvacana. TB 1.2.6.1 prajaapatiH prajaaH sRSTvaa vRtto 'zayat / taM devaa bhuutaanaaM rasaM tejaH saMbhRtya / tenainam abhiSajyan / mahaan avavartiiti / tan mahaavratasya mahaavratatvam / mahad vratam iti / tan mahaavratasya mahaavratatvam / mahato vratam iti / tan mahaavratasya mahaavratatvam / mahaavrata nirvacana. JB 2.409 [] tam (prajaapatim) etaabhyaam eva tuSTuvaanam upariSTaat saMvatsarasya sarvaa devataaH samabhyavaayan dizaaM rasaM pravRhyaapaaM rasaM vedasya rasam annasya rasaM mahate vrataM haraamo mahate vrataM haraama iti tan mahaavratasya mahaavratatvam. (See Caland Auswahl 217-218.) mahaavrata nirvacana. AA 1.1.1 indro vai vRtraM hatvaa mahaan abhavad yan mahaan abhavat tan mahaavratam abhavat tan mahaavratasya mahaavratatvam. mahaavrata :: aarkSyat. ZB 12.2.3.3 (sattra/gavaamayana). mahaavrata :: aindra. JB 2.20 [162,20. mahaavrata :: anna. JB 2.354 [312,24]. mahaavrata :: anta. PB 5.6.12. mahaavrata :: brahman. AA 1.1.3 [79,5-6] brahmaitad ahaH. In the mahaavrata. mahaavrata :: caturviMza, see caturviMza :: mahaavrata. mahaavrata :: gaadha pratiSThaa. ZB 12.2.1.5 (sattra/gavaamayana). mahaavrata :: indrasya aatman. ZA 1.1. atho indrasya aatmaa yan mahaavratam. (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 71.) mahaavrata :: mukha. ZB 12.1.4.3, 16 (sattra/gavaamayana). mahaavrata :: praajaapatya. JB 2.10 [158,7]; JB 2.12 [159,2-3]; JB 2.14 [160,.4]. mahaavrata :: saMvatsarasya aatman. ZA 1.1. tasya (i.e. saMvatsarasya) eSa aatmaa yan mahaavratam. (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 79.) mahaavrata :: ziras, yajnasya. JB 2.304. (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 79.) mahaavrata txt. KS 34.5. mahaavrata txt. TS 7.5.8-10. mahaavrata txt. AB 4.14. mahaavrata txt. TB 1.2.6.2.403-418 mahaavrata mahaavrata txt. PB 4.10-5.6 (gavaamayana). mahaavrata txt. JB 2.8-26; JB 2.44-50; JB 2.58; JB 2.61; JB 2.396; JB 2.403-415 (JB 2.404-418 (Caland Auswahl 215-217); JB 2.433-434 (gavaamayana). mahaavrata txt. AA 1; AA 5. mahaavrata txt. ZA 1-2. mahaavrata txt. LatyZS 3.9ff. mahaavrata txt. DrahZS 10.1.1-. mahaavrata txt. ZankhZS 17-18. mahaavrata txt. ManZS 7.2.6.1-7.23. mahaavrata txt. VarZS 3.2.5. mahaavrata txt. BaudhZS 16.20-23 [266,5-269,9]. mahaavrata txt. ApZS 21.17-20. (c) (v) mahaavrata txt. HirZS 16.6.4-. mahaavrata txt. KatyZS 13.2.16-3.23. mahaavrata txt. VaitS 34.6-20. mahaavrata txt. aarSeyakalpa 2.11. mahaavrata contents. KS 34.5 [38,19-39,18]: [38,19-39,1] seats of the priests, [39,1-3] abhigara and apagara, [39,1-6] mock battle between a zuudra and an aanya about a carman representing the sun, [39,6-11] musical instruments, [39,11-14] ritual coitus of a brahmacaarin and a puMzcalii, [39,14-15] many women carrying kumbha sing idaMmadhura, [39,15-18] armed soldiers go round. mahaavrata vidhi. KS 34.5 [38,19-39,18] ([38,19-39,1]) aasandiim aaruhyodgaataa mahaavratenodgaayati prenkham aaruhya hotaa mahad u19ktham anuzaMsaty adhiSThaane 'dhiSThaayaadhvaryuu pratigRNiitaH kuurceSv itara aa20sate 'ntarikSaM vaa annam amuto vai pradiiyate 'syaaM prajaayate tad antari21kSaaya jaayate yad antarikSa aasiinaa mahaavratena caranty annaadyasyopaaptyaa22 atho devasaakSya evo pariSadya yaajayanti svargam u lokam aakramamaaNaa23 yanty mahaavrata vidhi. KS 34.5 [38,19-39,18] ([39,1-6]) abhigaraapagarau bhavataH pra vaa anyas sattriNas zaMsati nindaty anyo yaH39,1 prazaMsati yad evaiSaaM suSTutaM suzastaM tat sa prazaMsaty atha yo nindati yad evaiSaaM2 suSTutaM suzastaM tat so 'pahanti zuudraaryau carman vyaayacchete // devaaz ca vaa3 asuraaz caaditye vyaayacchanta taM devaa abhyajayann aaryaM varNam ujjaapayaty aa4tmaanam evojjaapayaty antarvedy aaryas syaad bahirvedi zuudraz zvetam carma parimaNDalaM5 syaad aadityasya ruupaM mahaavrata vidhi. KS 34.5 [38,19-39,18] ([39,6-11]) sarvaasu sraktiSu dundubhayo vadanti yaa dikSu vaak taaM6 tenaavarundhate bhuumidundubhir bhavati yaasyaaM vaak taaM tenaavarundhate viiNaa7 vadanti yaa pazuSu vaak taaM tenaavarundhate kaaNDaviiNaa vadanti yauSa8dhisu vaak taaM tenaavarundhate naaDiituuNavaa vadanti yaa vanaspatiSu9 vaak taaM tenaavarundhate vaaNaz zatatantur bhavati zataayur vai puruSaz zataviirya10 aayur eva viiryam avarunddhe // mahaavrata vidhi. KS 34.5 [38,19-39,18] ([39,11-18]) brahmacaarii ca puMzcalii cartiiyete sarvaa hi11 bhuute vaaca vadanti mithunaM caranti saMvatsaraM vaa ete prajaayamaanaa12s sattram aasate teSaaM saMvatsareNaiva prajananam antardhiiyate yan mithunaM caranti13 saMvatsarasyaiva prajananasyopaaptyai kumbhiniir upaacaranti samRddhyaa idaMmadhuraM14 gaayantiis saMnaddhakavacaaH pariyanti mahaavratam eva mahayanty atho sendrataayaa15 eva brahmaNo vaa anyaa tviSiH kSatrasyaanyaa yad diikSito 'dhikRSNaajina16s saa brahmaNas tviSir yat saMnaddhakavaco 'dhijyadhanus saa kSatrasya tviSis tad ubhayaM18 bhavaty ubhayos tviSyor avaruddhyai /5/18 mahaavrata vidhi. TS 7.5.8.1-10.1 ... yat krozena caatvaalasyaante stuvanti ... sattrasyarddhyaahavaniiyasyaante stuvanti ... prajaapater hRdayena havirdhaane 'nta stuvanti ... zlokena purastaat sadasaH /1/ stuvanty anuzlokena pazcaad ... navabhir adhvaryur udgaayati ... sarvaa aindriyo bhavanti ... apratihRtaabhir udgaayati ... pancadazaM rathaMtaraM bhavati ... saptadazam /2/ bRhad ... ekaviMzaM bhadraM dvipadaasu ... patnaya upagaayanti ... yad raajanaM bhavati ... pancaviMzaM bhavati ... /3/ ... pancabhis tiSThanta stuvanti ... pancabhir aasiinaaH ... pancadhaa viniSadya stuvanti ... ekaikayaastutayaa samaayanti ... taabhir udgaatodgaayati ... /4/ ... aasandiim udgaataarohati ... plenkhaM hotaa ... kuurcaav adhvaryur ... /5/ ... yad arkyaM bhavati ... ilaaMdaM bhavati ... /9.1/ ... utkrodaM kurvate ... vaaNaH zatatantur bhavati ... aajiM dhaavanty ... dundubhiint samaaghnanti ... bhuumidundubhim aaghnanti ... sarvaa vaaco vadanti ... aardre carman vyaayacchete ... aanyaH krozati praanyaH zaMsati ... /3/ ... yad bhuutechadaaM saamaani bhavanty ... antarvedi mithunau saMbhavatas ... /4/ carmaavabhindanti maaparaatsiir maativyaatsiir ity aaha ... udakumbhaan adhinidhaaya daasyo maarjaaliiyaM parinRtyanti pado nighnatiir idaMmadhuM gaayantyo ... pado nighnanti ... /10.1/ mahaavrata vidhi. TB 1.2.6.1 ... pancaviMzaH stomo bhavati /1/ ... atha yad vaa idam antataH kriyate / ... antataH kriyate ... trivRc chiro bhavati /2/ ... paraacaa stuvanti / ... pancadazo 'nyaH pakSo bhavati / saptadazo 'nyaH / ... /3/ ... pancaviMza aatmaa bhavati / ... ekaviMzaM puccham / dvipadaasu stuvanti ... sarveNa saha stuvanti / ... ekaikaam ucchiMSanti / ... /4/ ... parimaadaH kriyante / ... audumbaras talpo bhavati / ... yasya talpasadyam anabhijitaM syaat / sa devaanaaM saamyakSe / talpasadyam abhijayaaniiti talpam aaruhyodgaayet / ... /5/ yasya talpasadyam abhijitaM syaat / sa devaanaaM saamyakSe / talpasadyaM maa paraajeSiiti talpam aaruhyodgaayet / ... plenkhe zaMsati / ... /6/ braahmaNaz ca zuudraz ca carmakarte vyaayacchete / ... ime 'raatsur ime subhuutam akrann ity anyataro bruuyaat / ima udvaasiikaariNa ime durbhuutam akrann ity anyataraH / ... braahmaNaH saMjayati ... /7/ mahaavrata contents. PB 4.10-5.6: 4.10.1-2 nirvacana, 4.10.3-4 it is performed at the end of the year, 4.10.5-7 this is a pancaviMza stoma day (4.10.6 the praayaNiiya and the udayaniiya of the gavaamayana are caturviMza stoma day), ... , 5.1-2 mahaavratastotra, ... , 5.4.7-8 upasthaana of the aagniidhra with sattrasya Rddhi, 5.6 mahaavratastotra. PB 4.10.5-7 caturvaiMzaM bhavati caturviMzo vai saMvatsaro 'nnaM pancaviMzam /5/ yad vaa adaz caturviMzaM praayaNiiyaM tad etad udayaniiyam /6/ yat saMvatsaram annaM saMbharanti saiSaa pancaviMzy upajaayate /7/ (gavaamayana, mahaavrata) mahaavrata vidhi. PB 4.10-5.6 (4.10.1-) prajaapatiH prajaa asRjata so 'ricyat so 'padyata taM devaa abhisamagacchanta te 'bruvan mahad asmai vrataM saMbharaama yad imaM dhinavad iti tasmai yat saMvatsaram annaM pacyate tat samabharaMs tad asmai praayacchaMs tad avratayat tad enam adhinon mahan maryaa vrataM yad imam adhinviid iti tan mahaavratasya mahaavratatvam /1/ prajaapatir vaava mahaaMs tasyaitad vratam annam eva /2/ tad aahur madhyataH saMvatsarasyopetyaM madhyato vaa annaM jagdhaM dhinoti /3/ tad v aahur yan madhyata upayanty ardham annaadyasyaapnuvanty ardhaM saMvaT (>chaMvaT, Caland's note hereon) kurvantiity upariSTaad eva saMvatsarasyopetyaM saMvatsare vaa annaM sarvaM pacyate /4/ caturvaiMzaM bhavati caturviMzo vai saMvatsaro 'nnaM pancaviMzam /5/ yad vaa adaz caturviMzaM praayaNiiyaM tad etad udayaniiyam /6/ yat saMvatsaram annaM saMbharanti saiSaa pancaviMzy upajaayate /7/ mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (8 [156,37-157,8]) atha ha sma vaa etat puraa trir mahaavratam upayanty aarambhaNiiye 'han vaiSuvate37 mahaavratiiye / tasya vaa etasyaarambhaNiiyasyaahnaz caturdaza ca pancaviMzaani stotraaNi38 bhavanti daza ca stotriyaaH / tato yaani caturdaza pancaviMzaani stotraaNi mahaavrataM157,1 tat / tair asyaarambhaNiiye 'hani mahaavratam upetaM bhavati / atha yaa daza stotriyaa2 dazaakSaraa viraaT / annaM viraaT / teno haavasena yanty aa vaiSuvataad ahnaH / atha ye dve3 stotriyaa viSuvato 'tiricyete tad u haannapaanam / dvayam u ha vaa annasya ruupaM4 yac caivaaznaati yac ca pibati / sa yathaaznaMz ca pibaMz ceyaad evam evaitad etaabhyaaM5 yanty aa mahaavratiiyaad ahnaH / ta etaM svargaM lokam aagacchanti / etan mahaavratiiyam6 ahaH / eSa vaava svargo loko yan mahaavratiiyam ahaH / sa ya etad evaM veda trir u7petam asya mahaavrataM bhavati gacchati svargaM lokam /8/ ... mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (23 [163,24-31]) tad aahuH kaaM devataaM diikSamaaNaa anuniSiidanti kaam anuuttiSThantiiti / sa bruuyaad24 agniM devataanaaM diikSamaaNaa anuniSiidanty aadityam anuuttiSThantiiti / tasmaad diikSitaan25 sata aahur aasata iti yady api te zayiirann athottiSTheyuH / agnir hi devaanaam26 aasiinaanaaM zreSThaH / agnidevatyaa hi tarhi bhavanti / tasmaad utthitaan sata aahur uda27sthur iti yady api ta aasiirann atho zayiiran / aadityo hi devaanaam utthitaanaaM28 zreSThaH / aadityadevatyaa ha tarhi bhavanti /29 tad aahuH ke bhuutvottiSThantiiti / sa bruuyaan manuSyaa bhuutaa diikSante devaa bhuutvo30ttiSThantiiti /31 mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (23 [163,32-36]) ta etad RgretasaM yajuuretasaM brahmaNi yonau reto dadhato yanti / agnaav32 eva tad aahutiibhir abhijuhvato yanti / tasmaad diikSopasatsu viiva glaayanti /33 taruNam eva tarhi reto bhavati / tasmaad u strii durhRdinii viiva glaayati /34 taruNam iva hi tarhi reto bhavati / taan stutizastrais trir vardhayanto 'bhizRNvanto35 yanti / tasmaad garbhaa anaznatas saMbhavanti /23/36 mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (24 [164,4-10]) ta RGmayaa yajurmayaas saamamayaa brahmamayaa hiraNmayaa amRtaas saMbhavanti / RG4mayo ha vai yajurmayas saamamayo brahmamayo hiraNmayo 'mRtas saMbhavati RGmayaany asyaa5sthaani bhavanti ya evaM veda / taan udgaataa purastaat saMvatsarasya janayitvaa hotre pra6yacchati / taan hotaa suuktais suute / tat suuktaanaaM suuktatvam / taaJ chastraiH prazaasti /7 tac chastraaNaaM zastratvam / taan ukthair utthaapayati / tad ukthaanaaM ukthatvam / tebhya8 etad devyaM madhv aziitiir(>aziitiibhir??Ehlers1988Emendationenp.5) annaadyaM prayacchati / madhu haasyaasmiMz ca loke 'muSmiMz9 caannaM bhavati ya evaM veda / mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (24 [164,10-17]) akSareNaakSareNo haasmai vidyaas sarvaan kaamaan duhre /10 tasmaat saMvatsara eva zasyaM saMvatsare procyam / tasmaad braahmaNo hato na staayaad bhavati /11 tasmaad retas siktaM na staayaad bhavati / tasmaad u haivaM vidvaan na staayaad bhavati / aziiti12bhir vai devaa imaan lokaan imaan adhvana aaznuvata / tad aziitiinaam aziiti13tvam / tisRbhir evemaM lokam aaznuvata tisRbhir antarikSaM tisRbhir amuM14 catasRbhir eva diza aaznuvata catasRbhir avaantaradezaan ekayaamuum uurdhvaaM15 dvaav avaaziitayo 'bhavan / nava praaNaaH / aznute praaNaan / sapraaNas saMbhavati / sarvam16 aayur eti / naakaamo mriyate /24/17 mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (25 [164,25-30]) athaiSaudumbarii raajaasandii / tasyai bRhadrathaMtare puurvau paadau vairuupavairaaje aparau25 zaakvararaivate anuucyaani RcaH praaciinam aataanaa yajuuMSi tirazciinaM saamaany aastaraNaM26 vaakovaakyam atiirokaa zriir upabarhaNam / tasyai prajaapatiz ca bRhaspatiz ca27 puurvau paadaav adhaarayetaaM somaz ca varuNaz caaparau / tasyaam etam aadityam abhya28Sincanta / vasavo raajyaaya rudraa vairaajyaayaadityaa svaaraajyaaya vizve devaas saamraajyaaya29 marutas saarvavazyaaya saadhyaaz caaptyaaz ca paarameSThyaaya / mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (25 [164,30-38]) tan na haitaavat kayaa ca na30 devatayaa jitaM yaavad aadityena / ye hi sutaa devaanaam aasaMs ta enam asuvata / tasmin31 dizo apitvam aicchanta yathaa raajani vijitiny apitvam icchanta evam / taa32 abraviit pradaanaM me prayacchateti / seyaM praacii dik praayacchan mad udayety33 ahaz ca satyaM ca / maam abhy udayety uurdhvaa dik praayacchat kSatraM ca raaSTRaM34 ca / maam abhy apakraameti dakSiNaa dik praayacchad annaM ca rathaM ca / maam abhy35 apakraamety udiicii dik praayacchad ruupaM ca varNaM ca / samayaa maam ayety antarikSaM praaya36cchat prakaazaM caasaMbaadhaM ca / maam abhy astam ayeti pratiicii dik praayacchad37 RtaM ca raatriM ca / anu maam aa tapeti prRthivii praayacchat /25/38 mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (26 [165,9-15]) kSemaM ca vimokaM ca / atha haapa zreyasiir menire / taaH prati tvaa vayam aatapaama9 iti yaatraaM ca prayaaM ca praayacchan / adbhir ha vaa eSa etad ety apaam evaayanena /10 taasaam etaasaam uurdhvaaz chaayaaH prati hainaM tad aatapanti / sa evam etaa diza11 upaapnoti / asyai praacyai diza udeti / abhy udetiimaam uurdhvaaM dizam / SaD itthaM12 maasa eti SaD ittham / samayaantarikSam eti / abhy astam etiimaam aparaaM13 dizam / anv imaaM pRthiviim aatapati / tad yathaa patir jaayaa anusaMcared evam14 evainaa eSa etad anusaMcarati /15 mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.8-26 (26 [165,16-21]) sa aikSataaham evedaM sarvaM saMvRNajaa iti / sa vazam eva diva aadatta16 kSatraM nakSatraaNam aatmaanam antarikSasya ruupaM vaayor aajnaaM manuSyaaNaaM cakSuH17 pazuunaam uurjam apaaM rasam oSadhiinaaM carathaM vanaspatiinaaM ziznaM vayasaam18 arciSam agner hRdayaM pRthivyai gandhaM hiraNyasya stanayitnuM vaacas saMgamaM pitRRNaaM19 bhaaM candramasaH / tad yad eteSaaM bhuutaanaam aadatta tad aadityasyaadityatvam / sa ya20 etad evaM vedaiSa evaadityo bhuutvaitasyaaM raajaasandyaam aaste /26/21 mahaavrata vidhi. JB 2.44-50 ... tad aahur yad anyaas triSTubhas saMpuurNaakSaraasu stuvata iti / sa bruuyaat traiSTubho[175,4] vai puruSas triSTubyoniH / taaniimaani puruSasyaanyuunaani / tasmaad vyuunaakSaraaH / atha yad5 viSameNa samas teno saMpuurNaakSaraa iti /6 ... /47/ mahaavrata contents. ZA 1-2: 1.1 mahaavrata vidhi. ZA 1-2 (1.1 [1,1-13]) prajaapatir vai saMvatsaras tasyaiSa aatmaa1 yan mahaavrataM tasmaad enat parasmai na zaMsen net sarveSaaM bhuutaanaam aatmaanaM2 parasmin dadhaaniity atho indrasyaiSa aatmaa yan mahaavrataM tasmaad enat parasmai3 na zaMsen ned indrasyaatmaanaM parasmin dadhaaniity atho yam evaitam RgmayaM yaju4rmayaM saamamayaM puruSaM saMskurvanti tasyaiSa aatmaa yan mahaavrataM tasmaa5d enat parasmai na zaMsen net sarveSaaM chandasaam aatmaanaM parasmin dadhaaniiti6 kaamaM tu sattriNaaM hotaa zaMset pitre vaacaaryaaya vaatmane haivaasya7 tac chastaM bhavaty aatmanaiva tad yajnaM samardhayati tasya pancaviMzaH8 stomaz caturviMzatir vai saMvatsarasyaardhamaasaaH saMvatsarasyaivaaptyaa9 atho prajaapatir vai saMvatsaraH pancaviMzo 'tho caturviMzo vai purastaat10 kRto bhavati tasyaiSaa gatir yat pancaviMza aindraz ca RSabhaH praajaapatya11z caaja upaalambhyaav aindraM vaa etad ahar indra u vai prajaapatis tat praajaa12patyaM ruupamayo etad eva pazuSv aindraM ruupaM yad RSabhaH /1/13 mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.1.1-2.9) athaato mahaavratasya /1/ purastaad eva katipayaahena hotaa prenkhaphalakam utpaaTayati /2/ tiSThata evodumbarasya /3/ purastaad aadityasyodayanataH /4/ yadi purastaan na vidyetaathaapy uttarataH /5/ yadi dakSiNataH /6/ pazcaad vaa syaat /7/ muule chedayitvaa praan vodan vaa tiSThann utpaaDya yady aNur udumbaraH syaat /8/ api dve vaa triiNi vaa phalakaani saMtRDyuH /9/ tad baahumaatraM praag bhavati /10/ aratnimaatraM tiryak /11/ saMtaSTam /12/ prajnaataagram /13/ tac caturdhaanteSu vitardayati /14/ athaitasya vai vodumbarasyaansya vaa vizaakhyau chedayanti /15/ paraHpuruSe /16/ vaMzaM ca /17/ yady udumbaro na vidyeta yo 'nyo vRkSaH phalagrahiSNuH kalyaaNaabhivyaahaaro vaa syaat tasyaitad upakalpayet /18/ atha maunjyau rajjuu kaarayanti /2.1/ dRDhe /2/ triguNe /3/ parodvivyaayaame /4/ etaavad dhotaaram abhitaH /5/ audumbariim aasandiim udgaatre saMghnanti /6/ tasyai praadezamaatraaH paadaa bhavanti /7/ aratnimaatraaNi ziirSaNyaany anuucyaani /8/ taaM saMhatya maunjiibhiH syaandyaabhir(>syandyaabhir(Index of words, p.553) vivayanti dviguNaabhiH prasalavisRSTaabhiH /9/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.3.1-17) athaitaaM viiNaaM zatatantriim upakalpayanti /1/ tasyaaH paalaazii suunaa bhavati /2/ audumbaro daNDaH /3/ api vaudumbarii suunaa paalaazo daNDaH /4/ taam aanaDuhena sarvarohitena carmaNaa baahyatolomnaabhiSiivyanti /5/ tasyai muule daNDaM dazadhaatividhyanti /6/ tad daza daza rajjuuH pravayanti /7/ taa agre naanaa badhnanti /8/ daNDasamaasaa viiNaa zatatantrii bhavati /9/ vetasazaakhaa sapalaazaa vaadiny upakLptaa bhavati /10/ svayaMnataa vaa zareSiikaa /11/ ghaaTakarkariir avaghaTarikaaH kaaNDaviiNaaH picchoraa iti patny upakalpayanti /12/ upamukhena picchoraM vaadayet /13/ vaadanena kaaNDaviiNaam /14/ taaM ghaaTariir ity aacakSate /15/ yaa ghaaTarii mRduM vaadayet saaraatiH syaat /16/ dviSantaM janayet /17/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.4.1-8) caturo dundubhiin adhvaryuH sahananaan upakalpayati /1/ puurvasyai dvaaryaa abhito dvaarabaahuu bahiHsadaH saMdhau sahananaav aasanjayati /2/ aparasyai dvaaryaa abhito dvaarabaahuu antaHsadaH saMdhau sahananaav aasanjayati /3/ yadi Sat syur dakSiNaardhe sadasa ekam uttaraardhe ekem /4/ munjaanaaM ca kuzaanaaM ca kuurcam adhvaryave saMskurvanti /5/ tasmiMs tiSThan pratyaagRNaati /6/ athetare diikSitaaH pratipuruSaM bRsiiH kurvate yathaa praadezamaatreNopari bhuumeH syuH /7/ atha yaa maarjaaliiyaM paryeSyantyo bhavanti taabhyaH pratyekaM navaan kalazaan upakalpayanti /8/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.5.1-10) athaitam azvaratham upakalpayanti vitatavaruutham /1/ dhanuz ca triiMz ceSuun /2/ raajaanaM vaa raajamaatraM vaajer astaaram /3/ yadi raajaa vaa raajamaatro vaa na vidyeta ya etaaM dhiyaM vidyaat sa etat kuryaat /4/ uttareNaagniidhraM praancyau prahve sthuuNe viminvanty aakhaNaaya /5/ tad ilasaMvartaM votkaraM vaa carmaNaabhivitanvanti /6/ tan na sapattreNaatividhyet /7/ jaghanenaagniidhraM bahirvedy avaTaM khananti /8/ taxtaxopaalambhyasya RSabhasya carmaNaa praaciinagriiveNodiiciinagriiveNa vottaratolomnaabhiSiivyanti /9/ taM tasyaiva laanguulena kaale bhuumidundubhim aaghnanti /10/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.6.1-6) atha zuudraaryau striipumaaMsau baNDakhalatii ity upakalpayanti /1/ tad etat puraaNam utsannaM na kaaryam, etasmin samupakLpte /2/ saMsthite dazame 'hani sadohavirdhaanaani samuuhanti /3/ aagniidhraM patniizaalaM ca /4/ atha navaiH kuzair bahulam upastRNanti /5/ katipayaan kuzabhaaraan nidadhati praatar bRsiibhyaH /6/ mahaavrata contents. ZankhZS 17-18: 17.1.1 the title: mahaavrata, 17.1.2-2.5 preparation of the prenkha for the hotR, 17.2.6-9 aasandii for the udgaatR, 17.3.1-11 viiNaa, 17.3.12-17 other insturments such as ghaaTakarkarii, avaghaTarikaa, kaaNDaviiNaa, and picchora, 17.4.1-4 four or six dundubhis by the adhvaryu, 17.4.5-6 a kuurca is prepared as the seat of the adhvaryu, 17.4.7 bRsiis are the seats of other diikSitas, 17.4.8 new kalazas are prepared for maidens, 17.5.1-7 preparation for the shooting, 17.5.8-10 preparation of the bhuumidundubhi, 17.6.1-2 a mock battle, a ritual coitus and some ritual act are regarded obsolete and prohibited, 17.6.3-6 preparation for the following day: they sweep the sadas, havirdhaanas, aagniidhra and patniizaalaa, and spread amply kuzas on these places, and put some bundles of kuza grasses for bRsiis, 17.7.1-2 praataranuvaaka, 17.7.3 it is a pancaviMza stoma day, 17.7.4 the saaman of the first pRSTha is raajana, 17.7.5 the mahaavrata follows the paradigma of the agniSToma, 17.7.6 it has four pariSavaNiiyas, 17.7.7 savaniiyapazu, 17.7.8-10 upaalambhya of RSabha to indra and of aja to prajaapati, 17.7.11-12 prasarpaNa, 17.7.13 the praataHsavana is traiSTubha, ZankhZS 17.7.11-12. (mahaavrata) ZankhZS 17.7.7 aindraagno vaikaadazinaanaaM vaikaH savaniiyaH /7/ (mahaavrata) <121>C<115> mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.7.1-13) atha mahaaraatre mahaavrataaya praataranuvaakam upaakurvanti /1/ yathaa parisahasram anubhruuyaat /2/ tasya pancaviMzaH stomaH /3/ raajanaM pRSTham /4/ agniSTomo yajnaH /5/ athaite pariSTavaNiiyaa bhavanti trivRt pancadazaH saptadaza ekaviMza iti /6/ aindraagno vaikaadazinaanaaM vaikaH savaniiyaH /7/ aindraz ca RSabhaH praajaapatyaz caaja upaalambhyau /8/ nirukta aindraH /9/ upaaMzu praajaapatyaH /10/ te yatra vapaasu hutaaSu saMprasarpanti tad etat prenkhamizraM bahirvedi prakSaalyaantareNa caatvaalotkarau tiirthaM tena prapadyottareNaagniidhriiyaM dhiSNyaM paryaahRtya puurvayaa dvaaraa sadaH prahRtyaagreNottareNa hotur dhiSNyaM praaG upanidadhati /11/ evam eva yasya yasya bahirvedi bhavati yathaa saMcaraH saMprasarpaNe bhavati tathaahRtyottarata upanidadhati /12/ tasya traiSTubhaM praataHsavanaM syaad iti paingyaM zuSkabhRngaariiyam /13/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.8.1-14) vizo vizo vo aithim ity aajyam /1/ tasya dvaadazaardharcazaH zastvaa agniM naro diidhitibhir araNyor ity etat pancaviMzatyRcam upasaMzaMsati /2/ tad diSTazastram /3/ traiSTubhaH pra'ugaH /4/ kuvid anga namasaa ye vRdhaasa iti vaayavyaM caindravaayavaM ca /5/ maitraavaruNaM ca yathaa viSuvati /6/ ka u zravat katamo yajniyaanaam ity aazvinam /7/ kathaa mahaam avRdhat kasya horut ity aindram /8/ ko vas traataa vasavaH ko varuuteti vaizvadevam /9/ uta syaa naH sarasvatii juSaaNeti saarasvatam /10/ sa tRcakLptaH /11/ tasya pacchaH zastram /12/ aikaahikaM vaa praataHsavanam /13/ kLptaM praataHsavnam /14/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.9.1-7) athaato maadhyaMdinaM savanam /1/ aa tvaa rathaM yathotaya iti marutvatiiyasya pratipat /2/ idaM vaso sutam andha ity anucaraH /3/ eSa eva nitya ekaahaataanaH /4/ asatsu me jaritaH saabhivega iti vaasukraM puurvaM zastvaa mahaaM indro nRvadaa carSaNipraa ity etasmiMs traiSTubhe nividaM dadhaati /5/ ubhe suukte pacchaH saMzasyet /6/ iti nv aa u marutvatiiyam /7/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.10.1-17) athaato niSkevalyam /1/ saMsthite praataHsavane prenkhaavaTau khaanayed iti saa sthitiH /2/ zaste marutvaiiya iti paingyam /3/ jaghanena svaM dhiSNyaM padaM ca caturangulaM ca pramaaya tatpazcaad udiiciinaagraM phalakaM nidhaayobhayataz caturangule upadhaaya bahiz caturangulaabhyaaM lekhe lekhayitvaa prenkhaavaTau khaanayed dakSiNaM puurvam athottaram /4/ praancau vodancau votkiraa utkiranti /5/ tad vizaakhyaav avadhaayodiiciinaagraM vaMzam abhyaadadhaati /6/ ziirSNaa hotaa mimiite /7/ yadi hrasvaH syaad uurdhvabaahur mimiite /8/dRDhaparyuSTe yathaa na vyatheyaataam /9/ athaitat prenkhaphalakaM rajjubhiz caturdhaanteSu pariSvayati yathaa na saMbhrazyeta /10/ uttareNa dakSiNaaM prenkhasthuuNaaM dakSiNaaM rajjuM badhnanti /11/ dakSiNenottaraaM prenkhasthuuNaam uttaraaM rajjuM badhnanti /12/ tat saMbaadhya praasyati yathaa praadezamaatreNopari bhuumeH syaat /13/ tadadhastaat kuzaiH praaiinaagraiz codiiciinaagraiz caabhyupohati /14/ tad abhiniviilhaM paryRSati yathaa na vyatheta /15/ tat saMbaadhyottarasyaaM prenkhasthuuNaayaam apaazrayati /16/ tac chaste marutvatiiye yathaasthaanaM sthaapayet /17/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.11.1-12.6) athaadhvaryum aahendraM grahaM gRhiitvaiti /1/ agreNa hotur dhiSNyaM praaG upavizati /2/ taM hotaahaadhvarya upa nu rameti /3/ sa uttareNottaraaM prenkhasthuuNaam uttareNaadharyuM praaG upaniskramya puurvayaa dvaaraagniidhraM prapadyottareNaagniidhriiyaM dhiSNyaM paryetya pazcaat praaG upavizya dakSiNaM jaanv aacya sruveNaajyasthaalyaa upahatya juhoti /4/ aayuSmad gaayatraM vizvaayuu rathaMtaraM sarvaayur bRhatsaamaayur vaamadevyam atyaayur yajnaayajniiyaM teSaam aham aayuSaayuSmaan bhuuyaasam asyai praaNaH saMcarati prajaayai hRdayaaya kaM sarvaa vinuDya saMtRDyo mayy astu zaradaH zataM svaaheti prathamaam /12.1/ dive svaahaantarikSaaya svaahaa pRthivyai svaaheti tisraH /2/ gave svaahaa vaace svaahaa vaacaspataye svaahety aparaas tisraH /3/ yad idam iti haitihaM daityaM saha uccarat / tad vayaM yajaamahe yad asmabhyam iti dravat // vaaco raajan yajaamahe vaacaspate sahasva me / yo asmaaM abhidaasati // svaahety aSTamiiM hutvaa yathaayatanaM sruvaM nidhaaya yathaaprapannam upa niSkramyaagreNa sada uttareNa srutiM praaG tiSThan parimaadaaJ japaaJ japati /4/ vaag aayur vizvaayur vizvam aayur ehy evaa hiindropehi vizvatha vidaa maghavaan vidaa iti /5/ athaatraiva tiSThan agniM yathaangam upatiSThate /6/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.13.1-12) namas te gaayatraaya yat te ziro yat te pura iti puurvaardham /1/ namas te rathaMtaraaya yas te dakSiNo baahur yas te dakSiNaH pakSa iti dakSiNaM pakSam /2/ namas te bRhate yas ta uttaro baahur yas ta uttaraH pakSa ity uttaraM pakSam /3/ namas te vaamadevyaaya yat te madhyaM yas ta aatmeti madhyam /4/ namas te yajnaayajniiyaaya yat te pucchaM yaa pratiSTheti puccham /5/ samiddhasyaivaitaan bhaagaan upatiSTheta yady uttaravedau bhavati /6/ athaatraiva tiSThann aadityam upatiSThate /7/ aakaazaM zaalaayai kuryur iti haika aahuH /8/ dezena tv evopatiSThate /9/ subhuur naamaasi zreSTho razmir devaanaaM saMsadyayaa tanvaa brahma jinvasi tayaa maa jinva tayaa maa janaya tayaa maa paahi brahmavarcasam annaadyaM mayi tviSiM dhaa namas te astu maa maa hiMsiir iti /10/ atha dakSiNaavRt pravizati /11/ pazcaat prenkhaM praaG upavizya tad anvaarabhyaananusRjan vaagyata aasta aadhisarpaNaat /12/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.14.1-16) sa purastaad eva cchandogebhyaH ziirSaNyaaMs tRcaan nigaadayet /1/ sa purastaad evaadhvaryuNaa saMvaadayeta /2/ dvaadazakRtvas tuuSNiiMzaMse pratyaagRNiitaad vihRtam aatmaanaM ca padaanuSangaaMz ca saMziSyaamy avihRtaM tvaM pratyaagRNiitaad iti /3/ atha prastotaaram aaha saptasu stotriyaasu pariziSTaasu naH prabruutaat taavad dhiidaM japyam iti /4/ athaadhvaryuH stotram upaakaroti /5/ yatraivodgaataasandiim adhirohaty atha prastotaapratihartaarau bRsyaav adhisarpataH /6/ upagaataaraz ca /7/ udgaataiva prathamo viiNaaM pravaadayati /8/ taM patnyo 'nu pravaadayanti /9/ aaghnanti dundubhiin /10/ ahanti bhuumidundubhim /11/ kurvanti ghoSaM ghoSakRtaH /12/ atha puurNakumbhaa apo vibhratyo maarjaaliiyaM pariyanti /13/ hai mahaa3 idaM madhv idaM madhv ity etaaM vaacaM vadanti /14/ apradakSiNaM triH /15/ prasalavi tuuSNiiM tata uurdhvam /16/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.15.1-13) athaitam azvarathaM yunjanti /1/ agreNa dakSiNaM vedyaMsam /2/ taM saMnaddha aatiSThati raajaa vaa raajamaatro vaa dhanuz ca triiMz ceSuun aadaaya /3/ so 'bhito vediM triH prasalavi parivartamaana etam aakhaNaM vidhyati /4/ taM na sapatreNaatividhyet /5/ evaM dvitiiyam evaM tRtiiyam /6/ taM praancam udancaM zrathnanti /7/ taM tatraiva vimuncanti /8/ atha prastotaa saptasu stotriyaasu pariziSTaasv aahaa veleti /9/ atha hotaa dakSiNena praadezena prenkhaphalakaM ca bhuumiM ca saMmRzaJ japati saM mahaan mahatyaa dadhaad iti /10/ athopari prenkhaphlake praadezaM nidhaaya japati saM devo devyaa dadhaad iti /11/ athopari prenkhaphalakaat praadezamaatre praadezaM dhaarayaJ japati saM brahma braahmaNyaa dadhaad iti /12/ athopanidhaaya prenkhaphalakaM trir abhyanya trir abhyavaan iti /13/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.16.1-17.3) athainad urasaa saMspRzya dakSiNaM bhaagam aatmano 'tiharaJ japaty arko 'si vasavas tvaa gaayatreNa cchandasaarohantu taan aham anvaarohaami raajyaayeti /1/ athottaraM bhaagam aatmano 'tiharaJ japati rudraas tvaa traiSTubhena cchandasaarohantu taan aham anvaarohaami svaaraajyaayeti /2/ atha dakSiNaM bhaagam aatmano 'tiharaJ japaty aadityaas tvaa jaagatena cchandasaarohantu taan aham anv aarohaami saamraajyaayeti /3/ athottaraM bhaagam aatmano 'tiharaJ japati vizve tvaa devaa aanuSTubhena cchandasaarohantu taan aham anv aarohaami kaamapraayeti /4/ atha samadhisRpya praancau paadaa upaavahRtya bhuumau pratiSTaapayati /5/ atha trir abhyanya trir abhyavaaniti /6/ athopari prenkhaphalake dakSiNottariNam upasthaM kRtvaa dakSiNena praadezena pazcaat prenkhaphalakam upaspRzati prajaapatiS Tvaarohatu vaayuH prenkhayatv iti /7/ atha trir abhyanya trir abhyavaaniti /8/ atha praancau paaNii parigRjya japati /9/ saM vaak praaNena sam ahaM praaNena saM cakSur manasaa sam ahaM manasaa saM prajaapatiH pazubhiH sam ahaM pazubhiH suparNo 'si garutmaan premaaM vaacaM vadiSyaami bahu kariSyantiiM bahu kariSyan bahor bhuuyaH svar gamiSyantiiM svar gamiSyann iti /17.1/ atha trir abhyanya trir abhyavaaniti /2/ sa visRSTavaaG matsaraM vininiiSamaaNa aasta aa stotrasya pravadanaat /3/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (17.17.4-15) yatraiva hotaa prenkham adhirohati tat sarve sagRhapatikaa bRsiir adhisarpanti /4/ uttamaayaaM stotriyaayaaM pariziSTaayaam avatRNatti dundubhiin /5/ avatRNatti bhuumidundubhim /6/ uparamanti ghoSaM ghoSakRtaH /7/ atha puurNakumbhaa apo bibhratyo maarjaaliiyaM pariyanti /8/ maarjaaliiye taaH kalazaan avaniniiyopanidhaaya yathaitam utsRjyante /9/ eSeti praaha /10/ prokte hotaa vaacaM yacchaty aanuvaSaTkaaraat /11/ upa pratihaaram aahaave 'nuramati /12/ pratihRta aahvayate /13/ adhvaryo zoMsaavo3 ity uccair aahuuya yathaasya vaak sarvaa anyaa vaaco 'tivadet /14/ uccair aahuuya trir upaaMzu hiMkRtyopaaMzu tuuSNiiMzaMsam / tasyaatas tasyaataH /15/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.1.1-23) uccair aahuuya trir upaaMzu hiMkRtya /1/ brahma jajnaanaM prathamaM purastaad iyaM pitre raaSTryety agre vizve devaa mama zRnvantu yajniyaa ity etaas tisra Rcas tuuSNiiMzas taa upaaMzv apraNuvan pacchaH /2/ athaatmane vaacam utsRjati /2/ tad id aasa bhuvaneSu jyeSTham iti stotriyas tRcaH /4/ tad etan navarcam /5/ vane na vaa yo nyadhaayi caakann ity aSTau /6/ zaakmanaa zaako aruNaH suparNa iti tRcam /7/ yo adadhaaj jyotiSi jyotir antar mahat tan naama guhyaM puruspRg idaM ta ekaM para uu ta ekam iti tisra ekapaatinyaH /8/ taas trayoviMzatiH /9/ triHzastayaa prathamayaa saha pancaviMzatiH /10/ sa eSa aatmaa pancaviMzaH /11/ taM nadenopasRSTaM zaMsati /12/ nadaM va odatiinaam iti /13/ traiSTubhaani puurvaaNi padaani nadasyottaraaNi /14/ prathamena traiSTubhena padena prathamaM nadasya padam upasaMdhaayaavasyati /15/ dvitiiyena traiSTubhena dvitiiyaM saMdhaaya praNauti /16/ tRtiiyena traiSTubhena tRtiiyaM saMdhaayaavasyati /17/ caturthena traiSTubhena caturthaM saMdhaaya praNauti /18/ evaM vihRtaaM prathamaaM triH zaMsati /19/ paraaciir uttaraaH /20/ evaM vihRtaa eva yaa tRtiiyaa suukasya tasyaa uttaram ardharcam utsRjati nadasya cottaram /21/ tau purastaad dvipadaanaaM zaMsati /22/ aatmaanaM zastvaatha suudadohasaM zaMsati / taa asya suudadohasa iti taam ardharcazaH /23/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.2.1-7) athaitaani ziirSaNyaani tRcaani zaMsati /1/ indram id gaathina indreNa saM hiindro dadhiica uttiSThann ojasaa sahoddhed abhi zrutaamagham ud u tyaM jaatavedasam ity eteSaaM tRcaanaaM yeSu saamagaaH stuviiraMs taani zaMset /2/ ud u tyaM jaatavedasam ity etasminn u haike navarce stuvate /3/ te yadi tathaa kuryur etad eva zaMset /4/ ud u tyaM jaatavedasam ity etasyo haike prathame tRce stuvate /5/ te yadi tathaa kuryur itareSaaM ye kaamayeta te upaaharet /6/ taany ardharcazaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /7/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.3.1-3) athaitaM graivaM tRcaM zaMsati /1/ yasyedam oja aarujas tujo yujo balaM sahaH / indrasya rantyaM bRhat // anaadhRSTaM vipanyayaa naadhRSa aadadharSayaa / dhRSaaNaM dhRSitaM zavaH // sa no dadaatu taM rayiM puru pizangasaMdRzam / indras patis tavastamo janeSu // iti /2/ tamardharcazaH zastvaatha suudasohasam /3/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.4.1-9) uruM no lokam anu neSi vidvaan ity akSaa /1/ taaM pacchaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /2/ atha rathaMtarasya stotriyaM punaraadaayaM kakupkaaram atha suudadohasam /3/ atha rathaMtarasyaanuruupaM punaraadaayaM kakupkaaram atha suudadohasam /4/ atha dhaayyaaM pacchaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /5/ atha raathaMtaraM pragaatham ardharcazaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /6/ ya eka id dhavyaz carSaNiinaam iti suuktaM tat pacchas tasya dvitiiyaam uddhRtya vizvo hy anyo arir aa jagaameti yaitasya dvitiiyaa taam iha dvitiiyaaM karoti suuktaM zastvaatha suudadohasam /7/ tam indraM johaviimi maghavaanam ugram iti prahastakas tRcaH /8/ taM pacchaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /9/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.5.1-11) sa suurye janayaJ jyotir indro 'yaa dhiyaa taraNir angirasvaan / Rtena zuSmii havamaano arkair abhi spRdha usro vediM tatarda // ity akSaa /1/ taaM pacchaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /2/ atha bRhataH stotriyaM punaraadaayaM kakupkaaram atha suudadohasam /3/ atha bRhato 'nuruupaM punaraadaayaM kakupkaaram atha suudadohasam /4/ naatra dhaayyaa bhavati /5/ atha baarhataM pragaatham ardharcazaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /6/ vizvo hy anyo arir aa jagaameti suuktaM pat pacchas tasya dvitiiyaam uddhRtya ya eka id dhavyaz carSaNiinaam iti yaitasya dvitiiyaa taam iha dvitiiyaaM karoti /7/ suuktaM zastvaatha suudadohasam /8/ vivaaH pRtanaa abhibhuutaraM naram iti prahastakas tRcaH /9/ tasya pacchaH prathamaaM zaMsaty ardharcaza uttare /10/ prahastakaM zastvaatha suudadohasam /11/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.6.1-6) athaitaani caturuttaraaNi tRcaani zaMsati /1/ indraaya madvane sutam indraM vRtraaya hantave gaayanti tvaa gaayatriNo na tvaa bRhanto adraya iti catvaari tRcaani /2/ taany ardharcazaH /3/ itthaa hi soma in mada iti paanktaM tRcaM tat panktizaMsam /4/ saM ca tve jagmur gira indra puurviir aad angiraaH prathamaM dadhire vaya iti traiSTubhajaagate tRce /5/ te pacchaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /6/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.7.1-21) athitaa aziitiiH zaMsati /1/ mahaaM indro ya ojasety etayaa gaayatriim aziitiM pratipadyate /2/ taani pancadaza tRcaani /3/ indra it somapaa eka ity aSTau /4/ eved eSa tuvikuurmir iti triiNi /5/ aa ghaa ye agnim indhata iti caturdaza /6/ taani catvaariMzat tRcaani /7/ tatpuurvaM kapalam /8/ athottaram /9/ pra kRtaany RjiiSiNa iti daza tRcaani /10/ apaad u zipry andhasa iti panca /11/ aa tvaa vizantv indava iti catvaari /12/ yad adya kac ca vRtrahann iti panca /13/ patniivantaH sutaa ima iti catvaari /14/ idaM hy anv ojasottiSThann ojasaa sahaabhi pra gopatim iti triiNi tRcaani /15/ teSaaM yat purataat kRtaM syaat tad uddharet /16/ yady u vai na kuryur ud eva haret /17/ ya aanayat paraavata iti daza tRcaani /18/ taani catvaariMzat tRcaani /19/ tad uttaraM kapala, /20/ atha suudadohaaH /21/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.8.1-17) yaa indra bhuja aabhara ity etayaa baarhatiim aziitiM pratipadyate /1/ taa nava pratyakSabRhatyaH /2/ vizve ta indra viiryam iti tisraH /3/ taM ghem itthaa namasvina iti dve /4/ na siim adeva aapad iti SaT /5/ taa viMzatiH pratyakSabRhatyaH /6/ atha pragaathaaH /7/ yaH satraahaa vicarSaNir iti catvaaraH /8/ mo Su tvaa vaaghataz caneti catvaara uddhRtya dvipadaam /9/ ud in nv asya ricyata iti panca /10/ abhii Satas tadaa bhara maa cid anyad vi zaMsate maa u tvaa puruuvaso tat tvaa yaami suviiryaM yukSvaa hi vRtrahantameti dvau dvau /11/ yad indra praag apaag udag iti sapta /12/ aa vRSasva puruuvaso iti dvau /13/ avipro vaa yad avidhad iti panca /14/ yaH zakro mRkSo azvya iti SaT /15/ teSaaM triin aadatte /16/ te catvaariMzat pragaathaaH /17/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.9.1-8) atha pratyakSabRhatiiH zaMsati /1/ mahe cana tvaam adriva iti pancaviMzatiH /2/ taasaaM viMzatiM zatvaatha suudadohasam /3/ ni gavyateti nivid dhaaniiyaa /4/ taaM pacchaH zastvaahuuya nividaM dadhaati /5/ taaM paccho vyavagaahaM zastvaa samasuuktaam /6/ uttamena padena praNutya sa jaatebhir iti nividaa zaMsati /7/ taaM pacchaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /8/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.10.1-13) atha pratyakSabRhatiiH zaMsati /1/ yaaH pancaviMzateH pariziSTaas taabhiH pratipadyate /2/ vayaM gha tvaa sutaavanta iti pancadaza /3/ taa viMzatiH pratyakSabRhatyaH /4/ atha pragaathaaH /5/ ye SaNNaaM trayaH pariziSTaas taiH pratipadyate /6/ yo raajaa carSaNiinaam iti trayaH /7/ taM vo dasmam RtiiSaham ity ekaH /8/ aa no vizvaasu havya iti trayaH /9/ tvaam idaa hyo nara iti catvaaraH /10/ atha vaalakhilyaanaaM suuktaani SaT /11/ teSaaM dvau pragaathaa utsRjatiindranihavaM ca vaizvadevaM caano vizve sajoSasa iti /12/ te catvaariMzat pragaathaaH /13/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.11.1-4) atha pratyakSabRhatiiH zaMsati /1/ matsy apaayi te maho 'smaa asmaa indhaso balaM dhehi tanuuSu no yujaano haritaa rathe taved indraaham aazasaamaasu pakvam airaya iyaM yaa niicy arkiNii pra te rathaM mithuukRtam antar yaccha jighaaMsatas tvaM vizvasya jagata iti dazaikapaatinyaH /2/ ayaM te astu haryata aa mandrair indra haribhir iti suukte /3/ te ardharcazaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /4/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.12.1-7) indraH suteSu someSv ity etayauSNihiim aziitiM pratipadyate /1/ taany ekaadaza tRcaani /2/ ya indra somapaatama ity ekaadaza teSaam ekam utsRjatiindraM vRtraaya hantava iti /3/ xxabhi pra gaayateti catvaari /4/ sakhaaya aa ziSaamahiiti nava /5/ ya eka id vidayata aa yaahy adribhiH sutam iti dve tRce /6/ taani SaTtriMzat tRcaani /7/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.13.1-11) atha catuHzataM gaayatriiH zaMsati /1/ nakir indra tvad uttara iti SaT /2/ divaz cid ghaa duhitaram iti caturdaza /3/ aa tuu na indra vRtrahann ity ekaviMzatiH /4/ aa va indraM kriviM yathaa yad indraahaM yathaa tvam iti pancadazarce /5/ pra samraajaM carSaNiinaam ut tvaa mandantu stomaa iti dvaadazarce /6/ aa pra drava paraavata iti nava /7/ iti catuHzataM gaayatriiH /8/ vayam u tvaam apuurvyety aSTau kaakubhaaH pragaathaaH /9/ indraaya saama gaayateti sarvam /10/ tadardharcazaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /11/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.14.1-9) athaitaM vazam ardharcazaH zaMsati /1/ tvaavataH puruuvaso iti /2/ tasya saptadazii jagatii taaM tacchaH /3/ athaikaviMzii dvaaviMzii caturviMzii ca panktayas taaH panktizaMsam /4/ zataM daase balbuutha iti pancapadaa tasyai triiNi padaani samasyaavasyed dvaabhyaaM praNuyaat /5/ trayodazii ca triMzattamii ca dvipade te pacchaH zastvaatha suudadohasam /6/ athaitau vihRtaav ardharcaav atha suudadohasam /7/ saa tata evotsRjyate /8/ atra caturviMzatikRtvaH zastaa bhavati /9/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.15.1-7) athaitaa dvipadaaH zaMsati /1/ imaa nu kaM bhutanaa siiSadhaameti panca /2/ aa yaahi vanasaa saheti catasraH /3/ eSa brahmaa ya Rtviya iti tisraH /4/ pra va indraaya vRtrahantamaaya vipraa gaathaM gaayata yaj jujoSati / arcanty arkaM marutaH svarkaa aa stobhati zruto yuvaa sa indraH / upaprakSe madhumati kSiyantaH puSyema rayiM dhiimahe ta indra / vizvatodaavan vizvato na aa bhara yaM tvaa zaviSTham iimahe / sa supraNiitii nRtamaH svaraal asi maMhisTho vaajasaataye / tvaM hi raadhasyata eka iiziSe sanaadamRkta ojasaa / iti SaT /5/ aa dhuurSv asmai vajram eko 'yaa vaajaM devahitaM sanemeti /6/ taa ekaviMzatir dvipadaas taaH pacchaH /7/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.16.1-3) athaitad aindraagnaM suuktaM gaayatriizaMsaM zaMsatiindraagnii yuvaM su na iti /1/ tasya dvitiiyaa saptapadaa tasyaa anuSTubhaM puurvaaM karoti zaMsaM gaayatriim uttaraam /2/ triSTub uttamaa taaM pacchaH /3/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.17.1-7) athaitad aavapanaM zaMsati /1/ tubhyedam indra pari Sicyate madhv ity ekaa /2/ vizvajite dhanajite svarjita iti SaT /3/ taaH pacchaH /4/ svaador itthaa viSuuvata iti paanktaM tRcaM tat panktizaMsam /5/ pra vo mahe mahivRdhe bharadhvam iti vairaajaM tRcaM tadardharcazaH /6/ praty asmai pipiiSata ity aanuSTubhaM tRcaM tad ardharcazaH /7/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.18.1-15) athaitam aanuSTubhaM samaamnaayaM zaMsati /1/ ehi stomaaM abhi svareti nava /2/ indraM vizvaa aviivRdhann ity aSTau /3/ asaavi soma indra ta iti SaT / aa nas te gantu matsara iti catasraH /4/ matsi no vasya'iSTaya iti panca /5/ yas te saadhiSThii 'vasa iti sapta /6/ uroS Ta indra raadhasa iti dve /7/ yad indra citra mehaneti catasraH /8/ yo rayivo rayintama iti SaT /9/ endra yaahi haribhir iti pancadaza /10/ sa pratnathaa kavivRdha iti tRcam /11/ yaj jaayathaa apuurveti dve /12/ aa tvaa giro rathiir iveti sarvam /13/ zaasa itthaa mahaaM asiiti sarvam /14/ tad ardharcazaH /15/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.19.1-10) athaitaM triSTupchataM zaMsati /1/ hairaNyastuupiiyaM ca /2/ yaata'uutiiyaM ca /3/ sajaaniiyaM ca /4/ adhvaryavo bharatendraaya somam iti ca /5/ aa yaahy arvaaG upa bandhureSThaa yudhmasya te vRSabhasya svaraaja iti suukte /6/ nRNaam u tvaa nRtamaM giirbhir ukthair iti tRcam /7/ aa satyo yaatu maghavaaM RjiiSiiti sarvam /8/ yoniS Ta indra sadane akaary ud u brahmaaNiiti suukte /9/ tatra purastaad udubrahmiiyasya padaanuSangaaJ chaMsati yo vyatiiMr aphaaNayad ity etasmiMs tRce prathamaayaa ardharcam uktvoparamati /10/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.20.1-8) atha prathamaayai tRtiiyena padena dvitiiyaayai prathamaM padam upasaMdhaaya praNauti /1/ atha prathamaayaa uttamena padena ditiiyaayai dvitiiyaM padam upasaMdhaayaavasyati /2/ atha dvitiiyaayai tRtiiyena padenottamaayai prathamaM padam upasaMdhaaya praNauti /3/ atha dvitiiyaayaa uttamena padenottamaayai dvitiiyaM padam upasaMdhaayaavasyati /4/ athaardharcazaH pariziSTas tena praNauti /5/ atho udubrahmiiyasyottamaaM pariziSyaahuuyate /6/ triHzastayaa paridadhaati /7/ paridhaayokthaviiryaM japaty aikaahikaM puurvaM maahaavratikam uttaraM mahad asi yazo 'si bhargo 'si bhogo 'si bhunjad asi mama bhojaaya bhaveti /8/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.21.1-13) tad etat sakRc chastaayaaM suudadohasi yaavac chastram upasarjanyaaM saMkhyaayamaanaayaam Rte tuuSNiiMzaMsaM bRhatiisahasraM saMpadyate /1/ trir evaahvayate /2/ stotriye nivide paridhaaniiyaayai /3/ samaanii yaajyaa /4/ anuvaSaTkRta eva prenkhaM zrathnanti /5/ sagraham evaayantam praaG upaavarohati /6/ pratyak prenkhaphalakam apohati /7/ paraasuuzan grahaM japati yam imaM prajayaM praajaiSaM tam anvasaaniiti /8/ adhvarya upahavam iSTvaa bhakSayaty ojase tveti /9/ vaizvakarmaNo 'tigraahyaH /10/ tasya bhakSa upa maa yantu majjayaH saniilaa upa maa jakSur upa maa maniiSaa priyaam ahaM tanvaM pazyamaano mayi raso devaanaam ojase tveti /11/ atha camasaan bhakSayanti devo 'si naraazaMsa iti /12/ kLptaM maadhyaMdinaM savanam /13/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.22.1-10) athaatas tRtiiyasavanam /1/ tat savitur vrNiimahe 'dyaa no deva savitar iti tRcau pratipadanucarau vaizvadevasya /2/ eSa eva nitya ekaahaataanaH /3/ tad devasya savitur viiryaM mahad iti saavitram /4/ te hi dyaavaapRthivii vizvazaMbhuveti dyaavaapRthiviiyam /5/ kim u zreSThaH kiM yaviSTho na aajagann ity aarbhavam /6/ asya vaamasya palitasya hotur iti salilaM vaizvadevaM tasyaaH samudraa adhi vi kSaranti samaanam etad udakam ity ete ardharcazaH zaMsati paccha itaraaH /7/ tac chastvaanobhadriiye nividaM dadhaati /8/ pancajaniiyaa paridhaaniiyaa /9/ iti nv aa u vaizvadevam /10/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.23.1-18) athaata aagnimaarutam /1/ vaizvaanaraaya pRthupaajase vipa iti vaizvaanariiyam /2/ prayajyavo maruto bhraajadRSTaya iti maarutam /3/ te yadi yajnaayajniiyam agniSTomasaama kuryus tasyoktau stotriyaanuruupau /4/ tayor diSTaM zastram /5/ yady u vaa ilaaMdam agne tava zravo vaya iti stotriyas tRco 'ta evottaraH suuktaanuruupaH /6/ yady u sarvasmin Salare staviirann aagniM na svavRktibhir ity etasya SalanuruupaM kurviita /7/ ardharzazaH zastram /8/ yady u vaa aticchandasa kuryur agniM hotaaraM manye daasvantam iti stotriyas tRco 'ta evottaraH suuktaanuruupaH /9/ yaa saptamii suuktasya taaM tRtiiyaaM karoti so 'nuruupaH /10/ ayaM jaayata manuSo dhariimaNiiti vaa stotriyas tRco 'ta evottaraH suuktaanuruupaH /11/ vicaturaM zastram /12/ naatra yajnaayajniiyasya yonim anuzaMset /13/ balitthaa tadvapuSe dhaayi darzatam iti jaatavedasiiyam /14/ ity aagnimaarutasuuktaani /15/ ity etasyaahnaH suuktaani /16/ tadagniSTomaH saMtiSThate /17/ vasanty etaaM raatriim /18/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.24.1-25) atha praatar udayaniiyam atiraatram upayanti /1/ ya evaasau praayaNiiyaH sa udayaniiyaH /2/ tatra sarvaan karasnaan saMbaadhya preSyati maitraavaruNaH /3/ te prathamamaasaM diikSitavasanaani vaa vasate /4/ taani navaraatraaya nidadhati /5/ uttamaaya ca maasaaya /6/ athetaraan maasaan ajinaani vaardravasanaani va vasate /7/ tasmin hi saMsthita karmaaNi kriyante /8/ na parasmaa ahno vasatiivaiir gRhNanti /9/ naatipraiSam aaha /10/ juhvati samiSTayajuuMSi /11/ yanty avabhRtham /12/ kriyate 'vabhRthakarma /13/ te yadi yajnaagaarair bhokSyamaaNaa bhavanty aadadhata eva prankhamizram /14/ yady u dhakSyanto 'traiva syaat /15/ prajnaato 'vabhRthaH /16/ prajnaatodayaniiyaa /17/ prajnaataanuubandhyaa /18/ tasyai vapaayaaM saMsthitaayaaM dakSiNaardhaaparaardhaad xedoH kiM cit parizritya tasminn upavizya kezazmazruuNi vaapayanti /19/ sarvaaNi ca romaaNi nakhaani nikRntayante /20/ snaanti /21/ alaMkurvanti /22/ uSNiiSaan paryasyanty aa kezaanaaM saMjananaat /23/ parizeSam anuubandhyaayai saMsthaapayanti /24/ hRdayazuulaantaa saMtiSThate /25/ mahaavrata vidhi. ZankhZS 17-18 (18.24.26-34) tasyaaM saMsthitaayaaM yathaasaMprakiirNam agniin samaaropyaantareNa caatvaalotkaraa upaniSkraamanti /26/ uttarata uddhataavokSite 'gnyaayatanaani kRtvaa gomayenopalipya mathitvaagniin vihRtya praNiitaaH praNiiya puurNaahutiir hutvaa pRthag udavasaaniiyaabhir yajante ya aahitaagnayo bhavanti /27/ atha ye 'naahitaagnayo gRhapatim eva ta upaasate /28/ sa kaamam eva pRSThazamaniiyena yajeta /29/ kaamaM na yajeta /30/ yadi tu yajetaita evaasya sattriNa RtvijaH syuH /31/ tebhyas tad dadyaad yad deyaM syaat /32/ atra saMvatsaraH saMtiSThate /33/ athaato hotraaNaam eva miimaaMsaa / tasyaatas tasyaataH /34/ mahaavrata contents. ManZS 7.2.7.1-10: mahaavrata vidhi. ManZS 7.2.7.1-10 maahendrakaale zilpaani vyaayaatayanti /1/ upariSady uktham /2/ aasandy udgaatuH prenkho hotuH phalakam adhvaryoH kuurca itareSaam /3/ vaaNaH zatatantur audumbarapaatro maunjiibhis tantibhiH khaadiradaNDo viiNaakRtir vatsatvacaapihitaH /4/ taM vetasaazaakhayaa samullikhyodgaatre prayacchan stotram upaakaroti /5/ taM yajamaanaaya prayacchati /6/ taM saMvaadayaty aa stotranidhanaat /7/ sarvaaNi viiNaajaataani patnya upavaadayanty aa kaaNDaviiNaabhyaH /8/ dikSu dundubhayo vadanti bhuumidundubhiH pancamaH pazcaad aagniidhriiyasya jaanudaghno 'rdham antarvedi savaniiyacarmaNaabhihito laanguulavaadinaH /9/ aSTau daasyaH kumbhinyo hatavasanaa maarjaaliiyaM dve dve gaava eva surabhayo gaavo guggulagandhayaH gaavo ghRtasya maataras taa iha santu bhuuyasiiH // iti gaayantiidaM madhuukamadhv iti paadau nihatya pradakSiNaM pariitaH / na vai gaavo mangiirasya gangaayaa udakaM papuH / papuH sarasvatyaaM nadyaaM taaH praaciir ujjigaahire // idaM madhv ity apare / yadaa raaghaaraadyaM vadato graamyamaangiiradaasakau / kSemair Rdhyete graamo vaanaDvaaMs tapyate vahan // idaM madhv ity apare / etaa vayaM plavaamahe zamyaaH pracarataam iha / nigiirya tubhyaM madhva aakarSe kuSTho yathaa // iti niniiya pratipariyanti /10/ mahaavrata vidhi. ManZS 7.2.7.11-14 agreNa maarjaaliiyaM zuudraaryau carma vyaayacchete vaazaM zvetam parimaNDalam ima udvaasiikaariNa ime durbhuutam akrann iti bahirvedi zuudra ime 'raatsur ime suudam akrann ity antarvedy aaryaH / saMjitya pra sadasy aadadhaati /11/ dakSiNasyaaM vedizroNau parizrite vRSalamithunau bhavato 'pagaraabhigarau / puurvo bahu vaa ime 'smin sattre 'kuzalam acaarSur apiiklojaan apavamaanaan iti bahirvedy apagaro bahu vaa ime 'smin sattre kuzalam acaarSuH piiklojaan pavamaanaan ity antarvedy abhigaro puurvaH /12/ brahmacaarii puMzcalii caanaaryakarmann avakiirNi duzcaritaM niraakRtam iti bahirvedi puMzcatii dhiktvaa jaaraM parasya janasya nirmaarjani puruSasya puruSasya ziznapraNejaniity antarvedi brahmacaarii /13/ uttaratas tiirthasyaapayaanaayaavakaazam kRtvopariSTaad griivaM vaazaM zvetaM carma vidhnanti /14/ mahaavrata vidhi. ManZS 7.2.7.15- yasyaa raajabhaktis tasyaas talpo raajaputro braahmaNo raajanyo vaa /15/ agreNa yuupaavaTaM saMnahyati /16/ saMnaddhakavacaH pradakSiNaM vihaaraM pariitya trir aayamya trir aavadhyati bhasadi madhye griivaasu / praan udyamya caturtham astaa nivartayati /17/ phalakam aaruhya pratigRhNaati tve kratum apivRnjanti vizva iti puurvaardhaad dvir yad ete trir bhavanty uumaa iti dakSiNaardhaat svaado svaadiiyaH svaadunaa sRjaa sam ity uttaraardhaad adaH su madhu madhunaabhiyodhiir iti pazcaardhaat /18/ vRSTigrahaM dadhigrahapaatre 'vanayati /19/ aaditye maahendreNa hute dyugrahaNam aatmaniine 'vanayati /20/ aahriiyamaaNaan bhakSaan pratyavarohanti /21/ mahas te bhakSayaami bhargas te bhakSayaami stomaM te bhakSayaami yazas te bhakSayaamy annaadyaM te bhakSayaamiiti taM bhakSayataH /22/ vyaakhyaato 'bhyastamite homaH /23/ mahaavrata contents. BaudhZS 16.20-23 [266,5-269,9]: 16.20 [266,5-11] on the day before the mahaavrata preparation of necessary things and persons, 16.20 [266,11-12] on the day of the mahaavrata the pancaviMza agniSToma is performed, 16.20 [266,12-13] he draws the maahendra graha, 16.20 [266,14-267,1] he sets the bhuumidundubhi to the west of the aagniidhra, 16.20 [267,1-3] in the four directions of the bhuumidundubhi he sets the dundubhis, 16.20 [267,3-4] the rathas go around the devayajana and stand in the north, 16.21 [267,5-6] setting of the target of shooting, 16.21 [267,6-7] a brahmin and a zuudra stand by between the sadas and the havirdhaana, 16.21 [267,7-9] priests take their seats respectively, 16.21 [267,9-12] other participants take their seats, 16.21 [267,12-13] he 'brings hither' the stotra of maahendra(mahaavrata stotra), 16.21 [267,13-268,1] when the prastaava is sung, the adhvaryu gives order to the participants, 16.21 [268,1-3] all participants do as the adhvaryu orders, 16.22 [268,4-7] shooting at a hide, 16.22 [268,7-9] a brahmin and a vRSala struggle to tear the hide, 16.22 [268,10] ritual coitus, 16.22-23 [268,10-269,4] many daasiis put udakumbhas on their heads, go around the maarjaaliiya while dancing, singing, beating their laps and stamping their right feet three times, 16.23 [269,4-6] the first daasii sings the fourth idaMmadhu, 16.23 [269,6-7] hereafter they go round while singing only "idaM madhu", 16.23 [269,7-8] the udayaniiya of the gavaamayana is the praayaNiiya atiraatra, 16.23 [269,8-9] after performing the udavasaaniiyeSTi, each member of the gavaamayana performs the pRSThazamaniiya. mahaavrata vidhi. BaudhZS 16.20-23 [266,5-269,9] (20 [266,5-267,4]) zvo mahaavratam ity upakalpayate 'parimitaan rathaan aparimita5an dundubhiiMs taavata uvevaajisRtaz carma ceDasaMvartaM ca bhuumi6dundubhim aarSabhaM carma salaanguulaM braahmaNaM ca zuudraM caardraM ca carma7kartaM plenkhaM hotaa kuurcaav adhvaryur bRsiir hotrakaa audumbariim udgaataa8sandiim upakalpayate vaaNaM ca zatatantum aaghaaTiiH pincholaaH9 karkariikaa iti tad u patnayaH kaTaparivaaraM ca mithunau caapari10mitaaz ca daasyas taavata uvevodakumbhaan athaitaM mahaavratiiye 'hni11 pancaviMzam agniSTomam upayanti rathaMtarasaamaanaM samaanaM karmaa12 maahendraad grahaan maahendraM grahaM gRhiitvaathaitaan saMbhaaraan aayaatayat13i jaghanenaagniidhraM gartaM khaanayitvaarSabheNa kruuracarmaNottaralomnaa14bhivighnanti tasya laanguulam utkhidya hantaanuupatiSThate 'traitaan du267,1ndubhiin anudizam aasaMcayati taan aahananair anaaghnanta ete hantaaro2 'nuupatiSThante 'thaite rathaaH samantaM devayajanaM pariityottarata3s tiSThanti teSaaM tisRdhanvii raajaputro mukhyo bhavati /20/4 mahaavrata vidhi. BaudhZS 16.20-23 [266,5-269,9] (21 [267,5-268,3]) tasmaa agreNaagniidhram iDasaMvarte carmakartaM vyavaasyati taM kaala5 eva zastry aatRNatty athaitau braahmaNaz ca zuudraz caantareNa sadohavirdhaane6 tiSThata aardraM carmakartam aadaaya plenkhaM hotaasajate kuurcaav a7dhvaryur upastRNiite bRsiir hotrakaa audumbariim udgaataasandiim aa8rohaty aadatte vaaNaM zatatantum aaghaaTiibhiH pincholaabhiH karka9riikaabhir ity udgaataaram patnayaH paryupavizanty atha dakSiNe vedyanta10kaTaparivaare mithunau saMpravaadayato 'thaitaa daasya udakumbhaa11n adhinidhaaya maarjaaliiyaM paryupavizanty athaadhvaryuH kuurcayor aasiino12 maahendrasya stotram upaakaroti stuvate maahendraaya prastute saamni13 saMpraiSam aahaajisRta aajiM dhaavata dundubhiin samaaghnataabhiSotaaro14 'bhiSuNutaagniid aaziraM vinayoluukhalam udvaadaya pratiprasthaataH15 saumyasya viddhiiti yathaasaMpraiSaM te kurvanti dhaavanty aajisRta268,1 aaghnanti dundubhiin saMpravadanti vaaca aaghaaTiibhiH pincholaabhiH2 karkariikaabhir ity udgaataaraM patnaya upagaayanti /21/3 mahaavrata vidhi. BaudhZS 16.20-23 [266,5-269,9] (22 [268,4-12]) bhadram u naama saamaasti tad u vaacopagiiyate 'thaiSa4 tisRdhanvii raajaputraz carmaavabhinatti taM braahmaNo 'nuupatiSThate5 maaparaatsiir maativyaatsiir iti tat tathaiva tribhir antarhitam avabhina6tty athaitau braahmaNaz ca zuudraz caardre carmakarte vyaayacchete ime 'raatsu7r ime subhuutam akrann iti braahmaNa ima udvaasiikaariNa ime8 durbhuutam akrann iti vRSalo braahmaNaH saMjayati nazyati vRSalaH9 saMvartete mithunaav athaitaa daasya udakumbhaan adhinidhaaya maarjaaliiyaM10 parinRtyanty upasthaan upahatya dakSiNaan pado nighnantiir idaMmadhu gaaya11ntyas taasaaM sakRt pariitaanaaM prathamaaM vaacayati /22/12 mahaavrata vidhi. BaudhZS 16.20-23 [266,5-269,9] (23 [268,13-269,9]) gaava eva surabhayo gaavo guggulugandhayaH / gaavo ghRtasya13 maataras taa iha santu bhuuyasiir haimahaaM idaM madhv ity upasthaan upahatya14 dakSiNaan eva pado nighnanti dvitiiyaM pariitaanaaM prathamaam eva15 vaacayati nanu gaavo mankiirasya gangaayaa udakaM papuH / papuH16 sarasvatyai nadyai taaH praaciir ujjagaahire haimahaaM idaM madhv ity u17pasthaan upahatya dakSiNaan eva pado nighnanti tRtiiyaM pariitaanaaM269,1 prathamaam eva vaacayati yadaa raakhandyau vadato graamyaM mankiiradaa2zakau / kSemaadhyavasyato graame naanaDvaaMz tapyate vahan haimahaaM3 idaM madhv ity athainaa uttareNa maarjaaliiyaM tiSThantyo vaacayatiida4m eva madhu saaragham ayaM somaH suto bRhat / tam indra paritaa5tRpiir haimahaaM idaM madhv iti taa ata uurdhvam idaM madhv idaM madhv idaM6 madhv ity eva pariyanti teSaaM ya eva praayaNiiyo 'tiraatraH sa7 udayaniiyaH sattraad udavasaaya jyotiSTomenaagniSTomena catuSTomena8 pRSThazamaniiyena sahasradakSiNenaikaiko yajeta /23/9 mahaavrata contents. ApZS 21.17-20: 21.17.1 the mahaavrata is pancaviMza agniSToma, 21.17.2 he sings also anuzloka saaman, 21.17.3 the adhvaryu sings a saaman consisting of nine verses to indra without pratihaara, 21.17.4 the patniis accompany the bhadrasaaman, 21.17.5-7 when the marutvatiiya grahas are finished but not the maahendra graha, the pratiprasthaatR prepare the mahaavratikas zilpas, 21.17.8-11 preparation of the viiNaa, 21.17.12 he sets an aasandii for the udgaatR, 21.17.13 he sets a plenkha over the seat of the hotR, 21.17.14 he sets two phalakas or two kuurcas for the adhvaryu, 21.17.15 hotrakas, upataatRs and patniis sit on the kuurcas, 21.17.16 the patniis prepare apaaghaaTalikaas, tambalaviiNaas and piccolaas, 21.17.17 the viiNaa players prepare zankhas, naaLiis and tuuNavas, 21.17.18 a brahmacaarin and a puMzcarii are ready, 21.17.19 a place at the northern corner of the vedi is enclosed for a puMzcalii and a maagadha, 21.18.1 he sets a dundubhi at each direction or at each corner of the mahaavedi, 21.18.2-3 a bhuumidundubhi is dug out to the west of aagniidhra fire, 21.18.4-5 an aarya and a zuudra are ready to the west of the aagniidhra to tear a hide which is set up to the north of the aagniidhra fire, 21.18.6 the kavacins equipped themselves on the chariots, 21.18.8 eight daasakumaarii stand by near to the maarjaaliiya hut, 21.18.9-12 the viiNaa is caused to soung as the upaakaraNa of mahaavratastotra, mahaavrata contents. ApZS 21.17-20: 21.19.1-20.6 when the mahaavrata stotra is chanted all kinds of sounds are produced, (21.19.2 the yajamaanas give a cry, 21.19.3 the patniis play apaaghaaTalikaas, tambalaviiNaas and piccholaas, 21.19.4 the viiNaa players play zankhas, naaLiis and tuuNavas, 21.19.5 a brahmacaarin and a puMzcalii quarrel, 21.19.6 a ritual coitus of a puMzcalii and maagadha, 21.19.7 chariot race starts, 21.19.8 they play dundubhis, 21.19.9-12 a zuudra and a brahmin struggle to tear a hide, 21.19.12-16 shooting at the hide, 21.19.17 chariot race ends, 21.19.18-20.5 daasakumaariis go around the maarjaaliiya while dancing and singing many songs (21.19.19 words of the idaMmadhu according to aazmaratha, 21.19.20-20.4 words of the idaMmadhu according to aalekhana, 21.20.5 the daasakumaariis go away as they like), 21.20.6 when the mahaavrata stotra ends all sounds stop), 21.20.7 pratigara by the adhvaryu, 21.20.8 the mahaavrata ends. mahaavrata vidhi. ApZS 21.17-20 (17.1-19) tato mahaavratam upayanti pancaviMzam agniSTomam /1/ anuzlokena stuvate /2/ navabhir aindriibhir apratihRtaabhir adhvaryur udgaayati / na vaa /3/ bhadraM saama patnaya upagaayanti /4/ tasya pracaritaM marutvatiiyair bhavati /5/ agRhiito maahendraH /6/ atha pratiprasthaataa mahaavratikaani zilpaani vyaayaatayati /7/ audumbarasya viiNaadaNDasya dazaatimathitaani /8/ ekaikasminn atimathite daza daza maunjaaMs tantuun pravayati /9/ sa vaaNaH zatatantuH /10/ athaikeSaam // bhuus trayastriMzat tantava iti trayastriMzatam adhvaryuH pratanoti / bhuvas trayastriMzat tantava iti trayastriMzataM hotaa / suvas trayastriMzat tantava iti trayastriMzatam udgaataa / gRhapatir uttamam /11/ audumbariim aasandiim udgaatra upanidadhaati maunjavivaanaam adhy adhi hotRSadane /12/ audumbaraM plenkhaM hotre prabadhnaati maunjyaa rajjvaa /13/ audumbare phalake adhvaryava upanidadhaati / kuurcau vaa /14/ kuurceSu hotrakaa upagaataaraH patnaya ity aasate /15/ nikalpante patnayo 'paaghaaTalikaas tambalaviiNaaH piccolaa iti /16/ nikalpante viiNaavaadaaH zankhaan naaLiis tuuNavaan iti /17/ nikalpete brahmacaarii puMzcalii caagreNa sadaso dakSiNaaM dvaarbaahum aartiSyamaaNau /18/ uttarsyaaM vedizroNyaaM puMzcalyai maagadhaaya ca parizrayanti /19/ mahaavrata vidhi. ApZS 21.17-20 (18.1-12) dikSu dundubhiin prabadhnanti / sraktiSu vaa mahaavedeH /18.1/ apareNaagniidhraM bhuumidundubhim avaTaM khananti / ardham antarvedy ardhaM bahirvedi /2/ tam aardreNa carmaNottaralomnaabhivitatya zankubhiH pariNihatyaatraitat pucchakaaNDam aahananaarthaM nidadhaati /3/ agreNaagniidhraM zuudraaryau nikalpete carmakarte vyaayaMsyamaanau /4/ uttareNaagniidhraM kaTasaMghaate tejanasamghaate vaardraM carma vyadhanaarthaM vitatyocchrayanti /5/ agreNaahavaniiyaM ratheSu kavacinaH saMnahyante /6/ maarjaaliiyanyante 'STau daasakumaarya udakumbhair nikalpante /7/ vaag bhadraM mano bhadraM maano bhadraM tan no bhadram iti triparvayotkaTazalaakayekSukaaNDena veNukaaNDena vetasakaaNDena vaa vaaNaM saMhraadya tena maahendrasya stotram upaakaroti /8, 9/ udgaataa vaadayatiiti vijnaayate /10/ tam udgaataa prastotre prayacchati / taM so 'dhvaryave / tam adhvaryur anyasmai /11/ taM so 'greNa sadaso dakSiNaaM dvaarbaahuM prativaadayann aaste /12/ mahaavrata vidhi. ApZS 21.17-20 (19.1-20) upaakRte maahendrasya stotre sarvaa vaaco vadanti /1/ utkrodaM yajamaanaaH kurvate /2/ apaaghaaTalikaas tambalaviiNaaH piccholaa iti patnayo vaadayanti /3/ saMpravadanti viiNaavaadaaH zankhaan naaLiis tuuNavaan iti /4/ Rtiiyete brahmacaarii puMzcalii ca dakSiNaaM dvaarbaahum aazliSyamaaNau /5/ saMvartete puMzcalii maagadhaz ca /6/ aajiM dhaavanti /7/ dundubhiin samaaghnanti / pucchakaaNDena bhuumidundubhim /8/ zuudraaryau carmakarte vyaayacchete aardre zvete parimaNDale / antarvedi braahmaNo bahirvedi zuudraH /9/ aakrozati zuudraH / prazaMsati braahmaNaH /10/ ime 'raatsur ime subhuutam akrann iti braahmaNaH / ima udvaasiikaariNa ime durbhuutam akrann iti zuudraH /11/ taM braahmaNaH saMjityaagniidhre carmaadhyasyati /12/ vipariyaanty etac carma kavacinaH /13/ teSaam ekaikaM saMzaasti maaparaatsiir maativyaatsiir iti /14/ tat te viddhvaa naatipaatayanti /15/ raajaputraa vidhyantiity ekeSaam /16/ udanco 'parimitam adhvaanaM yaatvaa pratyaayaaya vimuncanti /17/ atraitaa daasakumaarya udakumbhaan adhinidhaaya triH pradakSiNaM maarjaaliiyaM parinRtyanti dakSiNaan pado nighnantiir idaMmadhuM gaayantyaH /18/ idam eva saaraghaM madhv ayaM somaH suto iha / tasyeha piba taatRpur haimahaa idaM madhv idaM madhv ity eva gaayeyur ity aazmarathaH /19/ athaalekhanaH /20/ mahaavrata vidhi. ApZS 21.17-20 (20.1-5) hillukaaM dve gaayetaam / himbiniiM dve / hastaavaaraaM dve / saMvatsaragaathaaM dve /1/ vaag veda hillukaaM sainaaM gaayatu praaNasya vaadite / semaan giitaa yajamaanaan ihaavatu // vaag veda himbiniiM sainaaM gaayatu praaNasya vaadite / semaan giitaa yajamaanaan ihaavatu // vaag veda hastaavaaraaM sainaaM gaayatu praaNasya vaadite / semaan giitaa yajamaanaan ihaavatv iti /2/ tataH saMvatsaragaathaa // gaava eva surabhayo gaavo gulgulugandhayaH / gaavo ghRtasya maataras taa iha santu bhuuyasii // nanu gaavo mankiirasya gangaayaa udakaM papuH / papuH sarasvatiiM nadiiM praaciiz cojjagaahire // imaa vayaM plavaamahe zamyaaH pratarataam iva / nikiirya tubhyaM madhya aakarzye karzyo yathaa // yadaa bhangyazvinau vadata RtaM parNakayo 'vadhiiH / aaviSkRtasya duuSaNam ubhayor akRtasya ca // yadaa raakhaaTyau vadato graamyamankiiradaazakau / kSeme vyRddhe graameNaanaDvaaMs tapyate vahan // idaM kalmaaSyo apibann idaM somo asuuyata / idaM hiraNyaiH khiilaa aavaayan saakthibhanjanam /3/ haimahaa idaM madhu hillu hillv iti sarvaasaam RganteSu samayaH /4/ atraitaa daasakumaarya udakumbhaan upaniniiya yathaarthaM gacchanti /5/ mahaavrata vidhi. ApZS 21.17-20 (20.6-8) maahendrasya stutam anu ghoSaaH zaamyanti /6/ arkaH pavitraM rajaso vimaanaH punaati devaanaaM bhuvanaani vizvaa / dyaavaapRthivii payasaa saMvidaane ghRtaM duhaate amRtaM prapiine // (TB 3.7.9.9) pavitram arko rajaso vimaanaH punaati devaanaaM bhuvanaani vizvaa / suvar jyotir yazo mahad aziimahi gaadham uta pratiSThaam iti (TB 3.7.9.9) phalake kuurcau vaadhiruhyaadhvaryuH zastraM pratigRNaati /7/ saMtiSThate mahaavratam /8/ mahaavrata vidhi. HirZS 16.6.4- (6.4-) <123> mahaavrata vidhi. KatyZS 13.2.16-3.18 SaSThe maase trayo 'bhiplavaa goaayuSii dazaraatro mahaavratam agniSTomaH /16/ praajaapatya upaalabhyaH /17/ grahaM gRhNaati vi na indra vaacaspatiM vizvakarmann iti vaa (VS 8.44-46) 'tigraahyavat /18/ upa maa yantu majjayas saniiDaa upa maa jakSur upa maa maniiSaa priyaam ahaM tanvaM pazyamaano mayi ramo devaanaaM tejase brahmavarcasaayeti bhakSaNaM yajamaanaiH /19/ pRSThopaakaraNaM vaaNena zatatantunaa /20/ maunjaas tantavo vaitasaM vaadanam /21/ bRsiiSuupavizanti prenkhe hotaa phalake 'dhvaryuH pratigRNaati /3.1/ udgaataasandyaaM praadezapaadyaaM somaasandiivat /2/ anyad antarvedi /3/ abhigaraapagarau /4/ puMzcaluubrahmacaariNaav anyo'nyam aakrozataH /6/ zuudraaryau carmaNi parimaNDale vyaayacchete /7/ jayaty aaryaH /8/ maarjaaliiyaM dakSiNena parivRte mithunaM saMbhavati /9/ kSatriyaM saMnaahayati dakSiNaaM vedizroNim apareNa /10/ marmaaNi ta iti (VS 18.42) kavacaM prayacchati /11/ tuuSNiim anyebhyaH /12/ triH samantaM pariyanti zaalaam apareNottareNa caatvaalaM vazaacarma kaTe vizaakhyaaM vaastiirNam ucchritaM vaa vidhyanty aniSpatram /13/ dakSiNena carma yanti trir viddhvaa purastaad vimocanam /14/ sadaHzraktiSu dundubhiin vaadayanti /15/ aagniidhram apareNa zvabhraM savaaladhaanena carmaNaavanahya vaaladhaanenaahanti /16/ godhaaviiNaakaaH kaaNDaviiNaaz ca patnyo vaadayanty upagaayanti /17/ anyaaMz ca zabdaan kurvanti /18/ mahaavrata vidhi. KatyZS 13.3.19-23 udakumbhaan chiraHsu kRtvaa maarjaaliiyaM daasyaH pariyanti vaacayaty enaaH paryaayaadiSu /19/ haimahaa3 haimahaa3 iti /20/ gaavo haare surabhaya idaM madhu gaavo gulgulugandhaya idaM madhu gaavo ghRtasya maatara idaM madhu taa iha santu bhuuyasiir idaM madhu takaa vayaM plavaamaha idaM madhu zamyaaH pratarataam ivedaM madhu na vai gaavo mandiirasya gangaayaa udakaM papuH papuH sarasvatiiM nadiiM taaH praacya ujjigaahiira idaM madhu nirgiiya sarvaa aadhiir idaM madhu madhv ity aakarSaiH kuzair yathedaM madhv iti /21/ apasavyaM pradakSiNaM caastotraantaat /22/ tris trir vaa /23/ mahaavrata vidhi. VaitS 34.6- 10 mahaavrate suruupakRtnum uutaye ity (AV 20.57.1-3) aajyastotriyaH /6/ iinkhayantiir apasyuvaH ity (AV 20.93.4-8) aavapate / abhiplavastotriyaaMz ca /7/ maadhyaMdine hotrakaaH kuurcaan kRtvopavizanti /8/ kumbhiniir maarjaaliiyaM pariyaantiir anumantrayate gaava eva surabhayo gaavo guggulugandhayaH / gaavo ghRtasya maataras taa iha santu bhuuyasiir idaM madhu // na vai gaavo mangiirasya gangaayaaH udakaM papuH / papuH sarasvatyaa nadyaas taaH praacyaH saMjigaahira idaM madhu // etaa vayaM plavaamahe zamyaah pratarataa iva / nikiirya tubhyamabhya aasaM giiH kozvoSyauryadaa gira idaM madhu // yadaa raaghaTii varado vyaaghraM mangiiradaasakau / janaH sa bhadram edhati raaSTre raajnaH parikSita iti /9/ idaM madhv idaM madhu iti /10/ mahaavrata vidhi. VaitS 34.11-21 patniizaale bhuumidundubhim ausreNaapinaddhaM pucchenaaghnanti uccair ghoSaH (AV 5.20) upa zvaasaya (AV 6.126) iti /11/ tiirthadeze raajaanam anyaM vaa marmaaNi te (AV 7.118) iti /12/ saMnaddham indra jayaati (AV 6.98) ity anumantrayate /13/ saMnaddhaaya madhuparkam aahaarayati / taM sa braahmaNena pratigraahayati /14/ vanaspate viinvangaH (AV 6.125) ity abhimantritaM ratham aarohayati /15/ uddharSantaam (AV 3.19.6-7) ity aaruuDham anumantrayate /16/ avasRSTaa paraa pata (AV 3.19.8) iti caturthiim iSum avasRSTaam /17/ sa yad braahmaNadhanaM gRhNaati tad yajamaano niSkriiNaati /18/ trikadrukeSu mahiSaH (AV 20.95.1) pro Svasmai puroratham (AV 20.95.2) iti stotriyaanuruupau /19/ tiivrasyaabhivayaso asya paahi iti (AV 20.96) iti caturviMzatim aavapate /20/ atha jyotiSTomenaagniSTomenaatmaniSkrayaNena sahasradakSiNena pRSThazamaniiyena tvareta /21/ mahaavrata note, mahaavrata and kuntaapa are related, P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, pp. 77-79. mahaavrata note, mahaavrata and vivaaha are closely related in many aspects. P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 75f. mahaavrata note, the mahaavrata as a constituent sacrifice of the gavaamayana is created by the gods from prajaapati. ZB 12.1.2.3 zraddhaayaa vai devaaH / diikSaaM niramimata ... /1/ ... prajaapater mahaavrataM ... /3/ (sattra/gavaamayana) mahaavrata note, the mahaavrata was early performed thrice in a year. ZB 12.1.3.23 sa eSa saMvatsaras trimahaavrataH / caturviMze mahaavrataM viSuvati mahaavrataM mahaavrata eva mahaavrataM taM sa smaitaM puurva upayanti trimahaavrataM te tejasvina aasuH satyavaadinaH saMzitavrataa atha ya u hainam apy etarhi tathopeyur yathaamapaatram udaka aasikte vimrityed evaM haiva te vimrityeyur upary upayanti tad eSaaM satyena zrameNa tapasaa zraddhayaa yajnenaahutibhir avaruddhaM bhavati /23/ mahaavrata note, the mahaavrata was early performed thrice in a year. JB 2.8 [156,37-38] atha ha sma vaa etat puraa trir mahaavratam upayanty aarambhaNiiye 'han vaiSuvate37 mahaavratiiye. mahaavrata note, when it is performed, whether on the day of viSuvat or at the end of the year. JB 2.409-410 [337,12-22]. JB's opinion is at the end of the year. (Caland Auswahl 218-219) mahaavrata note, the word mahaavrata means what the udgaatR sings (see mahaavratastotra). KS 34.5 [38,19] aasandiim aaruhyodgaataa mahaavratenodgaayati. (mahaavrata) mahaavrata note, the number of the stotriyaa verses is eighty? JB 2.24 [164,5-17] tebhya8 etad devyaM madhv aziitiir(>aziitiibhir??Ehlers1988Emendationenp.5) annaadyaM prayacchati / madhu haasyaasmiMz ca loke 'muSmiMz9 caannaM bhavati ya evaM veda / akSareNaakSareNo haasmai vidyaas sarvaan kaamaan duhre /10 tasmaat saMvatsara eva zasyaM saMvatsare procyam / tasmaad braahmaNo hato na staayaad bhavati /11 tasmaad retas siktaM na staayaad bhavati / tasmaad u haivaM vidvaan na staayaad bhavati / aziiti12bhir vai devaa imaan lokaan imaan adhvana aaznuvata / tad aziitiinaam aziiti13tvam / tisRbhir evemaM lokam aaznuvata tisRbhir antarikSaM tisRbhir amuM14 catasRbhir eva diza aaznuvata catasRbhir avaantaradezaan ekayaamuum uurdhvaaM15 dvaav avaaziitayo 'bhavan / nava praaNaaH / aznute praaNaan / sapraaNas saMbhavati / sarvam16 aayur eti / naakaamo mriyate /24/17 (gavaamayana, mahaavrata) mahaavrata note, the number of the stotryaa?stotriyaa verses is eighty-seven. JB 2.404 [335,1] saptaaziitir mahaavratasya stotryaa bhavanti trayodaza parimaadaH / mahaavrata note, the stoma of the mahaavrata day is pancaviMza. JB 2.48 [175,19-29]. mahaavrata note, the stoma of the mahaavrata day is pancaviMza. JB 2.410 [337,22-25]; JB 2.414 [339,2-9]. mahaavrata note, they perform the mahaavrata after the chandomas in the trayodazaraatra. TS 7.3.3.1-2 ... tad aahur vaag vaa eSaa vitataa /1/ yad dvaadazaahas taaM vi chindyur yan madhye 'tiraatraM kuryur upadaasukaa gRhapater vaak syaad upariSTaac chandomaanaaM mahaavrataM kurvanti saMtataam eva vaacam ava rundhate 'nupadaasukaa gRhapater vaag bhavati ... . (sattra, trayodazaraatra) mahaavrata note, rules of the adhyaaya on the mahaavrata, by day. ManGS 1.4.12 gonaameSu mantrabraahmaNakalpapitRmedhamahaavrataaSTaapadiiM vaiSuvataani divaadhiiyiita vaiSuvatam aardrapaaNiH /12/ mahaavrata note, as a praayazcitta for brahmahatyaa described in viSNu smRti 50.1-6, 15 is called mahaavrata in 50.5. (D.V. Lorenzen, 1991, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, p. 74.) mahaavrata note, the kaalaamukhas adopted as their vrata the mahaavrata described in yogasuutra 2.30-31 ahiMsaasatyaasteyabrahmacaryaaparigrahaa yamaaH /30/ jaatidezakaalasamayaanavacchinnaaH saarvabhaumaaH mahaavratam /31/ (D.N. Lorenzen, 1991, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, p. 81 with n. 34.) mahaavrata maagha or caitra, tRtiiyaa, guDadhenudaana, txt. and vidhi. agni puraaNa 198.3cd-4ab maaghe maasy atha caitre vaa guDadhenuprado bhavet /3/ guDavratas tRtiiyaayaaM gauriizaH syaan mahaavratii / (tithivrata) mahaavrata maagha or caitra, tRtiiyaa, guDadhenudaana, txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.121.154cd-156ab maaghamaase 'tha caitre vaa guDadhenuprado bhavet /154/ guDavratas tRtiiyaayaaM sarvopaskaraNair yutaH / gauriilokam avaapnoti puujyate 'psarasaaM gaNaiH /155/ (vratapancaaziiti) (tithivrata) mahaavrata maagha or caitra, tRtiiyaa, guDadhenudaana, txt. and vidhi. matsya puraaNa 101.53 maaghe maase 'thavaa caitre guDadhenuprado bhavet / guDavratas tRtiiyaayaaM gauriiloke mahiiyate / mahaavratam idaM naama paramaanandakaarakam /53/ (vrataSaSTi) Kane 5: 377, mahaavrata (1), q. by KKV 446. (tithivrata) mahaavrata maagha or caitra, tRtiiyaa, guDadhenudaana, txt. and vidhi. padma puraaNa 1.20.104-105ab maaghamaasy atha caitre vaa guDadhenuprado bhavet / guDavrataM tRtiiyaayaaM gauriiloke mahiiyate /4/ mahaavratam idaM naama paramaanandakaarakam / (vrataSaSTi) (tithivrata) mahaavrata txt. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.198.1-7. upavaasa on the caturdazii and worship of yogabhuuta hari/viSNu and brahmabhuuta hari/viSNu on the amaavaasyaa and puurNimaa, for one year or for twelve years. Kane 5: 377, mahaavrata (4), Vi. Dh. 3.198.1-7 q. by HV 2.461. (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahaavrata contents. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.198.1-7: 1 upavaasa on the caturdazii and worship of yogabhuuta hari on the puurNimaa, 2 worship of brahmabhuuta on the amaavaasyaa and puurNimaa, 3 worship of brahmabhuuta on the amaavaasyaa and puurNimaa, while honoring yogabhuuta kezava, 4-5ab effects and the title, 5cd for one year, 6 effects, 7 for twelve years. mahaavrata vidhi. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.198.1-7 maarkaNDeya uvaaca // yogabhuutaM hariM devaM caturdazyaam upoSitaH / arcayet paurNamaasyaaM tu so 'zvamedhaphalaM labhet /1/ brahmabhuutam amaavasyaaM paurNamaasyaaM tathaiva ca / raajasuuyam avaapnoti kulam uddharati svakam /2/ brahmabhuutam amaavasyaaM paurNamaasyaaM ca puujayet / yogabhuutaM paricaran kezavaM mahad aapnuyaat /3/ atyarthaM priitim aayaati maasapakSaantayoH sadaa / puujitaH sopavaasena bhaktyaa devavaro hariH /4/ mahaavratam idaM khyaataM sarvakalmaSanaazanam / saMvatsaram idaM kRtvaa naakapRSThe mahiiyate /5/ sarvapaapaprazamanaM vratam etat prakiirtitam / svavittazaktir evaatra sarvakarmasu kaaraNam /6/ kRtvaa vrataM dvaadaza vatsaraaNi praapnoti lokaM puruSottamasya / tatroSya raajan suciraM sukaalaM praapnoti mokSaM puruSas tato 'nte /7/ mahaavratastotra txt. PB 5.1-2. mahaavratastotra txt. PB 5.6. mahaavratastotra txt. JB 2.47-48 [174,37-175,18]. mahaavratastotra txt. JB 2.406-408. mahaavratastotra txt. TB 1.2.6.1-4. mahaavratastotra vidhi. PB 5.6 (5.6.1-5) sarve sahartvijo mahaavratena stuviiran /1/ adhvaryuH zirasodgaayen maitraavaruNo dakSiNena pakSeNa braahmaNaacchaMsy uttareNa gRhapatiH puchenodgaataatman /2/ tad yady evaM kuryur ekaikayaa stotriiyayaastutayodgaataaram abhisameyuH /3/ tisRbhir udgaataatmana udgiiyaatha yaa zirasaH stotriiyaa taaM dadhyaad aparaabhis tisRbhir udgiiyaatha yaa dakSiNasya pakSasya stotriiyaa taaM dadhyaad aparaabhis tisRbhir udgiiyaatha yottarasya pakSasya stotriiyaa taaMdadhyaat tisRbhir vaikayaa vaastutaM syaad atha yaa pucchasya stotriiyaa taaM dadhyaat /4/ aatmany eva tad angaani pratidadhati svargasya lokasya samaSTyai /5/ mahaavratastotra vidhi. PB 5.6 (5.6.6-8) atho khalv aahuH katham adhvaryur bahvRcaH saama gaayed ity udgaataiva sarveNodgaayet tad eva samRddhaM samRd vaaveva pratitiSThanti /6/ havirdhaane zirasaa stutvaa saMrabdhaaH pratyanca eyus te dakSiNena dhiSNyaan pariitya pazcaan maitraavaruNasya dhiSNyasyopavizya rathaMtareNa pancadazena stuviiraMs ta udancaH saMsarpeyur jaghanena hotur dhiSNyaM pazcaad braahmaNaacchaMsino dhiSNyasyopavizya bRhataa saptadazena stuviiraMs te yenaiva prasarpeyus tena punar niHsRpyottareNaagniidhraM pariitya pazcaad gaarhapatyasyopavizya pucchenaikaviMzena stuviiraMs te yenaiva niHsarpeyus tena punaH prasRpya yathaayatanam upavizyaasandiim aaruhyodgaataatmanodgaayati /7/ taM patnyo 'paghaaTilaabhir upagaayanty aartvijyam eva tat patnyaH kurvanti saha svargaM lokam ayaameti /8/ mahaavratastotra vidhi. PB 5.6 (5.6.9-15) kule kule 'nnaM kriyate tad yat pRccheyuH kim idaM kurvantiitiime yajamaanaa annam atsyantiiti bruuyuH /9/ yo vai diikSitaanaaM paapaM kiirtayati tRtiiyam eSaaM sa paapmano haraty annaadas tRtiiyaM pipiilikaas tRtiiyam /10/ parimaadbhiz caranti tvak ca vaa etal loma ca mahaavratasya yat parimaadas tvacaM caiva loma ca mahaavratasyaaptvaavarundhate /11/ vaaNaM vitanvanty anto vai vaaNo 'nto mahaavratam antenaiva tad antam abhivaadayanti /12/ zatatantriiko bhavati zataayur vai puruSaH zataviiryaH /13/ tam ullikhet praaNaaya tvaapaanaaya tvaa vyaanaaya tveti praaaapaanavyaanaan eva tad aaptvaavarundhate /14/ parikumbhinyo maarjaaliiyaM yantiidaM madhv idaM madhv iti saghoSaa eva tad vayo bhuutvaa saha svargaM lokaM yanti /15/ mahaavratastotra vidhi. JB 2.406 [335,32-36] te stoSyanto viparaayanti / adhvaryus trivRtaa ziirSNaa gaayatreNa stoSyann agreNa havirdhaane upavizati maitraavaruNah pancadazena pakSeNa bRhataa stoSyan dakSiNata upavizati braahmaNaacchaMsii saptadazena pakSeNa rathaMtareN stoSyann uttarata upavizati neSTaikaviMzena pucchena bhadreNa stoSyan patniinaaM madhya upavizaty udgaataa pancaviMzenaatmanaa raajanena stoSyau audumbariim adhirohati. mahaavratastotra vidhi. JB 2.407-408 [336,8-35] te sakRd eva sarve hiMkurvanti ... udgaatur hiMkaaram anu hiMkurvanti ... adhvaryus trivRtaa ziirSNaa gaayatrenodgaayati ... paraaciibhir apunarabhyaavartam ... navabhir udgaayati ... maitraavaruNaH pancadazapakSeNa vRhatodgaayati ... paraaciibhir punarabhyaavartam ... tisras satiiH pancadaza karoti ... braahmaNaacchaMsii saptadazena pakSeNa rathaMtareNodgaayati ... paraaciibhir apunarabhyaavartam ... tisras satiis saptadaza karoti ... /407/ neSTaikaviMzena pucchena bhadreNodgaayati ... paraaciibhir apunarabhyaavartam ... tisras satiir ekaviMzatiM karoti ... udgaataa pancaviMzenaatmanaa raajanenodgaayati ... paraaciibhir punarabhyaavartam ... tisras satiiH pancaviMzatiM karoti ... mahaavratastotra vidhi. TB 1.2.6.1-4 ... pancaviMzaH stomo bhavati /1/ ... atha yad vaa idam antataH kriyate / ... antataH kriyate ... trivRc chiro bhavati /2/ ... paraacaa stuvanti / ... pancadazo 'nyaH pakSo bhavati / saptadazo 'nyaH / ... /3/ ... pancaviMza aatmaa bhavati / ... ekaviMzaM puccham / dvipadaasu stuvanti ... sarveNa saha stuvanti / ... ekaikaam ucchiMSanti / ... /4/ mahaavratastotra various opinions. JB 2.411-413 [337,29-338,31]. mahaavratastotra various opinions. JB 2.414-417 [339,9-340,24]. mahaavratastotra txt. and vidhi. AA 2.3.4 [113,13-114,1] yo ha vai yajne yajnaM vedaahany ahar deveSu devam adhyuuDham sa saMprativit / eSa vai yajne yjno 'hany ahar deveSu devo 'dhyuuDho yad etan mahad uktham / tad etat pancavidham trivRt pancadazam saptadazam ekaviMzaM pancaviMzam iti stomato gaayatraM rathaMtaraM bRhad bhadram raajanam iti saamato gaayatry uSNig bRhatii triSTub dvipadeti chandastaH ziro dakSiNaH pakSa uttaraH pakSah puccham aatmety aakhyaanam / pancakRtvah prastauti pancakRtva udgaayati pancakRtvaH pratiharati pancakRtva upadravati pancakRtvo nidhanam upayanti tat stobhasahasraM bhavati. mahaavratastotra txt. and vidhi. aarSeyakalpa 2.11.6 indram id gaathino bRhat (SV 796-8/ SV 2.146-148 = RV 1.7.1, 2, 4)) indro dadhiico asthibhir (SV 913-5/SV 2.263-265 = RV 1.84.13-15) ud ghed zrutaamagham (SV 2.800-2 = RV 8.93.1-3) iti trivRc chiro gaayatram / pancadazaM rathaMtaraM (SV 680-1; rahasyagaana 1.1.1) dakSiNaH pakSaH / saptadazaM bRhad (SV 809-10; rahasyagaana 1.1.5) uttaraH / ekaviMzaM bhadraM (SV 1110-2; rahasyagaana 1.1.20) puccham / tad id aasa bhuvaneSu jyeSTham (SV 1483-5/SV 2.833-835 = RV 10.120.1-3) iti pancaviMza aatmaa raajanam (rahasyagaana 2.2.11) // mahaavratastotra txt. and vidhi. comm. on DrahZS 6.1.7 mahaavratam iti vrate /7/ mahaavrate 'hani mahaavrataM pibatv ity aadezaH / gaayatrabRhadrathaMtarabhadraraajanaanaaM samudaayo mahaavratam. mahaavratastotra note, the upaakaraNa of the mahaavratastotra is the sound of viiNaa. ApZS 21.18.9-12 vaag bhadraM mano bhadraM maano bhadraM tan no bhadram iti triparvayotkaTazalaakayekSukaaNDena veNukaaNDena vetasakaaNDena vaa vaaNaM saMhraadya tena maahendrasya stotram upaakaroti /8, 9/ udgaataa vaadayatiiti vijnaayate /10/ tam udgaataa prastotre prayacchati / taM so 'dhvaryave / tam adhvaryur anyasmai /11/ taM so 'greNa sadaso dakSiNaaM dvaarbaahuM prativaadayann aaste /12/ (mahaavrata) mahaavratastotra note, the first pRSTha is the mahaavratastotra. PB 16.7.3 tasya mahaavrataM pRSTham /3/ (sarvajit) mahaavratiiya ahar :: svarga loka. JB 2.8 [157,7] (gavaamayana, mahaavrata). mahaavratiiya ahar :: svargaloka. JB 2.44 [173,20]. mahaavriihi ekaadazakapaala to indra and jyeSThaa is made of mahaavriihi. TB 3.1.5.2 indro vaa akaamayata / jyaiSThyaM devaanaam abhijayeyam iti / sa etad indraaya jyeSThaayai puroDaazam ekaadazakapaalaM niravapan mahaavriihiiNaam / tato vai sa jyeSThyaM devaanaam abhyajayat / jyeSThyaM ha vai samaanaam abhijayati / ya etena haviSaa yajate / ya u cainad evaM veda / ... /2/ (nakSatreSTi) mahaavriihi ekaadazakapaala to indra jyeSTha is made of mahaavriihi. TS 1.8.10.1 indraaya jyeSThaaya puroDaazam ekaadazakapaalaM mahaavriihiiNaaM . (raajasuuya, devasuvaaM haviiMSi) mahaavriihi sthaaliipaaka made of mahaavriihi is cooked for the boy in the godaana. KauzS 54.11 yathaa dyauz (ca pRthivii ca na bibhiito na riSyataH / evaa me praaNa ma bibheH // AV 2.15.1) manase cetase dhiya (aakuutaya uta cittaye / matyai zrutaaya cakSase vidhema haviSaa vayam // AV 6.41.1) iti mahavriihiiNaaM sthaaliipaakaM zrapayitvaa zaantyudakenopasicyaabhimantrya praazayati /11/ mahaavriihi used to cook caru to indra and caru to soma in the gosahasravidhi. AVPZ 16.1.4 mahaavriihiiNaam aindraM caruM saumyaM ca sahasratamyaaH payasi zrapayitvaa gaava eva surabhaya ity etena juhuyaat /4/ mahaavriihi a crop recommended for the yajna. AVPZ 23.7.2 yavavriihimahaavriihipriyanguuNaaM hi taNDulaaH / zyaamaakataNDulatilaa aasaadyaaH zruticoditaaH /2/ (yajnapaatralakSaNa) mahaavyaahRti see vyaahRti. mahaavyaahRti Sh. Einoo, 2002, "Two Ritual Topics in the yaajnavalkya smRti," Journal of the Japanese Association for South Asian Studies, 14, pp. 27-28. mahaavyaahRti agnyanvaadhaana by using "bhuur bhuvaH svaH". ZankhZS 4.2.1-7a, 12 agniin anvaadadhaatiiSTipazubandheSu puurvedyuH /1/ aahavaniiye mahaavyaahRtyottamayaa /2/ prathamayaa gaarhapatye /3/ dakSiNaagnau madhyamayaa /4/ dve dve ca tuuSNiim /5/ aahavaniiye dazamiiM samastaabhiH /6/ mahaavyaahRtiinaaM vaa sthaane ... /7/ ... mahaavyaahRtibhiH paingyam /12/ (yaajamaana, iSTi, agnyanvaadhaana) mahaavyaahRti KatyZS 2.1.6 mahaavyaahRtibhir vaa praaksaMstham /6/ Comm. bhuur bhuvaH svar ity etaasaaM mahaavyaahRtaya iti saMjnaa. mahaavyaahRti four offerings of aajya with the mahaavyaahRtis: with bhuuH, bhuvaH, and svaH and bhuur bhuvaH svaH, thus four times. ZankhGS 1.12.11-13 pazcaad agneH kanyaam upavezyaanvaarabdhaayaaM mahaavyaahRtibhis tisro juhoti /11/ samastaabhiz caturthiM pratiiyetaitasyaaM codanaayaam /12/ evam anaadeze sarveSu bhuutikarmasu purastaac copariSTaac caitaabhir eva juhuyaat /13/ (vivaaha) mahaavyaahRti ZankhGS 1.16.4 prathamayaa mahaavyaahRtyaa prathamopahitaa dvitiiyayaa dvitiiyaa trtiiyayaa trtiiyaa samastaabhiz caturthii // (vivaaha, when the bride enters the house of the bridegroom) mahaavyaahRti ZankhGS 1.22.2-3 snaataam ahatavaasasaM pazcaad agner upavezya /2/ anvaarabdhaayaaM mahaavyaahRtibhir hutvaa /3/ (siimantonnayana) mahaavyaahRti is prescribed when the teacher seizes the hand of a vyaadhita as the brahmacaarin in the upanayana. ZankhGS 2.2.15 mahaavyaahRtibhir vyaadhitaan /15/ mahaavyaahRti ZankhGS 3.4.8 ... mahaavyaahRtayaz catasraH ... . In the gRhakaraNa. ZankhGS 3.13.2,4. In the second aSTakaa. mahaavyaahRti ZankhGS 3.10.4 yadi yamau prajaayeta mahaavyaahRtibhir hutvaa yamasuuM dadyaat // mahaavyaahRti used for the purification of paapman of zaraNyas on the day of the pratyavarohaNa. ZankhGS 4.17.1-6 aagrahaayaNyaaM pratyavarohet /1/ rohiNyaaM proSThapadaasu vaa /2/ praataH zamiipalaazamadhuukeSiikaapaamaargaaNaaM ziriiSodumbarakuzataruNabadariiNaaM ca puurNamuSTim aadaaya siitaaloSTaM ca /3/ udapaatre 'vadhaaya /4/ mahaavyaahRtiiH saavitriiM coddrutyaapa naH zozucad agham ity etena suuktena (RV 1.97) tasmin nimajjya-nimajjya pradakSiNaM zaraNyebhyaH paapmaanam apahatyottarato ninayet /5/ madhuparko dakSiNaa /6/ mahaavyaahRti ZankhGS 5.5.10 hutazeSaM mahaavyaahRtibhiH praazya ca. mahaavyaahRti ZankhGS 5.7.4 mahaavyaahRtibhir hutvaa puurvavad dhomaH // praayazcitta for the not performing the siimantonnayana. mahaavyaahRti JaimGS 1.7 [6,22] tilamudgamizraM sthaaliipaakaM zrapayitvaanvaarabdhaayaaM juhuyaan mahaavyaahRtibhir hutvaa praajaapatyayaa ca. (siimantonnayana) mahaavyaahRti used at the aahutis in the upanayana. JaimGS 1.12 [10,19] athainaM pazcaad agneH praaGmukham upavezyottarata aacaaryo 'nvaarabdhe juhuyaan mahaavyaahRtibhir hutvaa vedaahutibhiz ca saMpaatam aasye bhuur RcaH svaaheti pratimantram. mahaavyaahRti JaimGS 2.7 [32,10] purastaac copariSTaac ca mahaavyaahRtibhir juhoti. adbhutazaanti. mahaavyaahRti ParGS 1.15.4-5 ... siimantam uurdhvaM vinayati bhuur bhuvaH svar iti /4/ pratimahaavyaahRtibhir vaa /5/ mahaavyaahRti KathGS 25.18 bhuuH svaaheti mahaavyaahRtibhiz catasRbhiH // Comm. oM bhuuH svaahaa / oM bhuvaH svaahaa / oM svah svaahaa / oM bhuur bhuvaH svaH svaahaa // In the vivaaha. mahaavyaahRti worshipped in the tarpaNa. ZankhGS 4.9.3 agnis tRpyatu, vaayus tRpyatu, suuryas tRpyatu, viSNus tRpyatu, prajaapatis tRpyatu, viruupaakSas tRpyatu, sahasraakSas tRpyatu, somaH, brahmaa, vedaaH, devaaH, RSayaH, sarvaaNi ca chandaaMsi, oMkaaraH, vaSaTkaaraH, mahaavyaahRtayaH, saavitrii, yajnaaH dyaavaapRthivii, nakSatraaNi, antarikSam, ahoraatraaNi, saMkhyaaH, saMdhyaaH, samudraaH, nadyaH, girayaH, kSetrauSadhivanaspatigandharvaapsarasaH, naagaaH, vayaaMsi, siddhaaH, saadhyaaH, vipraaH, yakSaaH, rakSaaMsi, bhuutaany evamantaani tRpyantu, ... /3/ mahaavyaahRti definition. karmapradiipa 2.1.6ab bhuuraadyaas tisra evaitaa mahaavyaahRtayo 'vyayaaH // mahaavyaahRti used in the bhuumidaana. AVPZ 10.1.6-7 zvo bhuute tantram aajyabhaagaantaM kRtvaanvaarabhyaatha juhuyaat /6/ kaamasuuktaM kaalasuuktaM puruSasuuktaM mahaavyaahRtibhiH saMkhyaapuurvikaabhiH sarva Rtvijo juhvaty /7/ (bhuumidaana) mahaavyaahRti used for the lakSahoma. AVPZ 30b.1.16 atha samidho ghRtaaktaas tilaan vaa svaahaakaaravatiiH saMkhyaavatyo gaayatryaa mahaavyaahRtibhir vaa sarva Rtvijo juhvati /1.16/ (bRhallakSahoma) mahaavyaahRti AVPZ 40.2.1 gocarmamaatraM sthaNDilam upalipya gomayenollikhyaabhyukSyaagne prehiity agniM praNiiyopasamaadhaaya paristiirya brahmaaNaM kalpayitvaa naanyadevataadizi rudrasya dakSinodapaatraM sthaapayitvaa mahaavyaahRtibhir agnyaayatane nidhaaya rudram aavaahayati // mahaavyaahRti used in the adbhutazaanti of vaayu-adbhuta. AVPZ 67.7.4d vaayur mahaan nabhapatir vajrapaaNis tathzvaraH / zamanaH sarvaadbhutaanaaM mahaavyaahRtayas tathaa /4/ mahaavyaahRti to be distinguished from the vyaahRti. BodhGZS 1.23.7 uttarapuurve deze 'gaarasya paakayajnavidhaanena vriihibhir yavais tilamaaSair vyaahRtibhir mahaavyaahRtibhis saavitryaa ca triyambakenaaSTasahasraM juhoti. mahaavyaahRti used in the raajaabhiSeka. Rgvidhaana 4.107-108 (4.21.2-3) hutvaagniM raajalingaabhiH saavitryaa prayataH zuciH / mahaavyaahRtibhiz caiva saMpaataabhijuto bhavet /107/ sarvauSadhirasaiH zlakSNair nadiinaaM salilena ca / vyaaghracarmaNy athaasiinam aasandyaam abhiSicya ca /108/ mahaavyaahRti viSNu smRti 55.15 oMkaarapuurvikaas tisro mahaavyaahRtayo 'vyayaaH / tripadaa caiva gaayatrii vijneyaa brahmaNo mukham /15/ mahaavyaahRti bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.15.4cd bhuur bhuvaH svas trayaz ca mahaavyaahRtayaH smRtaaH /4/ (sthaaliipaakavidhaana). mahaavyaahRti mitaakSaraa on yaajnavalkya smRti 1.15 mahaavyaahRtayaz ca bhuuraadisatyaantaaH sapta / panca vaa gautamaabhipraayeNa. mahaayajna see panca mahaayajna. mahaayajna bibl. as a technical term it is used to classify the azvamedha (TS 2.2.7.5; KS 10.9; MS 2.2.9) or the soma sacrifice (TS 3.2.2.2; ZB 2.4.4.14). (B.K. Smith, 1986, IIJ 29, p. 54, n. 24.) mahaayajna bibl. Buddhist reinterpretation, Tsuchida, Ryuutaro. 1991. Two Categories of Brahmin in the Early Buddhist Period. The Memoirs of the Toyo Bunko, vol.49, p. 75. mahaayajna txt. TS 3.2.2.2-3 correspondence between the iSTis (agnihotra, darzapuurNamaasa and caaturmaasya) and the soma sacrifice/soma as a mahaayajna. mahaayajna/jyotiratiraatra txt. BaudhZS 17.61-62 [340,17-342,17] (caaturmaasya as an ekaaha). mahaayajnasya antye tanuu :: arkaazvamedhau, see arkaazvamedhau :: mahaayajnasya antye tanuu. mahaayajnii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaayajnii worshipped. BodhGZS 3.3 [298,8-10]; HirGZS 1.6.9 [81.1-3] aaryaayai raudryai mahaakaalyai mahaayoginyai suvarNapuSpyai devasaMkiirtyai mahaayajnyai mahaavaiSNavyai mahaapRthivyai manogamyai zankhadhaariNyai nama ity ekaadazanaamadheyair gandhapuSpadhuupadiipair amuSyai namo 'muSyai nama ity etair evaarcayitvaa. (durgaakalpa) mahaayoga when he stands on the right side of the vizveza and shuts his eyes while thinking on the god, this is the highest yoga. skanda puraaNa 4.39.10 hRdi saMcintya vizvezaM kSaNaM yad vinimiilyate / devasya dakSiNe bhaage mahaayogo 'yam uttamaH /10/ (avimuktezvara) mahaayogezvara an enumeration of six/seven mahaayogezvaras. mbh 13.92.20 pitaamahaH pulastyaz ca vasiSThaH pulahas tathaa angiraaz ca kratuz caiva kazyapaz ca mahaan RSiH / ete kurukulazreSTha mahaayogezvaraaH smRtaaH /20/ (zraaddha) mahaayoginii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahaayoginii worshipped. BodhGZS 3.3 [298,8-10]; HirGZS 1.6.9 [81.1-3] aaryaayai raudryai mahaakaalyai mahaayoginyai suvarNapuSpyai devasaMkiirtyai mahaayajnyai mahaavaiSNavyai mahaapRthivyai manogamyai zankhadhaariNyai nama ity ekaadazanaamadheyair gandhapuSpadhuupadiipair amuSyai namo 'muSyai nama ity etair evaarcayitvaa. (durgaakalpa) mahaayoni The yonitantra uses five times the term mahaayoni: yonitantra 1.24ab puujaaM kRtvaa mahaayonim uddhRto narakaarNavaat, yonitantra 2.23ab puujayitvaa mahaayonim arghyaM dadyaad vidhaanataH, yonitantra 3.5cd puujayitvaa mahaayoniM chaagameSaadibhir naraiH, yonitantra 3.23c puujayitvaa mahaayoniM, yonitantra 7.29a kroDe kRtvaa mahaayoniM). .. The bRhadyonitantra mentions the mahaayoni only once (F. 5a). mahaayoni seems a designation for the zakti or her yoni at a certain phase of the ritual: when the goddesses who actually are manifestations of the yoni, are duly worshipped, the yoni of the zakti becomes designated as mahaayoni, the yoni fo devii herself. (J.A. Schoterman, 1980, The yonitantra, p. 28.) mahaayonimudraa description. kaalikaa puraaNa 66.56-57 saMsaktaa anguliiH sarvaaH prasaaryaanguSThaparvaNaa / agreNa ca kaniSThaayaa agreNaapi ca yojayet /56/ karasya dakSiNasyaivam ardhayoniH prakiirtitaa / mahaayonis tu kathitaa vaiSNaviitantreNa vare /57/ mahaayonimudraa to be used at the time of visarjana. kaalikaa puraaNa 66.118-119cd ardhayonir mahaayonir yonir braahmii ca vaiSNavii / mudraa visarjane proktaa zivaatripurayoH sadaa /118/ durgaayaaH sarvaruupeSu mudraa etaa prakiirtitaaH / mahaayonimudraa kaalikaa puraaNa 74.11cd-13ab. mahaayonimudraa nityaazoDazikaarNava 3.26-27. mahaayonimudraa tantraraajatantra 4.51-52 madhyamaa madhyapaarzvaadhaH kanisThaagre viparyayaat / anaamike 'dhovyatyaste tarjanyaav ankuzaakRtii /51/ itare tannakhaagraagre biijamudreyam iiritaa / kaniSThaanguSThasaMzleSaa mahaayonis trikhaNDikaa /52/ mahaazaala Tsuchida 1991b: 60-64. its connotation. mahaazaanti try to find it in other CARDs. mahaazaanti see aadityaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see aagneyii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see aangirasii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see abhayaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see adbhutamahaazaanti = zaantikalpa 14. mahaazaanti see aindrii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see airaavatii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see amRtaa mahaazaanti = zaantikalpa 20-25, as a tantra or the principal form of the zaantikalpa of the atharvaveda. mahaazaanti see aparaajitaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see baarhaspatyaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see bhaargavii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see bRhacchaanti (a mantra collection). mahaazaanti see braahmii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see caturgaNii zaanti. mahaazaanti see dazagaNii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see gaandharvii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see gaayatrii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see kauberii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see kaumaarii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see laghuzaanti. mahaazaanti see maahendrii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see maarudgaNii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see nairRtii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see paarthivii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see praajaapatyaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see raudrii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see saavitrii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see saMtati mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see tvaaSTrii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see vaaruNii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see vaastoSpatyaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see vaayavyaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see vaiSNavii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see vaizvadevii mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see yaamyaa mahaazaanti. mahaazaanti see zaanti. mahaazaanti see zaantikalpa. mahaazaanti ref. Kane 5:761-763. mahaazaanti ref. J. Gonda, 1980, Vedic Ritual, p. 288. mahaazaanti a mantra collection. KauzS 39.7 duuSyaa duuSir asi (AV 2.11) ye purastaad (AV 4.40) iizaanaaM tvaa (AV 4.17) samaM jyotir (AV 4.18) uto asy abandhukRt (AV 4.19) suparNas tvaa (AV 5.14) yaaM te cakrur (AV 5.31) ayaM pratisaro (AV 8.5) yaaM kalpayantiiti (AV 10.1) mahaazaantim aavapate /7/ in the kRtyaapratiharaNa. See AVPZ 32.2. (T. Goudriaan, 1986, "Vedic kRtyaa and the terminology of magic," Sanskrit and World Culture, p. 453.) mahaazaanti KauzS 39.27 tiSThaMs tiSThantiiM(>tiSThato, Caland's note on this suutra) mahaazaantim uccair abhinigadati /27/ (kRtyaapratiharaNa) mahaazaanti KauzS 43.5 vaastoSpatyaadiini mahaazaantim aavapate /5/ mahaazaanti KauzS 44.6 tiSThaMs tiSThantiiM (i.e. vazaaM) mahaazaantim uccairabhinigadati /6/ (vazaazamana) mahaazaanti KauzS 69.7 ayam agniH satpatir naDam aarohety (AV 7.62.1; 12.2.1) anuvaakaM mahaazaantiM ca zaantyudaka aavapate /7/ mahaazaanti ZankhGS 5.11.1-2 yadi gRhe valmiikasaMbhuutir gRhotsargo 'tha triraatram upoSya mahaazaantiM kuryaat. It is not prescribed how the mahaazanti is to be performed. cf. Kane 5:730 n.1162. mahaazaanti JaimGS 1.23 [24,14-15] At the end of the prescription of the vaizvadeva: ... sadaa gRheSu svastivaacanaM saa mahaazaantir ity aacakSate // (J. Gonda, 1980, Vedic Ritual, p. 263.) mahaazaanti to be performed to avert bhayas of ketus. AVPZ 52.16.6-7 etadutthe tu sarvasmin bhaye 'tha samupasthite / mahaazaantiM prakurviita raajaa raaSTrasya rakSaNe /6/ tat prayaati zamaM sarvaM prajaanaaM tu sukhaM bhavet / raajaano muditaas tatra paalayanti vasuMdharaam /16.7/ mahaazaanti of one kind: vaaruNii. AVPZ 70.6.5 yatrasthaM caadbhutaM pazyet tatraapi pratipaadayet / kuryaad vaa vaaruNiiM zaantiM parameNa samaadhinaa /5/ mahaazaanti of one kind: amRtaa. AVPZ 72.1.2-3 kSipravipaakiiny amoghaani ghoraaNi grahopahatam ulkaabhihataM grastaM nirastam upadhuupitaM vaa yadaa syaaj janmanakSatraM karmanakSatram abhiSecaniiyajanapadanakSatram /2/ eteSu kSipram eva mahaazaantim amRtaaM kaarayed raajaa /3/ mahaazaanti of two kinds: raudrii, abhayaa. AVPZ 60.1.6 bhaye raudriiM prakurviita abhayaaM vaabhayapradaam / tayaa zaamyanti cotpaataaH sukhaM caatyantikaM bhavet // (the last zloka of nirghaatalakSaNa) mahaazaanti of two kinds: aindrii and vaaruNii. AVPZ 65.3.6 aindriiM vaa vaaruNiiM vaapi mahaazaantiM vidhaanataH / varSaadau tu prayunjiita avRSTes tu vinaazaniim /6/ mahaazaanti of four kinds: maahendrii, amRtaa, raudrii, and vaizvadevii. AVPZ 54.2.4-5 maahendriim amRtaaM raudriiM vaizvadeviim athaapi vaa / utpaateSu mahaazaantiM kaarayed bahudakSiNaam /4/ aaraadhitaaH zamaM yaanti tadutpaataa na saMzayaH / homair japyaiz ca vividhair daanaiz ca bahuruupakaiH /5/ (ketucaara) mahaazaanti of four kinds: praajaapatya, mahendra, mahaadeva, raudrii? AVPZ 70b.16.5-17.2ab mahaabaliM mahaazaantiM bhojyaani sumahaanti ca / praajaapatyaM mahendraM ca mahaadevam athaapi vaa /16.5/ aindrasthaane tu maahendriiM raudre raudriiM prayojayet / gavaam aSTazataM dadyaad viprebhyo manujaadhipaH /17.1/ gurave tu zataM niSkaM prajaasv evaM zivaM bhavet. (at the end of the section of zakradhvajendrakiilaadivaikRta) mahaazaanti of five kinds: amRtaa, raudrii, vaizvadevii, abhayaa, and aparaajitaa. AVPZ 69.6.2-4 eteSu zaantiM kurviita amRtaaM vaa sadakSiNaam / raudriiM vaa vaizvadeviiM vaa abhayaaM vaaparaajitaam /2/ gobhuuhiraNyavastraannais tilair vaa saphalaiH zubhaiH / upaanacchattrasaMyuktaaM gurvaabharaNasaMyutaam /3/ pratipattiyathoktaM vaa yaH kurviita vidhaanavit / etad utpaatajaM sarvaM mahaazaantyaa praliiyate /4/ (atharvahRdaya) mahaazaanti AVPZ 68.5.17-31 mahotpaataaz ca bahavaH zaantiyogeSu kiirtitaaH / teSu sarveSu vidhivac chaantikaamo naraadhipaH /17/ atharvaaNaM ca vRNuyaat sarvazaastravidaM nRpaH / sa vRto bhayabhiitena zamanaarthaM mahaatmanaa /18/ prajaanaam abhayaM samyag daapayet pRthiviipatiH / anantaraM gavaaM puujaa braahmaNaanaaM vizeSataH /19/ devataayatane sadyo dohaan bhuumau prakaarayet / satataM caanulipyas tu puSpair dhuupair yathoditaiH /20/ pradiipair vividhaiH zubhraiH sarvadikSu prakalpitaiH / tathaa balyupahaaraiz ca paayasaapuupasaMyutaiH /21/ hRdyair bahuvidhair bhakSaiH sarvadikSu prakalpitaiH / tasminn evaantare zaante goSThe vaa jalasaMnidhau /22/ nirgatya nagaraad vaapi zucau deze samaahitaH / vRNuyaac chaantitattvajnaan utpaatavihitaan chubhaan /23/ SoDazaaSTau vRtaas te ca purazcaraNazodhitaaH / angaani kuryur anye ca zatasaMkhyaa dvijottamaaH /24/ udayaaste sukhaasiinaa japaM kuryur atandritaaH / te sadasyaa iti proktaa vaacane yajnakarmaNi /25/ teSaaM variSThaH zaantijna upadrastaa manoharaH / sarvakarmasu vettaa ya aanayet so 'py athaadaraat /26/ bhuumiM saMzodhya vidhivat kRtvaa tatra ca maNDapam / vidhivat kalpayed vediM yajnapaatraaNi ca svayam /27/ (to be continued) mahaazaanti AVPZ 68.5.17-31 (continued from above) evaM yathoktavidhinaa agnimanthanapuurvakaam / mahaazaantiM prayunjiita sarvopadravanaaziniim /28/ annair vastraiz ca vividhaiH saMyuktaaM bahudakSiNaam / kaarayitvaa mahaazaantiM varaM gaaM ca nivedayet /29/ gRham aabharaNaM chattram anaDudvaajinaM tathaa / kunjaraM vaa tathaa dattvaa ghaNTaabharaNabhuuSitam /30/ mahat sukham avaapnoti kaaryasiddhim ca vindati / kaaryasiddhiM ca vindati /31/ mahaazaanti raudrii mahaazaanti, only referred to, no detail, but dakSiNaa is mentioned! AVPZ 64.10.9-10 nimitaani samaalokya kRtvaa paavanam aaditaH / mahaazaantiM prayunjiita sarvopadravanaaziniim /9/ sarvarogaprazamaniim utpaataphalanaaziniim / raudriiM kuryaan mahaazaantiM zraddhayaa bahudakSiNaam /10/ (the last two verses of utpaatalakSaNa) mahaazaanti only referred to, no detail, but dakSiNaa is mentioned! AVPZ 58.1.13 yathoktaa tu mahaazaantir yathoktavidhinaa kRtaa / sarvaM digdaahajaM ghoraM zamayet saa sadakSiNaa // (digdaahalakSaNa, the last verse) mahaazaanti only referred to, no detail. AVPZ 58b.4.20 nimitteSu mahaazaantim ulkaayaam ca vizeSataH / kRtvaa siddhim avaapnoti ulkaadoSaac ca mucyate / (the last zloka of ulkaalakSaNa) mahaazaanti only referred to, no detail. AVPZ 59.1.20 zubheSv api mahaazaantir avighaataaya vocyate / azubheSu samarghaaya tasmaat sarveSu zaantikam iti // (the last verse of vidyullakSaNa) mahaazaanti contents. zaantikalpa 16-19: 16 an enumeration of 30 kinds of mahaazaanti, 17 an enumeration of cases when these thirty kinds of mahaamantis are to be performed, 18 an enumeration of aavaapika mantras for these thirty mahaazaantis, mahaazaanti zaantikalpa 16-19 (16.1-17.3) athaato mahaazaantiir vyaakhyaasyaamo 'mRtaa vaizvadevy aagneyii bhaargavii braahmii baarhaspatyaa praajaapatyaa saavitrii gaayatry aangirasy aindrii maahendrii kaubery aadityaa vaiSNavii vaastoSpatyaa raudry aparaajitaa yaamyaa vaarunii vaayavyaa saMtatis tvaaSTrii kaumaarii nairRtii maarudgaNii gaandharvy airaavatii paarthivy abhayeti /16.1/ amRtaaM divyaantarikSabhaumeSu prayunjiita vaizvadeviiM gataayuSaam aagneyiim agnibhaye sarvakaamasya ca bhaargaviiM nakSatragrahopasRSTabhayaartarogagRhiitaanaaM braahmiiM brahmavarcasakaamasya vastrazayanaagnijvalane ca baarhaspatyaaM raajyaarthazriibrahmavarcasakaamasyaabhicarato 'bhicaryamaanasya ca /17.1/ praajaapatyaaM prajaapazvannakaamasya prajaakSaye ca saavitriiM zuddhikaamasya gaayatriiM chandobrahmavarcasakaamasyaangirasiiM saMpatkaamasyaabhicarato 'bhicaryamaamasya caindriiM vijayabalavRSTipazukaamasya paracakraagame ca /2/ maahendriiM raajyakaamasyaadbhutotpattivikaareSu ca kauberiiM dhanakaamasya dhanakSaye caadityaaM zriitejodhanaayuSkaamasya vaiSNaviim annakaamasyaannakSaye ca vaastoSpatyaaM vaastusaMskaarakarmaNi bhuutikaamasya ca raudriiM rogaartasyaanaamnaateSu ca kaaeSv aapatsu vividhaasu ca /3/ mahaazaanti zaantikalpa 16-19 (17.4-18.4) aparaajitaaM vijayakaamasya yaamyaaM yamabhaye vaaruNiiM jalabhayajalasaMkSayayor vaayavyaaM vaatavaatyaayaaM saMtatiM kulakSaye /17.4/ tvaaSTriiM vastrakSaye kaumaariiM vyaadhitasya baalasya nairRtiiM nirRtigRhiitasya maarudgaNiiM balakaamasya gaandharviim azvakSaya airaavatiiM gajakSaye paarthiviiM bhuumikaamasyaabhayaaM bhayaartasyeti /5/ athaavaapikaaH zaantaya ity amRtaayaaM zaantaye zaantir asi mahaazaanti asi bhuuyasii vasiiyasii zreyasii namo 'stu paramaayur diirgham aayuH kRNotu ma iti vizve devaa iti (AV 8.8.13) vaizvadevyaaM samaas tvaaagne (AV 2.6.1) 'bhyarcatety (AV 7.82.1) aagneyyaam /18.1/ citraagaNo bhaargavyaaM brahma jajnaanaM (AV 4.1.1) brahma bhraajad (KauzS 97.8) iti braahmyaaM bRhaspatir naH paripaatu pazcaad (AV 7.51.1) amutrabhuuyaad (AV 7.53.1) iti baarhaspatyaayaam /2/ prajaapatiH salilaad iti (AV 4.15.11) praajaapatyaayaaM vyaahRtigaNaH saavitryaaM saptasu chandaHsv RcaH kalpayitvaa gaayatryaadi gaayatryai svaahety evaM yathaachandaz chandogaNo gaayatryaaM samaas tvety (AV 2.6.1) aangirasyaam /3/ indra juSasvety (AV 2.5.1) aindryaaM tvam indras tvaM mahendro (AV 17.1.18) mahaan indro ya ojaseti (AV 20.138.1) maahendriyaaM mamaagne varca iti 'AV 5.3.1) kauberyaaM /4/ mahaazaanti zaantikalpa 16-19 (18.5-8) salilagaNa aadityaayaaM viSNor nu kam iti (AV 7.26.1) vaiSNavyaaM vaastoSpatyagaNo vaastoSpatyaayaaM rudragaNo raudryaam aparaajitagaNo 'paraajitaayaaM /18.5/ yad devaa devaheDanam iti (AV 6.114.1) yaamyaayaaM candramaa apsv antar iti (AV 18.4.89) vaaruNyaaM vaayoH savitur iti (AV 4.25.1) vaayavyaayaam praaNaaya nama iti (AV 11.4.1) saMtatyaaM yena devaM savitaaram iti (AV 19.24.1) tvaaSTryaam /6/ tvayaa manyo (AV 4.31.1) yas te manyo iti (AV 4.32.1) kaumaaryaaM nirRtimantraa nairRtyaaM marutaaM manve (AV 4.27.1) prajaaate na tvad etaany anya iti (AV 7.80.3) maarudgaNyaam azraantasya tvaa manasaa yunajmiiti (AV 19.25.1) gaandharvyaam /7/ aayuSyaH zaantiH svastigaNa airaavatyaaM satyaM bRhad ity anuvaakaH (AV 12.1) paarthivyaam abhayagaNo 'bhayaayaam iti /8/ mahaazaanti zaantikalpa 16-19 (19.1-5) praaNaaya nama iti (AV 11.4.1) vriihiyavam amRtaayaaM badhniiyaad aarabhasveti (AV 8.2.1) puutadaaruM vaizvadevyaam agneH prajaataM pari yad dhiraNyam iti (AV 19.26.1) karNe hiraNyam aagneyyaam aghadviSTaa devajaateti (AV 2.7.1) sahasrakaaNDaM bhaargavyaam /19.1/ hastivarcasam iti (AV 3.22.1) hastidantaM braahmyaam asmin vasv iti (AV 1.9.1) yugmakRSNalaM baarhaspatyaayaaM duuSyaa duuSir asiiti (AV 2.11.1) sraaktyam abhicarato 'bhicaryamaaNasya ca gobhiS Tvaa paatv RSabha iti (AV 19.27.1) trivRtaM praajaapatyaayaam /2/ akSitaas ta iti (AV 6.142.3) yavamaNiM saavitryaam uttamo 'siiti (AV 6.15.1f.) mantroktaM gaayatryaam aayam agann iti (AV 3.5.1f.) mantroktam aangirasyaaM pumaan puMsa iti (AV 3.6.1f.) mantroktam abhicarato 'bhicaryamaaNasya ca /3/ imaM badhnaami te maNiM diirghaayutvaaya tejasa iti (AV 19.28.1) darbhamaNim aindryaam abhivarteneti (AV 1.29.1) rathanemimaNiM maahendriyaam audumbareNa maNinaa puSTikaamaaya vedhasety (AV 19.31.1) audumbaraM kauberyaam /4/ yad aabadhnann iti (AV 1.35.1) yugmakRSNalam aadityaayaaM nava praaNaan iti (AV 5.28.1) trivRtaM vaiSNavyaam abhyarcatety (AV 7.82.1) audumbaraM vaaSToSpatyaayaam ayaM pratisara iti (AV 8.5.1) mantroktaM raudryaam /5/ mahaazaanti zaantikalpa 16-19 (19.6-8) nec chatrur iti (AV 2.27.1) paaTaamuulam aparaajitaayaam zatakaaNDo duzcyavana iti (AV 19.32.1) darbhamaNiM yaamyaayaaM vaataaj jaata iti (AV 4.10.1) zankhaM vaaruNyaaM jangiDo 'si (jangiDo rakSitaasi)iti (AV 19.34.1) jangiDaM vaayavyaayaaM zatavaaro aniinazad iti (AV 19.36.1) zatavaaraM saMtatyaam /19.6/ agniH suurya (AV 5.28.2) idaM varca iti (AV 19.37.1) trivRtaM tvaaSTryaaM hariNasyeti (AV 3.7.1) viSaaNaagraM kaumaaryaam aayuSo 'si prataraNam ity (AV 19.44.1) aanjanaM nairRtyaaM prajaapatiS Tvaabadhnaad ity (AV 19.46.1) astRtaM maarudgaNyaaM /7/ tvayaa puurvam ity (AV 4.37.1) aajazRngaM gaandharvyaam ehi jiivam iti (AV 4.9.1) aanjanamaNim airaavatyaam araatiiyor iti (AV 10.6.1) phaalaM paarthivyaam ayaM me varaNo maNir iti (AV 10.3.1) vaaraNam abhayaayaaM pratisaraM vaa sarvatra /19.8/ mahaazaanti according to zaantikalpa 24.2cd3ab ten gaNas beginning with zaantigaNa which are enumerated in zaantikalpa 23.1-2 and eight gaNas beginning with svastyayanagaNa which are enumerated in zaantikalpa 24.1-2ab are to be used in the mahaazaanti. zaantikalpa 24.1-2ab, 25.1-3ab-prayojyaH zaantisaMjno 'taH kRtyaaduuSaNa eva ca / caatano maatRnaamaa ca vaastoSpatyo 'tha paapmahaa /23.1/ tato yakSmopaghaatas tu tatah svapnaantikaH paraH / gaNaav aayuSyavarcasyau tathaapratirathaM smRtam /2/ ... atha svastyayanaz caiva tathaabhayaaparaajitau / zarmavarmaa tataH proktas tathaa devapuraa smRtaH /24.1/ rudraraudragaNau caiva tataz citraagaNaH paraH / zaantyaadayo dazaamnaataa aSTau svastyayanaadayaH /2/ aSTaadazagaNaiH sarvair mahaazaantiH smRtaa budhaiH / mahaazaanti aahutividhi of the amoghapaazakalparaaja 44a,1-2 [57,26-58,1] ghRtaahuti sarSapaguggulena / aSTottarasahasrahomena / sakalaviSayaraaSTranagareSu graamakarvaTajanapadeSu mahaazaanti (44a,1) bhaviSyati / mahaazaanti amoghapaazakalparaaja 44b,3 [60,1-2] arkakaaSThaM tilasarSapaM gugguluM ghRtaaktaaM juhuyaat mahaazaantir bhaviSyati / (aahutividhi) mahaazaantividhi bhaviSya puraaNa 4.143.1-46. (Kane 5: 762-763.) (tithivrata) mahaazaantivrata see yugaadi(vrata). mahaazaantivrata Kane 5: 82-84. caitra, zukla, pratipad, worship of brahmaa. mahaazaantivrata txt. naarada puraaNa 1.110.5-12ab. caitra, zukla, pratipad, worship of brahmaa. (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahaazaantivrata txt. niilamata 563-643. caitra, zukla, pratipad. navasaMvatsara. New Year Day. (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahaazaantivrata txt. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.221.11-14. caitra, zukla, pratipad, for one year, worship of brahmaa, units of time, grahas and nakSatras, and naaga as saMvatsaraadhipa. (tithyupavaasadevataarcana) (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahaazaantivrata contents. naarada puraaNa 1.110.5-12ab: 5 on caitra, zukla, pratipad brahmaa created the world, 6ab this is the beginning of the year, the beginning of vasanta and the day of baliraajya, 7a the mahaazaanti is to be done, 7b-8 prazaMsaa/effects of the mahaazaanti, 9ab worship of brahmaa in the form of agni/fire, 9cd upacaaras, 10a homas and baliharaNa, 10b braahmaNabhojana, 10cd-11ab puujaa of other deities, 11cd-12ab dakSiNaa. mahaazaantivrata vidhi. naarada puraaNa 1.110.5-12ab caitre maasi jagad brahmaa sasarja prathame 'hani / zuklapakSe samagraM vai tadaa suuryodaye sati /5/ vatsaraadau vasantaadau baliraajye tathaiva ca / puurvaviddhaiva kartavyaa pratipat sarvadaa /6/ tatra kaaryaa mahaazaantiH sarvakalmaSanaazinii / sarvotpaataprazamanii kaliduSkRtahaariNii /7/ aayuHpradaa puSTikarii dhanasaubhaagyavardhinii / mangalyaa ca pavitraa ca lokadvayasukhaavahaa /8/ tasyaam aadau tu saMpuujyo brahmaa vahnivapurdharaH / paadyaarghyapuSpadhuupaiz ca vastraalaMkaarabhojanaiH /9/ homair balyupahaaraiz ca tathaa braahmaNatarpaNaiH / tataH krameNa devebhyaH puujaa kaaryaa pRthak pRthak /10/ kRtvoMkaaranamaskaaraM kuzodakatilaakSataiH / savastraM sahiraNyaM ca tato dadyaad dvijaataye /11/ dakSiNaaM vedaviduSe vratasaMpuurtihetave / mmahaazaantivrata contents. niilamata 563-643: 563a caitra, zukla, pratipad, 563b mahaazaanti, 563cd effects, 564 worship of kaala, 565 brahmaa created the universe on this day, 566ab-628ab puujaa of various deities (566ab worship of the trimuurti, 566cd-567ab grahas and nakSatras are worshipped, 567cd-575 worship of units of time (567d saMvatsaras, etc., 568a kaala and kalpa, 568b fourteen manus, 568cd-570 an enumeration of fourteen manus, 571-573ab an enumeration of fourteen indras, 573cd four yugas, 574a five saMvatsaras, 574b two ayanas, 574c six Rtus, 574d twelve months, 575a two pakSas, 575ab fifteen tithis, 575c karaNas, muhuurtas, 575d raazis), 576 saptarSis and four, 577ac ?, 577cd-578ac lokapaalas, 578d-579a dikpaalas, 579bd-583ab dakSakanyaas, 583cd-586 various deities, 587 saptadiipas, 588 saptasaagaras, 589-590ab nine varSas, 590cd-592ab nine dviipas of the bhaaratavarSa, 592c four saagaras, 592d-593 seven paataalas, 594ab ?, 594cd saptalokas, 594ef martyaloka and alokas, 595 tattvas, 596-597ab varSaparvatas, 597cd-598ab kulaparvatas, 598cd-599ab saptagangaas, 599cd-600 eminent rivers, 601-602ab deviis, 602c dhaatR and vidhaatR, 602d seven chandas, 603 vaahanas and weapons, 604a vinaayaka, 604ac four names of skanda, 604d naigameSa, 604ef maruts, grahas, jvara, 605ab RSis and vaalakhilyas, 605c apsarasas, 605d- deva somapas (606 devagaNas, 607 twelve aadityas, 608 eight vasus, 609-610 eleven rudras, 611 ten vizve devaaH, 612ab the azvins, 612cd-613 twelve bhRgus, 614-615ab ten angiras, 615cd-616 twelve saadhyas, 617-622 fourty-nine maruts, 623ab vizvakarman, 623cd raajacihnas, 624 upacaaras, 625-628ab graha, naaga, maasa, saMvatsara, and vaara (?)), 628cd homa, 629 dakSiNaa, 630a braahmaNabhojana, 630bd feast, 631-632 different kinds of brahmins to be honored, 633ab aatmazobhaa, 633cd-643 effects (637-643 a description of brahmaloka). mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (563-573ab) (caitrazuklasamaarambhe prathame 'hani kaazyapa / pitaamahasya kartavyaa tadaa puujaa vicakSaNaiH /561/) tasminn evaahni kartavyaa mahaazaantir dvijottama / aaDhyena rakSaNaarthaaya zriyas tatpraapaNaaya ca /563/ tasminn evaahni kartavyaa puujaa kaalasya kaazyapa / tasmin kaalasya gaNanaa pravRttaa puurvam eva tu /564/ tasminn ahani vai sRSTaM brahmaNedaM jagat puraa / suuryodaya dvijazreSTha ity evam anuzuzruma /565/ puujaniiyaas tathaa devaa brahmaviSNumahezvaraaH / graharkSazaantiH kartavyaaH daivajnavidhicoditaa /566/ puujaniiyaa grahaaH sarve nakSatraaNi ca maanada / kaalasyaavayavaaH sarve ye ca saMvatsaraadayaH /567/ kaalakalpaav ubhau puujyau manavaz ca caturdaza / atiitaaz ca bhaviSyaaz ca teSaaM naamaani me zRNu /568/ svaayaMbhuvo manuH puurvaM manuH svaarociSas tathaa / auttamas taamasaz caiva raivataz caakSuSas tathaa /569/ vaivasvato 'rkasaavarNo brahmasaavarNa eva ca / bhadrezadakSasaavarNau raucyo bhautyas tathaiva ca /570/ saMpuujaniiyaa devendraas tathaa brahmaMs caturdaza / vizvabhuk ca vipazcic ca sucittiz ca nidhis tathaa /571/ vibhur manojavaz caiva tejasvii ca tathaa baDiH / adbhutaz ca tathaa zaantir vRSo devavaras tathaa /572/ Rtudhaamaa ca devendraaH zuciH zuklaz caturdaza / mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (573cd-583ab) yugaanaaM ca tathaa puujaa kartavyaa dvijasattama /573/ panca saMvatsaraaH puujyaaH puujyaM caivaayanadvayam / RtuSaTkaM tathaa puujyaM maasaa dvaadaza caapy atha /574/ dvau pakSau tithayaz caiva puujyaaH pancadazaiva tu / karaNaaz ca muhuurtaaz ca raazayaz ca pRthak pRthak /575/ mariicim atryangirasau pulastyaM pulahaM kratum / bhRguM sanatkumaaraM ca sanakaM ca sanandanam /576/ dharmaM vasiSThaM satyaM ca kaamaarthau ca hutaazanam / vasurudraMl lokapaalaaMl lokaalokanivaasinaH /577/ sudhaamaanaM zankhapaadaM ketumantaM tathaiva ca / tathaa hiraNyaromaanaM dikpaalaaMz caiva puujayet /578/ zakraadyaan braahmaNazreSTha dakSaputryas tathaiva ca / satii khyaatiH smRtiH svaahaa hy anasuuyaa tathaa svadhaa /579/ priitiH kSamaa ca saMbhuutiH saMnatiz caapy arundhatii / kiirtir lakSmiir dhRtir medhaa puSTiH zraddhaa kriyaa matiH /580/ buddhir lajjaa vasuH zaantiH tuSTiH siddhis tathaa ratiH / arundhatii vasur daazii lambaa bhaanur marutvatii /581/ saMkalpaa ca muhuurtaa ca saadyaa vizvaa ca kaazyapa / aditir ditir danuH kaalaa danaayuH siMhikaa muniH /582/ kadruuH krodhaa iraa pravaa vinataa surabhiH khazaa / mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (583cd-592ab) kRzaazvaz ca tathaa puujyaH suprabhaa ca tathaa jayaa /583/ bahuputraz ca saMpuujyas tasya patniidvayaM tathaa / patniicatuSkasaMyuktaM puujyaM caariSTaneminam /584/ RddhiM vRddhiM tathaa nidraaM dhanezaM naDakuubaram / zankhapadmau nidhii puujyau bhadrakaalii sarasvatii /585/ vedopavedavedaangavidyaasthaanaani kRtsnazaH / naagaa yakSaaH pizaacaaz ca tathaiva garuDaaruNau /586/ jambuH zaakaH kuzaH krauncaH zalmalir dviipa eva ca / gomedaH puSkaraz caiva dviipaaH puujyaaH pRthak pRthak /587/ lavaNaH kSiira aajyaz ca dadhimaNDaH surodakaH / tathaivekSurasodaz ca puNyaH svaaduudakas tathaa /588/ uttaraaH kuravaH puNyaa ramyo hairaNvatas tathaa / bhadraazvaH ketumaalaz ca varSaz caiva ilaavRtaH /589/ harivarSaH kiMpuruSo varSo bhaaratasaMjnitaH / bhaaratasya tathaa bhedaaH puujaniiyaaz ca ye nava /590/ indradyumnaM kazerumaaMs taamravarNo gabhastimaan / naagadviipas tathaa saumyo gaandharvo vaaruNas tathaa /591/ ayaM ca maanavadviipas tathaa saagarasaMvRtaH / mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (592cd-600) catvaaraH saagaraaH puujyaas tathaa paataalasaptakam /592/ rukmabhaumaH silaabhaumaH paataalo niilamRttikaH / raktabhaumaH piitabhaumaH zvetaH kRSNaksitis tathaa /593/ kaalaagnirudraH zeSaz ca varaahaz ca tathaa hariH / bhuur bhuvaH svar mahaz caiva janaz ca tapasaa saha / martyalokaas tathaalokaaH puujaniiyaa dvijottama /594/ pRthivy aapas tathaa tejaH pavanaM paM ca puujayet / manobuddhii tathaatmaanam avyaktaM puruSaM tathaa /595/ himavaan hemakuuTas ca niSadho niilaparvataH / zvetaz ca zRngavaan merur maalyavaan gandhamaadanaH /596/ parvatapravaraH puujyo yo naamnaa maanasottaraH / mahendro malayaH sahyaH zuktimaan RkSavaan api /597/ vindhyaz ca paariyaatraz ca kailaasaz ca nagottamaH / bhaagiirathii paavanii ca hlaadinii hraadinii tathaa /598/ siitaa vankSus ca sindhuz ca sapta gangaaz ca maanada / suprabhaa kaancanaakSii ca vizaalaa maanasaahradaa /599/ sarasvaty oghanaamaa ca suverur vimalodakaa / puSkaraadyaani tiirthaani vitastaadyaaz ca nimnagaaH /600/ mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (601-610) zacii vanaspatir gaurii dhuumrorNaa ruciraakRtiHi / siniivaalii kuhuu raakaa tathaa caanumatiH zubhaa /601/ aayatir niyatiH prajnaa matir velaa ca dhaariNii / devau dhaataavidhaataarau sapta cchandaMsi caapy atha /602/ airaavaNaz ca surabhir uccaiHzravasa eva ca / dhaanvantarir dhruvaz caiva zastraaNy astraaNi caapy atha /603/ vinaayakaH kumaaraz ca tathaiva ca vinaayakaaH / zaakho vizaakhaH skandaz ca naigameSas tathaiva ca / marutaz ca grahaaz caiva rogaanaam adhipo jvaraH /604/ RSayo vaalakhilyaaz ca kazyapaagastyanaaradaaH / tathaivaapsarasaH puNyaaH puujyaa devaaz ca somapaaH /605/ aadityaa vasavo rudraa vizve devaas tathaazvinau / bhRgavo 'ngirasaH saadhyaa marutaz ca mahaabalaaH /606/ dhaataa mitro 'ryamaa puuSaa zakro 'Mzo varuNo bhagaH / tvaSTaa vivasvaan savitaa viSNur dvaadaza bhaanavaH /607/ dharo dhruvaz ca bhojaz ca aapaz caivaanilaanalau / pratyuuSaz ca prabhaasaz ca vasavo 'STau prakiirtitaaH /608/ angaarakas tathaa suuryo nirRtir ghosa eva ca / ajaikapaac caahir budhnyo dhuumaketur dhvajas tathaa /609/ havanaz cezvaro mRtyuH kapaalir atha kankaNas / ekaadazaite vijneyaa rudraas tribhuvanezvaraaH /610/ mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (611-622) kratur dakSo vasuH satyaH kaalaH kaamo dhvanis tathaa / rurur bhaag danujo vizve ucyamaanaaz ca te daza /611/ naasatyadasrau vijneyaav azvinau vadataaM vara / bhuvano bhaanavaz caiva sujanyaH sujanaH tathaa /612/ tyaajaH suvaz ca muurdhaa ca dakSaz ca vyaz ca bandhukaH / prasavaz ca vyayaz caiva bhRgavo dvaadaza smRtaaH /613/ aatmaa hy aayur mano dakSo madaH praaNas tathaiva ca / haviSmaaMz ca gaviSThaz ca RtuH satyas tathaiva ca /614/ ity ete 'ngirasaH putraa daza devaa mahaabalaaH / mano madaz ca praaNaz ca naro paalaz ca viiryavaan /615/ ditir hayo nayaz caiva haMso naaraayaNas tathaa / vibhuz caapi prabhuz caapi saadhyaa dvaadaza kiirtitaaH /616/ ekajyotir dvijyotiz ca trijyotir jyotir eva ca / ekacakro dvicakraz ca tricakraz ca mahaabalaH /617/ Rtajit satyajic caiva suSeNaH senajit tathaa / agnimitro 'rimitraz ca prabhamitro 'paraajitaH /618/ Rtaz ca Rtavaan dhartaa nidhartaa varuNo dhruvaH / vidhaaraNo naama tathaa devadevo mahaabalaH /619/ iidRkSaz caapy adRkSaz ca ihaadRk caamitaazanaH / kRtinaH prasakRd dakSaH samaraz ca mahaayazaaH /620/ dhaataa hy ugro dhanur bhiima abhiyuktaH sadaasahaH / dyutir vasuratho 'dRzyo vaamaH kaamajayo viraaT /621/ ete hy ekonapancaazan marutaH parikiirtitaaH /622/ mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (623-633ab) vizvakarmaa tathaa puujyaH sarvazilpapravartakaH / aayudhaM vaahanaM chattram aasanaM cihnadundubhii /623/ saMpuujyaa vidhivad brahman gandhamaalyaanulepanaiH / diipadhuupapradaanaiz ca naivedyaiz ca pRthak pRthak /624/ eteSaaM puujanaM kRtvaa puujaniiyaa vizeSataH / graho naagas tathaa maaso yaH syaat saMvatsaraprabhuH / graho bhaviSyadvarSaz ca tathaa maasasya vaarakaH /625/ daivajnavaktraad vijneyau grahamaasau vicakSaNaiH / daivajnaad eva vijneyaM maasavarSaM ca vaarakam /626/ eteSaaM puujanaM kaaryaM bahvannakusumotkaraiH / phalavedaat tathaa jnaatvaa naagavarSasya vaarakam /627/ tasya puujaa prayoktavyaa bhakSyabhojyapuraHsaraa / tato 'gnihavanaM kaaryaM sarveSaam anupuurvazaH /628/ oMkaarapuurvakaM brahman ghRtaakSatayavais tilaiH / taan pRthak pRthag uddizya deyaa vipreSu dakSiNaa /629/ braahmaNaa bhojaniiyaaz ca suhRtsaMbandhibaandhavaaH / vizeSavac ca bhoktavyaM kaaryaM ca mahad utsavam /630/ puujaniiyaa dvijazreSTha tathaa jyotiSakaa dvijaaH / dhanadhaanyaughavastraiz ca puujyaaz ca dvijapuMgavaaH /631/ phalavedavidaz caiva itihaasavidaz ca ye / vaacakaaH puujaniiyaaz ca dakSiNaabhimukhaa dvija /632/ aatmazobhaa ca kartavyaa puSpaalaMkaaradhuupanaiH / mahaazaantivrata vidhi. niilamata 563-643 (633cd-643) kathiteyaM mahaazaantiH sarvaaghavinisuudanii /633/ sarvotpaataprazamanii kaliduHsvapananaazinii / aayuHpradaa puSTikarii dhanasaubhaagyavardhinii /634/ vyaadhizatruprazamanii raajyaraaSTravivardhinii / mangalyaa ca pavitraa ca lokadvayasukhaavahaa /635/ caitramaasasamaarambhe ye mayaabhihitaas tava / te sarve brahmasadanaM tadaa yaanti dvijottama /636/ braahmii sabhaa kaamaruupa vizeSeNa sadaanagha / dhaarayaty acalaM ruupam anirdezyaM manoharam /637/ tasyaaM sabhaayaaM brahmaaNam anirdezyavisaMyutam / yathoktaas tu namasyanti hy upaasanti stuvanti ca /638/ vizvaavasuH zaaliziraa gandharvau ca hahaahuhuu / naaradapramukhaaz caanye gaayante ca jagadgurum /639/ upanRtyanti devezaM devaraamaaH sahasrazaH / urvazii menakaa rambhaa mizrakezii hy alambuSaa /640/ vizvaacii ca ghRtaacii ca pancacuulaa tilottamaa / saanumaty amalaa vandaa praadhaanyena tathetaraaH /641/ tadaa pitaamaho devaH sarvadevasamaagame / abde niyunkte maanuSe grahaadiiMs tatra paalakaan /642/ kRtvopaasaaM jagadbhartur yaanti sthaanaany ataH param / svaani svaan dvijazreSTha hRStapuSTaa divaukasaH /643/ mahaazaantivrata contents. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.221.11-14: 11ab caitra, zukla, pratipad, 11cd upavaasa and puujaa of brahmaa, 12ab for one year, 12cd-13 worship of units of time, grahas and nakSatras, and naaga as saMvatsaraadhipa, 14ab effects, 14cd on this day brahmaa created the world. mahaazaantivrata vidhi. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.221.11-14 caitramaasasya yaa zukle prathamaa pratipad bhavet / tadahni brahmaNaH kRtvaa sopavaasas tu puujanam /11/ saMvatsaram aapnoti saukhyaani bhRgunandana / kaalasyaavayavaaH sarve tasminn ahani puujitaaH /12/ graharkSaaNi ca dharmajna saukhyaM dadyaad anuttamam / saMvatsaraadhipaM naagaM tasminn ahani puujayet /13/ grahebhyaH saukhyam aapnoti svaasthyam agryaM tathaiva ca / tatraahni brahmaNaa sRSTaM trilokyaM prathamaM dvija /14/ mahaazakari a fish which can be eaten. BaudhDhS 1.12.8 matsyaaH sahasradaMSTraz cilicimo varmibRhacchiromahaazakarirohitaraajiivaaH /8/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mahaazakti txt. skanda puraaNa 1.2.47 siddhaambikaadicaturdazamahaazaktimaahaatmya. (bahuudakatiirthamaahaatmya) (mahiisaagarasaMgama) (kaumaarikaakhaNDa) mahaazalka its flesh is a food in the zraaddha, satisfaction of the pitRs for infinite time. ParGSPZ [531,26] athaakSayyatRptiH khaDgamaaMsaM kaalazaakaM lohacchaagamaaMsaM madhu mahaazalko26. mahaazankha yonitantra 3.9cd mahaazankhena kalyaani sarvaM kaaryaM japaadikam // mahaazankhaamudraa sarvatathaagatatattvasaMgraha 15.4: 1601. mahaazmazaana bibl. Gudrun Buehnemann, 2007, "zivalingas and caityas in representations of the eight cremation grounds from Nepal," in B. Kellner, H. Krasser, H. Lasic, M.T. Much and H. Tauscher eds., pramaaNakiirtiH: Papers dedicated to Ernst Steinkellner on the Occasion of his 70th Birthday, Wien: Arbeitskreis fuer Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universitaet Wien, pp. 23-35. mahaazraavaNii see mahaapuurNimaa*. mahaazraavaNii especially meritorious in kedaara. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.127c zaalagraame mahaacaitrii kRtapuNyaa mahaatithiH / gangaadvaare tu mahatii vaizaakhii puNyadaa smRtaa /126/ puruSottame mahaajyaiSThii mahaaSaaDhii zRnkhale / mahaazraavaNii kedaare mahaapuNyatamaa mataa /127/ mahaabhaadrii badaryaaM ca kujo 'pi syaan naras tathaa / mahaakaarttikii puSkare ca kaanyakubje tathottare /128/ mahatii maargaziirSe syaad ayodhyaayaaM tathottare / mahaapauSii puNyatamaa maahaamaaghii prayaagataH /129/ mahaaphaalgunii naimiSe ca nirdiSTaaH syur mahaaphalaaH /130/ mahaazrama a tiirtha. mbh 3.82.48 mahaazrame vased raatriM sarvapaapapramocane / ekakaalaM niraahaaro lokaan aavasate zubhaan /48/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) mahaazrama a tiirtha. padma puraaNa 3.32.17cd-18ab mahaazrame vased raatriM sarvapaapapramocane /17/ ekakaalaM niraahaaro lokaan saMvasate zubhaan / (tiirthayaatraa) mahaazrama a tiirtha. mbh 13.26.16 mahaazrama upaspRzya yo 'gnihotraparaH zuciH / ekamaasaM niraahaaraH siddhiM maasena sa vrajate /16/ (tiirthaprazaMsaa) mahaazrii appears in the padmakula of the maNDalas described in the daranishuukyou and the ichijibucchourinnoukyou. (H. Yamashita, 1979, "manjuzriimuulakalpa no maNDala to Seiritsu no Mondai," Touhoku Indogaku Shukyougakkai Ronshu, 5, pp. 4-5.) mahaazuudra KauzS 17.16 mahaazuudra upasincati. In the raajaabhiSeka. mahaazvetaa see SaDakSaramantra: of mahaazvetaa. mahaazvetaa a mantra recited at the upavaasa. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.82.5cd-8ab upavaasaM ca ye kuryur aadityasya dine sadaa /5/ japanti ca mahaazvetaaM te labhante yathepsitam / vizeSataH suuryadine japamaano gaNaadhipa /7/ SaDakSaraM tathaa zvetaaM gacched vairocanaM padam / (aadityavaaravrata) mahaazvetaa a mantra recited when he remains standing up to the sunset, turning his face to the sun, while resting on a stick made of raktacandana. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.89.3-5 aadityaabhimukhas tiSThed yaavad astamanaM raveH / japamaano mahaazvetaaM laabham aazritya suvrata /3/ caturhastam RjuM zlakSNam avraNaM susamaM dRDham / raktacandanavRkSasya stambhaM kRtvaa gaNaadhipa /4/ tam aazritya mahaabhaktyaa devadevaM divaakaram / pazyamaano japaJ zvetaaM tiSThed astamanaad raveH /5/ mahaazvetaa a mantra recited when he sleeps in front of suurya, cf. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.81.9ab upavaasaparaH SaSThyaam abdezaM puujayed budhaH / gandhapuSpopahaaraiz ca bhaktyaa zraddhaasamanvitaH /7/ prakalpya puujaaM bhuumau tu devasya purataH svapet / japamaanas tu gaayatriiM saurasuuktam athaapi vaa /8/ akSaraM vaa mahaazvetaM SaDakSaram athaapi vaa / (vijayasaptamiivrata) mahaazvetaa a mantra recited when he sleeps in front of suurya, cf. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.86.4 evaM puujya vivasvantaM tasyaiva purato nizi / bhuumau svapiti vai viira japaJ zvetaaM mahaamate /4/ (aadityavaaravrata, putradavidhi) mahaazvetaa a mantra recited. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.92.4d, 7d sopavaaso gaNazreSTha aadityagrahaNe zuciH / yajamaano mahaazvetaaM khapoSam atha vaa zivam /3/ puujayej jagataam iizaM tamonaazanam aazugam / puujayitvaa khapoSaM tu mahaazvetaaM tato japet /4/ ... kuryaad dhomaM tilaiH snaataH sarpiSaa ca vizeSataH / aadityagrahavelaayaaM japeJ chvetaaM mahaamate /7/ (aadityavaaravrata, mahaazvetaapriyavidhi) mahaazvetaa kRtyakalpataru, vratakaaNDa 9, hemaadri, vratakhaNDa: hriiM hriiM saH. mahaazvetaa a Buddhist goddess, appears in the padmakula of the two maNDalas described in the manjuzriimuulakalpa, chap. 2 and ichijibucchourinnnoukyou. (H. Yamashita, 1979, "manjuzriimuulakalpa no maNDala to Seiritsu no Mondai," Touhoku Indogaku Shukyougakkai Ronshu, 5, pp. 4-5.) mahaazvetaa her mantra. amoghapaazakalparaaja 16a,2-3 oM mahaapadme (2) zvetaange huru huru svaahaa // mahaazvetaamudraa bhaviSya puraaNa 1.49.28-30 padmavat prasRtaaH sarvaa mahaazvetaa raveH smRtaa / javasaMnihito nityaM rathaaruuDho raviH smRtaH /28/ hastaav uurdhvamukhau kRtvaa vaamaanguSThena yojitau / dravyaaNaaM zodhane yojyaa rakSaarthaM ca vizeSataH /29/ anayaa mudrayaa sarvaM rakSitaM zodhitaM bhavet / arghyaM dattvaa prayoktavyaa puujaante ca vizeSataH /30/ (aadityasya nityaaraadhanavidhi) mahaazvetaamudraa amoghapaazakalparaaja 15a,6-7 kudmalaantyasamaapadmaa prasaayaanguSThareva(>anguSTham eva) ca kanyasaamaatra kunceta mahaazvetaa (6) divyaM mudraa sarvasiddhir anuttaraaH. cf. sarvatathaagatatattvasaMgraha 15.4: 1601. mahaazvetaapriyavidhi(vrata) see aadityavaara. mahaazvetaapriyavidhi(vrata) txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.92.1-14ab. Sunday, solar eclipse, worship of mahaazvetaa. Kane 5: 378. mahaazvetaapriyavidhi(vrata) contents. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.92.1-14ab: 1 solar eclipse, Sunday, 2 puujaa and its effect, 3-5ab upavaasa and worship of mahaazvetaa and suurya, 5cd-7ab an image of mahaazvetaa is placed, a sthaNDila is made outside of it and homa is performed, 7cd during the solar eclipse the mahaazvetaa is recited, 8-9ab after the eclipse he bathes, worships mahaazvetaa and suurya, requests brahmins to say (puNyaaha) and eats by himself, 9cd-14ab effects of religious acts on this occasion. mahaazvetaapriyavidhi(vrata) vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.92.1-14ab (1-9ab) brahmovaaca // yas tv aadityagrahasyaasya vaaro devasya suvrata / zasyaH prokto priyo loke khyaato gozrutibhuuSaNaH /1/ yas tu puujayate tasmin patangaM patagapriyam / gandhapuSpopahaarais tu suuryalokaM sa gacchati /2/ sopavaaso gaNazreSTha aadityagrahaNe zuciH / yajamaano mahaazvetaaM khapoSam atha vaa zivam /3/ puujayej jagataam iizaM tamonaazanam aazugam / puujayitvaa khapoSaM tu mahaazvetaaM tato japet /4/ puujayitvaa mahaazvetaaM raviM devaM samarcayet / mahaazvetaaM pratiSThaapya gandhapuSpaiH supuujitaam /5/ tasyaa eva bahiH kaaryaM sthaNDilaM susamaahitaH / zucau bhuumivibhaage tu viiraM saMsthaapya yatnataH /6/ kuryaad dhomaM tilaiH snaataH sarpiSaa ca vizeSataH / aadityagrahavelaayaaM japeJ chvetaaM mahaamate /7/ mukte dinakare pazcaat snaanaM kRtvaa samaahitaH / puujayitvaa mahaazvetaaM khagolkaM ca grahaadhipam /8/ braahmaNaan vaacayitvaa ca tato bhunjiita vaagyataH / mahaazvetaapriyavidhi(vrata) vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.92.1-14ab (9cd-14ab) aadityagrahayukte 'smin vaare tripurasuudana /9/ yat karma kriyate puNyaM tat sarvaM zubhadaM bhavet / snaanadaanajapaadiinaaM karmaNaaM govRSadhvaja /10/ anantaM hi phalaM teSaaM bhavaty asmin na saMzayaH / kRtaanaaM tu gaNazreSTha bhaaskarasya vaco yathaa /11/ tasmaad dvijagaNaiH kaaryaM puNyakarma vicakSaNaiH / ekabhaktaM ca naktaM ca upavaasaM gaNaadhipa /12/ ye vaadityadine kuryus te yaanti paramaM padam / dharmyaM puNyaM yazasyaM ca putriiyaM kaamadaM tathaa /13/ tasmin daanam apuupasya godaanena samaM bhavet / mahad bhuutam AzvGS 3.9.6 na saMzayam abhyaapadyeta mahad vai bhuutaM snaatako bhavaatiiti vijnaayate. mahadruupa :: prajaapati, see prajaapati :: mahadruupa. mahaduktha see mahad uktha. mahad uktha see mahaavrata. mahad uktha recited by the hotR, in response to the mahaavrata saaman at the midday service of the last but one day of the gavaamayana. It is also called bRhad uktham. Eggeling, ZB, part IV, notes to pp. 110-113. mahad uktha Eggeling's note 3 on ZB 8.6.2.2: That is, the so-called Great Litany (mahad uktham) recited, by the hotR, in response to the mahaavrata-saama, or Chant of the Great Rite, at the midday service of the last but one day -- the so-called mahaavrata day -- of the sacrificial session called 'gavaam ayana,' or 'cows' walk.' The Great Litany consists of numerous hymns, and some detached verses and prose formulas; the whole matter recited being stated to amount to as many syllables as would make up a thousand bRhatii verses (of thirty-six syllables each) -- or 36,000 syllables in all. From an analysis I have made of the mahad uktham (or bRhad uktham, as it is also called) as contained in MS. Ind. Off. 1729 D, I find it very difficult to check the accuracy of this statement; my own calculation yielding somewhere about 37,200 syllables. By leaving out of account the prose formulas, as well as certain repetitions, this gross amount might, however, be reduced to something approximating the stated number of syllables; and, indeed, the calculation was probably not meant to be a stritly accurate one. mahad uktha it denotes what the hotR recites while he sits on a prenkha in the mahaavrata. KS 34.5 [38,19-20] aasandiim aaruhyodgaataa mahaavratenodgaayati prenkham aaruhya hotaa mahad u19ktham anuzaMsaty adhiSThaane 'dhiSThaayaadhvaryuu pratigRNiitaH kuurceSv itara aa20sate. (mahaavrata) mahad uktha not to be recited for another. ZB 10.5.2.5 tayor vaa etayoH / ubhayor etasya caarciSa etasya ca puruSasyaitan maNDalaM pratiSThaa tasmaan mahad ukthaM parasmai na zaMsen ned etaaM pratiSThaaM chinadaa ity etaaM ha sa pratiSThaaM chintte yo mahad ukthaM parasmai zamsati tasmaad ukthazasaM bhuuyiSThaM paricakSate pratiSThaachinno hi bhavatiity adhidevatam // mahad uktha the zatarudriya is identified with the mahad uktha. ZB 9.1.1.44 tad aahuH / katham asyaitac chatarudriyaM mahad uktham aapnoti kathaM mahatokthena sampadyata iti yaany amuuni pancaviMzatir yajuuMSy abhito 'ziitiiH sa pancaviMza aatmaa yatra vaa aatmaa yad eva ziras tat pakSapuchaany atha yaa aziitayaH saivaaziitiinaam aaptir aziitibhir hi mahad uktham aakhyaayate 'tha yad uurdhvam aziitibhyo yad evaado mahata ukthasyordhvam aziitibhya etad asya tad evam u haasyaitac chatarudriyaM mahad uktham aapnoty evaM mahatokthena sampadyate /44/ (agnicayana, zatarudriyahoma) mahaikoddiSTa txt. AzvGPZ 3.10 [170.20-171.2]. mahaikoddiSTa txt. Klaus-Werner Mueller, 1992, Das brahmanische Totenritual nach der antyeSTipaddhati des naaraayaNabhaTTa: 4.30 pp. 150-151. mahaikoddiSTa vidhi. AzvGPZ 3.10 [170.20-171.2] 10 mahaikoddiSTavidhiH /20 athaikoddiSTavidhir eka uddezya eko braahmaNa ekam arghyapaatraM paaNaav ekaahutis tadahar ni21mantraNaM na daivaM na dhuupadiipau na svadhaa pitRRn namaHzabdenaavaahanaM naabhizravaNaM kRtapa22cchaucam aacaantaM braahmaNaM parizrityodanmukha upavezya paarvaNavad aacamanaadi kuryaat /23 tilo 'si mantreNa svadhayaa pitRRn imaan ity uuhas tuuSNiiM vaa tilaavapanaM tuuSNiiM nivedyokta24vad dattvaa tat paatraM nyubjaM nidhaayoktavad aacchaadanaantaM bhojanaarthaad annaad uddhRtya ghRtaaktaM25 kRtvaa braahmaNasya paaNau darbhaan antardhaaya devadatta svaaheti sakRdavadaanenaikaam aahutiM juhu26yaat sarvahutam agnau praasyet / atha tRpte bhuktazeSamaatreNaitat te kaazyapagootra devadattety ekaH27 piNDaH zundhataaM piteti ninayanamantraNaadi tuuSNiim / naatra patniiM praazayet / dakSiNaaM171,1 dattvaabhiramyataam iti visrjayet /10/2 maharjanatapoloka its description. skanda puraaNa 4.22. mahartvij see Rtvij. mahartvij nirvacana. TB 3.8.2.4 azvasya vaa aalabdhasya mahimodakraamat / sa mahartvijaH praavizat / tan mahartvijaaM mahartviktvam / yan mahartvijaH praaznanti / mahimaanam evaasmin tad dadhati / (azvamedha, brahmaudana) mahartvij an enumeration. BharZS 10.1.3 caturo vRNaano mahartvijo vRNiite 'dhvaryuM brahmaaNaM hotaaram udgaataaram iti /3/ (agniSToma, RtvigvaraNa at the beginning of the agniSToma) mahas an abhicaara ekaaha. ZankhZS 14.22.4 saMdaMzaanustomaav iSuvajrau zyenaajirau mRtyvantakau kSurapaviziirSacchidau mahaH zyenaz caabhicaraNiiyaaH /4/ mahas Gonda. 1959. The meaning of Sanskrit mahas and its relatives. JOIB 8: 234-269. Selected Studies, II, p. 450. mahas majesty. Gonda, Journal Or. Institute Baroda, 8 (1959), p. 234ff. mahas PB 5.5.9-10 prenkham aaruhya hotaa zaMsati mahasa eva tad ruupaM kriyate /9/ yadaa vai prajaa maha aavizati prenkhaaMs tarhy aarohanti /10/ mahas see devaanaaM mahas :: yajna. mahas :: adhvaryu. GB 1.5.15 [131,16-132,1]. mahas (mantra) :: antarikSa. ZB 12.3.4.7 (sattra/gavaamayana). mahas :: antarikSa. GB 1.5.15 [131,7]. mahas :: griiSma. GB 1.5.15 [131,13]. mahas :: pancadaza. GB 1.5.15 [131,14]. mahas :: pazavaH. ZB 11.8.1.3. mahas :: plenkha, see plenkha :: mahas (TB). mahas :: praaNa. GB 1.5.15 [132,1-2]. mahas :: pratiicii. GB 1.5.15 [131,11-12]. mahas :: rudraaH. GB 1.5.15 [131,9]. mahas :: svarga loka. TB 3.8.18.5. mahas :: triSTubh. GB 1.5.15 [131,10]. mahas (mantra) :: vaayu. ZB 12.3.4.8 (sattra/gavaamayana). mahas :: vaayu. GB 1.5.15 [131,8]. mahas (mantra) :: yajurveda. ZB 12.3.4.9 (sattra/gavaamayana). mahas :: yajurveda. GB 1.5.15 [131,15]. mahas ApZS 19.7.6 upayaamagRhiito 'sy aindraM balam indraaya tvaa sutraamNe juSTaM gRhNaamiiti gRhiitvaa pavitreNa parimRjyaiSa te yonir mahase tveti saadayati /6/ a mantra used at the drawing of suraa in the kaukiliisautraamaNii; in the previous two mantras instead of mahase modaaya (suutra 4) and aanandaaya (suutra 5) appear. mahasu devta Census of India 1961, Vol. XX, Pt. VI, no. 3, p.24; 26; 27; no. 11, p.47. local deity. mahat a rite to obtain mahat, see mahatkaama. mahat :: anta. AB 5.12.6. mahat :: anta. AA 1.5.3 [99,6]. mahat :: prajaapati. PB 4.10.2. mahat a snaataka is a great being (mahat). AzvGS 3.9.8 mahad vai bhuutaM snaatako bhavatiiti vijnaayate // (snaatakadharma) mahat see appearance of the moon. mahat an auspicious appearance of the sun which indicates kSema and aarogya. paraazara quoted by utpala in his commentary on bRhatsaMhitaa 3.32 [95.9-10] ... mahaan parimaNDalaH kukSimaan vizaalo ghRtamaNDalanibhaH kSemaarogyakaraH / ... . mahat an auspicious appearance of the moon. bRhatsaMhitaa 4.18cd-20 svalpo durbhikSakaro mahaan subhikSaavahaH proktaH /18/ mahatii devataa see mahaadeva. mahatiidvaadazii(vrata) zraavaNa and aazvina, zukla, dvaadazii, zravaNa. txt. and vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.8.65 zraavaNe caazvine caiva labhyate dvaadaziidine / zravaNena samaayuktaa mahatii saa prakiirtitaa /65/ (tithivrata) mahatiidvaadazii bhaadrapada, zukla, dvaadazii. txt. and vidhi. niilamata 767-768 vitastotsavamadhye tu zuklaa dvaadazii dvija / sopavaado hariM devaM puujayeta vicakSaNaH /767/ eSaa dhruvaa vinirdiSTaa seSaaH kaaryaa na vaa dvija / mahatii saa vinirdiSTaa dvaadazii sarvadaa zubhaa /768/ (tithivrata) mahatiidvaadazii dvaadazii, Wednesday, txt. and vidhi. niilamata 769-770ab dvaadazii budhasaMyuktaa mahaty api ca kiirtitaa / tasyaaM japyaM tathaa snaanaM daanaM zraaddhaadikaM tathaa /769/ proktavaan dvaadazaguNaM svayaM me madhusuudanaH / (tithivrata) mahatii puujaa try to find it in other CARDs. mahatii puujaa see udaaraa puujaa. mahatii puujaa manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [668,22-25] maasena bhikSaahaaraH zuklacaturdazyaam ekaraatroSitaH paTasyaagrato mahatiiM puujaaM kRtvaa pratimaayaa paadau gRhya taavaj japed yaavac calitaacalitevaadRzyo? bhavati / sarvasiddhaanaaM raajaa bhavati / mahatkaama* ZB 14.9.3.1-14 (BAU 6.3.1-14) (1-3) sa yaH kaamayate / mahat praapnuyaam ity udagayana aapuuryamaaNapakSe puNyaahe dvaadazaaham upasadvratii bhuutvaudumbare kaMse camase vaa sarvauSadhaM phalaaniiti sambhRtya parisamuhya parilipyaagnim upasamaadhaayaavRtaajyaM saMskRtya puMsaa nakSatreNa manthaM saMniiya juhoti /1/ yaavanto davaas tvayi jaatavedaH / tiryanco ghnanti puruSasya kaamaan / tebhyo 'haM bhaagadheyaM juhomi te maa tRptaaH kaamais tarpayantu svaahaa /2/ yaa tirazcii nipadyase 'haM vidharaNii iti / taaM tvaa ghRtasya dhaarayaa yaje saMraadhaniim ahaM svaahaa / prajaapate na tvad etaany anya iti tRtiiyaaM juhoti /3/ mahatkaama* ZB 14.9.3.1-14 (BAU 6.3.1-14) (4-6) jyeSThaaya svaahaa zreSThaaya svaaheti / agnau hutvaa manthe saMsravam avanayati praaNaaya svaahaa vasiSThaayai svaahety agnau hutvaa manthe saMsravam avanayati vaace svaahaa pratiSThaayai svaahety agnau ... cakSuSe svaahaa sampade svaahety agnau ... zrotraaya svaahaayatanaaya svaahety agnau ... manase svaahaa prajaatyai svaahety agnau ... retase svaahety agnau /4/ bhuutaaya svaahety / agnau ... bhaviSyate svaahety agnau ... vizvaaya svaahety agnau ... sarvaaya svaahety agnau ... /5/ pRthivyai svaaheti / agnau ... antarikSaaya svaahety agnau ... dive svaahety agnau ... digbhyaH svaahety agnau ... brahmaNe svaahety agnau ... kSatraaya svaahety agnau ... /6/ mahatkaama* ZB 14.9.3.1-14 (BAU 6.3.1-14) (7-10) bhuuH svaaeti / agnau ... bhuvaH svaahety agnau ... svaH svaahety agnau ... bhuur bhuvaH svaH svaahety agnau ... /7/ agnaye svaaheti / agnau ... somaaya svaahety agnau ... tejase svaahety agnau ... zriyai svaahety agnau ... lakSmyai svaahety agnau ... savitre svaahety agnau ... sarasvatyai svaahety agnau ... vizvebhyo devebhyaH svaahety agnau ... prajaapataye svaahety agnau hutvaa manthe saMsravam avanayati /8/ athainam abhimRzati / bhram asi jvalad asi puurNam asi prastabdham asy ekasabham asi hiMkRtam asi hiMkriyamaaNam asy udgiitham asy udgiiyamaanam asi zraavitam asi pratyaazraavitam asy aardre saMdiiptam asi vibhuur asi prabhuur asi jyotir asy annam asi nidhanam asi saMvargo 'siiti /9/ athainam udyachati / aamo 'sy aamaM hi te mayi sa hi raajezaano 'dhipatiH sa maa raajezaano 'dhipatiM karotv iti /10/ mahatkaama* ZB 14.9.3.1-14 (BAU 6.3.1-14) (11-14) athainam aacaamati / tat savitur vareNyam madhu vaataa Rtaayate madhu kSaranti sindhavaH maadhviir naH santv oSadhiiH bhuuH svaahaa /11/ bhargo devasya dhiimahi / madhu naktam utoSasii madhumat paarthivaM rajaH madhu dyaur astunaH pitaa bhuvaH svaahaa /12/ dhiyo yo naH pracodayaat / madhumaan no vanaspatir madhumaaM astu suuryaH maadhviir gaa vo bhavantu naH svaH svaaheti sarvaaM ca saavitriim anvaaha sarvaaz ca madhumatiiH sarvaaz ca vyaahRtiir aham evedaM sarvaM bhuuyaasaM bhuur bhuvaH svaH svaahety antata aacamya prakSaalya paaNii jaghanenaagniM praakziraaH saMvizati /13/ praatar aadityam upaiSThate / dizaam ekapuNDariikam asy ahaM manuSyaaNaam ekapuNDariikaM bhuuyaasam iti yathetam etya jaghanenaagnim aasino vaMzaM japati /14/ mahat paatra a big paatra made of udumbara is used in the saakaMprasthaayiiya. TS 2.5.4.3-4 mahataa puurNaM hotavyaM tRpta evainam indraH prajayaa pazubhis tarpayati / daarupaatreNa juhoti na hi mRnmayam aahutim aanaza / audumbaram /3/ bhavaty uurg vaa udumbara uurk pazava uujraivaismaa uurjam pazuun avarunddhe / (saakaMprasthaayiiya) mahat paatra a big paatra made of udumbara is used in the saakaMprasthaayiiya. BaudhZS 17.48 [328,16-17; 329,1-6] atha vai bhavati "saakaMprasthaayiiyena yajeta15 pazukaama" (TS 2.5.4.3) ity etayeSTyaa yakSyamaaNa upakalpayata audumbaraM16 mahat paatraM prabhuutam aajyam ity ... prasiddham aagneyena caritvetarayor haviSor audumbare329,1 mahati paatre samavadyann aahendraayaanubruuhiiti mahendraayeti vaa2 yadi mahendrayaajii bhavati "mahataa puurNaM hotavyam" (TS 2.5.4.3) ity atyaakra3myaazraavyaahendraM yajeti mahendram iti vaa yadi mahendrayaajii4 bhavati vaSaTkRte sahaiva paatreNa juhoti "tRpta evainam indraH5 prajayaa pazubhis tarpayati" (TS 2.5.4.3) iti braahmaNam. (saakaMprasthaayiiya) mahaujasatiirthamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.3.59. (arbudakhaNDa, indra, having committed a brahmahatyaa, was released) mahauSadha khadira is so called. zaantikalpa 21.4-5 oSadhiiM khadiraM caivaapaamaargaM mahauSadham / bajapingau zatiMgaM ca zaalmalaM malayaa saha /4/ oSadhiiM sahamaanaaM tu pRzniparNiiM tathaa paraam / ajazRngiiM samasyaitaam amantraM juhuyaat sakRt /5/ (amRtaa mahaazaanti) mahauSadhi see oSadhi. mahauSadhi a mantra is named mahauSadhayaH, its effect and the mantra. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii [14.8-14] imaaH punar aananda mahauSadhayo brahmaNaa sahaapatinaa bhaaSitaaH zakreNa devaanaam indreNa caturbhiz ca mahaaraajair aSTaaviMzatibhiz ca mahaayakSasenaapatiz ca. yo hy aananda aasaaM mahauSadhiinaaM naamasu gRhyamaaneSu kaz cit praduSTacitta upasaMkraamet saptadhaasya sphuTo muurdhaa arjakasyeva manjarii, tad yathaa. kiirtimuule eramuule eraNDamuule samantamuule aDanaaDe kuzanaaDe itte mitte paaru aDakaa maraDakaa ilikizi godohikaa udvandhamaabhi bhinne medaa namo buddhaanaam. maheccha a personality ruled by ketu. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.37cd pratyantadhanimahecchavyavasaayaparaakramopetaaH /37/ mahendra indra became mahendra after killing vRtra. ZB 1.6.4.21 tac caike / mahendraayeti kurvantiindro vaa eSa puraa vRtrasya vadhaad atha vRtra hatvaa yathaa mahaaraajo vijigyaana evaM mahendro 'bhavat tasmaan mahendraayeti. (N. Nishimura, 2002, Dissertation Tohoku Univ, p. 181.) mahendra indra became mahendra after killing vRtra. JB 2.234 [260,14-16]. (caaturmaasya as an ekaaha) mahendra see mahendrayaajin. mahendra worshipped by offering siMha, nakula, vyaaghra in the azvamedha. TS 5.5.21 suparNaH paarjanyo haMso vRko vRSadaMzas ta aindraa apaam udro 'ryamNe lopaazaH siMho nakulo vyaaghras te mahendraaya kaamaaya parasvaan /21/ (devataa) mahendra worshipped on the amaavaasyaa in the darzapuurNamaasa in case of offering of saaMnaayya. BaudhZS 1.16-17 [25,8-9, 10-11,14-18] athopastiiryottarasya puroDaazasyaaparaardhaad avadyann aa8ha ... amaavaasyaayaam asaMnayata indraayeti saMnayato mahendraayeti10 vaa yadi mahendrayaajii bhavati ... athopastiirya dviH puroDaaza14syaavadyann aahendraayaanubruuhiiti mahendraayeti vaa yadi mahendrayaajii15 bhavati dviH puroDaazasyaavadyati dviH zRtasya dvir dadhno 'bhi16ghaarayati pratyanakty atyaakramyaazraavyaahendraM yajeti mahendram iti vaa17 yadi mahendrayaajii bhavati vaSaTkRte juhoty. (darzapuurNamaasa, pradhaanahoma) mahendra worshipped by offering dadhi in the raajasuuya. KS 15.1 [210,7-8] aagneyo 'STaakapaalo mahendriiyaM da7dhi vaasaH kSaumaM dakSiNaa. (raajasuuya, aanumataadi) mahendra worshipped by offering dadhi in the raajasuuya. MS 2.6.1 [64,12-13] zvo bhuuta aagneyo 'STaakapaalo maahendraM dadhi12 vaasaH kSaumaM dakSiNaa /1/13. (raajasuuya, aanumataadi) mahendra worshipped in the annual birthday rite of the king. AVPZ 18b.1.2-4 punantu maa (AV 6.19.1) vaayoH puuto (AV 6.51.1) vaizvaanaro razmibhir (AV 6.52.1) ity pavitraiH puNyaahaadiini ca mangalair yajamaanaM ca saMprokSya yad aabadhnann iti (AV 1.35.1) puSpaadyalaMkaaraM varjayitvaa maahendraM caruM zrapayet /2/ lokapaalebhyaz ca dvitiiyaM caruM zrapayet /3/ mahaaM indro ya ojaseti suuktena (AV 20.138) tRtiiyaayaaM hy agnau hutvaa indraaya svaahetyaadi lokapaalaaMz ceSTvaa ... . mahendra worshipped as a devataa of the east in the rangadaivatapuujana. naaTyazaastra 3.25 naaraayaNo mahendraz ca skandaH suuryo 'zvinau zazii / sarasvatii ca lakSmiiz ca zraddhaa medhaa ca puurvataH /25/ mahendra worshipped by offering modaka in the rangadaivatapuujana. naaTyazaastra 3.37cd brahmaaNaM madhuparkeNa paayasena sarasvatiim / zivaviSNumahendraadyaaH saMpuujyaaH modakair atha /37/ mahendra a mountain belonging to the southern part of the kuurmavibhaaga. bRhatsaMhitaa 14.11 atha dakSiNena lankaa kaalaajinasaurikiirNataalikaTaaH / girinagaramalayadarduramahendramaalindyabharukacchaaH /11/ mahendra a mountain ruled by Mars. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.10cd uttarapaaNDyamahendraadrivindhyamalayopagaaz colaaH /10/ mahendra a tiirtha/a mountain. mbh 1.207.13a mahendraparvataM dRSTvaa taapasair upazobhitam / samudratiireNa zanair maNaluuraM jagaama ha /13/ (tiirthayaatraa of arjuna) mahendra a tiirtha of raama jaamadagnya/a mountain. mbh 3.83.14 tato mahendram aasaadya jaamadagnyaniSevitam / raamatiirthe naraH snaatvaa vaajimedhaphalaM labhet /14/ (tiirthayaatraa related pulastya to bhiiSma) mahendra a tiirtha of raama jaamadagnya/a mountain. padma puraaNa 3.39.14 tato mahendram aasaadya jaamadagnyaniSevitam / raamatiirthe naraH snaatvaa vaajimedhaphalaM labhet /14/ (tiirthayaatra) mahendra a tiirtha of bhaargava/a mountain. mbh 3.85.16-17 atyanyaan parvataan raajan puNyo girivaraH zivaH / mahendro naama kauravya bhaargavasya mahaatmanaH /16/ ayajad yatra kaunteya puurvam eva pitaamahaH / yatra bhaagiirathii puNyaa sadasy aasiid yudhiSThira /17/ (tiirthayaatraa related by dhaumya to yudhiSThira) mahendra a tiirtha/a mountain. mbh 3.114.14-117.18. (1) 114.16-22: vizvakarman performed yajna and gave to kazyapa the bhuumi as dakSiNaa, but bhuumi rejected at first to be given and later acknowledged it and appeared in the form of the vedi. (2) 115.9-30: marriage of Rciika and satyavatii and birth of jamadagni. (3) 116.1-4: birtha of raama jaamadagnya as the fifth son of jamadagni and reNukaa. (4) 116.5-18 by order of jamadagni raama killed his mother reNukaa who fell in love with citraratha maarttikaavataka and revived her again. (5) 116.19-117.18: kaartaviirya's sons killer jamadagni and raama killed the all kSatriyas and made the earth devoid of the kSatriyas twenty-one times and gave the earth to kazyapa. (tiirthayaatraa of yudhiSThira) mahendra a tiirtha. naarada puraaNa 2.60.27 mahendre malaye vindhye paariyaatre himaahvaye / sahye ca zuktimati ca gomante caarbude tathaa /27/ (enumeration of the eminent tiirthas) mahendragraha see maahendragraha. mahendrapraharaNa jarjara is called mahendrapraharaNa in a mantra with which jarjara is addressed and requested. naaTyazaastra 3.13-14 tvaM mahendrapraharaNaM sarvadaanavasuudanam / nirmitas sarvadevaiz ca sarvavighnanibarhaNa /13/ nRpasya vijayaM zaMsa ripuuNaaM ca paraajayam / gobraahmaNazivaM caiva naaTyasya ca vivardhanam /14/ mahendrapuujaa kaarttika, kRSNacaturdazii, worship of mahendra on a post having a flag. agni puraaNa 192.6 kaarttike ca caturdazyaaM kRSNaayaaM snaanakRt sukhii / aaraadhite mahendre tu dhvajaakaaraasu yaSTiSu /6/ mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, txt. TS 2.5.4.4-5. (darzapuurNamaasa) mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, txt. BaudhZS 17.48-49 [329,9-330,2]. (kaamya darzapuurNamaasa) mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, txt. BharZS 1.15.14-16. (darzapuurNamaasa, saaMnaayyadohana) mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, contents. TS 2.5.4.4-5: 4 an agatazrii should not worship mahendra, 4 three kinds of persons who are gatazrii, 4 mahendra is devataa of gatazrii's, 4-5 one should worship indra for one year, 5 after one year one should worship agni vratapati with aSTaakapaala, after that he can worship mahendra as he will. mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, vidhi. TS 2.5.4.4-5 naagatazriir mahendraM yajeta trayo vai gatazriyaH zuzruvaan graamaNii raajanyas teSaam mahendro devataa yo vai svaaM devataam atiyajate pra svaayai devataayai cyavate na paraam praapnoti paapiiyaan bhavati / saMvatsaram indram yajeta saMvatsaraM hi vrataM naati svaa /4/ evainaM devatejyamaanaa bhuutyaa inddhe vasiiyaan bhavati / saMvatsarasya parastaad agnaye vratapataye puroDaazam aSTaakapaalaM nir vapet saMvatsaram evainaM vRtraM jaghnivaaMsam agnir vratapatir vratam aa lambhayati / tato 'dhi kaamaM yajeta /5/ mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, contents. BaudhZS 17.48-49 [329,9-330,2]: 48-49 [329,9-12] reference to TS 2.5.4.4, 49 [329,12-13] for one year he worships indra, 49 [329,13-14] he offers aSTaakapaala to agni vratapati, 49 [329,14-16] on the comming amaavaasyaa he worships mahendra and after that he becomes mahendrayaajin, 49 [329,16-18] reference to TS 2.5.4.4-5, 49 [329,18-330,2] reference to TS 2.5.4.5. mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, vidhi. BaudhZS 17.48-49 [329,9-330,2] atha vai9 bhavati /48/10 "naagatazriir mahendraM yajeta trayo vai gatazriyaH zuzruvaan graamaNii11 raajanyas teSaaM mahendro devateti" (TS 2.5.4.4) sa yo 'nya etebhyo12 mahendram iyakSyeta sa saMvatsaram indram iSTvaagnaye vratapataye puroDaa13zam aSTaakapaalaM nirvapati saa prasiddheSTiH saMtiSThate 'tha14 yaamaavaasyaagacchati tasyaaM mahendraM yajate so 'ta uurdhvaM15 mahendrayaajy eva bhavaty atha vai bhavati "saMvatsaram indraM yajeta saMvatsaraM16 hi vrataM naati svaivainaM devatejyamaanaa bhuutyaa inddhe vasiiyaa17n bhavatiiti" braahmaNam (TS 2.5.4.4-5) atha vai bhavati saMvatsarasya parastaad agnaye vratapataye18 puroDaazam aSTaakapaalaM nirvapet saMvatsaram evainaM vRtraM jaghnivaaMsam agni330,1r vratapatir vratam aalambhayati tato 'dhi kaamaM yajeteti" braahmaNam (TS 2.5.4.5). mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, contents. BharZS 1.15.14-15: 15.14 when an indrayaajin wants to worship mahendra, he worships indra for one year and after that he offers an aSTaakapaala to agni vratapati, 15.15 after that he can worship mahendra as he will, thus is taught (in TS 2.5.4.5). mahendrayaajin how to become mahendrayaajin, vidhi. BharZS 1.15.14-16 sa ya indrayaajii mahendraM yiyakSet saMvatsaram indram iSTvaagnaye vratapataye puroDaazam aSTaakapaalaM nirvapet /14/ tato 'dhi kaamaM mahendraM yajeteti vijnaayate (TS 2.5.4.5) /15/ mahendrayaajin it is to be indicated whether indra is worshipped or mahendra is worshipped in the nigama. ApZS 1.2.7 indraM nigameSuupalakSayed indrayaajino mahendram mahendrayaajinaH /7/ (darzapuurNamaasa, vatsaapaakaraNa) mahendrayaajin opinions who can worship mahendra. BharZS 1.15.11 ta ete mahendrayaajinaH zuzruvaan graamaNii raajanya aurvo gautamo bhaaradvaajaH /11/ (darzapuurNamaasa, saaMnaayyadohana) mahendrayaajin opinions who can worship mahendra. ApZS 1.14.9-11 naagatazriir mahendraM yajeta / trayo vai gatazriya ity uktam /9/ aurvo gautamo bhaaradvaajas te 'nantaraM somejyaayaa mahendraM yajeran /10/ yo vaa kaz cit /11/ (darzapuurNamaasa, saaMnaayyadohana) maheza worshipped in the kuupapratiSThaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.52-54c kumbheSu puujayed devaan mahezaM prathamaM budhaH / grahaaMz ca madhyakalaze brahmaaNaM ca tataH param /52/ vedikaapuurvabhaage tu uttare kalaze zivam / dakSiNe kalaze viSNuM karNikaayaaM jalezvaram /53/ kalaze vidhivad bhaktyaa upacaaraiH pRthagvidhaiH / saMpuujya ... /54/ mahezasya dhaaraa see maahezvarii dhaaraa. mahezvara see agni, suurya, candra, prajaapati, mahezvara. mahezvara Hazra, Records, p.67: used to mean viSNu in kuurma. mahezvara nirvacana. mbh 7.173.83 nityena brahmacaryeNa lingam asya yad aasthitam / mahayanti ca lokaaz ca mahezvara iti smRtaH // mahezvara nirvacana. mbh 13.146.15-18 nityena brahmacaryeNa lingam asya yad aasthitam / mahayanty asya lokaaz ca mahezvara iti smRtaH /15/ mahezvara txt. naarada puraaNa 1.91 stotrasahitazriimahezvaramantravidhiniruupaNa. mahezvara in Buddhist literature. bibl. John R. Davidson, 1991, gReflections on the mahezvara Subjugation Myth: Indic Materials,Sa-skya-pa Apologetics, and the Birth of heruka,h Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 14-2, pp. 197-235. mahezvara in Buddhist literature, in the episode of acalanaatha: when the Buddha got the enlightenment, mahezvara rejected to visit him; acalanaatha subdued him after seven trials. Taisho 21.13c-14a. (Tanaka Kimiaki, 2008, Indo ni okeru maNDala no seiritsu to hatten, Part I, p. 58.) mahezvara in Buddhist literature, in the episode of trailokyavijaya: sarvatathaagatatattvasaMgraha Horiuchi ed., nos. 707-733: when the Buddha got the enlightenment, mahezvara and umaa rejected to visit him; vajrasattva killed them and mahezvara became bhasmezvaranirghoSa tathaagata in the bhasmaacchanna world. (Tanaka Kimiaki, 2008, Indo ni okeru maNDala no seiritsu to hatten, Part I, pp. 58-59.) mahezvaraaSTamiivrata txt. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.173.1-7. zukla, somaaSTamii, in both pakSas, for one year. Kane 5: 378: HV I.747-748 (from Vi. Dh.). (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahezvaraaSTamiivrata contents. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.173.1-7: 1 from the zukla, somaaSTamii, worship of trilocana, 2ab places. 2cd abhiSeka, snapana, 3ab upacaaras, 3cd giita, nRtya, vaadya, homa, 4ab braahmaNabhojana, 4cd dhenu daana on the paaraNa, 5-7 effects. mahezvaraaSTamiivrata vidhi. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.173.1-7 maarkaNDeya uvaaca // zuklapakSaad athaarabhya somaaSTamyaaM naraadhipa / puujayet sopavaasas tu devadevaM trilocanam /1/ linge vaapy atha vaarcaayaaM kamale yadi vaa sthale / ghRtakSiiraabhiSekena snaanena vividhena /2/ gandhamaalyanamaskaaradhuupadiipaannasaMpadaa / giitena nRtyavaadyena vahnisaMtarpaNena ca /3/ braahmaNaanaaM ca puujaabhir yathaavan manujottama / vrataavasaane dadyaac ca tathaa dhenuM payasviniim /4/ puNDariikaphalaavaaptiH svargalokaM ca gacchati / kRSNaaSTamiiSu caapy evaM puujayitvaa mahezvaram /5/ vahniSTomam avaapnoti svargalokaM ca gacchati / aSTamiidvitayaM kRtvaa tathaa saMvatsaraM naraH /6/ praapyaazvamedhasya phalaM yathaavad bhuktvaa bhogaan suranaathasya loke / lokaan avaapyaatha mahezvarasya saayujyam aayaaty acireNa tasya /7/ mahezvaramudraa amoghapaazakalparaaja 15b,4-5 eSaiva mudraa madhyamaa candraakaara kuncayam /(4) tarjanyaa vaama prasaarayaM mahezvaramudraa sarvabhuutapradaarzanam (>sarvabhuutapradaalanam Tanemura). mahezvarapada see maahezapada/maahezvarapada. mahezvarapada a tiirtha. txt. mbh 3.82.103 mahezvarapadaM gacched brahmacaarii samaahitaH / mahezvarapade snaatvaa vaajimedhaphalaM labhet /103/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) mahezvaravrata txt. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.188.1-5. phaalguna, zukla, caturthii, for one year, or in both pakSas, worship of ziva/mahezvara. Kane 5: 378 (1) HV 2.152. (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahezvaravrata contents. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.188.1-5: 1 the time, 2ab upacaaras, 2cd dakSiNaa on the paaraNa, 3ab for one year, 3cd effects, 4ac in both pakSas for one year, 4d-5 effects. mahezvaravrata vidhi. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.188.1-5 zuklapakSaad athaarabhya phaalgunasya naraadhip / puujayet tu caturdazyaaM sopavaaso mahezvaram /1/ gandhamaalyanamaskaaradhuupadiipaannasaMpadaa / vrataante gaaM tathaa dadyaad agniSTomaphalaM labhet /2/ etad eva vrata kRtvaa zuklapakSe tu vatsaram / puNDariikam avaapnoti kulam uddharati svakam /3/ caturdaziidvayaM caitat kRtvaa saMvatsaraM naraH / maasi maasi tathaa bhaktyaa sarvaan kaamaan avaapnuyaat /4/ aasaadya kaamaaMz ca mahezvarasya tatroSya kaalaM suciraM ca raajan / saayujyam aayaati mahezvarasya sarvezvarasyaapratimasya tasya /5/ mahezvaras a devataa worshipped in the rangadaivatapuujana. naaTyazaastra 3.8 bhuutaan pizaacaan yakSaaMz ca guhyakaaMz ca mahezvaraan / asuraan naaTyavighnaaMz ca tathaanyaan daityaraakSasaan /8/ mahezvarii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahezvariipuujaa* jyeSTha, zukla, tRtiiyaa, worship of devii/mahezvarii. txt. and vidhi. ziva puraaNa 5.51.62 jyeSThe zukaltRtiiyaayaaM vrataM kRtvaa mahezvariim / yo 'rcayet paramapriityaa tasyaasaadhyaM na kiM cana /62/ (tithivrata) mahii a river belonging to the south-western part of the kuurmavibhaaga. AVPZ 56.1.6 sahyagirivaijayantii kunkuNanaasikyakarmaNoyaamimahinarmadabhRgukacchaa dakSiNapazcaad dhate 'bhihanyaat /6/ mahii a river ruled by Saturn. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.31ab kurubhuumijaaH prabhaasaM vidizaa vedasmRtii mahiitaTajaaH / mahii see zrii and mahii. mahii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahii bibl. Gonda, 1969, Aspects of early viSNuism, pp. 239f. mahiidaana see bhuumidaana. mahiidhra PW. m. 1) Berg. mahiidhra Apte. m. 1) a mountain. mahiidhra the suvarNamukharii river flows through the rough way among the moutains. skanda puraaNa 2.1.34.31a saMgataa veNayaa puNyaa suvarNamukharii nadii / giridurgam amaargeNa yayaav uttaravaahinii /30/ madhyagena mahiidhraaNaaM maargena viSamena saa / gatvaa vireje taTinii yojanaanaaM catuSTayam /31/ (agastyezvara) mahiimaana txt. niilamata 515-525. phaalguNa, zukla, aSTamii - dazamii (three days). (tithivrata) (c) (v) mahiimaana contents. niilamata 515-525: 515ab phaalguna, zukla, 515cd mahiimaana, 516ab on the aSTamii, they fast, take a bath and adorn themselves, 516cd diipadaana in the evening on snow, 517ab food offering (bhoktavya??) to the deities and ancestors, 517c on the navamii around noon, 517d-518ab decoration of the house with ropes made of grain, 518cd siitaa or ploughed land is worshipped, 519-520 utsava with feast, music and dance, 520??, 521a on the next day, namely on dazamii, 521bd they dress up and take auspicious things and continue the utsava, 522 he gives gifts to related brahmins and artisans, 523a those who drink wine can drink wine, 523b brahmins drink a pure drink, 523cd the bedroom is to be scented, 524ab on this day nobody is not downhearted, 524-525 women are cheerful and dressing up, and spend time with men. niilamata 518cd ... dvitiiye 'hani kartavyaM pratikarma tathaatmanaH / mangalaalabhanaM kaaryam utsavaM ca vizeSavat /521/ (mahiimaana)go mahiimaana vidhi. niilamata 515-525 phaalguNasya tu maasasya zuklapakse dvijottama / mahiimaanaM yathaa kaaryaM tathaa me dagataH zRNu /515/ anaznadbhir athaaSTamyaaM naraiH snaatair alaMkRtaiH / pradoSasamaye deyaa diipakaas tu himopari /516/ devataanaaM pitRRNaaM ca bhoktavyaM tadanantaram / dvitiiye 'hani madhyaahne dhaanyaadaamaiH suzobhanaiH /517/ puujaniiyaa gRhaa vipra devaagaaraa vizeSataH / tadaa siitaa ca saMpuujyaa gandhamaalyaadibhis tathaa /518/ anantaraM ca bhoktavyaM bhojanaM ca vizeSavat / utsavaM caiva kartavyaM giitanRttasamaakulam /519/ nityadaanaM sapakvaannam Rte tasmin dine sadaa / naanyat kiM cit pradaatavyaM labdhaM graahyaM prayatnataH /520/ dvitiiye 'hani kartavyaM pratikarma tathaatmanaH / mangalaalabhanaM kaaryam utsavaM ca vizeSavat /521/ aazritaanaaM dvijaatiinaaM zilpisaMbandhinaaM tathaa / tasminn ahani daatavyaM graahyaM caivaapy upaayanam /522/ madyaM tu madyapaiH peyaM braahmaNaiH paanakaaH zubhaaH / zayyaasthaanaM ca kartavyaM dhuupagandhaadhivaasitam /523/ tasminn ahani no kaaryo vimukhaH kaz cid eva tu / striibhir bhaavyaM prahRSTaabhiH suvastraabhis tathaiva ca /524/ svaazitaabhiH sugandhaabhiH svanulipaabhir eva tu / bhuuSanair bhuuSitaabhiz ca kriiDitavyaM naraiH saha /525/ mahiinaaM payas (mantra) :: aajya, see aajya :: mahiinaaM payas (mantra) (BaudhZS). mahiinadii utpatti, txt. skanda puraaNa 1.2.13. (mahiisaagarasaMgamatiirthamaahaatmya) (kaumaarikaakhaNDa) mahiipati bibl. M. Hara, 1973, The king as a husband of the earth, Asiatische Studien, 27: 97-114. pRthivii. mahiiraajii cuurNa of mahiiraajii is used for the madanadoSahara. arthazaastra 14.4.3 pRSatanakulaniilakaNThagodhaapittayuktaM mahiiraajiicuurNaM sinduvaaritavaraNavaaruNiitaNDuliiyakazataparvaagrapiNDiitakayogo madanadoSaharaH // mahiisaagarasaMgamakSetramaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 1.2.22-57. (kaumaarikaakhaNDa) mahiisaagarasaMgamakSetramaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 1.2.58 mahiisaagarasaMgamakSetrasya guptakSetretinaamaprasiddhau kaaraNavarNana, mahaasaagarasaMgamakSetrasya stambhatiirthaakhyayaa prasiddhivRttaantavarNana. (kaumaarikaakhaNDa) mahiisaagarasaMgamatiirtha bibl. R. N. Mehta, a consideration of mahiisaagarasaMagamatiirtha, Purana 9.1: 195-196. mahiisaagarasaMgamatiirthamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 1.2.3-13. (story of indradyumna) (kaumaarikaakhaNDa) mahiivrata payovrata for one day, daana of an image of the earth made of gold. txt. and vidhi. agni puraaNa 197.3cd-4ab dadyaad viMzatpalaad uurdhvaM mahiiM kRtvaa tu kaancaniim /3/ dinaM payovratas tiSThed rudragaH syaad divaavratii / (tithivrata) (divasavrata) mahiivrata txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.121.152-154ab. payovrata for one day, daana of an image of the earth made of gold. (vratapancaaziiti) (tithivrata) (divasavrata) mahiivrata vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.121.152-154ab dadyaat triMzatpalaad uurdhvaM mahiiM kRtvaa tu kaancaniim / kulaacalaadrisahitaaM tilavastrasamanvitaam /152/ tiladroNopari gataaM braahmaNaaya kuTumbine / dinaM payovratas tiSThed rudraloke mahiiyate /153/ etan mahiivrataM proktaM saptakalpaanuvartakam / mahiiyaa a mantra recited when the participants return home from the avabhRtha. ApZS 13.22.5 ud vayaM tamasas pariity aadityam upasthaaya pratiyuto varuNasya paaza ity udakaantaM pratyasitvaa samitpaaNaya unnetaaraM puraskRtyaapratiikSam aayanty apaama somam iti mahiiyaaM vadanto ... /5/ (agniSToma, avabhRtha) This mantra is TS 3.2.5.m apaama somam amRtaa abhuuma 'darzma jyotir avidaama devaan / kim asmaan kRNavad araatiH kim u dhuurtir amRta martyasya // mahiiyate try to find it in other CARDs. mahiiyate one who is celebrated by the naaraayaNabali is accepted in the brahmaloka. BodhGZS 3.20.14 sarvaan pitRRn samadhigacchati brahmaloke mahiiyata ity aaha bhagavaan bodhaayanaH /14/ (naaraayaNabali) mahiman PW. m. 1) Groesse, Fuelle, Majestaet; Macht, Wuerde, Energie; concret Groesse so v. a. ein maechtiges Wesen. mahiman the greatness of the puruSa is so much that the puruSa stands raising his arms. MS 3.2.4 [20,16-18] yaa16vaan puruSa uurdhvabaahus taavataa veNunaa vimimiita etaavad vai puruSe viiryaM17 viiryeNaiva vimimiite 'tho etaavaan vai puruSe mahimaa mahimno 'va18ruddhyai. (agnicayana, measuring of the ground) mahiman the greatness of the Rc and saaman took two forms, namely the day and the night. MS 3.6.6 [67,7] abhyardho vaa R6ksaame yajnaad aastaaM tayor yau mahimaanaa aastaaM taa apinidhaaya yajna7m upaavartetaaM tau mahimaanaa ahoraatre abhavataaM. (agniSToma, diikSaa, kRSNaajina) mahimangraha two grahas in the azvamedha, bibl. Kane 2: 1235-36. mahimangraha two grahas in the azvamedha, bibl. Heesterman, 1957, raajasuuya, p. 126, n. 22. mahimangraha two grahas in the azvamedha, txt. and vidhi. ApZS 20.13.2-3 antareNaagrayaNokthyau praakRtaM somam abhiSutya yaH praaNato (TS 7.5.16.a) ya aatmadaa iti (TS 7.5.17.a) mahimaanau gRhNaati / raajatena puurvaM sauvarNenottaram /2/ suuryas te mahimeti (MS 3.12.16 [165,3-4]) puurvaM saadayati / candramaas te mahimety (MS 3.12.17 [165,7-8]) uttaram /3/ mahiman of the rathaMtara the udgaatR recites the mantra of 'mahiman of the rathaMtara' (PB 7.7.19) before chanting the rathaMtara. PB 7.7.17-19 pRSThaani vaa asRjyanta tair devaaH svargaM lokam aayaMs teSaaM rathaMtaram mahimnaa naazaknod utpatat /17/ tasya vasiSTho mahmno vinidhaaya tena stutvaa svargaM lokam ait taan saMbhRtyodgaayet /18/ yas te goSu mahimaa yas te apsu rathe vaa te stanayitnau ya u te yas te agnau mahimaa tena saMbhava rathaMtara draviNavat na edhi /19/ (agniSToma, pRSTha, bRhat and rathaMtara) mahimnastava edition and translation. W.N. Brown, 1965, The mahimnasvata or praise of Shiva's greatness, edited, translated, and presented in illustrations, Poona. mahiSa PW. 2) m. a) Bueffel. mahiSa see kaasara. mahiSa see lulaaya. mahiSa see maahiSa. mahiSa see mahiSaasura. mahiSa MS 2.1.9 [11,10-11] enaa vyaaghraM pariSasvajaanaaH siMhaM mRjanti mahate dhanaaya / mahiSaM naH subhvaM tasthivaaMsaM marmRjyante dviipinam apsv antaH // (in an abhicaara kaamyeSTi) mahiSa its flesh is a food in the zraaddha, satisfaction of the pitRs for infinite time. BodhGS 2.11.53-54 khaDgamRgamahiSameSavaraahapRSatazazarohitazaarngatittirikapotakapinjalavaardhraaNasaanaaM akSayyaM tilamadhusaMsRSTam /53/ tathaa matsyasya zatavalaiH kSiirodanena vaa suupodanena vaa /54/ mahiSa its flesh is a food in the zraaddha, satisfaction of the pitRs for eleven months. ParGSPZ [520,1] atha tRptir graamyaabhir oSadhiibhir maasaM tRptis tadabhaava aaraNyaabhir muulaphalair oSa30dhiibhir vaa sahaannenottaraas tarpayanti chaagosrameSaan aalabhya kriitvaa labdhvaa vaa31 na svayaMmRtaan aahRtya pacen maasadvayaM tu matsyair maasatrayaM tu haariNena catura aura32bhreNa panca zaakunena SaT chaagena sapta kaurmeNaaSTau vaaraaheNa nava meSamaaMsena33 daza maahiSeNaikaadaza paarSatena saMvatsaraM tu gavyena payasaa paayasena vaa vaardhrii520,1NasamaaMsena dvaadaza varSaaNi. mahiSa its flesh is a food in the zraaddha, satisfaction of the pitRs for more than one year. HirDhS 2.5.26 saMvatsaraM gavyena maaMsena priitiH /25/ bhuuyaaMsam ito maahiSeNa /26/ etena graamyaaNaaM pazuunaaM maaMsaM medhyaM vyaakhyaatam /27/ khaDgopastaraNe khaDgamaaMsenaanantyaM kaalam /28/ tathaa zatabaler matsyasya maaMsena /29/ tathaa vaardhraaNasasya /30/ etenaaraNyaanaaM pazuunaaM medhyaM maaMsaM vyaakhyaatam /31/ mahiSa its flesh is a food in the zraaddha, satisfaction of the pitRs for more than one year. ApDhS 2.7.16.27 saMvatsaraM gavyena priitiH /26/ bhuuyaaMsam ato maahiSeNa /27/ etena graamyaaraNyaanaaM pazuunaaM maaMsaM medhyaM vyaakhyaatam /28/ khaDgopastaraNe khaDgamaaMsenaanantyaM kaalam /17.1/ tathaa zatabaler matsyasya maaMsena /2/ vaardhraaNasasya /3/ mahiSa mahiSa is dakSiNaa for raahu. bRhadyaatraa 18.22 uddizya saiMhikeyaM mahiSaM pratipaadayet suvRddhebhyaH / viprebhya iti yad anyat tat sarvaM suuryaputrasamam /22/ (grahayajna) mahiSa regarded as a wild animal. mbh 6.5.13 siMhavyaaghravaraahaaz ca mahiSaa vaaraNaas tathaa / RkSaaz ca vaanaraaz ca+eva saptaaraNyaaH smRtaa nRpa // mahiSa regarded as a wild animal. mbh 12.185.1(1) vaanaprasthaaH khalu RSidharmam anusarantaH puNyaani tiirthaani nadiiprasravaNaani suvivikteSv araNyeSu mRgamahiSavaraahasRmaragajaakiirNeSu tapasyanto 'nusaMcaranti (1) ... /1/ mahiSa regarded as a wild animal. mbh 13.14.33: ruruvaaraNazaarduulasiMhadviipisamaakulam / kurangabarhiNaakiirNaM maarjaarabhujagaavRtam / puugaiz ca mRgajaatiinaaM mahiSarkSaniSevitam // mahiSa regarded as a wild animal, an animal meat of which can be eaten. BaudhDhS 1.12.6 tatharzyahariNapRSatamahiSavaraahakulungaaH kulungavarjaaH panca dvikhuriNaH /6/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mahiSa regarded as a wild animal, an animal milk of which can be drunk. manu smRti 5.9ab anirdazaayaa goH kSiiram auSTram aikazaphaM tathaa / aavikaM saMdhiniikSiiraM vivatsaayaaz ca goH payaH /8/ aaraNyaanaaM ca sarveSaaM mRgaaNaaM maahiSaM vinaa / striikSiiraM caiva varjyaani sarvazuktaani caiva hi /9/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mahiSa an animal meat of which is prohibited to be eaten. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 4.85.14-15 nakulaanaaM gaNDakaanaaM mahiSaaNaaM ca pakSiNaam / sarpaaNaaM suukaraaNaaM ca gardabhaanaaM vizeSataH /14/ maarjaaraaNaaM sRgaalaanaaM kukkuTaanaaM vrajezvara / vyaaghraaNaam api siMhaanaaM tyaajyaM maaMsaM nRNaaM sadaa /15/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mahiSa the vaahana of caNDikaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 67.58 yathaa vaahaM bhavaan dveSTi yathaa vahasi caNDikaam / tathaa mama ripuun hiMsa zubhaM vaha lulaayaka /58/ (rudhiraadhyaaya) mahiSa the vaahana of goddess kaamaakhyaa: Kooij 1972: 33. mahiSa the vaahana of yama. kaalikaa puraaNa 67.59 yamasya vaahanas tvaM tu vararuupadhaaraavyaya / aayur vittaM yazo dehi kaasaraaya namo 'stu te /59/ (rudhiraadhyaaya) mahiSa cry of a mahiSa is one of the vaayu-adbhutas. AVPZ 67.7. ativaato yatra bhaved ruupaM vaa yatra vaikRtam / kharakarabhamahiSaa varaahaa vyaaghrasiMhakaaH /1/ gRdhraaz ca tathaa gomaayuH kRkalaasaa vadanti ca / maaMsapeSaM ca rudhiraM paaMsuvRSTis tathaiva ca /2/ vaayuruupam idaM sarvam adbhutaM parikiirtitam / (adbhutazaanti) mahiSa going to the south by riding on mahiSa is duHsvapna. suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 29.55cd-56ab snehaabhyaktazariiras tu karabhavyaalagardabhaiH /55/ varaahair mahiSair vaapi yo yayaad dakSiNaamukhaH / mahiSa balidaana of mahiSa to bhairavii or bhairava. kaalikaa puraaNa 67.57-59 mahiSaM pradaded devyai bhairavyai bhairavaaya vaa / anenaiva tu mantreNa tadaa taM puujayed balim /57/ yathaa vaahaM bhavaan dveSTi yathaa vahasi caNDikaam / tathaa mama ripuun hiMsa zubhaM vaha lulaayaka /58/ yamasya vaahanas tvaM tu vararuupadhaaraavyaya / aayur vittaM yazo dehi kaasaraaya namo 'stu te /59/ (rudhiraadhyaaya) mahiSa balidaana of mahiSa to bhadrakaalii. naarada puraaNa 1.118.20cd mahiSaM tatra bhadrakaalyai samaalabhet /20/ (durgaapuujaa) mahiSa balidaana of mahiSa to durgaa. skanda puraaNa 7.1.83.50-51ab tadraatrau jaagaraM kRtvaa prabhaate hy aruNodaye / paatayen mahiSaan meSaan agrato gatakandharaan /50/ zatam ardhazataM vaapi tadardhaardhaM yathecchayaa / (durgaapuujaa) mahiSaakhya a kind of dhuupa(?) dear to viSNu. vaamana puraaNa 95.20cd-26ab mahiSaakhyaM kaNaM daaru sihlakaM naagaraM tataa /20/ zankhajaatiiphalaM zriize dhuupane syuH priyaaNi vai / mahiSaasura bibl. Camel Berkson, The Divine and the Demoniac. mahiSa's heroic struggle with durgaa. mahiSaasura bibl. Asko Parpola, 1992, "The metamorphoses of mahiSa asura and prajaapati," in A.W. van den Hoek, D.H.A. Kolff and M.S. Oort, eds., Ritual, State and History in South Asia: Essays in Honour of J.C. Heesterman, Leiden/New York/Koeln: E.J. Brill, pp.275-308. mahiSaasura utpatti. kaalikaa puraaNa 60.137-146: a mahiSii, with whom rambha, an asura, made surata, bore mahiSaasura, an incarnation of ziva. mahiSaasura an asura killed by skanda/kaarttikeya. mbh 9.45.65-66 mahiSaM caaSTabhiH padmair vRtaM saMkhye nijaghnivaan / tripaadaM caayutazatair jaghaana dazabhir vRtam /65/ hradodaraM nikharvaiz ca vRtaM dazabhir iizvaraH / jaghaanaanucaraiH saardhaM vividhaayudhapaanibhiH /66/ (tiirthayaatra of balaraama, in an episode of the plakSaraaja tiirtha) mahiSaasura a description, see mahiSaasuramardinii. mahiSaasura a description(?). garuDa puraaNa 1.133.14cd mahiSo 'sya sa khaDgaagraprakacagrahamuSTikaH /14/ (durgaapuujaa) mahiSaasura a demon. skanda puraaNa 1.2.18. (taarakaasuravadha) mahiSaasuramardinii try to find in other CARDs. mahiSaasuramardinii see deviimaahaatmya. mahiSaasuramardinii see durgaapuujaa. mahiSaasuramardinii see mahiSamardinii. mahiSaasuramardinii see mahiSaasuravadha. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Indira S. Aiyar, durgaa as mahiSaasuramardinii. A dynamic myth of goddess. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. R.C. Agrawala, 1955, "Some sculptures of durgaa mahiSamardinii from Rajashtana," Adyar Library Bulletin (n.s.), 19: 37-46. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. R.C. Agrawala, 1955-56, "A terracotta plaque of mahiSamardinii from Nagar, Rajasthana," Lalit Kalaa, 1-2: 72-74. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Odette Viennot, 1956, "The goddess mahiSaasuramardinii in kuSaaNa Art," Artibus Asiae, 19: 368-373. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. R.C. Agrawala, 1958, "The goddess mahiSamardinii in early Indian art," Artibus Asiae, 21: 123-130. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. M. Seshadri, 1963, "mahiSaasuramardinii, images, iconography and interpretation," Half-yearly Journal of the Mysore University, (n.s.), Section A: Arts, 22,2: 1-28. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. K. Bharatha Iyer, 1969, "An early Gupta seal of the mahiSaasuramardinii," Artibus Asiae 31, pp. 179-184. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. James C. Harle, 1970, "On a disputed element in the iconography of early mahiSaasuramardinii images," Ars Orientalis, 8: 147-153. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Sircar, D. C. 1971. Studies in the Religious Life of Ancient and Medieval India. 1971,Motilal Banarsidas. Chapter XV(229-237). durgaapuujaa. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. James C. Harle, 1971-72, "On the mahiSaasuramardinii images of the Udayagiri Hill (vidizaa) caves," Journal of the Indian Society of Oriental Art (n.s.), 6: 44-48. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Odette Viennot, 1971-72, "The mahiSaasuramardinii from siddhi kii guphaa at Deogarh," Journal of the Indian Society of Oriental Art (n.s.), 4: 66-77. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Maurizio Taddei, 1973, "The Mahisamardini image from Tapa Sardar, Ghazni," in Norman Hammond, ed. South Asian Archaeology, London: Druckworth. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Douglas Barrett, 1975, "A terracotta plaque of mahiSaasuramardinii," Oriental Art (n.s.), 21, 1: 64-67. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Gritli von Mitterwallner, 1976, "The kuSaaNa type of the goddess mahiSamardinii as compared to the Gupta and mediaeval types," German Scholars on India, Vol. 2, New Delhi: Chowkhamba Sansrit Series. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Heinrich von Stietencron, 1983, "Die Goettin mahiSaasuramardinii," Vibible Religion, vol. 2, Representations of Gods, pp. 118-166. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Gary M. Tartakov and Vidya Dehejia, 1984-85, "sharing, intrusion, and influence: The mahiSaasuramardinii imagery of the Calukyas and the Pallavas," Artibus Asiae, 45: 287-345. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. B.N. Mukherjee, 1985, "Foreign elements in iconography of mahiSaasuramardinii: the war goddess of India," ZDMG, Supplement 6, pp. 404-414. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Shanti Lal Nagar, 1988, Mahisasuramardini in Indian Art, New Delhi: Aditya Prakashan. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Raju Kalidos, 1989, "iconography of mahiSaasuramardinii: a probe into stylistic evolution," Acta Orientalia, 50: 7-48. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. A. Sundara, 1990, "An early Kadamba mahiSamardinii sculpture from Devihal," in K.V. Ramesh, S.P. Tewari and M.J. Sharma, eds., Indian History and Epigraphy (Dr. G.S. Gai Felicitation Volume), Delhi: Agam Kala Prakashan. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Devendra Handa, 1991, "mahiSaasuramardinii in the early art of Haryana," in Gouriswar Bhattacharya, ed., akSayaniivii, Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Herbert Haertel, 1992, "Early durgaa mahiSaasuramardinii images: A Fresh Appraisal," T.S. Maxwell, ed., Eastern Approches: Essays on Asian Art and Archaeology, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 81-89. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. R.C. Agrawala, 1998, "Unusual Icons of durgaa mahiSamardinii from Kashmir," in C.P. Sinha, ed., Facets of Indian Culture: Gustav Roth Felicitation Volume, published on the occasion of his 82nd birthday, Patna: Bihar Puravid Parishad, pp. 335ff. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Yuko Yokochi, 1999, "mahiSaasuramardinii Myth and Icon: Studies in the skandapuraaNa, II," Indo Shisoshi Kenkyu 11, pp. 65-103. mahiSaasuramardinii bibl. Heinrich von Stietencron, 2005, "The goddess durgaa mahiSaasuramardinii: Myth, representation and historical role in the hinduization of India," in H. von Stietencron, ed., Hindu Myth, Hindu History: Religion, Art and Politics, Delhi, pp. 113-172. mahiSaasuramardinii either ugracaNDii or bhadrakaalii or durgaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 60.110-117 ugracaNDe bhadrakaali durge devi namo 'stu te / prabhuutaa muurtayaa devi bhavatyaa sakalaatmikaaH /110/ kaabhis te muurtibhiH puujyo yajne 'haM paramezvari / tat samaacakSva yadi me bhavatyeha kRpaa kRtaa /111/ yaani naamaani proktaani tvayeha mahiSaasura / taasu muurtiSu saMpRSTaH puujyo loke bhaviSyasi /112/ ugracaNDeti yaa muurtir bhadrakaalii hy ahaM punaH / yathaa muurtyaa tvaaM haniSye saa durgeti prakiirtitaa /113/ etaasu muurtiSu sadaa paadalagno nRNaaM bhavaan / puujyo bhaviSyati svarge devaanaam api rakSasaam /114/ aadisRSTaav ugracaNDaamuurtyaa tvaM nihataH puraa / dvitiiyasRSTau tu bhavaan bhadrakaalyaa mayaa hataH /115/ durgaaruupeNaadhunaa tvaaM haniSyaami sahaanugam / kiM tu puurvaM na gRhiitas tvaM mayaa paadayos tale /116/ adhunaa praathitavaro gRhiitaH puurvakaamayoH / grahiitavyaz ca pazcaat tvaM yajnabhaagopabhuktaye /117/ (durgaapuujaa) mahiSaasuramardinii description of mahiSaasuramardinii. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.138.115 zuulaagrabhinnamahiSaasurapRSThaviSTaamRtkhaatakhaDgaruciraangadabaahudaNDaam / abhyarcya pancavadanaanugataaM navamyaaM durgaaM sudurgagahanaani taranti martyaaH /115/ (durgaapuujaa) mahiSaasuramardinii description of mahiSaasuramardinii. garuDa puraaNa 1.38.12-15 asikheTaanvitau hastau gadaadaNDayutau parau / zaracaapayutau caanyau khaDgamudgarasaMyutau /12/ zankhaghaNTaanvitau caanyau dhvajadaNDayutau parau / anyau parazucakraaDyau DamarudarpaNaanvitau /13/ zaktihastaazritau caanyau raToniimusalaanvaitau / paazatomarasaMyuktau DhakkaapaNavasaMyutau /14/ tarjayantii pareNaiva anyaM kalakaladhvanim / abhayasvastikaadyau ca mahiSaghnii ca siMhagaa /15/ (durgaapuujaa) mahiSaasuramardinii description of mahiSaasuramardinii. kaalikaa puraaNa 59.12-21 jaTaajuutasamaayuktaam ardhendukRtazekharaam / locanatrayasaMyuktaaM puurNendusadRzaananaam /12/ taptakaancanavarNaabhaaM supratiSThaaM sulocanaam / navayauvanasaMpannaaM sarvaabharaNabhuuSitaam /13/ sucaarudaMzanaaM tiikSNaaM piinonnatapayodharaam / tribhangasthaanasaMsthaanaaM mahiSaasuramardiniim /14/ mRNaalaayatasaMsparzadazabaahusamanvitaam / trizuulaM dakSiNe deyaM khaDgaM cakraM tramaad adhaH /15/ tiikSNabaaNaM tathaa zaktiM baahusaMgheSu saMgataam / kheTakaM puurNacaapaM ca paazaM caankuzamuurdhataH /16/ ghaNTaaM ca parazuM caapi vaame 'dhah pratiyojayet / adhastaan mahiSaM tadvav viziraskaM pradarzayet /17/ zirazchedodbhavaM tadvad daanavaM khaDgapaaNinam / hRdi zuulena nirbhinnaM niryadantravibhuuSitam /18/ raktaraktokRtaangaM ca raktavisphuritekSaNam / veSTitaM naagapaazena bhrukuTiikuTilaananam /19/ sapaazavaamahastena dhRtakezaM ca durgayaa / vamadrudhiravaktraM ca devyaaH siMhaM pradarzayet /20/ devyaas tu dakSiNaM paadaM samaM siMhopari sthitam / kiMcid uurdhvaM tathaa vaamam anguSThaM mahiSopari /21/ (durgaapuujaa) mahiSaasuramardinii description of mahiSaasuramardinii. saura puraaNa 50.43 zuulaagrabhinnamahiSaasurapaadapiiThaam utkhaatakhaDgaruciraangadabaahudaNDaam / ye 'bhyarcayanti hi tu naktabhujo navamyaaM durgaartidurgagahanaM na vizanti martyaaH /43/ (ulkaanavamiivrata) mahiSaasuravadha txt. maarkaNDeyapuraaNa 79-80. mahiSaasuravadha txt. skanda puraaNa 1.3.1.10-11. (mahiSaasura as a zivabhakta). (aruNaacalamaahaatmya) mahiSaasuravadha txt. skanda puraaNa 1.3.2.17-20. (mahiSaasura as a zivabhakta). (khaDgatiirthamaahaatmya) mahiSaasuravadha txt. skanda puraaNa 3.1.6-7. (dharmapuSkariNiitiirthamaahaatmya and deviipattanamaahaatmya) (setumaahaatmya) mahiSaasuravadha by kaarttikeya, txt. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 1.233. mahiSaasuravadha txt. ziva puraaNa 5.45 (1-63). durgaa. cf. deviimaahaatmya. mahiSadaana viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.306.61ab mahiSasya pradaanena yaamye loke mahiiyate / ... /61/ (godaana) mahiSaka in the grahayuddha when Saturn is defeated damages to the country such as mahiSaka will occur. AVPZ 51.4.5 mahiSakavRSabhaaH sabhasmapauNDraaH kRSipazupaalyarataaz ca ye manuSyaaH / vividhabhayasamaahitaas tu sarve kSayam upayaanti zanaizcarasya ghaate /4.5/ mahiSaka in the grahayuddha when Saturn is defeated by Jupiter damages to striiraajya, mahiSaka and zaka will occur. bRhatsaMhitaa 17.26cd saMtaapyante guruNaa striibahulaa mahiSakazakaaz ca /26/ mahiSakuNDamaahaatmya a tiirtha. skanda puraaNa 5.1.9. (mahaakaalavanamaahaatmya) mahiSamardinii see durgaapuujaa. mahiSamardinii see mahiSaasuramardinii. mahiSamardinii the main deity of the durgaapuujaavrata. agni puraaNa 185.6ab rudracaNDaa pracaNDaa ca caNDograa caNDanaatyikaa / caNDaa caNDavatii puujyaa caNDaruupaaticaNDikaa /5/ kramaan madhye cogracaNDaa durgaa mahiSamardinii / (durgaapuujaavrata) mahiSamardinii worshipped on the navamii. devii puraaNa 61.13-14ab navamyaaM puujayed deviiM mahaamahiSamardiniim / kunkumaagurukarpuuradhuupaannadhvajadarpaNaiH /13/ damanair maruupattraiz ca vijayaakhyaM pradaM labhet / (tithi:devataa) mahiSamardinii her description. kaalikaa puraaNa 59.12-22. (B.N. Shastri's edition) mahiSasaMvara H. Decleer, 1998, IIJ 41, p. 296 reports that the vajrabhairava cycle continues to be practiced under the name mahiSasaMvara in Nepal. (Buehnemann, 1999, IIJ 42, p. 315) mahiSatiirthamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.4.16.12. (dvaarakaamaahaatmya) mahiSii the first queen of the king. mahiSii see queen. mahiSii see death of the mahiSii. mahiSii see sarvaasaam iSTakaanaaM mahiSii. mahiSii :: vaac. ZB 6.5.3.4 (agnicayana, ukhaa). mahiSii txt. TS 7.4.19 the queen and the dead horse in the azvamedha. mahiSii a bad woman. skanda puraaNa 4.40.92 mahiSiity ucyate naarii yaa ca syaad vyabhicaariNii / taaM duSTaaM kaamayed yas tu sa vai maahiSikaH smRtaH /92/ (gRhasthadharma) mahiSii a bad woman. skanda puraaNa 7.1.205.76 mahiSii procyate bhaaryaa saa vaidhavye 'bhicaariNii / tasyaaM yaH kSapate doSaaM sa va maahiSikaH smRtaH /76/ (zraaddha) mahiSii female buffalo. mahiSii given as a dakSiNaa. HirGZS 1.7.1 [95, ] aacaaryaaya tato dadyaan mahiSiiM ca payasviniim. (taDaagaadividhi) mahiSii an animal milk of which is prohibited to be drunk. GautDhS 17.23 goz ca kSiiram anirdazaayaa suutake /22/ ajaamahisyoz ca /23/ nityam aavikam apeyam auSTram aikazaphaM ca /24/ syandiniiyamasuusandhiniinaaM ca /25/ vivatsaayaaz ca /26/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mahiSii an animal milk of which is prohibited to be drunk. VasDhS 14.34-35 saMdhiniikSiiram avatsaakSiiram /34/ gomahiSyajaanaam anirdazaahaanaam /35/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mahiSii an animal milk of which is prohibited to be drunk. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 4.85.20 abhakSyaM mahiSiiNaaM ca dugdhaM dadhi ghRtaM tathaa / svastikaM ca tathaa tatra vipraaNaaM navaniitakam /20/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mahiSii an animal milk of which is to be avoided in the zraaddha. viSNu smRti 79.17 pippaliimukundakabhuustRNazigrusarSapasurasaasarjakasuvarcalakuuzmaaNDaalaabuvaartaakapaalakyopodakiitaNDuliiyakakusumbhapiNDaalukamahiSiikSiiraaNi varjayet /17/ raajamaaSamasuuraparyuSitakRtalavaNaani ca /18/ mahiSii an animal milk products of which are to be avoided in the zraaddha. brahma puraaNa 220.169 maahiSaM caamaraM maargam aavikaikazaphodbhavam / straiNam auSTram aavikaM ca dadhi kSiiraM ghRtaM tyajet /169/ (bhakSyaabhakSya, zraaddha) mahiSii an animal ruled by Saturn. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.33ab kaTutiktarasaayanavidhavoyoSito bhujagataskaramahiSyaH / mahiSiidaana recommended and its effect, txt. garuDa puraaNa 2.4.11, 29cd-31 azvo rathaz ca mahiSaa vyanjanaM(>vyajanaM??) vastram eva ca / braahmaNebhyaH pradaatavyaM brahmapuurvam api svayam /11/ ... dugdhaadhikaaM ca mahiSiiM navameghavarNaaM saMtuSTatarNakavatiiM jaghanaabhiraamaam / dattvaa suvarNatilakaaM dvijapungavaaya lokodayaM sa jayatiiti kim atra citram /31/ (pretakalpa, niSkRti) mahiSiidaanavratavidhi on the day of candragraha, suuryagraha, kaarttika puurNimaa, ayana, zukla caturdazii, suuryasaMkraanti, tithivrata, txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.162.1-21. mahiSiikaama Rgvidhaana 2.35 yavair azvaaMs tilair hastiin mahiSyo yaavakais tathaa / zaaliitaaNDulahomena kanyaalaabham avaapnuyaat /35/ (gaayatriividhi) mahiSii, vaavaataa, parivRktii they anoint different parts of the body of the azva with fragrant oil in the azvamedha after the chariot drive. BaudhZS 15.24-25 [228.14-229.2] atha mahiSii vaavaataa parivRktiity etaa asmai gandhaan gaNaan maNiiMz caadaayaabhyaayanty azvaM tasya yat praak kroDaat tan mahiSy abhyanakti vasavas tvaanjantu gaayatreNa chandaseti pautudraveNa pratihitaanaaM jaayaabhiH sahaatha yat pratiiciinaM kroDaad aa naabhes tad vaataataabhyanakti rudraas tvaanjantu traiSTubhena chandaseti /24/ gaulgulavenaaraajnaaM jaayaabhiH sahaatha yat pratiiciinaM naabher aa pucchaat tat parivRkty abhyanakty aadityaas tvaanjantu jaagatena chandaseti maustena suutagraamaNiinaaM ca kSattasamgrahiitRNaaM ca jaayaabhiH saha. mahiSii, vaavaataa, parivRktii thousand of kaacas made of gold, silver, and shell are put into three different parts of the hair on the body of the horse by the mahiSii, vaavaataa, and parivRktii together with their assistants after the chariot drive in the azvamedha. BaudhZS 15.25 [229.3-8] tasya ye praaciinaM vahasaH kezaas teSu mahiSii sahasraM sauvarNan kaacaan aavayati bhuur iti pratihitaanaaM jaayaabhiH sahaatha ye pratiiciinaM vahasaH kezaas teSu vaavaataa sahasraM raajataan kaacaan aavayati bhuva ity araajnaaM jaayaabhiH sahaathaiSaa parivRktii vaaleSu sahasraM saamudraan kaacaan aavayati suvar iti suutagraamaNiinaaM ca kSattasaMgrahiitRNaaM ca jaayaabhiH saha. mahiSikaa a devataa worshipped at the beginning of the vivaaha. KathGS 19.7 agniM somaM varuNaM mitram indraM bRhaspatiM skandaM rudram vaatsiiputraM bhagaM bhaganakSatraaNi kaaliiM SaSThiiM bhadrkaaliiM puuSaNaM tvaSTaaraM mahiSikaaM ca gandhaahutirbhir yajeta // mahocchuSma see mahocchuSmaa. mahocchuSma see ucchuSma. mahocchuSma description/dhyaana. picumata 21.84-87 (f. 100v3-4) caturthan tu pravakSyaami kRSNabhinnaanjanaprabham / duzcaram ghoraruupaM ca citraazcaryaadidiipitam / mahaasiddhikaraM naama mahocchuSmaM prakiirtitam / kRSNaambaradharo mantrii kRSNasragdaamabhuuSitaH / valayaabharaNan divyaM paadau nuupurabhuuSitau / keyuurakaTisuutraM ca paadau laktakaranjitau / karNaalaMkaaramakuTaM calikaabharaNan tathaa / kapaalaM zuulakhaTvaangan dhanur naaraacasaMyutam ... (A. Sanderson, 2001, "History through textual criticism, p. 13, n. 11.) mahocchuSma a name of vana. J.A. Schoterman, 1982, The SaTsaahasra saMhitaa, p. 54: In the kubjikaamata tantra 2.82-83 the river ucchuSmaa is mentioned, which is located in mahocchuSmavana. In the maaliniistava (kubjikaamata tantra 2, daNDaka) maalinii is called mahocchuSmayaagapriyaa. mahocchuSmaa try to find it in other CARDs. mahodayamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.1.327. mahoraga see bhuutagaNa*. mahoraga as one of the bhuutagaNas. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii [1.12-14 (12)] zRNvantu me bhuutagaNaaH, ye ke cit pRthiviicaraaH khacaraa jalacaraa devaa naagaa asuraa marutaa garuDaa gandharvaaH kinnaraa mahoragaa yakSaa raakSasaaH pretaaH pizaacaa bhuutaaH kumbhaaNDaaH puutanaaH kaTapuutanaaH skandaa unmaadaaz cchaayaa apasmaaraa ostaarakaaH. mahotkaTa a yonder world? skanda puraaNa 5.3.225.16b: 15cd-16a alikaa took snaana, established the alikezvara, made daana to the brahmins, 16b she reached the mahotkaTa, 16cd-18ab she met her father and mother, was honored by them and her relatives, rode in a celestial car, wearing a divine garland and went to gauriiloka. skanda puraaNa 5.3.225.16b alikaapi tato bhaktyaa snaatvaa saMsthaapya zaMkaram /15/ dattvaa daanaM ca viprebhyo lokam aapa mahotkaTam / pitaraM ca samaasaadya maataraM ca yudhiSThira /16/ taiz ca saMmaanitaa priityaa bandhubhiH saalikaa tataH / vimaanavaram aaruuDhaa divyamaalaanvitaa nRpa /17/ gauriilokam anupraaptaa **tve 'dyaapi modate / (alikezvaratiirthamaahaatmya) mahotpaata see utpaata. mahotpalaa a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahotsaahaa a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . mahotsaahaa in kaalikaa puraaNa 62.80cd-82ab five forms of kaamaakhyaa are enumerated; they are kaamaakhyaa, tripuraa, kaamezvarii, zaaradaa and mahaalokaa. But in the following description of these goddesses mahotsaahaa appears instead of mahaalokaa, for example in kaalikaa puraaNa 63.8b; 32c. mahotsaahaa kaalikaa puraaNa 63.8ac guhaaM manobhavaaM caapi mahotsaahaaM tathaa sakhiim / anantaraM puujayet. (kaamaakhyaapuujaavidhi) mahotsaahaa kaalikaa puraaNa 63.31cd-32 piiThaadidevataas tatra yajet kaamezvariiM zubhaam /31/ tripuraaM puujayen madhye piiThapratyadhidevataam / zaaradaaM ca mahotsaahaaM madhya eva prapuujayet /32/ (kaamaakhyaapuujaa) mahotsaahaapuujaavidhi kaalikaa puraaNa 63.47-50 mahotsaahaa tu yaa devii mahaamaayaa tu saa smRtaa / vaiSNaviitantramantreNa saa puujyaa yonimaNDale /47/ tad eva maNDalaM caasya hy anganyaasaM tathaiva ca / saa eva puujaaparyaaye tad dhyaanaM saiva daivataa /48/ tantraM tad evam uktaM tu tasmaan naanyaM tu kiM cana / maNDalaadivisRSTyarthaM mahaamaayaamahotsave /49/ yat proktaM tena taaM deviiM mahotsaahaaM tu maNDale / snaanapuurvaM puujayet tu madhvaajyaadibhir aasavaiH /50/ mahotsaahaa is worshipped. mahotsaahaaM yoginiiM tu mahaamaayaasvaruupiNiim /137/ dhyaanato ruupatas taaM tu devyaa agre prapuujayet / (tripuraapuujaa) mahotsaahaa a yoginii, to be worshipped in kaamezvariipuujaa as a deity in kaamaruupa. kaalikaa puraaNa 64.54a yoginii ca mahotsaahaa. mahotsaahaa puujaavidhi. kaalikaa puraaNa 65. B.N. Shastri's edition. mahotsarga see pretasaMcaraa. mahotsarga kaarttika, zukla, dvitiiyaa is mahotsarga on which the naraka dwellers are set free. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.14.18-20 kaarttike zuklapakSasya dvitiiyaayaaM yudhiSThira / yamo yamunayaa puurvaM bhojitaH svagRhe yadaa /18/ dvitiiyaayaaM mahotsarge naarakiiyaaz ca tarpitaaH / paapebhyo vipramuktaas te muktaaH sarve vibandhanaaH / bhraamitaa nartitaas tuSTaaH sthitaa sarve yadRcchayaa /19/ teSaaM mahotsavo vRtto yamaraaSTre sukhaavahaH / tato yamadvitiiyaa saa prokto loke yudhiSThira /20/ (yamadvitiiyaavrata) mahotsarga kaarttika, zukla, dvitiiyaa is mahotsarga on which the naraka dwellers are set free. padma puraaNa 6.122.94-95 kaarttike zuklapakSe tu dvitiiyaayaaM tu zaunaka / yamo yamunayaa puurvaM bhojitaH svagRhe 'rcitaH /93/ dvitiiyaayaaM mahotsargo naarakiiyaaz ca tarpitaaH / paapebhyo vipramuktaas te muktaaH sarvanibandhanaat /94/ aazaMsitaaz ca saMtuSTaaH sthitaaH sarve yadRcchayaa / teSaaM mahotsavo vRtto yamaraaSTrasukhaavahaH /95/ ato yamadvitiiyeyaM triSu lokeSu vizrutaa / (yamadvitiiyaavrata) mahotsarga kaarttika, zukla, dvitiiyaa is mahotsarga on which the naraka dwellers are set free. skanda puraaNa 2.4.11.19cf kaarttike zuklapakSasya dvitiiyaayaaM sahodara /18/ yamo yamunayaa puurvaM bhojitaH svagRhe 'rcitaH / asmin dine yamenaapi naarakiiyaaz ca mocitaaH / api baddhaaH karmapaazaiH svecchayaa paryaTanti te /19/ (yamadvitiiyaavrata) mahotsarga kaarttika, zukla, dvitiiyaa is mahotsarga on which the naraka dwellers are set free. skanda puraaNa 2.4.11.32-33 kaarttike zuklapakSe tu dvitiiyaayaaM tu zaunaka / yamo yamunayaa puurvaM bhojitaH svagRhe 'rcitaH /31/ dvitiiyaayaaM mahotsargo naarakiiyaaz ca tarpitaaH / paapebhyo viprayuktaas te muktaaH sarve nibandhanaat /32/ atraazitaaz ca saMtuSTaaH sthitaaH sarve yadRcchayaa / teSaaM mahotsavo vRtto yamaraaSTrasukhaavahaH /33/ (yamadvitiiyaavrata) mahotsarga the reason why the naraka dwellers are set free on kaarttika, zukla, dvitiiyaa. skanda puraaNa 2.4.11.42-45ab, 51ab pratyahaM yamunaagatya yamaM saMpraarthayat puraa / bhraatar mama gRhe yaahi bhojanaarthaM gaNaavRtaH /42/ adya zvo vaa parazvo vaa pratyahaM vadate yamaH / kaaryavyaakulacittaanaam avakaazo na jaayate /43/ tadaikadaa yamunayaa balaat kaaraat nimantritaH / sa gataH kaarttike maasi dvitiiyaayaaM muniizvaraaH /44/ naarakiiyajanaan muktvaa gaNaiH saha raveH sutaH / ... bhuktvaa yamo 'pi bhaginiim alaMkaaraiH samarcayat / naanaavastrais tataH praaha varaM varaya bhaagini / iti tadvacanaM zrutvaa yamunaa vaakyam abraviit /49/ yamunovaaca // prativarSaM samaagaccha bhojanaarthaM tu madgRhe /50/ adya sarve mocaniiyaaH paapino narakaad yama / ye 'dyaiva bhaginiihastaat kariSyanti ca bhojanam / teSaaM saukhyaM pradehi tvam etad eva vRNomy aham /51/ (yamadvitiiyaavrata) mahotsarga even kings should release the inmates of prison on the day of yamadvitiiyaa. skanda puraaNa 2.4.11.60-61 nRpaiH kaaragRhe ye ca sthaapitaa mama vaasare / avazyaM te preSaNiiya bhojanaarthaM svasur gRhe /60/ vimoktavyaa mayaa paapaa narakebhyo 'dya vaasare / ye 'dya bandiiM kariSyanti te taaDyaa mama sarvathaa /61/ (yamadvitiiyaavrata) mahotsava see feast. mahotsava see utsava. mahotsavavidhi translation. A priest's guide for the great festival: aghoraziva's mahotsavavidhi translated with introduction and notes by Richard H. Davis, 2010, New York, Oxford University Press. maiden see abhraatR. maidhaatitha see saaman. maidhaatitha PB 9.8.18-19 (Caland Auswahl 89). maidhaatitha PB 14.10.11, PB 14.6.6 (Caland Auswahl 281, he refers to JAOS 18, p. 38). maidhaatitha PB 15.10.10-11 maidhaatithaM bhavati /10/ etena vai medhaatithiH kaaNvo vibhindukaad dvyuudhniir (emendation by Caland's n. 2 hereon) gaa udasRjata pazuunaam avarudhyai maidhaatithaM kriyate /11/ maidhaatitha JB 1.226 (Caland Auswahl 88-89). maidhaatitha JB 3.233-235 (Caland Auswahl 278-281). mainaaka a mountain belonging to the northern part of the kuurmavibhaaga. AVPZ 56.1.9 brahmaavartaM zatadruhimavantaM parvataM ca mainaakaM kaazmiiraM caiva tathaa uttarapaarzve hate 'bhihanyaat /9/ mainaaka a tiirtha/a mountain. mbh 3.87.9-10 tatra puNyahradas taata mainaakaz caiva parvataH / bahumuulaphalo viira asita naama parvataH /9/ aazramaH kakSasenasya puNyas tatra yudhiSThira / cyavanasyaazramaz caiva khyaataH sarvatra paaDavaH / tatraalpenaiva sidhyanti maanavaas tapasaa vibho /10/ (tiirthayaatraa related by dhaumya to yudhiSThira) mainaaka a tiirtha/a mountain. mbh 3.135.3-4 etad vinazanaM kukSau mainaakasya nararSabha / aditir yatra putraarthaM tad annam apacat puraa /3/ enaM parvataraajaanam aaruhya puruSarSabha / ayazasyaam asaMzabdyaam alakSmiiM vyapanotsy atha /4/ (tiirthayaatraa of yudhiSThira) mainaaka a tiirtha/a mountain. mbh 3.140.1a uziirabiijaM mainaakaM giriM zvetaM ca bhaarata / samatiito 'si kaunteya kaalazailaM ca paarthiva // (tiirthayaatraa of yudhiSThira) mainaaka a tiirtha/a mountain. mbh 3.145.39a taam (badariim) upetya mahaatmaanas te 'vasan braahmaNaiH saha /38/ aalokayanto mainaakaM naanaadvijagaNaayutam / hiraNyazikharaM caiva tac ca bindusaraH zivam /39/ (tiirthayaatraa of yudhiSThira) mainaaka a tiirtha/a mountain. mbh 13.26.56 mainaake parvate snaatvaa tathaa saMdhyaam upaasya ca / kaamaM jitvaa ca vai maasaM sarvamedhaphalaM labhet /56/ (tiirthaprazaMsaa) mainaakii a name of devii, see devii: an enumeration of her ... . maireya a kind of madya, see madya: preparation of maireya. maireyapaana used as a havis in the baliharaNa, vinaayakazaanti. ManGS 2.14.28 ata uurdhvaM graamacatuSpathe nagaracatuSpathe nigamacatuSpathe vaa sarvatomukhaan darbhaan aastiirya nave zuurpe balim upaharati phaliikRtaaMs taNDulaan aphaliikRtaaMs taNDulaan aamaM maaMsaM pakvaM maaMsam aamaan matsyaan pakvaan matsyaan aamaan apuupaan pakvaan apuupaan piSTaan gandhaan apiSTaan gandhaan gandhapaanaM madhupaanaM maireyapaanaM suraapaanaM muktam maalyaM grathitaM maalyaM raktaM maalyaM zuklaM maalyaM raktapiitazuklakRSNaniilaharitacitravaasaaMsi maakalmaaSamuulaphalam iti // maithilii bibl. 1928, "maithilii words of the 15th century," J. of Bihar and Orissa Society, pp. 266ff. maithilii bibl. Subhadra Jha, "maithili words in sarvaananda's amarakoza," ABORI, XXI, p. 106ff. maithilii bibl. Sukram Sen, 1940, "New Indo-Aryan vocables in sarvaananda's tikaasarvasva," Indian Linguistics, VIII, p. 126ff. maithilii bibl. Umesha Mishra, "caNDezvara Thaakura and maithilii," Allahabad University Studies, VI, pp. 349-357. maithilii bibl. Mishra, Jayakanta. 1976. History of Maithili Literature. New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi. mithilaa. maithilii. maithilii bibl. Ramawatar Yadav, 1985, "Maithili Phonology Reconsidered," StII 10, pp. 155-168. maithilii bibl. Shri Radhavallabh Sharma, 1986, maithilii saMskaar giit, Patna: Bihar Rashtra Bhasha Parishad. maithilii bibl. Smith, W. L. 1995. "Brajabuli, vrajaavalii and Maithili." In Mirja Juntunen, William L. Smith and Carl Suneson, eds. sauhRdyamangalam: Studies in Honour of Siegfried Lienhard on his 70th Birthday. pp. 311-341. Sockholm: The Association of Oriental Studies. maithilii bibl. W.L. Smith, ed., Maithili Studies: Papers Presented at the Stockholm Conference on Maithili Language and Literature, = Stockholm Studies in Indian Languages and Culture, 4, Stockholm: Department of Indology, University of Stockholm. maithilii bibl. Ramawatar Yadav, 1996, A Reference Grammar of Maithili, Mouton de Gruyter. maithilii bibl. Yogendra P. Yadava, 1998, Issues in maithili syntax: a government binding approach, LINCOM studies in Asian linguistics, 26, Muenchen. maithuna PW. 2) n. Paarung, Begattung. maithuna see aahanasyaa. maithuna see adhi-skand-. maithuna see adultery. maithuna see aphrodisiac. maithuna see chastity. maithuna see contraception. maithuna see eroticism. maithuna see female counterpart. maithuna see garbhaadhaana. maithuna see guhyaprakSaalana. maithuna see gurudaaraaniSevana. maithuna see homosexual. maithuna see impotence. maithuna see incest. maithuna see maithuna: prohibited. maithuna see maithuna, madya, maaMsa. maithuna see niSekaadhyaaya. maithuna see obscene dialogue. maithuna see obscenity. maithuna see onanism. maithuna see prajaati. maithuna see procreation: its process. maithuna see puMzcalii. maithuna see RtusaMgamana. maithuna see saMyoga. maithuna see sexology. maithuna see sexual life. maithuna see sex organ. maithuna see surata. maithuna see upahaasa. maithuna see vi-haa-. maithuna see virility. maithuna see vRSaliigamana. maithuna see yabh-. maithuna sexual euphemism, Hans Oertel, Euphemisemn, pp. 17-26 (= Kl. Schr., pp. 1517-1526). maithuna bibl. S.W. Jamison, 1981, "A Vedic Sexual Pun: astobhayat, anubhartrii, and RV 1.88.6," Acta Orientalia, Vol. 42, pp. 55-63. maithuna ritual coitus, see yonipuujaa. maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, txt. PB 8.7.8-14. maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, txt. BaudhZS 8.14 [255,4-10]. maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, txt. ApZS 13.15.8-11. maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, contents. PB 8.7.8-14: 8-9 beheind the gaarhapatya the wives (in case of a sattra) pour down water, 10 they pour it along their right tighs, 11 rather a great part of the garment must be pushed back, 12 they cause the wives to be looked at by the udgaatR, 13-14 at the hiMkaara up to the third stotra verse. maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, vidhi. PB 8.7.8-14 apaH pazcaat patnya upasRjanti vaizvaanaram eva tac chamayanty aapo hi zaantiH /8/ atho reta eva tat sincanty aapo hi retaH /9/ dakSiNaan uuruun abhiSincanti dakSiNato hi retaH sicyate /10/ mahad iva pratyuuhyaM mana evaasya taj janayanti /11/ udgaatraa patniiH saMkhyaapayanti retodheyaaya /12/ hiMkaaraM prati saMkhyaapayanti hiMkRtaad dhi reto dhiiyate /13/ aa tRtiiyaayaaH saMkhyaapayanti trivRd dhi retaH /14/ maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, contents. BaudhZS 8.14 [255,4-10]: 14 [255,4-9] the neSTR causes the patnii to recite mantras when she and udgaatR look at each othe, 14 [255,9-10] when the udgaatRs urges, the patnii causes water to flow along her naked thigh. maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, vidhi. BaudhZS 8.14 [255,4-10] prastute saamni neSTaa4 patniim udgaatraa saMkhyaapya vaacayati vizvasya te vizvaavato vRSNi5yaavatas tavaagne vaamiir anu saMdRzi vizvaa retaaMsi dhiSiiya (TS 3.5.6.i) agan de6vaan yajno ni deviir devebhyo yajnam aziSann asmin sunvati yajamaana7 aaziSaH svaahaakRtaaH samudreSThaa gandharvam aa tiSThaanu vaatasya8 patmann iDa iiDitaa iti (TS 3.5.6.k) sa yad evainaam udgaatopamiivati tad eSaa9 patny uuruNaa pannejaniir upapravartayati nagnaM kRtvorum upapravartayati /14/10. (agniSToma, agniSTomastotra and aagnimaarutazastra) maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, contents. ApZS 13.15.8-11: 8 the unneSTR causes the patnii to look at the udgaatR each other at each hiMkaara up to the third stotriyaa verse, 9-10 the wife cause the water to flow along her right thigh within the two tighs toward the east or north, or along her two thighs, 11 she tucks up her clothes so that her belly becomes visible. maithuna ritual coitus at the agniSTomastotra in the agniSToma, vidhi. ApZS 13.15.8-11 vizvasya te vizvaavata iti (TS 3.5.6.i) hiMkaaram anuudgaatraa patniiM saMkhyaapayati / aa tisRbhyaH storiyaabhyo 'gan devaan iti (TS 3.5.6.k) ca /8/ patny apa upapravartayati dakSiNenoruNaa nagnena praaciir udiiciir vorubhyaam antarataH /9/ uurvor upapravartayed ity eke /10/ upari duuram uduuhed aa vakSaNaanaam aaviSkartoH / ahriitamukhyaa jaayata iti vijnaayate /11/ maithuna ritual coitus in the azvamedha, bibl. J. Gonda, 1961, "Ascetics and courtesans," = Kl. Schrif., pp. 226ff. maithuna a ritual coitus in the azvamedha, bibl. P.E. Dumont, L'azvamedha, pp. 178ff. (sections 507-522). (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 65, n. 5.) maithuna a ritual coitus in the azvamedha, txt. ApZS 20.17.17-18.7a. maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata, bibl. P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, pp. 64-67. maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata, bibl. S.W. Jamison, 1996, Sacrificed Wife/Sacrificer's Wife, pp. 96-98. maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata. KS 34.5 [39,11-14] brahmacaarii ca puMzcalii cartiiyete sarvaa hi11 bhuute vaaca vadanti mithunaM caranti saMvatsaraM vaa ete prajaayamaanaa12s sattram aasate teSaaM saMvatsareNaiva prajananam antardhiiyate yan mithunaM caranti13 saMvatsarasyaiva prajananasyopaaptyai. (mahaavrata) maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata. JB 2.405 [335,14] maagadhaM ca puMzcaluuM ca dakSiNe vedyante mithuniikaarayanti. (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 66.) maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata. cf. ZA 1.5.1-3 saM mahaan mahatyaa dadhaad /1/ saM devo devyaa dadhaad /2/ saM brahma braahmaNyaa dadhaad /3/ (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 66.) maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata. DrahZS 11.3.16 pazcimenaagniidhriiyaM bahirvedi parizrite mithunau saMbhavetaaM yau varNau labheran. (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 65.) maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata. BaudhZS 16.21 [267,10-11], 16.22 [268,10] atha dakSiNe vedyanta10kaTaparivaare mithunau saMpravaadayato ... saMvartete mithunaav. (mahaavrata) maithuna a ritual coitus of a puMzcalii and a maagadha in the mahaavrata. ApZS 21.17.19, 19.6 uttarsyaaM vedizroNyaaM puMzcalyai maagadhaaya ca parizrayanti /19/... saMvartete puMzcalii maagadhaz ca /6/ (P. Rolland, 1973, le mahaavrata, p. 66.) maithuna a ritual coitus in the mahaavrata, note, it is regarded as an obsolete custom and prohibited. ZankhZS 17.6.1-2 atha zuudraaryau striipumaaMsau baNDakhalatii ity upakalpayanti /1/ tad etat puraaNam utsannaM na kaaryam ... /2/ (mahaavrata) maithuna it is different from the RtusaMgamana. RtusaMgamana is a duty to concieve a garbha, but the maithuna after the conception is an affair of love, kaama. Slaje, 1995, "Rtu, Rtviya, aartava," JEAS 4: 135, n. 61. maithuna RV 10.85.37 taam puuSan chivatamaam erayasva yasyaam biijam manuSyaa vapanti / yaa na uuruu uzatii vizrayaate yasyaam uzantaH praharaama zepam // J. Gonda, 1989, Prayer and Blessing, p. 81, S. Jamison, 1991, The ravenous hyenas, p. 173. maithuna is alluded to in RV 10.129.5 tirazciino vitato razmir eSaam adhaH svid aasii3d upari svid aasii3t / retodhaa aasan mahimaana aasan svadhaa avastaat prayatiH parastaat // Brereton, 1999, JAOS 119.2, p. 256. maithuna AV 4.4.7 = AV 6.101.3 aahaM tanomi te paso adhi jyaam iva dhanvani / kramasvarzya iva rohitam anavaglaayataa sadaa // (S. Jamison, 1991, The ravenous hyenas, p. 291, n. 276.) maithuna AV 11.5.12 abhikrandan stanayann aruNaH zitingo bRhac chepo 'nu bhuumau jabhaara / brahmacaarii sincati saanau retaH pRthivyaaM tena jiivanti pradizaz catasraH // maithuna PS 16.154.2 abhikrandann aruNaH zitingo brhac chepo 'nu bhuumau jabhaara / brahmacaarii sincati saanau retaH pRthivyaaM tena jiivanti pradizaz catasraH // (M. Kajihara, 2002, The brahmacaarin in the Veda, p. 116.) maithuna it is done silently. KS 6.6 [55,20] na saMbhavan vadet pazur eva bhuutvaa saMbhavaty aharahar vai pazavas saMbhavanto 'tha medhyaaH. (agnihotra) (Bodewitz, agnihotra, p. 124.) mauna. maithuna it is done silently or by uttering only hiMkaara. MS 1.8.7 [126,6-8] pazuvratena bhavitavyaM tuuSNiim iva pazavaH saMbhavanti te medhyaa yat tuuSNiiM triyam upeti medhyataras tena bhavati hiMkRtyopead evam iva hi pazava upayanti medhyatvaaya. mauna. (agnihotra) maithuna it is done upaaMzu. ZB 1.9.2.8 ... tenopaaMzu caranti / tira iva vai mithunena caryate tira ivaitad yad upaaMzu tasmaad upaaMzu caranti /8/ (darzapuurNamaasa, patniisaMyaaja) maithuna it is done by an aahitaagni after pronouncing hiMkaara and silently. BharZS 5.16.24 tuuSNiiM hiMkRtya striyam upeyaat /24/ (agnyaadheya, aahitaagnidharma) maithuna it is done by an aahitaagni after pronouncing hiMkaara and silently during the dvaadazaaha vrata after the agnyaadheya. ApZS 5.25.11 hiMkRtya vaagyataH striyam upeyaat /11/ vyaahared vaa /12/ (agnyaadheya, dvaadazaahavrata) maithuna a man emits retas on a woman lying on the back. KS 20.6 [25,4-7] athaite4 retassicaa asau vai svaraaD iyaM viraaD uttaanaayaaM striyaaM pumaan reta5s sincaty asaa asyaaM retas sincatiiyaM prajanayaty agnir atti saretasam agniM6 cinute prajaayate 'tty annaM ya evaM vidvaan ete upadhatte (agnicayana, retaHsic). maithuna a man lies in the right side, bibl. A. Weber, 1862, naxatra II, p. 313. maithuna a man lies in the right side. KS 20.6 [25,7-8] svaraaD asiiti7dakSiNata upadadhaati tasmaad dakSiNataH pumaan striyam upazaye (agnicayana, retaHsic). maithuna a man lies in the right side. KS 20.9 [28,11-12] panca dakSiNata udiiciis tasmaad dakSiNataH pumaan striyam upazaye (agnicayana, apasyaas). maithuna a man lies in the right side. ZB 7.5.1.6 dakSiNato 'SaaDhaayai vRSaa vai kuurmo yoSaaSaaDhaa dakSiNato vai vRSaa yoSaam upazete (agnicayana, kuurma). maithuna a man lies in a distance of an aratni. ZB 7.5.1.6 'ratnimaatre 'ratnimaatraad dhi vRSaa yoSaam upazete (agnicayana, kuurma). maithuna a mantra taught by (uddaalaka) aaruNi by which the maithuna becomes successful. KS 7.9 [71,2-3] kadaa cana stariir asiity etad dha vaa aarunir uvaaca na taavad raatriiM staryam uvaasa yaavad etaam Rcam azrNavam iti. (Sunao Kasamatsu, 2001, "Saishiki gakusha to shite no uddaalaka aaruNi," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies, 49,2, p. (69).) maithuna ZB 14.9.4.1-3 ... puruSasya retaH /1/ sa ha prajaapatir iikSaaM cakre / hantaasmai pratiSThaaM kalpayaaniiti sa striyaM sasRje taaM sRSTvaadha upaasta tasmaat triyam adha upaasiita zriir hy eSaa sa etaM praancaM graavaaNam aatmana eva samudapaarayat tenainaam abhyasRjat /2/ tasyaa vedir upastho / lomaani barhiz carmaadhiSavaNe samiddho madhyatas tau muSkau ... . maithuna ZB 14.9.4.8-10 sa yaam icchet / kaamayeta meti tasyaam arthaM niSThaapya mukhena mukhaM saMdhaayopastham asyaa abhimRzya japed angaad angaat saMbhavasi hRdayaad adhi jaayase sa tvam angakaSaayo 'si digdhaviddhaam iva maadayeti /8/ atha yaam icchet / na garbham dadhiiteti tasyaam arthaM niSThaapya mukhena mukhaM saMdhaayaabhipraaNyaapaanyaad indriyeNa te retasaa reta aadada ity aretaa eva bhavati /9/ atha yaam icchet / garbhaM dadhiiteti tasyaam arthaM niSThaapya mukhena mukhaM saMdhaayaapaanyaabhipraaNyaad indriyeNa te retasaa reta aadadhaamiiti garbhiNy eva bhavati /10/ maithuna JB 2.369 [318,21-24]. maithuna a man lies to the right of a woman. JB 2.407 [336,18-19] tad yad ito bRhataa stuvata ito rathaMtareNa tasmaat pumaan dakSiNato yoSaam upazete. maithuna mithuna is replaced by causing the udgaatR to look at patniis during the gavaamayana. JB 2.38 (Caland Auswahl 135). maithuna prohibited after the agnicayana. KS 22.7 [63,18-20] vratam cared agniM citvaa prathamaM citvaa na raamaam upeyaad dvitiiyaM citvaa naanyeSaaM striyas tRtiiyaaM citvaa na kaaMcana reto vaa etan nidhatte yad agnim cinute yad upeyaad retasa vyRdhyeta. maithuna prohibited after the agnicayana. TS 5.6.8.3-4 naagniM citvaa raamaam upeyaad ayonau reto dhaasyaamiiti na dvitiiyaM citvaanyasya striyam /3/ upeyaan na tRtiiyaM citvaa kaaM canopeyaad reto vaa etan nidhatte yad agniM cinute yad upeyaad ratasaa vyRdhyeta. maithuna prohibited for twelve days after the agnyaadheya. BaudhZS 2.20 [66,18] na striyam upaiti. (dvaadazaaha vrata after the agnyaadheya) maithuna prohibited for twelve days after the agnyaadheya. VaikhZS 1.16 [17,7-8] na striya7m upaiti. (dvaadazaaha vrata after the agnyaadheya) maithuna (antaraalavrata) prohibited, in the caaturmaasya as an ekaaha. PB 17.13.6, 11, 14 ahataM vasaano 'vabhRthaad udaiti caturo maaso na maaMsam aznaati na striyam upaiti /6/ ... zataM dakSiNaa ahataM vasaano 'vabhRthaad udaiti caturo maaso na maaMsam aznaati na striyam upaiti /11/ ... ahataM vasaano 'vabhRthaad udaiti caturo maaso na maaMsam aznaati na striyam upaiti /14/ maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. AzvZS 2.16.24c ... madhumaaMsalavaNastryavalekhanaani varjayet /24/ Rtau bhaaryaam upeyaat /25/ (antaraalavrata) maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. kaaThaka: comm. on KatyZS 5.2.21 [438,3] maaMsaM striyaz ca varjayet kaamam Rtau jaayaam upeyaad iti. maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. ManZS 1.7.2.25 caturo maasaan ... na striyam upaiti ... Rtau bhaaryaam upaiti /25/ maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. VarZS 1.7.1 [64,2] caturo1 maasaan ... na striyam upaiti ... Rtau bhaaryaam upaiti. maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. BaudhZS 28.8 [356,10] na striyam upaiti ... na striyam upeyaat kaamam Rtau13 jaayaam upeyaad yady ajaataputraH syaad. maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. BharZS 8.4.14 caturo maasaan na maaMsam aznaati na striyam upaiti nopary aaste jugupsate 'nRtaat praaG zete 'madhv aznaati /14/ maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. ApZS 8.4.5-6 na maaMsam aznaati na striyam upaiti /5/ Rtve vaa jaayaam /6/ maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. HirZS 6.8 [546,25-26] caturo24 maasaan naanRtaM vadati na maaMzam aznaati na striya25m upaiti nopary aaste jugupsetaanRtaat praaG zete na26 madhv aznaati ... Rtau jaayaam upe27yaat. maithuna (antaraalavrata of the caaturmaasya) prohibited. KatyZS 5.2.21 eke 'dhaHpraaGzaayii madhvaazy Rtujaayopaayii maaMsastryanRtaani varjayed udakaabhyavaayaM ca praag avabhRthaat /21/ maithuna (diikSitavrata) prohibited for the diikSita. BharZS 10.7.13 sa etad vrataM carati / na maaMsam aznaati na striyam upaiti nopary aaste jugupsetaanRtaat /13/ maithuna (diikSitavrata) prohibited for the diikSita. ApZS 10.13.6 madhu maaMsaM striyam anRtam uparizayyaaM SThiivanaM vikaale niSkramaNaM diikSitavimitaat pravaasam iti varjayet /6/ maithuna aacaarya who accepted a braahmaNa as brahmacaarin can do maithuna. ZB 11.5.4.16-17 tad aahuH / na braahmaNaM brahmacaryam upaniiya mithunaM cared garbho vaa eSa bhavati yo brahmacaryam upaiti ned imaM braahmaNaM viSiktaad retaso janayaaniiti /16/ tad u vaa aahuH / kaamam eva cared dvayyo vaa imaaH prajaaH daivyaz caiva maanuSyaz ca taa vaa imaa maanuSyaH prajaaH prajananaat prajaayante chandaaMsi vai daivyaH prajaas taani mukhato janayate tata etaM janayate tasmaad u kaakam eva caret /17/ maithuna a snaatakadharma: after the samaavartana the snaataka avoids it for one year or for twelve days or for three days. BharGS 2.22 [56,2-3] saMvatsaraM na maithunaM carati dvaadazaraatraM triraatraM vaa sarvaa sthitayaH // maithuna a snaatakadharma: maithuna with a rajaHsuvaasinii is prohibited. ManGS 1.2.19 pratisiddham ... rajaHsuvaasinyaa saha zayyaa ... /19/ maithuna a snaatakadhrama: maithuna with a rajasvadvaasas woman is prohibited. VarGS 9.19 ... malavadvaasasaa saha saMbhaaSaa rajasvadvaasasaa saha zayyaa gor guror duruktavacanam asthaane zayanaM sthaanaM smayanaM yaanaM gaanaM smaraNam iti / taani varjayet /19/ maithuna a snaatakadharma: maithuna with a rajovaasa is prohitibed. KathGS 3.15 ... rajovaasasaa saha zayyaa /15/ maithuna days on which maithuna is prohibited and praayazcitta. AgnGS 2.7.6 [112.15-113.4] nindite 'hani saMvezaM na kuryaat tu prayatnataH / yadi pramaadaat kuryaac cej japet taaM vaiSNaviim Rcam // kezavaadiini naamaani japet tu vividhaani ca / agnyagaare tato gatvaa hutvaa puurNaahutiM tataH / evaM janmatrayaM vaapi zravaNaM ca na saMvizet / parvadvaye na tat kuryaat zraaddhaM dattvaa na vaahani // somavaare 'rkavaare ca bhaumavaare zanaizcare / viSuve ayane caiva vyatiipaate ca saMkrame // etaany anyaani nindyaani divasaani na saMvizet / viSTir aSTamy athaanye ca pakSacchidraas tathaiva ca // maithuna wished to the bride in a mantra used in the vivaaha, cf. RV 10.85.37 taam puuSan chivatamaam erayasva yasyaam biijam manuSyaa vapanti / yaa na uuruu uzatii vizrayaate yasyaam uzantaH praharaama zepam // (analysis) See KathGS 25.22, HirGS 1.6.20.2 (after the paaNigrahaNa). maithuna wished to the bride in a mantra used in the vivaaha when the bride and groom look at each other. ParGS 1.4.16 athainau samiikSayati / ... saa naH puuSaa zivatamaam airaya saa na uuruu uzatii vihara / yasyaam uzantaH praharaama zepaM yasyaam u kaamaa bahavo niviSTyaa iti /16/ (analysis) maithuna wished to the pair in a mantra used in the vivaaha after the paaNigrahaNa. HirGS 1.6.20.2 taam agreNa dakSiNam aMsaM pratiiciim abhyaavRtyaabhimantrayate / ... amo 'ham asmi saa tvaM dyaur ahaM pRthivii tvam / saamaaham Rk tvaM taav ehi saMbhavaava saha reto dadhaavahai // (cf. AV 14.2.71) (analysis) maithuna wished to the pair in a mantra recited at the paaNigrahaNa in the vivaaha. ParGS 1.6.3 athaasyai dakSiNaM hastaM gRhNaati saanguSThaM ... amo 'ham asmi saa tvaM saa tvam asy amo 'ham / saamaaham asmi Rk tvaM dyaur ahaM pRthivii tvaM taav ehi vivahaavahai saha reto dadhaavahai prajaaM prajanayaavahai putraan vindyaavahai bahuun te santu jaradaSTayaH saM priyau rociSNuu sumanasyamaanau pazyema zaradaH zataM jiivema zaradaH zataM zRNuyaama zaradaH zatam iti /3/ (cf. AV 14.2.71) (analysis) maithuna wished to the bride that she may mingle her body with her husband in a mantra used when the bridegroom and bride are caused to enter the new house in the vivaaha. KauzS 77.20 ... iha priyaM (prajaayai te samRdhyataam asmin gRhe gaarhapatyaaya jaagRhi / enaa patyaa tanvaM saM spRzasvaatha jivrir vidatham aa vadaasi /21/) ... iti (AV 14.2.26; AV 14.1.21; AV 14.1.63-64) pratyRcaM prapaadayati /20/ (analysis) maithuna the bride is requested to unite with her husband in a mantra used when the bride enters the nuptial bed in the vivaaha. KauzS 79.6 devaa agre (nyapadyanta patniiH samaspRzanta tanvas tanuubhiH / suuryeva naari vizvaruupaa mahitvaa prajaavatii patyaa saM bhaveha /32/) iti (AV 14.2.32) saMvezayati /6/ (analysis) maithuna wished to the bride and groom in a mantra used in the act of coition in the vivaaha. KauzS 79.8 saM pitaraav (Rtviye sRjethaaM maataa pitaa ca retaso bhavaathaH / marya iva yoSaam adhi rohayainaaM prajaaM kRNvaathaam iha puSyataM rayim /37/) iti (AV 14.2.37) samaavezayati /8/ (analysis) maithuna it can be done freely after the conception. TS 2.5.1.5 tasmaad Rtviyaat striyaH prajaaM vindante / kaamam aa vijanitoH saM bhavanti. (Slaje, 1995, "Rtu, Rtviya, aartava," JEAS 4: 134.) maithuna it is prohibited for an aahitaagni on the vratya day. (a kaamyeSTi for an aahitaagni who commits avratya. (Caland's no. 67)) MS 2.1.10 [11,16-19] agnaye vratapataye 'STaakapaalaM nirvaped ya aahitaagniH san pravased bahu vaa eSa vratam atipaadayati ya aahitaagniH san pravasati vratye hy ahani striyaM vopaiti maaMsaM vaaznaaty agnir vai devaanaaM vratapatis tam eva bhaagadheyenopaasarat sa enaM vratam aalambhayati. maithuna GautDhS 5.1-2. maithuna VaikhDhS 3.1 [133,5-7]. maithuna occasions on which, women with whom, for whom maithuna is prohibited. viSNu smRti 69.1-17 naaSTamiicaturdaziipancadaziiSu striyam upeyaat /1/ na zraaddhaM bhuktvaa /2/ na dattvaa /3/ nopanimantritaH zraaddhe /4/ na vratii /5/ na diikSitaH /6/ na devaayatanazmazaanazuunyaalayeSu /7/ na vRkSamuuleSu /8/ na divaa /9/ na saMdhyayoH /10/ na malinaam /11/ na malinaH /12/ naabhyaktaam /13/ naabhyaktaH /14/ na rogaartaam /15/ na rogaartaH /16/ na hiinaangiiM naadhikaangiiM tathaiva ca vayo'dhikaam / nopeyaad gurviNiiM naariiM diirgham aayur jijiiviSuH /17/ maithuna after the zraaddha: vRddhaatreyasmRti 5 [54,19-20]. maithuna with an antarvatii: vRddhaatreyasmRti 5 [56,9-11]. maithuna what is to be done after maithuna. haradatta on ApDhS 2.1.2.1 retaso rajasaz ca ye lepaas taan adbhir mRdaa prakSaalyaacamyaangaanaaM ziraHprabhRtiinaaM prokSaNaM kartavyam. (Slaje, 1995, "Rtu, Rtviya, aartava," JEAS 4: 130, n. 47.) maithuna it is prohibited on the new moon day, the full moon day, the saMkraanti, caturdazii, aSTamii, Sunday, on the day of the zraaddha and vratas. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 1.27.37cd-38 kuhuupuurNendusaMkraanticaturdazyaSTamiiSu ca /37/ ravau zraaddhe vrataahe ca duSTaM striitilatailakam / maaMsaM ca raktazaakaM ca kaaMsyapaatre ca bhojanam /38/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) maithuna it is prohibited on the day of the zraaddha. padma puraaNa 7.17.27-28 durmate maithunaM yas tu kurute pitRvaasare / retobhojina eva syuH pitaras tasya so 'pi ca /27/ kurute maithunaM muuDho mohaat pitRdine yadi / tacchraaddhaM raakSasagraahyaM bhaven naasty atra saMzayaH /28/ maithuna it is prohibited on the amaavaasyaa. muhuurtacintaamaNi 1.7ab SaSThyaSTamiibhuutavidhukSayeSu no seveta naa tailaale kSuraM ratam. maithuna it is prohibited on the day of the kaamikaa saptamii. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.195.7cd saptamii kaamikaa naamnaa vidhim aasaaM nibodha me /6/ pancamyaam ekabhaktaM tu kuryaan niyatamaanasaH / alpaahaaraM na kurviita maithunaM duuratas tyajet /7/ varjayen madhu maaMsaM ca atyamlaM ca khagaadhipa / (kaamikaa saptamii) maithuna it is prohibited during the day. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 1.27.39cd niSiddhaM sarvavarNaanaaM divaa svastriiniSevaNam /39/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) maithuna prohibited on the days of maghaa and kRttikaa nakSatras. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 1.27.44cd-45 amaayaaM(>maghaayaaM??footnote hereon) kRttikaayaaM ca dvijaiH kSauraM vivarjitam /44/ kRtvaa tu maithunaM kSauraM yo devaaMs tarpayet pitRRn / rudhiraM tad bhavet toyaM daataa ca narakaM vrajet /45/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) maithuna an item to be avoided by a viSNubhakta on the dazamii. skanda puraaNa 2.5.12.25b kaaMsyaM maaMsaM masuuraaMz ca caNakaan kodravaaMs tathaa /24/ zaakaM madhu paraannaM ca punarbhojanamaithune / viSNubhakto naro vaapi dazamyaaM daza varjayet /25/ (akhaNDaikaadaziivrata) maithuna maithuna with a rajasvalaa woman is prohibited. manu smRti 4.40-41 nopagacchet pramatto 'pi striyam aartavadarzane / samaanazayane caiva na zayiita tayaa saha / rajasaabhiplutaaM naariiM narasya hy upagacchataH / prajnaa tejo balaM cakSur aayuz caiva prahiiyate. (Slaje, 1995, "Rtu, Rtviya, aartava," JEAS 4: 125, n. 31.) Cf. transfer of merit. maithuna maithuna with a rajasvalaa woman is prohibited. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 1.27.39cd raatrau ca dadhi bhakSyaM ca zayanaM saMdhyayor dine / rajasvalaastriigamanam etan narakakaaraNam /40/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) maithuna its origin. ziva puraaNa 7.1.16.25cd-26ab tadaaprabhRti loke 'smin striyaaM bhogaH pratiSThitaH /25/ prajaasRSTiz ca viprendraa maithunena pravartate / maithuna various kinds of maithuna other than the usual, only by embracing, by shaking hands and by smiling at. (Naomi Sato, 1997, Inbutsuken, 46-1, p. 433, n. 8.) maithuna sexual yoga in tantrism, bibl. Munenobu Sakurai, 1992, "Sei: Kouki Indo Mikkyou no girei ni okeru `seiteki yoga'," Bukkyou, 21, pp. 115-123. maithuna sexual yoga in tantrism, bibl. D.G. White, 2003, Kiss of yoginii: "tantric sex" in its South Asian contexts, Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. maithuna in the tantras. According to tantraaloka 15.552-559 liberal consciousness concerning sexual rituals is one of the important sayamas for the disciple. (Jun Takashima, 1992, "diikSaa in the tantraaloka," The Memoires of the Institute of Oriental Culture, No. 119, p. 53.) maithuna in the tantras. symbolic description. cakrasaMvarasaadhana 14-16 saMpuTaM saMpuTiibhaavaM vajrazRnkhalam ucyate / vajreNa bhedayet padmaM picchakavad bhraamayet tataH /14/ aakarSayed ankuzenaiva kSobhane muSalena tu / grasane vajram evaakhyaM vidhinaa sphaarayet tataH /15/ aavedhazara[= -zareNa] saMyojya draviibhuutaM savidyayaa[= saha vidyayaa] / manthyamanthaanasaMyogaad dharmakaayaM yathaa tathaa /16/ maithuna, madya, maaMsa free attitudes of tantrism toward these things. mahaanayaprakaaza 9.4-8 praayo hi maithune madye maaMse ca paridRzyate / aasaktiH sarvajantuunaaM vizeSaat kasya cit kva cit /4/ yadi tattyaagasaMrambhaH puurvaM teSaaM vidhiiyate / upadezo na sa manaag api citte prarohati /5/ janmaantarazataabhyastaa viSayeSu matir nRNaam / jaradgaur iva sasyebhyaH saa hi duHkhena vaaryate /6/ iti saMvaadatas teSaaM parityaago hi duSkaraH / abhyasuuyanti te yasmaad upadezakaraaya ca /7/ yathaasthitopabhogaatma puurvaM yat tuupadizyate / tatraadhiruudhir lokasya zraddhaapuurvaM prajaayate /8/ (quoted and translated by R. Torella, 2000, "The svabodhodayamanjarii," M. Hara Festschrift, p. 390, c. n. 10.) maithunajnaanaprakaara bRhajjaataka 4.2 yathaastaraazir mithunaM sameti tathaiva vaacyo mithunaprayogaH / asadgrahaalokitasaMyute 'ste saroSa iSTaiH savilaasahaasaH /2/ maithunajnaanaprakaara saaraavalii quoted by utpala on bRhajjaataka 4.2 [65,34-66,4] tathaa ca saaraavalyaam /34 dvipadaadayo vilagnaat surataM kurvanti saptame yadvat /66,1 tadvat puruSaaNaam api garbhaadhaanaM samaadezyam //2 aste zubhayutadRSTe saroSakalahaM bhaved graamyam /3 saumyaM surataM vaatsyaayanasaMprayogikaakhyaatam" iti /2/4 maithunakaala see mRtyukaala. maithunakaala see saMbhavakaala. maithunakaala see svapnakaala. maithunakaala W. D. O'Flahety, 1980, "Karma and Rebirth in the vedas and puraaNas," p. 22, in Karma and Rebirth in Classical Indian Traditions, Berkeley, et al. University of California Press. maithunakaala a respected child will be similar to a man whom the wife saw just after the bath after the period of menstruation of three days. Slaje, 1995, "Rtu-, rtv(i)ya-, aartava-," JEAS 4, p. 139, c. n. 79: VaikhGS 3.9 caturthyaaM ... snaatvaa ... aparam adRSTvaa bhartaaraM pazyed yasmaad Rtusnaataa yaadRzaM puruSaM pazyet taadRzii prajaa bhavati; and other medical literature. maithunakaala mahaabhaagavata puraaNa 17.15cd-16ab Rtusnaataa tu kaamaartaa mukhaM yasya samiikSate / tadaakRtiH saMtatiH syaat tat pazyed bhartur aananam. maithunakaala a child is born similar to a person who are thought of at the time of the maithuna. bRhatsaMhitaa 74.1cd cittena bhaavayati duuragataapi yaM strii garbhaM bibharti sadRzaM puruSasya tasya.(Mizue Sugita, varaahamihira's Source-Materials for the bRhatsaMhitaa, Chapters 73-84. 1996. Studies in the History of Indian Thought, 8: 82, n. 63). maithunakaala caraka saMhitaa 4.8.14 yaa yaa ca yathaavidhaM putram aazaasiita tasyaas taaM taaM putraaziSam anunizamya taaMs taan janapadaan manasaanuparikraamayet / tato yaa yaa yeSaaM yeSaaM janapadaanaaM manuSyaaNaam anuruupaM putram aazaasiita saa saa teSaaM teSaaM janapadaanaaM manuSyaaNaam aahaaravihaaropacaaraparicchadaan anuvidhatsveti vaacyaa syaat. (Mizue Sugita, varaahamihira's Source-Materials for the bRhatsaMhitaa, Chapters 73-84. 1996. Studies in the History of Indian Thought, 8: 82, n. 64.) maithunakaala suzruta saMhitaa 3.2.26 puurvaM pazyed Rtusnaataa yaadRzaM naram anganaa / taadRzaM janayet putraM bhartaaraM darzayed ataH. (Mizue Sugita, varaahamihira's Source-Materials for the bRhatsaMhitaa, Chapters 73-84. 1996. Studies in the History of Indian Thought, 8: 82, n. 65.) maithunakaala aSTaangahRdayasaMhitaa, zaariira 1.25cd-26ab caturthe 'hni tataH snaataa zuklamaalyaambaraa zuciH /25/ icchantii bhartRsadRzaM putraM pazyet puraH patim / (A. Wezler, 1993, "On a Prose Passage in the yuktidiipikaa," JEAS 3, p. 289, n. 33.) maithunakaala aSTaangahrdayasaMhitaa, zaariira 1.30 icchetaaM yaadRzaM putraM tadruupacaritaaMz ca taan / cintayetaaM janapadaams tadaacaaraparicchadau //. (A. Wezler, 1993, "On a Prose Passage in the yuktidiipikaa," JEAS 3, p. 291.) maithunakaala garuDa puraaNa 2.32.11 niSekasamaye pitror yaadRkcittavikalpanaa / taadRggarbhasamutpattir jaayate naatra saMzayaH // maithunakaala garuDa puraaNa 2.32.19 niSekasamaye yaadRGnaracittavikalpanaa / taadRksvabhaavasaMbhuutir jantur vizati kukSigaH /19/ maithunakaala zivagiitaa 8.10 Rtusnaataa yasya puMsaH saakaaMkSaM mukham iikSate / tadaakRtir bhaved garbhas tat pazyet svaamino mukham // maithunakaala the mental disposition of the offspring is determined by that of the parents at the maithunakaala. kubjikaamata tantra 14.31-32 yat kiM cic cintayen maataa yat kiM cin nintayet pitaa / ubhau bhaavasamaayogaat tadbhaavah sahajo bhavet /31/ vizvaruupo maNir yadvad upaadhiviSayo yathaa / tatkaalopaadhicintaayaaM sa raagaH sahajo bhavet /32/ (D. Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of Five Cakras, p. 64.) maithunakaala devii vijayaa is to be meditated on with mantra. devii puraaNa 100.4-5 tad yaH pRthivyaaM retas taameha dadat yo maaM bhakSitaani / vidyaaprayacchann aSTau putraan janayate vedavedaangapaaragaan /18/ yo 'dhiitya na prayacchet so 'putro 'puMsako bhavati / ahaM viiryenaahaM balena dhanena / oM namo bhagavate akSiiNaretase svaahaa /19/ ratikaale hi cintayed daivataM tridazezvaram / yasya retena loko 'yaM bhuuSitaH paavano bhuvi /20/ oM retaaya mahaaretaaya sarvaviiryaM mahaabale / kaamaaya kaamadevaaya mama kaamaan prayacchatu ThaM ThaM /21/ anayaabhimantritaM zayanaM bhajet / prayacchaty aSTau putraan yadi mohaM na gacchati / (vijayaavrata) maitra PW. 1) adj. c) dem mitra gehoerig. maitra see aagneya maitra. maitra :: ahar, see ahar :: maitra. maitra :: braahmaNa, see braahmaNa :: maitra. maitra :: diikSita, see diikSita :: maitra. maitra Apte. n. 4 the lunar mansion anuraadhaa. maitra svaatii, vizaakhaa and anuraadhaa/maitra are called RkSatraya or a triplet of the lunar mansions. skanda puraaNa 7.1.167.34a kuurmasya nairRte bhaage sthitaM vai dakSiNe pare /33/ svaatii vizaakhaa maitraM ca yatra RkSatrayaM smRtam / tasmin sthaane sadaa stheyaM yaavan manvantaraavadhi /34/ (bhuutamaatrutsava) maitraabaarhaspatya bibl. J.C. Heesterman, 1957, The Ancient Indian Royal Consecration, pp. 58-62. maitraabaarhaspatya txt. BaudhZS 12.5-6 [92,11-93,11]. maitraabaarhaspatya txt. ApZS 18.11.2-23. maitraavaruNa PW. 2) m. b) Bez. eines der fungierenden Priester (Rtvij), des ersten Gehilfen des hotR; auch prazaastR genannt. maitraavaruNa bibl. P.E. Dumont, 1962, "The animal sacrifice in the taittiriiya braahmaNa, the part of the hotar and the part of the maitraavaruNa in the animal sacrifice, TB 3.6 with translation," Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 106, pp. 246-263. maitraavaruNa bibl. Christopher Z. Minkowski, 1991, Priesthood in Ancient India: A Study of the maitraavaruNa priest, Vienna: Institut fuer Indologie der Unversitaet Wien. maitraavaruNa :: braahmaNa, see braahmaNa :: maitraavaruNa. maitraavaruNa :: gaayatra. PB 5.1.15 (gavaamayana). maitraavaruNa :: gaayatrii. KS 26.9 [133,8] maitraavaruNaM vRNiite gaayatriiM tac chandasaaM vRNiite (agniSToma, agniSToma, RtvigvaraNa). maitraavaruNa :: gaayatrii. MS 3.9.8 [127,2] (agniSToma, agniiSomiiyapazu, RtvigvaraNa). maitraavaruNa :: maitraavaruNau. Vadhula 84 (W. Caland, 1928, "Eine vierte Mitteilung ueber das vaadhuulasuutra", AO 6, p. 199 [6-7] (= Kl. Schrif., p. 499) maitraavaruNa carries the yajna by becoming mitra and varuNa. tad aahur na vai mRtyumaan anyam aatmano 'mRtam arhati2 kartuM yadaa hy eva sa aatmanaamRto bhavaty atha haivaanyam3 aatmano 'mRtam arhati kartuM tad aahuH kaa devataa bhuutvartvijo4 yajnamukhe yajamaanaM vahantiity ... maitraa6varuNau (haiva bhuutvaa maitraavaruNo) yajnaM vahati. maitraavaruNa :: manas, yajnasya. AB 2.5.9 (agniSToma, agniiSomiiyapazu, paryagnikaraNa, upapraiSa). maitraavaruNa :: Rta. PB 25.18.4 (vizvasRjaaM sahasrasaMvatsara, an enumeration of the Rtvijs). maitraavaruNa :: Rta. BaudhZS 17.19 [298,12] (vizvasRjaaM sahasrasaMvatsara, an enumeration of the Rtvijs). maitraavaruNa his pravara. BaudhZS 4.6 [116,11-16] athaazraavayaty o zraavayaastu zrauSaN mitraavaruNau prazaastaarau11 prazaastraad ity asau maanuSa iti maitraavaruNasya naama gRhNaaty athaazraavayati yady atraatyaazraavayaty o zraavayaastu zrauSaD agnir ha daiviinaaM13 vizaaM puraetaayaM yajamaano manuSyaaNaaM tayor asthuuri gaarhapatyaM14 diidayac chataM himaa dvaa yuu raadhaaMsiit saMpRncaanaav asaMpRncaanau tanva15 iti. (niruuDhapazubandha) maitraavaruNa his functions, txt. AzvZS 3.1.16-23. (niruuDhapazubandha) maitraavaruNa his functions, txt. ZankhZS 5.15.8-16.4. (agniSToma, agniiSomiiyapazu) maitraavaruNa his functions, vidhi. ZankhZS 5.15.8-16.4 mitraavaruNayos tvaa prazaastroH praziSaa prayacchaami yajnasyaariSTyaa iti yajamaano maitraavaruNaaya daNDaM prayacchati /8/ tenaiva mantreNa yathaarthaM pratigRhya dakSiNena hotaaraM dakSiNaavRt puurvaH pratipadyate /9/ uttareNa havirdhaane dakSiNenaagniidhriiyaM dhiSNyaM gatvaa puurvayaa dvaaraa sadaH prapadya svasya dhiSNyasya pazcaad upavizyaikaadaza prayaajaan yajati /15.10/ praiSaa maitraavaruNasya /16.1/ sapraiSe ca puronuvaakyaaH /2/ tathaanuvacanaani /3/ prahaaNas tiSThan daNDe paraakramya samidhaH preSyety ukto hotaa yakSad agniM samidheti preSyati /4/ C<78>,<40> hotaa yakSad agniM samidha // ZankhZS 5.16.4 (agniSToma, agniiSomiiyapazu, praiSa to saamidheniis). maitraavaruNa his functions, Caland's translation and notes. ZankhZS 5.15.8-16.4: (15.8-10) 15.8. (Now) the sacrificer delivers the maitraavaruNa-staff to the maitraavaruNa with (the formula): "I deliver thee by the direction of mitra and varuNa, the prazaastRs, for the security of the sacrifice" (note: Cf. ApZS 10.27.2.). 9. With the same mantra, (changing it) according to the aim (note: Thus he says "I accept thee etc.".) he (the maitraavaruNa) accepts it and enters (note: pratipadyate = prapadyate?) (the sadas), before (the hotR), making a turn to the right to the south of the hotR. 10. Having passed to the north of the havirdhaana-shed and to the south of the aagniidhriiya-shed he (the maitraavaruNa) enters the sadas by the eastern door, sits down behind his own dhiSNya and performs the rite for the elven fore-offerings. maitraavaruNa his functions, Caland's translation and notes. ZankhZS 5.15.8-16.4: (16.1-3) 16.1 The promptings (note: The praiSas, beginning hotaa yakSat, by which the maitraavaruNa prompts the hotR to recite his yaajyaa, collected in the Rgvedakhila 7 (praiSaadhyaaya) ed. scheftelowit, pp. 142ff.) fall to the share of the maitraavaruNa. 2. Likewise the inviting-verses at an (act) combined with prompting (note: See e.g. Schwab section 93 etc.). 3. Equally the recitation(anuvacana) (note: See e.g. Schwab section 63 (p. 97).). maitraavaruNa his functions, Caland's translation and notes. ZankhZS 5.15.8-16.4: (16.4a) 4a. Standing and bending forward (note: In accordance with KB 28.1 [134,13-14]. In the beginning (KB 28.2 [134,15], where in stead of prahaaNa we find kuvakra iva praNataH; prahaaNa is not a corruption for prahvaaNa as Boehtling has it in his shorter dictionary; see Acta Orientalia IX, p. 75ff.) leaning on his staff (note: This must be practically the sense. AzvZS 3.1.20 vedyaaM daNDam avastabhya.) (he utters these texts). maitraavaruNa his functions, Caland's translation and notes. ZankhZS 5.15.8-16.4: (16.4b) 4b. When addressed (by the adhvaryu) with the words: "Prompt the (hotR to recite to the) kindling-sticks" (note: ZB 3.8.1.4, ApZS 7.14.7) he (the maitraavaruNa) prompts him (to recite the offering-verse of the first fore-offering) with (the formula): "Let the hotR worship (also 'pronounce his offering verse to') agni by the kindling stick".(note: Here only the first fore-offering is described (for the prayaajas at an iSTi, cf. ZankhZS 1.7.1), because all the others follow this model. All the promptions (praiSa) are collected and handed down in a separate text of the Rgveda: the praiSaadhyaaya or praiSasuukta, to be found in Rgvedakhila 5.7.1-5 (ed. Scheftelowitz, pp. 142-148). This collection apparently was known to the author of our suutras, as it was equally to aazvalaayana, who says (AzvZS 3.2.1-3) distinctly: ekaadaza prayaajaas teSaam praiSaaH prathamaM praiSasuuktam. This first praiSasuukta is RVkh 5.7.1 (p. 142 ed. Scheftelowitz). maitraavaruNa aajyazastra of the maitraavaruNa, txt. ZankhZS 7.11. maitraavaruNa the second aajyastotra in the praataHsavana is called maitraavaruNasyaajyam. Caland's note 1 on PB 7.2.2: The four aajya lauds are 1. aagneyam (hotur aajyam), C.H. section 55; 2. mitraavaruNam (maitraavaruNasyaajyam) c.h. section 160; 3. aindram (braahmaNaacchaMsina aajyam) C.H. section 164; 4. aindraagnam (acchaavaakasyaajyam) C.H. section 169. maitraavaruNa the second pRSThastotra in the maadhyaMdina savana is called maitraavaruNasya pRSTha, see pRSTha : the second pRSTha. maitraavaruNa the maitraavaruNa recites RV 1.75.1 and RV 3.1 (AB 2.12) for the stokas at the vapaahoma in the niruuDhapazubandha. Caland's note on ApZS 7.20.3 praadurbhuuteSu stokeSu stokebhyo 'nubruuhiiti saMpreSyati /3/ maitraavaruNa the maitraavaruNa recites RV 6.60.3 (see AzvZS 3.7.13) as the puro'nuvaakyaa for the vapaahoma and he gives to the hotR the praiSa (MS 4.13.5 {205,9-10]) ending with "hotR, recite the yaajyaa". (Caland's note on ApZS 7.21.1) (vapaahoma, niruuDhapazubandha) maitraavaruNa the maitraavaruNa orders the hotR to recite the yaajyaa. KB 13.2 [58,2-3] atha vai haviSpanktiH praaNa eva tasmaad yenaiva maitraavaruNaH pre3Syati tena hotaa yajati samaano hy ayaM praaNasi. (haviSpankti) maitraavaruNa the maitraavaruNa orders the hotR to recite the yaajyaa. HirZS 4.4.38 [429] aazraavya na preSyati maitraavaruNo hotaaraM codayati /38/ (niruuDhapazubandha, vapaahoma); HirZS 4.4.68 [434] (niruuDhapazubandha, pazupuroDaaza); HirZS 4.5.20 [439] (niruuDhapazubandha, vasaahoma). maitraavaruNa the maitraavaruNa recites RV 6.1.1-13 (manotaa), when the daivata avadaanas are cut off. (Caland's note on ApZS 7.24.1.) maitraavaruNa the maitraavaruNa recites the puronuvaakyaa either RV 3.53.5 or RV 3.53.4 and then recites the atipraiSa. ZankhZS 10.1.10-12 ayaM yajna iti (RV 1.177.4a) yaajyaa haariyojanasya /10/ ananuvaSaTkRta evaasaMpreSito maitraavaruNaH paraa yaahi maghavann ity (RV 3.53.5) anuucya jaayed astam iti (RV 3.53.4) vehe mada eva maghavann ity atipraiSam aaha dvitiiyaprabhRtiSu /11/ praayaNiiye vaa yathaasamaamnaatam /12/ (dvaadazaaha, general remarks) maitraavaruNa a dvidevatyagraha. maitraavaruNa :: cakSus, manas. KS 27.5 [144,6] (agniSToma, dvidevatyagrahas, the dvidevatyagrahas are eaten before iDopahvaana). maitraavaruNa :: dakSakratuu. BaudhZS 14.8 [165,14] (aupaanuvaakya, agniSToma, grahaavekSaNa, he worships the maitraavaruNagraha with TS 3.2.3.f which mentions dakSakratuu). maitraavaruNa, acchaavaaka :: baahuu. KB 28.9 [137,18]. maitraavaruNa, acchaavaaka :: uuruu. KB 28.9 [137,22]. maitraavaruNa aajya :: ahoraatre. JB 1.312 [130,33] (stotras of the agniSToma). maitraavaruNa aajyastotra see aajyastotra. maitraavaruNa aajyastotra note, it is related to the vizvajit stoma. JB 1.312 [130,33-35] atha maitraavaruNam aajyam / sa ha sa vizvajid eva stomaH / ahoraatre eva te /33 ahar vai mitro raatrir varuNaH / tad ye ke caadityaad arvaanco lokaas taan ha sarvaan34 ahoraatre evaapnutaH / te u ha tv evaMvido lokaM aapnutaH /35 (stotras of the agniSToma) maitraavaruNacamasa he places the hotRcamasa and the maitraavaruNacamasa touching each other and pours the vasatiivarii water into them separately. TS 6.4.3.4 yonir vai yajnasya caatvaalaM yajno vasatiivariir hotRcamasaM ca maitraavaruNacamasaM ca saMsparzya vasatiivariir vyaanayati yajnasya sayonitvaayaatho svaad evainaa yoneH pra janayaty. (agniSToma, vasatiivarii, ritual treatment before mixing with soma) maitraavaruNacamasa the vasatiivarii water which is carried from the drawing place is poured into the hotRcamasa and the maitraavaruNacamasa. BaudhZS 7.3 [203,12-19] pouring of vasatiivarii into the hotRcamasa and maitraavaruNacamasa ([12-14] when the yajamaana touches the adhvaryu from behind, he joints the hotRcamasa and maitraavaruNacamasa on the caatvaala, pours the vasatiivarii water respectively into the hotRcamasa and the maitraavaruNacamasa, and pours the drops (aptu) of the vasatiivarii water of the hotRcamasa into the maitraavaruNacamasa when some water spills from it?, [14-17] he puts the hotRcamasa, vasatiivarii vessel, maitraavaruNacamasa and anoints it with the rest of the water in the pracaraNii spoon. BaudhZS 7.3 [203,12-19] caatvaale12 hotRcamasaM ca maitraavaruNacamasaM ca saMsparzya vasatiivariir vyaanayati13 puurayati hotRcamasam aptuM maitraavaruNacamase praskandayaty atha hotRcamasaM14 vasatiivariir maitraavaruNacamasam iti trayaM saMnidhaaya pratistomaM15 pracaraNyaa samanakti saM jyotiSaa jyotir anktaaM saM zukraaH16 zukreNa saM haviSaa haviH saM yajnapatir aaziSety athaiSaa patny e17tenaiva yathetam etya jaghanena gaarhapatyam aupasadaayaaM vedyaaM saMspRSTaaH18 saadayati tuuSNiim /3/19. (agniSToma, vasatiivarii, ritual treatment before mixing with soma) maitraavaruNacamasa used to draw the vasatiivarii water: he puts blades of darbha grass into the maitraavaruNacamasa and causes the water to flow into it agnainst the stream. ManZS 2.3.2.18 maitraavaruNacamase darbhaan antardhaaya samudrasya vo 'kSityaa unnaya iti (MS 1.3.1 [29,9-10]) pratiipaM camasam upamaarayati /18/ (agniSToma, vasatiivarii, ritual treatment before mixing with soma, drawing) maitraavaruNacamasa used to draw the vasatiivarii water. ApZS 12.5.10 kaarSir asiiti (TS 1.3.13.i) darbhair aahutim apaplaavya samudrasya vo 'kSityaa un naya ity (TS 1.3.13.k) abhihutaanaaM maitraavaruNacamasena gRhNaati /10/ maitraavaruNacamasa he puts the maitraavaruNacamasa under the southern havirdhaana cart before the axle, (the hotRcamasa on the northern rut in front of the wheel), the places of the maitraavaruNacamasa and the hotRcamasa are changed. ApZS 12.7.2-3 etasyaiva havirdhaanasyaadhastaat puro'kSaM maitraavaruNacamasam / uttarasyaaM vartanyaaM purazcakraM hotRcamasam / uttarasya havirdhaanasyaadhastaat puro'kSaM vasatiivariiH / pazcaadakSam ekadhanaaH /2/ etad vaa vipariitam /3/ (agniSToma, vasatiivarii, ritual treatment before mixing with soma) maitraavaruNagraha see dvidevatyagraha (for the offering of the graha). maitraavaruNagraha bibl. Caland-Henry, 1906, L'agniSToma, #132b; #162 (245-246) (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha bibl. Kane 2: 1186. maitraavaruNagraha txt. KS 27.4 [142,9-143,8] (drawing). maitraavaruNagraha txt. MS 4.5.8 [75,12-76,12] (drawing). maitraavaruNagraha txt. TS 1.4.5 (mantra). maitraavaruNagraha txt. TS 6.4.8. maitraavaruNagraha txt. ZB 4.1.4.1-10. maitraavaruNagraha txt. AzvZS 5.10.28 (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha txt. ZankhZS 7.11.4 (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha txt. ManZS 2.3.5.6 (drawing), ManZS 2.4.3.6-11 (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha txt. BaudhZS 7.6 [209,17-210,4] (drawing), BaudhZS 7.18 [231,3-12] (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha txt. BharZS 13.15.1-2 (drawing). maitraavaruNagraha txt. ApZS 12.14.12 (drawing), ApZS 12.28.14-16 (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha txt. HirZS 8.4 [836] (drawing). maitraavaruNagraha txt. KatyZS 9.6.8-9, KatyZS 9.14.12-14 (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha txt. VaitS 20.14 (offering and drinking). maitraavaruNagraha vidhi. MS 4.5.8 [75,12-76,12]: ... ([76,10-16]) if his bhraatRvya surpasses him, he presses the thumb with his finger and if his bhraatRvya chases him, he presses his finger with his thumb, with mantra. maitraavaruNagraha vidhi. MS 4.5.8 [75,12-76,12] ... ([76,10-16]) ya10dy enaM bhraatRvyo 'tiiva syaad angulyaanguSTham avagRhNiiyaad yady anv(>anvaGG??Caland's note 3 on ApZS 12.21.1) anguSThenaangu11lim //12 yo no mitraavaruNaa abhidaasaat sapatno bhraatRvya utpipiite bR13haspate /14 idam ahaM tam adharaM paadayaami yathaaham uttamaz cetayati //15 ity uttamo ha cetayati /8/16 maitraavaruNagraha vidhi. ApZS 12.14.12 ayaM vaaM mitraavaruNeti (TS 1.4.5.a(a)) maitraavaruNaM gRhiitvaa raayaa vayaM sasavaaMso madema havyena devaa yavasena gaavaH / taaM dhenuM mitraavaruNaa yuvaM no vizvaahaa dhattam anapasphurantiim iti (ZB 4.1.4.10) zRtaziitena payasaa zriitvaiSa te yonir RtaayubhyaaM tveti (TS 1.4.5.b(cd)) saadayati /12/ maitraavaruNagraha note, the milk for aamikSaa (for the maitraavaruNagraha) is milked from the cow of the vrata of the yajamaana is milked. BaudhZS 6.34 [198,16] atha payaaMsi vizaasti yaa samraaDdhuk tasyai dadhigharmaaya15 dadhi kuruta yaa yajamaanasya tasyaa aamikSaayai yaa patnyai tasyaa16 aazire payaz ca saktuuMz ca kuruta zRtaatankyam aadityagrahaaya dadhi17. (agniSToma, saayaMdoha) maitraavaruNagraha note, the milk for the heated but not fermented milk for the maitraavaruNagraha is milked from the cow of the gharma of the pravargya. ApZS 11.21.7-9 yaa gharmadhuk tasyai taptam anaataktaM maitraavaruNaaya /9/ (agniSToma, saayaMdoha) maitraavaruNagraha note, the maitraavaruNagraha is drawn first for an aamayaavin. MS 4.8.9 [117,8] ya aamayaavii sa maitraavaruNaagraan praaNaapaaNau hi mitraavaruNau8. (agniSToma, kaamya grahaagra) maitraavaruNagraha note, the maitraavaruNagraha is drawn first when one of the diikSitas dies. KS 30.3 [184,2-5] maitraavaruNaagraan gRhNiiran yeSaaM diikSi2taanaaM pramiiyeta praaNaapaanaabhyaaM vaa ete vyrdhyante yeSaaM diiksitaanaaM pra3miiyate praaNaapaanau vai mitraavaruNau praaNaapaanaa eva mukhataH pariha4rante tasmaan mukhataH praaNaapaanau. (dvaadazaaha, kaamya grahaagra) maitraavaruNagraha note, the maitraavaruNagraha is drawn first when one of the diikSitas dies. TS 7.2.7.1-2 maitraavaruNaagraan gRhNiiran yeSaaM diikSitaanaam pramiiyeta /1/ praaNaapaanaabhyaaM vaa ete vy Rdhyante yeSaaM diikSitaanaam pramiiyate praaNaapaanau mitraavaruNau praaNaapaanaav eva mukhataH pari harante. (dvaadazaaha, kaamya grahaagra) maitraavaruNapaatra see dvidevatyapaatra. maitraavaruNapaatra its form, as the maitraavaruNapaatra is one of the vaayavya paatras, for their general feautures, see vaayavya paatra: their forms. maitraavaruNapaatra its form. ZB 4.1.5.19 ajakaavaM maitraavaruNapaatraM tat tasya dvitiiyaM ruupaM tena tad dvidevatyam. maitraavaruNapaatra its form. ManZS 2.3.1.15 ajaagalaM maitraavaruNasya. maitraavaruNapaatra its form. BaudhZS 7.6 [209,17-18] athaadatte maitraavaruNapaatraM tad etat pilakaavad bhavati. maitraavaruNapaatra its form. ApZS 12.1.11 bRhaspatir devatety ajagaavaM maitraavaruNasya / (agniSToma, paatrasaMsaadana) maitraavaruNapaatra its form. KatyZS 9.1.6 ajakaavaM maitraavaruNam // ajaagalastanau ajakaa tadvat. ajaagalastanaakaarakaaSThaavayavayuktam. maitraavaruNasya dhiSNya :: zvaatra pracetas (mantra: TS 1.3.3.c) BaudhZS 6.29 [193,9] (agniSToma, dhiSNya). maitraavaruNasya dhiSNya its position: in the sadas, to the south of the hotuH dhiSNya. ApZS 11.14.3-4 sadasiitaraan puurvaardhe purastaat saMcaraM ziSTvaa /3/ pRSThyaayaaM hotriiyam / taM dakSiNena prazaastriiyam /4/ uttareNa hotriiyam itaraan udiica aayaatayati / braahmaNaacchaMsinaH potur neSTur acchaavaakasyeti /5/ (agniSToma, dhiSNya) maitraavaruNau :: maitraavaruNa, see maitraavaruNa :: maitraavaruNau. maitraavaruNavaraNa see RtvigvaraNa. maitraavaruNavaraNa txt. ApZS 7.14.3-5. (niruuDhapazubandha) maitraavaruNii aamikSaa see aamikSaa. maitraavaruNii aamikSaa to be performed after the vaajapeya. ApZS 18.7.15 (samtiSThate vaajapeyaH /14/) teneSTvaa sautraamaNyaa yajeta / maitraavaruNyaa vaamikSayaa /15/ (Caland's note 1 on ApZS 20.25.1) maitraavaruNii aamikSaa to be performed when the performer of the puruSamedha enters the village. ApZS 20.24.17-25.1 (... araNyam avatiSTheta /16/) graamaM vaa pravizya traidhaataviiyayaa yajeta /24.17/ sautraamaNyaa maitraavaruNyaa caamikSayaa (>vaamikSayaa, Caland's note 1 hereon) saakaMprasthaayiiyena pancabilena caruNaa pancazaaradiiyeneti /25.1/ maitraavaruNii vazaa see anuubandhyaa. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa abbreviation: MS. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa edition. maitraayaNii saMhitaa: Die saMhitaa der maitraayaNii-zaakhaa, herausgegeben von Leopold von Schroeder, 4 Bde, Leipzig: E.A. Brockhaus, 1881-1886 (Reprint: Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 1970-1972). maitraayaNiisaMhitaa bibl. L. v. Schroeder, 1879, "Ueber die maitraayaNii saMhitaa, ihr Alter, ihr Verhaeltniss zu den verwandten zaakhaa, ihre sprachliche und historische Bedeutung," ZDMG 33, pp. 177-207. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa bibl. T.N. Dharmadhikari, 1969, "Some conjectured emendations in the text of maitraayaNii saMhitaa," Proceedings and Transactions of the All India Oriental Conference, 23rd Sesseion, Aligarh, October 1966, pp. 9-10, Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa MS 1.9. bibl. Rolland, Pierre. 1970. La litanie des quatre oblateurs (maitraayaNii saMhitaa 1,9). JA 1970, 261-279. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa bibl. N. Tsuji, 1983, "The agnicayana Section of the maitraayaNii-saMhitaa with Special Reference to the maanava zrauta suutra," in Staal, Agni, II, pp. 135-160. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa bibl. Martin Mittwede, 1986, Textkritische Bemerkungen zur maitraayaNii saMhitaa: Sammlung und Auswertung der in der Sekundaerliteratur bereits geaeusserten Vorschlaege, Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien, 31, Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa bibl. Kyoko Amano, 2002, "Uses of the Denominative Pronouns in the maitraayaNii saMhitaa," Studies in the History of Indian Thought, No. 14, pp. 25-43. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa bibl. Kyoto Amano, 2006, "The Uses of atas and atra in the maitraayaNii saMhitaa," Journal of Indian Buddhist Studies, vol. 54, no. 2, pp. (236)-(240). maitraayaNiisaMhitaa bibl. Kyoko Amano, 2009, maitraayaNii saMhitaa I-II: Uebersetzung der Porsapartien mit Komentar zur Lexik und Syntax der aelteren vedischen Prosa, Bremen: Hempen Verlag. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa MS 1.6.5, bibl. Kyoko Amano, 2013, "kezin daarbhya in the maitraayaNii saMhitaa: description of the brahmaudanika fire in MS 1.6.5 [94,4-8]," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 61-3, pp. 1073-1077. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa MS 3.1-5, bibl. Kyoko Amano, 2015, "Style and language of the agniciti chapter in the maitraayaNii saMhitaa (III 1-5)," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies, 63-3, pp. 1161-1167. maitraayaNiisaMhitaa The aorist is often used to show the effect or the result of a ritual performance. W.D. Whitney, Sanskrit Grammar, section 930. (N. Nishimura, 2002, Dissertation Tohoku Univ, p. 87, n. 328.) maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 1.1.1-1.1.13 darzapuurNamaasa (mantra), MS 1.2-3 agniSToma (mantra) (MS 1.2.8 uttaravedi, MS 1.2.14-18 agniiSomiiyapazu (MS 1.2.15-16 vapaahoma), MS 1.3.1-39 somagraha (MS 1.3.4 upaaMzugraha, MS 1.3.35 dadhigharma, MS 1.3.36 adaabhyagraha)), MS 1.4.1-3 darzapuurNamaasa (mantra) (MS 1.4.2 [48,10-14] praNiitaanaaM vimocana), MS 1.4.4 praayazcitta (mantra), MS 1.4.5-15 yaajamaana, MS 1.5.1-4 agnyupasthaana (mantra), MS 1.5.5-12 agnyupasthaana (braahmaNa), MS 1.5.13-14 pravaasa (mantra, braahmaNa), MS 1.6.1-2 agnyaadheya (mantra), MS 1.6.3-13 agnyaadheya (braahmaNa), MS 1.7.1 [108,3-110,6] punaraadheya (mantra), MS 1.7.2-5 [110,7-114,10] punaraadheya (braahmaNa) maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 1.8.1-10 agnihotra (braahmaNa) (MS 1.8.5 [121.10-12, 121.15-122.6] vaizvadeva, MS 1.8.7 [126,3-6] upavasatha, MS 1.8.8-9 praayazcitta, MS 1.8.10 the agnihotra milk is vaizvadeva (related with various deities from the milk in a cow up to the offered milk), MS 1.9.1-2 caturhotR (mantra), MS 1.9.3-8 caturhotR (braahmaNa) (MS 1.9.8 [139,13-140,7] saMbhaarayajus), MS 1.10.1-4 caaturmaasya (mantra)(MS 1.10.3 [142,10-144,3] mahaapitRyajna, MS 1.10.4 [144,4-15] traiyambakahoma), MS 1.10.5-20 caaturmaasya (braahmaNa) (MS 1.10.17-19 [156,8-159,13] mahaapitRyajna, MS 1.10.20 [159,14-161,6] traiyambakahoma), maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 1.11.1-4 vaajapeya (mantra), MS 1.11.5-10 vaajapeya (braahmaNa) (MS 1.11.6-7 chariot race, MS 1.11.10 ujjiti (mantra)), MS 2.1.1-2.4.8 (kaamyeSTi) (MS 2.1.7 [8,21-9,8] adhvarakalpaa, MS 2.2.6 [19,11-20,16] saMjnaaneSTi, MS 2.2.9 kaamyeSTi for an aamayaavin, MS 2.3.7 [34,13-35,13] a kaamyeSTi for a bhuutikaama, MS 2.3.8-2.4.2 sautraamaNii, MS 2.4.3-5 [40,4-43,11] traidhaataviiyeSTi, MS 2.4.7 [44,1-45,5] kaariiriiSTi (mantra), MS 2.4.8 [45,6-46,7] kaariiriiSTi), MS 2.5.1-11 kaamyapazu, maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 2.6.1-2 raajasuuya (mantra) (MS 2.6.1 [64,1-13] aanumataadi (MS 2.6.1 [64,2-5] nairRta ekakapaala), MS 2.6.2 [64,14-16] aagrayaNa (havis and dakSiNaa)), MS 2.6.3-6 raajasuuya (braahmaNa) (MS 2.6.3 [64,17-18] indraturiiya, MS 2.6.3 [64.18-65.4] apaamaargahoma, MS 2.6.3 [65,4-14] pancedhmiiya, MS 2.6.4 [65,15-16] devikaahavis (devataas and havis), MS 2.6.4 [65,16-17] triSaMyuktahavis (devataas, havis and dakSiNaas), MS 2.6.5 [66,3-13] ratninaaM haviiMSi (devataas, havis and dakSiNaas), MS 2.6.6 [67,5-17] devasuvaaM haviiMSi (devataas and havis, mantra)), MS 2.6.7-12 raajasuuya (mantra) (MS 2.6.8 abhiSeka, MS 2.6.11-12 chariot race, MS 2.6.12 [72,3-7] dyuuta, MS 2.6.13 [72,8-14] saMsRp (devataa, havis, dakSiNaa)), maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 2.7.1-2.13.23 agnicayana (mantra) (MS 2.7.1 [73,8-74,11] saavitrahoma, MS 2.7.13 [93,1-94,18] oSadhisuukta, MS 2.9.2-9 zatarudriya, MS 2.10.4 [135,9-136,12] apratiratha, MS 2.11.2-6 [140,10-144,3] camakasuukta, MS 2.12.2 [145,1-13] raaSTrabhRt, MS 2.13.21 [166,13-167,13] sarpaahuti), MS 3.1.1-3.5.5 agnicayana (braahmaNa), maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 3.6.1-3.10.7 agniSToma (braahmaNa), MS 3.11.1-11 sautraamaNii (mantra), MS 3,12,1-16.5 azvamedha (mantra) (MS 3.12.18-19 chariot race, MS 3.13.2-14.21 enumeration of the sacrificial animals, MS 3.15.10 [180,7-17] dazahavis sarvapRSThaa* (devataas and havis), MS 3.16.4 [187,14-190,5] dazahavis sarvapRSThaa*), maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 4.1.1-14 darzapuurNamaasa (braahmaNa) (MS 4.1.1 [1,1-2,11] vatsaapaakaraNa, MS 4.1.3 saaMnaayyadohana, MS 4.1.4 [5,18-6,6] praNiitaapraNayana, MS 4.1.8 kapaalopadhaana, MS 4.1.9 puroDaazazrapaNa, MS 4.1.10 [12.13-13.14] stambayajurharaNa, MS 4.1.12 [15,4-17.4] aajyagrahaNa), MS 4.2.1-2.14 gonaamika (braahmaNa with mantra), 4.3.1-4.10 raajasuuya (braahmaNa) (MS 4.3.2 [41,1-21] aagrayaNa, MS 4.3.5-6 [44,4-45,16] devikaahavis, a kaamyeSTi, MS 4.3.8 [47,3-48,12] ratninaaM haviiMSi, MS 4.3.9. [48,20-49,2] devasuvaaM haviiMSi, MS 4.4.5-6 chariot race, MS 4.4.6 [57,9-18] dyuuta, MS 4.4.7 [58,1-11] saMsRp, MS 4.4.7-9 [58,11-60,7] dazapeya,), maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 4.5.1-8.9 agniSToma (braahmaNa) (MS 4.5.1 vasatiivarii, MS 4.5.2 fetching waters from various sources, MS 4.5.2 [65,15-66,3] kratukaraNahoma, MS 4.5.3 praataranuvaaka, MS 4.5.4 pannejanii, MS 4.5.5 [69,11-71,15] upaaMzugraha, MS 4.5.6 antaryaamagraha, MS 4.5.7 upaaMzugraha and antaryaamagraha, MS 4.5.8 [74,15-75,12] aindravaayavagraha, MS 4.5.8 [75,12-76,12] maitraavaruNagraha, MS 4.5.9 [76,18-77,10] presiding deities of the three savanas, MS 4.6.1-2 dvidevatyagraha, MS 4.6.3 [80,14-83,3] zukraamanthigraha, MS 4.6.4 [83,4-85,3] aagraayaNagraha, MS 4.6.5 ukthyagraha, MS 4.6.6 dhruvagraha, MS 4.6.7 Rtugraha, MS 4.6.8 [90,3-7] aindraagnagraha, MS 4.6.8 [90,7-14] vaizvadevagraha, MS 4.6.8 [90,15-91,13] marutvatiiyagraha, MS 4.6.8 [91,14-19] maahendragraha, MS 4.6.9 aadityagraha, MS 4.7.1 saavitragraha and vaizvadevagraha, MS 4.7.2 [94,12-95,10] saumya caru, MS 4.7.3 [95,11-96,18] atigraahyagraha, MS 4.7.4 paatniivatagraha and haariyojanagraha, MS 4.7.5-6 SoDazigraha, MS 4.7.7 [101,17-102,12] adaabhyagraha, MS 4.7.7 [102,12-103,6] aMzugraha, MS 4.7.8-9 aikaadazina, MS 4.8.1 paatniivatapazu, MS 4.8.2-3 dakSiNaa, MS 4.8.4 samiSTayajus [111,4-16], MS 4.8.5 [112,1-113,17] avabhRtha, MS 4.8.6 anuubandhyaa and udavasaaniiyeSTi, MS 4.8.7 [115,5-16] when one of the diikSitas becomes sick, MS 4.8.8 reutilization of the soma-cups, MS 4.8.9 dvaadazaaha (kaamya grahaagra), MS 4.9.1-27 pravargya (mantra), maitraayaNiisaMhitaa contents. MS 4.10.1-14.18 hautra (mantra). maitraayaNiiya upaniSad abbreviation: MU. maitraayaNiiya upaniSad bibl. van Buitenen, 1962, The maitraayaNiiya upaniSad, The Hague: Mouton. [K17;693;6] maitraayaNiiya upaniSad bibl. MU 6.9. Atsuko Izawa, 1996, "maitraayaNiiya upaniSad 6.9 to sono shuhen," Bukkyobunka 35, pp. 65-78. maitraayaNiiya upaniSad bibl. MU 6.32-33. Atsuko Izawa, 1997, "maitraayaNiiya upaniSad 6.32-33 ni kansuru ichikosatsu," Indogaku Bukkyogaku Kenkyu, 45-2, pp. 38-41. maitraayaNiiya upaniSad bibl. MU 6.33, MU 6.34-38. Atsuko Izawa, 1998, "maitraayaNiiya upaniSad 6.33 no ichiduke oyobi 34-38 ni okeru tenka2.5.8 [45,6-46,7]i: zatapatha braahmaNa oyobi ko sanbun upaniSad tono kanren kara," Bukkyobunka Kenkyu Ronshu, 2, pp. 105-122. maitracitta to obtain maitracitta, see priyakaraNa*. maitracitta to obtain maitracitta. manjuzriimuulakalpa [692,26-28] candrasuuryoparoge upavaasaM kRtvaa tailaM japet / tena tailena mukhaM mrakSayet / arikulaM pravizet / maitracittam utpadyate / maitreya bibl. Masahide Mori, 1998, "Pala cho no Miroku no zuzogakuteki tokucho," Koyasandaigaku Mikyobunka Kenkyujo Kiyo 11, pp. (1)-(38). maitreya *p a purohita of the sauviiraraajya in the diipadaanavratamaahaatmya: agni puraaNa 200.6b. maitreyezvaramaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.1.173 (kuzakezvaragargezvarapuSkarezvaramaitreyezvaramaahaatmya). maitrii :: satuulaa, see satuulaa :: maitrii (KS). maitrii bibl. L. Schmithausen, 1997, maitrii and Magic: Aspects of the Buddhist Attitude toward the Dangerous in Nature, pp. 35-44: A Buddhist method of self-protection: from friendship to friendliness (maitrii). maitrii bibl. Minoru Hara, 2009, "Words for love in Sanskrit," Rivista degli Studi Orientali, Nuova Serie, Vol. 80, pp. 101-104. maitrii the first item of the vratas on the saptamii. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.65.6a samayaaJ chRNu bhuuteza zreyase gadato mama / aadityabhaktaH puruSaH saptamyaaM gaNanaayaka /5/ maitriiM sarvatra vai kuryaad bhaaskaraM vaapi cintayet / saptamyaaM na spRzet tailaM niilaM vastraM na dhaarayet /6/ (naamasaptamiivrata) maitrii as a source of power for a mantra of the bodhisattva as a dog. jaataka 22 (kukkura-jaataka) [176.104] yaava raajaanaM passaami taava idh' eva hothaa 'ti paaramiyo aavajjetvaa mettaabhaavanaM purecaarikaM katvaa mayhaM upari leDDuM vaa muggaraM vaa maa koci khipituM ussahiiti adhiTThaaya ekako va antonagaraM paavisi. maitrii upasenasuutra sec. 23-27. L. Schmithausen, 1997, maitrii and Magic: Aspects of the Buddhist Attitude toward the Dangerous in Nature, p. 12: Summary of upasenasuutra, 2.2.A. maitrii verses (sec. 23-27): declaration of friendliness/benevolence a) with regard to different families or naagas/snakes called by their names (sec. 23-24); b) with regard to all creatures (footless, bipeds, quadrupeds, many-footed: sec. 25); c) with regard to all naagas/snakes dwelling in the ocean (sec. 26ab); d) with regard to all living beings, mobile as well as stationary (sec. 26cd). e) The wish that all living beings should be happy, lucky, and fee from disease (sec. 27). maitrii a mantra requesting it. mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii [5,9-6,17] maitrii me dhRtaraaSTreSu maitrii airaavaNeSu ca / viruupaakSeSu me maitrii kRSNagotamakeSu ca // maNinaa naagaraajena maitrii vaasukinaa ca me / daNDapaadeSu naageSu puurNabhadreSu me sadaa // nandopanandau yau naagau varNavantau yazasvinau / devaasuram api saMgraamam anubhavantau maharddhikau // anavataptena varuNena maitrii manduurakena(>mandurakena??) ca / takSakena anantena tathaa vaasuumukhena ca // aparaajitena me maitrii maitrii cchitvaasutena ca / mahaamanasvinaanityaM tathaiva ca manasvinaa // kaalako apalaalaz ca bhogavaaJ chraamaNerakaH / dadhimukho maNiz caiva pauNDariiko dizaaMpatiH // karkoTakaH zankhapaalaH kambalaazvottaraav(>azvataraav??) ubhau / eteSv api ca me maitrii naagaraajeSu ca nityazaH // saaketaz ca kumbhiiraH suucilomaa tathaiva ca / uragaadhipena kaalena maitrii me RSikena // tathaa puuraNakarNena maitrii zakaTamukhena / kolukena sunandena vaatsiiputreNa me sadaa // elapatreNa me maitrii maitrii lamburakena ca / amaanuSaaz ca ye naagaas tathaivaottaramaanuSaaH // mRgilaz ca mahaanaago mucilindaz ca vizrutaH / pRthiviicaraaz ca ye naagaas tathaiva jalanizritaaH // antarikSacaraa ye ca ye ca merusamaazritaaH / ekaziirSadviziirSaahi maitrii me teSu nityazaH // maitrii a mantra requesting it, mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii [5,9-6,17] apaadekeSu me maitrii maitrii me dvipadeSu ca / catuSpadeSu me maitrii maitrii bahupadeSu ca // maa me apaadakaa hiMsyur maa me hiMsyur dvipaadakaaH / maa me catuSpadaa hiMsyur maa me hiMsyur bahupaadakaaH // sarvanaageSu me maitrii ye naagaa jalanizritaaH / sarvabhuuteSu me maitrii ye ke cit pRthiviisthitaaH / sarvasattveSu me maitrii ye sattvaa atra sthaavaraaH // maitrii a mantra requesting it. cullavagga 5.6 (PTS. vinayapiTaka, vol. 2, p. 110, ll. 8-15): viruupakkhehi me mettaM, mettaM eraapathehi me, chabyaaputtehi me mettaM, mettaM kaNhaagotamakehi ca / apaadakehi me mettaM, mettaM dvipaadakehi me, catuppadehi me mettaM, mettaM bahuppadehi me. / maa maM apaadako hiMsi, maa maM hiMsi dvipaadako, maa maM catuppado hiMsi, maa maM hiMsi bahuppado./ sabbe sattaa sabbe paaNaa sabbe bhuutaa ca kevalaa sabbe bhadraani passantu maa kiJci paapam aagamaa./ maitrii it only means to become happy. Cecil Bendall, 1880, "The megha-suutra," JRAS 12, p. 294, ll. 9-20: katamenaikadharmeNa / yad uta maitryaa tatra bhujangaadhipate meitriivihaariNo devamanuSyaaH / agninaa na dahyante / zastreNa na kSaNyante / udakena nohyante / viSeNa na hanyante / paracakreNa naabhibhuyante / sukhaM svapyanti / sukhaM ca pratibudhyante svapuNyarakSitaaz ca bhavanti / mahaapuNyatejastejitaaH / anavamardaniiyaaz ca bhavanti sadevakena lokena praasaadikaaz ca bhavanti / priyadarzanaaH sarvatraapratihatagatayaz ca bhavanti sarvaduHkhapratiprazrabdhaaH saMpraharSitaaz ca bhavanti sarvasukhasamarpitaaH / uttare ca manuSyadharmapratividhyakaayasya bhedaad brahmaloke maitreNa manaskarmaNopapadyante bhujangaadhipate / anuzaMsaa maitriivihaariNaaM devamanuSyaaNaaM / tasmaat tarhi bhujangaadhipate maitreNa kaayakarmaNaa maitreNa vaakkarmaNaa maitreNa manaskarmaNaa vihartavyam. maitriiH :: oSadhayaH, see oSadhayaH :: maitriiH (TS). maizradhaanya see mizradhaanya. maizradhaanya see sarvauSadhi. maizradhaanya KauzS 11.18 maizradhaanye manthe opya dadhi madhumizram aznaati // (sarvasaaMpada) maizradhaanya KauzS 133 maizradhaanyasya puurNaanjaliM hutvaa. (zaanti when the fire burns down the house) maizradhaanya udapaatras with mixed corns are placed in the intermediate directions, in the vaahanaanaam abhayaM karma. AVPZ 17.2.5 evam eva maizradhaanyaany udapaatraaNy antaraasu dikSu. majaalis pl. of majlis, see majlis. majarii ? skanda puraaNa 7.4.23.37 yaH punas tulasiipatraiH komalamajariiyutaiH / puujayec chraddhayaa yas tu kRSNaM devakinandanam /37/ (kRSNapuujaavidhi in dvaarakaa) majjan eight in number. PS 2.5.8a (AV 2.12.7) sapta praaNaaM aSTau majnas taaMs te vRZcaami brahmaNaa / yamasya gaccha saadanam agniduuto araMkRtaH /8/ (See Zehnder's note.) majjan the number of the marrow of bones = the number of bones: three hundred sixty, cf. ZB 12.3.2.4 sapta ca vai zataani viMzatiz ca / saMvatsarasyaahoraatraaNi sapta ca zataani viMzatiz ca puruSasyaasthiini ca majjaanaz caatra tat samam /4/ (sattra/gavaamayana) majjan the marrow of the ribs is not to be eaten. MS 3.10.3 [133,11-13] vizvaruupo vai tvaaSTraH pazuun abhya11vamat tasmaat pazavo vizvaruupaa abhivaanto vai pazuH puuyitas tasmaat pRSTiinaaM12 majjaa naadyaH sa vaa adhastaan na praapnod etad vai jiivaM tasmaad ado 'vadyaty. (agniiSomiiyapazu, sauviSTakRta avadaana) majjan the brain in the head and the marrow in the neckbone are not to be eaten, because they originated from the spittle of tvaSTR. ZB 3.8.3.11 yatra vai devaaH / agre pazum aalebhire taM tvaSTaa ziirSato 'gre 'bhyuvaamiitaivaM cin naalabherann iti tvaSTur hi pazavaH sa eSa ziirSan mastiSko 'nuukyaz ca majjaa tasmaat sa vaanta iva tvaSTaa hy etam abhyavamat tasmaat taM naazniiyaat tvaSTur hy etad abhivaantam /11/ (agniiSomiiyapazu, avadaana) majjan a vrata of a rudra worshipper, of mahaan deva worshipper: he should not eat vimuurta and majjan. KB 6.7 [24,12; 15] yad rudraz candramaas tena na ha vaa enaM rudro hinasti ... 12 ... 13 ... tasya vrataM vimuurtam eva naazniiyaan majjaanaM14 ceti /7/15 (an enumeration of eight names of rudra) majjan given to the pitRs as piNDa in the anvaSTakya/zraaddha. JaimGS 2.3 [29,8-9] taasu piNDaan nidadhaaty anunaamaapahastena majjaaH pitRbhya upakarSati8 paarzvaani striiNaaM. majjan given to the pitRs as piNDa in the anvaSTakya/zraaddha. KathGS 65.6 piNDapitRyajnaavRtaa puurvaasu tisRSu nidhaaya majjaanam upaniniiya dugdhenaabhitaH pariSicya ye caatra rasaaH syur etad bhavadbhya ity uktvaa tRpyantu bhavanta ity uktvaa /6/ evam aparaasu striibhyo dadyaan majjavarjaM suraaM tuupaniniiya manthenaabhitaH pariSicya ye caatra rasaaH syur etad bhavatiibhya ity uktvaa tRpyantu bhavatya ity uktvaa /7/ majjan majjan or retas of various birds and animals are used to the duuragamana of zatayojana. arthazaastra 14.2.42 zyenakankakaakagRdhrahaMsakrauncaviiciirallaanaaM majjaano retaaMsi vaa yojanazataaya, siMhavyaaghradviipikaakoluukaanaaM majjaano retaaMsi vaa // majjan the bones and marrow of the bull which is slaughtered in a funeral rite of a brahmin are used for the antardhaana of animals. arthazaastra 14.3.15 braahmaNasya pretakaarye yo gaur maaryate tasyaasthimajjacuurNapuurNaahibhastraa pazuunaam antardhaanam // majjukaa KathGS 62.4 yathaakaamaM majjukaa // devala: majjukaa vapaanirmito yuuSaH / In the second aSTakaa. majlis see muHarram. majlis see zaakir. majlis mourning assembly; a recitation by a zaakir consisting of an expository discourse followed by an evocation of Karbala called gham. V.J. Schubel, 1993, Religious Performance in Contemporary Islam: Shi`i Devotional Rituals in South Asia, p. 181. See also p. 90, 94-108. Appendix on pp. 163-170 is an example of a majlis. majma` al-baHrayn Kazuyo Sakaki, "Hutatu no umi no majiwaru tokoro (majma` al-baHrayn)," Tohogaku, 98, pp. 120-106. makaara see pancamakaara. makaka bibl. H.W. Bailey, 1972, "atharva-veda makaka=," India Maior, Congratulatory volume pres. to J. Gonda, pp. 41-45. makara crocodile. J. Ph. Vogel, 1957, BSOAS XX: 561-564. makara akuupaara is worshipped by offering naakra, maraka, kuliikaya in the azvamedha. TS 5.5.13 apaaM naptre jaSo naakro makaraH kuliikayas te 'kuupaarasya vaace paingaraajo bhagaaya kuSiitaka aatii vaahaso darvidaa te vaayavyaa digbhyaz cakravaakaH /13/ (sacrificial animal) makara the emblem of pradyumna. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.146.2ab vaasudevasya garuDas taalaH saMkarSaNasya ca /1/ pradyumnasya tathaa cihnaM makaro vyaaditaananaH / devo 'niruddho dharmajna RSyaketuH prakiirtitaH /2/ piitaM niilaM tathaa zvetaM raktaM ca yadunandana / (dhvajavrata) makara their tuNDabandha. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [673,18-19] anena loSTaM parijapya saptavaaraan jale prakSipet / makarakacchapaadiinaaM tuNDabandhaH kRto bhavati / makara the tenth raazi extends over the last three quarters of uttara-aaSaaDha, zravaNaa and the fist half of dhaniSThaa (see raazi and nakSatra). makara a raazi: lord of south, female, cara, nizaabala, saumya, pRSThodaya. bRhajjaataka 1.10-11 gojaazvikarkimithunaaH samRgaa nizaakhyaaH pRSThodayaa vimithunaaH kathitaas ta eva / ziirSodayaa dinabalaaz ca bhavanti zeSaa lagnaM samety ubhayataH pRthuromayugmam /10/ kruuraH saumyaH puruSavanite te caraagadvidehaaH praagaadiizaaH kriyavRSanRyukkarkaTaaH satrikoNaaH /11/ (Kane 5: 567 with n. 846.) makara a raazi: meSa, vRSabha, mithuna, karkaTa, dhanus and makara are nizaabala only by name. bRhajjaataka 1.10-11 gojaazvikarkimithunaaH samRgaa nizaakhyaaH pRSThodayaa vimithunaaH kathitaas ta eva / ziirSodayaa dinabalaaz ca bhavanti zeSaa lagnaM samety ubhayataH pRthuromayugmam /10/ utpala hereon [17,7-8, 12-14] ete go'jaazvikarki7mithunaaH samRgaaH mRgeNa sahitaaH SaD raazayo nizaakhyaa raatribalasaMjnaaH / ... atra raatridinabalaakhyaas ta iti saMjnaamaatram / yatas teSaa12m uttaratra balaM vakSyati dvipadaayo 'hini nizi ca praapte ca saMdhyaadvaya iti (bRhajjaataka 1.19) / evaM13 satyaacaaryasya svavacanavirodhaH syaat / tasmaat saMjnaamaatraM balagrahaNam. makara a raazi, its appearacne: the fore half is a mRga and the hind half is a fish, yavanezvara quoted by utpala on bRhajjaataka 1.5 [11,13] mRgaardhapuurvo makaro 'mbugaardho jaanupradeze tam uzanti dhaatuH /13 makara a raazi, its appearance: his face is a mRga. bRhajjaataka 1.5b matsyau ghaTii nRmithunaM sagadaM saviiNaM caapii naro 'zvajaghano makaro mRgaasyaH / taulii sasasyadahanaa plavagaa ca kanyaa zeSaaH svanaamasadRzaaH svacaraaz ca sarve // makara a raazi, its adhipati is Saturn. bRhajjaataka 1.6ab kSitijasitajnacandraravisaumyasitaavanijaaH suragurumandasauriguravaz ca gRhaaMzakapaaH / utpala hereon [12,8] sitaH zukro vRSabhasya / makara a raazi, its color is karbura. bRhajjaataka 1.20ac raktaH zvetaH zukatanunibhaH paaTalo dhuumrapaaNDuz citraH kRSNaH kanakasadRzaH pingalaH karburaz ca / babhruH svacchaH prathamabhavanaadyeSu varNaaH ... /20/ (Kane 5: 568) makara a raasi, makara is the ucca/sign of exaltation of Mars. meSa, of the sun; vRSabha, of the moon; makara, of Mars; kanyaa, of Mercury; karkaTa, of Jupiter; miina, of Venus; tulaa, of Saturn. bRhajjaataka 1.13ab ajavRSabhamRgaanganaakuliiraa jhaSavaNijau ca divaakaraaditungaaH. (Kane 5: 576, 636) makara the niica/sign of depression of Jupiter, because it is the seventh raazi of karkaTa. tulaa, of the sun; vRzcika, of the moon; karkaTa, of Mars; miina, of Mercury; makara, of Jupiter; kanyaa, of Venus; meSa, of Saturn. bRhajjaataka 1.13d / ... te 'staniicaaH /13/ utpala hereon [22,7-11] ta aadityaadayo grahaa asta7niicaaH aste niicam yeSaaM te, astaH saptamaH prakRtitvaat svoccaat saptamaH pratyekasya8 niicasaMjnaa / tad yathaa / aadityasya svoccaan meSaat saptamas tulaa sa niicasaMjnaH / evaM9 candrasya saptamo vRzcikaH / bhaumasya saptamaH karkaTaH / budhasya miinaH / guror makaraH /10 zukrasya kanyaa / saurasya meSa iti. (Kane 5: 576, 636) makara a raazi, the first navaaMza of meSa, karkaTa, tulaa and makara (that are cara signs) is called vargottama (Kane 5: 583-584). bRhajjaataka 1.14ab vargottamaaz caragRhaadiSu puurvamadhyaparyantataH zubhaphalaa navabhaagasaMjnaaH. utpala hereon [23,17-20] tad yathaa17 careSu meSakarkitulaamakareSu prathamo navaaMzo vargottamaakhyo bhavati / sthireSu18 vRSasiMhavRzcikakumbheSu madhyamaH pancamo navaaMzako vargottamaH / dvisvabhaaveSu19 mithunakanyaadhanvimiineSu paryantataH navamo navaaMzako vargottamaH. makara the first half of makara is a catuSpadaraazi. utpala on bRhajjaataka 1.17 [26,1-2] pazavaz catuSpadaaH meSa1vRSasiMhadhanviparaardhamakarapuurvaardhaas. makara the second half of makara is a jalacararaazi. utpala on bRhajjaataka 1.17 [25,31-26,1] ambucaraa jalacara31raazayaH karkaTamiinamakaraparaardhaas. makara a raazi, its maana: mithuna and makara have 280 caSakas. bRhajjaataka 1.19c puurvaardhe viSayaadayaH kRtaguNaa maanaM pratiiyaM ca tad. utpala here on [28,20-29,1] viSayaa indriyaaNi taani20 panca tadaadayaH pancaSaTsaptaaSTanavadaza kRtaguNaaH iti / ... tad yathaa viSayaadayaH24 5/6/7/8/9/10 ete caturguNitaa jaataaH 20/24/28/32/36/40 ete pramaaNaM25 meSaadiinaaM vyatyayaac ca tulaadiinaam iti / ... tena caSakazatadvayaM meSa33miinayoH pramaaNam / evaM catvaariMzadadhikaM zatadvayaM vRSakumbhayoH / zatadvayam aziitya34dhikaM mithunamakarayoH zatatrayaM viMzatyadhikaM karkaTadhanuSoH / zatatrayaM SaSTyadhikaM35 siMhavRzcikayoH / zatacatuSTayaM kanyaatulayoH / ... 29,1. makara a raazi, its maana: mithuna, makara, karkaTa and dhanus are of middle size. saaraavalii quoted by utpala on bRhajjaataka 1.19 [29,11-14] tathaa ca saaraavalyaam / "hrasvaas timigo'jaghaTaa mithunadhanuH karkimRga11mukhaaz ca samaaH / vRzcikakanyaamRgapativaNijo diirghaaH samaakhyaataaH // ebhir la12gnaadigataiH ziirSaprabhRtiini sarvajantuunaam / sadRzaani ca jaayante gaganacaraiz caiva13 tulyaani //" makara a certain raazi is strong in a certain bhaava: vRzcika in the seventh house, nRraazis (mithuna, kanyaa, tulaa, dhanus' first half, kumbha) in the first house, jalacararaazis (karkaTa, miina, makara's second half) in the fourth house, catuSpadaraazis (meSa, vRSabha, siMha, dhanus' second half, makara's first half) in the tenth house. bRhajjaataka 1.17bd ... saptamalagnacaturthakhabhaanaam / teSu yathaabhihiteSu balaaDhyaaH kiiTanaraambucaraaH pazavaz ca /17/ (Kane 5:577) makara dakSiNaayana begins from the starting point of Cancer and the uttaraayaNa begins from the starting point of Capricorn. bRhatsaMhitaa 3.2ab saaMpratam ayanaM savituH karkaTakaadyaM mRgaaditaz caanyat / (utpala hereon [83.11-12] savitur aadityasya / karkaTakaadyaM kuliiraprathamam ekam ayanaM mRgaadito makaraaditaz caanyad dvitiiyam uttaram ayanam.) makara when the sun moves toward north before arriving at Capricorn, disasters will occur in the South and West. bRhatsaMhitaa 3.4ab apraapya makaram arko vinivRtto hanti saaparaaM yaamyaam / karkaTakam asaMpraapto vinivRttaz cottaraaM saindriim /4/ makara piNDadaana in gayaa at an eclipse during the makara raazi is effective. garuDa puraaNa 1.83.54 makare vartamaane ca grahaNe candrasuuryayoH / durlabhaM triSu lokeSu gayaayaaM piNDapaatanam /54/ (gayaamaahaatmya) makara(?) a jewel, placed at the south-western corner of the bhadra, a square figure used at the bhadrasaptamii. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.101.6a godhuumacuurNaM nivapan vimalaM zazisaMnibham / savajraM saguDaM caiva raktapuSpopazobhitam /4/ yad asya zRngam iizaanaM tatra vai mauktikaM nyaset / yad aagneyaM tatra maaNikyaM nyased vaa lohitaM maNim /5/ nairRtye makaraM dadyaad vaayavye padmaraagiNam / gaangeyam antatas tasya svazaktyaa vinyased budhaH /6/ (bhadrasaptamii) makaraasana gheraNDasaMhitaa 2.40. makaragata guru muhuurtacintaamaNi 1.48 aste varjyaM siMhanakrasthajiive varjyaM ke cid vakrage caaticaare / gurvaaditye vizvaghasre 'pi pakSe procus tadvad dantaratnaadibhuuSaam // makaragata suurya a time recommended for the snaana in the maagha month. padma puraaNa 6.24.16cd-17ab makarasthe ravau maaghe praataHkaale tathaamale /16/ goHpade 'pi jale snaanaM svargadaM paapinaam api / makaragata suurya a time recommended for the snaana in the maagha month. padma puraaNa 6.91.24-25 makarastharavau maaghe praataH snaanaM prakurvataam / darzanaad eva paapaani yaanti suuryaad yathaa tamaH /24/ salokatvaM saruupatvaM samiipatvaM trayaM kramaat / nRNaaM dadaamy ahaM snaanaan maaghe makarage ravau /25/ makaragata suurya a time recommended for the snaana in the maagha month. skanda puraaNa 3.1.30.102cd-103ab makarasthe ravau maaghe dhanuSkoTau tu yo naraH /102/ snaayaat puNyaM nigadituM tasyaahaM na kSamo dvijaaH. In the dhanuSkoTitiirthamaahaatmya. makaragata suurya a time recommended for snaana, daana, etc. in the maagha month. padma puraaNa 5.85.70-72 kaarttike maasi yat kiM cit tulaasaMsthe divaakare / snaanadaanaadikaM raajaMs tat paraardhaguNaM bhavet /70/ tasmaat sahasraguNitaM maaghe makarage ravau / tato 'pi zatasaMkhyaataM vaizaakhe meSage ravau /71/ te dhanyaas te sukRtino naraa vaizaakhamaasi ye / praataH snaatvaa vidhaanena puujayanti madhudviSam /72/ makaragata suurya a time recommended for the worship of indrezvara. skanda puraaNa 7.4.14.25cd-27 aSTamyaaM ca caturdazyaaM snaatvaa cendrapade naraH /25/ indrezvaraM ca saMpuujya jaati muktipadaM naraH / vizeSatas tu saMpuujyo makarasthe divaakre /26/ uttaraayaNasaMkraantau lingapuuraNakena hi / zivaraatrau vizeSeNa saMpuujya umayaa saha / raatrau jaagaraNaM kRtvaa paramaM lokam aapnuyaat /27/ makarasaMkraanti(vrata) see makarastha suurya. makarasaMkraanti(vrata) see uttaraayaNa(vrata). makarasaMkraanti bibl. Kane 5: 221-225. makarasaMkraanti(vrata) txt. skanda puraaNa 2.2.42. (puruSottamakSetramaahaatmya) (saMkraantivrata) (raazivrata) makarasaMkraanti(vrata) txt. skanda puraaNa 6.271. in the indradyumnezvaramaahaatmya: praagjanmani zaapaad bakatvapraaptyaadikathanam, pratimakarasaMkramaNe lingopari ghRtaacchaadanena tuSTena zivena bakaaya varapradaanakathanam. (saMkraantivrata) (raazivrata) makarasaMkraanti(vrata) txt. and vidhi. skanda puraaNa 7.4.14.25cd-27 aSTamyaaM ca caturdazyaaM snaatvaa cendrapade naraH /25/ indrezvaraM ca saMpuujya jaati muktipadaM naraH / vizeSatas tu saMpuujyo makarasthe divaakre /26/ uttaraayaNasaMkraantau lingapuuraNakena hi / zivaraatrau vizeSeNa saMpuujya umayaa saha / raatrau jaagaraNaM kRtvaa paramaM lokam aapnuyaat /27/ (saMkraantivrata) (raazivrata) makarasaMkraanti(vrata) is also called tilasaMkraanti/tilsaMkraanti. Census of India 1961, Vol. VIII, Part VI, No. 6: 76, Col. 1. cf. Kane V: 221-222: importance of tila or sesamme at the time of the makarasaMkraanti especially in the Deccan. (raazivrata) makarasaMkraanti(vrata) Census of India 1961, Vol. VIII(MP), Pt, VI, No. 9: Village Kosa, Tahsil and District Durg. p. 132. (raazivrata) makarasaMkraanti maaghasnaana in prayaaga on the day of the makarasaMkraanti is meritorious. padma puraaNa 6.50.11cd mahimaanam aparaayaaH zRNu raajan vadaamy aham / makarasthe ravau maaghe prayaage yat phalaM nRNaam /11/ kaazyaaM yat praapyate puNyam uparoge nimajjanaat / (aparaa ekaadazii) makarastha guru see makaragata guru. makarastha suurya see makaragata suurya. makaratalakSaNa txt. bRhatsaMhitaa 83. makha PW. 2) m. b) Opfer ueberh. makha (mantra) :: yajna. KS 19.6 [7,7] (agnicayana, ukhaa, mantra: makhasya ziro 'si). KS 31.7 [8,7] (darzapuurNamaasa, puroDaazazrapaNa, mantra: makhasya ziro 'si). makha (mantra) :: yajna. MS 3.1.7 [8,16] (agnicayana, ukhaa, mantra: makhasya ziro 'si); MS 4.1.9 [11,6] (darzapuurNamaasa, puroDaazazrapaNa, mantra: makhasya ziro 'si). makha (mantra) :: yajna. TS 3.2.4.1 (agniSToma, prasarpaNa to the sadas, the aahavaniiya is worshipped, mantra: makhasya maa yazo 'ryaat). TS 5.1.6.3 (agnicayana, ukhaa, mantra: makhasya ziro 'si). makha :: yajna. PB 7.5.6 (agniSToma, maadhyaMdina pavamaana, pravargya). makha (mantra) :: yajna. TB 3.2.8.3 (darzapuurNamaasa, puroDaazazrapaNa, mantra: makhasya ziro 'si). makha (mantra) :: yajna. ZB 6.5.2.1 (agnicayana, ukhaa, mantra: makhasya ziro 'si). makha :: viSNu. ZB 14.1.1.13. makhahan see rudra makhahan. makhasya ziras the head of makha is cut off, see 'pravargya' and 'utpatti'. makhasya ziras the head of makha is cut off, see yajnasya ziras. makhasya ziras the head of makha is cut off, see Caland's note 4 on PB 7.5.6: This myth is known to us from several other braahmaNas: ZB 14.1.1, MS 4.5.9, TA 5.1.1-5, and for the kaThas, Sitz. Ber. der Kais. Akad. der W. in Wien, phil.-hist. cl., Band CXXXVII. (No. IV.) page 114, line 3 from bottom. makhasya ziras the head of makha is cut off, in a mythical explanationof the presiding deities of the three savanas. MS 4.5.9 [76,18-77,10] devaa vai sattram aasata kurukSetre 'gnir makho vaayur indras te 'bruvan ya17tamo naH prathama Rdhnavat taM naH saheti teSaaM vai makha aardhnot taM nyakaa18mayata taM na samasRjata tad asya praasahaaditsanta sa ita eva tisro 'ja77,1nayateto dhanus tat tisRNaaM ca dhanvanaz ca janma sa pratidhaayaapaakraamat taM naa2bhyadhRSNuvat sa dhanvaartiM pratiSkabhyaatiSThat sa indro vamriir abraviid etaaM3 jyaam apyatyeti taa abruvann abhimRtaayaaM vaa asyaaM na zakSyaamo jii4vituM bhaago no 'stv iti so 'braviid rasam evaasyaa upajiivaatheti ta5smaad etaaH zuSkaad aardram uddihanti rasaM hy asyaa upajiivanti taa vai jyaa6m apyaadaMs tasya dhanvaartir udayya ziro 'chinat sa samraaD abhavad athetaraM tredhaa7 vyagRhNataagniH puurvaardham indro madhyaM vaayur jaghanaardhaM tasmaad aagneyaM praataH8savanam aindraM maadhyaMdinaM savanaM vaizvadevaM tRtiiyasavanaM vaayur hi vizve9 devaaH. makhasya ziras (mantra) :: aajya, see aajya :: makhasya ziras (mantra) (baudhZS). makhasya ziras (mantra) :: piNDa (of the puroDaaziiya), see piNDa (of the puroDaaziiya) :: makhasya ziras (mantra) (BaudhZS). makS M. Mayrhofer, Etymologisches Woerterbuch des Altindoarischen, s.v. makS-: (f.?) Fliege (oder Biene), RV 4.45.4 und RV 7.32.2 NomPl makS-aH; makSaa- f. dss. (RV, AV +), makSikaa- f. Fliege, Biene (RV+; Renou, EVP 16 [1967] 36; s.u.). ... Nach Thieme, KZ 79 (1965) 221 Anm. 2 = KS 224 Anm. 2 bedeutet makS- usw. stets `Fliege', nicht `Biene' mit paa. makkh- `beschmieren, beschmutzen' setzt dessen Herkunft aus einem iir. Verbum *makz- voraus (dagegen Bur. a.a.O., Tu[Add] 10379). makSikaa see makS. makSikaa it eats the carrion on the battlefield. AV 11.9.10b atho sarvaM zvaapadaM makSikaa tRpyatu krimiH / pauruSeye 'dhi kuNape radite arbude tava /10/ makSikaa it eats the carrion on the battlefield. AV 11.10.8c avaayantaaM pakSiNo ye vayaaMsy antarikSe divi ye caranti / zvaapado makSikaaH saMrabhantaam aamaado gRdhraaH kuNape radantaam /8/ makSikaa suzruta saMhitaa, suutrasthaana 30.10 snaataanuliptaM yaM caapi bhajante niilamakSikaaH / sugandhir vaati yo 'kasmaat taM bruvanti gataayuSam /10/ makSikaa (mantra) :: zvalkaza (mantra) BaudhZS 2.5 [40,10] makSikaayaaM me zvalkazaH (vinidhi). makSikaa an insect which is prohibited to be eaten. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 4.85.18 daMzaz ca mazakaz caiva makSikaa ca pipiilikaa / anyeSaaM ca niSiddhaanaaM loke vede vrajezvara /18/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) mala see excretion. mala 12 kinds of mala: manu smRti 5.132, 134-135. N. Watase, 1995, "veda-dharma sekaini okeru tsumi to jou.fujou," Indo Shisoushi Kenkyuu 7: 60. mala twelve kinds. manu smRti 5.135 vasaa zukram asRn majjaa muutraviT ghraaNakarNaviT / zleSmaazru duuSikaa svedo dvaadaite nRNaaM malaaH // Kane 2: 651. mala twelve kinds. viSNu smRti 22.81 vasaa zukram asRn majjaa muutraM viT karNaviN nakhaaH / zleSmaazru duuSikaa svedo dvaadazaite nRNaaM malaaH //. Kane 2: 651. mala twelve kinds. atri 31. Kane 2: 651. mala twelve kinds. padma puraaNa 2.66.20-21 dvidhaa bhavati tat pakvaM pRthak kiTTaM pRthig rasaH / malair dvaadazabhiH kiTTaM bhinnaM dehaad bahir vrajet /20/ karNaakSinaasikaajihvaadantoSThaprajanaM gudaa / malaan sraved atha svedo viNmuutraM dvaadaza smRtaaH /21/ mala twelve malas. garuDa puraaNa 2.32.49cd-51 vaayunaa dhaumyamaano 'gniH pRthak kiTTaM pRthag rasam /49/ malair dvaadazabhiH kiTTaM bhinnaM dehaat pRthag bhavet / karNaakSinaasikaa jihvaa dantanaabhivapur gudam /50/ nakhaa malaazrayaa hy ete viNmuutraM cety anantakam / zukrazoNitasaMyogaad etat SaaTkauzikaM smRtam /51/ mala of metal. anguttara nikaaya 3, p. 16: panc' ime bhikkhave jaataruupassa upakkilesaa yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliTThaM jaataruupaM ca c' eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaM na ca pabhassaraM pabhangu ca na ca sammaa upeti kammaaya katame panca? ayo lohaM tipu siisaM sajjhaM ime kho bhikkhave panca jaataruupassa upakkilesaa yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliTThaM jaataruupaM na c' eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaM na ca pabhassaraM pabhangu ca na ca sammaa upeti kammaaya. (Quoted by Muneo Tokunaga, 2005, "On the Origin of the lezyaa," Journal of Philosophical Studies (Kyoto), no. 580, pp. 7-8, and for other passages see p. 8.) malaa a havis in the amRtaa mahaazanti. zaantikalpa 21.4-5 oSadhiiM khadiraM caivaapaamaargaM mahauSadham / bajapingau zatiMgaM ca zaalmalaM malayaa saha /4/ oSadhiiM sahamaanaaM tu pRzniparNiiM tathaa paraam / ajazRngiiM samasyaitaam amantraM juhuyaat sakRt /5/ malaapakarSaka see abhyangasnaana. malada a tiirtha. padma puraaNa 3.25.4-6 tato gaccheta maladaM triSu lokeSu vizrutam / pazcimaayaaM tu saMdhyaayaam upaspRzya yathaavidhi /4/ caruM saptaarciSe raajan yathaazakti nivedayet / pitRRNaam akSayaM daanaM pravadanti maniiSiNaH /5/ gavaaM zatasahasreNa raajasuuyazatena ca / azvamedhasahasreNa zreyaan saptaarciSaz caruH /6/ (tiirthas related by vasiSTha) maladaa see malada. maladaa a tiirtha. mbh 3.80.105-107 tato gaccheta maladaaM triSu lokeSu vizrutaam / pazcimaayaaM tu saMdhyaayaam upaspRzya yathaavidhi /105/ caruM naredndra saptaarcer yathaazakti nivedayet / pitRRNaam akSayaM daanaM pravadanti maniiSiNaH /106/ gavaaM zatasahasreNa raajasuuyazatena ca / azvamedhasahasreNa zreyaan saptaarciSaz caruH /107/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) maladvaasas Walter Slaje, 1997, "Zur Erklaerung des sog. `Tobiasnaechte' im vedischen Indien," StII 21, p. 213f. maladvaasas TS 2.5.1.5 tasmaad Rtviyaat striyaH prajaaM vindante kaamam aa vijanitoH saM bhavati / ... saa maladvaasaa abhavat / malamaasa see intercalary month. malasnaana AzvGPZ 1.11 [145.20-25] atha madhyaMdine tiirtham etya dhautapaaNipaadamukho dvir aacamyaayatapraaNaH snaanaM saMkalpya darbhapavitrapaaNiH zucau deze khanitreNa bhuumiM gaayatryastreNa khaatvoparimRdaM caturangulam udvaasyaadhastaanmRdaM tathaa khaatvaa gaayatryaadaaya gartam udvaasitayaa mRdaa paripuurya mRdam upaattaaM zucau deze tiire nidhaaya gaayatryaa prokSya tacchirasaa tredhaa vibhajyaikena muurdhna aa naabher apareNa caadhastaadangam anulipyaapsv aaplutya kSaalayitvaadityaM niriikSya taM dhyaayan snaayaad etan malasnaanam aahuH. malatyaaga see zaucavidhi. malavadvaasas see menstruation: regulations on menstruating women. malavadvaasas a menstruating woman: not to speak with her, not to sit with her, not to eat her food. TS 2.5.1.5-6 tRtiiyam brahmahatyaayai praty agRhnant saa malavadvaasaa abhavat tasmaan malavadvaasasaa na saM vadeta /5/ na sahaasiita naasyaa annam adyaad brahmahatyaayai hy eSaa varNam pratimucyaaste. (darzapuurNamaasa, agniiSomiiya ekaadazakapaala) malavadvaasas a snaatakadharma: not to converse with a malavadvaasas. KathGS 3.14 ... malavadvaasasaa saha saMbhaaSaa /14/ malavadvaasas a snaatakadharma: not to converse with a malavadvaasas. VarGS 9.19 ... malavadvaasasaa saha saMbhaaSaa rajasvadvaasasaa saha zayyaa gor guror duruktavacanam asthaane zayanaM sthaanaM smayanaM yaanaM gaanaM smaraNam iti / taani varjayet /19/ malavadvaasas a snaatakadharma: not to wear a malavadvaasas. ManGS 1.2.19 pratisiddham ... malavadvaasasaa saha saMvastraNam. malaya PW. 1) m. N. pr. eines Gebirges in Malabar, der Heimath des Sandelbaumes. malaya in a place in the malaya mountain agastya and vaziSTha practice severe tapas. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.118.7 nimeH zaapaat tatra jaato vaziSTho bhagavaan RSiH / anantaram agastyas tu jaato divyas tapodhanaH /6/ malayasyaikadeze tu vaikhaanasavidhaanataH / sabhaaryaH saMvRto viprais tapas tepe suduzcaram /7/ (agastyaarghyavidhivrata) malaya see malayaka. malaya a mountain belonging to the southern part of the kuurmavibhaaga. bRhatsaMhitaa 14.11 atha dakSiNena lankaa kaalaajinasaurikiirNataalikaTaaH / girinagaramalayadarduramahendramaalindyabharukacchaaH /11/ malaya a mountain ruled by Mars. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.10cd uttarapaaNDyamahendraadrivindhyamalayopagaaz colaaH /10/ malaya a tiirtha. naarada puraaNa 2.60.27 mahendre malaye vindhye paariyaatre himaahvaye / sahye ca zuktimati ca gomante caarbude tathaa /27/ (enumeration of the eminent tiirthas) malayaka the birthplace of ketu is malayaka. AVPZ 51.1.4 bRhaspatiH saindhaveSu mahaaraaSTre tu bhaargavaH / zanaizcaraH suraaSTraayaaM raahus tu girizRngajaH / ketur malayake jaata ity etad grahajaatakam /4/ male raazis such as meSa, mithuna, siMha, tulaa, dhanus, kumbha are regarded as male. bRhajjaataka 1.10-11 gojaazvikarkimithunaaH samRgaa nizaakhyaaH pRSThodayaa vimithunaaH kathitaas ta eva / ziirSodayaa dinabalaaz ca bhavanti zeSaa lagnaM samety ubhayataH pRthuromayugmam /10/ kruuraH saumyaH puruSavanite te caraagadvidehaaH praagaadiizaaH kriyavRSanRyukkarkaTaaH satrikoNaaH /11/ (Kane 5: 567 with n. 846.) malevolence agni, vaayu and aadity are placed in the three worlds to prevent man from doing good things. JB 1.98 [43,8-15] svapnaM tantriiM manyum azanayaam akSakaamyaaM striikaamyaam iti / ete ha vai paapmaanaH8 puruSam asmin loke sacante / ya etad agne tiirtvaasmin loke saadhu cikiirSaat tat tvam9 asmin loke dhiipsataad ity agnim asmin loke 'dadhuH / vaayum antarikSa aadityaM10 divi /11 ugradevo ha smaaha raajanir naahaM manuSyaayaaraatiiyaami yaan asmai triin devaanaaM zreSThaan12 araatiiyato 'zRNom / araatiitam araatiitaM hy eva tasmai yasmaa etaa devataa araatiiyantiiti /13 atho haasmaa etaa devataa naaraatiiyanti ya evaM veda / atho ha tam eva dhiipsanti ya evaM14 vidvaaMsaM dhiipsatiiti //15 malha three kinds of malhaa are offered to agni, indra and bRhaspati in a kaamyapazu for a brahmavarcasakaama. TS 2.1.2.4-5 yo brahmavarcasakaamaH syaat tasmaa etaa malhaa aalabheta /4/ aagneyiiM kRSNagiiviiM saMhitaam aindriiM zvetaam baarhaspatyaam etaa eva devaaH svena bhaagadheyenopadhaavati taa evaasmin brahmavarcasaM dadhati brahmavarcasy eva bhavati. malha ApZS 19.16.7 malhaa iti maNilaa ity arthaH /7/ Caland: Die Bedeutung des Wortes malha ist: "mit Zaepfchen an der Wamme versehen". = HirZS 22.1.6. Cf. ApZS 18.21.13 aadityaaM malhaaM garbhiNiim aalabhate. Heesterman, 1957, raajasuuya, p. 200: a dew-lapped goat in kid for aditi, or for the aadityas. malha KatyZS 15.10.5 malhaaviH saarasvatii /5/ Comm. rajo malaM hantiiti malhaaviH saa saarasvatii / malaan hanti jahaatiiti malhaa, yasyaa uurNaasu rajo na tiSThati evaMvidhaa avir meSii. malhaa garbhiNii ajaa adhoraamaa in a kaamyapazu for yaM paryamyuH a zvetaa malhaa garbhiNii is offered to vaayu, a malhaa garbhiNii meSii is offered to sarasvatii and a malhaa garbhiNii ajaa adhoromaa or a malhaa garbhiNii meSii is offered to aditi. KS 13.1 [179,10-180,1] tisro malhaa garbhiNiir aalabheta yaM paryamyur vaayavyaaM zvetaaM saarasvatiiM meSiim aadityaam ajaam adhoraamaaM meSiiM vaa manasaa vaa eta etaM paryamanti mano vaayur yad vaayavyaa manasaivaiSaaM manaaMsi zamayati vaacaa vaa eta etaM paryamanti vaak sarasvatii yat saarasvatii vaacaivaiSaaM vaacaM zamayaty apratiSThito vaa eSa yaM paryamantiiyam aditir yad aadityaasyaam eva pratitiSThaty anapimantro vaa eSa eteSu yaM paryamanti vaaco mantro garbho yad garbhiNiir vaaca evainaM garbham akar apimantram enaM karoty apa vaa etasmaad indriyaM kraamati yaM paryamantiindriyaM garbho yad garbhiNiir indriyam evaavarunddhe. (sacrificial animal) malhaa garbhiNii meSii in a kaamyapazu for a brahmavarcasakaama a zvetaa malhaa is offered to bRhaspati. TS 2.1.2.4-5 yo brahmavarcasakaamaH syaat tasmaa etaa malhaa aalabheta /4/ aagneyiiM kRSNagiiviiM saMhitaam aindriiM zvetaam baarhaspatyaam etaa eva devaaH svena bhaagadheyenopadhaavati taa evaasmin brahmavarcasaM dadhati brahmavarcasy eva bhavati. (sacrificial animal) malhaa garbhiNii meSii in a kaamyapazu for yaM paryamyuH a zvetaa malhaa garbhiNii is offered to vaayu, a malhaa garbhiNii meSii is offered to sarasvatii and a malhaa garbhiNii ajaa adhoromaa or a malhaa garbhiNii meSii is offered to aditi. KS 13.1 [179,10-180,1] tisro malhaa garbhiNiir aalabheta yaM paryamyur vaayavyaaM zvetaaM saarasvatiiM meSiim aadityaam ajaam adhoraamaaM meSiiM vaa manasaa vaa eta etaM paryamanti mano vaayur yad vaayavyaa manasaivaiSaaM manaaMsi zamayati vaacaa vaa eta etaM paryamanti vaak sarasvatii yat saarasvatii vaacaivaiSaaM vaacaM zamayaty apratiSThito vaa eSa yaM paryamantiiyam aditir yad aadityaasyaam eva pratitiSThaty anapimantro vaa eSa eteSu yaM paryamanti vaaco mantro garbho yad garbhiNiir vaaca evainaM garbham akar apimantram enaM karoty apa vaa etasmaad indriyaM kraamati yaM paryamantiindriyaM garbho yad garbhiNiir indriyam evaavarunddhe. (sacrificial animal) malimlu- bibl. J. Narten, 1966, "Ai. malimlu- und malimluca," IIJ 9: 203-208. malimluca PW. m. 4) Schaltmonat, ein eingeschalteter 13ter Monat. malimluca see intercalary month. malimluca see trayodaza maasa. malimluca malimluco naamaasi trayodazo maasa indrasya zarmaasiindrasya varmaasiindrasya varuutham asi taM tvaa prapadye sagus saazvas sapuruSaH // (KS 38.14 [116,16-17]) (This mantra with some variations is used in ApZS 16.18.8 malimluco naamaasi trayodazo maasa indrasya varmaasiindrasya zarmaasiindrasya varuutham asi taM tvaa prapadye // when the adhvaryu and those who plough the ground go to the measured ground of the agnicayana. malina an unauspicious thing to be avoided on starting on a journey. viSNu smRti 63.33-37 atha mattonmattavyangaan dRSTvaa nivarteta /33/ vaantaviriktamuNDajaTilavaamanaaMz ca /34/ kaaSaayipravrajitamalinaaMz ca /35/ tailaguDazuSkagomayendhanatRNapalaazabhasmaangaaraaMz ca /36/ lavaNakliibaasavanapuMsakakaarpaasarajjunigaDamuktakezaaMz ca /37/ malina as a personality ruled by Saturn. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.31cd khalamalinaniicatailikavihiinasattvopahatapuMstvaaH /31/ malinaa a person to be avoided. padma puraaNa 1.49.103cd-104 malinaaM naabhivandeta gurupatniiM kadaa cana /103/ na spRzet taaM ca medhaavii spRSTvaa snaanena zudhyati / sa tayaa saha keliM ca varjayec ca sadaiva hi /104/ (sadaacaara) malina zraaddha the ekoddiSTa zraaddha is called malina zraaddha (?). garuDa puraaNa 2.4.48b eSu SaTsu vidhiH proktaH zraaddheSu malineSu te / SaD eva maraNasthaane dvaari caatvaarike(?) tathaa /48/ vizraame kaaSThacayane tathaa saMcayane khaga / (pretakalpa) malla PW. 1) m. b) ein Ringer von Profession, = balin. malla Apte. m. 2) an athlete, a boxer, wrestler. malla worshipped on the trayodazii. niilamata 433c trayodazyaaM tataH puujyaa janaa ye rangajiivinaH / mallabhaTTaadayo brahman svavittasyaanuruupataH /433/ (devotthaapanavrata) malla amoghapaazakalparaaja 38a,4 [39,5-6] dvayam uuruM limpet / anihatamallo bhavati. (gorocanasaadhanahomavidhi) malla amoghapaazakalparaaja 58a,6 [52,16-17] dve baahavo limpya anihatamallo bhaviSyati / (gorocanasaadhana) malla amoghapaazakalparaaja 59a,1 [54,14-16] dakSiNabaahuM bandhayet / hastanaagaM(>hastinaagaM?) paatayati / mahaabalaviiryaparaakramo bhaviSyati / anihatamallaz ca bhaviSyati / (tejasvatiisaadhana*) mallaari bibl. Sontheimer, Guenther D. 1990. The Sanskrit mallaari maahaatmya and its Context. in Bakker, Hans. 1990. ed. pp.103-130. malladvaadaziivrata txt. agni puraaNa 188.5cd-6ab. maargaziirSa, zukla, dvaadazii. (tithivrata) malladvaadaziivrata txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.73.1-21. Kane 5: 372. (tithivrata) mallasya jaya manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [701,2-3]. mallayuddha on the day of the baliraajya. skanda puraaNa 2.4.10.30-31 yathaarthaM toSayitvaa tu tato mallaan naraaMs tathaa / vRSabhaan mahiSaaMz caiva yudhyamaanaan paraiH saha /30/ raajnas tathaiva yodhaaMz ca padaatiin samalaMkRtaan / mancaaruuDhaH svayaM pazyen naTanartakacaaraNaan /31/ (diipaavaliivrata, baliraajya) mallayuddha txt. skanda puraaNa 7.1.334.33-36. (talasvaamimaahaatmya) malli PW. 2) f. malli und mallii = mallikaa: jasminum zambac. mallikaa bibl. Sreeramula Rajeswara Sarma, 1995, "Apropas mallikaa," JEAS 4: 194-195. mallikaa flower for zukra/Venus. VaikhGS 4.13 [66.2-4] arcayet karaviirazankhapuSpotpalanandyaavartacampakamallikaasitagirikarNikaakalhaarataapinchapuSpais. (grahazaanti) mallikaa one of the best trees bearing blossoms. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.297.7cd-8ab campakaM mallikaaM jaatiiM zreSThaaH puSpaakaraa mataaH /7/ anyo 'dhikam avaapnoti dattvaitaan naatra saMzayaH / mallikaa he who worships viSNu/garuDadhvaja with mallikaa flowers in spring enjoys the final release. padma puraaNa 6.84.27 mallikaakusumair devaM vasante garuDadhvajam / yo 'rcayet parayaa bhaktyaa muktibhogii bhavet tu saH /27/ (damanakamahotsavavrata) mallikaa a flower recommended for the worship of gaurii. ziva puraaNa 5.51.60ab maadhavasya site pakSe tRtiiyaa yaakSayaabhidhaa / tasyaaM yo jagadambaayaa vrataM kuryaad atantritaH /59/ mallikaamaalatiicampaajapaabandhuukapankajaiH / kusumaiH puujayed gauriiM zaMkareNa samanvitaam /60/ (akSayatRtiiyaavrata) mallikaa a flower recommended for the suuryapuujaa. skanda puraaNa 7.1.17.112 maalatiikusumaiH puujaa bhavet saaMnidhyakaarikaa / mallikaayaaz ca kusumair bhogavaaJ jaayate naraH /112/ mallikaarjuna see zriizaila. mallikaarjuna G. Michell, 1995, "Architecture and Art of Southern India (The New Cambridge History of India, 1: 6), p. 31f. mallikaarjuna cf. mbh 3.83.17 zriiparvate mahaadevo devyaa saha mahaadyutiH / nyavasat paramapriito brahmaa ca tridazair vRtaH // (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) mallikaarjuna the second jyotirlinga. ziva puraaNa 2.4.20.31-33 umaapi duHkham aapannaa skandasya virahe sati / uvaaca svaaminaM diinaa tatra gaccha mayaa prabho /31/ tatsukhaarthaM svayaM zaMbhur gatas svaaMzena parvate / mallikaarjunanaamaasiij jyotirlingaM sukhaavaham /32/ adyaapi dRzyate tatra zivayaa sahitaz zivaH / sarveSaaM nijabhaktaanaaM kaamapuuras sataaM gatiH /33/ (a chapter dealing with gaNeza) mallikaarjuna the second jyotirlinga. ziva puraaNa 3.42.10-12 mallikaarjunasaMjnaz caavataaraz zaMkarasya vai / dvitiiyaH zriigirau taata bhaktaabhiiSTaphalapradaH /10/ saMstuto lingaruupeNa sutadarzanahetutaH / gatas tatra mahaapriityaa sa zivaH svagirer mune /11/ jyotirlingaM dvitiiyaM taddarzanaat puujanaan mune / mahaasukhakaraM caante muktidaM naatra saMzayaH /12/ (zatarudrasaMhitaa, dvaadazajyotirlingaavataaravarNana) mallikaarjunalinga txt. ziva puraaNa 4.15.1-23. jyotirlinga, maahaatmya. mallikaarjunalinga contents. ziva puraaNa 4.15.1-23: 1-2 introductory notes, mallikaarjunalinga vidhi. ziva puraaNa 4.15.1-23 suuta uvaaca // ataH paraM pravakSyaami mallikaarjunasaMbhavam / yaH zrutvaa bhaktimaan dhiimaan sarvapaapaiH pramucyate /1/ puurvaM ca kathitaM yac ca tat punaH kathayaamy aham / kumaaracaritaM divyaM sarvapaapavinaazanam /2/ yadaa pRthviiM samaakramya kailaasaM punar aagataH / kumaaras sa zivaaputras taarakaarir mahaabalaH /3/ tadaasurarSir aagatya sarvaM vRttaM jagaada ha / gaNezvaravivaahaadi bhraamayaMs taM svabuddhitaH /4/ tac chrutvaa sa kumaaro hi praNamya pitarau ca tau / jagaama parvataM krauncaM pitRbhyaaM vaarito 'pi hi /5/ kumaarasya viyogena tanmaataa girijaa yadaa / duHkhitaasiit tadaa zaMbhus taam uvaaca subodhakRt /6/ kathaM priye duHkhitaasi na duHkhaM kuru paarvati / aayaasyati sutaH subhruus tyajataaM duHkham utkaTam /7/ saa yadaa ca na tan mene paarvatii duHkhitaa bhRzam / tadaa ca preSitaas tatra zaMkareNa surarSayaH /8/ devaaz ca RSayas sarve sagaNaa hi mudaanvitaaH / kumaaraanayanaarthaM vai tatra jagmuH subuddhayaH /9/ tatra gatvaa ca te sarve kumaaraM supraNamya ca / vijnaapya bahudhaapy enaM praarthanaaM cakrur aadaraat /10/ devaadipraarthanaaM taaM ca zivaajnaasaMkulaaM guruH / na mene sa kumaaro hi mahaahaMkaaravihvalaH /11/ tataz ca punar aavRtya sarve te hi zivaantikam / svaM svaM sthaanaM gataa natvaa praapya zaMkarazaasanam /12/ tadaa ca girijaa devii virahaM putrasaMbhavam / zaMbhuz ca paramaM duHkhaM praapa tasmin anaagate /13/ atho suduHkhitau diinau lokaacaarakarau tadaa / jagmatus tatra susnehaat svaputro yatra saMsthitaH /14/ sa putraz ca kumaaraakhyaH pitror aagamanaM gireH / jnaatvaa duuraM gato 'snehaad yojanatrayam eva ca /15/ kraunce ca parvate duuraM gate tasmin svaputrake / tau ca tatra samaasiinau jyotiiruupaM samaazritau /16/ putrasnehaaturau tau vai zivau parvaNi parvaNi / darzanaarthaM kumaarasya svaputrasya hi gacchataH /17/ amaavaasyaadine zaMbhus svayaM gacchati tatra ha / paurNamaasiidine tatra paarvatii gacchati dhruvam /18/ tad dinaM hi samaarabhya mallikaarjunasaMbhavam / lingaM caiva zivasyaikaM prasiddhaM bhuvanatraye /19/ tal lingaM yaH samiikSeta sa sarvaiH kilbiSair api / mucyate naatra saMdehaH sarvaan kaamaan avaapnuyaat /20/ duHkhaM ca duurato yaati sukham aatyantikaM labhet / jananiigarbhasaMbhuutaM kaSTaM naapnoti vai punaH /21/ dhanadhaansyasamRddhiz ca pratiSThaarogyam eva ca / abhiiSTaphalasiddhiz ca jaayate naatra saMzayaH /22/ jyotirlingaM dvitiiyaM ca proktaM mallikasaMjnitam / darzanaat sarvasukhadaM kathitaM lokahetave /23/ mallikezvara a tiirtha on the narmadaa. padma puraaNa 3.18.6ab mallikezvaram abhyarcya paryaaptaM janmanaH phalam / varuNezvaraM tataH pazyen niiraajezvaram uttamam /6/ sarvatiirthaphalaM tasya pancaayatanadarzanaat / tato gaccheta raajendra yuddhaM vai yatra saadhitam /7/ (narmadaamaahaatmya) maMhama worshipped in the kRcchra, udakatarpaNa. GautDhS 26.12 namo hamaaya mohamaaya maMhamaaya dhuunvate taapasaaya punarvasave namaH /12/ (kRcchra, udakatarpaNa) maMsama worshipped in the kRcchra, udakatarpaNa. saamavidhaana 1.2.7 namo 'hamaaya mohamaaya maMsamaaya dhuunvate taapasaaya punarvasave namo namaH ... /7/ maMsyaa (mantra) :: kulala (mantra), see kulala (mantra) :: maMsyaa (mantra) (BaudhZS). maNaluura a country. mbh 1.207.13cd-23. in tiirthayaatraa of arjuna. arjuna's marriage with citraangadaa, the doughter of the king citravaahana. maNDa see dadhimaNDa. maNDa see taptamaNDa. maNDa an auspicious color of the sun. paraazara quoted by utpala in his commentary on bRhatsaMhitaa 3.39 [98,18] tathaa ca paraazaraH / zvetaH ziriiSapuSpaabhaH padmaabho ruupyasaMnibhaH / vaiduuryaghRtamaNDaabho hemaabhaz ca divaakaraH // varNair ebhiH prazastaH syaan mahaasnigdhaH prataapavaan / bhaavanaH sarvasasyaanaaM kSemaarogyasubhikSadaH // maNDaka PW. 2) m. eine Art Gebaeck. maNDaka Apte. m. 1) a kind of baked flour. maNDaka Apte. m. 2) a very thin kind of cake (Mar. maaMDe). maNDaka it is treated as synonym of apuupa. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.82.17d, 19d prasthamaatraM bhavet puupaM godhuumamayam uttamam /15/ yavodbhavaM vaa kurviita saguDaM sarpiSaanvitam / sahiraNyaM ca daatavyaM braahmaNe setihaasake /16/ bhaume divye 'tha vaa deyaM nyased vaa purato raveH / daatavyo mantrataz caayaM maNDako graahya eva hi /17/ bhuutvaadityena vai bhaktyaa aadityaM tu namasya ca / aadityatejasotpannaM raajniikaravinirmitam / zreyase mama vipra tvaM pratiichaapuupam uttamam /18/ kaamadaM sukhadaM dharmyaM dhanadaM putradaM tathaa / sadaastu te pratiichaami maNDakaM bhaaskarapriyam /19/ etau caiva mahaamantro daanaadaane ravipriyau / apuupasya gaNazreSTha zreyase naatra saMzayaH /20/ (nandavidhi) maNDaka a havis used in the puujaa of aaditya/suurya. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.85.8 dadyaad yo maNDakaM caatra gopater gotrabhuuSaNaH / gotraaritejasaa tulyo gopater gopuraM vrajet /8/ (aadityavaaravrata, kaamadavidhi) maNDaka a naivedya to devii recommended on the second karaNa: 1. kaMsaara, 2. maNDaka, 3. pheNii, 4. modaka, 5. vaTapatraka, 6. laDDuka, 7. ghRtapuura, 8. tila, 9. dadhi, 10. ghRta, 11. madhu. deviibhaagavata puraaNa 8.24.34a atha naivedyam aakhyaasye karaNaanaaM pRthaG mune /33/ kaMsaaraM maNDakaM pheNii modakaM vaTapatrakam / laDDukaM ghRtapuuraM ca tilaM dadhi ghRtaM madhu /34/ karaNaanaam idaM proktaM deviinaivedyama aadaraat / (deviipuujananiruupaNa) maNDala :: prathama arvaaksaaman. ZB 12.2.4.15 (sattra/gavaamayana). maNDala :: tRtiiya svarasaaman. ZB 12.2.4.15 (sattra/gavaamayana). maNDala PW. g) n. Kreis so. v. a. District, Gebiet, Reich, Land. maNDala agni puraaNa 212.23d svarNameruM dvijaayaarpya viSNuloke ciraM vaset /21/ ... bhuumimeruM ca viSayaM maNDalaM graamam eva ca /23/ parikalpyaaSTamaaMzena zeSaaMzaaH puurvavat phalam / (merudaana) maNDala Apte, n. 14) a kind of mystical diagram used in invoking a divinity. maNDala see abhiSekamaNDala. maNDala see amoghapaazahRdayavimokSamaNDala. maNDala see amoghapaazakalpavimokSamaNDala. maNDala see arghamaNDala. maNDala see bhagamaNDala. maNDala see cakra. maNDala see circle. maNDala see devataa: devataas who are usually worshipped in the ritual acts such as utsarga and the like. maNDala see dharmadhaatuvaagiizvaramaNDala. maNDala see gomayamaNDalaka. maNDala see kaamapiiTha. maNDala see maNDalika. maNDala see maNDala: in the form of a lostus. maNDala see maNDalopasaMhaaravidhi. maNDala see padmagarbha. maNDala see paTa. maNDala see rathacakra: of lalitaa. maNDala see ritual ground. maNDala see samayamaNDala. maNDala see sarvatobhadra. maNDala see sthaNDila. maNDala see trikoNa maNDala. maNDala see tritrizuulaabjamaNDala. maNDala see trizuulamaNDala. maNDala see tryadhvaanugatavimokSamaNDala. maNDala see vajrabhuubhaagamaNDala. maNDala see vajranaabhamaNDala. maNDala see vedikaa. maNDala see yonimaNDala. maNDala see zariira: as a maNDala. maNDala see zriicakra. maNDala Kane 5: 1131-1134. maNDala bibl. Jose' and Miriam Argueelles. Mandala. maNDala bibl. A. Macdonald, Le maNDala du manjuzriimuulakalpa (paris, 1942). maNDala bibl. Tsuda Shin'ichi, 1973, "saMvara maNDala no kosei," Shukyo Kenkyu 46, pp. 93-94. maNDala bibl. M. Meister, 1979, "maNDala and Practice in naagara architecture in North India," JAOS 99-2: 204-19. maNDala bibl. Hiroshi Yamashita, 1979, "manjuzriimuulakalpa no maNDala to Seiritsu no Mondai," (A Chronological Study of the manjzriimuulakalpa: based on maNDalas and paTas) Touhoku Indogaku Shukyougakkai Ronshu, 5, pp. 1-19. (in Japanese) maNDala bibl. Colas, Ge'rard, 1986, "La vision de la divinite' dans les diagrammes selon le viSNuisme vaikhaanas," Table Ronde: mantras et diagrammes rituels dans l'hindouisme, pp. 83-94. maNDala bibl. C. Conio, 1986, "Les diagrammes cosmogoniques du svacchandatantra: perspectives philosophiques," in A. Padoux, ed. Table Ronde: Mantras et diagrammes rituels dans l'Hindousisme, Paris, pp. 99-115. maNDala bibl. Sanderson, Alexis, 1986, "maNDala and aagamic identity in the trika of Kashmir," Table Ronde: mantras et diagrammes rituels dans l'hindouisme, pp. 215-226. maNDala bibl. Vergati, Anne, 1986, "Quelques remarques sur l'usage du maNDala et du yantra dans la valle'e de Kathmandu, Nepal," Table Ronde: mantras et diagrammes rituels dans l'hindouisme, pp. 37-44. maNDala bibl. Gupta, Sanjukta. 1988. The maNDala as an image of man, Oxford University Papers on India, vol. 2, pt. 1, Indian Ritual and its Exegesis, ed. by Richard F. Gombrich, Oxford University Press, Delhi. maNDala bibl. Mori Masahide, 1992, "kanso no tameno maNDala to girei no tameno maNDala," Nihon Bukkyogakkai Nenpo 57, pp. 73-90. maNDala bibl. Geri H. Malandra, 1993, Unfolding a Mandala, New York. maNDala bibl. Mori Masahide, 1993, "saMvara maNDala no zuzogaku teki kosatsu," Tachikawa Musashi, ed. Mandara to Rinne, Kosei Shuppansha, pp. 206-234. maNDala bibl. Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of Five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 16f., c. n. 1 on p. 17. maNDala bibl. Masahide Mori, 1996, "maNDala no keitai no rekishiteki hensen," Musashi Tachikawa, ed. maNDala Uchu ron, Tokyo: Hozokan, pp. 143-173. maNDala bibl. Martin Brauen, 1997, The maNDala: Sacred Circle in Tibetan Buddhism, Boston: Shambhala Publication. maNDala bibl. D.P. Leidy and R.A.F. Thurman, 1997, Mandala: the architecture of enlightment, London: Thames and Hudson. maNDala bibl. Masahide Mori, 2001, "vajraavalii shosetsu no maNDala: Sonmei list oyobi haichi," Kouyasan Daigaku Mikkyou Bunka Kenkyuujo Kiyou 14: (1)-(117). maNDala bibl. Kazuhiro Kawasaki, 2002, "Tha maNDala in the catuSpiiTha-tantra," Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies, Vol. 50, no. 2, pp. (197)-(199). (In Japanese) maNDala bibl. G. Buehnemann, 2003, "maNDala, yantra and cakra: Some Observations," in G. Buehnemann et al., eds. maNDalas and yantras in the Hindu Traditions, pp. 13-56, Leiden Brill. maNDala bibl. Judit Toezsoek, 2003, "Icons of inclusivism: maNDalas in some early zaiva tantras," in G. Buehnemann et al., eds. maNDalas and yantras in the Hindu Traditions, pp. 179-224, Leiden Brill. maNDala bibl. Shingo Einoo, 2005, "The Formation of Hindu Ritual, 4. maNDala," in Sh. Einoo and J. Takashima, eds., From Material to Deity: Indian Rituals of Consecration, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 24-33. maNDala bibl. Kimiaki Tanaka, 2010, Indo ni okeru maNDala no seiritsu to hatten, Tokyo: Shinjusha. maNDala note, allusion to the use of maNDala at the time dhyaana/nyaasa. siddhayogezvariimata 6.24ab (iidRgruupadharaaM deviiM praNataarttivinaazaniim / zuulaagre vinyased vaame tryakSaraam aparaam punaH /23/) vaamaM dakSiNam evaatra dakSiNaM cottaraM smRtam / (paraaparoktaruupeNa vidyaiSa kRSNapingalaa /24/) (Judit Toerzsoek, 2000, "Tantric Goddesses and their Supernatural Powers in the trika of Kashmir (bhedatraya in the siddhayogezvariimata)," Rivista degli Studi Orientali, LXXIII, p. 133.) maNDala note, its meaning in association with cakra and yantra. Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, pp. 33-38. maNDala cf. KauzS 18.22 naavyayoH saaMvaidye pazcaad agner bhuumiparilekhe kiilaalaM mukhenaaznaati // citraakarma. maNDala cf. KauzS 52.3-4 yasyaas te yat te devii viSaaNaa paazaan ity (AV 6.84, AV 6.63, AV 6.121) unmocanapratiruupaM (Caland's n. Ich lese mit saayaNa unmocanaM pratiruupam) saMpaatavantaM karoti /3/ vaacaa baddhaaya bhuumiparilekham /4/ maNDala used in the vedavrata. ZankhGS 6.2.5-6; 6.3.1 maNDalapravezaz ca aanjanagandhim iti etayarcaa /5/ maNDalaM tu praagdvaaram udagdvaaraM vaa janaagriiyam asaMpramaaNam asaMbaadham /6/ ... atha pravizya maNDalam /1/ In the svaadhyaayaaraNyakaniyama. Gonda, Vedic Ritual, 233. Oldenberg's note on 6.2.5: The maNDala is a circular space marked by a line of water; Oldenberg's note on 6.2.6: I am doubtful whether we should read vaa janaagriiyam and translate as "it should be (praised as)excellent among the people" in wccordance with the note of naaraayaNa, or if the reading should be vaa-ajanaagriiyam, "not in the presence of people," so that janaagriiya would mean janaanaam agre. maNDala of navagrahas. JaimGS 2.9 [34,8-13] grahaan aavaahayanty aadityaM madhye lohitaM (dakSiNataH; see footnote 8: After lohitaM the word dakSiNataH is inserted.) puurvadakSiNataH somam / puurvottarato budham uttareNa guruM puurveNa bhaargavam / pazcime zanaizcaraM divyaad raahuM dakSiNapazcime pazcimottarataH ketuM vRttam aadityaaya trikoNm angaarakasya caturazraM somaaya baaNaM budhaaya diirghacaturazraM bRhaspataye pancakoNaM zukraaya dhanuH zanaizcaraaya raahoH zuurpaM ketor dhvanam iti. maNDala of the navagrahas. BodhGZS 1.17.2-58 (of suurya).. vartulaakaaramaNDale ... grahamaNDale .. /2/ (of angaaraka) .. trikoNaakaaramaNDale ... /9/ (of zukra) .. pancakoNaakaaramaNDale ... /17/ (of soma) .. caturasraakaaramaNDale ... /23/ (of budha) .. baaNaakaaramaNDale ... /30/ (of bRhaspati) .. diirghacaturazramaNDale ... /37/ (of zanaizcara) .. dhanuraakaaramaNDale ... /44/ (of raahu) .. zuurpaakaaramaNDale ... /51/ (of ketu) .. dhvajaakaaramaNDale ... /58/ (navagrahapuujaavidhi) maNDala cf. KauthGS 12 [19,11-20,1] tatra yajamaanaH niSkramya gRhaad bahiH zucau deze caturasraM sthaNDilam upalipya dakSiNaabhimukho bhuutvaa haa u candreti maNDalaM pravizya. (candropasthaana) maNDala cf. ManGS 1.10.1 praagudancaM lakSaNam uddhRtyaavokSya sthaNDilaM gomayenopalipya maNDalaM caturazraM vaa ... . maNDala cf. BodhGS 3.9.3-8 ... apaaM samiipe sthaNDilaani kRtvaa darbhaan anyonyasmai saMpradaaya darbhair aasanaani kalpayanti brahmaNe kalpayaami prajaapataye ... arundhatyai kalpayaamiiti /3/ atha dakSiNataH agastyaaya kalpayaamiiti /4/ athottarataH niviitinaH kRSNadvaipaayanaaya jaatukarNyaaya ... sarpadevajanebhyaH sarvabhuutebhyaH /5/ atha dakSiNaH praaciinaaviitino vaizampaayanaaya ... vaMzasthebhyaH ekapatniibhyaH kalpayaamiiti /6/ atha yathaasvayaM pitRbhyaH kalpayanti maataamahebhyaz ca /7/ pRthag pRthag etair eva naamadheyair gandhapuSpadhuupadiipair amuSmai namo 'muSmai nama iti /8/ In the utsarjana. See also BharGS 3.9-11 [76,9-78,3]; HirGS 2.8.18.10-2.8.20.2. maNDala VaikhGS 3.7 [40,9-10] yathaa heti maNDalaM pradakSiNam upalipya parimRjya. In the vaizvadeva. maNDala VaikhGS 4.3 [56,5-6] naandiimukhavan maNDalaany upalipya. In the aSTakaa. maNDala cf. VaikhGS 4.10 [62,18-19] uurdhvavedyaaM yathaadizam indraadidigdevaan dakSiNe brahmaaNam uttare somaM ca puSpaadyair abhyarcya. maNDala in the form of a lotus, see painting: of a lotus. maNDala in the form of a lotus. BodhGZS 3.12.1 athaato 'bhivRddhikalpaM vyaakhyaasyaamaH graamasya devataayatanasya gRhasya vaa saaratamakSetreSu vaa bhuutim icchan puurvapakSe sthiraraazau sthiramuhuurte brahmasthaane indrasyezaanasya vaa dizi jaanudaghnam avaTaM khaatvaa gomayena gocarmamaatraM caturazraM sthaNDilam upalipya prokSya saikatenaavakiirya madhye padmapatraM likhitvaa kuzaagreNa pancagavyena aapo hi SThaa mayobhuvaH hiraNyavarNaaH pavamaanas suvarjanaH ity etenaanuvaakena vyaahRtiibhiH prokSya sumanaso 'vakiiryaaziSo vaacayitvaa padmamadhye saikatena sthaNDilaM kRtvaagnim upasamaadhaaya saMparistiirya. (abhivRddhikalpa) maNDala maNDalas are prepared on the four directions of the house. zaantikalpa 22.3-4 sarvaasu vezmano dikSu maNDalaany anulepayet / nikiirya sikataas teSu zaantaadbhiH prokSayet tataH /3/ nidadhyaad azmanas tatra dvaarasyopari lepayet / nidadhyaat tatra daNDaadi nikiirya sikataa iti /4/ (amRtaa mahaazaanti) maNDala BodhGZS 4.18.1-2; HirGZS 1.3.7 [25.14-23] zucau same deze gomayena gocarmamaatraM caturazraM sthaNDilam upalipyaakSataan saMprakiiryaadbhir abhyukSya panca paalikaaH sauvarNaa raajataas taamraa mRnmayiir vaa yathaasaMbhavaM gRhNaati / madhye caturmukhaM vidyaat puurve vajriNam eva ca / dakSiNe tu yamaM vidyaat pazcime varuNaM tathaa // uttare zazinaM vidyaat paalikaasthaapanaM kramaat / valmiikamRttikaaM hRtvaa gomayaM ca tathaa-eva ca // etaani prakSipet taasu paalikaasu yathaakramam / duurvaam azvatthapatraM ca ziriiSaM bilvapatrakam // taasaaM muuleSu badhniiyaac chvetasuutreNa veSTayet / (ankuraarpaNavidhi) maNDala BodhGZS 4.20.[376,10-18]; HirGZS 1.6.22 [89,10-18] graamasyottarapuurvadeze devaagaare catuSpathe vaa zucau same deze gomayena gocarmamaatraM caturazraM sthaNDilam upalipya tilasarSapalaajair gandhapuSpaakSatair avakiirya sthaNDilaM kalpayitvaa kumbhasthaapanaM kRtvaagnim upasamaadhaaya saMparistiiryaapraNiitaabhyaH kRtvopotthaayaagreNaagniM devataaz caavaahayati vyaahRtiibhiH yajnapuruSam aavaahayaami devasya dakSiNato brahmaaNam aavaahayaami uttarataH triyambakam aavaahayaami devasyaagne vaastupuruSam aavaahayaami indraadidevataaz caavaahayaami ity aavaahya puruSasuuktena viSNum abhyarcya brahmasuuktena caturmukhaM rudrasuuktaM triyambakaM caabhyarcyaanyeSaaM devaanaam aavaahanaadikrameNa svais svair naamabhir abhyarcya. (graamasya utpaatazaanti) maNDala AzvGPZ 2.2 [153.19-20] caturasraaM caturasradvyangulocchritaaM vistRtaaM tribhuumikaaM grahavediM kuryaat tasyaaM ca zuklavriihitaNDulaiH sakarNikam aSTadalam ambujam ullikhya karNikaayaaM daleSu ca yathaasthaanaM grahapiiThaani sthaapayet. (grahayajna) maNDala AzvGPZ 4.5 [177,22-26] gandhapuSpadhuupaadibhir maNDapaM vediiM caabhyarcya tadupari devasyaagre caturasraM22 maNDalaM koNeSu svastikalaanchitaM kRtvaa tanmadhye brahmaviSNviizaan pratidizaM loka23paalaaMs tadantaraale 'py aSTabhairavaan ekaadaza rudraan dvaadazaadityavizvedevasaadhyanaasatyamarudgaNaga24ndharvaapsarasaH pitRgaNapuNyatiirthaany atha vighnezaskandadurgaakSetrapaalaan yathaavakaazam aavaahya25 tannaamabhis tallingamantrair vaacayitvaa pratiSThaapya. (pratiSThaavidhi) maNDala in the form of a lotus. BodhGZS 1.23.6 athaastamita aaditye padmaakRtiM maNDalaM kRtvopakalpayate vriihibhir yavais tilamaaSaiH pancagavyais saamudraaz caapo nadyaaz caudumbaraM bhadraasanaM vyaaghracarma hemakalazair gozRngaiz ca saMbhRtya saha saadayati yat saha sarvaaNi maanuSaaNi ity etasmaat braahmaNaat. (raajaabhiSekavidhi) Gonda, Vedic Ritual, p. 234. maNDala in the form of a lotus. AgnGS 2.4.11 [73,12-74,5] atha zvobhuute aadityavaare12 aaditye 'bhyuditamaatre gomayena gocarmamaatraM caturazraM sthaNDilam upalipya13 madhye svarNam athavaa rajataM vaa padmaM nidhaaya14 athavaa bhuumau vilikhed aSTapattraM sakarNikam //15 puurvapatre nyaset suuryam aagneyyaaM ca divaakaram /16 nyasya yaamye vivasvantaM nairRtyaam tu bhagaM nyaset //17 varuNaM pazcime patre vaayavye cendram eva ca /18 savitaaram athaizaanyaam aadityaM cottare nyaset //19 sakarNikaapuurvapatre nyased arkaM savaajinam /74,1 sahasraaMzuM dakSiNe ca maartaaNDaM pazcime dizi //2 uttare tu raviM devaM tanmadhye bhaaskaraM nyaset //3 evaM dvaadazaadityaan yathaakramam vinyasya madhye sarvaadityaruupaM4 vinyasya ... . (ravikalpa) maNDala AzvGPZ 2.14 [161,25-26] praacyaaM zucau gRhaajire gomayaambhasaa25 caturasram uttaraM vartulaM dakSiNe maNDaladvayam ullikhya. (zraaddha) maNDala in the form of a lotus. AzvGPZ 4.9 [179,14-18] vedimadhye padmagarbhaM SoDazaaraM paritaz caturasramaNDalopetaM kRtvaacaaryaH padmamadhye sapatniiko brahmaviSNviizaanaaM vinaayakasya ca sauvarNaruupaaNi tallingamantreNa samantaat teSu svarNajalacaraaNi sthaapayitvaa varuNamantreNaarcayitvaa tadbahir lokapaalaadiin saMpuujya maNDalapratikoNaM kalazacatuStayaM nadyudakamangaladravyavastraadyalaMkRtaM sthaapayitvemaM me gange iti gangaadinadiir aavaahyaabhyarcya. (vaapyaadividhi) maNDala AVPZ 1.34.6 diipaaz ca maNDale diiptaaH zuciz caapi baliM haret / yo 'smin yas tvaa maatur iti vipariharet // in the baliharaNa to the nakSatras. maNDala AVPZ 18.1.3 girayas te parvataa ity etayaa hastazatam ardhaM vaa maNDalaM parigRhya yaabhir yajnam iti saMprokSet. (hastiniiraajana) maNDala AVPZ 19b.2.3cd-5, 3.1-3 tato maNDapamadhye tu vartayed divyamaNDalam / caturazraM caturdvaaraM vRttaakaaram athaapi vaa /3/ sitacuurNena tanmadhye likhet padmaM suzobhanam / bahiz ca varNakaiH zubhrair naanaa zobhaaM prakalpayet /4/ madhye padmaM tu saMsthaapya brahmaaNaM paramezvaram / brahmajajnaanasuuktena yathoktam upakalpayet /5/ tathaa imaa aapa ityaadyair yathaavad adhivaasayet / rocanaacandanaadyaiz ca puSpair dhuupaiz ca puujayet /3.1/ ghRtapradiipamaalyaiz ca vastrair bhakSaiz ca zobhanaiH / sitacandanakarpuuraM dadyaad vaapi hi guggulam /2/ pradakSiNaM tataH kRtvaa namet sarvaangakair naraH / dakSiNe pazcime vaapi bhaage vediH prazasyate /3/ (brahmayaaga) maNDala AVPZ 30b.1.14 purastaad agner aadityaadiin grahaan pratiSThaapyottarataH kRttikaadiini nakSatraaNi svaasu diksu lokapaalaan sarvaasu kuNDasraktiSv agnyaadidevaan pratiSThaapya. maNDala AVPZ 66.1.5-2.3 goSThamadhye gRhe vaapi govaaTe gokulaantike / aacaaryas tu zucir bhuutvaa kaarayen maNDalaM zubham /5/ snaataz caahatavaasaaz ca ahoraatroSitah zuciH / caturazraM caturdvaaram aalikhet tatra maNDalam /2.1/ tasya madhye tu devezaM gomayena nidhaapayet / In the gozaaNTi. maNDala cf. karmapradiipa 2.4.1-5 atha tadvinyaasaH / vRddhipiNDaan ivottarottaraaMz caturo baliin nidadhyaat pRthivyai vaayave vizvebhyo devebhyaH prajaapataya iti / savyata eteSaam ekaikasyaikaikam adbhya oSadhivanaspatibhya aakaazaaya kaamaayeti / eteSaam api manyava indraaya vaasukaye brahmaNa iti / eteSaam api rakSojanebhya iti / sarveSaaM dakSiNataH pitRbhya iti caturdaza nityaaH / This is the method how various balis in the vaizvadeva ceremony are to be put on different places. maNDala in the bhojana in the naandiimukhazraaddha. VaikhGS 2.1 [21,5-7] atheDaam abhyukSyaathaavaniidam iti maNDalaany upalipyaastv aasanam ity aasanaani sadarbhayavaani nidhaaya teSv aasiinaan puSpaadyair yathopapaadam alaMkaroti. maNDala in the bhojana in the zraaddha. AzvGPZ 2.16 [163,23] bho21janaazayeSu daive caturasre maNDale pitrye vRttaani gomayenopalipya sayavaan satilaaMz ca22 darbhaan praasya teSu daive sauvarNaM pitrye raajataany abhaave tadavasRSTaani taijasaani vaa23 paatraaNi nidhaaya. maNDala in the bhojana. Kane 2: 760-761: According to the brahma puraaNa (quoted in gRhastharatnaakara, p. 311) the maNDalas (figures) for braahmaNas, kSatriyas, vaizyas and zuudras should respectively be in the form of a square, a triangle, a circle and a crescent; while according to zankha (in smRticandrikaa, I. p. 221), laghu-zaataatapa 133, atri (jiivaananda chap. V.1, p. 7) in the case of the zuudra water is to be sprinkled on the ground below his plate. The reasons for drawing a maNDala are stated by these authorities to be that the aadityas, vasus, rudras, brahmaa and other gods partake of only that food which is offered after a maNDala is made and that evil spirits and goblins carry away the flavour of the food when no maNDala is made. maNDala in the bhojana. AgnGS 2.6.7 [102,18-103,3] devavihitaaM puujaaM kRtvaa gomayena gocarmamaatraM caturazraM sthaNDilam upalipya kSatriyasya trikoNam upalipya vaizyasya vRttam upalipya bhojanaM kurute / brahmaa viSNuz ca rudraz ca zriir hutaazana eva ca / maNDalenopajiivanti tasmaat kurviita maNDalam // yaatudhaanaaH pizaacaaz ca yakSaraakSasakinnaraaH / ghnanti vai balam annasya maNDalena vivarjitam // iti vacanaat pratanato maNDalaM kRtvaa. In the bhojanavidhi. Gonda, Vedic Ritual, p. 234. maNDala in the bhojana. AzvGPZ 2.11 [160,9-11] aardrapaadapaaNir aacaantaH zucau deze praanmukhaH pratyanmukho vopavizya bhasmanaa vaariNaa vaa hastamaatre caturasramaNDale paatrastham annaM praNavavyaahRtipuurvayaa saavitryaabhyukSya. maNDala in the bhojana. HirGZS 1.1.16 [7,18-21] yaatudhaanaaH pizaacaaH kruuraaz caiva raakSasaa annasya rasaM haranti maNDalena vinaa / vipraaNaaM caturazram / trikoNaM kSatriyaaNaam / vaizyaanaaM vartulam / zuudrasyaardhacandrakam iti / gomayena maNDalaM kRtvaa bhoktavyam / maNDala in the bhojana. ParGSPZ [547,2-5] niivaaracuurNair gomRdaa bhasmanodakena vaa maNDalaM kuryaat / catuSkoNaM braahmaNasya trikoNaM kSatriyasya maNDalaakRti vaizyasyaabhyukSaNaM zuudrasya yathaa cakraayudho viSNus trailokyaM parirakSati / evaM maNDalabhasmaitat sarvabhuutaani rakSatv iti // maNDala in tha bhojana. vRddhaatreyasmRti 5 [53,9-15]. maNDala in tha bhojana/braahmaNabhojana. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.22.27 tatra gatvaa trikoNaM ca caturasraM ca kaarayet / trikoNe braahmaNii bhojyaa caturasre dvijottamaaH /27/ vratino bhojayet pazcaad dvaadazaiva dvijottamaan / mithunaani ca taavanti zaktyaa bhaktyaa ca paaNDava /28/ (aviyogatRtiiyaavrata) maNDala in the bhojana. naarada puraaNa 1.28.32cd-33 zraaddhaarthaM samanujnaato kaarayen maNDaladvayam /32/ caturasraM braahmaNasya trikoNaM kSatriyasya vai / vaizyasya vartulaM jneyaM zuudrasyaabhyukSaNaM bhavet /33/ (zraaddha) (This prescription may be out of place, because in the zraaddha it is only braahmaNas who are invited!!) maNDala in the aaraamaadipratiSThaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.1.1-15 suuta uvaaca // aaraamaadau vizeSo yo vakSye 'tra mayaadhunaa / maNDalaM kaarayitvaa tu caturasraM samaM zubham /1/ aizaanyaaM kalaze devaM tatra naathaM prapuujayet / madhyame kalaze puujaa grahaaNaaM ca tataH param /2/ svadikSu dvaaradeze tu pazcimadvaaradezayoH / brahmaaNaM caapy anantaM ca madhyato varuNaM yajet /3/ varuNaM codakumbhasthaM bhuutazaakhaasu zobhanam / tena caavaahayaami tvaaM vibho svargaaya vai bhava /4/ puurvagaM mandaraM sthaapya toraNopari sattamaaH / viSvaksenaM samabhyarcya arcanaM svargasaMyutam /5/ karNikaayaaM vaasudevaM zuddhasphaTikasaMnibham / caturbhujaM zankhacakragadaapadmavibhuuSitam /6/ zriivatsakaustubhoraskaM mukuTaadyair alaMkRtam / dakSiNe kamalaa tasya vaame puSTivyavasthitiH /7/ siddhakiMnarayakSaadyaiH stuuyamaanaM suraasuraiH / saMpuujya vidhivad bhaktyaa viSNo raraaTa ity (VS 5.21) Rcaa /8/ dale saMkarSaNaadiiMz ca vimalaadyaaz ca naayikaaH / saMpuujya dhuupadiipaadyair upahaarair anuttamaiH /9/ ghRtapradiipo devasya gugguluH saralas tathaa / dhuupo devabaliH kSiiraM paramaannaM ghRtaplutam /10/ dhyaayet somaM karNikaayaaM dakSiNe padmasaMsthitam / zuklaabhaM dvibhujaM zaantaM keyuuraadyupazobhitam /11/ prazasyaM devayakSaaNaaM varadaabhayahastakam / imaM devaa iti (VS 9.40) Rcaa upacaaraiH pRthagvidhaiH /12/ puujayec ca nizaanaathaM ghRtabhaktaM nivedayet / indraM jayantam aakaazaM varuNaM caagnim eva ca /13/ iizaanaM tatpuruSaM caiva vaayuM puurvaadidikSv api / karNikaayaa vaamabhaage varadaabhayahastakam /14/ dvibhujaM zuklavarNaM ca mahaadevaM prapuujayet / tryambakeNa ca mantreNa dadyaac ca ghRtapiSTakam /15/ maNDala in the aaraamaadipratiSThaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.5.10-25ab mandaraadikam aavaahya tataH saMpuujayet kramaat / viSvaksenaM ca tatraiva puujayed gandhacandanaiH /10/ bhRguM karNasamaaruuDhaM sarvabhuuSaNabhuuSitam / viSvaksenasya mantro 'yaM puujaayaaM caiva sarvataH /11/ dvaarapaalaM ca saMpuurNaM gauryaadiin kalazeSu ca / svaasu dikSu digiizaanaaM balipuSpaakSataadinaa /12/ nairRtyavaruNayor madhye anantaM pratipuujayet / indrezaanayoz ca madhye brahmaaNaM ca prakalpayet /13/ vedipaarzve tato gatvaa vedim aavaahya puujayet / aasanaM kalpayitvaa tu saamaanyaarghyaM vidhaaya ca /14/ aizaane kalaze vidyud brahmaaNaM ca tathaa grahaan / svaiH svair mantrair gandhapuSpair naivedyaiz ca pRthagvidhaiH /15/ maNDalezaM vaasudevaM saasanaM ca bRhaspatim / puujayet parayaa bhaktyaa paayasaannaM baliM haret /16/ dvibhujaM vaasudevaM ca zankhacakradharaM vibhum / padmaasanagatam dhyaayet piitavastraM suzobhanam /17/ niilotpaladalaabhaasaM haricandanacarcitam / devarSisiddhasahitaM kalatradvayasaMyutam /18/ maNDala in the aaraamaadipratiSThaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.5.10-25ab dhyaatvaa aaropayed evaM baalaadiin atha naayakaan / vimalaadyaa naayikaaz ca digiizaaMz ca yathaavidhi /19/ SoDazoccaiH pRthagruupaiH pratikramaat / paritaH puujayed viSNuM zivaM durgaaM sarasvatiim /20/ zuddhasphaTikasaMkaazaM dhyaayet somaM caturmukham / azvaaruuDhaM divyaruupaM padmaakSaM dhRtapuSpakam /21/ varadam devagandharvaiH sevitaM munibhiH stutam / zvetaM vanaspatiM dhyaayed dvibhujaM piitavaasasam /22/ svarathasthaM mahaabaahuM zankhaankuzasakheTakam / vidyaaM ca vaamato dhyaayet svamantreNa ca sthaapayet /23/ dazasvaraanvitaM toyaM svabhaavaM tamasaanvitam / mantro 'yaM devadevasya puujaayaaM viniyojayet /24/ niilaM jayaM bhRngiNaM ca paritaz ca yathaakramaat / maNDala the aacaarya makes a maNDala in the form of the cakra and a lotus flower together with the sarvatobhadra. skanda puraaNa 2.5.12.39c aacaaryas tu tataH kRtvaa maNDalaM varNakaiH zubhaiH / cakraabjaM sarvatobhadraM zvetavastreNa veSTitam /39/ (akhaNDaikaadaziivrata) maNDala in the azvatthapratiSThaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.8.1-10ab athaazvatthapratiSThaayaaM muule baahupramaaNakam / sthaNDilaM kaarayet tatra candanenaankitaM yathaa /1/ padmaM prakalpayet tatra saamaanyaarghyaM vidhaaya ca / puurvedyuu raatrisamaye tad viSNor iti (RV 1.22.20) vai Rcaa /2/ sthaapayed vaariNaa puurNaM kayaa neti (RV 4.31.1) ca gandhakam / gandhadvaareti (RVKh 5.87.9) tailena zriiz ca teti (VS 31.22) ca candanam /3/ dadyaad duurvaakSataM kalye braahmaNatrayabhojanam / kaarayet sitasuutraiz ca veSTayec candanasya ca /4/ kumbhe vinaayakaM puujya brahmaaNaM ca pare ghaTe / svadikSu dikpatiiMz caapi vRkSamuule navagrahaan /5/ maNDale zivam abhyarcya piiThapuujaapuraHsaram / puurve caNDaM pracaNDaM ca dakSiNe nandibhRngiNau /6/ anantaM pazcime kaamam uttare gaNanaayakam / kaarttikeyaM madhyadeza aadhaarazaktipuurvakam /7/ anantaM pRthiviiM caiva trivRttaM ca trimaNDalam / atha dhyaanaM pravakSyaami zvetaM vRSabham eva ca /8/ dvibhujaM zuulahastaM ca sarvaabharaNasaMyutam / aaropayet svatantreNa muule viSNuM samarcayet /9/ zaMkaraM ca tathaa madhye agre brahmaaNakaM yajet / (azvatthapratiSThaa) maNDala in the azvazaanti, in the form of a lotus: a lotus flower is put on the sthaNDila and various deiteis are arranged on it. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.47.25cd-27 azvaanaaM maarake praapte vyaadhau vaapy atidaaruNe /24/ prakRtez ca viparyaase tathaa bhRgukulodbhava / hayacaare zubhe deze sthaNDilaM parikalpayet /25/ vinyaset kamalaM tatra tanmadhye puujayed dharim / zriyaM ca deviiM tatraiva kesareSu ca devataaH /26/ brahmaaNaM zaMkaraM somam aadityaM ca tathaazvinau / revantam uccaiHzravasaM dikpaalaaMz ca daleSv api /27/ sarveSaaM puujanaM kaaryaM gandhadhuupaannasaMpadaa / diipamaalyanamaskaarapuSpair muulaiH sagorasaiH /28/ (azvazaanti, naimittika) maNDala in the maNDapa he draws a maNDala in the form of svastika by using different colors, he then puts a bed-stead made of ivory, a cotton cloth, and puts puruSottama on it, and scented with smokes of kaalaagurus. skanda puraaNa 2.2.39.57c tanmadhye maNDalaM kuryaat svastikaM varNakaiH zubhaiH /57/ tadantaH sthaapayet khaTvaaM karidantamayiiM zubhaam / paTTatuuliiM tadupari vaasayet puruSottamam /58/ (caaturmaasyavrata) maNDala in the diikSaavidhi. saamba puraaNa 39.35-47. maNDala in the gajazaanti. agni puraaNa 291.5c-13ab ... makaraadau ca aizaanyaaM nagaraad bahiH /5/ sthaNDile kamale madhye viSNuM lakSmiiM ca kesare / brahmaaNaM bhaaskaraM pRthviiM yajet skandaM hy anantakam /6/ khaM zivaM somam indraadiiMs tadastraaNi dale kramaat / vajraM zaktiM ca daNDaM ca tomaraM paazakaM gadaam /7/ zuulaM padmaM bahirvRnte cakre suuryaM tathaazvinau / vasuun aSTau tathaa saadhyaan yaamye 'tha nairRte dale /8/ devaan aangirasaz caanyaan bhRguuMz ca maruto 'nile / vizvaan devaaMs tathaa dakSe rudraan raudre 'tha maNDale /9/ vRttayaa rekhayaa tatra devaan vai baahyato yajet / suutrakaaraan RSiin vaaNiiM puurvaadau sarito giriin /10/ mahaabhuutaani koNeSu aizaanyaadiSu saMyajet / padmaM cakraM gadaaM zankhaM caturasraM tu maNDalam /11/ caturdvaaraM tataH kumbhaan agnyaadau ca pataakikaaH / catvaaras toraNaan dvaari naagaan airaatavaadikaan /12/ puurvaadau cauSadhiibhiz ca devaanaaM bhaajanaM pRthak. maNDala in the gajazaanti, in the form of a lotus. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.50.18cd-40ab puurvottare ca digbhaage nagaraat sumanohare /18/ snigdhapraazanatoyeSu drumaviitavanaspatau / praagudakpravaNaM raama sthaNDilaM parikalpayet /19/ kamalaM vinyaset tatra karNikaakamale harim / zriyaM ca vinyaset tatra kesareSu ca vinyaset /20/ brahmaaNaM bhaargavaM pRthviiM tathaa skandaM ca bhaargava / anantaM khaM zivaM somaM sarvaaNy etaani bhaargava /21/ daleSu tatra dikpaalaan vinyaset saha kunjaraiH / pattraantareSu caastraaNi yathaavad anupuurvazaH /22/ vajraM tu vinyased dhiimaan zakrapattraad anantaram / tataz cakraM tato daNDaM toraNaM tadanantaram /23/ tataz ca vinyaset paazaM tomaraM sazaraM dhanuH / tato gadaaM mahaabhaaga tataH zuulaM ca vinyaset /24/ padmaM ca saantaradalaM vRttayaa lekhayaa bhajet / aadityaiH saha naasatyau tataH puurveNa vinyaset /25/ vasuun agnidizaabhaage saadhyaan yaamye ca vinyaset / tathaa ca nairRte bhaage devaan angiraso nyaset /26/ pazcime bhRgavo bhaage vaayavye marutas tathaa / vizvedevaas tathodak ca rudraan zivadizi nyaset /27/ kRtvaitad devataanyaasaM vRttayaa rekhayaa bhajet / baahyena vinyaset tasyaaH suutrakaaraan RSiin dvija /28/ puurveNa raama yaamyena tathaa deviiM sarasvatiim / nadiiH pazcimataH zailaaMs tathodag bhRgunandana /29/ mahaabhuutaani vediiSu koNahastagataani tu / padmaM cakraM gadaaM zankham iizaanyaadiSu vinyaset / saptahasteSu daNDeSu pataakaaz ca tathaa nyaset / sitaa raktaaH sitaaH piitaa yathaavad anupuurvazaH / dikSu toraNavinyaasaM toraNaanaaM ca veSTanam /32/ kSiiravRkSadrumadalaiH kusumaiH saphalair bhavet / toraNasya pramaaNaM ca SaDDhastaM parikiirtitam /33/ ucchraayeNa tathaa yaamaaj jneyaM raama samadvayam / taarkSyaM taalaM ca makaraM RSyaM caivaanupuurvazaH /34/ toraNopari madhye tu daanavaan vinivezayet / karNakair lakSaNopetaan vinyased devataagaNaan /35/ saayudhaan sapataakaaMz ca saatapattraM zatakratum / diggajaanaaM ca vinyaasam oSadhiibhiH prakalpayet /36/ airaavaNaM dale zakre laajaabhir vinyased budhaH / naagaM puSpamayaM padmam aagneye vinyased dale /37/ puSpadantas tathaa yaamye naagaH kaaryaH priyangubhiH / tathaa ca nairRte bhaage naagaH puSpeNa vaamanaH /38/ vaayavye caanjanaM pattre maaSaiH kuryaad vicakSaNaH / niilaz ca pattre kaubere zatapuSpaamayo bhavet /39/ aizaanye kumudaM kuryaan naagendraM sitataNDulaiH / (gajazaanti, naimittika) maNDala in the jayaabhiSekavidhi in the form of a lotus. a very detailed description together with the various deities residing each in a kalaza. linga puraaNa 2.27.19-233. (jayaabhiSekavidhi) maNDala in the puSyasnaana. bRhatsaMhitaa 47.24-27 tasmin maNDalam aalikhya kalpayet tatra mediniim/ naanaa-ratnaakaravatiiM sthaanaani vividhaani ca/24/ purohito yathaasthaanaM naagaan yakSaan suraan pitRRn / gandharvaapsarasaz caiva muniin siddhaaMz ca vinyaset /25/ grahaaMz ca *sarva[K.saha]nakSatrai rudraaMz ca saha maatRbhiH / skandaM viSNuM vizaakhaM ca lokapaalaan surastriyaH /26/ varNakair vividhaiH kRtvaa hRdyair gandhaguNaanvitaiH / yathaasvaM puujayed vidvaan gandhamaalyaanulepanaiH /27/ maNDala in the puSyasnaana. devii puraaNa 65.71cd-89 caturasraM caturdvaaraM likhen maNDalam uttamam /71/ maNDalasya pramaaNena padmaM dvaaraan samaalikhet / hastornonnata kartavyaM padmaM vipra kadaa cana /72/ naadhikaM caturuurdhaM tu likhitavyaM vijaanataa / prataapaayustriyo dharmo raajyaM zriiruupazaantataa /73/ yogaaptir arthalaabhaz ca puurvadvaare tu maNDale / siddhir medhaa yazaH saukhyam aarogyaM janavallabham /74/ sarvakaamaarthasiddhiz ca uttare dvaaramaNDale / putram aayur valaM caiva saubhaagyaM ripumardanam /75/ yajnakarmaabhivRddhiz ca pazcimadvaari maNDale / tasya madhye punaH padmam aSTapatraM sakarNikam /76/ caturvitastikaM vipre raajanye trivitastikam / padmasyaivaanupuurveNa naalaM tadanupuurvazaH /77/ vaaruNiiM dizam aazritya naalaM tu parikalpayet / saptapaataalasaunaalaM bhuvanaantaaH prakiirtitaa /78/ iidRzaM kalpitaM padmaM devadevena zaMbhunaa / dhvajatoraNasaMyuktaM pataakaabhir alaMkRtam /79/ karNikaa tu bhaven meruur viijair grahagaNaaH sthitaaH / kezaraas tu bhaven nadyaH kaNTake parvataa sthitaaH /80/ aSTau dalaa dizaH proktaa ekaH padmaH pratiSThitaH / saptapaataalabhuurloke naalaM tu parikiirtitam /81/ bhuurlokas tu dalaa jneyo digaatmaa zuunyagocaraa / svarlokaH karNikaakhyaataas trailokyaM padmasaMjnitam / karNikaayaaM nyased devaM puujaakaale mahezvaram /82/ maataraa grahanaagaaz ca yakSaa rakSaa divaukazaH / vasavo munilokezaaH sarudraa bhuvanaadhipaaH /83/ lavaaH kaaSThaaH kSaNaa yaamaa raatyahaaH sasitaaH sitaaH / pakSaa maasaa Rtur maargo samaa yugayugaantaraaH /84/ kalpaantaaz ca mahaakalpaaH padme caivaM samaalikhet / prathame maNDale devaM zivaM vidyezasaMyutam / gaNanaayakasaMyuktaM dvitiiyaavaraNe yajet /85/ sagrahaM bhaaskaraM praacyaam aizaanyaaM tu pinaakinam / saumyaasyaM dezavaM rakSe pazcimasyaaM pitaamaham /86/ tRtiiye maNDalaaraNye bhedinyaam upakalpite / naanaaratnaakaraakiirNe bhuuyo devaan samaalikhet /87/ purohito yathaasthaanaM naagaan yakSaan pitRRn suraan / gandharvaapsarasaz caiva muniin siddhaan nidhaapayet /88/ grahaaz ca grahanakSatraiH sarudraaz caiva maataraH / skandaM viSNuM vizaakhaM ca lokapaalaan surastriyaH /86/ (puSyasnaana) maNDala in the puSyasnaana. kaalikaa puraaNa 86.37cd-57 diirghaM viMzatihastaM tu hastaSoDazavistaram /37/ kuryaat tu lakSaNopetaM yajnamaNDalam uttamam / tato 'pare 'hni puurvaahNe maatRNaaM puujanaM caret /38/ kuDyalagnaaM vasor dhaaraaM vRddhizraaddhaM tathaiva ca / candanaagurukastuuriidhuumakarpuuracuurNakaiH /39/ saMpuujya maNDalasthaanaM tasmin hrauM zambhave namaH / astraaya huM phaD ity evaM likhen mantradvayaM budhaH /40/ mantravin maNDalajnaz ca suutraiH kambalasaMbhavaiH / kauzeyair vaa svastikaakhyaM prathamaM maNDalaM likhet /41/ caturhastampramaaNaM tu maNDalaM vilikhet tataH / hastapramaaNaM padmaM tu maNDalasya prakiirtitam /42/ dvaaraaNi saardhahastaani karNikaakezarojjvalam / sitaM raktaM ca piitaM ca kRSNaM haritam eva ca /43/ zaalicuurNaiz ca kausumbhair haaridrair haridudbhavaiH / kuryaat tathaanjanaiz cuurNai raajaa maNDalavRddhaye /44/ padmaantataH samaarabhya taalaM pazcimagaaminam / pazcimadvaaramadhye ca zatapatraM vinirdizet /45/ pratyekaM dvaaramadhye tu padmaM caivaaSTapatrakam / kuryaan maNDalabhaagajnaz cuurNair eva pRthak pRthak /46/ cuurNais tu maNDalaM kRtvaa suutraaNy utsaarayet tataH / utsaarya suutraM prathamaM maNDalaM puujayet tataH /47/ bhavanaaya nama iti tato hastaM viyojayet / savyaavalambahastaM tu rajaHpaatraM samaacaret /48/ madhyamaanaamikaanguSThair upariSTaad yathecchayaa / adhomukhaanguliiH kRtvaa paatayec ca vicakSaNaH /49/ samaarekhaa tu kartavyaa vicchitraa puSparanjitaa / anguSThaparvanaipuNyaat samaa kaaryaa vijaanataa /50/ saMsaktaviSamaM sthuulaM vicchinnaM kRsarakRtim / paryantam arpitaM hrasvam aalikhen na kadaa cana /51/ saMsakte kalahaM vidyaad uurdhvarekhe tu vigraham / atisthuule bhaved vyaadhir nityaM piiDaa vimizrite /52/ bindubhir bhayam aapnoti zatrupakSaan na saMzayaH / kRzaayaaM caarthahaaniH syaac chinnaayaaM maraNaM dhruvam /53/ viyogo vaa bhavet tasya iSTadravyasutasya vaa / aviditvaa likhed yas tu maNDalaM tu yathecchayaa /54/ sarvadoSaan avaapnoti ye doSaaH puurvam iiritaaH / sitasarSapaduurvaayaa rekhaaH kaaryaa vijaanataa /55/ vimalaM vijayaM bhadraM vimaanaM zubhadaM zivam / vardhamaanaM ca devaM ca zataakSaM kaamadaayakam /56/ rucikaM svastikaM caiva dvaadazaite tu maNDalaaH / yathaasthaanaM yathaayajnaM yojaniiyaa vicakSaNaiH /57/ (puSyasnaana) maNDala in the puSyasnaana. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.103.2cd-7ab. maNDala in the rangadaivatapuujana: it has nine grids with brahmaa in the middle and various deities in the eight directions. naaTyazaastra 3.21cd-33 aalikhen maNDalaM puurvaM yathaasthaanaM yathaavidhi /21/ samantataz ca kartavyaM hastaaH SoDaza maNDalam / dvaaraaNi caatra kurviita vidhaanena caturdizam /22/ madhye caivaatra kartavye dve rekhe tiryaguurdhvage / tayoH kakSyaavibhaagena daivataani nivezayet /23/ padmopaviSTaM brahmaaNaM tasya madhye nivezayet / aadau nivezyo bhagavaan saardhaM bhuutagaNaiH zivaH /24/ naaraayaNo mahendraz ca skandaH suuryo 'zvinau zazii / sarasvatii ca lakSmiiz ca zraddhaa medhaa ca puurvataH /25/ puurvadakSiNato vahnir nivezyaH svaahayaa saha / vizve devaaH sagandharvaa rudraaH sarpagaNaas tathaa /26/ dakSiNena nivezyas tu yamo mitraz ca saanugaH / pitRRn pizaacaan uragaan guhyakaaMz ca nivezayet /27/ (to be continued) maNDala in the rangadaivatapuujana: it has nine grids with brahmaa in the middle and various deities in the eight directions. naaTyazaastra 3.21cd-33 nairRtyaaM raakSasaaMz caiva bhuutaani ca nivezayet / pazcimaayaaM samudraaMz ca varuNaM yaadasaaM patim /28/ vaayavyaayaaM dizi tathaa sapta vaayuun nivezayet / tatriva vinivezyas tu garuDaH pakSibhiH saha /29/ uttarasyaaM dizi tathaa dhanadaM saMnivezayet / naaTyasya maatRRz ca tathaa yakSaan atha saguhyakaan /30/ tathaivottarapuurvaayaaM nandyaadyaaMz ca gaNezvaraan / brahmarSibhuutasaMghaaMz ca yathaabhaagaM nivezayet /31/ stambhe sanatkumaaraM tu dakSiNe dakSam eva ca / graamaNyam uttare stambhe puujaarthaM saMnivezayet /32/ anenaiva vidhaanena yathaasthaanaM yathaavidhi / suprasaadaani sarvaaNi daivataani nivezayet /33/ maNDala in the samudrasnaanavidhi. skanda puraaNa 2.2.30.71cd-73ab prakSaalitakaraanghrika aacaantaH zuciviSTare /71/ aasiinaH praaGmukho bhuutvaa likhen maNDalam agrataH / caturasraM caturdvaaraM catuHsvastikakoNakam /72/ tanmadhye vilikhet padmam aSTapatraM suzobhanam / (puruSottamakSetramaahaatmya, samudrasnaanavidhi) maNDala in the taDaagaadipratiSThaavidhi; a detailed description. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.20.29cd-159. maNDala in the taDaagaadividhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.4.1-18ab suuta uvaaca // athaazvatthapratiSThaayaaM muule baahupramaaNake / sthaNDilaM kaarayet tatra candanenokSitaM tathaa /1/ padmaM prakalpayet tatra saamaanyaarghyaM vidhaaya ca / puurvedyuu raatrisamaye tad viSNor iti (RV 1.22.20) vai Rcaa /2/ sthaapayed vaariNaa puurNaM kayaa neti (RV 4.31.1) ca gandhakam / gandhadvaareti (RVKh 5.87.9) tailena zriiz ca teti (VS 31.22) ca candanam /3/ dadyaad duurvaakSataM kalpe(>kalye?? see bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.8.4b) braahmaNatrayabhojanam / kaarayet sitasuutraiz ca veSTayec candanokSitaiH /4/ kumbhe vinaayakaM puujya brahmaaNaM ca pare ghaTe / svadikSu dikpatiiMz caiva vRkSamuule navagrahaan /5/ maNDale zivam abhyarcya piiThapuujaapuraHsaram / atha dhyaanaM pravakSyaami zvetaM vRSabham eva ca /6/ dvibhujaM zuulahastaM ca sarvaabharaNasaMyutam / aaropayet svasaamarthyaad bhuutazuddhiM samaacaret /7/ tato 'rghyapaatraM kRtvaa tu piiThapuujaaM samaacaret / gaNezaM gurupaadaM ca jayaM bhadraM samaahitaH /8/ maNDala in the taDaagaadividhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.4.1-18ab madhye aadhaarazaktiM ca kuurmaanantau sapadmakau / candrasuuryaagnikaadiinaaM maNDalaani kramaad yajet /9/ punaH paatraantarasthaM ca gRhiitvaa kusumaM budhaH / paaNikacchapikaaM kRtvaa dhyaayed vai varuNaM tathaa /10/ puurvavac ca vidhaanena dadyaat paatraadikaM trayam / madhuparkaM caasanaM ca pRcchec ca svaagataM punaH /11/ mudraaM pradarzya vidhivad angapuujaaM samaacaret / puurvaadipatre indraadiin brahmaaNaM madhyato yajet /12/ anantaM purataz caiva teSaam astraaNi tadbahiH / madhye toyaadhipaM rudraM zaantaM caiva prazaantakam /13/ bhuustattvaM ca bhuvastattvaM svastattvaadi ca tattvakam / kaamaM dharmam adharmaM ca dikSu naaraayaNaM zivam /14/ nairRte ca yajed durgaaM paarzvayoz ca zatakratum / vinaayakaM ca viSNuM ca gangaaM pRthiviSaSTikam /15/ SoDazenopacaareNa puujayec ca vizeSataH / maNDalasyottare bhaage naagaruupam anantakam /16/ pancakRSNaalakaiH kuryaad bRhatparvapramaaNakam / aaropayec caakSataadyaiH zvatacandanapuSpakaiH /17/ puujayet parayaa bhaktyaa. maNDala in the taDaagaadividhi. matsya puraaNa 58.22cd-27ab : padma puraaNa 1.27.22-26 anjasaa maNDalaM kuryaat pancavarNena tattvavit /22/ SoDazaaram tataz cakraM padmagarbhaM caturmukham / caturasraM ca parito vRttaM madhye suzobhanam /23/ vedyaaz copari tat kRtvaa grahaaMl lokapatiiMs tataH vinyasen mantrataH sarvaan pratidikSu civakSaNaH /24/ kuurmaadi sthaapayen madhye vaaruNaM mantram aazritaH / brahmaaNaM ca zivaM viSNuM tatraiva sthaapayed budhaH /25/ vinaayakaM ca vinyasya kamalaam ambikaaM tathaa / zaantyarthaM sarvalokaanaaM bhuutagraamaM nyaset tataH /26/ puSpabhakSyaphalair yuktam evaM kRtvaadhivaanama. (taDaagaadividhi) maNDala in the taDaagavidhi. padma puraaNa 1.27.22-26ab. maNDala in the tulaapuruSavidhi. linga puraaNa 2.28.47-52. (tulaapuruSavidhi) maNDala in the zivadiikSaavidhi. linga puraaNa 2.21.1-14 suuta uvaaca // pariikSya bhuumiM vidhivad gandhavarNarasaadibhiH / alaMkRtya vitaanaadyair iizvaraavaahanakSamaam /1/ ekahastapramaaNena maNDalaM parikalpayet / aalikhet kamalaM madhye pancaratnasamanvitam /2/ cuurNair aSTadalaM vRttaM sitaM vaa raktam eva ca / parivaareNa saMyuktaM bahuzobhaasamanvitam /3/ aavaahya karNikaayaaM tu zivaM paramakaaraNam / arcayet sarvayatnena yathaavibhavavistaram /4/ daleSu siddhayaH proktaaH karNikaayaaM mahaamune / vairaagyajnaananaalaM ca dharmakandaM manoramam /5/ vaamaa jyeSThaa ca raudrii ca kaalii vikaraNii tathaa / balavikaraNii caiva balapramathinii kramaat /6/ sarvabhuutasya damanii kesareSu ca zaktayaH / manonmanii mahaamaayaa karNikaayaaM zivaasane /7/ vaamadevaadibhiH saardhaM dvaMdvanyaayena vinayset / manonmanaM mahaadevaM manonmanyaatha madhyataH /8/ suuryasomaagnisaMbandhaat praNavaakhyaM zivaatmakam / puruSaM vinyased vaktraM puurve patre raviprabham /9/ aghoraM dakSiNe patre niilaanjanacayopamam / uttare vaamadevaakhyaM japaakusumasaMnibham /10/ sadyaM pazcimapatre tu gokSiiradhavalaM nyaset / iizaanaM karNikaayaaM tu zuddhasphaTikasaMnibham /11/ candramaNDalasaMkaazaM hRdayaayeti mantrataH / vaahneye rudradigbhaage zirase dhuumravarcase /12/ zikhaayai ca namaz ceti raktaabhe nairRte dale / kavacaayaanjanaabhaaya iti vaayudale nyaset /13/ astraayaagnizikhaabhaaya iti dikSu pravinyaset / netrebhyaz ceti caizaanyaaM pingalebhyaH pravinyaset /14/ (zivadiikSaavidhi) maNDala of brahmaa, txt. agni puraaNa 30.1-35. maNDala of brahmaa, contents. agni puraaNa 30.1-35: 1ab brahman in the central lotus, 1b brahmaa in the eastern lotus, 1c prakRti in the south-eastern, 1d puruSa in the southern, 2ab fire in the south-western, 2b wind in the western, 2c the sun in the northern, 2d Rgveda and yajurveda in the north-eastern, 3-4 (indraadis (1), saamaveda (2) atharvaveda (3), aakaaza (4) ... bhuvaH (16)), 5-7ab (mahar (1), ... vaajapeya (9), ... ruupa (17), .. gandha (19)), 7cd-9ab (jiiva (1) ... zabdamaatraka (6), vaasudevaadi (7-10), ... vaakvaaNipaada (19)), 9cd (?), 10 maNDala of brahmaa, vidhi. agni puraaNa 30.1-35 (1-11) atha maNDalavidhiH // naarada uvaaca // madhye padme yajed brahma saangaM puurve 'bjanaabhakam / aagneye 'bje ca prakRtiM yaamye 'bje puruSaM yajet /1/ puruSaad dakSiNe vahniM nairRte vaaruNe 'nilam / aadityam aindave padme Rgyajuz ceze padmake /2/ indraadiiMz ca dvitiiyaayaaM padme SoDazake tathaa / saamaatharvaaNam aakaazaM vaayuM tejas tathaa jalam /3/ pRthivii ca manaz caiva zrotraM tvak cakSur arcayet / rasanaaM ca tathaa ghraaNaM bhuur bhuvaz caiva zoDazam /4/ mahar janas tapaH satyaM atyagniSTomam eva ca tathaagniSTomakaM cokthaM SodaziiM vaajapeyakam /5/ atiraatraM ca saMpuujya tathaaptoryaamam arcayet / mano buddhim ahaMkaaraM zabdaM sparzaM ca ruupakam /6/ rasaM gandhaM ca padmeSu caturviMzatiSu kramaat / jiivaM mano dhiyaM caahaM prakRtiM zabdamaatrakam /7/ vaasudevaadimuurtiiz ca tathaa caiva dazaatmakam / manaH zrotraM tvacaM praarcya cakSuz ca rasanaM tathaa /8/ ghraaNaM vaakpaaNipaadaM ca dvaatriMzad vaarijeSv imaan / caturthaavaraNe puujyaaH saangaaH saparivaarakaaH /9/ paayuupasthau ca saMpuujya maasaanaaM dvaadazaadhipaan / puruSottmaadi SaDviMzaan baahyaavaraNake yajet /10/ cakraabje teSu saMpuujyaa maasaanaaM patayaH kramaat / aSTau prakRtayaH SaD vaa pancaatha caturo 'pare /11/ maNDala of brahmaa, vidhi. agni puraaNa 30.1-35 (12-18) rajaHpaataM tataH kuryaal likhite maNDale zRNu / karNikaa piitavarNaa syaad rekhaaH sarvaaH sitaaH samaaH /12/ dvihaste 'nguSThamaatraaH syur haste caardhasamaaH sitaaH / padmaM zuklena saMdhiiMs tu kRSNena zyaamato 'thavaa /13/ kesaraa raktapiitaaH syuH koNaan raktena puurayet / bhuuSayed yogapiiThaM tu yatheSTaM saarvavarNikaiH /14/ lataavitaanapattraadyair viithikaam upazobhayet / piiThadvaare tu zuklena zobhaa raktena piitataH /15/ upazobhaaM ca niilena koNasaMkhyaaMz ca vai sitaan / bhadrake puuraNaM proktam evam anyeSu puuraNam /16/ trikoNaM sitaraktena kRSNena ca vibhuuSayet / dvikoNaM raktapiitaabhyaaM naabhiM kRSNena cakrake /17/ arakaan piitaraktaabhiH zyaamaan nemiM tu raktataH / sitazyaamaaruNaaH kRSNaaH piitaa rekhaas tu baahyataH /18/ maNDala of brahmaa, vidhi. agni puraaNa 30.1-35 (19-24) zaalipiSTaadi zuklaM syaad raktaM kausumbhakaadikam / haridrayaa ca haaridraM kRSNaM syaad dagdhadhaanyataH /19/ zamiipattraadikaiH zyaamaM biijaanaaM lakSajaapy ataH / caturlakSas tu mantraaNaaM vidyaanaaM lakSasaadhanam /20/ ayutaM buddhividyaanaaM stotraaNaaM ca sahasrakam / puurvam evaatha lakSeNa mantrazuddhis tathaatmanaH /21/ tathaapareNa lakSeNa mantraH kSetriikRtaa bhavet / puurvasevaasamo homo biijaanaaM saMprakiirtitaH /22/ puurvasevaa dazaaMzena mantraadiinaaM prakiirtitaa / purazcaraNamantre tu maasikaM vratam aacaret /23/ bhuvi nyased vaamapaadaM na gRhNiiyaad pratigraham / evaM dvitriguNenaiva madhyamottamasiddhayaH /24/ maNDala of brahmaa, vidhi. agni puraaNa 30.1-35 (25-35) mantradhyaanaM pravakSyaami yena syaan mantrajaM phalam / sthuulaM zabdamayaM ruupaM vigrahaM baahyam iSyate /25/ suukSmaM jyotirmayaM ruupaM haardaM cintaamayaM bhavet / cintayaa rahitaM yat tu tat paraM parikiirtitam /26/ vaaraahasiMhazaktiinaaM sthuularuupaM pradhaanataH / cintayaa rahitaM ruupaM vaasudevasya kiirtitam /27/ itareSaaM smRtaM ruupaM haardacintaamayaM sadaa / sthuulaM vairaajam aakhyaataM suukSmaM vai lingitaM bhavet /28/ cintayaa rahitaM ruupam aizvaraM parikiirtitam / hRtpuNDaliikanilayaM caitanyaM jyotir avyayam /29/ biijaM biijaatmakaM dhyaayet kadambakusumaakRti / kumbhaantaragato diipo niruddhaprasavo yathaa /30/ saMhataH kevalas tiSThed evaM mantrezvaro hRdi / anekasuSire kumbhe taavanmaatra gabhastayaH /31/ prasaranti bahis tadvad naaDiibhir biijarazmayaH / athaavabhaasato daiviim aatmiikRtya tanuM sthitaaH /32/ hRdayaat prasthitaam naaDyo darzanendriyagocaraaH / agniiSomaatmake taasaaM naaDyau naasaagrasaMsthite /33/ samyag guhyena yogena jitvaa dehasamiiraNam / japadhyaanarato mantrii mantralakSaNam aznute /34/ saMzuddhabhuutatanmaatrH sakaamo yogam abhyasan / aNimaadim avaapnoti viraktaH pravilanghya ca / devaatmako bhuutamaatraan mucyate cendriyagrahaat /35/ maNDala of brahmaa in the brahmapuujaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.17.73-76 caturhastaM likhet padmaM caturbhaagavibhaagitam / madhye tasya likhec cakraM dalair dvaadazabhiz citam /73/ sarojaani tato nyasya akSaraaNi samantataH / akSaraM vihitaM caanyat patrabhaage prakiirtitam /74/ naanaavarNakasaMyogaal likhec caivaanupuurvazaH / kRSNotkaTaM tu madhyaM syaat piitaraktaM tathaa param /75/ sitaM zuddhaM tu kartavyaM madhyabhaage tu vartulam / prabhaakuNDalakair baahyair veSTayec cakranaayakam /76/ maNDala of candra. skanda puraaNa 2.8.3.68-69ab candrabimbanibhaM kaaryaM maNDalaM zubhataNDulaiH / madhye ca kalazaH sthaapyo gavyena payasaaplutaH /68/ caturasreSu saMpuurNaan kalazaan sthaapayed bahiH / (candrasahasravrata) maNDala of candra: a maNDala made of salt is used in the maasarkSapaurNamaasiivrata. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.192.2 kaarttikaat tu tathaarabhya saMpuurNazazalakSaNam / puujayed udare(>udaye??) raajan sadaa naktaazano bhavet /1/ laavaNaM maNDalaM kRtvaa candanenaanulepite / daza(?)nakSatrasahitaM tatra somaM tu puujayet /2/ (maasarkSapaurNamaasiivrata) maNDala of candra/of soma. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.99.52cd tad asyaaM srotasi snaatvaa saMtarpya pitRdevataaH / aalikhya maNDale somaM nakSatraiH sahitaM vibhum /52/ puujayet kusumair hRdyair naivedyair ghRtapaacitaiH / zuklaakSataiH zuklavastraiH puujayitvaa kSamaapayet / zaakaaharaNamunyannair naktaM bhunjiita vaagyataH /53/ (vijayapaurNamaasiivrata) maNDala of devii in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.26.16-19 evaM saMpuujya vidhivad agrataH padmam aalikhet / pattrair dvaadazabhir yuktaM kunkumena sakarNikam /16/ puurveNa vinyased gauriim aparNaaM ca tataH param / bhavaaniiM dakSiNe tadvad rudraaNiiM ca tataH param /17/ vinyaset pazcime saumyaaM tato madanavaasiniim / vaayavyaaM paaTalaavaasaam uttareNa tato hy umaam /18/ lakSmiiM svaahaaM svadhaaM tuSTiM mangalaaM kumudaaM satiim / rudraaNiiM madhyataH sthaapya lalitaaM karNikopari / kusumair akSataiH zubhrair namaskaareNa vinyaset /19/ (anantatRtiiyaavrata) maNDala of devii in the form of a lotus. matsya puraaNa 62.16-19 evaM saMpuujya vidhivad agrataH padmam aalikhet / pattrair dvaadazabhir yuktaM kunkumena sakarNikam /16/ puurveNa vinyased gauriim aparNaaM ca tataH param / bhavaaniiM dakSiNe tadvad rudraaNiiM ca tataH param /17/ vinyaset pazcime saumyaaM sadaa madanavaasiniim / vaayavye paaTalaam ugraam antareNa tato 'py umaam /18/ madhye yathaasvaM maaMsaangaaM mangalaaM kumudaaM satiim / rudraM ca madhye saMsthaapya lalitaaM karNikopari / kusumair akSatair vaarmir namaskaareNa vinyaset /19/ (anantatRtiiyaavrata) maNDala of devii in the form of a lotus. padma puraaNa 1.22.78-81 evaM saMpuujya vidhivad agrataH padmam aalikhet / pattraiH SoDazabhir yuktaM krameNaiva sakarNikam /78/ puurveNa vinyased gauriim aparNaaM ca tataH param / bhavaaniiM dakSiNe tadvad rudraaNiiM ca tataH param /79/ vinyaset pazcime bhaage saumyaaM madanavaasiniim / vaayavye paaTalaam ugraam uttareNa tathaa umaam /80/ saadhyaaM pathyaaM tathaa saumyaaM mangalaaM kumudaaM satiim / bhadraaM ca madhye saMsthaapya lalitaaM karNikopari /81/ (anantatRtiiyaavrata) maNDala of the dikpaalas. naarada puraaNa 1.119.33-44. (saarvabhaumavrata) maNDala of kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 63.55cd-71ab trikoNaM maNDalaM caasyaas tripuraM tu trirekhakam /55/ mantraM tu akSaraM jneyaM tathaa ruupaM trayaM punaH / trividhaa kuNDalii zaktis tridevaanaaM ca sRSTaye /56/ sarvaM trayaM trayaM yasmaat tripuraa tena saa smRtaa / udiicyaady atha puurvaantaa rekhaaH kaaryaas tu maNDale /57/ tris trirekhaas tu kartavyaas taa eva puSpacandanaiH / aizaanyam atha nairRtyaaM mantraM kRtvaa tu saMlikhet /58/ nairRtyaaM caiva vaayavyaaM tato hy aizaanyagaaM punaH / evaM trikoNaM vilikhen maNDalasyaantare punaH /59/ aizaanyaasyaas tu yaa rekhaa saa tu zaktir nigadyate / nairRtyaaM vaayaviiM yaataa tato hy aizaanyagaa tu yaa /60/ saa tu zambhuH samaakhyaataa zaktyaa zambhuM vibhedyet / zaktyaa vibhinnaM bhuutezaM veSTayet kamalena tu /61/ aSTapatreNa taaM dhyaatvaa trivarNaaM praak prapuujayet / tribhis tribhis tu rekhaabhiH zaktiM zambhuM ca veSTayet /62/ sthaanasyaabhyukSaNaM samyaddha maarjanaM likhanaM tathaa / astramantraprayogaaNaaM bhuutaanaam apasaaraNam /63/ vaiSNaviitantramantroktaM tathaivottaratantrake / yat proktaM tat tu saamaanyaM praak kuryaat saadhako naraH /64/ tripuraayaa vizeSeNa sahitaM puujanakramam / etat trikoNaM devaanaaM trayaaNaaM sthaanam iSyate /65/ aizaanyaaM tu tathezaano nairRtyaaM caturaananaH / vaayavyaaM tu tathaa brahmaa SaTkoNeSu prakiirtitaaH /66/ dalaM tv ekapuraM proktaM kezaraM caaparaM puram / puraM zeSaM trikoNaM tu trikoNaM maNDalaM smRtam /67/ daleSu kezare caapi trikoNe ca tridhaa tridhaa / rekhaas tu vihitaaH samyak kuryaat tatra punaH punaH /68/ uttaraM tad bhaved dvaaraM tasya vai dhanuraakRtiH / puurvadvaaraM tu SaTkoNaM catuSkoNaM tu dakSiNe /69/ pazmimaM toraNaakaaraM yathaa caanyatra maNDale / aizaanyaaM pancabaaNaaMs tu likhed vahnau ca tad dhanuH /70/ nairRtyaaM pustakaM caapi vaayavyaam akSamaalikaam. (puujaavidhi of tripuraamuurti kaamaakhyaa) manDala of the dikpaalas with mentions of their colors, vaahanas, aayudhas, etc. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.104.37-59ab. maNDala of the five elements: five maNDalas representing the five elements. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.152.1cd-5 pRthivy aapas tathaa tejo vaayur aakaazam eva ca /1/ vaasudevasya devasya kathitaaH panca muurtayaH / caitre tu pancamiiM zuklaaM samaasaadya vicakSaNaH /2/ sopavaaso hariM devaM pancaatmaanaM samarcayet / pancamaNDalagaaH kaaryaaH pancabhir varNakaiH pRthak /3/ paarthivaM maNDalaM kaaryaM zuklavarNaM mahiipate / vaaruNaM ca tathaa zvetaM raktam aagneyam iSyate /4/ piitaM bhavati vaayavyaM kRSNam aakaazadaivatam / samaanavarNair gandhais tu puSpais taan arcayet pRthak /5/ (pancamahaabhuutavrata) maNDala of kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 74.20-21. maNDala of kaamaakhyaa, saMpuurNa maNDala. kaalikaa puraaNa 74.32cd-35. maNDala of kaamezvarii. kaalikaa puraaNa 64.7-16 SaTkoNaM maNDalaM kuryaad raktavarNaM tu cintayet / vibhedya zaktyaa zambhuM tu tripuraatantravad budhaH /7/ tataH zaktiM zambhunaapi bhedayet kramataH sudhiiH / aizaanyaadinairRtaantaaM rekhaaM kRtvaatha dakSiNe /8/ pazcimaat puurvagaaM rekhaaM puurvaad api tathottaraam / uttaraat pazcimaantaaM tu kRtvaa rekhaas tu yojayet /9/ dhanustoraNasaMkaazaM dvaare cottarapazcime / dakSiNaM tu trikoNaM syaat SaTkoNaM puurvam ucyate /10/ jaalaMdharaM likhet piiTham uttare pazcime likhet / oDrapiiThaM dakSiNe tu kaamaruupaM tu puurvataH /11/ devyaa dvaadazaguhyaani yaani dvaadazabhiH karaiH / likhen maNDalakoNeSu taani dikSu trayaM trayam /12/ SaDbhiH SaDbhis tu rekhaabhiH kartavyo maNDalakramaH / anyad uttaratantroktaM vaiSNaviitantrabhaaSitam /13/ maNDalasya kramaM sarvaM viddhi vetaala bhairava / oM kliiM maNDalatattvaaya nama ity atra maNDalam /14/ puujayet prathamaM dhyaatvaa maNDalaM yogapiiThakam / piiThe zilaayaaM vilikhen maNDalaM yonimaNDalam /15/ trikoNaM vilikhet pazcaad veSTayet kamalena tu. (kaamezvariipuujaavidhi) maNDala of kaamezvarii. kaalikaa puraaNa 64.39-64. (various deities to be performed in different places of the maNDala of the kaamezvariipuujaa) maNDala of lakSmiinaaraayaNa in the form of a lotus. naarada puraaNa 1.122.33-35ab bhaadrazuklatrayodazyaaM gotriraatravrataM smRtam / lakSmiinaaraayaNaM kRtvaa sauvarNaM vaapi raajatam /33/ pancaamRtena saMsnaapya maNDale 'STadale zubhe / piiThe vinyasya vastraaDhyaM gandhaadyaiH paripuujayet /34/ aaraartikaM tataH kRtvaa dadyaat saannodakaM ghaTam / (gotriraatravrata) maNDala of mahaamaayaa, the basic form for the mahaamaayaakalpa. kaalikaa puraaNa 52.28-30 padmaM vitastimaatraM syaat karNikaaraM tadardhakam / dalaany anyonyasaktaani hy aayataani niyojayet /28/ na nyuunaadhikabhaagaani sabahirveSTitaani ca / madhyabhaage nyased dvaaraM na nyuune naadhike tathaa / subaddhaM maNDalaM tac ca raktavarNaM vicintayet /29/ ito 'nyathaa maNDalam ugram asyaaH karoti yo lakSaNabhaagahiinam / phalaM na caapnoti na kaamam iSTaM tasmaad idaM maNDalam atra lekhyam /30/ maNDala of the maruts: seven lines of maNDalas in each line seven maNDalas of the seven maruts are placed. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.166.1-12ab caitrazuklasya pakSe tu samyak SaSThyaam upoSitaH / saptamyaam arcanaM kuryaan marutaaM paarthivottama /1/ saptazreNiigataM saptamaNDalaM nRpa kaarayet / zreNii zreNii tathaa kaaryaa saptamaNDalakaanvitaa /2/ gandhair maNDalakaaH kaaryaa aamacihnaaH pRthak pRthak / ekajyotiz ca dvijyotis trijyotiz ca mahaabala /3/ ekadvitricatuHzaktikrameNa ca tathaa nRpa / vinyaset prathamaM zreNyaaM yathaavan nRpasattama /4/ indraz ca gatyaa dRzyaz ca tataH pratizakRt tathaa / mitaz ca saMmitaz caiva amitaz ca mahaabalaH /5/ dvitiiyaayaaM tathaa zreNyaaM devaan etaaMz ca vinyaset / Rtajit satyajic caiva suSeNaz caiva viiryavaan /6/ atimitro 'anamitraz ca purumitras tathaiva ca / tRtiiyaayaaM tathaa zreNyaaM devaan etaaMz ca vinyaset /7/ Rtaz ca Rtavaan dhartaa vidhartaa varuNo dhruvaH / vidhaaraNaM caturthyaaM tu zreNyaaM paarthiva vinyaset /8/ iidRkSaz ca sadRkSaz ca etaadRg amitaazanaH / kiirtitaH prasadRkSaz ca zarabhaz ca mahaayazaaH /9/ vinyaset pancamazreNyaaM sapta devaan naraadhipa / dhartaa dugno dhvanir bhiimo atiyuktaH kSamaasaH /10/ SaSTyaaM ca vinyasec chreNyaaM sapta devaan yathaakramam / dyutir vasur anaadhRSyo vaasaH kaamo jayo viraaT /11/ saptamyaaM ca tathaa zreNyaaM vinyaset sapta paarthivaan / (marudvrata) maNDala of sarasvatii together with brahmaa, viSNu and ziva in the form of a lotus at an udumbara tree on the day of yamadviitiiyaavrata. skanda puraaNa 2.4.11.6cd-7ab audumbarataruM gatvaa kRtvaa maNDalam uttamam /6/ padmam aSTadalaM kRtvaa tasminn audumbare zubhe / vidhiM viSNuM ca rudraM ca varadaaM ca sarasvatiim /7/ viiNaaputakasaMyuktaaM puujayet svasthamaanasaH / candanaagarukastuuriikunkumair dvijasattama /8/ puSpair dhuupaiz ca naivedyair naarikelaphalaadibhiH / (yamadvitiiyaavrata) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.115.5cd-9 tato 'stasamaye bhaano raktacandanapankajam /5/ vilikhya dvaadazadalaM puujya suuryeti puurvataH / divaakaraM tathaagneye vivasvantam ataH param /6/ bhagaM tu nairRte devaM varuNaM pazcime dale / mahendraM maarutadale aadityaM tu tathottare /7/ zaantam iizaanabhaage tu namaskaareNa vinyaset / karNikaapuurvapatre tu suuryasya turagaan nyaset /8/ dakSiNe yamanaamaanaM maartaNDaM pazcime dale / uttareNa raviM devaM karNikaayaaM tu bhaaskaram /9/ (aadityadinanaktavidhi) maNDala of suurya/aaditya in the aadityapuujaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.49.21cd-23 pravakSyaami japasthaanaM padmezaavaraNe tathaa /21/ aadityaM karNikaasaMsthaM daleSv angaani puurvazaH / somaadiin raahuparyantaan grahaaMz caivodagaaditaH /22/ muurtimallokapaalaaMz ca kramaad aavaraNeSv atha / tadastraaNi ca rakSaarthaM svamantraiH puujayet kramaat /23/ (aadityasya nityaaraadhanavidhi) maNDala of suurya. matsya puraaNa 97.5cd-9. (aadityavaarakalpa) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.53.36cd candanena likhet padmam aSTapatraM sakarNikam. (acalaasaptamii) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.48.3cd-4ab zuklaambaradharaH padmam akSataiH parikalpayet /3/ praanmukho 'STadalaM madhye tad vicitraaM ca karNikaam / (kalyaaNasaptamiivrata) maNDala of suurya with eight names. padma puraaNa 1.21.217-220ab zuklaambaradharaH padmam akSataiH parikalpayet / praaGmukho 'STadalaM madhye tadvad vRtaaM ca karNikaam /217/ puSpaakSataadibhir devezaM vinyaset sarvataH kramaat / puurveNa tapanaayeti maartaNDaayeti vai tataH /218/ yaamye divaakaraayeti vidhaatra iti nairRte pazcime varuNaayeti bhaaskaraayeti caanile /219/ saumye vikartanaayeti devaayety aSTame dale / (kalyaaNasaptamii) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.40.4-7 kRtvaa mandaarakusumaaSTakam /3/ sauvarNaM puruSaM tadvat padmahastaM suzobhanam / padmaM kRSNatilaiH kRtvaa taamrapaatre 'STapattrakam /4/ puujya mandaarakusumair bhaaskaraayeti puurvataH / namaskaareNa tadvac ca suuryaayety anale dale /5/ dakSiNe tadvad arkaaya tathaaryamNe ca nairRte / pazcime vasudhaatre ca vaayavye caNDabhaanave /6/ puuSNe hy uttarataH puujya aanandaayety ataH param / karNikaayaaM tu puruSaH puujyaH sarvaatmaneti ca /7/ zuklavastraiH samaavesTya bhakSyair maalyaphalaadibhiH / evam abhyarcya tat sarvaM dadyaad vedavide punaH / (mandaaraSaSThiivrata) maNDala of suurya. matsya puraaNa 79.4-8ab bhojayec chaktitaH kRtvaa mandaarakusumaaSTakam / sauvarNaM puruSaM tadvat padmahastaM suzobhanam /4/ padmaM kRSNatilaiH kRtvaa taamrapaatre 'STapattrakam / haimamandaarakusumair bhaaskaraayeti puurvataH /5/ namaskaareNa tadvac ca suuryaayety aanale dale / dakSiNe tadvad arkaaya thaaryamNe ca nairRte /6/ pazcime vedadhaamne ca vaayavye caNDabhaanave / puuSNety uttarataH puujyam aanandaayety ataH param /7/ karNikaayaaM ca puruSaM sarvaatmana iti nyaset / (mandaarasaptamiivrata) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus, structure. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.216.4-17: 216.4 introduction, 216.5ab he draws a eight petaled lotus with a pericarp, 216.5cd aavaahana of suurya/ravi with aavaahanii mudraa, 6ab snapana of khaSolka, 216.6cd-8ab sthaapana of mantrazariira: 7ab heart in the south-east, 7c head in the north-east, 7d knot of hair in the south-west, 8ab two eyes in the east, 8cd aavaahana of kavaca and astra in the west, 9-10 sthaapana of navagrahas: 9a the moon in the north-east, 9b Mars in the east, 9c Mercury/somatapana(?) in the south-east, 9d Jupiter in the south, 10a Venus in the south-west, 10b Saturn in the west, 10c ketu in the north-west, 10d raahu in the north, 216.11-13ab twelve aadityas in the second kakSaa/circle, 13cd eight dikpaalas, 13ef jayaa, vijayaa, jayantii, aparaajitaa, 13gh zeSa, vaasuki, revatii, vinaayaka, 13ij mahaazvetaa, mahaadevii, raajnii, suvarcalaa, 14ab unnamed deities, 14cd-17 fourteen zaktis of suurya. (nimbasaptamiivrata) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus, vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.216.4-17 arcanasya prakaaro 'yaM sarveSaam iipsitapradaH / sarvair api budhair viira padmam etat prakiirtitam /4/ aSTapattraM likhet padmaM zucau deze sakarNikam / aavaahaniiM tato baddhvaa mudraam aavahayed ravim /5/ khaSolkaM snaapayet tatra svaruupaM lobhadaayakam / sthaapayet snaapayec caiva mantrair mantrazariiriNam /6/ aagneyyaaM dizi devasya hRdayaM sthaapayen naraH / aizaanyaaM tu ziraH sthaapya nairRtyaaM vinyasec chikhaam /7/ pauraMdaryaaM nyasen netre ekaagrahRdayas tu saH / aavaahya caikaM kavacaM vaaruNyaam astram eva ca /8/ aizaanyaaM sthaapayet somaM pauraMdaryaaM tu lohitam / aagneyyaaM somatapanaM yaamyaaM caiva bRhaspatim /9/ nairRtyaaM daanavaM zukraM vaaruNyaaM ca zanaizcaram / vaayavyaaM ca tathaa ketuM kauberyaaM raahum eva ca /10/ dvitiiyaayaaM tu kakSaayaaM devatejaHsamudbhavaan / sthaapayed dvaadazaadityaan kaazyapeyaan mahaabalaan /11/ bhagaH suuryo 'ryamaz caiva mitro varuNa eva ca / savitaa caiva dhaataa ca vivasvaaMz ca mahaabalaH /12/ tvaSTaa puuSaa tathaa candro dvaadazo viSNur ucyate / puurve cendraaya dakSiNe yamaaya pazcime varuNaaya uttare kuberaaya aizaanyaam iizvaraaya aagneyyaam agnidevataayai nairRtyaaM pitRdevebhyo vaayavyaaM vaayave / jayaa ca vijayaa caiva jayantii caaparaajitaa / zeSaz ca vaasukiz caiva revatii ca vinaayakaH / mahaazvetaa mahaadevii raajnii caiva suvarcalaa /13/ tathaanyo vaapi devaanaaM samuuhas tatra tatra ha / tathaanyo lokavikhyaato yogaH proktaz ca dakSiNe /14/ purastaad bhaasurasthaane sthaapaniiyaa vijaanataa / siddhir vRddhiH smRtir devii zriiz caivotpalamaalinii /15/ sthaapyaa svadakSiNe paarzve lokapuujyaa samantataH / praajnaavatii kSudhaa viira haariitaa buddhir eva ca /16/ sthaapya buddhimatii nityaM zriikaamair vaa vivasvataH / Rddhiz caiva visRSTiz ca paurNamaasii vibhaavarii / sthaapyaaz ca svottare paarzve ity etaa devazaktayaH /17/ (nimbasaptamiivrata) maNDala of suurya in the pratiSThaavidhi. saamba puraaNa 29.22-24ef. maNDala of suurya in the pratiSThaavidhi. saamba puraaNa 32.21-22. maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.116.3cd-6 abhisaMkramaNaM bhuumau candanenaaSTapatrakam /3/ padmaM sakarNikaM kuryaat tasminn aavahayed ravim / karNikaayaaM nyaset suuryam aadityaM puurvatas tataH /4/ namaH saptaarciSe 'gneye yaamye runmaNDalaaya ca / namaH savitre nairRtye varuNaM vaaruNe yajet /5/ saptasaptiM ca vaayavye puujayed bhaasvataaM patim / maartaNDam uttare viSNum iizaane vinyased dale /6/ matsya puraaNa 98.3-6. an enumeration of the 8 names of suurya. (saMkraantyudyaapanavidhi) maNDala of suurya. naarada puraaNa 1.116.2cd-6. (suuryavrata) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.167.2b-7 bahiH snaanaM naraH kRtvaa gomayenopalepitam / lepayet sthaNDilaM samyak kuto gauramRdaa nRpa /2/ tatraaSTapattraM kamalaM varNakais tu samaalikhet / karNikaayaaM nyaset tatra devadevaM vibhaavasum /3/ puurvapakSe nyased devau dvau raajann uttare dale / aagneye ca nyaset pattre gandharvau Rtukaarikau /4/ dakSiNe ca nyaset pattre tathaivaaspasasor dvayam / raakSasau dvau mahaaraaja pattre nairRtake nyaset /5/ kaadraveyau mahaanaagau pazcime Rtavaarikau / vaayavye yaatudhaanau dvau tathaiva nRpasattama /6/ uttare ca tathaa pattre vinyasec ca RSidvayam / aizaanye vinyaset pattre graham ekam narottama /7/ (suuryavrata) maNDala of suurya in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.49.3ab sthaNDile padmam aalikhya kunkumena sakarNikam. (zarkaraasaptamiivrata) maNDala of tripuraa. kaalikaa puraaNa 63.187-190 navadhaa puujayed deviiM tripuraaM kaamaruupiNiim / uttaraadicatuSpatre padmasyaitaan prapuujayet /187/ brahmaaNaM maadhavaM zaMbhuM bhaaskaraM ca tathaiva ca aizaanyaadiSu teSv evaM kramaad devyaaH prapuujayet /188/ jayantiiM prathaM pazcaad vaayavyaam aparaajitaam / nairRtyaaM vijayaaM caiva tathaagneyyaaM jayaahvayaam /189/ trikoNe kezarasyaante kaamaM priitiM ratiM tathaa / puujayet panca baaNaaMz ca puSpaM caapaM ca pustikaam /190/ akSamaalaaM pancazaraan ratnaparyankam eva ca / pretapadmazivaM caiva samyak tatraiva puujayet /191/ (puujaa of tripuraa in her three forms) maNDala of viSNu, txt. agni puraaNa 29.1-50. maNDala of viSNu, contents. agni puraaNa 29.1-50: 1 a saadhaka practises a mantra in a temple or other places and (worships) hari/viSNu in a maNDala directed towards the east at home in a pure place, 2ab he draws a maNDala or similar things in a quadrangular field, 2cd a sarvatobhadra has two hundred fifty six grids, 3 a padma has thirty six grids, a piiTha has five grids, a viithikaa has two grids, and a dvaara has two grids, 4- how to draw a padma (4ab he draws a circle as the field of padma, 4cd he draws in the semicircle a circle of twelve grids outside(?), 5ab he draws four fields in the rest: 5cd-6ab the first is the field of karNikaa, the second is of kesaras, the third is of joints of dalas and the fourth is of tips of dalas, (impossible to understand it) maNDala of viSNu, vidhi. agni puraaNa 29.1-50 (1-10ab) atha sarvatobhadramaNDalavidhiH // naarada uvaaca // saadhakaH saadhayen mantraM devataayatanaadike / zuddhabhuumau gRhe praacye maNDale harim iizvaram /1/ caturasriikRte kSetre maNDalaadiini vai likhet / rasabaaNaakSikoSTheSu sarvatobhadram aalikhet /2/ SaTktriMzatkoSThakaiH padmaM piiThaM panktyaa bahir bhavet / dvaabhyaaM tu viithikaa tasmaad dvaabhyaaM dvaaraaNi dikSu ca /3/ vartulaM bhraamayitvaa tu padmakSetraM puroditam / padmaardhe bhraamayitvaa tu bhaagaM dvaadazakaM bahiH /4/ vibhajya bhraamayec cheSaM catuHkSetraM tu vartulam / prathamaM karNikaakSetraM kesaraaNaaM dvitiiyatam /5/ tRtiiyaM dalasaMdhiinaaM dalaagraaNaaM caturthakam / prasaarya koNasuutraaNi koNadiGmadhyamaM tataH /6/ nidhaaya kesaraagre tu dalasaMdhiiMs tu laanchayet / paatayitvaatha suutraaNi tatra pattraaSTakaM likhet /7/ jalasaMdhyantaraalaM tu maanaM madhye nidhaaya tu / dalaagraM bhraamayet tena tadagre tadanantaram /8/ tadantaraalaM tatpaarzve kRtvaa baahyakrameNa ca / kesare tu likhed dvau dvau dalamadhye tataH punaH /9/ padmalakSmaitat saamaanyaM dviSaTkadalam ucyate / maNDala of viSNu, vidhi. agni puraaNa 29.1-50 (10cd-19ab) karNikaardhena maanena praaksaMsthaM bhraamayet kramaat /10/ tatpaarzve bhramayogena kuNDalyaH SaD bhavanti hi / evaM dvaadaza matsyaaH syur dviSaTkadalakaM tu taiH /11/ pancapattraabhisidhyarthaM matsye kRtvaivam abjakam / vyomarekhaabahiH piiThaM tatra koSThaani maarjayet /12/ triiNi koNeSu paadaarthaM dvidvikaany aparaaNi tu caturdikSu viliptaani pattrakaaNi bhavanty uta /13/ tataH panktidvayaM dikSu viithy atha tu vilopayet / dvaaraaNy aazaasu kurviita catvaari catasRSv api /14/ dvaaraaNaaM paarzvataH zobhaa aSTau kuryaad vicakSaNaH / tatpaarzva upazobhaas tu taavatyaH parikiirtitaaH /15/ samiipa upazobhaanaaM koNaas tu parikiirtitaaH / caturdikSu dve dve cintayen madhyakoSThakaiH /16/ catvaari baahyato mRjyaad ekaikaM paarzvayor api / zobhaarthaM paarzvayos triiNi triiNi lumped dalasya tu /17/ tadvad viparyaye kuryaad upazobhaaM tataH param / koNasyaantarbahis triiNi cintayed dvir vibhedataH /18/ evaM SoDazakoSThaM syaad evam anyat tu maNDalam / maNDala of viSNu, vidhi. agni puraaNa 29.1-50 (19cd-30) dviSaTkabhaage SaTtriMsatpadaM padmaM tu viithikaa /19/ ekaa panktiH paraabhyaaM tu dvaarazobhaadi puurvavat / dvaadazaangulibhiH padmam ekahaste tu maNDale /20/ dvihaste hastamaatraM syaad vRddhyaa dvaareNa vaacaret / apiiThaM caturasraM syaad dvikaraM cakrapankajam /21/ padmaardhaM navabhiH proktaM naabhis tu tisRbhiH smRtaa / aSTaabhis tv arakaan kuryaan nemiM tu caturangulaiH /22/ tridhaa vibhajya ca kSetram antar dvaabhyaam athaankayet / pancaantas tv aarasiddhyarthaM teSv aasphaalya likhed araan /23/ indiivaradalaakaaraan athavaa maatulungavat / padmapattraayataan vaapi likhed icchaanuruupataH /24/ bhraamayitvaa bahirnemaav arasaMdhyantare sthitaH / bhraamayed aramuulaM tu saMdhimadhye vyavasthitaH /25/ aramadhye sthito madhyam araNiM bhraamayet samam / evaM saMdhyantaraaH samyaGmaatulunganibhaaH samaa /26/ vibhajya saptadhaa kSetraM caturdazakaraM samam / dvidhaa kRte zataM hy atra SaNNavatyaadhikaani tu /27/ koSThakaani caturbhis tair madhye bhadraM samaalikhet / parito visRjed viithyai tathaa dikSu samaalikhet /28/ kamalaani punar viithyai paritaH parimRjya tu / dve dve madhyamakoSThe tu griivaarthaM dikSu lopayet /29/ catvaari baahyataH pazcaat triiNi triiNi tu lopayet / griivaapaarzve bahis tv ekaa zobhaa saa parikiirtitaa /30/ maNDala of viSNu, vidhi. agni puraaNa 29.1-50 (31-39ab) visRjya baahyakoNeSu saptaantas triiNi maarjayet / maNDalaM navabhaagaM syaana navavyuuhaM hariM yajet /31/ pancaviMzatikavyuuhaM maNDalaM vizvaruupakam / dvaatriMzaddhastakaM kSetraM bhaktaM dvaatriMzataa samam /32/ evaMkRte caturviMzatyadhikaM tu sahasrakam / koSThakaanaaM samuddiSTaM madhye SoDazakoSThakaiH /33/ bhadrakaM parilikhyaatha paarzve panktiM vimRjya tu / tataH SoDazabhiH koSThair dikSu bhadraaSTakaM likhet /34/ tato 'pi panktiM saMmRjya tadvat SoDazabhadrakam / likhitvaa paritaH paktiM vimRjyaatha prakalpayet /35/ dvaaradvaadazakaM dikSu triiNi triiNi yathaakramaat / SaDbhiz ca parilupyaantar madhye catvaari paarzvayoH /36/ catvaary antar bahir dve tu zobhaarthaM parimRjya tu / upadvaaraprasiddhyarthaM triiNy antaH panca baahyataH /37/ parimRjya tathaa zobhaaM puurvavat parikalpayet / vaahniH koNeSu saptaantas triiNi koSThaani maarjayet /38/ pancaviMzatikavyuuhe paraM brahma yajec chubhe / maNDala of viSNu, vidhi. agni puraaNa 29.1-50 (39cd-50) madhye puurvaaditaH padme vaasudevaadayaH kramaat /39/ varaahaM puujayitvaa ca puurvapadme tataH / kramaat vyuuhaan saMpuujayet taavad yaavat SaTtriMzago bhavet /40/ yathoktaM vyuuham akhilam ekasmin pankaje kramaat / yaSTavyam iti yatnena pracetaa manyate 'dhvaram /41/ satyaM tu muurtibhedena vibhaktaM manyate 'cyutam / catvaariMzatkaraM kSetraM hy uttaraM vibhajet kramaat /42/ ekaikaM saptadhaa bhuuyas tathaikaikaM dvidhaa punaH / catuSSaSTyuttaraM saptazataany ekasahasrakam /43/ koSThakaanaaM bhadrakaM ca madhye SoDazakoSThakaiH / paarzve viithiiM tataz caaSTa bhadraaNy atha ca viithikaa /44/ SoDazaabjaan yatho viithii caturviMzatipankajam / viithii padmaani dvaatriMzatpanktiviithikajaany atha /45/ catvaariMzat tato viithii zeSapanktiktrayeNa ca dvaarazobhopazobhaaH syur dikSu madhye vilopya ca /46/ dvicatuSSaDdvaarasiddhyai caturdikSu vilopayet / panca triiNy ekakaM baahye zobhopadvaarasiddhaye /47/ dvaaraaNaaM paarzvayor antaH SaD vaa catvaari madhyataH / dve dve lupyed evam eva SaD bhavanty upazobhikaaH /48/ ekasyaaM dizi saMkhyaaH syuz catasraH parisaMkhyayaa / ekaikasyaaM dizi triiNi dvaaraaNy api bhavanty uta /49/ panca panca tu koNeSu panktau panktau kramaat sRjet / koSThakaani bhaved evaM martyeSTaM maNDalaM zubham /50/ maNDala of viSNu, cakraabjamaNDala in the adhivaasanavidhi in the pratiSThaa. agni puraaNa 59.40cd-47ab cakraabjamaNDale viSNuM yajed gandhaadinaa tathaa /40/ puurvavac caasanaM dhyaayet sagaatraM sapricchadam / zubhaM cakraM dvaadazaaraM hy upariSTaad vicintayet /41/ trinaabhi cakraM dvinemi svarais tac ca samanvitam / pRSThadeze tataH praajnaH prakRtyaadiin nivezayet /42/ puujayed aarakaagreSu suuryaM dvaadazadhaa punaH / kalaaSoDazasaMyuktaM somaM tatra vicintayet /43/ sabalaM tritaye naabhau cintayed dezikottamaH / padmaM ca dvaadazadalaM padmamadhye vicintayet /44/ tanmadhye pauruSiiM zaktiM dhyaatvaabhyarcya ca dezikaH / pratimaayaaM hariM nyasya tatra taM puujayet suraan /45/ gandhapuSpaadibhiH samyak saangaM saavaraNaM kramaat / dvaadazaakSarabiijais tu kezavaadiin samarcayet /46/ dvaadazaare maNDale tu lokapaalaadikaM kramaat. maNDala of viSNu/naaraayaNa. garuDa puraaNa 1.126.1-10 brahmovaaca / yenaarcanena vai loko jagaama paramaaM gatim / tam arcanaM pravakSyaami bhuktimuktikaraM param /1/ saamaanyamaNDalaM nyasya dhaataaraM dvaaradezataH / vidhaataaraM tathaa gangaaM yamunaaM ca mahaanadiim /2/ dvaarazriyaM ca daNDaM ca pracaNDaM vaastupuuruSaM / madhye caadhaarazaktiM ca kuurmaM caanantam arcayet /3/ bhuumiM dharmaM tathaa jnaanaM vairaagyaizvaryam eva ca / adharmaadiiMz ca caturaH kandaM naalaM ca pankajaM /4/ karNikaaM kesaraM sattvaM raajasaM taamasaM guNam / suurryaadimaNDalaany eva vimalaadyaaz ca zaktayaH /5/ durgaaM gaNaM sarasvatiiM kSetrapaalaM ca koNake / aasanaM muurtim abhyarcya vaasudevaM balaM smaran /6/ aniruddhaM mahaatmaanaM naaraayaNam athaarcayet / hRdayaadiini caangaani zankhaadiiny aayudhaani ca /7/ zriyaM puSTiM ca garuDaM guruM paraguruM yajet / indraadiin dikSv adho naagam uurdhvaM brahmaaNam arcayet /8/ viSvaksenam athaizaanyaaM proktaM puujanam aagame / sakRd abhyarcito devo yenaivaM vidhipuurvakam /9/ na tasya saMbhavo bhuuyaH saMsaare 'smin mahaatmanaH / puNDariikaaya saMpuujya brahmaaNaM ca gadaadharam /10/ (naaraayaNapuujaa) maNDala of viSNu, three maNDalas represent the trivikrama of viSNu: the southern one is white, representing the earth, the middle one is red, representing the sun, the northern one is white, representing the dhruva. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.133.1-4 zuklapakSatRtiiyaayaaM sopavaaso jitendriyaH / maNDalatritayaM kuryaad varNakena pRthak pRthak /1/ maNDalaM dakSiNe bhaage zvetaM kuryaan naro bhavet / raktaM madhye 'py athaH kuryaad udak chvetaM dhruvasya tu /2/ viSNoH padatrayaM teSu puujyaM syaan maNDaleSu ca / bhuumau ca prathamaM paadaM dvitiiyaM suuryamaNDale /3/ tRtiiyaM tu dhruve deve puujayet prayataH zuciH / yathaa maNDalavarNaanko gandhamaalyaadibhir dvija /4/ (trivikramavrata) maNDala of viSNu(?). agni puraaNa 33.34cd-39 aadhaarazaktiH kuurmo 'tha puujyo 'nanto mahii tataH /34/ madhye 'gnyaadau ca dharmaadyaa adharmaadyaaz ca mukhyagaaH / sattvaadi madhye padmaM ca maayaavidyaakhyatattvake /35/ kaalatattvaM ca suuryaadimaNDalaM pakSiraajakaH / madhye tataz ca vaayvaadiizaantaa gurupanktikaa /36/ gaNaH sarasvatii puujyaa naarado nalakuubaraH / gurur guroH paadukaa ca paro guruz ca paadukaa /37/ puurvasiddhaaH parasiddhaaH kesareSu ca zaktayaH / lakSmiiH sarasvatii priitiH kiirtiH zaantiz ca kaantikaa /38/ puSTis tuSTir mahendraadyaa madhye caavaahito hariH / dhRtiH zriir atikaantyaadyaa muulena sthaapito 'cyutaH /39/ (viSNupuujaa in the pavitraaropaNa) maNDala of viSNu in the form of a lotus. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.45. (viSNupuujaayogyapadmanirmaaNavarNanam) maNDala of viSNu. padma puraaNa 1.21.33-35. (vizokadvaadazii) maNDala of viSNu. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.190.4-10 SoDazaaraM tataz cakraM bhraman nemyaSTakaavRtam / naabhipadme sthitaM viSNuM yogaaruuDhaM caturbhujam /4/ zankhacakre 'sya paarzvasthe devyaSTakasamaavRtam / dvitiiyaavaraNe tadvat puurvato jalazaayinam /5/ atrir bhRgur vaziSThaz ca brahmaa kazyapa eva ca / matsyaH kuurmo varaahaz ca naarasiMho 'tha vaamanaH /6/ raamo raamaz ca kRSNaz ca buddhaH kalkii ca te daza / tRtiiyaavaraNe gaurii manubhir vasubhir yutaa /7/ caturthe dvaadazaadityaa vedaaz catvaara eva ca / pancame panca bhuutaani rudraaz caikaadazaiva tu /8/ lokapaalaaSTakaM SaSThe dinmaatantaas tathaiva ca / saptame 'straaNi sarvaaNi mangalaani ca kaarayet /9/ antaraantarato devaan vinyased aSTame punaH. vizvacakra represents a maNDala. (vizvacakradaanavidhi) maNDala of zaaradaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 65.9-11 caturdvaaramaNDalaM tu kuryaat tatra vibhuutaye / mahaamaayaamaNDalaM tu zaaradaayaas tu maNDalam /9/ vaiSNaviitantrakalpoktairmantrasthaanaadimaarjanam / kRtvaa tu netrabiijena maNDalaM prastare likhet /10/ yonaav aSTadalaM kRtvaa trikoNaM madhyato nyaset / ayaM vizeSaH kathito vaiSNaviimaNDalaat punaH /11/ (zaaradaapuujaa) maNDala of ziva in the form of a lotus. bhaviSya puraaNa 4.124.8-11ab tatas tu maNDapaM kuryaac caturasram udaggatam / baddhacandanamaalaM tu gomayenopalepitam /8/ tanmadhye zvetarajasaa saMpuurNaM padmam aalikhet / madhye tasya mahaadevaM sthaapayet karNikopari /9/ dadyaad daleSu zaktyaadiiMz caturthavidhipuurvakam / indraadilokapaalaaMz ca daleSv anyeSu vinyaset /10/ deviiM vinaayakaM caiva sthaapayet tasya paarzvataH. (rudrasnaanavidhi) maNDala of ziva, ziva puraaNa 6.5.1-35. (saMnyaasaahnikakarma) maNDala of ziva. linga puraaNa 2.19.6-25ab maNDale caagrato 'pazyan devadevaM sahomayaa / devaaz ca munayaH sarve vidyudkoTisamaprabham /6/ aSTabaahuM caturvaktraM dvaadazaakSaM mahaabhujam / ardhanaariizvaraM devaM jaTaamukuTadhaariNam /7/ sarvaabharaNasaMyuktaM raktamaalyaanulepanam / raktaambaradharaM sRSTisthitisaMsaarakaarakam /8/ tasya puurvamukhaM piitaM prasannaM puruSaatmakam / aghoraM dakSiNaM vaktraM niilaanjanacayopamam /9/ daMSTraakaraalam atyugraM jvaalaamaalaasamaavRtam / raktazmazruM jaTaayuktaM cottare vidrumaprabham /10/ prasannaM vaamadevaakhyaM varadaM vizvaruupiNaM / pazcimaM vadanaM tasya gokSiiradhavalaM zubham /11/ muktaaphalamayair haarair bhuuSitaM tilakojjvalam / sadyojaatamukhaM divyaM bhaaskarasya smaraariNaH /12/ aadityam agrato 'pazyan puurvavac caturaananam / bhaaskaraM purato devaM caturvakraM ca puurvavat /13/ bhaanuM dakSiNato devaM caturvaktraM ca puurvavat / ravim uttarato 'pazyan puurvavac caturananam /14/ vistaaraaM maNDale puurve uttaraaM dakSiNe sthitaam / bodhiniiM pazcime bhaage maNDalasya prajaapateH /15/ adhyaayaniiM ca kauberyaam ekavaktraaM caturbhujaam / sarvaabharaNasaMpannaaH zaktayaH sarvasaMmataaH /16/ brahmaaNaM dakSiNe bhaage viSNuM vaame janaardanam / RgyajuHsaamamaargeNa muurtitrayamayaM zivam /17/ iizaanaM varadaM devam iizaanaM paramezvaram / brahmaasanasthaM varadaM dharmajnaan aasanopari /18/ vairaagyaizvaryasaMyukte prabhuute vimale tathaa / saaraM sarvezvaraM devam aaraadhyaM paramaM sukham /19/ sitapankajamadhyasthaM diiptaadyair abhisaMvRtam / diiptaaM diipazikhaakaaraaM suukSmaaM vidyutprabhaaM zubhaam /20/ jayaam agnizikhaakaaraaM prabhaaM kanakasaprabhaam / vibhuutiM vidrumaprakhyaaM vimalaaM padmasaMnibhaam /21/ amoghaaM karNikaakaaraaM vidyutaM vizvavarNiniim / caturvaktraaM caturvarNaaM deviiM vai sarvatomukhiim /22/ somam angaarakaM devaM budhaM buddhimataaM varam / bRhaspatiM bRhadbuddhiM bhaargavaM tejasaaM nidhim /23/ mandaM mandagatiM caiva samantaat tasya te sadaa / suuryaH zivo jagannaathaH somaH saakSaad umaa svayam /24/ pancabhuutaani zeSaaNi tanmayaM ca caraacaram. (zivapuujaavidhi. The maNDala is described how the gods saw ziva together with the gods constituting the maNDala; this can be a kind of dhyaana of the maNDala) maNDala of ziva in the form of a lotus. linga puraaNa 2.21.1-14 pariikSya bhuumiM vidhivad gandhavarNarasaadibhiH / alaMkRtya vitaanaadyair iizvaraavaahanakSamaam /1/ ekahastapramaaNena maNDalaM parikalpayet / aalikhet kamalaM madhye pancaratnasamanvitam /2/ cuurNair aSTadalaM vRttaM sitaM vaa raktam eva ca / parivaareNa saMyuktaM bahuzobhaasamanvitam /3/ aavaahya karNikaayaaM tu zivaM paramakaaraNam / arcayet sarvayatnena yathaavibhavavistaram /4/ daleSu siddhayah proktaaH karNikaayaaM mahaamune / vairaagyajnaananaalaM ca dharmakandaM manoramam /5/ vaamaa jyeSThaa ca raudrii ca kaalii vikaraNii tathaa / balavikaraNii caiva balapramathinii kramaat /6/ sarvabhuutasya damanii kesareSu ca zaktayaH / manonmanii mahaamaayaa karNikaayaaM zivaasane /7/ vaamadevaadibhiH saardhaM dvaMdvanyaayena vinyaset / manonmanaM mahaadevaM manonmanyaatha madhyataH /8/ suuryasomaagnisaMbandhaat praNavaakhyaM zivaatmakam / puruSaM vinyased vaktraM puurve patre raviprabham /9/ aghoraM dakSiNe patre niilaanjanacayopamam / uttare vaamadevaakhyaM japaakusumasaMnibham /10/ sadyaM pazcimapatre tu gokSiiradhavalaM nyaset / iizaanaM karNikaayaaM tu zuddhasphaTikasaMnibham /11/ candramaNDalasaMkaazaM hRdayaayeti mantrataH / vaahneye rudradigbhaage zirase dhuumravarcase /12/ zikhaayai ca namaz ceti raktaabhe nairRte dale / kavacaayaanjanaabhaaya iti vaayudale nyaset /13/ astraayaagnizikhaabhaaya iti dikSu pravinyaset / netrebhyaz ceti caizaanyaaM pingalebhyaH pravinyaset /14/ (zivadiikSaavidhi) maNDala of ziva: 5 it is named gauriitilaka, 6 lingatobhadra or sarvatobhadra in the center, 7-8ab on the sides of the maNDaka kumbhas are arranged which are called praajaapatya, 8cd-10 a ghaTa in the center of the maNDala and a muurti of devii on the left and of ziva on the right. ziva puraaNa 4.39.5-10 tataz ca kaarayed divyaM maNDalaM tatra yatnataH / gauriitilakanaamnaa vai prasiddhaM bhuvanatraye /5/ tanmadhye lekhayed divyaM lingatobhadramaNDalam / atha vaa sarvatobhadraM maNDapaantaH prakalpayet /6/ kumbhaas tatra prakartavyaaH praajaapatyavisaMjnayaa / savastraas saphalaas tatra dakSiNaasahitaaH zubhaaH /7/ maNDalasya ca paarzve vai sthaapaniiyaaH prayatnataH / madhye caikaz saMsthaapyaH sauvarNo caaparo ghaTaH /8/ tatromaasahitaaM zaMbhumuurtiM nirmaaya haaTakiim / palena vaa tadardhena yathaazaktyaatha vaa vratii /9/ nidhaaya vaamabhaage tu zivaamuurtim atandritaH / madiiyaaM dakSiNe bhaage kRtvaa raatrau prapuujayet /10/ (zivaraatri) maNDala mentioned in the svargativrata. agni puraaNa 184.7 dadhyaazii homakaarii syaad varSaante maNDale yajet / govastrahema gurave dadyaad viprebhya iidRzam /7/ maNDala mentioned in the tilaparvatadaana vidhi. linga puraaNa 2.30.4ab maNDalaM kalpayed vidvaan puurvavat susamantataH. (tilaparvatadaanavidhi) maNDala agni puraaNa 320. Kane 5: 1132. maNDala bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.1.1-21 karmaparatvena maNDaloddhaaravarNana. maNDala bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.2.1-110 krauncaghraaNaadivividhamaNDalanirmaaNaprakaaravarNana. maNDala brahma puraaNa 61.1-3. Kane 5: 1132. maNDala devii puraaNa 68: proper places for drawing maNDalas. (R.C. Hazra, 1963, upapuraaNa, II, p. 55.) maNDala matsya puraaNa 64.12-13; 72.30. Kane 5: 1132. maNDala varaaha puraaNa 99.9-11. Kane 5: 1132. maNDala note, of various materials. viiNaazikhatantra 114cd-116 gandhamaNDalake vaapi athavaa bhasmamaNDale /114/ siddhaarthamaNDale vaapi athavaa hRdi maNDale / kusumbhamaNDale vaapi puSpamaNDalake 'pi vaa /115/ naagakezarajobhir vaa likhitvaa maNDalaM zubham / muktidaa siddhidaa hy evaM bhavantiity avicaaraNaat /115/ naagakezarajobhir vaa likhitvaa maNDalaM zubham / muktidaa siddhidaa hy evaM bhavantiity avicaaraNaat /116/ maNDala note, an enumeration of eight kinds. puurvakaaraNa 110.15cd-17 maNDalaM vedikordhve tu vasantaadi ca SaD Rtu /15/ vasante svastikaabjaM ca griiSme tu sarvabhadrakam / praavRt ca bhadram aakhyaataM lingaabjaM svastikaM tathaa /16/ zarady eva tu hemaante paarvatiikaantamaNDalam / padmasvastikam aakhyaataM zizire tu vizeZataH /17/ H. Brunner, 1986, "maNDala et yantra dans le zivaisme aagamique," in mantras et diagrammes rituels dans l'hindouisme, p. 21. maNDala note, twelve kinds of maNDalas. devii puraaNa 65.58-59ab vimalaM vijayaM bhadraM vimaanaM zubhadaM zivam / vardhamaanaM ca daivaM mandaakSaM kaamadaayakam /58/ ruucakaM svastikaakhyaM ca dvidazaM ceti maNDalaaH. In the puSyasnaana. maNDala note, twelve kinds of maNDalas. kaalikaa puraaNa 86.56-57ab vimalaM vijayaM bhadraM vimaanaM zubhadaM zivam / vardhamaanaM ca devaM ca zataakSaM kaamadaayakam /56/ rucikaM svastikaM caiva dvaadazaite tu maNDalaaH /In the puSyasnaana. maNDala in the rite of name-giving by using a maNDala consisting of a triangle, surrounded by a six- and eight-petalled lotus in kubjikaamata tantra 10.112-132. (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 36, n. 54.) maNDala kubjikaamata tantra 23.132-133 kartavyaM bhiivane gatvaa raktamaNDalaM zubham / maNDalaante tu SaTkoNaM tatra devyaH subhiiSaNaaH /132/ puujayed yakSiNiimuulaa DaamaryantaM vidur budhaaH / kusuminyaa sahaikatvam aatmaanaM madhyato nyaset /133/ maNDala in the external worship of kubjikaa in kubjikaamata tantra 24.58-141 (the diagram not clearly described). (Dory Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of five cakras in kubjikaamatatantra 14-16, p. 36, n. 54.) maNDala SaTsaahasra saMhitaa 3.19-24ab susame mandire ramye puSpaprakarazobhite / sudhuupadhuupite sthaane kunkumaagurucandane /19/ kRtvaa maNDalakaM tatra caturazraM samantataH / svastikair laanchitaM kRtvaa koNe diiyaat tu diipakaan /20/ ghRtaprabuddhaa diipaas tu zaalipiSTamayaaH zubhaaH / svastikopari saMsthaapya kalazaM tu suzobhanam /21/ ratnasauvarNapuSpaM tu paripuurya samantataH / cuutapallavazobhaaDhyaM zitasuutreNa veSTitam /22/ aacchaadya vastrayugmena tatpRSThe sthaapya pustakam / puurNapaatraM tadagreNa sauvarNataambuulapuuritam /23/ ity evaM kulakumbhaM ca natvaa caiva punaH punaH. maNDala in the form of a lotus; of tumburu and his four zaktis. Only the figure of padma is drawn and they are meditated on. viiNaazikhatantra 25-32ab iSTaaniSTaan viditvaa tu dezikaH saadhakasya tu / aadau deze same bhuumau vivikte zalyavarjite /25/ maNDalaM saMlikhet praajno yathaavad vidhipuurvakam / caturhastaM caturdvaaram athavaa caikahastakam /26/ maNDalaM saMlikhed divyaM zaalicuurNena suujjvalam / tatra madhye likhet padmaM catuHpattraM sakarNikam /27/ zvetaasRkpiitakRSNaani kamalasya dalaani tu / praag aarabhya yathaanyaayaM saumyezaantaani lekhayet /28/ karNikaaM ca tathaa madhye zabalaaM dezikottamaH /caturmuurtiM caturvarNaM svena biijena tumburum /29/ caturvarNam iizvaraM dhyaayen niviSTaM karNikodare / tataH zitaaM svabiijena jayaaM praagdale vinyaset /30/ bandhuukakusumaprakhyaaM vijayaaM dakSiNe dale / svacchacaamiikaraprakhyaam ajitaaM pazcime dale /31/ bhinnaanjanacayaprakhyaam uttare caaparaajitaam / (T. Goudriaan, 1981, Hindu Tantric Literature in Sanskrit, p. 37.) maNDala of tumburu and his four zaktis. viiNaazikhatantra 94-110bc upalipya zubhe deze pracchanne janavarjite / puurvavad dhastamaatram tu likhitvaa maNDalaM zubham /94/ catuHpattraM tu tatraabjaM sarvavarNikakarNikaam / sitaraktapiitakRSNaaM puurvaadidalasaMsthitaam /95/ jayaadyaM vinyasen mantrii tumburuM karNikopari / (96cd-99: dhyaana of tumburu, 100-101: of jayaa, 102-104ab: of vijayaa, 104cd-106ab: of jayantii, 106cd-108ab: of aparaajitaa, 108cd: of gaayatrii, 109: of saavitrii, 110a: of ankuza, 110bc: of astraraaja.) maNDala in the Buddhist text; in the puujaa of sarasvatii. suvarNaprabhaasottamasuutra 7, sarasvatiiparivarta [105.9-106.7] gomayena maNDalaM kRtvaa muktapuSpaaNi sthaapayet / svarNabhaaNDaruupyabhaaNDe madhurasaM ca sthaapayet /5/ varmitaani ca puruSaaNi catvaari tatra sthaapayet / kanyaaH subhuuSitaa nyastaaz catvaaro ghaTadhaariNiiH /6/ gugguluM dhuupayen nityaM pancatuuryaaNi yojayet / chatradhvajapataakaiz ca taaM deviiM samalaMkRtaam /7/ aadarzanapadaadyaz ca zarazaktiir niyojayet / siimaabandhanaM tataH kuryaat pazcaat kaaryaM samaarabhet /8/ maNDala in the Buddhist text: mahaamaayuuriividyaaraajnii [61.8-15] asyaa mahaamaayuuryaa vidyaaraajnyaa ayam upacaaraH apatitakapilagomayena zucau bhuumipradeze gocarmamaatraM sthaNDilam upalipya samutpannena kaaryeNa yena kena cid gomayena caturazraM maNDalakaM kartavyaM tatra ca madhye buddhapratimaa pazcimaabhimukhaa sthaapayitavyaa tasyaa vaamapaarzve mahaamaayuuriipustakalikhitaa citrakarmakRtaa vaa sthaapitavyaa atha vaa trayo mayuuracandrikaaH kapilagomaye niSadya sthaapayitavyaaH. maNDala in the Buddhist text: in a rain rite. Cecil Bendall, 1880, "The megha-suutra," JRAS 12, p. 302, ll. 4-23, p. 304, ll. 1-2: upacaaro mahaavRSTim aakaaMkSataabhyavakaaze niilavitaanavitate niilapataakocchrite zucau pRthiviipradeze dharmabhaaNakena niilaasanopaviSTena / aSTaangopavaasinaa susnaatagaatrazucivastrapraavRtena / sugandhigandhodvartitena trizuklabhojinaa ayaM mahaameghamaNDalaH parivartavyaH puurvaabhimukhena raatriM divam avyavacchinnaM vaacayitavyaH / sarvatathaagataan aayaacya svacchaniilodakaparipuurNaaz catvaaraH puurNakumbhaaH sthaapayitavyaaH. yathaazakti ca balividhaanaM dhuupapuSpaaNi ca / tatra dharmabhaaNakasya caturdizaM gomayena rasena zara aalikhya puurvasyaaM dizi trihastamaatreNa triziirSako naama naagaparivaaro gomayena naagaraaja aalikhitavyaH // dakSiNasyaaM dizi pancahastamaatreNa pancaziirSako naama naagaparivaaro naagaraaja aalikhitavyaH / pazcimaayaaM dizi saptahastamaatreNa saptaziirSako naama naagaparivaaro naagaraaja aalikhitavyaH / uttarasyaaM dizi navahastamaatreNa navaziirSako naama naagaparivaaro naagaraaja aalikhitavyaH / dharmabhaaNakena ca kRtaatmarakSeNa maitriivihaariNaa sarvasattveSuupasthaatavyaM karNaacittena sarvabuddhabodhisattvaan aayaacya naagaanaaM svakuzalamuulena saMvibhaktavyo 'yaM vidhiH / pazcaad anaavRSTikaalasamaya imaM mahaameghamaNDaliparivartaM vaacayiSyaty ekaahaM vaa dvyahaM vaa yaavat saptaraatre 'vazyaM varSayiSyati / api samudro velaam atikramen na tu vRSTir iti zubhavacanaM naanyathaa / kiM tu ziilaguNaadisaMyuktena paayasaguDakSiiraudanaadinaa trimadhureNa ghRtamadhuguDenaahaaraM kurvataa vaacayitavya ity avazyaM sidhyati yathaaha vaadiraaT svayam iti / namo bhagavate 'kSobhyaaya tathaagataaya / namo 'mitaayuSe tathaagataaya / namaH zaakyamunaye tathaagataaya // maNDala in the Buddhist text: in a rain rite. Cecil Bendall, 1880, "The megha-suutra," JRAS 12, p. 308, ll. 3-19, p. 310, ll. 1-13: namo ratnatrayaaya / namaz caNDavajrapaaNaye mahaayakSasenaapataye bandhabandhasuruupe kaalaruupiNe svaahaa / ciivarakarNike saptajaptena granthibandhaH kaaryaH puurvam eva dharmabhaaNakena kRtarakSaavidhaanena / ayaM vaatamaNDaliparivaritaH sarvanaagaanaaM hRdayaM naama vaacayitavyaH / avyavacinnatrisaptaahaM / gomayena puurvasyaaM dizi triziirSo naama naagaraajaH saparivaara aalikhitavyaH / dakSiNasyaaM dizi pancaziirSaH prasphoTano naama saparivaara aalikhitavyaH / pazcimasyaaM dizi avabhaasanazikhii naama naagaraajaa saptaziirSo naagaparivaareNaalikhitavyaH / uttareNa meghasaMcodano naama naagaraajaa navaziirSaz citrayitavyaH / niilavitaananiilavastraM niiladhvajaM sarvaa ca niilaa baliH kartavyaa naagaanaaM tu madhurabaliH trimadhuraM ca hotavyaM sarvaahutiH naagahRdayena / megharaajaanaz ca citrayitavyaa varSadhaaraaM muncayantaH / anyonyaaMz ca saMghaTTayamaanaaH / ante vidyuccakoramaalaa lekhyaaH / svastikollocikaa laajaa matsyamaaMsaM tathaa madhubhakSaaNi caadadhiini / udaaraz caatra baliH kartavyaH / tato dharmabhaaNakena zucinaa zucivastrapraavRtena vaatamaNDaliparivarta sa naagahRdayo vaacayitavyaH / tato naagaaH prathamadivasam aarabhya gulugulazabdaM kurvanti / zabdaaMz ca ramaNiiyaan nadanti na caasya parivartasya visaMvaada aajnaa vaa / samudro yadi velaam atikramet tato vRSTir iyam atikramed iti // namaH zriigarbhakuuTavinarditaraajaaya tathaagataayaarhate samyaksaMbuddhaaya / (Then about twenty similar invocations to tathaagatas, each "arhate samyaksaMbuddhaaya.") namo bhagavate mama svasti bhavatu sarvasattaanaaM maitrii bhavatu / sarvabhuuteSv abhayaM bhavatu / sarvatiryaggataanaaM zaamyantu sarvadurgatayaH / namaH sarvanivaaraNaviskambhiNe / sidhyatv ayaM sarvatathaagatavidhiH sarvabuddhaavalokitavidhiH / tad yathaa / sphaTa sphaTa sphaTa sphaTa sphaTa sphaTa sphaTa sphaTa svaahaa / yaH kaz cic chirasnaataH / bhikSur vaa bhikSuNii vaa / upaasako vaa / upaasikaa va zucivastrapraavRto maitracittaH /imaani tathaagatanaamaani likhitvaa zucinyaasane sthaapayitvaa saptadhuupakaTacchukaam utkSiped aakaaze / pancapancavaaraaMs tathaagatanaamaani parivartayet / mahatiiM puujaaM kRtvaa anaavRSTau saptaaham avyavacinnaM pravartayitavyaM / devo varSayiSyati / maNDala in the Buddhist text: amoghapaazakalparaaja 10a,3-5 oM vicitrojjvala naanaarangavibhaktaya saMzodhaya tuTi svaahaa // rangamantra saptajaptena // oM vidyaavalokini vibhajayatu sama(3)ntena(samantena) sarazamasaraNe(sara zama saraNe?) svaahaa // ekaviMzativaaraan parijapya vibhaktavyaH // oM naanaapraharaNa amoghamudraajvala jvala svaahaa // cihnaalekhya saptajaptavyaa // oM amogharatnasuutravare kiNi kiNi svaahaa // suutramantra aSTottarazatajaptavyaa suutrayitavya maNDalaM vaa duSyapaTTaM vaa anyatra kvacit sthaanagataad iti // oM vi(4)pulavare(vipulavare) pravezaya amoghapadme huuM // dvaaravibhakti dvaare ekaviMzatijaptavyaa // suvibhaktisumangaladvaara bhavanti // maNDala in the Buddhist text: amoghapaazakalparaaja 24b,3-7 atha vidyaadhara sukhaavatiilokadhaatudRSTena dharmeNa? draSTukaamena tena vidyaadhareNa zucisthaanapradeze vaa gRhe vaaraNye 'yane? vaa maNDalavaaTe vaa cankrame vaa kuuTe vaa kuTikaayaaM? vaa zucisamaaSTa?zlakSNapRthiviipradeze caturazraM maNDalaM vibhajya(3)ekahastaM vaa maNDalakaM kuru suvibhaktaM caturasraM catuSkoNaM samantataH mRdgomayasuzlakSaNam upaataM? zatartakaaM? haritakomalam antitaM vibhajya maNDalaM samantena suutreNa suutraye viduH madhyamaNDalagarbhaM ca vibhajya padmaM suvizaaradaM rangavicitritaM zatapatram aSTottaraM karkaTikaani ca/padmasya parisamantena-r vicitrair maNDalazobhanair(4)naanaarangavicitraiz ca padmai suzobhanaiH caturangulapramaanataH/padme 'bhyantarakoNeSu likheya niilotpalazuddhaM vedikaamaNi maNDalasamantena samudraM caatra kaarayeta/divyodakavibhaktaM ca naanaaratnavimaanataH/naanaapuSpajalajaakiirNa naanaapakSisamaasRtaM/haMsasaarasakrauncacakravaakajiivaMjiivakakalavinkapakSigaNavicitrite(5)matsyamakarasisumaarasazRtaM ca kartavyaM samudratiire naanaaratnavRkSaM puSpavRkSaM phalavRkSaM savedikaM ca kartavyam/bahivedikaamaNDala tena kuryaa hastamudraapraharaNaani ca likhec caturSu dvaareNa catvaaro mahaaraajaa/tato madhyamaNDalapadmeSu divyam aasana prajnaapayitavya tasyopari amitaabhaM bhagavantaM sthaatavyaH/(6) aaryaavalokitezvaraM ca mahaasthaanapraaptam eva ca / maNDala puurNakumbharacitena kartavyaM puSpaavakiirNaM gandhaanulepanaM ca kartavyaM // naanaadivyapataakaalaMkartavyaH // maNDala in the Buddhist text: used in the rites for irradiating articles for mantrasaadhana. susiddhikara suutra 32 [Giebel's tr., pp. 260-261]. maNDala in the Buddhist text: susiddhikara suutra 35 [Giebel's tr., p. 274-277] (p. 277, ll. 19-21: [This] maNDala is both suitable for taking possession of the article [for effectuation] and also suitable for irradiating the article.) maNDala in the Buddhist text: for the praayazcitta rites. susiddhikara suutra 36 [Giebel's tr., p. 279-281]. maNDala in the Buddhist text: piNDiikRtasaadhana 19-43. maNDala in the Buddhist text: kriyaasaMgrahapanjikaa 6.4. maNDala in the Buddhist text: places where to be drawn. cakrasaMvarasaadhana 13 girigahvarakunjeSu mahodadhitaTeSu / aadisiddhizmazaane ca tatra maNDalam aalikhet // maNDala of the vaizvadeva of modern times is given by Kane 2: 747, n. 1783, but the original source of this maNDala is not given. maNDala jalaazayotsargapaddhati 20,16-22,21. a detailed description of drawing the vaaruNamaNDala. maNDala in the Buddhist text: places where a maNDala is constructed and conditions of the place. (maNDalavidhikalpa) amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-3 [14,2-11] athaato amoghapaazahRdadaye mahaakalpamaNDalaM vyaakhyaasyaami / nadiitiire (46a,1) padmasarasi vaa utpalaiH saram eva ca puSpodyaane phalaaraama vimaanaani zuddhabhuumi sadaa suzodhitaM bhuumibhaagaM ca kRtvaapagatatRNatuulakeze tuSabhasmaangaarasaMkarakuuTakaTharNakaMveSu leSTazarkaraakaTharNa-asthikapaalakaMkaalakamRtakuNapavarjitaM bhuumibhaagahradaprasravaNem uttarottarata prasravaNaH samasamaa jalaM vidyate / suvibhaktaM dakSiNapazcimasya uttarapuurvaa ca yatra (2) vRkSopazobhitaH / yac caabhiramyaMmanasavarNatejasamanvitam. maNDala PW. d) n. sg. und pl. ein best. Hautausschlag mit runden Flecken. maNDala he who takes a bath in the ravitiirtha and looks at the sun is cured of maNDalas disease. skanda puraaNa 5.3.153.4b ravitiirthe tu yaH snaatvaa naraH pazyati bhaaskaram / tasya yat phalam uddiSTaM svayaM devena tac chRNu /2/ naandho na muuko badhiraH kule bhavati kaz cana / kuruupaH kunakhii vaapi tasya janmaani SoDaza /3/ dadrucitrakakuSThaani maNDalaani vicircikaa / nazyanti devabhaktasya SaNmaasaan naatra saMzayaH /4/ (aadityezvaratiirthamaahaatmya) maNDalaagaara AzvGS 1.13.5 athaasyai maNDalaagaaracchaayaayaaM dakSiNasyaaM naasikaayaam ajiitaam oSadhiiM nastaH karoti // In the puMsavana. maNDalaagaara HirGS 2.1.3 ... apareNaagniM maNDalaagaare praaciim upavezya ... . (siimantonnayana) maNDalaani AVPZ 57. bibl. Dina Johanna Kohlbrugge, 1893, atharvaveda-pariziSTa ueber Omina, Wageningen, pp. 20-27. maNDalaani AVPZ 57.1.1-4.7 (57.1-8) vizaakhe kRttikaaH puSyaH puurvau proSThapadau tathaa / bharaNyaz ca maghaaz caiva phalgunyau prathame tathaa /1.1/ yady atra calate bhuumir nirghaatolkaas ta eva vaa / azariiraaz ca nardante kampante daivataani ca /2/ aadityo vaatra gRhyeta somo vaapy uparajyate / aagneyaM tad vijaaniiyaad durbhikSaM caatra nirdizet /3/ alpakSiiraas tathaa gaavo agner vyaadhiz ca jaayate / puraaNi dezaa graamaaz ca piiDyante hy agninaa tadaa /4/ piiDyante caagnikarmaaNo agnivezaaz ca ye naraaH / pittajvaras tathaa zvaasaH prajaaH piiDayate tadaa /5/ akSirogaas tathaa ghoraaH puruSaaNaaM vizeSataH / aapagaaz caatra zuSyanti na ca sasyavatii mahii /6/ tapyate ca tadaa bhuumir na ca devo 'bhivarSati / niilalohitaparyaktaa aphalaaH paadapaas tathaa /7/ durbhikSaM marako paracakrabhayaM tathaa / etai ruupais tu vijneyam aagneyaM caladarzanam /1.8/ maNDalabandha see mahaamaNDalabandha. maNDalabandha see siimaabandha. maNDalabandha amoghapaazakalparaaja 6b,3-4 oM padmaamogha vajraadhiSThaanena kuru kuru svaahaa // pRthivyaaM maNDalabandhaH / jalasarSapa.aSTottarazatajaptena pRthiviitaaDayaM samantayojanazataparimaNDalaM pRthivyaaM vajramaya.adhiSThito bhavati tac ca sarvaarakSitaani vaa dRDhacittaa bhavanti / adRzyo sarvazatrubhiH / adRzyo sarvavighnavinaa(3)yakayakSaraakSasair bhuutapizaaco apasmaaraDaakiniikaamaruupiNii sarvatra adRzyo dRdhavajrataa bhavanti / maNDalabandha as a preparatory act of the homavidhi. amoghapaazakalparaaja 31a,6 vidyaadhareNa zucir bhuutvaa susnaatazucivaasasaH / mantrajaapavidhiM kuryaat siimaabandhaM caatra daapayam / aatmarakSaazikhaabandhaM pararakSaamaNDalabandhanaM sahaayarakSaa tathaiva ca / maNDalabandha amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,3-4 ekatriMzativaaraa parijapya sarSapaM krodharaajena japya kSeptavyam / caturdiza dizaabandhaM maNDalanandhaM ca siimaabandhaM tathaiva ca samantena yojanazataM bhaviSyati / apasarpaNa sarvaduSTaaz ca sarvavighnavinaayakaH / kSaNenaapi na tiSThanti (3) vrajanti ca dizo dazaH / duSTaapraaNaaduSTasattvaaz ca duSTaz caNDamRgaz ca ye sarve te prazamam yaanti rakSanti sarvadevataaH tasmi sthaanapradeze na vinazet maNDalaM viduH. (maNDalavidhikalpa) maNDalabandha amoghapaazakalparaaja 50b,4 [28,23-25] prathamaM krodharaajena japataaM siimaabandhaM sadaa bhavet / dizaabandhaM maNDalabandhaM ca. maNDalabandha cf. amoghapaazakalparaaja 52a,6-7 [33,18-29] namo ratnatrayaaya namaH krodharaajaaya namaH aaryaavalokitezvaraaya bodhisattvaaya mahaasattvaaya mahaakaaruNikaaya namaH (5) sarvavidyaakulavezasya / tad yathaa oM amoghahRdayaprabhaavini / sarvavighnaprazamani aahara saMhara padmapiiThopaviSThe / maNikanakavibhuuSita / kamalabhuje tara tara taaraya paapam / amoghahRdayam / jaye trinetre / varadabhuje / smara smara bhagavata sarvatathaagatasamayam / bhara bhara bhuru bhuru / brahmaveSadharaH vibhuuSitatanuH mahaabhayahare aalokaya (6) vilokaya / sarvasattvaavalokani vara vara varade svaahaa // sarvakarmikavidyaa saadhanakaale vizeSataH / anekavidyaa sarvaparicaarakair maNDalanivaasibhi rakSaakaaryaa // maNDalabandha by using bhasma. amoghapaazakalparaaja 52a,7-52b,1 [33,29-34,6] namo ratnatrayaaya namaH aaryaavalokitezvaraaya bodhisattvaaya mahaasattvaaya mahaakaaruNikaaya / tad yathaa para para / mara mara bandha bandha samantena amoghapaazahaste (7) buddhadharmasaMghasatyena svaahaa // bhasmanaa ekaviMzatijaptaM maNDalabandha amoghapaazamudrayaa // maNDalabandha by using bhasma. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [685,22-23] bhasmanaa saptajaptena maNDalabandhaH zikhaabandhenaatmarakSaa bhavati / maNDalabandha manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [687,19-21] udakena viSacikitsaa / jvaraadezanaM svasthaavezinaM sakRjjaptenaatmarakSaa / suutrakenodakena japtena sakhaayarakSaa / trijaptena dizaavandhaH / caturjaptena maNDalabandhaH / maNDalabandha manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [690,27] rakSaa udakena saptajaptena zirasi daatavyam / maNDalabandhaH / maNDalabandha in a rite to commit suicide allowed by the sangha. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [691,27-692,1] ... bhagavato 'grataH kRSNacaturdazyaaM triraatroSitaH udaaraaM puujaaM kRtvaa balividhaanaM rakSaamaNDalabandhasiimaabandhaadikaM kRtvaa aaryasanghaM yathaazaktitaH bhojayitvaa paadayoH praNipatya aaryasanghaM anujnaapya mriyet / maNDalabandha manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [693,16-18] khadirakiilakam aSTazatajaptaaM kRtvaa catur dizaasu nikhanet / siimaabandhaH kRto bhavati / maNDalabandhaH / maNDalabandha manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [710,15-16]. maNDalabandha manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [715,25-26]. maNDalabandha manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [719,11]. maNDalabraahmaNa PW. n. Titel einer upaniSad. maNDaladiikSaa cf. A. Sanderson, 2001, "History through textual criticism, p. 7f., n. 5: An inscription of the reign of the Cambodian King raajendravarman (944-968) at bantaay kdei (BEFEO 25: 359) says about a certain zivaacaarya who died in c.890 and was the hotR of this king and his predecessors beginning with iizaanavarman II (900-928), that he had mastered the `sarvajnaanottara and all other zaiva scriptures' (v.38ab: tasyaasye saMhitaas sarvaas sarvajnaanottaraadayaH) and been consecrated as a zaiva officiant through initiation into the maNDala taught in the nizvaasa (36: naizvaasamaNDaliin diikSaan naiSThikaacaaryataarpaNiiM zivaacaaryaabhidhaaDyaaM yo bhiSekavidhau dadhau). maNDalaka PW. n. a) Scheibe. Kreis. maNDalaka maNDalakas are made to worship suurya, from one to seven in number. bhaviSya puraaNa 1.68.22-25ab vilepyaayatanaM yas tu kuryaan maNDalakaM zubham / sa suuryalokam aasaadya modate zaazvatiiH samaaH /22/ ekenaasya bhaved artho dvaabhyaam aarogyam aznute / tribhiH santatyavicchinnaa caturbhir bhaargaviiM labhet /23/ pancabhir vipulaM dhaanyaM SaDbhir aayur balaM yazaH / saptamaNDalakaarii syaan maDalaadhipatir naraH /24/ aayurdhanasutair yuktaH suuryaloke mahiiyate / (suuryapuujaa) maNDalaka maNDalakas are made to worship suurya, from one to seven in number. skanda puraaNa 7.1.17.124cd-126 upalipyaalayaM yas tu kuryaan maNDalakaM zubham /124/ ekenaasya bhaved artho dvaabhyaam aarogyam aznute / tribhis tu sarvavidyaavaaMz caturbhir bhogavaan bhavet /125/ pancabhir vipulaM dhaanyaM SaDbhir aayur balaM yazaH / saptamaNDalakaarii syaan maNDalaadhipatir naraH /126/ (suuryapuujaa) maNDalaka skanda puraaNa 2.4.10.39b puujaaM kuryaat tataH saakSaad bhuumau maNDalake kRte / balim aalikhya daityendraM varNakaiH pancarangakaiH /39/ (balipuujaa) maNDalaka a round maNDalaka is made with raktacandana. skanda puraaNa 7.1.17.36 raktacandanagandhais tu zuciH snaato mahiitale / kRtvaa maNDalakaM vRttam ekacitto vyavasthitaH /36/ gRhiitvaa karaviiraaNi taamre saMsthaapya bhaajane / tilataNDulasaMyuktaM kuzagandhodakena tu /37/ raktacandanadhuupena yuktam arghyopasaadhitam / (suuryapuujaa, suuryaarghya) maNDalaka in the Buddhist text: is constructed by using paste of white sandalwood and a number of vessels are put on the maNDalaka. amoghapaazakalparaaja 54a,6-54b,1 [39,29-13] zucicaukSyagRhaM? kRtvaa sumaaptakapilagomayaM pancagavyenaanuSiktasya naanaagandhavipepanaliptaM ca paTasyaagrata zvetacandanamayaM maNDalakaM kartavyaM dvihastapramaaNam (6) kunkumena citrayitavyam / kaastuurikakarpuureNa arcayitavyam / gandhodakakalaze naanaavicitragandhaiH puurayitvaa madhyamadhyamaNDalake sthaapya paTena cchaadayitavyam / sugandhapuSpadhuupabali ekaviMzatimaalaa sthaapayitavyam / aSTau gandhapuurNakaa caturdizaM sthaapayitavyam / aSTau kSiirapuurNazaraavaa sthaapayitavyam / aSTazaraavaupavedyaaH paayasakRsarakhaNDakhaadyakaadyakaa (7) odanadadhibhaktaguDazarkaraaghRtapuurNazaraavaa sthaapayitavyaaH kRSNaagarudhuupazvetacandanakarpuurakundurukazriivaasakadhuupapuSpazaraava sthaapyaH. maNDalaka in a rite to obtain whatever one makes. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [675,10-15] kRSNacaturdazyaaM prabhRti yaavat pancadaziiti ekaraatroSitena vRkSasyaadhastaac caturhastamaatraM maNDalakam upalipya gandhapuSpadhuupaM datvaa aaryamanjuzriyasya puujaaM kRtvaa yakSaaNaaM baliM datvaa maanuSaasthiM gRhiitvaa trizuulaM kaarayet / vaamahastena prakSipya saptaraatratriraatroSitena vaa jaatiipuSpaaNaam aSTasahasraM juhuyaat / tena zuulaM jvalati / tataH siddho bhavati / icchayaa yaM nirmiNoti taM labhati / divyaM gRham / maNDalaka in the Buddhist text: in the kalazasaadhanavidhi. amoghapaazakalparaaja 64a,4-7 [70,17-71,9] tato vidyaadhareNa zucinaa zucivastradhaariNaa bhavitavyam / caturhastapramaaNaM maNDalakaM kartavyam / hastapramaaNam uurdhvata kartavyaH / mRGgomayasamanvitaM sumaaptasuprazastaM ca / caturkoNasamabhaagaM zodhitam / tatas tasyopari maNDalake sarvagandhaiH parilepayet madhyamaNDalagarbhasya hastapramaaNaM samanta-(4)caturasrakaM zvetacandanamaNDalakaM kartavyam / kunkumena padmam arcayitavyaM dvaatriMzatipatraM likhet / madhyakezarapadmasya kalazaM tatra sthaapayen naanaavidhaani ruupaaNi pataakaa ca maNDale garbhamaNDalaM naanaagandhapaatraaNi naanaavilepanasamantataH / naanaa-arghapaatraaNi puurNakumbhasuzobhanam / dhuupapuurNaa bahuvidhaa sthaapya naanaavidhaani puSpaaNi (5) maalya sthaapya samantataH / bahirmaNDala samantena citrayet padmamaalaa samantataH / caturdvaaraM suvibhaktaM ca likhec cihnaalokezvariiyaa vizaaradaam / zaraaM pataakaa samantato sthaapya veSTayet suutraM pancarangikaM naanaarasaa naanaavidhaa trizuklaa yathaa saMvidyamaanaani sthaapayaM naanaaphalaani sthaatavyaH bhakSaprakaaraa (6) tathaa vidhaa naanaapuSpaavakiirNaM ca maalyaadi samantataH / dhuupabhaajanapuurNakumbhaani sthaapya samantataH kaDacchaani caturo sthaapya gandhaghaTikacaturas tathaa kuNDaani caturo sthaapya zaraavaa aSTam eva ca / maNDalaka PW. n. e) Gruppe: lataamaNDalakeSu. maNDalaka a multitude of tribute of food is recommended to be given in aaSaaDha. agni puraaNa 212.6cd saptavriihiiMz ca vaizaakhe dattvaa zivamayo bhavet / balimaNDalakaM caannaiH kRtvaaSaaDhe zivo bhavet /6/ (maasadaana) maNDalalakSaNa viSNusaMhitaa 9. maNDalaraajaagrii naama samaadhi see kuleza: vizualization of the kuleza on the head of a saadhaka. maNDalaraajaagrii naama samaadhi visualization of the chief of the family of a maNDala on the mukuTa of a saadhaka's head. R. Tanemura, 2003, "The Meaning of pratiSThaa in Indian Buddhist Tantrism: abhayaakaragupta's Remarks on the Nine Kinds of abhiSeka to be Bestowed on Images," Tohogaku, no. 106, p. 117: oM sarvatathaagataabhiSekasamayazriye huuM iti paThitvaa abhiSicyamaanaz cittezamukuTo bhavet. saptaakSarasaadhana: saadhanamaalaa, no. 251, vol. 2, 493,12? (in note 18 he refers to mahaamaayaasaadhana: saadhanamaalaa, no. 239, vol. 2, p. 492,2-8; hevajratantra I. iv. (3) and according to M. Mori, 1995, "Indo mikkyou ni okeru pratiSThaa," p. 107, he refers also to vajrataaraasaadhana: saadhanamaalaa, no. 97.) maNDalavidhikalpa amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-47b,1 [14,2-18,25] athaato amoghapaazahRdadaye mahaakalpamaNDalaM vyaakhyaasyaami / nadiitiire (46a,1) padmasarasi vaa utpalaiH saram eva ca puSpodyaane phalaaraama vimaanaani zuddhabhuumi sadaa suzodhitaM bhuumibhaagaM ca kRtvaapagatatRNatuulakeze tuSabhasmaangaarasaMkarakuuTakaTharNakaMveSu leSTazarkaraakaTharNa-asthikapaalakaMkaalakamRtakuNapavarjitaM bhuumibhaagahradaprasravaNem uttarottarata prasravaNaH samasamaa jalaM vidyate / suvibhaktaM dakSiNapazcimasya uttarapuurvaa ca yatra (2) vRkSopazobhitaH / yac caabhiramyaMmanasavarNatejasamanvitaM tasmi sthaana samaasaadya japtvaa vai jalasarSapaM prakSipet samantena eSa bhuumizodhanam uttamam / ekatriMzativaaraa parijapya sarSapaM krodharaajena japya kSeptavyam / caturdiza dizaabandhaM maNDalanandhaM ca siimaabandhaM tathaiva ca samantena yojanazataM bhaviSyati / apasarpaNa sarvaduSTaaz ca sarvavighnavinaayakaH / kSaNenaapi na tiSThanti (3) vrajanti ca dizo dazaH / duSTaapraaNaaduSTasattvaaz ca duSTaz caNDamRgaz ca ye sarve te prazamam yaanti rakSanti sarvadevataaH tasmi sthaanapradeze na vinazet maNDalaM viduH caturasramaNDalaM maapya paarzve dvaatriMzahastakam / suvibhaktam catuHkoNaM samaM bhaagazobhitaM caturdvaaram catustoraNayojitam / (to be continued) maNDalavidhikalpa amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-47b,1 [14,2-18,25] pancavarNikacuurNena yojan tato maNDalam aalikhet pancarangikasuutreNa suutrayitvaa (4) zvetacandanakiilakaiH zuklapakSe aSTamii pancadazyaapi zobhane tithinakSatre mangalye caabhilakSayaM lekhayan maNDalam uttamam / prathamaM zvetarekhena dvitiiyaM raktakas tathaa / tRtiiyaM piiTakaM jneya caturtham aakaazakas tathaa / pancamam anjanavarNakas madhye garbhamaNDalakaM bhaktasuvibhakta vizaaradaH / navakuurcake navabhaajanastha likhya garbhamaNDale padmaM sahasrapatra likhya (5) savedikaakaarasamantataH padmamaalaa samantena rangacitrair viraajitam / tatra madhye sthaapya bhagavaan buddha zaakyaraajaM mahaamuNim / amitaabhaM lokendraraajnas tathaagato dakSiNe lokezvaranaathaH / amoghapaazaveSadharaM mantraanusaraataH / vaamato vajrapaaNiz ca caamaravajrahastabhRkuTiimukhaM jvaalaagarbham aaryaavalokitezvarasyaanusaMdhi taaraadevyaa vimalamati (6) kartavyaaH / avalokitezvarasyaadhastaan mahaagauriipaaNDaravaasiniimahaazvetaadaNDakamaNDaluhastaa kartavyaaH / tasyaadhastaad ekajaTaaraakSasii kaaryaaH / vikRtadaMSTrakapaalamaalaadhaariNyaa pratiSThaa sarvayajnopaviiti caturbhujaa dakSiNavaamaabhyaaM vajraparazu vaamaangulikaasuravinaayakatarjayantii kartavyaaH / vaamato brahmaveSadharaM kartavyaa aaryaavalokitezvaraH (7) / jaTaamakuTamaNDitam / vaamadaksiNa iizvaramahezvaraM kartavyam / (to be continued) maNDalavidhikalpa amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-47b,1 [14,2-18,25] tasyaadhastaat zriyaa devyaa sarasvatiiraatridevataasasyadevataaH phalapuSpadevataa kartavyaaH / tasyaadhastaat samantena yamavaruNakuberaadayaH kartavyaaH RSayaz ca sthaapyaa jaTaamakuTamaNDitaH / koNe caturo mahaaraajaa saMnaddhabaddhakavacaa sthaapyaa antaraa antaramadhye ca kaaryaankuzaparazuvajradaNDapaazasaMkalaa (46b,1) maNDalagarbhasyaa bahi brahmarudra-umaadevii / brahmaaNa paarzve sarasvatii bhRkutiruupiNii / tasyaantare daNDakamaNDaluz ca ekakoNayo amoghapaazahRdayavimokSamaNDalaM dharmaparyaayam / ekasmin zivaavahaa ca tato hayagriivaM krodha sthaapayitavyam / puurvadvaare mahaabhairavanetropasthaapayitavyaM / dakSiNena mahaakeliikilaM naama vajravinaayako vajraparazupaazahastaH kaaryaH pazcimena padmakulasundarii (2) duutii kartavyaM savyagrahastaa / uttareNa mahaavajrazikharo naama gaNa vajrapaazahasto kaaryaH / tato pravezadvaareNa gandhodakaparipuurNakaM kalaza sthaapya ciinavastraaM subaddha madhyamaNDalake yathaabhipraayaM kalazaM suvarNacchaaditena sthaatavyam / candanakunkumakaastuurikakarpuurodakena sthaapya sarvaalaMkaaravibhuuSitaM kartavyam / ciinaaM suvastreNa cchaadayitavyaM puSpamaalyor (3) (to be continued) maNDalavidhikalpa amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-47b,1 [14,2-18,25] alaMkartavyaM suvarNakaTakenam upari sthaatavyaM catvaaro dhuupakaTacchaani sthaapayitavyaani / agaru dhuupayataaH pancarangikapaTTasuutrapramaaNaM tatra yo yajnopaviitapramaaNaM kartavyaM suvarNamayaM trizuulaM kaTakaM bandhayitavyaM dvitiiyapaarzve padmakuNDikaa bandhayitavyaM muktikaaratnakhacitam / maNDalikaapariveSTukalazam upari sthaapayitavyaM puujaasatkaaraM kartavyam / (46b.4) amoghapaazahRdayena aSTottarasahasravaaraa parijapitavyam / sarSapenaakSataH kartavyaH / candanakarpuurakaastuurikena vaasacuurNena vaa / vaasayitavyaM / caturSu dvaarasthaaneSu gandhapuurNakalazaa trizuklabali sthaapayitavyam / dvaatriMzati arghapaatraaNi sthaapayitavyaM suvarNabhaajanaruupyabhaajana sthaapayitavyam / aSTau gandhapuurNakaa sthaapayitavyaaH / aSTau gandhazuklapuurNakaa (5) sthaapayitavyam / aSTau naanaarasagandhapuurNakaa sthaapyaH / aSTau gandhadadhikSiiragandhapuurNakaa sthaapyaH / aSTaur upahaaraaH / catuHSaSTir upahaaraadyair bali maaMsarudhirapalaaNDugRnjanakakubhojyakupuSpavirahitaaH zucinaa zucayaH kartavyaH / naanaapuSpaavakiirNaM ca kartavyaM naanaacchatradhvajapaTapataakam alaMkaritavyam / dvaatriMzati dhuupakaTacchaani sthaapayitavyam / naanaadhuupavicitraM taaM dahataa / aSTottarazata (6) gandhatailadiipaa jvalayitavyam / maNDalasya samantena padmamaalaa citrayitavyam / (to be continued) maNDalavidhikalpa amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-47b,1 [14,2-18,25] vidyaadhareNa zucinaa zucivastraaNi dhaarayitavyam / trisnaayinaa bhaavitavyaM tricailavasanadhaariNaa bhavitavyaM zucisahaayaanuvartinyaa bhavitavyaM yaavat pravezavidhikRtaa amoghapaazahRdayenaabhiSicyaabhiSiktamaatraz ca sarvabuddhaparigRhiito lokanaathaar adhiSThitaH padmakulapadmadharamahaamaNDala-amoghahRdayasiddhiz (46b,7) caabhimukhii bhavanti yaM cintayatis tathaiva sarvakaaryaaNi karoti / sarvasamayaamoghapraviSTaH sarvadharmataavimokSamaNDalaM dharmasamayasiddheti bhavanti / sarvakarmaavaraNavinirmuktaH / sarvasukhaanugaamii divyamaanuSyakaa zriyam anubhuuyati / devaasurayakSaraakSasagaNaanugatabhaagavastraa yogamaNDalam anuprezakaaz ca bhavanti taaDanabhaNDanakiilanadahanatarjanakSepaNamaaraNavaziikaraNaani ca prabhavanti (47a,1) / ye ca tasya kurvanti teSaam eva zariire zatasahasraguNitaM zirasi nipatanti / na ca pratyangiraa naanyazakti mocayituM vinaa tena vidyaadhareNa mocayitum / atha taM vidyaadharaM maNDalaabhimukhaM paTaM sthaapya amoghapaazahRdayam aSTottarasahasraM japataa amoghapaazamudrayaam aSTottaravaaraa zataM pravartayitavyam / krodharaajaa ekaviMzativaaraa pravartayitavyam / (to be continued) maNDalavidhikalpa amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-47b,1 [14,2-18,25] tato maNDalakapratimaa (47a,2) razmayo nizcaranti / naanaavarNaani taM ca kalazaM jvalati / taM ca duSyapaTakaM saMpuurNavarNakaM jvalati / mahaakampaz ca bhavati / vidyaadharaM gRhyati / duSyapaTe saadhukaarazabdo nizcarati / saadhu saadhu vidyaadharaH siddha tvayaa aaryaavalokitezvara-amoghapaazahRdayam / ayaM ca te paazasiddham / eSa tvayaa cintaamaNipaazaH paramasiddhas tvayaa sarvakarmaaNi kuruSva (47a,3) paramasiddhas te maNDalavidhivistaras taM codakaM gRhya kalazapuurNam aSTazatavaaraa parijapya puSyanakSatre snapitavyaM zuklatithimangalye / saha snapitamaatreNa sarvakaayavimaliiparizuddhaM pratilabhate / pancaatmabhaavaparizuddhiM pratilabhate / pancasrotaparizuddhim / pancacakSuparizuddhim / pancaghraaNaparizuddhim / pancavijnaanaparizuddhim / (4) pancendriyavizuddhiM pratilabhate / aaryaavalokitezvara nityaM varado bhavati / nityaM ca darzanakaamataa bhavati / sarvatathaagatadarzanaa vibhaviSyati / nityaM bodhisattvasamanvaakRto bhaviSyati / sarvadevataa caasya rakSaavaraNaguptaye saMvidhaasyanti / zakrabrahmaadayopasaMkramanti / catvaaraz ca mahaaraajaana sabalaparivaaraa (5) taM pRthiviipradezam upasaMkramanti satatasamitaM rakSaavaraNaguptaye saMvidhaasyanti / naaraayaNamahezvaramaNibhadra-r-anekai guhyazatasahasraaNi rakSaavaraNaguptaye saMvidhaasyanti / (to be continued) maNDalavidhikalpa amoghapaazakalparaaja 46a,1-47b,1 [14,2-18,25] zaantisvastyayanaM kariSyanti / amoghajnaanam / amoghaprajnaa amoghazrutiziilaviiryataa pratilabhate / amoghadaanadaataa pratilabhate / amoghapuNyaskandhasamanvaagato bhaviSyati yad uta SaTpaaramitaaparipuurir bhaviSyati / (6) aparimitariddhikuzalaz ca bhaviSyati / siddhividyaakalpaz ca bhaviSyati / amoghabalaviiryaparaakramo bhaviSyati / amoghabuddhakSetraguNavyuuhasaMpado bhaviSyati / catuHSaSTi tathaagatagangaanadiivaalukaasamaa niyutazatasahasraaNi kuzalamuulaparipuuriM saMgrahaNaa bhaviSyati / sarvasattvaz caityagarbhasamaz ca bhaviSyatiiti // (47a,7) maNDalavidhikalpaH // maNDaleSTakaa txt. TS 4.4.5 sayuj bricks, kRttikaa bricks and three maNDaleSTakaa bricks (the fifth iSTakaa) (m.), 5.3.9. maNDaleza vaasudeva is worshipped as the maNDaleza in the aaraamaadipratiSThaa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.5.14d vedipaarzve tato gatvaa vedim aavaahya puujayet / aasanaM kalpayitvaa tu saamaanyaarghyaM vidhaaya ca /14/ aizaane kalaze vidyud brahmaaNaM ca tathaa grahaan / svaiH svair mantrair gandhapuSpair naivedyaiz ca pRthagvidhaiH /15/ maNDalezaM vaasudevaM saasanaM ca bRhaspatim / puujayet parayaa bhaktyaa. maNDalezvara Y. Yokochi, 2004, The Rise of the Warrior Goddess in Ancient India: A Study of the Myth Cycle of kauzikii-vindhyavaasinii in the skandapuraaNa, PhD thesis, University of Groningen, pp. 88f., n. 28. maNDalika maNDalikas are made out of the gunjavalliis in the rite for that anna, paana and bhaajana become akSaya. arthazaastra 14.3.79-81 triraatropoSitaH puSyeNa zastrahatasya zuulaprotasya vaa puMsaH ziraHkapaale mRttikaayaaM gunjaa aavaasyodakena secayet /79/ jaataanaam amaavaasyaayaaM paurNamaasyaaM vaa puSyayoginyaaM gunjavalliir graahayitvaa maNDalikaani kaarayet /80/ teSv annapaanabhaajanaani nyastaani na kSiiyante /81/ maNDalopaayikaa by padmazriimitra. Tokyo University Library MS No. 280. LTT. maNDalopasaMhaaravidhi kriyaasaMgrahapanjikaa 8.4. maNDana see decoration. maNDapa PW. 2) m. n. eine offene Halle, Pavillon, Tempel. maNDapa Apte. m. 1) a temporary hall erected on ceremonial occasions, an open hall, 2) a tent, pavilion. maNDapa see agnyagaara. maNDapa see adhivaasaalaya. maNDapa see devasnaanamaNDapa. maNDapa see havirdhaanamaNDapa. maNDapa see kuTi. maNDapa see manca. maNDapa see pandal. maNDapa see parizrita. maNDapa see patniizaalaa. maNDapa see puSpamaNDapikaa. maNDapa see ritual ground. maNDapa see sadas. maNDapa see snaanagRha. maNDapa see suutikaalaya. maNDapa see toRaNa. maNDapa see vastramaNDapikaa. maNDapa see vedii. maNDapa see yajnaagaara. maNDapa see zucyagaara. maNDapa bibl. Renou, JA 231: 491-492: "Le "pavillon" (maNDapa; le mot ne figure que dans des commentaire, sauf LauGS. LXXI 14 (KathGS 71.14) ou` il est cense' signifier "pont"; le terme des SS. est simplement havirdhaana, qui remonte aux Br.). maNDapa bibl. Kane 2: 870-871. maNDapa bibl. V. Raghavan, 1957, "maNDapa, maNDa," Indian Linguistics, Bagchi Memorial Volume, pp. 96-100. maNDapa bibl. R.P. Kulkarni, 1998, Engineering Geometry of yajna-kuNDas and yajna-maNDapas, Pune: Prabodhini Samstha. maNDapa bibl. Sh. Einoo, 2005, "The Formation of Hindu Ritual, 2. maNDapa," in Sh. Einoo and J. Takashima, eds., From Material to Deity: Indian Rituals of Consecration, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 13-20. maNDapa cf. a vimita which has doors in the east and west. KauzS 24.3-10 abhi tyam iti (AV 7.14) mahaavakaaze 'raNya unnate vimite praagdvaarapratyagdvaareSv apsu saMpaataan aanayati /3/ (a rite of pazupaalana) maNDapa cf. a vimita. KauzS 32.14 apsu ta iti (AV 7.83) vahantyor madhye vimite pinjuuliibhir aaplaavayati /14/ (a bhaiSajya against a dropsy) maNDapa cf. a vimita. KauzS 34.3 nissaalaam ity (AV 2.14) avatokaayai kRSNavasanaayai triSu vimiteSu praagdvaarapratyagdvaareSv apsu saMpaataan aanayati /3/ (a rite to prevent the miscarriage) maNDapa cf. a vimita. KauzS 83.25-26 graame dakSiNodagdvaaraM vimitaM darbhair aastaarayati /25/ uttaraM jiivasaMcaro dakSiNaM pitRsaMcaraH /26/ (pitRmedha, loSTaciti, a hut into which bones are brought) maNDapa cf. a vimita. KauzS 84.6 yaM te mantham iti (AV 18.4.42) mantroktaM vimite nipRNaati /6/ (pitRmedha, loSTaciti, piNDa and other food are offered) maNDapa cf. a vimita. KauzS 84.9 mahayata pitRRn iti riktakumbhaM vimitamadhye nidhaaya taM jaradupaanahaaghnanti /9/ (pitRmedha, loSTaciti, an empty kumbha is beated) maNDapa cf. a bahiHzaalaa: the five kinds of gRhya rites are performed in a hut constructed outside the house. ZankhGS 1.5.2 = ParGS 1.4.2 pancasu bahiHzaalaayaaM vivaahe cuuDaakaraNa upanayane kezaante siimantonnayana iti // (Gonda, Vedic Ritual, p. 234.) maNDapa cf. an enclosed place/parivRta. GobhGS 3.4.7 uttarataH purastaad vaacaaryakulasya parivRtaM bhavati /7/ commentary: maNDapaadinaa parivRtaM suguptaM bhavati. (samaavartana/aaplavana) maNDapa cf. an enclosed place. GobhGS 4.2.3-8 dakSiNapuurve 'STamadeze parivaarayanti /3/ tathaayatam /4/ tathaamukhaiH kRtyam /5/ caturavaraardhaan prakramaan /6/ pazcaad upasaMcaaraH /7/ uttaraardhe parivRtasya lakSaNaM kRtvaagniM praNayanti /8/ (anvaSTakya) maNDapa cf. an enclosed place/parivRta. KhadGS 3.1.1 aaplavane purastaad aacaaryakulasya parivRta aasta /1/ maNDapa cf. in a place in the north or east outside the village he makes a sacrificial ground, ManGS 2.6.4 praag astamayaan niSkramyottarato graamasya purastaad vaa zucau deze 'zvatthasyaadhastaan nyagrodhasya vaa 'paaM vaa samiipe vedyaakRtiM kRtvaa tasyaaM catuSkoNavanaspatizaakhaayaam avasaktaciiraayaaM gandhasragdaamavatyaaM caturdizaM vinyastodakumbhasahiraNyabiijapiTikaayaam apuupasrastaralaajollopikamangalaphalaakSavatyaaM sarvagandhasarvarasasarvauSadhiiH sarvaratnaani copakalpya pratisaradadhimadhumodakasvastikanandyaavarttavatyaam agniM praNiiyaazvatthapalaazakhadirarohitakodumbaraaNaam anyatamasyedhmam upasamaadhaaya tisraH pradhaanadevataa yajaty uccaiHzravasaM varuNaM viSNum iti sthaaliipaakaiH pazubhiz caazvinau caazvayujau caajyasya /4/ See Gonda, Vedic Ritual, 233. maNDapa cf. in a place in the north of the village he prepares a place in the form of the vedi. KathGS 57.2 uttarato graamasya vedyaakRtiM kRtvaa zaakhaabhiH parivaaryaahataiz ca vaasobhiH sarvarasair ghaTaan puurayitvaa dikSu nidadhyaat sarvabiijaiz ca paatraaNy avaantaradikSu // In the aazvayujii. maNDapa KathGS 71.14 pra vaaM daMsaaMsiiti (KS 17.18 [262,10-11a] maNDapaanaam // devala: tam eva yajnaM (kuupayajna mentioned in suutra 13) kRtvaa kuupasaMskaaraarthaM maNDapaanaam / ... anye maNDapaanaam iti paaThaM dRSTvaa vyaacakSate kila maNDam udakam ucyate / maNDaM pibatiiti maNDapaH setur nadyaaditaraNopaayaH / tasya pratiSThaarthaM yajnaM kuryaat / braahmaNabala: maNDapaM setupratiSThaadikaM praasaadikam. Gonda, Vedic Ritual, p. 234: (maNDapa; for another use KG 71.14). maNDapa cf. BharGS 2.8 [40,3-6] apareNaagniM dve kuTii kRtvaa zuulagavam aavaahayaty aa tvaa vahantu harayaH sucetasaH zvetair azvaiH saha ketumadbhiH / vaataajirair mama havyaaya zarvom iti dakSiNasyaaM zuulagavam uttarasyaaM miiDhuSiiM madhye jayantam. (zuulagava) maNDapa cf. ApGS 7.19.14 apareNaagniM dve kuTii kRtvaa /14/ (zuulagava) maNDapa cf. HirGS 2.3.2 ... apareNaagniM dve kuTii kRtvaa dakSaNasyaaM zuulagavam aavaahaty aa tvaa vahantu harayaH sacesaH zvetair azvaiH saha ketumadbhir vaajaajavair balavadbhir manojavair aayaahi ziighram mama havyaaya zarvom iti /2/ uttarasyaaM miiDhuSiim /3/ madhye jayantam /4/ maNDapa cf. AVPZ 18.1.4-14 tatra zlokaaH /4/ dazahastasamutsedhaM pancahastaM tu vistRtam / zaantavRkSamayaM kuryaat toraNaM puSTivardhanama /5/ zuklaiH zuklaambaradhvajair maalyaiz ca paribhuuSitam / kaarayeta bile zubhre rasaiz ca paripuurite /6/ rasais tvaam abhiSincaami bhuume mahyaM zivaa bhava / asapatnaa sapatnaghnii mama yajnavivardhanii /7/ imau stambhau ghRtaanvaktaav ubhau maa yazasaavataat / yo maa kaz cabhidaasati tam imau stambhau nirdahataam iti /8/ uc chrayasva imaa yaa brahmaNaspata ity etaabhyaaM suvarNamaalaa pataakaiH stambhau saMyojya /9/ tasyaadhastaac caturhastaaM vediM kRtvaa darbhapavitrapaaNir baliM puSpaaNi ca dattvaa 10// madhulaajaamazraiH svastikasaMyaavakadadhikRsaraapuupakaapaayasaghRtavividhapaanabhaksaphalair agniM paristiirya /11/ aapo asmaan maataraH suudayantv iti caturaudumbaraan kumbhaan hrada-udakena puurayitvaa /12/ pratidizam avasthaapya dadhyaad raudraagneyaM vaayavyaM vaaruNaa mantraaH /13/ rakSoghnaM kRtyaaduuzaNaM yazasyavarcasyaani ca hutvaa-oSadhiiH samaadaaya dvihastaM maNDalam ity uktam /14/ In the hastiniiraajana. maNDapa AVPZ 19b.1.4-5, 2.1-2 hRdye manohare zubhre sarvaavaadhaavivarjite / zleSmaantakaakSagRdhraadiparityakte same zubhe /4/maNDapaM kaarayet tatra yathoktavidhinaa guruH / pataakaatoraNair yuktaM dvaaraiz caapi pRthagvidhaiH/1.5/ abhyukSya zaantitoyena pancagavyena vaa sakRt / gomayena pralipyaadau puujayed varNakaiH pRthak /2.1/ puSpaiz ca vividhaiH zubhraiH phalaiz caapy arcayed budhaH / tato baliM hared raatrau caturdikSu vidhaanavit /2/ pradiipaan ghRtapuurNaaMz ca pradadyaad vividhaan tathaa / (brahmayaaga) (Gonda, Vedic Ritual, p. 234.) maNDapa maNDala and maNDapa seem to be synonym: the size of maNDala is trayodazaaratni(?) and in the middle of maNDapa a maalaa made of all kinds of tree is constructed and decorated. AVPZ 20.1.3 zvo bhuute SaSThyaam upavaasaM kRtvaa praagudiiciiM dizaM niSkramya sucau deze manohare noSare maNDalaM trayodazaaratniM kRtvaa madhye maNDapasya saravavaanaspatyaaM maalaaM kRtvaa ghaNTaapataakaasrajaH pratisaraM ca maalaapRSThe kRtvaa madhye darpaNaaMz copakalyaitvaa ... /3/ (dhuurtakalpa) maNDapa together with the snaanavedi and zaantigRha. AVPZ 21.4.4-6.2 bhuumiM saMzodhayet kartaa praagudakpravaNe zubhe praaciiM saMzodhya yatnena maNDapaM tatra kaarayet /4/ navakoSThaM samaM vaapi hastaiH SoDazabhir mitam / caturazraM caturdvaaram ekordhvadvaaram eva vaa /4.5/ tata iizaanakoNe tu snaanavediM samaacaret / dazadvaadazahastaM vaa yathaavitaanam eva vaa /5.1/ caturguNocchrayaaz caiva muulastambhaas tu ye tataH / upastambhaas tu ye paarzve tadardhena prakiirtitaaH /2/ kumbhaaH stambhais tathaa deyaaH kaamair dvaaraM dizaaM smRtam / yajamaanocchrayaM vaapi tadardhena prakiirtitaaH /3/ kuNDaakRti gRhaM kuryaad dviguNaM pariveSTitam / sarvadikSu plavaM caiva kuNDasyordhvaM ca chaadayet /5.5/ parito dvaadazasthuunaM catuHstambhaM tu madhyataH / arcitaM puujitaM nityaM zaantau zaantigRhaM smRtam /6.1/ netraadyullocazobhiSThaM naanaavarNadhvaakulam / Then follows a description of the colors of the pataakaas. See pataakaa. In the saMbhaaralakSaNa. maNDapa AzvGPZ 4.4 [176.13-15] praasaadaagre dazahastasthaanaM caturdvaaraM praag aarabhya plakSodumbaraazvatthanyagrodhatoraNalasaddvaarazaakhaM hemaraktakRSNadhuumramauktikavicitrazvetavarNadhvajapataakaadibhiH puurvaadyaSTadikSuupazobhitaM maNDapam. In the praasaadapratiSThaavidhi. maNDapa bRhatsaMhitaa 43.3-4 nagara^uttarapUrvadizi prazastabhUmau prazastadArumayam / SoDazahasta^ucchrAyaM dazavipulaM toraNaM kAryam /3/ sarja^udumbara^*kakubha^zAkhAmaya[K.zAkhAkakubhamayaM]^zAntisadma kuzabahulam / vaMza^vinirmita^matsya^dhvaja^cakra^alaGkRta^dvAram /4/ In the niiraajana. maNDapa bRhatsaMhitaa 59.1-3 dizi yaamyaayaaM[K.saumyaayaaM] kuryaad adhivaasanamaNDapaM budhaH praag vaa / toraNacatuSTayayutaM zastadrumapallavacchannam /1/ puurve bhaage citraaH srajaH pataakaaz ca maNDapasya-uktaaH / aagneyyaaMdizi raktaaH kRSNaaH syur yaamya-nairRtyoH[K.nairRtayoH] /2/ zvetaa dizy aparasyaam vaayavyaayaaM tu paaNDuraa eva / citraaz ca-uttarapaarzve piitaaH puurvottare kaaryaaH[K.koNe] /3/ adhivaasanamaNDapa together with pataakas. In the pratimaapratiSThaavidhi. maNDapa skanda puraaNa 2.4.36.17cd-19ab udyaane vaa gRhe vaapi kaarttikyaaM viSNutatparaH /17/ maNDapaM tatra kurviita kadaliistambhamaNDitam / cuutapallavasaMviitam ikSudaNDaiH sumaNDitam /18/ citravastraiH svalaMkRtya tatra devaM prapuujayet / (antimapuSkariNiitrayatithimaahaatmya in kaarttikamaasamaahaatmya) maNDapa padma puraaNa 6.198.10cd-11ab saMzodhitaayaaM bhuumyaaM tu maNDapaM parikalpayet /10/ kadaliistambhasaMyuktaM caturdikSu dhvajaanvitam / (bhaagavatasaptaahazravaNavidhaana) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.74.24-28. The manDapa contains also kuNDas and a maNDala. (bhiimadvaadaziivrata) maNDapa matsya puraaNa 69.35-36 gRhasya purato bhaktyaa maNDapaM kaarayed budhaH / dazahastam athaaSTau vaa karaan kuryaad vizaaMpate /35/ caturhastaaM zubhaaM kuryaad vediim ariniSuudana / caturhastapramaaNaM ca vinyaset tatra toraNam /36/ (bhiimadvaadaziivrata) maNDapa padma puraaNa 1.23.38-46. (bhiimadvaadazii) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.165.10cd-18ab. (bhuumidaanavidhi) maNDapa in a place of his house he builds a maNDapa provided with a canopy, with clay walls with whitewashing and pillars decorated with woven silks, and scented with smokes of kaalaagurus. skanda puraaNa 2.2.39.55cd racayen maNDapaM zubhram ekadezaM gRhasya vaa /55/ alaMkuryaat puSpadaamacaamaraiH savitaanakaiH / bhuumibhittiiH sudhaalepaiH stambhaiz citradukuulakaiH /56/ kaalaaguruuNaaM dhuupaiz ca dhuupayet tad gRhaM zubham / (caaturmaasyavrata) maNDapa agni puraaNa 56.2-16. (dazadikpaalayaaga) maNDapa matsya puraaNa 264.13-17, 20-21 praasaadasyottare vaapi puurve vaa maNDapo bhavet / hastaan SoDaza kurviita daza dvaadaza vaa punaH /13/ madhye vedikayaa yuktah parikSiptaH samantatah / panca saptaapi caturaH karaan kurviita vedikaam /14/ caturbhis toranair yukto maNDapaH syaac caturmukhaH / plakSadvaaraM bhavet puurvaM yaamye caudumbaraM bhavet /15/ pazcaad azvatthaghaTitaM naiyagrodhaM tathottare / bhuumau hastapraviSTaani caturhastaani cocchraye /16/ suupaliptam tathaa zlakSNaM bhuutalaM syaat suzobhanam / vastrair naanaavidhais tadvat puSpapallavazobhitam /17/ 18-19: eight kalazas (see kalaza) / evaM nivezya tadgarbhe gandhadhuupaarcanaadibhiH / dhvajaadiropahaM kaaryaM maNDapasya samantataH /20/ dhvajaaMz ca lokapaalaanaaM sarvadikSu nivezayet / pataakaajaladaakaaraamadhye syaan maNDapasya tu /21/ (devapratiSThaavidhi) maNDapa matsya puraaNa 83.10 tiirtheSv aayatane vaapi goSThe vaa bhavanaangaNe / maNDapaM kaarayed bhaktyaa caturasram udanmukham / praagudakpravaNam tadvat praanmukhaM ca vidhaanataH /10/ (dhaanyaparvatadaana) maNDapa skanda puraaNa 2.4.9.74d. (diipaavalii, puujaa of lakSmii) maNDapa skanda puraaNa 2.2.4.2d-4 phaalgune maasi kurviita dolaarohaNam uttamam / yatra kriiDati govindo lokaanugrahaNaaya vai /1/ pratyarcaaM devadevasya govindaakhyaaM tu kaarayet / praasaadapurataH kuryaat SoDazastambham ucchritam /2/ caturasraM caturdvaaraM maNDapaM vedikaanvitam / caarucandraatapaM maalyacaamaradhvajozobhitam /3/ bhadraasanaM vedikaayaaM zriiparNikaaSThanirmitam / phalguutsavaM prakurviita pancaahaani tryahaaNi vaa /4/ (dolaarohaNotsavavrata) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.138.31cd-34ab jayaabhilaaSii nRpatiH pratipatprabhRtikramaat /30/ lohaabhihaarikaM karma kaarayed yaavad aSTami / praagudakpravaNe deze pataakaabhir alaMkRtam /31/ maNDapaM kaarayed divyaM navasaptakaraM varam / aagneyyaaM kaarayet kuNDaM hastamaatraM suzobhanam /32/ mekhalaatrayasaMyuktaM yonyazvatthadalaabhayaa / raajacihnaani sarvaaNi zastraaNy astraaNi yaani ca /33/ aaniiya maNDape taani sarvaaNy evaadhivaasayet / (durgaapuujaa, lohaabhihaarika karma) maNDapa nine gehas or one geha are made and a muurti of devii is set up there. devii puraaNa 22.9-10 aSTamyaaM navagehaani daaruujaani zubhaani ca / ekaM vaa vittaabhaavena kaarayet surasattama /9/ tasmin devii prakartavyaa haimaa vaa raajataapi vaa / mRdvaarkSii lakSaNopetaa khaDge zuule 'tha puujayet /10/ (durgaapuujaa) maNDapa skanda puraaNa 7.1.83.39-40 aazvayukchuklapakSe yaa pancamii paapanaazinii / tasyaaM saMpuujayed raatrau khaDgamantrair vibhuuSitam /39/ maNDapaM kaarayet tatra navasaptakaraM tathaa / praagudakpravaNe deze pataakaabhir alaMkRtam / yogezvaryaaH saMnidhaane vidhinaa kaarayed dvijaH /40/ (durgaapuujaa) maNDapa bRhannaaradiiya puraaNa 16.81-84 maNDalaM kaarayed divyaM caturasraM suzobhanam / ghaNTaacaamarasaMyuktaM kinkiNiivarazobhitam /81/ alaMkRtaM gandhamaalyair arcitaM dhvajaraajitam / chaaditaM zuklapuSpeNa diipamaalaavibhuuSitam /82/ tanmadhye sarvatobhadraM kuryaat sarvam alaMkRtam / tasyopari nyaset kumbhaan dvaadazaambuprapuuritaan /83/ ekena zuklavastreNa kezaadyaiH zodhitena ca / kumbhaan aacchaadayed vipraaH pancaratnaiH samanvitaan. (dvaadaziivrata, paaraNa) maNDapa naarada puraaNa 1.17.90-93 maNDapaM kaarayed divyaM caturasraM suzobhanam / ghaNTaacaamarasaMyuktaM kinkiNiiravazobhitam /90/ puSpamaalyair vitaanadhvajaraajitama / chaaditaM zuklavastreNa diipamaalaavibhuuSitam /91/ tanmadhye sarvatobhadraM kuryaat samyagalaMkRtam/ tasyopari nyaset kumbhaan dvaadazaambuprapuuritaan /92/ ekena zuklavastreNa samyak saMzobhitena ca / sarvaan aacchaadayet kumbhaan pancaratnasamanvitaan /93/ (dvaadaziivrata, udyaapana) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.176.17-18, 33-38. (hiraNyagarbhavidhi) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.147.32-40ab. (kaancanapuriivrata) maNDapa padma puraaNa 6.95.3 tulasyaa upariSTaat tu kuryaan maNDapikaaM zubhaam / sutoraNaaM caturdvaaraaM puSpacaamarazobhitaam // (kaarttikavrata, udyaapana) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.142.21. (koTihoma) maNDapa a maNDapa together with vedi (19cd), kuNDas (20-23), mekhalaa (24), yoni (25-27), toraNa (28-29), pataakaa (30), dhvaja (31) and daNDa (32ab). agni puraaNa 97.17b-32ab kuryaan maNDapam agrataH / caturasraM caturdvaaraM snaanaarthaM tu tadardhataH /17/ ekaasyaM caturaasyaM vaa raudryaaM pracy uttare 'tha vaa / haastiko dazahastii vai maNDapo 'rkakaro 'thavaa /18/ dvihastottarayaa vRddhyaa zeSaM syaan maNDapaaSTakam / vediz catuSkaraa madhye koNaastambhena saMyutaa /19/ vedipaadaantaraM tyaktvaa kuNDaani nava panca vaa / ekaM vaa ... Then follows the description of the kuNDas till to verse 27 (see kuNDa) ... /27/ plakSodumbarakaazvatthavaTajaas toraNaaH kramaat / zaantibhuutibalaarogyapuurvaadyaa naamataH kramaat /28/ pancaSaTsaptahastaani hastakhaatasthitaani ca / tadardhavistaraaNi syur yutaany aamradalaadibhiH /29/ indraayudhopamaa raktaa kRSNaa dhuumraa zaziprabhaa / zuklaabhaa hemavarNaa ca pataakaa sphaaTikopamaa /30/ puurvaadito 'bje raktaa niilaanantasya nairRte / pancahastaas tadardhaaz ca dhvajaa diirghaaz ca vistaraaH /31/ hastapradezitaa daNDaa dhvajaanaaM pancahastakaaH. (lingapratiSThaavidhi) maNDapa linga puraaNa 2.47.21cd-26. (lingapratiSThaavidhi) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.143.12cd-15ab. (mahaazaanti, vedikaa, kuNDa) maNDapa matsya puraaNa 93.86-88 grahataaraabalaM labdhvaa kRtvaa braahmaNavaacanam / gRhasyottarapuurveNa maNDapaM kaarayed budhaH /86/ rudraayatanabhuumau vaa caturasram udanmukham / dazahastam athaaSTau vaa hastaan kuryaad vidhaanataH /87/ praagudakplavanaaM bhuumiM kaarayed yatnato budhaH / praaguttaraM samaasaadya predezaM maNDapasya tu /88/ (navagrahahomazaantividhi) maNDapa matsya puraaNa 93.128-129 tathaa SoDazahastaH syaan maNDapaz ca caturmukhaH / puurvadvaare ca saMsthaapya bahvRcavedapaaragam /128/ yajurvidaM tathaa yaamye pazcime saamavedinam / atharvavedinaM tadvad uttare sthaapayed budhaH /129/ (navagrahahomazaantividhi) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.141.89b. (navagrahalakSahomavidhi, lakSahomavidhi) maNDapa deviibhaagavata puraaNa 3.26.8-11 amaavaasyaaM ca saMpraapya saMbhaaraM kalpayec chubham / haviSyaM caazanaM kaaryam ekabhuktaM tu taddine /8/ maNDapas tu prakartavyaH same deze zubhe sthale / hastaSoDazamaanena stambhadhvajasamanvitaH /9/ gauramRdgomayaabhyaaM ca lepanaM kaarayet tataH / tanmadhye vedikaa zubhraa kartavyaa ca samaa sthiraa /10/ caturhastaa ca hastocchraa piiThaarthaM sthaanam uttamam / toraNaani vicitraaNi vitaanaM ca prakalpayet /11/ (navaraatra) maNDapa padma puraaNa 6.174.56a. (nRsiMhavrata) maNDapa naarada puraaNa 1.120.39a. (padmaavrata) maNDapa garuDa puraaNa 1.48.4cd-22. a maNDapa together with dhvaja (5ac), vedi (5d-6ab), kuNDa (6cd-7), dvaara, toraNa and pataakikaa (9cd-18), kalazas (19-20ab), dikpaalas (20cd-22). (pratiSThaavidhi) maNDapa viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.98, (pratiSThaavidhi, here it is called praasaada) maNDapa naarada puraaNa 1.18.23-26ab maNDapaM kaarayed divyaM caturasraM sumangalam / zobhitaM puSpamaalaabhir vitaanadhvajaraajitam /23/ bahudiipasamaakiirNaM kinkiNiijaalazobhitam / darpaNaiz caamaraiz caiva kalazaiz ca samaavRtam /24/ tanmadhye sarvatobhadraM pancavarNaviraajitam / jalapuurNaM tataH kumbhaM nyaset tasyopari dvija /25/ pidhaaya kumbhaM vastreNa susuukSmeNaatizobhitam / (puurNimaavrata, udyaapana) maNDapa together with the deities in various directions. saamba puraaNa 29.15cd-21. (suuryapratiSThaa) maNDapa agni puraaNa 64.4-5 yaagamaNDapamadhye syaad vedikaa kuNDamaNDitaa / toraNaM vaaruNaM kumbhaM nyasec ca karakaanvitam /4/ bhadrake caardhacandre vaa svastike dvaari kumbhakaan / agnyaadhaanaM caapi kuNDe kRtvaa puurNaaM pradaapayet /5/ (taDaagaadividhi) maNDapa vedi 13-15ab, sarvatobhadramaNDala 15cd kuNDa: 16-19. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.2.19.6-19 sucaaru iiSatpravaNe ca deze suvartulaH SoDazahastamaNDapaH / dvaaraiz caturbhiH prathitair upetaz caturmukhaz caapi bhavet suretaaH /6/ puurvaadidvaareSu catuSTayeSu plakSaadibhis toraNakaiH surezaH / plakSas tathodumbarapippalau ca nyagrodhakaM caapi yathaakrameNa /7/ uurdhve ca hastaamitaani yaani vicitramaalyaaMbarabhuuSitaani / bhuumau yathaapriiti ca hastakaani bhavanti caitaany api toraNaani /8/ sarvatra yaage 'pi hi maNDapasya kaaryaa dhvajaa dikSu vidikSu zubhraaH / dikpaalavarNaabhapataakayuktaa madhye ca vai niilapataakayuktaaH /9/ dhvajaaz ca yasmin dazahastasaMmitaas tasmin pataakaa api pancahastaaH / aratnimaatraa yadi muulabhaage pancaangulaagre vinibaddhaguuDhaaH /10/ dvaare ca tasmiMz ca niruupitaa vaa raMbhaa supuSpaa sukhazaaDvalaaz ca / vacaabhivRkSottarapancahastaaH sapancazaakhaa api toraNaani /11/ munjodbhavair barhiHsamudbhavair vaa suranjitaz cet tritapadmapallavaiH / puSTadvaye suutritaM veSTayec ca tathekSukaaNDair atha yaagamaNDapam /12/ vedis tathaa maNDapamadhyabhaage kaaryaa ca koNesthituSaadihiinaa / hastocchritaa rekhavatii surekhapariSkRtaa hastacatuSTayena /13/ vedyaaM parityajya dazaangulaani aizaanyatas triiNi tathaa paraaNi / kuNDaaya dadyaac caturastram ekam avasthitaM tryangulamekhalojjvalam /14/ praasaade ca taDaage ca mahaaraame tathaiva ca / maNDalaM sarvatobhadraM prayatnenaiva kaarayet /15/ kuNDaM caapi prakurviita yathaabhyantaramekhalam / bahiryonigataM zvetaM nizcitraM samasuutrakam /16/ kuNDaani kuryaan nava kuNDapakSe vedyaas tathoccair avidikSu caiva / sarvaaNi sarvatra ca mekhalaani SaDasrapancaasrasamekhalaani /17/ aSTaasrajaany abjatrikoNakaani tathaardhacandraM caturasrakaM ca / kuNDasya puurvottaradigvibhaage sthaapyo ghaTaz candanacaaruliptaH /18/ maalyaambaraacchaaditapuurNapaathaaH savRttapatraz ca suvarNagarbhaH /19/ (taDaagaadipratiSThaavidhi) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.127.8-17ab taDaagapaalaziirSe tu maNDalaM kaarayec chubham / dazadvaadazahastaM ca caturdvaaraM suvistRtam /8/ toraNaani tu catvaari caturdikSu vicakSaNaiH / azvatthodumbaraplakSavaTazaakhaamayaani ca /9/ naanaavarNaas tu paritaH pataakaaH parikalpayet / madhye mahaadhvajaH kaaryaH pancavarNaH suzobhanaH /10/ caturhastaa bhaved vedii madhye pancakaraatha vaa / yajamaanapramaaNena madhye yuupena zobhitaa /11/ kadambaazvatthapaalaazavaikankatamayaH zubhaH / braahmaNasyaasya nirdiSTo yuupaH zrutivicakSaNaiH /12/ nyagrodhabilvajaH proktaH kSatriyaaNaaM ca khaadiraH / vaizyasyodumbaramayo madhvarjunasamudbhavaH /13/ bibhiitakodumbarajaH zaakazaalmalisaMbhavaH / zuudrasya yuupo nirdiSTaH saaradaarumayo 'thavaa /14/ lokapaalaaSTakaM tatra rajasaa ca vilekhayet / brahmaa viSNuz ca rudraz ca kamalaa caambikaa tathaa /15/ saavitrii sahitaa kaaryaa puSpadhuupair athaarcayet / kuryaat kuNDaani catvaari caturdikSu vicakSaNaH /16/ mekhalaatrayayuktaani hastamaatraaNi sarvataH. (taDaagakalpa) maNDapa padma puraaNa 1.27.6-10ab. (taDaagavidhi) maNDapa bhaviSya puraaNa 4.175.29-51. (tulaapuruSadaanavidhi) maNDapa txt. and contents. linga puraaNa 2.28.16-24ab: 16ab at the time of a solar eclipse or others, in an auspicious place, 16b-17ab he makes a maNDapa or kuuTa?, the length of the side of which is twenty hastas or eighteen hastas or sixteen hastas (kalaahasta), 17cd-18 he makes a vedi in the middle of the maNDapa, the length of the side of which is nine hastas or eight hastas or seven hastas or two hastas or one and a half hastas, 19ab a bhramantikaa? provided with twelve pillars, 19cd nine square kuNDas, 20ab the main kuNDa is situated between the east and northeast, 20cd-21ab kuNDas in the form of yoni, especially for women, 21cd-22ac various forms: half-moon, triangle, circular, hexagonal, of a lotus flower, 22cd a sthaNDila can be used instead of kuNDas, 23-24ab the pavilion: four dvaaras, four toraNas, provided with eight diggajas, covered with garlands of darbha grass, provided with eight mangalas, covered with a canopy. (tulaapuruSavidhi) maNDapa vidhi. linga puraaNa 2.28.16-24ab grahaNaadiSu kaaleSu zubhadezeSu zobhanam / viMzaddhastapramaaNena maNDapaM kuuTam eva ca /16/ yathaaSTaadazahastena kalaahastena vaa punaH / kRtvaa vediM tathaa madhye navahastapramaaNataH /17/ aSTahastena vaa kaaryaa saptahastena vaa punaH / dvihastaa saardhahastaa vaa vedikaa caatizobhanaa /18/ dvaadazastambhasaMyuktaa saadhuramyaa bhramantikaa / parito nava kuNDaani caturasraaNi kaarayet /19/ aindrikezaanayor madhye pradhaanaM brahmaNaH suta / athavaa caturasraM ca yonyaakaaram ataH param /20/ striiNaaM kuNDaani viprendraa yonyaakaaraaNi kaarayet / ardhacandraM trikoNaM ca vartulaM kuNDam eva ca /21/ SaDasraM sarvato vaapi trikoNaM padmasaMnibham / aSTaasraM sarvamaane tu sthaNDilaM kevalaM tu vaa /22/ caturdvaarasamopetaM catustoraNabhuuSitam / diggajaaSTakasaMyuktaM darbhamaalaasamaavRtam /23/ aSTamangalasaMyuktaM vitaanoparizobhitam / (tulaapuruSa) maNDapa matsya puraaNa 274.25-36ab puNyaam tithim athaasaadya kRtvaa braahmaNavaacanam / SoDazaaratnimaatraM tu daza dvaadaza vaa karaan /25/ maNDapaM kaarayed vidvaan caturbhadraasanam budhaH / saptahastaa bhaved vedii madhye pancakaraa tathaa /26/ tanmadhye toraNam kuryaat saaradaarumayaM budhaH / kuryaat kuNDaani catvaari caturdikSu vicakSaNaH /27/ samekhalaayoniyutaani kuryaat saMpuurNakumbhaani sahaasanaani / sutaamrapaatradvayasaMyutaani sayajnapaatraaNi suviSTaraaNi /28/ hastapramaaNaani tilaajyadhuupapuSpopahaaraani suzobhanaani / puurvottare hastamitaatha vedii grahaadidevezvarapuujanaaya /29/ atraarcanam brahmazivaacyutaanaam tatraiva kaaryaM phalamaalyavastraiH /29/ lokezavarNaaH paritaH pataakaa madhye dhvajaH kinkiNikaayutaH syaat /30/ dvaareSu kaaryaaNi ca toranaani catvaary api kSiiravanaspatiinaam / dvaareSu kumbhadvayam atra kaaryaM sraggandhadhuupaambararatnayuktam /31/ zaalengudiicandanadevadaaruzriiparNibilvapraiyakaancanottham / stambhadvayaM hastayugaavakhaataM kRtvaa dRDhaM pancakarocchritaM ca /32/ tadantaraM hastacatuSTayam syaad athodarangaz ca tadangam eva / samaanajaatiz ca tulaavalamvyaa haimena madhye pruSeNa yuktaa /33/ dairghyeNa saa hastacatuSTayaM syaat pRthutvam asyaastu dazaangulaani / suvarNapaTTaabharaNaa tu kaaryaa saa lohapaazadvayazRnkhalaabhiH /34/ yutaa suvarNena tu ratnamaalaa vibhuuSitaa maalyavilepanaabhyaam / cakraM likhed vaarijagarbhayuktaM naanaarajobhir bhuvi puSpakiirNaM /35/ vimaanakancopari pancavarNaM saMsthaapayet puSpaphalopazobham / ... /36/ (tulaapuruSa, therefore the description of the tulaa is inserted in vv. 33cd-35ab.) maNDapa skanda puraaNa 6.267.11-20ab together with the vedi, kuNDas and stambhas. (tulaapuruSavidhi) maNDapa skanda puraaNa 3.3.18.28cd-29ab saMtarpya pitRdevaan gatvaa svabhavanaM prati / maNDapaM racayed divyaM vitaanaadyair alaMRtam /28/ phalapallavapuSpaadyais toraNaiz ca samanvitam / pancavarNaiz ca tanmadhye rajobhiH padmam uddharet /29/ (umaamahezvaravrata) maNDapa devii puraaNa 25.17-20. (vasor dhaaraa for devii) maNDapa naarada puraaNa 1.120.1cd naanaapuSpair mune kRtvaa vicitraM maNDapaM zubham /1/ (viSNupuujaa) maNDapa narasiMha puraaNa 56.20-21ab (viSNupratiSThaavidhi). maNDapa naarada puraaNa 1.120.19d. (zayaniivrata) maNDapa for the puujaa of tumburu and his four zaktis. viiNaazikhatantra 33cd-36ab sadvitaanapataakaaDhyaM sragmaalaalaMkRtaM puram /33/ pradiiptadiipakair dikSu samantaad avabhaasitam / naanaabhakSyaannapaanaiz ca svaadubhir vyanjanais tathaa /34/ phalair naanaavidhaiz caiva paritaH paryavasthitaiH / kalazair vaaripuurNaiz ca dazadikSu vyavasthitaiH /35/ cuutapallavasaMviitaiH sragmaalaalaMkRtaiH zubhaiH / maNDapa jayaakhya saMhitaa 20.128-138ab: a shed called kaustubha gem, a maNDapa, five vedis, kuNDa in the northern vedi, maNDala in the central vedi, zayana in the eastern vedi, the southern vedi is snaanamaNDapa. (Hikita, manuscript, pratiSThaa, p. 39.) maNDapa saattvata saMhitaa 25.2-45 :: iizvara saMhitaa 18.1cd-58 :: paaramezvara saMhitaa 15.108-179. (Hikita, manuscript, pratiSThaa, p. 31.) Here the word yaagazaalaa is also used. It contains vedi, zayana, kuNDa, snaanageha, nayanonmiilanageha/dRgdaanageha, vaalukaapiiTha, dvaaras, toraNas, kalazas and dhvajas. saattvata saMhitaa 25.138? uses the word yaagavezman. ((Hikita, manuscript, pratiSThaa, p. 35.) maNDapa cf. amoghapaazakalparaaja 9b,7-10a,2 oM trailokyapadmaamoghakramiNi mili mili svaahaa // paadaakramaNamantra ekaviMzatijaptayaa // oM padme mahaapadme sara sara samantena pariveSTayaamoghapaazena huru huru svaahaa // suutrapancarangikasaptavaaraan parijapya veSTayeyam // oM vicitraamoghavastranaanaaranga vizuddhaya kiNi kiNi (7) huuM // pataakamantra(>pataakaamantra) saptajaptayaa / oM amoghazara vajratuNDa thara thara svaahaa // zaramantra saptajaptayaa // oM vipulaamoghamahaadvaaravizuddhe siri siri svaahaa // toraNamantra ekaviMzativaaraan parijapya yasya pravezamaatrasya svargadvaarapraviSTo bhavati / ... // oM naanaavicitraamoghapuSpaphalataakiirNapuurNa para para huuM // puu(1)rNakumbhamantra[puurNakumbhamantra] saptajaptayaa // oM amogharatnavimaanakaTacchaadhiSThitadivyagandhojjvalaspharaNa samantena jvala jvala svaahaa // dhuupakaTacchamantra saptajaptayaa // oM jvalavati ratnaghaTa saariNi tuTi tuTi svaahaa // ghaTikaabalimantra saptajaptayaa // oM divyabhaajanaamoghapadmavare puuraya huuM // saraavamantra saptajaptayaa // maNDapa maadhaviis, pippaliis and naagavalliis are to be planted in a maNDapa. HirGZS 1.7.3 [98,19-20] keSaaM matena saaropyaa maadhavii maNDapaantare /19 pippalii naagavallii ca mRduvRkSatale tathaa //20 (vRkSaaropaNavidhi) maNDapa maNDapakuNDasiddhi with B. Pathak's Sanskrit Commentary and Hindi Translation, ed. by Ganeshdatt, Benares, 1926. maNDapalakSaNa txt. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36 maNDapalakSaNaadikathanam / tatra saptaviMzatisaMkhyaakamaNDapanaamakathanam / tallakSaNaani ca. maNDapalakSaNa contents. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36: 1-2 introduction, 3-6 an enumeration of seventeen names of maNDapas, 7-15ab seventeen names follow the number of stambhas beginning with sixty-four and ending with twelve stambhas, 15cd-17 forms of the maNDapas, 16cd-18 effects of these forms, 18-21 ground plan of the maNDapa, 22-24ab length of other parts, 24cd-28ab about doors and bad results caused by bad doors, 28cd-29 recommended trees in the four cardinal directions, 30-34 adjacent buildings in the different directions. maNDapalakSaNa vidhi. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36: (1-6) athaataH saMpravakSyaami maNDapaanaaM tu lakSaNam / maNDapapravaraan vakSye praasaadasyaanuruupataH /1/ vividhaa maNDapaaH kaaryaa jyeSThamadhyakaniiyasaH / naamatas taan pravakSyaami zRNudhvam RSisattamaaH /2/ puSpakaH puSpamadaz ca suvrato 'mRtanandanaH / kauzalyo buddhisaMkiirNo gajabhadro jayaavahaH /3/ zriivatso vijayaz caiva vaastukiirtiH zrutiMjayaH / yajnabhadro vizaalaz ca suzliSTaH zatrumardanaH /4/ bhaagapanco nandanaz ca maanavo maanabhadrakaH / sugriivo haritaz caiva karNikaaraH zatardhikaH /5/ siMhaz ca zyaamabhadraz ca subhadraz ca tathaiva ca / saptaviMzatir aakhyaataa lakSaNaM zRNuta dvijaaH /6/ maNDapalakSaNa vidhi. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36: (7-15ab) stambhaa yatra catuHSaSTiH puSpakaH samudaahRtaH / dviSaSTiH puSpabhadras tu SaSTiH suvrata ucyate /7/ aSTapancaazakastambhaH kathyate 'mRtanandanaH / kauzalyaH SaT ca pancaazac catuSpancaazataa punaH /8/ naamnaa tu buddhisaMkiirNo dvihiino gajabhadrakaH / jayaavahas tu pancaazac chriivatsas tad dvihiinakaH /9/ vijayas taddvihiinaH syaad vaastukiirtis tathaiva ca / dvaabhyaam eva prahiiyate tataH zrutiMjayo 'paraH /10/ catvaariMzad yajnabhadras taddvihiino vizaalakaH / SaTtriMzac caiva suzliSTo dvihiinaH zatrumardanaH /11/ dvaatriMzad bhaagapancas tu triMzadbhir nandanaH smRtaH / aSTaaviMzan maanavas tu maanabhadro dvihiinakaH /12/ caturviMzas tu sugriivo dvaaviMzo harito mataH / viMzatiH karnikaaraH syaad aSTaadaza zatardhikaH /13/ siMho bhaved dvihiinaz ca zyaamabhadro dvihiinakaH / subhadras tu tathaa prokto dvaadazastambhasaMyutaH /14/ maNDapaaH kathitaas tubhyaM yathaaval lakSaNaanvitaaH / maNDapalakSaNa vidhi. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36: (15cd-17) trikoNaM vRttam ardhendum aSTakoNaM dviraSTakam /15/ catuSkoNaM tu kartavyaM saMsthaanaM maNDapasya tu / raajyaM ca vijayaz caiva aayurvardhanam eva ca /16/ putralaabhaH zriyaH puSTis trikonaadikramaad bhavet / evaM tu zubhadaaH proktaaz caanyathaa tv azubhaavahaaH /17/ maNDapalakSaNa vidhi. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36: (18-24ab) catuHSaSTipadaM kRtvaa madhye dvaaraM prakalpayet / vistaaraad dviguNocchraayaM tantribhaagaH kaTir bhavet /18/ vistaaraardho bhaved garbho bhittayo 'nyaaH samantataH / garbhapaadena vistiirNaM dvaaraM triguNam aayatanam /19/ tathaa dviguNavistiirNamukhas tadvad udumbaraH / vistaarapaadapratimaM baahulyaM zaakhayoH smRtam /20/ tripancasaptanavabhiH zaakhaabhir dvaaram iSyate / kaniSThamadhyamaM jyeSThaM yathaayogaM prakalpayet /21/ angulaanaaM zataM saardhaM catvaariMzat tathonnatam / triMzadviMzottaraM caanyad dhanyam uttamam eva ca /22/ zataM caaziitisahitaM vaatanirgamane bhavet / adhikaM dazabhis tadvat tathaa SoDazabhiH zatam /23/ zatamaanaM tRtiiyaM ca navatyaaziitibhis tathaa / maNDapalakSaNa vidhi. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36: (24cd-28ab) daza dvaaraaNi caitaani krameNoktaani sarvadaa /24/ anyaani varjaniiyaani maanasodvegadaani tu / dvaaravedhaM prayatnena sarvavaastuSu varjayet /25/ vRkSakoNabhramidvaarastambhakuupadhvajaadibhiH / kuDyazvabhreNa vaa viddhaM dvaaraM na zubhadaM bhavet /26/ kSayaz ca durgatiz caiva pravaasaH kSudbhayaM tathaa / daurbhaagyaM bandhanaM rogo daaridryaM kalahaM tathaa /27/ virodhaz caarthanaazaz ca sarvaM vedhaad bhavet kramaat / maNDapalakSaNa vidhi. matsya puraaNa 270.1-36: (28cd-) puurveNa phalino vRkSaaH kSiiravRkSaas tu dakSiNe /28/ pazcimena jalaM zreSThaM padmotpalavibhuuSitam / uttare saralais taalaiH zubhaa syaat puSavaaTikaa /29/ sarvatas tu jalaM zreSThaM sthiram asthiram eva ca / paarzvataz caapi kartavyaM parivaaraadikaalayam /30/ yaamye tapovanasthaanam uttare maatRkaagRham / mahaanasaM tathaagneye nairRtye 'tha vinaayakam /31/ vaaruNe zriinivaasas tu vaayavye gRhamaalikaa / uttare yajnazaalaa tu nirmaalyasthaanam uttare /32/ vaaruNe somadaivatye balinirvapaNaM smRtam / purato vRSabhasthaanaM zeSe syaat sukumaayudhaH /33/ jalavaapii tathaizaane viSNus tu jalazaayy api / evam aayatanam kuryaat kuNDamaNDapasaMyutam /34/ ghaNTaavitaanakasatoraNacitrayuktaM nityotsavapramuditena janena saardham / yaH saarayet suragRhaM vividhadhvajaankaM zriis taM na muncati sadaa divi puujyate ca /35/ maNDapapratiSThaa see gRhakaraNa. maNDapapratiSThaa txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.27-45. (v) (c) maNDapapratiSThaa txt. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.1-15. (v) (c) maNDapapratiSThaa contents. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.27-45: 27ab a maNDapa is to be worshipped as suurya accompanied with vaasudeva, 27cd eight homas with tilas and guDas, 28 four white ghaTas representing suurya and vaasudeva are placed, 29ab suuktas of suurya and viSNu are recited, 29cd paintings of them are drawn on leaves of vaTa or their images are made, 30-38 eight dikpaalas are worshipped, 39 the maNDapapratiSThaa is performed for priiti of vaasudeva, 40-42 mantras for the utsarjana, 43ac the maNDapa is wound with a triguNasuutra seven times, 43d-45ab dakSiNaa, braahmaNabhojana and diinabhojana, 45cd celebration of the maNDapa. maNDapapratiSThaa vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.27-45 (27-30) maNDapaM puujayet suuryaM vaasudevasamanvitam / homas tilaguDaabhyaaM ca aSTaav aSTau pRthak pRthak /27/ dehi meti ca mantreNa vinyasen maNDapopari / yatnasiddhaM tataH kRtvaa zuklaM ghaTacatuSTayam /28/ samutsRjej japet pazcaa sauraM suuktaM ca vaiSNavam / vaTapatre tu saMlikhya citraM nirmaaya vaa punaH /29/ dikpaalaan saMnyaset svaasu svaasu dikSu vicakSaNaH / baddhaanjaliH paThen mantraan indraadiinaaM yathaakramam /30/ maNDapapratiSThaa vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.27-45 (31-38) dharmasaMsthaapanaarthaaya aatmano vibhavaaya ca / vajrahasto mahendra tvaM dharmatas traatum arhati /31/ bho vahne meSavaahas tvaM catuHzRngaviraajita / anaathaM maNDapam tvaM hi dharmatas traatum arhasi /32/ yama tvaM dakSiNaazeza mahaamahiSavaahana / anaathaM maNDapaM tvaM hi dharmatas traatum arhasi /33/ mancastho raakSasendras tvaM khaDgapaaNir mahaabalaH / anaathaM maNDapaM tvaM hi dharmatas traatum arhasi /34/ vaariraaD dhvajahasto 'si pavano mRgavaahanaH / anaathaM maNDapaM tvaM hi dharmatas traatum arhasi /35/ dhanaadhyakSo gadaahastaH pingaakSo naravaahanaH / anaathaM maNDapaM tvaM hi dharmatas traatum arhasi /36/ aadidevo 'si devaanaaM kartaa hartaa mahezvaraH / anaathaM maNDapaM tvaM hi dharmatas traatum arhasi /37/ ananto naagaraajo yo dharaam uddhRtya tiSThati / anaathaM maNDapaM tvaM hi dharmatas traatum arhasi /38/ maNDapapratiSThaa vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.27-45 (39-45) caturNaam eva varNaanaaM sthityarthaM mRgapakSiNaam / priitaye vaasudevasya evaM maNDapam utsRjet /39/ bhagne stambhe tRNe jiirNe punas tRNapradaapane / sthaapane ca tathaivaasya pratiSThaa syaad yathaakSayaa /40/ ghaataapaayaadidoSeNa mriyante yadi jantavaH / pratiSThaayaaM kRtaayaaM tu dharmo me syaan na paatakam /41/ maanuSaa pazavo ye ca nivasantiiha maNDape / svasti caastu sadaa teSaaM tvatprasaadaat kila prabho /42/ tatas triguNasuutreNa sutraamaaNeti vai Rcaa / saptadhaa veSTayitvaa tu dakSiNaaM saMprakaazya ca /43/ upaanahau tathaa chatram aacaaryaaya nivedayet / maNDape bhojayed vipraaMs teSaaM dadyaad yathepsitaan /44/ diinebhyaz ca pRthag dadyaad gRhaM viprapuraHsaram / pravizet tuuryaghoSeNa prakuryaat ca gRhaarcanam /45/ maNDapapratiSThaa contents. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.1-15: 1 introduction (pratiSThaa maNDapasya), 2-4 suurya, soma, and viSNu are worshipped on the day before, 5-7ab various deities are worshipped on the ritual ground, 7cd-8ab aaditya/suurya, viSNu and soma are worshipped by offering homas, 8cd bali, 9 utsarjana, 10 worship of vaastoSpati, 11 a white pot is placed on the top of the maNDapa and wound by strings, 12a dakSiNaa, 12b suuryaarghya, 12cd-14ab pratiSThaa of a tRNavezman (12cd-13ab devataas worshipped at the pratiSThaa of a tRNavezman, 13cd a yuupa is erected and dhvajas are erected in the four directions, 14ab a pot is placed on the top of the maNDapa), 14cd-15 prapaapratiSThaa (14cd-15ab various deities are worshipped, 15cd mantras for the dhvajas are used). maNDapapratiSThaa vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.1-15 (1-7ab) suuta uvaaca // pratiSThaaM maNDapasyaiva zailadaarumayasya ca / tRNakaaSThasya ca vibho tRNavat tasya ca dvijaaH /1/ adhivaasasya puurvedyuH zubhe lagne ghaTaM nyaset / suuryaM somaM tathaa viSNuM kalaze tu samarcayet /2/ prokSayet kuzatoyena aapo hi STheti vai Rcaa / aapyayasveti (RV 1.91.16) gandhena gandhadvaareti (RVKh 5.87.9) gandhakam /3/ aakRSNeneti (RV 1.35.2) tailena zriiz ca te iti (VS 31.22) candanam / sinduuraalaktakaM dadyaad anjanaM puurvayaa saha /4/ tataH prabhaate vimale praaddhaM(?) vRddhyaatmakaM(?) caret / dikpaalaaz caiva vinyasya maNDape zubhalakSaNe /5/ madhye vedyantare caiva raajabhir(?) maNDalaM likhet / suuryam aavaahayet tatra somaM viSNuM ca paarzvayoH /6/ gaNezaM ca grahaaMz caiva dikpaalaaMz ca ghaTe 'rcayet / maNDapapratiSThaa vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.1-15 (7cd-10+) paayasaM juhuyaad agnaav aSTottarazataM tathaa /7/ aadityasya tathaa viSNoH somasya dvaadazaahutiiH / baliM ca paayasaM dadyaat tailaM kSiiram athaapi vaa /8/ tata utsRjya vidhivad vaakyam etad udiirayet / jaanubhyaam avaniM gatvaa zanair oSThaM na caalayet /9/ vaastoSpatiM ca tatraiva puujayed gandhacandanaiH / arghyaM dadyaac ca vidhivad bhuutenaivaahutiM hunet /10/ (oM adyetyaadi braahmaNaadisarvasattvebhyo viSNupriiNanaartham imaM maNDapaM supuujitaM suuryadaivataM zaileyeSTakaadibhiH sarvasattvebhyo racitaM zrutismRtyuktaphalapraatikaamanayaa amukaRSisagotraH zryamukadevazarmaaham utsRje //) maNDapapratiSThaa vidhi. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.1-15 (11-15) tataH zvetaghaTaM dadyaan maNDapopari sattamaaH / triguNena nizaaktair vaa veSTayed vaaridhaarayaa /11/ dakSiNaaM vidhivad dadyaat suuryaayaarghyaM nivedayet / tRNavezmani vai suuryaM vaasudevasamanvitam /12/ ghaTe gaNezaM varadaM varaM kRtvaa samutsRjet / aizaanyaaM daapayed yuupaM dhvajaan dikSu prakalpayet /13/ maNDapopari kalazaM saMsthaapya mantra uccaret / prapaayaaM varuNaH puujyo vizvakarmaa prayatnataH /14/ pRthiviiM ca gaNezaM ca puujayitvaa huned ghRtam / sarvavarjyam idaM vaakyaM dhvajamaatraM vidhiiyate /15/ maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped: suurya and vaasudeva/viSNu. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.27ab a maNDapa is to be worshipped as suurya accompanied with vaasudeva, 27cd eight homas with tilas and guDas, 28 four white ghaTas representing suurya and vaasudeva are placed, 29ab suuktas of suurya and viSNu are recited, 29cd paintings of them are drawn on leaves of vaTa or their images are made, 39 the maNDapapratiSThaa is performed for priiti of vaasudeva. maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped: suurya on the previous day, soma and viSNu. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.2-4 adhivaasasya puurvedyuH zubhe lagne ghaTaM nyaset / suuryaM somaM tathaa viSNuM kalaze tu samarcayet /2/ prokSayet kuzatoyena aapo hi STheti vai Rcaa / aapyayasveti (RV 1.91.16) gandhena gandhadvaareti (RVKh 5.87.9) gandhakam /3/ aakRSNeneti (RV 1.35.2) tailena zriiz ca te iti (VS 31.22) candanam / sinduuraalaktakaM dadyaad anjanaM puurvayaa saha /4/ maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped: eight dikpaalas. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.30-38. maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped on the ritual ground: dikpaalas, suurya, soma, viSNu, gaNeza, grahas and dikpaalas. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.5-7ab tataH prabhaate vimale praaddhaM(?) vRddhyaatmakaM caret / dikpaalaaz caiva vinyasya maNDape zubhalakSaNe /5/ madhye vedyantare caiva raajabhir maNDalaM likhet / suuryam aavaahayet tatra somaM viSNuM ca paarzvayoH /6/ gaNezaM ca grahaaMz caiva dikpaalaaMz ca ghaTe 'rcayet / maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped by offering homas: aaditya/suurya, viSNu and soma. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.7cd-8ab paayasaM juhuyaad agnaav aSTottarazataM tathaa /7/ aadityasya tathaa viSNoH somasya dvaadazaahutiiH / maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped: gaNeza, varuNa. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.13.16 maNDape kSudrakuupe ca pratiSThaaM zRNuta dvijaaH / gaNezaM varuNaM kumbhe vidhivat puujayet sudhiiH /16/ maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped at the time of the utsarjana: vaastoSpati. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.10 vaastoSpatiM ca tatraiva puujayed gandhacandanaiH / arghyaM dadyaac ca vidhivad bhuutenaivaahutiM hunet /10/ maNDapapratiSThaa note, devataas worshipped in the pratiSThaa of a tRNavezman: suurya, vaasudeva/viSNu, gaNeza, varada(?). bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.12.12cd-13ab tRNavezmani vai suuryaM vaasudevasamanvitam /12/ ghaTe gaNezaM varadaM varaM kRtvaa samutsRjet / maNDapapratiSThaa note, effects. bhaviSya puraaNa 2.3.2.39 caturNaam eva varNaanaaM sthityarthaM mRgapakSiNaam / priitaye vaasudevasya evaM maNDapam utsRjet /39/ maNDapavedi a golden earth provided with mountains, rivers, seas and trees is brought to the maNDapavedi. AVPZ 10.1.8-14 atha suvarNamayiiM bhuumiM [bhuumeH pratikRtiM] gocarmamaatraaM kRtvaa /8/ maNDapavedyaaM samaaniiya vedyuttarato yasyaaM vedim ity upasthaapya /9/ girayas te parvataa iti parvataan avasthaapya /10/ hiraNyarajatamaNimuktaapravaalaadibhir upazobhayed yad adaH saMprayatiir iti /11/ saa mandasaaneti nadiiH kalpayitvaa rasaiz ca paripuurayed /12/ apaam agram asi samudraM vo 'bhyavasRjaamiiti samudraan /13/ vanaspatiH saha devair na aagann iti bRhaspatineti vanaspatiin anyaaMz ca /14/ (bhuumidaana) maNDoluuka a demon, saluted in a mantra for the svaapana. arthazaastra 14.3.baliM vairocanaM vande zatamaayaM ca zambaram / nikumbhaM narakaM kumbhaM tantukacchaM mahaasuram /43/ armaalavaM pramiilaM ca maNDoluukaM ghaTobalam / kRSNakaMsopacaaraM ca paulomiiM ca yazasviniim /44/ maNDuuka see frog. maNDuuka an aquatic animal which is prohibited to be eaten. brahmavaivarta puraaNa 4.85.16 jalaukasaaM ca nakraaNaaM godhikaanaaM tathaiva ca / maNDuukaanaaM karkaTiinaaM cuncukaanaaM ca nizcitam /16/ (bhakSyaabhakSya) maNDuukaasana gheraNDasaMhitaa 2.34. maNDuukavasaa used to prepare a means of preventing cooking. arthazaastra 14.2.32 striipuSpapaayitaa maaSaa vrajakuliimuulaM maNDuukavasaamizraM cullyaaM diiptaayaam apaacanam /32/ culliizodhanaM pratiikaaraH /33/ maNezvara a temple in Maharashtra. (D.N. Lorenzen, The kaapaalikas and kaalaamukhas, 1991, p. 28.) maNi see amulet. maNi see anguli: a finger-ring?. maNi see cintaamaNi. maNi see crystal gazing. maNi see granthi. maNi see jangiDa. maNi see maNi: (in the sense of jewel?). maNi see nyagrodhazunga. maNi see padmasuutra. maNi see parihasta. maNi see piSTa. maNi see pratisara. maNi see rakSaa. maNi see rakSaamantra. maNi see rucaka. maNi see somaaMzu. maNi see soma-amulet. maNi see sraaktya. maNi see stotra. maNi see trimaNi. maNi see trivRt. maNi see udumbarazalaaTu. maNi see vacaa. maNi see varaNa, a tree. maNi see yavaprasuuna. maNi see zarkara. maNi see zatavaara. maNi see zitipadii. maNi bibl. G. M. Bolling. 1910. "Charms and Amulets (Vedic)." In Encylopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Vol. 3. Edited by J. Hatings. Edinburgh: T & T Clark: 468-72. maNi bibl. Sarat Chandra Mitra. 1933. "On a few Ancient Indian Amulets and Charms." JRAS of Bengal (New Series) 29: 81-88. maNi bibl. O. Viennot, 1954, Le culte de l'arbre dans l'Inde ancienne, pp. 62ff. (Gonda, Grasses, p. 6, n. 11). maNi bibl. J. Gonda, 1991, The Functions and Significance of Gold in the Veda, p. 31-36: Amulets and talisans. maNi bibl. W.W. Malandra, 1979, "atharvaveda 2.27: evidence for a soma-amulet," JAOS 99: 220-224. AV 2.27. maNi bibl. Gauri Mahulikar, 1993-94, "maNidhaaraNa in the atharvaveda: A comparative study," Vishveshvaranand Indological Journal, vol. 31-32: 37-46. maNi bibl. Jarrod L. Whitaker, 2002, Book of Abstracts of the 3rd International Vedic Workshop held in Leiden, May 30-June 2, 2002, hand-out, pp. 1-4. On p. 3 he gives a list of the passages of the AV where hymns for the maNi appear. maNi bibl. Jarrod L. Whitaker, 2004, "Ritual Power, Social Prestige, and Amulets (maNi) in the atharvaveda," in Arlo Griffiths & Jan E.M. Houben, eds., The Vedas: Texts, Languages & Ritual: Proceedings of the Third International Vedic Workshop, Leiden 2002 = Groningen Oriental Studies, Vol. XX, pp. 565-580, Groningen: Egbert Forsten. maNi RV 1.33.8 hiraNyena maNinaa zumbhamaanaaH. (J. Gonda, 1939, alaMkaara, Sel. Stud., II, p. 272.) maNi AV 1.16.1-4: KauzS 47.23 (siisacuurNaani). (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 1.29.1-6: KauzS 16.29, nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 1.34.1-5: KauzS 76.8-9, KauzS 79.10.(Whikater, 2002) maNi a suukta used in binding a golden amulet. AV 1.35.1-4. maNi AV 2.4.1-6: KauzS 42.23. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 2.7.1-5: KauzS 26.33ff.; nakSatrakalpa 17; nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 2.9.1-5 =/ PS 2.10.1-5: dazavRkSa. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 2.11. Keith, Religion and Philosophy, p. 388, n. 1. maNi AV 2.27.1-7: KauzS 38.18-21. (Whikater, 2002) maNi of parNa. AV 3.5.1-8: KauzS 19.22-27. (Whikater, 2002) maNi of azvattha forth from khadira. AV 3.6.1-8: KauzS 48.3-4, an abhicaara against enemies. maNi AV 3.9.1-6. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 3.22.1-6: KauzS 13.1-2. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 4.9.1-10: KauzS 58.8. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 4.10.5 samudraaj jaato maNir vRtraaj jaato divaakaraH. Lueders, varuNa I, p. 196. maNi AV 4.20.1-9: KauzS 28.7. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 5.28.1-14: KauzS 11.19; KauzS 52.20.(Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 6.15.1-3: KauzS 19.26-27. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 6.72.1-3: KauzS 40.16-17. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 6.81.1-3: KauzS 35.11. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 6.91.1-3: KauzS 28.20. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 6.127.1-3: KauzS 26.34-40. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 6.129.1-3: KauzS 36.12. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 6.142.1-3: KauzS 19.27. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 8.2.1-28. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 8.5. Keith, Religion and Philosophy, p. 388, n. 1. maNi AV 8.7.1-28: KauzS 26.34-40. (Whikater, 2002) made of oSadhi. AV 8.7.14 vaiyaaghro maNir viirudhaam traayamaaNo 'bhizastipaaH / amiivaaH sarvaa rakSaaMsy apa hantv adhi duuram asmat /14/ maNi AV 10.3.1-25: KauzS 19.22-27. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 10.6.1-35: KauzS 19.22-27. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 10.6.5 for a clear case of the amulet as living. Keith, Religion and Philosophy, p. 388, n. 1. maNi AV 19.27.1-15: nakSatrakalpa 17; nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.28.1-10: nakSatrakalpa 17; nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.29.1-9. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.30.1-5. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.31.1-14: nakSatrakalpa 17; nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.32.1-10: nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.33.1-5. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.34.1-10: nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.35.1-5: nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.36.1-6. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.37.1-4: nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.44.1-10: nakSatrakalpa 19. (Whikater, 2002) maNi AV 19.45.1-10: nakSatrakalpa 19. maNi Bloomfield, AV and GB, p. 67: "an amulet formed in the likeness of a plough out of the hard khadira-tree, which was used also in the manufacture of real plough-shares (note 18: See the authorities for this construction, SBE. XLII. 608ff.), is implored both for prosperity and destruction of enemies in AV 10.6. maNi a lead amulet dispels the yakSma downward: AV 12.2.1, AV 12.2.2 naDam aa roha na te atra loka idaM siisaM bhaagadheyaM ta ehi / yo goSu yakSmaH puruSeSu yakSmas tena tvaM saakam adharaan parehi /1/ aghazaMsaduHzaMsaabhyaaM kareNaanukareNa ca / yakSmaM ca sarvaM teneto mRtyuM ca nirajaamasi /2/ Zysk, Religious Medicine, p. 14. maNi a lead amulet dispels the yakSma downward: AV 12.2.14 saMkasuko vikasuko nirRtho yaz ca nisvaraH / te te yakSmaM savedaso duuraad duuram aniinazan /14/ Zysk, Religious Medicine, p. 14. maNi an allusion of a golden maNi to prevent the early death. AV 19.26.1 agneH prajaataM pari yad hiraNyam amRtaM dadhre adhi martyeSu / ya enad veda sa id enad arhati jaraamRtyur bhavati yo bibharti /1/ see also verse 2 of the suukta. maNi "The golden amulet which the daakSaayaNas, rich in the possession of gold, fastened upon zataaniika (AV 1.35) is such a one. Note 7: ZB 6.7.4.2; Weber, IS. IV. 358, 430. Cp. Rgvidhaana 4.9.1." Bloomfield, AV and GB, p. 64. maNi The golden amulet which the daakSaayaNas used. RVKh 4.6.7-8 na tad rakSaaMsi na pizaacaas taranti devaanaam ojaH prathamajaM hy etat / yo bibharti daakSaayaNaahiraNyaM sa deveSu kRNute diirgham aayus sa manuSyeSu kRNute diirgham aayuH /7/ yad aabadhnan daakSaayaNaa hiraNyaM zataaniikaaya sumanasyamaanaaH / tan ma aa badhnaami zatazaaradaayaayuSmaan jaradaSTir yathaasat /8/ maNi as a means of aayuSya, an amulet addressed as astRta `unconquered' in AV 19.46. Bloomfield, AV and GB, p. 64. maNi Caland, 1908, Altindische Zauberei, sec. 169: pp. 112-117, in a rite for a person who is suffering from a long term disease. maNi PB 10.16 yathaa maNau suutram otam. Weber, Omina, p. 317. maNi ZB 12.3.4.2 yathaa ta ukthaani maNir iva suutra otaani bhaviSyanti suutram iva vaa maNaav iti. Weber, Omina, p. 317. maNi JB 2.245 [265,28-29] yatho ha vai maNau maNisuutram otaM syaad evam eSu lokeSu triraatra otaH / zobhate 'sya mukhaM ya evaM veda / maNi JB 2.12 [158,35-36] mahaM indro ya oajasety aindraM bhavati / niSkasya haitan maNe ruupam / tasmaan niSkaM maNiM sraja purastaad bibhrati // maNi of bilva. ZA 12.20f. maNi raajata, audumbara and sauvarNa maNis are used in the raajasuuya before the chariot drive and the consecrated king wears them round his neck after the chariot drive. BaudhZS 12.13 [104.8-11], BaudhZS 12.14 [106.7-10], BaudhZS 12.14 [106.13-107.1] athaitaan maNiin yaacati raajatam audumbaraM sauvarNam iti ta ete naanaasuutreSv otaa bhavanti taan uutarsya havirdhaanasya madhyame vaMze pragraghyaapa upaspRzya barhiSii aadaayavaacaMyamaH pratyaG drutvaa stotram upaakaroti ... tad etaan maNiin yaacati raajatam audumbaraM sauvarNam iti savye haste raajataM pratimuncata iyad asyaayur asyaayur me dhehiiti dakSiNa audumbaram uurg asy uurjaM me dhehiiti dakSiNa eva saurvaNaM yuGG asi varco 'si varco mayi dhehiity ... tad etaan maNiin ekasmin suutra aavayati madhyata audumbaraM karoti taan griivaasu pratiSajyaitenaiva yathetam etyaagreNaagniidhraM praancaM ratham aavartyaavatiSThaty. maNi made of badara wood is used in the samaavartana. BaudhZS 17.41 [321.5-12] athaitaM baadaraM maNiM suvarNopadhaanaM suutre protya darvyaam aadhaaya darvidaNDe suutreNa paryasya juhotiiyam oSadhe traayamaaNaa sahamaanaa sahasvatii / saa maa karotu somavarcasaM suuryavarcasaM brahmavarcasvinam annaadam karotu svaahety athainam udapaatre 'nupariplaavayati vizvaa uta tvayaa vayaM dhaaraa udanyaa iva / atigaahemahi dviSa ity apaazo 'siity uktvaakSNayaa pariharati vadhyaM hi pratyancaM pratimuncanti vyaavRttyaa ity etasmaad braahmaNaat. maNi BaudhZS 17.41 [322,9-323,2] athainaav udapaatre 'nupariplaavayati vizvaa uta tvayaa vayam ity etayaa tayor anyataram aadaaya dakSiNe karNa aabadhniita aayuSyaM varcasyam ity etaabhiH pancabhir athainam anuparivartayata Rtubhis tvaartavaiH saMvatsarasya dhaayasaa tais tvaa sahaanumaromiity eva maNi KatyZS 20.5.16 abhraMzyamaanaan maNiin sauvarNaan ekazatam ekazataM kesaraapuccheSv aavayanti. Weber, Omina, p. 317. maNi in a rite: an arrow will not hit the king. KauzS 14.12-13 prathamasya (AV 1.2) iSuparyayaNaani /12/ drughnyaartniijyaapaazatRNamuulaani badhnaati /13/ maNi a maNi should be kept in dadhi and madhu for three days from the trayodazii. KauzS 7.19-20 trayodazyaadayas tisro dadhimadhuni vaasayitvaa badhnaati /19/ aazayati /20/ maNi cf. KauzS 8.15-16. An enumeration of the trees and plants suitable to be used in the zaanti ceremony. palaazodumbarajambukaampiilasragvanghaziriiSasraktyavaraNabilbajangiDakuTakagarhyagalaavalavetasazimbalasipunasyandanaaraNikaazmayoktatunyupuutudaaravaH zaantaaH /15/ citipraayazcittizamiizamakaasavaMzaazaamyavaakaatalaazaapalaazavaazaaziMzapaazimbalasipunadarbhaapaamaargaakRtiloSTavalmiikavapaaduurvaapraantavriihiyavaaH zaantaaH /16/ maNi cf. KauzS 10.2 zukazaarikRzaanaaM jihvaa badhnaati // in the medhaajanana. F. Edgerton, Fs. F.W. Thomas, p. 80f. maNi cf. KauzS 11.19 asmin vasu yad aabadhnann ava praaNaan iti yugmakRSNalaM vaasitaM badhnaati // In the sarvasaaMpada. maNi KauzS 13.2 haastidantaM badhnaati // In the varcasya. maNi KauzS 13.8 ukto lomamaNiH // see KauzS 13.4 siMhe vyaaghre yazo havir iti snaatakasiMhavyaaghravastakRSNavRSabharaajnaaM naabhilomaani // In the varcasya. maNi KauzS 14.13 drughnyaartniijyaapaazatRNamuulaani badhnaati // In the iSuparyayaNa. maNi of somaaMzu. KauzS 16.3 somaaMzuM hariNacarmany utsiivya kSatriyaaya badhnaati // In a yuddhakarma. maNi KauzS 16.29 abhiivarteneti (AV 1.29)rathanemimaNimayaHsiisaloharajatataamraveSTitaM hemanaabhiM vaasitaM baddhvaa suutrotaM barhiSi kRtvaa saMpaatavantaM pratyRcaM bhRSTiir abhiivartottamaabhyaam aacRtati // In the raaSTraavagamana. maNi a rite to bind a maNi. KauzS 19.22-27 aayam agann ayaM pratisaro 'yaM me varaNo 'raatiiyor iti mantroktaan vaasitaan badhnaati /22/ uttamasya caturo jaataruupazakalenaanusuutraM gamayitvaavabhujya traidhaM paryasyati /23/ etam idhmam ity upasamaadhaaya /24/ tam imaM devataa iti vaasitam ullupya brahmaNaa tejaseti badhnaati /25/ uttamo asiiti mantroktam /26/ akSitaas ta iti yavamaNim /29/ maNi KauzS 23.10 jyaayuM badhnaati /10/ in the daayabhaaga. maNi KauzS 24.7 taaM savitari iti (AV 7.15) gRSTidaama badhnaati /7/ maNi KauzS 24.38 nidhiM bibhratiiti (AV 12.1.44, AV 12.1.45) maNiM hiraNyakaamaH /38/ maNi munjaziras is used as an amulet. KauzS 25.6 vidmaa sarasyaado yad iti (AV 1.2 and AV 2.3) munjaziro rajjvaa badhnaati /6/ Bahulkar: (Remedy for excessive discharge.) 6. With (the hymn) vidma zarasya (1.2) or ado yat (2.3), (he) ties (as an amulet) the head of a munca-reed ... with a cord (made of munja around the neck of the patient). maNi KauzS 25.10 vidmaa zarasyeti (AV 1.3) pramehaNaM badhnaati /10/ in a bhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 26.11 armakapaalikaaM badhnaati /11/ in a bhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 26.16 zankhudhaanaM carmaNy aasiinaaya dugdhe saMpaatavantaM badhnaati /16/ in a bhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 26.26-27 upa praagaad ity (AV 1.28) udvijamaanasya zuklaprasuunasya viiriNasya catasRNaam iSiikaaNaam ubhayataH pratyuSTaM badhnaati /26/ trividagdhaM kaaNDamaNim /27/ in a bhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 26.35 prathamena (AV 2.7) mantroktaM badhnaati /35/ a rite against a curse and an evil eye. maNi KauzS 26.37 tRtiiyena (AV 6.85) mantroktaM badhnaati /37/ in a bhaiSajya against the raajayakSman. maNi KauzS 26.40 uttamena (AV 8.7) zaakalam /40/ maNi KauzS 26.43 babhror iti (AV 2.8.3) mantroktam aakRtiloSTavalmiikau parilikhya jiivaloSaNyaam utsiivya badhnaati /43/ in a bhaiSajya against a kSetriya disease. maNi KauzS 27.5 dazavRkSeti (AV 2.9) zaakalaH /5/ a bhaiSajya against a possession by the brahmarakSas. maNi KauzS 28.7 aa pazyatiiti (AV 4.20) sadaMpuSpaamaNiM badhnaati /7/ in a bhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 28.20 sayave cottareNa yavaM badhnaati /20/ in a bhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 29.14 ekaadazyaa naabhiM badhnaati /14/ in a viSabhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 30.1 aabayo iti (AV 6.16) saarSapaM tailasaMpaataM badhnaati /1/ in a bhaiSajya against an eye disease. maNi KauzS 31.7 yaaM te rudra iti (AV 6.90) zuuline zuulam /7/ in a bhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 31.26 devaa adur iti (AV 6.100) valmiikena bandhanapaayanaacamanapradehanam uSNena /26/ in a viSabhaiSajya. maNi KauzS 32.11-13 yaH kiikasaa iti (AV 7.76.3, 4, 5) piziilaviiNaatantriiM badhnaati /11/ in a bhaiSajya against a jaayaanya. maNi KauzS 32.17 namo ruuraayeti (AV 7.116 and AV 7.117) zakuniiniveSiikaanjimaNDuukaM niilalohitaabhyaaM suutraabhyaaM sakakSaM baddhvaa /17/ in a bhaiSajya against a dropsy. maNi cf. KauzS 33.13; GobhGS 2.6.8. Gonda, Grasses, p. 24. maNi KauzS 35.3 yena vehad iti (AV 3.23) baaNaM muurdhni vibRhati badhnaati /3/ in the puMsavana. maNi KauzS 35.10 kRSNorNaabhiH pariveSTya badhnaati /10/ in the puMsavana. maNi KauzS 35.11 yantaasiiti (AV 6.81) mantroktaM badhnaati /11/ in the garbhaadhaana. maNi KauzS 35.13 jambhagRhiitaaya prathamaavarjaM jyaaM triu udgrathya badhnaati /13/ in the garbhadRMhaNa. maNi KauzS 35.20 yau te maateti (AV 8.6) mantroktau badhnaati /20/ in a rite to protect a pregnant woman. maNi KauzS 36.6 aaveSTanena vaMzaagram avabadhya madhyamaayaaM badhnaati /6/ in the niveSTana. maNi KauzS 38.18-20 nechatrur iti (AV 2.27) paaTaamuulaM pratipraazitam /18/ anvaaha /19/ badhnaati /20/ in a sabhaa rite. maNi KauzS 38.26 mamaagne varca iti vibhunkSyamaaNaH pramattarajjuM badhnaati /26/ in a rite at the daayabhaaga. maNi KauzS 39.1 duuSyaa duuSir asiiti AV 2.11 sraaktyaM badhnaati /1/ in the kRtyaapratiharaNa. maNi KauzS 40.4 ayaM vatsa iti (AV 3.13.7c) iSiikaanjimaNDuukaM niilalohitaabhyaaM sakakSaM baddhvaa /4/ a rite to give a river a certain course to flow. maNi KauzS 40.16b yathaasita ity (AV 6.72) ekaarkasuutram aarkaM badhnaati /16/ In a rite to cure the impotence. maNi KauzS 42.23 diirghaayutvaayeti (AV 2.4) mantroktaM badhnaati /23/ in a rite of pratikriyaa. maNi KauzS 43.1-2 karzaphasyeti (AV 3.9) pizangasuutram araludaNDaM yad aayudham /1/ phaliikaraNair dhuupayati /2/ In a yuddhakarma. maNi KauzS 43.16 ye agnaya iti (AV 3.21.1-7) paalaazaM badhnaati /16/ In a zaanti of the kravyaad agni. maNi in a rite to rehabilitate an abhyaakhyaata. KauzS 46.1-3 utaamRtaasuH zivaas ta ity (AV 5.1.7 and AV 7.43) abhyaakhyaataaya prayacchati /1/ drughaNaziro rajjvaa badhnaati /2/ pratiruupaM palaazaayolohahiraNyaanaam /3/ maNi KauzS 48.23-26 upa praagaad iti (AV 6.37) zune piNDaM paaNDuM prayacchati /23/ taarchaM badhnaati /24/ juhoti /25/ aadadhaati /26/ maNi KauzS 48.3-6 pumaan puMsa iti (AV 3.6) mantroktam abhihutaalaMkRtaM badhnaati /3/ maNi KauzS 52.10-11 mahiim uu Sv iti (AV 7.6.2-4) taraNaany aalambhayati /10/ duuraan naavaM saMpaatavatiiM naumaNiM badhnaati /11/ maNi in a rite for securing power. KauzS 52.20-21 asmin vasu yad aabadhnan nava praaNaan iti (AV 1.9, AV 1.35 and AV 5.28) yugmakRSNalam aadiSTaanaaM sthaaliipaaka aadhaaya badhnaati /20/ aazayati /21/ maNi KauzS 58.8 ehi jiivam ity aanjanamaNiM badhnaati /8/ maNi KauzS 58.9 vaataaj jaata iti (AV 4.10) kRzanam /9/ maNi KauzS 58.10 nava puraaNaan iti (AV 5.28) mantroktam /10/ kauzikapaddhati: ... nava praaNaan iti suuktena suvarNarajatalohatriiNi zakalaany ekatra kRtvaa navazaalaakaM maNiM trivRtaM kRtvaa ... . maNi the participants(?) of the aazvayujii bind the jaatuSa maNi. GobhGS 3.8.6 braahmaNaan bhojayitvaa svayaM bhuktvaa jaatuSaan maNiin sarvauSadhimizraan aabadhniiran svastyayanaartham /6/ (Weber, Omina, p. 317.) maNi cf. in the jaatakarma. ZankhGS 1.24.11-14 zaNasuutreNa vigranthya jaataruupam /11/ dakSiNe paaNaav apinahya aa utthaanaat /12/ uurdhvaM dazamyaa braahmaNebhyo dadyaat /13/ amaa vaa kurviita /14/ maNi in the naamakaraNa. KauzS 58.15 puutudaaruM badhnaati /15/ maNi cf. in the puMsavana. JaimGS 1.5 [6,7-8] nyagrodhazungaM phalaabhyaam upahitaM zuklaraktaabhyaaM suutraabhyaaM grathitvaa kaNThe dhaarayed dhruvakumaaraayety aacakSate. maNi in the samaavartana. AzvGS 3.8.1-2, 16 athaitaany upakalpayiita samaavartamaano maNiM kuNDale vastrayugaM chatram upaanadyugaM daNDaM srajam unmardanam anulepanam aanjanam uSNiiSam ity aatmane caacaaryaaya /1/ yady ubhayor na vindetaacaaryaayaiva /2/ ... aayuSyam iti suuktena maNiM kaNThe pratimucya ... /16/ maNi in the samaavartana. JaimGS 1.19 [17,3-5] vedam adhiitya ... snaasyan saMbhaaraan upakalpayate ... trivRtaM maNiM ... . maNi in the samaavartana. JaimGS 1.19 [17,20-18,1] trivRtaM maNiM kaNThe pratimuncate paalaazaM svastyayanakaamaH svastyayano 'siiti bailvaM brahmavarcasakaamo brahmavarcasii bhuuyaasam ity arkam annaadyakaamo 'rkavaan annaado bhuuyaasam iti. maNi in the samaavartana. BharGS 2.21 [53,7-13] sopadhaanaM maNiM pravayati sapaazaM baadaraM maNim udapaatre 'vadhaaya pradakSiNaM paryaaplaavayatiiyam oSadhe traayamaaNaa sahamaanaa sahasvatii saa maa hiraNyavarcasaM brahmavarcasinaM maa karotv ity uddhRtyaakSNayaiva paryaahRtya pratimuncate 'paazo 'siity urasi sthaapayaty uro me maa saMzaariiH zivo mipazeSya mahyaM diirghaayutvaaya zatazaaradaayeti hastena baadaraM maNim uurg asiiti. maNi different kinds of wood of the maNi for three varNas in the samaavartana. BharGS 2.21 [53,13-54,1] arko maNir braahmaNasya pulako vaizyasya raajno gardabhusugriivo 'rko maNir braahmaNasy vaizyasya pulako maNiH / raajno gardabhasugriivo yasya kasya kapitthaka iti maNidhaaraNe gaathaa bhavati. maNi in the samaavartana. HirGS 1.3.29 iyam oSadhaye traayamaaNaa sahamaanaa sahasvatii / saa maa hiraNyavarcasaM karotu puruSu priyaM brahmavarcasinaM maa kartotv apaazo 'siiti griivaayaaM maNiM pratimuncate // (See caandanamaNi.) maNi cf. in the siimantonnayana. ZankhGS 1.22.10 trivRti pratimucya kaNThe badhnaati ayam uurjaavato vRkSa uurviiva phalinii bhaveti // maNi in the vedabrahmacarya. JaimGS 1.17 [16,8-9] dve trivRtii varjayet trivRtaM ca maNiM triguNe copaanahau. maNi in the vivaaha. KauzS 76.8-9 iyaM viirun (madhujaataa madhunaa tvaa khanaamasi / madhor adhi prajaataasi saa no madhumatas kRdhi /1/ jihvaayaa agre madhu me jihvaamuule madhuulakam / mamed aha krataav aso mama cittam upaayasi /2/ madhuman me nikramaNaM madhuman me paraayaNam / vaacaa vadaami madhumad bhuuyaasaM madhusaMdRzaH /3/ madhor asmi madhutaro madughaan madhumattaraH / maam it kila tvaM vanaaH zaakhaaM madhumatiim iva /4/ pari tvaa paritatnunekSuNaagaam avidviSe / yathaa maaM kaamny aso yathaa man naapagaa asaH /5/) iti (AV 1.34.1-5) madughamaNiM laakSaaraktena suutreNa vigrathyaanaamikaayaaM badhnaati /8/ antato ha maNir bhavati baahyo granthiH /9/ maNi in the vivaaha. KauzS 79.10 madughamaNim aukSe 'paniiyeyaM viirud amo 'ham (asmi saa tvam saamaaham asmy Rk tvaM dyaur ahaM pRthivii tvam / taav iha saM bhavaava prajaam aa janayaavahai /71/ janiyanti naav agravaH putriyanti sudaanavaH / ariSTaasuu sacevahi bRhate vaajasaataye /72/) iti (AV 1.34.1-5; AV 14.2.71-72) saMspRzataH /10/ maNi Rgvidhaana 3.68 (3.13.3) lohalohitahemaanaaM kaarayet trivRtaM maNim / sahasraM samidhaaM caiva saMpaataabhihut tu bhavet /68/ maNi Rgvidhaana 3.77cd ghRtenaabhihutaM dvaabhyaam dhaarayed aayasaM maNim /77/ maNi Rgvidhaana 4.36-38 (4.7.4-8.1) jaataruupamayaM vidvaan kaarayet trivRtaM maNim / sahasrasaMpaatahutam RSiNaa tena (RVKh 4.5) taM tataH /36/ pratimunceta zirasi griivaayaam athavorasi / nainaM kRtyaa nihiMsanti jnaataajnaataani yaani ca /37/ anenaiva tu suuktena raajnaam ca samalohitam / kaarayeta maNiM vidvaaMs taavad evaanumantraNam /38/ amulet. maNi a amulet to prevent the death of a newly born child. Rgvidhaana 4.88-97 jaataani cet pramiiyerann aajyaM kRtvaanumantritam / juhuyaad brahmaNaagnir iti (RV 10.162) saMpaataan ninayen maNau /88/ maNiM tu trivRti suutre vaasayed vaasasaa saha / nyagrodhazungayaa tatra zuklalohitaveSTitam /89/ taM saavitryayutenaiva anumantrya yathaavidhi / saMpaatair ayutenaiva brahmaNeti ca saMstutam /90/ upariSTaac ca saavitryaa taavad evaanumantraNam / sarvaiH svastyayanaiz caitaj japed abhijutaM maNim /91/ zirasaa dhaarayen naarii prayataa garbhiNii satii / tRtiiye garbhamaase tu maNim etaM samaasajet /92/ puSpavatii zaradaM naarii gauH savatsaa vased yathaa / bahupaaniiyayavasaa vatsena pibataa saha /93/ jaatasya tu kumaarasya kaNThe taM maNim aasajet / aajyazeSaM puraskRtya tam abhyajya kumaarakam /94/ hutvaa svastyayanair eva strii pumaaMsaM prasuuyate / uurdhavaM varSaat svastyayanaM punar eva vidhiiyate /95/ puraN stanapradaanaat taM zraddhaasuuktena (RV 10.151) paayayet / medhaasuuktena (RVKh 4.8) caivainaM piSTaM vriihimayaM carum /96/ madhumizraM jaataruupaM medhaavii tena jaayate / zataM varSaaNi jiivet mriyate na puraayuSaH /97/ maNi an enumeration of the maNis or the amulets to be worn at the time of the various mahaazaantis. zaantikalpa XIX = Bolling 1904: 104-106. maNi an enumeration of the maNis in the various mahaazaanti. zaantikalpa 19 praaNaaya nama iti (AV 11.4.1) vriihiyavam amRtaayaaM badhniiyaad aarabhasveti (AV 8.2.1) puutadaaruM vaizvadevyaam agneH prajaataM pari yad dhiraNyam iti (AV 19.26.1) karNe hiraNyam aagneyyaam aghadviSTaa devajaateti (AV 2.7.1) sahasrakaaNDaM bhaargavyaam /19.1/ hastivarcasam iti (AV 3.22.1) hastidantaM braahmyaam asmin vasv iti (AV 1.9.1) yugmakRSNalaM baarhaspatyaayaaM duuSyaa duuSir asiiti (AV 2.11.1) sraaktyam abhicarato 'bhicaryamaaNasya ca gobhiS Tvaa paatv RSabha iti (AV 19.27.1) trivRtaM praajaapatyaayaam /2/ akSitaas ta iti (AV 6.142.3) yavamaNiM saavitryaam uttamo 'siiti (AV 6.15.1f.) mantroktaM gaayatryaam aayam agann iti (AV 3.5.1f.) mantroktam aangirasyaaM pumaan puMsa iti (AV 3.6.1f.) mantroktam abhicarato 'bhicaryamaaNasya ca /3/ imaM badhnaami te maNiM diirghaayutvaaya tejasa iti (AV 19.28.1) darbhamaNim aindryaam abhivarteneti (AV 1.29.1) rathanemimaNiM maahendriyaam audumbareNa maNinaa puSTikaamaaya vedhasety (AV 19.31.1) audumbaraM kauberyaam /4/ yad aabadhnann iti (AV 1.35.1) yugmakRSNalam aadityaayaaM nava praaNaan iti (AV 5.28.1) trivRtaM vaiSNavyaam abhyarcatety (AV 7.82.1) audumbaraM vaaSToSpatyaayaam ayaM pratisara iti (AV 8.5.1) mantroktaM raudryaam /5/ (to be continued) maNi an enumeration of the maNis in the various mahaazaanti. zaantikalpa 19 (continued from above) nec chatrur iti (AV 2.27.1) paaTaamuulam aparaajitaayaam zatakaaNDo duzcyavana iti (AV 19.32.1) darbhamaNiM yaamyaayaaM vaataaj jaata iti (AV 4.10.1) zankhaM vaaruNyaaM jangiDo 'si (jangiDo rakSitaasi)iti (AV 19.34.1) jangiDaM vaayavyaayaaM zatavaaro aniinazad iti (AV 19.36.1) zatavaaraM saMtatyaam /19.6/ agniH suurya (AV 5.28.2) idaM varca iti (AV 19.37.1) trivRtaM tvaaSTryaaM hariNasyeti (AV 3.7.1) viSaaNaagraM kaumaaryaam aayuSo 'si prataraNam ity (AV 19.44.1) aanjanaM nairRtyaaM prajaapatiS Tvaabadhnaad ity (AV 19.46.1) astRtaM maarudgaNyaaM /7/ tvayaa puurvam ity (AV 4.37.1) aajazRngaM gaandharvyaam ehi jiivam iti (AV 4.9.1) aanjanamaNim airaavatyaam araatiiyor iti (AV 10.6.1) phaalaM paarthivyaam ayaM me varaNo maNir iti (AV 10.3.1) vaaraNam abhayaayaaM pratisaraM vaa sarvatra /19.8/ maNi AVPZ 1.17.19? (nakSatrakalpa 17.19), with AV 19.31.12 one puts on an amulet made of udumbara. (Tsuchiyama, manuscript, abhiSeka, p. 27, n. 11.) maNi AVPZ 33.6.11cd-12ab sraaktyaM vaa yadi vaazvattham audumbaram athaapi vaa /11/ zankhaM ca maNim aabadhya pratisarair abhimantrayet. In the ghRtakambala. maNi AVPZ 37.9.1-2 nazyec cen madughamaNiH zaamyed vaagnir vivaahajaH / atyadbhutaM dvayam idaM daMpatyos tu vinaazanam /1/ puutudaarumaNis tatra bandhyo mantraaz ca maadughaaH / puutudaaru na vidyaac ced yavaM tatra niyojayet /2/ In the samuccayapraayazcitta. maNi made of vriihi and yava in the amRtaa mahaazaanti. zaantikalpa 25.1 praaNasuuktena saMpaatya bandhyo vriihiyavau maNiH / alaMkRtya tathaabhyarcya tato dvau paridhaapayet /1/ maNi saamavidhaana 2.2.1 [105,2-9] atha yasyaa jaataani pramiiyeran nyagrodhazungaaM zaramuulaM cotthaapya tadahas trivRtaM kaarayen maNim agniM pratiSThaapyaavRtaa hutvaa maNiM nidhaayaabodhy agnir ity etenaabhijuhuyaat / sahasrakRtvaH zataavaraM tRtiiye garbhamaasi / nidadhyaad aajyazeSam / mekhalaayaaM maNiM dhaarayet / pumaaMsaM ha janayati / jaatasya kaNThe 'vasajet / kumaaram aajyazeSaM praazayet / sarvaaNi srotaaMsi tarpayet / abhyanjiitaahar ahas tata uurdhvam / upayukte punaH prayogaH / zataM varSaaNi jiivati / jarayaiva visraMsate // homa. puMsavana. aayuSya. maNi saamavidhaana 2.2.1 [107,16-108,2] atha yo rakSasaa gRhiitaH syaad azanihatasya vRkSasyedhmaH, zuklaayaa goH saruupavatsaayaa anyasyaa vaajyaM, bailvaM maNim utthaapya tadahas trivRtaM kaarayen maNim / agniM pratiSThaapyaavRtaa hutvaa maNiM nidhaayendra tridhaatuzaraNam ity etenaabhijuhuyaat sahasrakRtvah tazaavaram / taM maNiM kaNThena zirasaa vaa dhaarayan mucyate rakSasaa / yad vaa u vizpatir iti caitat sadaa prayunjiita / svasti haasya bhavati / graha:possession, sahasrahoma maNi saamavidhaana 2.3.2 [111,10-15] zankhapuSpiiM sarpasugandhaaM cotthaapya tadahas trivRtaM kaarayen maNim agniM pratiSThaapyaavRtaa hutvaa maNiM nidhaaya caraSaNiidhRtam iti vargeNaabhijuhuyaat sahasrakRtvaH zataavaram / taM maNiM kaNThena zirasaa vaa dhaarayato na sarpabhayaM bhavati / kayaanaayaaM ca sarpasaama sadaa prayunjiita / svasti haasya bhavati /2/ homa. maNi saamavidhaana 2.3.3 zvetapuSpaaM brhatiim utthaapya tadahas trivRtaM kaarayen maNim agniM pratiSThaapyaavRtaa hutvaa maNiM nidhaaya mo Su tvaa vaaghataz ca na ity etenaabhijuhuyaat sahasrakRtvaH zataavaram / taM maNiM kaNThena zirasaa vaa dhaarayato na zastrabhayaM bhavati / yata indra bhayaamahe iti caitat sadaa prayunjiita / svasti haasya bhavati /3/ homa. maNi saamavidhaana 2.3.4 [113,3-6] zvetapuSpam arkam utthaapya tadahas trivRtaM kaarayen maNim agniM pratiSThaapyaavRtaa hutvaa maNiM nidhaaya svaaziraam arkeNaabhijuhuyaat sahasrakrtvaH zataavaraM taM maNiM kaNThena zirasaa vaa dhaarayan bahvanno bhavati// homa. maNi saamavidhaana 2.7.4 vacaayaas trivRtaM kaarayen maNim agniM pratiSThaapyaavRtaa hutvaa maNiM nidhaaya vaacovratenottareNaabhijuhuyaat sahasrakRtvaH zataavaram / taM maNiM kaNThena zirasaa vaa dhaarayan kathaasu zreyaan bhavati /4/ homa. maNi saamavidhaana 2.8.3 uDangavaanaaM yo 'gre gacchet taM gRhiitvaa tadahas trivRtaM kaarayen maNim agniM pratiSThaapyaavRtaa hutvaa maNiM nidhaayoccaa te jaatam andhasa iti tRtiiyenaabhijuhuyaat sahasrakRtvaH zataavaram / taM maNiM kaNThena zirasaa vaa dhaarayan chataanucaro bhavati // maNi a maNi made of piilu is used to prepare a means of emitting fire and smoke from the mouth. arthazaastra 14.2.34 piilumayo maNir agnigarbhaH suvarcalaamuulagranthiH suutragranthir vaa picupariveSTito mukhaad agnidhuumotsargaH /34/ maNi a maNi made of ingredients for a means of bringing back to consciousness removes all poisons. arthazaastra 14.4.11 rukmagarbhaz caiSaaM maNiH sarvaviSaharaH /11/ maNi a maNi for removing all poisons. arthazaastra 14.4.12 jiivantiizvetaamuSkakapuSpavandaakaanaam akSiive jaatasyaazvatthasya maNiH sarvaviSaharaH /12/ maNi an auspicious thing to be seen on starting on a journey. viSNu smRti 63.31 agnibraahmaNagaNikaapuurNakumbhaadarzacchattradhvajapataakaazriivRkSavardhamaananandyaavartaaMz ca /28/ taalavRntacaamaraazvagajaajagodadhikSiiramadhusiddhaarthakaaMz ca /29/ viiNaacandanaayudhaardragomayaphalapuSpaardrazaakagorocanaaduurvaaprarohaaMz ca /30/ uSNiiSaalaMkaaramaNikanakarajatavastraasanayaanaamiSaaMz ca /31/ bhRngaaroddhRtorvaraabaddhaikapazukumaariimiinaaMz ca dRSTvaa prayaayaad iti /32/ maNi agni puraaNa 267.11cd-12ab akrandayati suuktena prabadhniiyaan maNiM kare /11/ kuSThapaaThaavacaazuNThiizankhalohaadiko maNiH. maNi horsehair, a fruit and root are held as an amulet. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.47.41 azvaloma tathaa dhaaryaM phalamuule tathaiva ca / ekatra trivRtaM kRtvaa maNir dhaaryas tu puurvavat(?) /41/ (azvazaanti, kaamya) maNi viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.83.9-10ab timyasthi makaraadasthi zankhamuktaaphale tathaa / suvarNaantaritaM kRtvaa dhaarayec ca tathaa maNim /9/ kRtvaitat siddhim aapnoti vaaNijye naatra saMzayaH. In the puurvaaSaaDhaasnaana. maNi viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.84.6cd suvarNagarbhaM ca maNiM vidvaan zirasi dhaarayet. In the muulasnaana. maNi viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.99.6c, 11c, 15d, 20a, 24d, 30d, 36b, 38d, 45b, 49c, .... . maNi as an object ruled by the moon. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.7ab madhurarasakusumaphalasalilalavaNamaNizankhamauktikaabjaanaam / maNi as an object ruled by Venus. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.27ab surabhikusumaanulepanamaNivajravibhuuSaNaamburuhazayyaaH / maNi preparation of a maNi and its ritual application. amoghapaazakalparaaja 3b.7-4a.2 sarvabhuutagraha(3b.7)rakSaa / jayaa vijayaa naakulii gandhanaakulii vaaruNii abhayapaaNi indrapaaNi gandhapriyangu tagara cakraa mahaacakraa viSNukraantaa somaraajii sunandaa aSTottaravaaraM zataM parijapya maNiM kRtvaa zirasi baahau bandhaa dhaarayitavyaaH / baalaanaaM gale naariiNaaM vilagnaH snapanaM param / saubhaagyakaram alakSmiiprazamanam etena maNinaa bandhitaH sarvarakSaa kR(4a.1)taa bhavati / viSaagnir na kraamati viSakRto notpadyate / utpannaa na piiDaaM janayiSyanti / ziighraM prazamiSyanti / grahaa prazamiSyanti vaatameghaazanistambhanam udakena vaaruNiilatayaa sarvakaram / maNi preparation of a maNi. amoghapaazakalparaaja 48b,7-49a,1 [23,11-19] jayaavijayaanaakuliigandhanaakuliicaariNii-abhayapaaNi-indrapaaNigandhapriyangu(48b,7)tagaraM cakraamahaacakraasomaraajiisunandaa suukSmacuurNaani kaarayam / divyodakasamaayuktaM candanaM kunkumodakaazitena bhaavayitavyaM kSaalatvaa japed aSTottaraM zatam / aaryaavalokitezvarasyaagrata maNi kRtvaa punar ekaviMzativaaraa parijapya agarudhuupena dhuupayataa / tasmaiva bhagavataH / paadamuule sthaapya cchaayaayaaM parizoSayet paTTena cchaadayitavyam / maNi ingredients to produce a maNi and how to produce it. amoghapaazakalparaaja 35b,1-3 divyataamraM palaM triiNi dviguNaM hingulam eva ca kiM kuSTham // palaM caiva zvetakaan ca candanapalo daza manacchilaa palaM bhavet / etaa dravyasaMyuktaa dviguNaM haritaalaM tathaa / muuSaayaaM puurayitvaa khaatraagnimadhya nidhaapayet / juhuyaad aSTasahasraaNi suvyaktaM susamaahitaM zucizaucasamaacaaravastradhaarakasusnaatasugandhagandhaadhivaasitaH / naanaarasabaliM sthaapya puSpaphalam eva (1) ca puurNe aSTasahasraaNi jaapam aahutim eva ca / tato nivedyabalipuSpadhuupaM ca arghapaadya nidaapayam / kSiireNa nizaamyataa agni kSiireNa muuSaa nizaamyataa / tato vidyaadhareNa aSTottarasahasra japtayaa sarSapaM aahantavyam / krodharaajena ekaviMzativaaraa abhiSektavyaM / tato muuSaa jvalati / tato vidyaadhareNa taM muuSaa puujayitavyaM tato taamrasamudgako vaa ruupyasamudgake vaa tam maNi muuSaayaam / (2) gRhya tatra samudgake sthaapayitavyam. maNi ingredients and the method to make a maNi. amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,7-62b,3 [65,7-24] suvarNanaladaM gorocanaM haritaalamanacchilaa / padmotpalakunkumaM naagapuSpaM tvac ca (7) tagaraM candanadvayaM spRkkaM vaalakakuSThaM zatapuSpaM priyangavaH / sahareNukasuukSmelaM lodhraM jaatapatrasumanaasaamakaM rasaM sarjarasam arkakSiiraM ca / etaa saMbhRtya saMtaarasamabhaagaani kaarayaM suvarNadviguNaM smRtam / sunakSatrasumangalyasuprazastaM tithibhir vacam / susnaataM zucivastraaNi dhaaraNa maitracittaM samaasthaaya ahoraatraaNi kurvataH / suukSmacuurNaani kurviita amogharaajahRdayadhaaraNii (62b,1) japataa aSTottarasahasraM ca krodharaajaM japet / aSTottarazatanaabhiSincayet / divyagandhodakavaari ca virataakhyaM ca bhaavayaM caatra mizrayitvaa karpuurakaastuurika dhuupayet maNii caatra bandhaniiyaa pramaaNaM padmaakSeti yojayaM vedhayitvaa paTTasuutreNa bandhayet punar aSTasahasra amoghapaazahRdayaM japataa krodharaajam aSTottarazatam aaryaavalokitezvaram agra (2) saadhayitavyam / anaalaapatas tasyaiva paadamuule cchaayaaM parizoSayitavyam / ardham upaardha suvarNena cchaadayitavyam / maNi (in the sense of jewel?) suvarNa or dhanus or maNi is taken from the hand of a dead braahmaNa or a raajanya or a vaizya in the pitRmedha. BaudhPS 1.5 [9,15-10,5] athaasya suvarNanena(>suvarNena??) hastau nimRjate suvarNaM hastaad aadadaanaa mRtasya zriyai15 brahmane tejase balaaya / atraiva tvam iha vayaM suzevaa vizvaa spRdho16 abhimaatiir jayemeti (TA 6.1.3.o) braahmaNasya dhanur hastaad aadadaanaa mRtasya zriyai kSatraa10,1yaujase balaaya / atraiva tvam iha vayaM suzevaa vizvaa spRdho abhimaa2tiir vajemeti (TA 6.1.3.p) raajanyasya maNiM hastaad aadadaanaa mRtasya zriyai vize puSTyai3 balaaya / atraiva tvam iha vayaM suzevaa vizvaa spRdho abhimaatiir jayemeti4 (TA 6.1.3.q) vaizyasya yac caatra striya aahus tat kurvanty. maNi (in the sense of jewel?) with suvarNa or dhanus or maNi the wife wipes the hands of a dead braahmaNa or a raajanya or a vaizya. BharPS 1.5.8-12 atra patnii saahasraM varaM dadaati /8/ hastau saMmaarSTi /9/ suvarNena braahmaNasya suvarNaM hastaat iti (TA 6.1.3.o) /10/ dhanuSaa raajanyasya dhanur hastaat iti (TA 6.1.3.p) /11/ maNinaa vaizyasya maNiM hastaat iti (TA 6.1.3.q) /12/ (pitRmedha) maNi (in the sense of jewel?) used for the decoration of the golden effigy of the earth. AVPZ 10.1.11 atha suvarNamayiiM bhuumiM [bhuumeH pratikRtiM] gocarmamaatraaM kRtvaa /8/ maNDapavedyaaM samaaniiya vedyuttarato yasyaaM vedim ity upasthaapya /9/ girayas te parvataa iti parvataan avasthaapya /10/ hiraNyarajatamaNimuktaapravaalaadibhir upazobhayed yad adaH saMprayatiir iti /11/ saa mandasaaneti nadiiH kalpayitvaa rasaiz ca paripuurayed /12/ apaam agram asi samudraM vo 'bhyavasRjaamiiti samudraan /13/ vanaspatiH saha devair na aagann iti bRhaspatineti vanaspatiin anyaaMz ca /14/ (bhuumidaana) maNi (in the sense of jewel?) used in the zraaddha. ParGSPZ 2 [443,9-10] sauvarNaraajataudumbarakhaDgamaNi??mayaanaaM paatraaNaam anyatameSu yaani vaa vidyante patra9puTeSu vaikaikasyaikaikena dadaati sapavitreSu hasteSu. gadaadhara's zraaddhasuutrabhaaSya hereon [446,26] maNimayaani zankhazuktisphaTikaadipaatraaNi. maNibandha PW. m. 1) das Befestigen --, Anlegen von Juwelen. maNibandha txt. agni puraaNa 267 avakrandatisuuktena kare maNibandhaadiprakaaraH. maNibandha txt. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 2.109. maNibandha PW. m. 2) Handgelenk (der Platz, en dem Juwelwn angelegt werden). maNibandha a rudraakSamaalaa consisting of twelve rudraakSas is bound at the wrist. deviibhaagavata puraaNa 11.7.16c zikhaayaam eva rudraakSaM triMzad vai zirasaavahet /15/ SaTtriMzac ca gale dhaaryaa baahvoH SoDaza SoDaza / maNibandhe dvaadazaakSaan skandhe pancaazataM bhavet /16/ (rudraakSa) maNibandhana a maNibandhana with twelve rudraakSas. deviibhaagavata puraaNa 11.4.37d SaDviMzadbhiH ziromaalaa pancaazad dhRdayena tu / kalaakSair baahuvalaye arkaakSair maNibandhanam /37/ (rudraakSa) maNibhadra see maaNibhadra. maNibhadra bibl. Gonda, Religionen Indiens: 324: highest servant of kubera, the patron of businessmen, his image described in viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.53.1ff. as a man from the north and having daNDa, ratna, ghaTa, sack. cf. Banerjea, Iconography, 339. maNibhadrapuujaa* caturdazii, worship of maNibhadra, txt. and vidhi. viSNudharmottara puraaNa 3.221.87cd-88ab zankhapadmau tathaabhyarcya nidhaanau yakSapuujitau /87/ maNibhadraM tathaabhyarcya dhanam aapnoty asaMzayam / (tithivrata) maNicuuDaavadaana edition and translation. Ratna Handurukande, 1967, maNicuuDaavadaana, being a translation and edition, and lokaananda, a translation and synopsis, London: Pali Text Society. maNicuuDezvaramaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa, himavatkhaNDa 119 (J. Eggeling, 1899, Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office, Part VI, p. 1384). maNidhanus the snaataka replaces the word indradhanus with maNidhanus. ParGS 2.7.13 maNidhanur itiindradhanuH /13/ (taboo of speech) maNika PW. m. 1) ein grosser Wassertopf. maNika put on the four zilaas and water is poured into it. AzvGS 2.9.3 saduurvaasu catasRSu zilaasu maNikaM pratiSThaapayet pRthivyaa adhi saMbhava iti /3/ arangaro vaavadiiti tredhaa baddho varatrayaa / iraam u ha prazaMsaty aniraam apabaadhataam iti vaa /4/ athaasminn apa aasecayet / aitu raajaa varuNo revatiibhir asmin sthaane tiSThatu modamaanaH / iraaM vahanto ghRtam ukSamaaNaa mitreNa saakaM saha saMvizantu iti /5/ athainac chamayati /6/ vriihiyavamatiibhir adbhir hiraNyam avadhaaya zantaatiiyena triH pradakSiNaM parivrajan prokSati /7/ avicchinnayaa codakadhaarayaa aapo hi SThaa mayobhuva iti tRcena /8/ (gRhakaraNa) maNika a new maNika is established in the aagrahaayaNiikarma. GobhGS 3.9.6-7 jaatazilaasu maNikaM pratiSThaapayati vaastoSpate (dhruvaa sthuuNaaMsatraM somyaanaam / drapso bhettaa puraaM zazvatiinaam indro muniinaaM sakhaa (RV 8.17.14)) ity anena dvikena sarcena /6/ dvaav udakumbhau maNika aasincet sam anyaa yanty (upa yanty anyaaH samaanam uurvaM nadyaH pRNanti / tam u zuciM zucayo diidivaaMsam apaaM napaataM pari tasthur aapaH (RV 2.35.3)) ity etayarcaa /7/ (aagrahaayaNiikarma) maNika used in the zaantikarma described after the pitRmedha. AzvGS 4.6.4 athaanavekSaM pratyaavrajyaapa upaspRzya kezazmazrulomanakhaani vaapayitvopakalpayiiran navaan maNikaan kumbhaan aacamaniiyaaMz ca zamiisumanomaalinaH zamiimayam idhmaM zamiimayyaavaraNii paridhiiMz caahaDuhaM gomayaM carma ca navaniitam azmaanaM ca yaavatyo yuvatayas taavanti kuzapinjuulaani /4/ (zaantikarma after the pitRmedha) maNika a place of the vaizvadeva for parjanya and aapaH. ZankhGS 2.14.13 parjanyaayaadbhya iti maNike /13/ (vaizvadeva) maNika a place of the vaizvadeva: aapaH, oSadhis and vanaspatis. KhadGS 1.5.23 maNikadeze /23/ ... aapa oSadhivanaspataya iti balidaivataani /31/ (vaizvadeva) maNika a place of the vaizvadeva: parjanya, aapaH, pRthivii. ParGS 2.9.3 bhuutagRhyebhyo maNike triin parjanyaayaadbhyaH pRthivyai /3/ (vaizvadeva) maNika a dakSiNaa of the aanandavrata. padma puraaNa 1.20.75-76 caitraadi caturo maasaaJ jalaM dadyaad dayaanvitaH / vrataante maNikaM dadyaad annaM vastrasamanvitam /75/ tilapaatraM hiraNyaM ca brahmaloke mahiiyate / (aanandavrata) maNikalpa zaankhaayana aaraNyaka 12.8. maNikapratiSThaa txt., vidhi. ParGS 3.5.1-5 athaato maNikaavadhaanam /1/ uttarapuurvasyaaM dizi yuupavad avaTaM khaatvaa kuzaan aastiiryaakSataan ariSTakaaMz caanyaani caabhimangalaani tasmin minoti maNikaM samudro 'siiti /2/ apa aasincati / aapo revatiiH kSayathaa hi vasvaH kratuM ca bhadraM bibhRthaamRtaM ca / raayaz ca stha svapatyasya patnii sarasvatii tadgRNate vayo dhaad iti /3/ aapo hi STheti ca tisRbhiH /4/ tato braahmaNabhojanam /5/ (maNikaavadhaana after the gRhakaraNa) maNikapratiSThaa txt., vidhi. karmapradiipa 3.9.11, 15 naSTo vinaSTo maNikaH zilaanaaze tathaiva ca / taavad aahRtya saMskaaryaH pratiikSen naagrahaayaNiim /11/ ... dRDhaz ced aagrahaayaNyaam aavRttaav api karmaNaH / kumbhau mantravad aasincet pratikumbham RcaM paThet /15/ quoted by bhaTTanaaraayaNa on GobhGS 3.9.7. in the aagrahaayaNii. maNikarNa one of the mountains surrounding kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 62.68cd-69ab aizaanyaaM yo 'bhavat kuurmaH zailaruupo mahaadyutiH /68/ maNikarNaH sa naamnaa tu khyaato devaughasevitaH / (kaamaakhyaamaahaatmya) maNikarNa worshipped in zaaradaapuujaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 65.24-25ab maNikarNam citrarathaM bhasmakuuTaM tathaiva ca / zvetaM niilaM ca citraM ca vaaraahaM gandhamaadanam /24/ maNikuutaM nandanaM ca pazcime puujayed imaan / (zaaradaapuujaa) maNikarNii PW. 3) f. = maNikarNikaa. maNikarNiimaahaatmya txt. saura puraaNa 4. maNikarNiimaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 4.30. together with the utpatti of the rivers asi and varaNaa. maNikarNikaa PW. f) 1) N. pr. eines heiligen Teiches in Benares. maNikarNikaa txt. skanda puraaNa 4.1.3 (beginning) kaaziikSetre maNikarNikaasnaanavizvezvaradazanaadiyaatraa. (kaaziikhaNDa) maNikarNikaa txt. skanda puraaNa 4.26. (utpatti and maNikarNikaasnaanavidhi) maNikarNikaa utpatti. ziva puraaNa 4.22.14d tataz ca viSNunaa dRSTaM kim etad dRzyate 'dbhutam / ity aazcaryaM tadaa dRSTvaa zirasaH kampanaM kRtam /13/ tataz ca patitaH karNaan maNiz ca purataH prabho / tad babhuuva mahat tiirthaM naamato maNikarNikaa /14/ (vizvezvaralingamaahaatmya) maNikarNikatiirtha ziva worship is recommended on kaarttika, zukla, caturdazii. naarada puraaNa 1.123.48-52 vatsare hemalamvyaakhye maasi zriimati kaarttike / zuklapakSe caturdazyaam aruNaabhyudayaM prati /48/ snaatvaa vizvezvaro devo devaiH saha muniizvara / maNikarNikatiirthe ca tripuNDraM bhasmanaadadhat /49/ svaatmaanaM svayam abhyarcya cakre paazupatavratam / tatas tatra mahaapuujaaM linge gandhaadibhiz caret /50/ droNapuSpair bilvadalair arkapuSpaiz ca ketakaiH / puSpaiH phalair iSTapakvair naivedyair vividhair api /51/ (paazupatavrata) maNikarNikezvaramaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 7.3.16. (arbudakhaNDa) maNikarNya a tiirtha in vaaraaNasii. padma puraaNa 3.37.8b parvataakhyaM mahaaguhyaM maNikarNyam anuttamam / ghaTotkacaM tiirthavaraM zriitiirthaM ca pitaamaham /8/ (vaaraaNasiimaahaatmya) maNiketu appears in the west and indicates subhikSa for four and a half months and the appearance of small animals (kSudrajantu). bRhatsaMhitaa 11.44-45 sakRd ekayaamadRzyaH susuukSmataaro 'pareNa maNiketuH / Rjvii zikhaasya zuklaa stanodgataa kSiiradhaareva /44/ udayann eva subhikSaM caturo maasaan karoty asau saardhaan / praadurbhaavaM praayaH karoti ca kSudrajantuunaam /45/ maNiketu appears in the west and indicates kSema and subhikSa for five and a half months and the appearance of small animals (kSudrajantu). paraazara quoted by utpala in his commentary on bRhatsaMhitaa 11.44-45 [260.9-13] tathaa ca paraazaraH / maNiketur api kapaalaketoz caaraavasaane pratiicyaam udayam upayaati / suukSmo 'rundhatiitaarakaamaatraH kSiiraprasekakaantyaa puurvaabhinatayaa snigdhazikhayaa zarvaryaam ekayaamadRzyaH / sa udayaat prabhRty ardhapancamaan maasaan kSemasubhikSam utpaadayati / kSudrajantuunaaM praadurbhaavaM karoty atimaatrakaaladRSTaH // maNikuuTa a tiirtha/a mountain in kaamaruupa, hayagriiva resides. kaalikaa puraaNa 78,75cd-81 maNikuuTaH sthitaH puurve hayagriivo harir yataH /75/ sa hayagriivaruupeNa visNur hatvaa jvaraasuram / nihatya sa hayagriivaH kriiDaayai yatra saMsthitaH /76/ hatvaa jvaraM tathaa viSNus tatra vaasam athaakarot / naradevaasuraadiinaaM yathaa bhavati vai hitam /77/ jvareNaapiiDitatanur jvaraM hatvaa mahaasuram / sarvalokahitaarthaaya so 'gadasnaanam acaret /78/ agadasnaanasaMbhuutaM saMjaataM ca mahaasaraH / tasya svayaM hayagriivo naama cakre 'punarbhava /79/ na punar jaayate yasmaat tatra snaatvaa narottamaH / apunarbhavasaMjnaM tat varas tu parikiirtitam /80/ maNikuuTaacale visNur hayagriivasvaruupadhRk / zatavyaamapramaaNena vistareNaiva zobhitam /81/ (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) maNikuuTa a tiirtha/a mountain in kaamaruupa. kaalikaa puraaNa 78.105-109 yo gacchen maNikuuTaakhyaat kautukaac caapunarbhavam / sa sarvatiirthayaatraaNaaM phalam aapnoti maanavaH /105/ jyaiSThe maasi site pakSe pancadazyaSTamiiSu ca / snaatvaapunarbhavajale yaH pazyed vidhivad dharim / sa sarvaM kulam uddhRtya viSNusaayujyam aapnuyaat /106/ jyeSThaM tu sakalaM maasaM nityaM pazyet tu yo harim / harau viliinataaM yaati sa sarvaiH sahitaH kulaiH /107/ etat te kathitaM puNyaM maNikuutaahvayaM param / vaaraaNasiito hy adhikaM siddhavidyaadhaarcitam /108/ yaH paThec chRNuyaad vipro maNikuuTasya nirNayam / sa sarvavedasya phalaM praapnoty eva na saMzayaH /109/ (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) maNikuuTa a tiirtha/a mountain in kaamaruupa, where ziva resides by the name of maNikarNa. kaalikaa puraaNa 79.42-44 bhasmakuuTasya caizaanyaaM maNikuuTo mahaagiriH / maNikarNo naama haras tatra tiSThati lingakam /42/ sa sadyojaataruupas tu maNikarNa itiiritaH / sadyojaatasya mantreNa puujitavyaH sadaazivaH /43/ candratiirthajale snaatvaa dRSTvaa candraM savaasavam / maNikarNezvaraM dRSTvaa muktir bhasmaacalaM gate /44/ (kaamaruupamaahaatmya) maNikuuta a tiirtha/a mountain, worshipped in the zaaradaapuujaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 65.24-25ab maNikarNam citrarathaM bhasmakuuTaM tathaiva ca / zvetaM niilaM ca citraM ca vaaraahaM gandhamaadanam /24/ maNikuutaM nandanaM ca pazcime puujayed imaan / (zaaradaapuujaa) maNimat a mountain belonging to the western part of the kuurmavibhaaga. bRhatsaMhitaa 14.20 aparasyaaM maNimaan meghavaan vanaughaH kSuraarpaNo 'stagiriH / aparaantakazaantikahaihayaprazastaadrivokkaaNaaH /20/ maNimat a tiirtha. mbh 3.80.109 maNimantaM samaasaadya brahmacaarii samaahitaH / ekarootroSito raajann agniSTomaphalaM labhet /109/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) maNimat a tiirtha. padma puraaNa 3.25.8 maNimantaM samaasaadya brahmacaarii samaahitaH / ekarootroSito raajann agniSTomaphalaM labhet / (tiirthas related by vasiSTha) maNinaaga a tiirtha. mbh 3.82.91-92 maNinaagaM tato gatvaa gosahasraphalaM labhet / naityakaM bhunjate yas tu maNinaagasya maanavaH /91/ daSTasyaaziiviSeNaapi na tasya kramate viSam / tatroSya rajaniim ekaaM sarvapaapaiH pramucyate /92/ (tiirthayaatraa related by pulastya to bhiiSma) maNinaaga a tiirtha. padma puraaNa 3.38.24-25 maNinaagaM tato gacched gosahasraphalaM labhet / naityakaM bhunjate yas tu maNinaagasya maanavaH /24/ daSTasyaaziiviSeNaasya na viSaM kramate nRpa / tatroSya rajaniim ekaaM sarvapaapaiH pramucyate /25/ (tiirthayaatraa) maNinaagezvaratiirthamaahaatmya txt. skanda puraaNa 5.3.72. kadruuvinataa. maNinaagezvarii ambikaa bibl. Kulke 1978a: 129. popular devii, stone image, tribal. maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 1. amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 atha maNipaazaM vidyaadharaM saadhayitukaamena tena vidyaadhareNa maNi paryeSitavyam / vajram vaa vaiduuryaM vaa jaatasphaTikaM vaa marakataM vaa indraniilaM (4) vaa anguliparvapramaaNaadhikaM vaa / suzuddhasuparizuddhena karmakRtena suvarNapuSpaparikarakRtaM muktikaapariveSTitaM kulitakezareNa(>sthuDitakezareNa) / yathaa campakapuSpaM tathaa kartavyaM divyapaTTasuutraM surangaraktaM supramaaNaparikartitam ekaviMzatihastakaM madhyamaangulipramaaNaM maniM caavaSTabhyaH(>avastabhyaH) dvitiiyapaarzve SaaMkusiimaNisuvarNamayaM kartavya valagnaa(vaalaagraa) / tato vidyaadhareNa (5) zucinaa zucivastradhaariNaa bhavitavyam / susnaatena pancagavyopaspRSTena bhavitavyam / tataH paTasyaabhimukhaM sarvagandhamaNDalaka kartavya pramaaNata caturasrakaM puurNakumbhopacitena dhuupaghaTikopariracitena dhuupam agarucandanaturuSkadhuupena daatavya madhyamaNDalake divyaasanaM dharmaasane pramaaNataH samalaMkartavyaM puSpaavakiirNaM gandhaM vaadyaani sthaapayaM vidyaadhareNa trizuklabhojanena bhavitavyam (6) kupaanabhojanakuvasanasaMkarakRtaM cocchiSTaM parivarjayitavyam / (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 2. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 ekaviMzatisahasraaNi amogharaajahRdayaM japataa dakSiNahastena paazaM dharmaasanam upari sthaapyaavaSTabhya(>avastabhya) puurNa-ekaviMzatisahasraaNi tato vidyaadhareNa puurNa-aSTasahasreNa krodharaajaa japataa ekaikasarSapeNa abhiSincitavyam / puurNa-aSTasahasre tato vidyaadhareNa udaarapuujaa aaryaavalokitezvaraduSyapaTe (7) kartavyaM bhagavantam amitaabhaM zaakyamuniM tathaagatam udaarapuujaa kartavyaH / tato vidyaadhareNa puurNapancadazyaam ahoraatro vustena(>ahoraatroSitena) paaza udaarapuujaa kartavyaM yat kiM cit puujaakarmaNena tat sarvam ekaikataH / ekaviMzativaaraa amoghapaazahRdayena parijapitavya nivedayet / tato paryankaniSaNNena sakaladivaaraatram amoghapaazahRdayaM japataa aSTottarasahasram (26a,1) ekaikasarSapaM raahantavyaH(>aahantavyaH??) puurNe aSTottarasahasraM mahaakampo bhaviSyati / duSyapaTe aaryaavalokitezvaraM naanaavarNaani razmayo nizcarati / te ca maNipaazaM jvalati / vidyaadharazariire jvalati / saha jvalitamaatreNa maNipaaza vidyaadhareNa dakSiNahastena gRhya mahaanaadazabdo bhaviSyati / (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 3. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 tato aaryaavalokitezvaraM divyenaatmabhaavenaagrata vidyaadharasya-m-upatiSThanti / (2) amitaabhatathaagataM zaakyamuniM ca tathaagatam / avalokitaprabharaajaM ca tathaagata suvarNavarNena kaayena aakaazena ridhyaavatiSThanti / vidyaadharasya saadhukaaram anupradaasyanti suvarNavarNa baahuu prasaarya paaNinaa vidyaadharasya muurdhazire sthaapayanti / vidyaadharasya samaazvaasayanti / saadhu saadhu vidyaadhara siddha tvayaa mahaacintaamaNi-amoghapaazavizuddhaM siddhas tvayaa (3) laukikalokottarakarmasaadhanavidhir anuttaram / aaryaavalokitezvaraM vidyaadharasya sarvakaamakaa amoghasiddhimahaacintaamaNipaazadharaM prayatnena vidyaadhareNa mahaacintaamaNi-amoghapaazasiddhi anenaatmabhaavena laukikalokottaranaanaavidhaanaani kaaryasaadhanaani darzayasva / yathaa manasaabhipraayanaanaariddhivikurvaNapradarzayasva (4) cyutas tvaM vidyaadhara sukhaavatiilokadhaatum anuvrajasva / (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 4. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 ataH sukhaavatiiM draSTukaamaH puujayitukaamaH / yathaa tathaagataarhaaNi divyais tathaagatapuujaameghaiH puujayitukaama divyaiH puSpair divyai gandhamaalyavilepanaiz cuurNaciivaracchatradhvajapataakaabharaNaalaMkaaravastraiH / tathaagatapuujaa pravartikaamena tenaayaM vidyaadhareNa muurdhazaraNe?? (26a,5) gandhamaNDalakaM kartavyaM puSpadhuupaM ca daatavyam ayaM cintaamaNimahaamoghapaazadharaM hastenaavalambya vaamahaste dakSiNahaste amoghacintaamaNidharaM gRhya dakSiNajaanumaNDalaM bhuumau pratiSThaapyaivaM mahaamasikaareNa(>mahaamanasikaareNa) cintayaM yathaabhipraayamanasikaaram tathaa cintayasva smogharaajahRdayaM smaarya saptavaaraa namaskaaraM kartavyaH ayaM mahaacintaamaNaye (6) vipulaamoghapravartana aaryaavalokitesvarahRdayaM smaarayitavyam aSTottaravaarazataM mahaamaitriimahaakaruNaaparigatahRdayena sarvasattvadayaapareNa bhavitavyaM mantraM smartavyaH // (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 5. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 namas tryadhvaanugatapratiSThitebhyaH sarvabuddhabodhisattvaprasarasamudrebhyaH / namaH sarvapratyekabuddhaaryazraavakasaMghebhyo 'tiitaanaagatapratyutpannebhyaH / namaH samyaggataanaaM (7) samyakpratipannaanaaM namaH zaaradvatiiputraaya mahaadaanapatya namo aaryamaitreyapramukhebhyo mahaatusitabhavanavaranivaasinebhyo sagaNavarebhyaH / namo aaryaamitaabhaaya tathaagataaya sukhaavatiimaNDalanivaasinebhyaH / namo ratnatrayaaya namaaryaavalokitezvaraaya bodhisattvaaya mahaasattvaaya mahaakaaraNikaaya / namo vizvaruupaavalokitaaya (26b,1) brahmaviSNumahezvara-iizvarapramukhaa devaputraaH / tad yathaa (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 6. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 oM padme mahaacintaamaNi maNimaNi amoghamaNi / sumaNi mahaamaNi / sarvatathaagataalaMkaaramahaamoghamaNi / cara cara saMcara nisaacarezvara(> nizaacarezvara??) / mahaapadmabhuja / varada mahaakaaruNika / mahaavizvaruupadhara / pravara mahaabodhisattvaH padmadhara padmaasana padmamakuTamaalaadhara / padmaagora? padmaalaMkRtatanuH (26b,2) sahasrabhujaH sahasranetra / naanaadbhutapraharaNamudraavibhuuSita sahasrabhuja / jaya jaya zatasahasrarazmipratimaNDitazariira / khara khara / vicitraadbharaNadhara / maNikanakavajravaiduuryamarakatendraniilapadmaraagavibhuuSitazariira ciri ciri vicitracaraNa / mahaabodhisattva varada / brahmaviSNumahezvararuupadhara / padmezvara (3) lokezvara anantezvara yamavaruNakuberariSigaNakumaarasenaapativezadhara / dhara dhara dhiri dhiri dhuura dhuura mahaabhuutavezadhara sarvatathaagataabhiSikta samayam anusmara bhagavan puurayamaazaaM taaraya paaraM zaasaya sattvaan tarjaya duSTaan paataya vighnaan maaraya tridoSamalaan sara sara paapaM huuM huuM huuM phaT phaT phaT (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 7. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4- sidhya sidhya (26b,4) mahaacintaamaNi amoghapaazadhara / saadhaya vipulasiddhiM mama tribhuvanadevyaa prayaccha mahaakaaruNika budhya budhya bodhaya bodhaya saMbodhaya mahaapazupativeSadhara / anantavikurvaNariddhiM darzaya / turuu turuu taratu gagane / vipulavimaanasaMdarzaka namo 'stu te // vipulapuNyakozadhara mahaamoghasiddhe huuM huuM / abhiSincantu maaM tribhuvanadevyaa (5) vipulakiirtikare svaahaa // bhuva svaahaa // bhuur bhuva svaahaa // amoghavipule svaahaa // mahaacintaamanisiddhe svaahaa // sarvasiddhivarade svaahaa // oM vipulezvara lokezvara mahezvara mahaacintaamaNi mahaamoghasiddhe huuM phaT svaahaa // (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 8. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 samanantareyaM japitvaa aSTottarazataM vidyaadhara mahaamoghamaNipaazaM sarvazariiraM jvalati / amoghapaaza hasta avalambya (26b,6) gaganatale riddhyaa gacchati // maayopamasadRzamahaariddhivikurvaNaM darzayati / sukhaavatiiM lokadhaatuM pazyati / amitaabhaM ca tathaagataM sagaNaparSanmahaabodhisattvamaNDalaM savimaanavaraM riddhipraatihaaryaM pazyati / mahaapuujaameghapravarSaNaM praadurbhaviSyati / sakalasukhaavatiinivaasinaan tathaagataamitaayuSasya prabhaamahaapuujaameghaiH pravartate (7) sarve te sukhaavatiinivaasinaan taan caamitaayuSaM tathaagataM vidyaadhara saadhukaaram anupradaasyanti / sa ca vidyaadhareNa sarvaa taaM zabdaa zroSyati / taM ca mahaapuujaapravarSaNaM pazyati / yadi vidyaadhara icchati gaganaavatarituM tadaa cintitamaatrayaad avatarati // atha necchati tatraiva gagane sarvaakaazasiddhaanaaM vidyaadharaaNaam amoghavipulasiddhicintaamaNibhujaa naama (27a,1) cakravarti agro bhaviSyati / aparimaaNaM cakravarti vidyaadharaparivaaro bhaviSyati / aziitimahaakalpazatasahasraayur bhaviSyati / atha avatarati / dazavarSasahasraaNi jiivati / lokezvarasadRzamahaapuujaaguravo bhaviSyati / sarvalokaikamuurtir bhaviSyati / devatair api avataranti / tasya vidyaadharasya puujaaM vipulapravaraaM kariSyanti / sarvasattvaa ekaputrakam (2) ivaabhinandaniiyo bhaviSyati / puujaniiyaz ca bhaviSyati / sarvadevataasaMsakSitavandaniiyo bhaviSyati / mahaazrutisaagarasaMnicayo bhaviSyati //(to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 9. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 yadi vidyaadhara dazasu dikSu sarvatryadhvakaanaaM tathaagataanaaM sabodhisattvagaNaparivaaraaNaaM sapratyekabuddhaaryazraavakasaMghaanaaM / sadevanaagayakSagandharvaasuragaruDakinnaramahoragair (27a,3) buddhazaasanaabhiprasannaiH puujayitukaamato dazasu diksu sarvatryadhvaanugataanaaM tathaagataanaaM mahaapuNyaskandhaM paripuurayitukaamena mahaakuzalamuulaa avaropayitukaamena divyaM rasarasaagrataa-aahaarabhojanavaraaM divyaM rasaayanavaraM sarvatathaagatabodhisattvapratyekabuddhaaryazraavakasaMghaa saMtarpayitukaamena / mahamahaadaanaM daatukaamena dine dine caiva (4) puujaameghaiH kartukaamena tena vidyaadhareNa susnaatena zucinaa zucivastradhaariNaa yathaasaMvidyamaanamaNDalakaM kartavyaM caturasraM bhagavat / aaryaavalokitezvarasya agrataH puSpadhuupaM ca daatavyaM jaanuprapatitena hastaanjalipaazaparigRhiitena sarvatathaagatamanasikaareNa bhavitavyam / ayaM ca mahaacintaamaNivipulaamoghapuujaapravartana (5) aaryaavalokitezvarahRdayaM saptavaaraa smaarayitavyam / vistiirNavipulamanasikaareNa mahaapuujaamighamahaadakSiNaadaana-aahaarapaanagandhamaalyavilepanacuurNaciivaracchatradhvajapataakavastraalaMkaaravibhuuSanaabharaNavaadyatuuryataaDaavacaraiH / ratnavRkSaphalavRkSadiipavRkSakalpavRkSaaNi manasikaaraam pravartayaM mantradhaaraNii japataa paazaM dazadizaani bhraamayam (6) (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 10. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 yathaa manasicintanaa praarthanaa tadaa dazasu dikSu tryadhvaanugatamaNDalaanugataM samantraparSanmaNDalam sarvopakaraNa-avaikalpaM(>avaikalyaM?) yathaabhipraayaM sarve tathaagatasarSapamaNDalapurataH(>tathaagatasaparSanmaNDalapurataH?) / mahaapuujaameghapravarSaNaM praadurbhavanti / evaM mahaapuujaasarvopakaraNa-avaikalyaM praadurbhaviSyati / evaM mahaanubhaavo maNivipulaamoghapuujaapravartanadhaaraNii (27a,7) aaryaavalokitezvarahRdayam / asya dhaaraNii dine dine triin vaaraa saMdhyaa anusmariSyati / tena te vidyaadharasyas tryadhvaanugataaH sarSapamaNDalaa aaraadhitaani bhaviSyanti / puujitamaanitaaz ca bhaviSyanti / mahaapuNyaskandhasaMbhaaramahaakuzalamuulaavaropito bhaviSyati / sarve te tathaagatas tryadhvaanugataa sarSapamaNDalaa vidyaadharasya smRtibuddhibalaM viirya-ojaM prakSepsyanti / dine dine (27b,1) sarvatathaagatadarzaavino bhaviSyanti / nityaM ca tathaagataa samanvaahRto bhaviSyanti / aaryaavalokitezvaranityaanubaddho bhaviSyanti / nityaM ca darzanavaradaayako bhavati / dRSTeva dharme saaMsaarikaani duHkhabhayabhairavaani bhayabhiitaani prazamiSyanti / na ca punar vyaadhiSyati / na jvaraM na viSaM na garaM yogaa na zastraM naagni nodakaM naazinizariiraM kraamiSyati / na zatrubhayaM bhaviSyati na pracakrabhayaM (2) na prasainyabhayaM na pratyarthikapratyaamitrabhayaM na devabhayaM na yakSagandharvaasuragaruDakinnaramahoragaraakSasaDaakiniiM (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 11. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 ca kaamaruupii yoginii bhaviSyati / na ca yojanaavyantareNa(>yojanaabhyantareNa?) na zakyaM saMdhaarayituM duurataa prapalaayante / na ca vighnaani caasya bhaviSyanti / yaz ca kasya cid aviicikasthaaniiyaa sattvaa bhavet pancaanantaryakaarakaH / aaryaapavaadakaH (27b,3) saddharmapratikSepakaH kalpazatasahasrasaMcitakarmaavaraNapariveSTitazariiraM tasyaapi dRSTeva dharme sarve niravazeSaM paryaadaanaM gacchati parimucyate / ekenaapi upavaase jaapena japitavyaH sa janmakoTiizatasahasrakalpaani saMsaaraad vinivartate dhaaraNiijaapakarmaaNi parimucyate (4) puurvimakarmakalpasahasrasamcitaM vinazyanti paapaani na bhuuya saMsaaradoSaa lipyate / padmam iva anopalipyate / padmam iva anopalipto bhavati / sarvapaapaavaraNebhyaH pancabhuumidRSTadharmeSu pratilabhate / sevamaanayaa jaapavidhiniyaamasthaaya avaivartikasthaanaM pratilabhate / smaraNamaatreNa SaTpaaramitaaM paripuurNo bhaviSyati dazapaaramitaanugato bhaviSyati / sevamaanayaa jaapavidhiniyaamasthaaya(>japavidhiniyamasthaaya?) avaivartikasthaanaM pratilabhate / smaraNamaatreNa SaTpaaramitaaM paripuurNo bhaviSyati (5) dazapaaramitaanugato bhaviSyati / dine dine aSTottarazatajaapena dRSTadharmikasamantabhadratvaM pratilabhate / sarvamantrakalpamaNDalaM mudraanupraviSTo bhavati / sarvasamayapraviSTaaM sarvasamudayasamanubaddho bhaviSyati / vidyaadharasya darzanamaatrayaa aviicikasaMsthaaniiyaani paapaani vinazyanti / (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 12. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 antaza zmaazaanam(>zmazaanam?) api vidyaadharo praviSto bhavati / taM ca mRtakaasthiM mRtakamaaMsaM vaa mRtakakuNapaM vaa (27b,6) antaza mRtakatailanirmaalyakuDyaM vaa vidyaadharasya cchaayaanipaataM bhaviSyati / yatra yatra sa sattvaaH / narakaparaayaNaM bhavati / tatra tatra tatkSaNaat parimucyate sukhaavatiilokadhaatur utpatsyate / naatra kaankSaa navimatir utpaadayitavyam / kiM puna ye bahutara-adhikaaram kariSyati / yaH kaz cit kulaputro vaa kuladuhitaa vaa bhikSubhikSuNyopaasakopaasikaa vaa (7) zraddhaanusaariNaa vaa ayaM dhaaraNiiM dhaarayati / vaacayati / paThati / svaadhyaayati / cintayiSyanti / bhaavayiSyati puujayiSyati / likhiSyati likhaapayiSyati / sa ca niyata-avaivartiko bhaviSyati anuttaraayaaM samyaksaMbodhau / dRSTeva dharme mahati mahati mahaaguNazatasahasraM pratilabhate / anayaiva dhaaraNiyaa dRSTeva dharme ca sarvakuzalamuulasaMbhaaraSaTpaaramitaam anuyuktakuzalamuulasaMpuurNo (28a,1) bhaviSyati / eSaiva dhaaraNii taavat paryaaptasarvopakaranaparipuurNaM kiM baahulyakaaryapratizrameNam iti // (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 13. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 tato vidyaadhara amoghacintaamaNipaazaM saadhayitvaa manasaanuvicintitena sarvaabhipraayakarmaM kartavyaH sarvaM sidhyatiiti / sarvakaaryakaraNiiyaani siddhaani bhaviSyanti / yathaaryaavalokitezvarasaMmukhadarzanavyaakaraNaM varadaayakaM tathaayam amoghacintaamaNipaazaM (28a,2) draSTavya iti naatra vicikitsaa kaaryeti / atha vidyaadhara paazaM kaNThe baddhvaa maNi dakSiNahaste gRhya ankuzii vaamahastena gRhya antardhito yatrecchati tatra pravizati / raatrii yathaa divasaM bhaviSyati maNirazmaavabhaasena / sarvatra pravizati / devabhuvanaM(>devabhavanaM?) / naagayakSaraakSasaasuragaruDakinnarabhuvanaM(>bhavanaM?) mahoragabhavanaM vaalavivaragiripavana(3)paataalavivRtadvaaraa bhavanti / sarvatra adRzyaM pravizati / punar api nirgacchati yam icchati taM karoti maanuSikayadaayu divyaM varSazataM jiivati / sarvaklezamaladoSapramaaNaM bhaviSyati / (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 14. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 atha vidyaadhara kaaryasiddhivijnaanaM kartukaamena puurNamaasyaaSTamii vaa caturdazii vaa susnaatena bhavitavyaM zucinaa zucivastradhaariNaa bhavitavyaM (28a,4) zucisthaanaanupradeze vaa gomaya kaariSya pancagavyaparizodhitena kartavyam / tatra sthaanaantaramadhya gandhamaNDalaM kartavyam / puSpaavakiirnaM puurNakumbhoparacitaM naanaagandhadhuupaavavaasitasthaanaM kartavyam // atha aaryaavalokitezvarasyaagrata divyaasanaprajnaptena susamaahitapariveSTitena naagaakRtiparimaNDalena pariveSTapaazam (5) sthaatavyaM maNi madhyaasthaane sthaatavyam / tato vidyaadhareNa puujaa kartavyaaH / amogharaajahRdayam ekaviMzativaaraa japetaa / krodharaajam ekaviMzativaara japataa / amoghacintaamaNihRdayam aSTottarazataM japate / tato agarucandanaturuSkadhuupaM daatavyam / maNi vyavalokayitavyaM sarvaM taM paazamaNimadhye dRzyante / tathaagatadarzanaM vaa bodhisattvadarzanaM vaa devadarzanaM vaa naagadarzanaM (6) vaa / yakSaraakSasagandharvaasuragaruDakinnaramahoragadarzanaM vaa / yuddhasaMgraamadarzanaM vaa / aayudarzanaM vaa parikSiiNaayaadarzanaM vaa janmaparivartanaM vaa raajyatvadarzanaM vaa / graamalaabhaM vaa / viSayalaabhaM vaa nagaralaabhaM vaa hiraNyasuvarNamaNimuktivaiduuryazankhasilaa vaa pravaaDarajatajaataruupavastraabharaNavibhuuSaNaalaMkaaradarzanaM vaa dhaatuvaadaM vaa indrajaalaM vaa (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 15. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 kSetravaadaM vaa nidhivaadaM vaa dhaanyavaadaM vaa kanyaalaabhaM vaa karmasiddhiM vaa mantrasiddhiM vaa vaziikaraNaM vaa aizvaryalaabhaM vaa tat sarvaM vaa maNinaa madhyaM dRzyate zubham azubhaM vaa sarvam etat tad dRzyate / varSaM vaa avarSaM vaa upadravasarga-iitayo maramahaamarapazumaragomaraazvamarahastimaraM vaa mahaabhayabhiitaM vaa svacakraparacakraM vaa tat sarvaM yathaa darzamaNDalaM tathaa dRzyate / yaM cintayati yaM praarthayati (28b,1) siddhim asiddhiM vaa zubham azubhaM vaa sarvaM dRzyate na caatra kaankSaa na vimati na vicikitsaa naanyaarthiibhaavaM bhaviSyatiiti / (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 16. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 ativRSTikaale(>avRSTikaale??) naagasare maNi sthaapayet / yathaakaamikaa varSadhaaraapravarSati / ativRSTi akaaza maNiM darzayet / ativRSTiM prazamati / suuryodaye suuryam abhimukhaad darzayet / suurya avatarati / sarvavaraaNi prayacchati / navacandram abhimukhaM darzayet baalacandra avatarati /(2) sarvakaamikavaraNaani prayacchati / mahaanadiimadhyaM darzayen mahaaratnaani praadur bhavanti / vanavivaraM darzayet sarvadravyauSadhaya svaruupeNa agratam upatiSThanti / yaM praarthayanti gRhaaNa / girivivaraM darzayet sarvauSadhaani jvalanti yathaabhipraayaM grahetavyam / dhaanyaraaziM darzayet sarvaM dhaanyaM saMkraamati / yatrecchati tatra praadur bhavanti / maatRsthaane mahaakaalaM darzayet (3) muurdhazire sthaatavyaM mahaakaalaM samaatRgaNaparivaaraM svaruupeNa agratam upatiSThanti vazagataa bhaviSyanti / sarvakaaryakarmakaraa bhaviSyanti / raajaanam abhimukhaM darzayet / sasainyavaracaturangaM(>sasainyabalacaturgangaM?) saamaatyagaNa saantaHpuraparivaaraM sahiraNyasuvarNamaNimuktivaiduuryazankhazilaapravaaDarajatajaataruupaM vastraalaMkaaraabharaNavibhuuSaNavimaanaazcarya (4) vazagataa tiSThanti / yaavajjiivena upasthaasyanti / mahaajanamadhye paazaM bhraamayan amoghacintaamaNidhaaraNii anusmaarya yathaakaamikamanasikaaraaM puSpaphalavimaanaM varSayati / (to be continued) maNipaazasaadhanavidhi vidhi 17. (continued from above) amoghapaazakalparaaja 25b,4-28b,7 dhvajaagraavaropitaM kRtvaa kSatriyasya muurdhaabhiSiktasya gRhe muurdhazaraNaM sthaapya aaryaaSTaangopavasitena sarvasattva dayaapareNa bhavitavyaH / amogharaajahRdayam ekaviMzativaaraa (28b,5) japataa ekaviMzati krodharaajaa smaarayitavyaH / tato amoghacintaamaNidhaaraNii aSTottarazatavaaraa japataH / uccasvareNa vaaraaSTazatena puurNaM yathaamanasivartamaanaM varSaM praadurbhaviSyati / dhanadhaanyaM vaa vastraabharaNaadiini puSpaphalaM varSayati / sarvakalikalahavigrahavivaadadurbhikSakaantaarabhayarati-upadravaa tasyaaryaavalokitezvarasyaanubhaavena (6) kSayaM gacchati / sarve prazamaM yaasyanti / sarvasattvaanaam abhaya pradaasyanti / sarvabhayavairaa mucyanti / sarvaduSTaa yaava caNDamRgam api maitraavihaariNaa bhaviSyanti / sarvasattvaa avaikalpataaM bhaviSyanti / sarvamanorathaa paripuurNaani bhaviSyantiiti // // amoghacintaamaNimahaapaazasaadhanam // maNiparvata one of the mountains surrounding kaamaakhyaa. kaalikaa puraaNa 62.69cd-70ab yo 'nantaruupaH zailas tu vaayavyaam samavasthitaH /69/ maNiparvatasaMjno 'sau parvato maadhavapriyaH. maNipuura D. Heilijgers-Seelen, 1994, The System of Five cakra, p. 78: in the system of the classical SaTcakra the navel is the location of the maNipuura. According to the kubjikaamata tantra the maNipuura consists of twelve parts which are assigned to different regions of the lower half of the body. See D. Heilijgers-Seelen, 1990, "The Docatrine of the SaTcakra according to the kubjikaamata," p. 58. maNipuuraka gorakSazataka 23 tantunaa maNivat proto yatra kandaH suSumnayaa / tan naabhimaNDalaM cakraM procyate maNipuurakam /23/ maNiraajasaadhana* amoghapaazakalparaaja 61b,4-7 [63,2-17] asa(>atha?) gRhyamaanasya maNiraajaar anuttaraH / sarvapaapavinirmuktaH sarvakilbiSanaazakaH zriisaubhaagyaM labhate nityaM yasyo hastaMgataa bhavet sarvaavaraNanirmuktaH sarvalokapriyas tathaa orasomukhato (61b,4) jaataputraM saa sarvatathaagataiH aaryaavalokitezvaraguru nityaM sadaanubaddho bhaviSyati aazvaasanaaya vidyaavaaNii ca rakSaNaarthaM tathaiva ca varado bhavane nityaM lokezvaro mahaamuniH / mahaapuNyaskandham avaapnoti yasyaiSaa dhaarayate maNi / catuHSaSTikoTiisahasraaNi gangaanadiivaalukaaniyutazatasahasraaNi tathaagataanaam (5) antike kuzalamuulam avaropito bhaviSyati / sarve te tathaagatadarzanasamaazvaasanaanubaddhaa bhaviSyanti / sarvazriyasaubhaagyasamanvaagato bhaviSyanti / nityaM parizuddhakaayavaaGmaanaso bhavati / sarvasattvaikapuujyo bhaviSyati / avadhyasarvazatru bhaviSyati nityaM vajradharas tasya rakSaavaraNaguptaye sthaasyati / nityaM ca padmapaaNi varado bhavati / iyaM (6) vidyaa sarvatathaagataa vyaakRtaa anena sarvatathaagataa mahaamaNidhaaraNaat / sarvamaaraadiduSTaa vighnavinaayakaa nirjitaa paraajitaa dharmacakra pravartitaa / maNisaadhana amoghapaazakalparaaja 48b,7-50a,1 [23,8-26,22] atha vaa maNi saadhayataa sarvakarmasusaadhayaM dravyasamataa samaahRtya samabhaagaani kaarayaM suvibhaktam idaM kRtvaa zucinaa zucivastradhaarayam / hRdayenaaSTottarazatajaptena sarvakaaryaaNi kurvataH // jayaavijayaanaakuliigandhanaakuliicaariNii-abhayapaaNi-indrapaaNigandhapriyangu(48b,7)tagaraM cakraamahaacakraasomaraajiisunandaa suukSmacuurNaani kaarayam / divyodakasamaayuktaM candanaM kunkumodakaazitena bhaavayitavyaM kSaalatvaa japed aSTottaraM zatam / aaryaavalokitezvarasyaagrata maNi kRtvaa punar ekaviMzativaaraa parijapya agarudhuupena dhuupayataa / tasmaiva bhagavataH / paadamuule sthaapya cchaayaayaaM parizoSayet paTTena cchaadayitavyam / tato gRhiitavyaM punaH saptavaaraa (49a,1) amoghapaazahRdayam aavartayitavyam / triin vaaraa krodharaajaa pravartayitavyaM zirasi dhaarayataa raajaanaM saantaHpuraparivaaraM mahaapuujaa bhavati / sarve vazagataa bhaviSyanti / sarvaM caaturvarNasya lokasya vazagataa tiSThanti / ekena guruko bhaviSyati / sarvadevataa caasya ojam upakSepsyanti / aaryaavalokitezvaraz ca nityaavalokito bhaviSyati / brahmaviSNumahezvaraz ca (2) nityaanubaddho bhaviSyanti / sarvakaalavarador bhaviSyanti / sarvapratyarthikapratyamitraz ca nityaanuvartinya vazagataa bhaviSyanti / (to be continued) maNisaadhana amoghapaazakalparaaja 48b,7-50a,1 [23,8-26,22] (continued from above) sarvaduSTaakaakhordagaraviSacuurNaakiraNaani na prabhaviSyanti sarve vinazyanti / nityaM ca zriitejapuNyalakSmiikuzalasaMbhaarasamanvaagato bhaviSyati / sarvatathaagataa caasyaavalokayanti nityaM ca darzanakaamataa bhavanti / (49a,3) sarvatra sarvadaakaala jayado bhaviSyati / apratihatasaubhaagyaM caasya pravardhateti / baahuM vaarayitavyaa mahaanaagabalo bhavati sarve saMgraamayuddheSu mahaajayor bhaviSyati / mahaabalaviiryaparaakramo bhaviSyati / vidyaadharasya mahaakalpasiddhir bhaviSyati / sarvayakSaraakSasabhuutapizaacagraho apasmaaraa adhRSyati / sarvaduHsvapnadurnimittaani (4) caasyaantardhaasyanti / na prabhaviSyanti kadaa cana / baalaanaaM gale dhaarayitavyaM sarvagrahaa sarvajvaraa sarvavyaadhayaH sarvajaataahaariNii na prabhaviSyanti satatasamitaM mahaakaalaM samaatRgaNaparivaaraa sadaanubaddhaa rakSaavaraNaguptaye saMvidhaasyanti ciraM jiivati diirghaayur bhaviSyati naariiNaaM visnapanaM kuryaat navazuciciivaraM praavRtya (5) aaryaavalokitezvarasya puujaa kartavyaaH paraM saubhaagyakaraM alakSmiiprazamanaM bhartaaraM satataanukuulaM bhavati / putradaaraM ca bhavati / suprajaa ca bhaviSyati / sarveSaaM priyadarzano bhaviSyati / na caasya striidoSaaNi punaH prabhaviSyanti / ezaiva pazcimako striibhaavaH pratikaankSitavyaH / cyuta sukhaavatyaaM lokadhaataav upapatsyate / (to be continued) maNisaadhana amoghapaazakalparaaja 48b,7-50a,1 [23,8-26,22] (continued from above) etena maNinaa baddha sarvatra rakSaa kRtaa (49a,6) bhavanti / na viSaM na zastraM naagni kramiSyanti viSakRtyaM ca notpadyate / etena maNinaa baddhena nirviSii bhavati / ziighraM prazamayiSyanti / na ca vedanaa janayati / sukhena jiiryate / vaatameghaazanistambhanam udakena saptajaptena aakaaze nikSipet sarvavaatameghaazanistambhitaa bhavanti / vaaraNiidaaDimalatayaa karaviiralatayaa vidhaarayitavyam / smRtivardhane aaryaavalokitezvarasyaagrataH / anaalaapataH / saptavaaraa amoghapaazahRdaya usmaarya maNi uSNodakena paatavyaM mahaazrutasaagasaMnicayo bhaviSyati / zlokasahasra gRhnaati paThati ca / sarvaraajyaraaSTreSu saantaHpuraparivaaraa vaziikartukaamena samaalepayitavyaM yatra pravizati vazagataa tiSThanti / jaanubhyaaM lepayet mahaanadyaaM jaanumaatraaM paaram uttarati / dhvajaagraavaropitaM kRtvaa saMgraame vaa (49b,1) yuddhe vaa saarthamadhye vaa / girigahvarakandarakarvaTeSu aTaviimadhyagateSu ucchepayitavyaM kSemena svastinaa uttariSyanti / sarvacoradhuurtataskaracaNDamRgabhayaa na prabhaviSyanti / adRzyo bhaviSyanti / sarvabandhanagataa leptavyaM sarvahaDinigaDasaMkalabaddhaani sphuTanti / aatmaanaM lepayet adRzya bandhnaani bhavanti / cakSubhyaam anjayet svapnakaale mahaasvapnaM pazyati (2) yathaacintitapraarthitaani darzayati / aaryaavalokezvaraM darzanaM dadaati sarvaM kathayati / sarvaakSirogaM caasya na prabhaviSyanti / (to be continued) maNisaadhana amoghapaazakalparaaja 48b,7-50a,1 [23,8-26,22] (continued from above) mukhaagre dhaarayaM yasyaalaapaM dadaati sa vazyo bhaviSyanti / grahagRhiitasya lepayel lalaaTam liptamaatraaNi aavizati sarvaM kathayati / paaNitale lepayet hastinaagaM spRzet vazagataa bhaviSyanti / yatra preSayasi (49b,3) tatra gacchati / uurNaakozaa tilakaM (>uurNakozatilakaM?) kRtvaa sarvalokasya mahaapuujyaa bhavati / kaNThe lepaye niilakaNTahavat sarvabraahmaNaa vazyaa bhavanti / daasakiMkaraa bhaviSyanti / kSiireNa saha nayanaM japed(>leped?) raatrau yathaa divyaM pazyati sarvayakSaraakSasabhavanaani apaavRtaani pazyati / sarvanidhaya uddhRtaani bhaviSyanti / naagabhavanasare kSipya mahaanaaga (4) varSadhaaraam utsRjanti / ativRSTe udakamizram aakaaze kSipet prazamayanti / abhraabhimukhaM dhaaraa kSipet / azani na patati / paaNi bandhayet / yatra spRzati tatra akSayaM bhavati / paadajanghe bandhayet / agnimadhye pravizet / agni naakraamati candanasiilaM bhaviSyati / asiM lepayed yuddhasaMgraame pravizet sakalazariiram ekajvaliibhuuto bhaviSyati (5) sarvaparacakra prapalaayiSyanti / sarvatra jayo bhaviSyati / mahataa vyaadhibaadhaglaanasya cuurNii dadyaat baadhaglaanaM parimucyate / atisaariNaaM grahaNiiduSTaanaam uSNodakena daatavyaM sadyaM parimucyate / paarzvazuule takreNa saha daatavyaM prazamati / sarvavyaadhiSu ghRtatailena saha bhaavayet / abhyangabhojanapaanaM ca hastakarmaM ca lepanaM sarvavyaadhinaa vinazyanti / na (6) (to be continued) maNisaadhana amoghapaazakalparaaja 48b,7-50a,1 [23,8-26,22] (continued from above) prabhavanti kadaa cana / biladvaare lepaya samantena saptavaaraa hRdayaavartaye amoghapaazamudraa grahetavyaH krodhamantraikavaaraa japya praveSTavyaH / yathaa svagRhavat sarvayantraaNi sphuTanti / sarvaduSTaani vaaritaani bhavanti / sarvavighnavinaayakaa antardhaasyanti / mukhato gRhya hRdayasuutraM pravartayitavyam / anaalaapataH zatasahasravaaraa parivartitaa (49b,7) bhaviSyanti / sarvatathaagatakuzalamuulasamanvaagataani bhaviSyanti / akSaM lepayet sarvayuddheSu jayadaa bhaviSyati / paNyaagaare 'bhiSincayet mahaamuulyena vikriiyante / kanyaamukhaM prakSaalayen nirvaahanaM bhavati / hRdayaM tilakaM kRtvaa sarvatra adRzyo bhavati / sarvatra sarvakaamadaa mahaamaNi sarvakarmakarii yatra yatra prayojayet / aatmarakSaa pararakSaa jaapena sarvatra caadhRSyo bhavati // maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] asyaiSaa mahaamaNi zuklapakSe zvetapaTaavanaddhe maNiM dhvajaagraavaropitaM kartavyaM sahocchrepitaani bhavanti / asya dhvajaagraavaropeNa darzanamaatrayaa tathaagatabodhimaNDaM dharmacakrapravartanamaaradharSaNavajrocchrepaNadarzano vedityam / (62a,3) asyocchrepitamaatrasya sarvakalikalahavigrahavivaadaa prazamiSyanti / sarvetyupadravamaradurbhikSakaantaaraa prazamiSyanti / sarvacoradhuurtataskarapratyarthikapratyamitraad vinazyanti / sarvasvacakraparacakraa duSTasattvaa prazamiSyanti / sarvaduSTaaziiviSacaNDamRgapakSiNaaM daMzamazakazalabhasariisRpagaNDaluutavicarcikalohalingabhagandaravi(4)sarvagalagrahaa vinazyanti / sarvaduSTanaagaazaniziitavaataa na prabhavanti / sarvavyaadhayo prazamanti / kSemaramaNiiyasubhikSabahujanamanuSyaakiirNasaamagrii bhaviSyanti / sarvadharmakaamataa bhavanti / dharmaaraamaratiramaNiiyataaM bhaviSyanti / puSpaphalasasyaannapaanasurasasukomalopariniSpanno bhavati / sarve surasamRSTaannapaanaM (5) bhaviSyanti / sarvaduSTayakSaraakSasabhuutaMpizaacaDaakiniipreto'pasmaaraH puutakaTapuutanaskandacchaayaa durbhuktadurlanghitaduHprekSitaduzchaayaa prazamanti / na prabhavanti sarve sattvaa parasparamaitracittaa bhavanti paramasaumanasyasthitaa viharanti / evaM mahaaguNaanusaMzaa mahaamaNiraajaan adhiSThitaa / (to be continued) maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] (continued from above) atha khalv aaryaavalokitezvaro bodhisattvo mahaasattvo bhagavataH (62a,6) saMmukhii bhaavo prahasitavadanam / aanimiSanayanaM taM bhagavantam etad avocat / anukiirtayaami bhagavad dravyasiddhaani maNicandanam uttamam / sarvatathaagataadhiSThitaavyaakRtaani / madiiyahRdayacintaamaNimahaamaNi / sarvasattvaanaaM hitasukhaaya pratipannaad iti / suvarNanaladaM gorocanaM haritaalamanacchilaa / padmotpalakunkumaM naagapuSpaM tvac ca (7) tagaraM candanadvayaM spRkkaM vaalakakuSThaM zatapuSpaM priyangavaH / sahareNukasuukSmelaM lodhraM jaatapatrasumanaasaamakaM rasaM sarjarasam arkakSiiraM ca / etaa saMbhRtya saMtaarasamabhaagaani kaarayaM suvarNadviguNaM smRtam / sunakSatrasumangalyasuprazastaM tithibhir vacam / susnaataM zucivastraaNi dhaaraNa maitracittaM samaasthaaya ahoraatraaNi kurvataH / suukSmacuurNaani kurviita amogharaajahRdayadhaaraNii (62b,1) japataa aSTottarasahasraM ca krodharaajaM japet / aSTottarazatanaabhiSincayet / divyagandhodakavaari ca virataakhyaM ca bhaavayaM caatra mizrayitvaa karpuurakaastuurika dhuupayet maNii caatra bandhaniiyaa pramaaNaM padmaakSeti yojayaM vedhayitvaa paTTasuutreNa bandhayet punar aSTasahasra amoghapaazahRdayaM japataa krodharaajam aSTottarazatam aaryaavalokitezvaram agra (2) saadhayitavyam / anaalaapatas tasyaiva paadamuule cchaayaaM parizoSayitavyam / ardham upaardha suvarNena cchaadayitavyam / (to be continued) maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] (continued from above) yasya suvarNena cchaaditaa ayam amoghapaazacintaamaNisadRzabuddhabodhilaukikalokottaraaNi mahaakarmasaadhanaani karoti / acchaaditasuvarNena laukikiisarvakaaryaaNi saadhayati / sarvavyaadhiSu (62b,3) sarvagrahaluutagaNDavaisarpavicarcikalohalingabhagandarakuSThacitracakSurogaM zirakti-ardhaavabhedaka / galagrahaNamukharoganaasaarogaM karNazuulaM dantazuulaM taalazuulaM jihvaazuulaM oSThazuulam / hRdayazuulam / paarzvazuulam / kukSizuulam / pliiharogam / pRSThizuulam / pramehavizuucika / atiisaaram / grahaNii / doSaa sarvaarSaa prazamayanti / sarvajvaraaM prazamayati (4) caaturthakavaatikapaiTTikazleSmikaM saMnipaatikaM vaataa prazamayanti / sarvavyaadhinaa abhyantaracchaayaa uSNodake saha daatavyam / bahirdhaa sarvarogaa sarvavyaadhiSu lepanamaatrayaa parimucyante / sarvatra sarvakaayeSu prayuktamaatreNa sarva sidhyatiiti na saMzayam / suvarNachaaditaa bahau bandhayet sarvatraapratihate bhavati / (5) padmapaaNivajradharasadRzabalaviiryaparaakramo bhavati / triprakaaram idaM proktavyaH sarvakaaryaa siddhir uttaraH / tilakaM mukhaprakSaalanaM ca tathaivaasamaalabhanaM bhavet / yathaa manasi cittena kaaryasaadhatattvataa sidhyatiiti na saMzaya / (to be continued) maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] (continued from above) raajaanaM vazagataa nityaM saantaHpuraM sajanamantriNam / daasabhuutaa bhaviSyanti tiSThate kiMkara sadaa / maNiM cuuDaantare sthaapya (62b,6) vidvye japata avighnaM sarva sidhyati / dakSiNaM paaNinaa hastaantare baddhvaa vidyaa japet zatasahasraguNitaa jaapavidhir bhavati / ekavaaraa japtena zatasahasraM pravardhate / kaNThe baddhvaa dhaarayet / asnaate snaatako bhavati / azuci zucir bhavati / abrahmacaarii brahmacaarii bhavati / amaunii maunii bhavati / anupavaasii upavaasii bhavati / anaadeya aadeyavacano (7) bhavati / asiddhi siddhir bhavati / asamayajnasya samayajno bhavati / maitriisahagatamanasikaaro bhavati / yat kiM cit daanaM dadaati svalpam api zatasahasraguNitaani mahaadaanaM pravardhate / SaTpaaramitaaM paripuurayati suvarNaasu dayitvaa anena maNinaa baddhvaa hastatale dakSiNataa yatra spRzati tad akSayaM praadurbhavati na kasya cit prakaazayitavyam / tataH (63a,1) sarvam etaaM pravardhate / kaTi bandhayet / udakamadhye avatiirya mahaanadiigaadhaM labhate / (to be continued) maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] (continued from above) tato maNiM saadhayitukaamena suparizuddhaM ruupamayaM kartavyaM tRMzatipatraM vikasitaa kartavyaM madhyakarkaTikakezare karaNDakarakaM kartavyaM SoDazaakaarangulipramaaNaM kartavyam / tatra madhye suvarNamaNi sthaapayitavyam / caturasramaNDalaM gomayamuutrasamanvitaka kartavyaaM (63a,2) naanaaranga vicitrayitavyam / samantaparimaNDalaM padmaM citrayitavyaM madhyakezarapadme ruupyamayaM padmaM sthaapayitavyam / caturbhiH puurNakumbhai caturbhir balikaTiir naanaapuSpaavakiirNaaM ca kartavyam / naanaarangavicitraM citrayitavyam / agarucandanaturuSkadhuupaM dhuupayataa / zuklabaliM sthaapayitavyam / vicitraaNi naanaapataakaanir alaMkartavyaani (3) dvaatriMzati ghRtadiipaani diipayitavyam / naanaamaalyaani sthaapayataa / aaryaavalokitezvaram abhisthaapayitavyam / vidyaadhareNa zucinaa zucivastradhaariNaa bhavitavyam / ahoraatroSitena puurNamaasyaaM caturdasyaaM yaavat pancadazii trisaMdhyaapuujaa kartavyaaH / taM ca pancakaraNDakaM taM caaryaavalokitezvara puujayitavyam / (4) maNDalakapuurvaamukhaniSaNNena aSTottaravaarasahasraM jaapo daatavyaH / krodharaajam aSTottarasahasra japitavyam / sarSapodakenaabhiSincayitavyam / aSTottaravaarasahasram amoghapaazamudraaM pravartayitavyam / tathaiva krodharaajamudrayaa pravartayitavyam / anaalaapataH sarvakaaryaaNi kartavyaani / (to be continued) maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] (continued from above) tataH puurNapancadazyaaM pratyuSa(63b,5)saMdhyaavelaa taM maNiraajaa sapadmam ekajvaalii bhavati / aaryaavalokitezvaramukhaat / zabdo nizcarati / vidyaadharaM hRSyati / saadhukaarazabdagaganatale nizcarati / mahaatathaagatavigrahaz ca pazyati / tato vidyaadhareNa taM jvalitapadmaM grahetavyam / dakSiNapaaNinaa sagRhiitamaatreNa aakazena gacchati / sarvavidyaadharacakravartii bhavati / suvarNavarNaM mahaasudarzana(6)cakraraajaa agratam upatiSThati / sarvaduSTaa pratyarthikapratyamitraaNi dhaavayati / dvaadazakoTiisahasraaNi vidyaadhararaajaparivRto bhavati / kalpasahasram aayur bhaviSyati / amoghavilokitamahaamaNidhvajaagravatii naama samaashiM pratilabhate / amoghavimalaajvalitazikhaavalokiniinaam amoghapaazaM pratilabhate / samantaad (7) dazasu dikSu sarvatathaagatabuddhakSetravikurvaNaaM pazyati / te ca sarve tathaagataa samaazvaasayanti / parizuddhamahaamaNivajraavalokitaprabhaavabhaasinii kaayazuddhiM pratilabhate / sarve devanaagayakSagandharvaasuragaruDakinnaramahoragaa kiMkara vazagataa bhaviSyanti / (to be continued) maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] (continued from above) zirasi muurdhato bandhayet mahaamaNim Rddhye pazcimaad dizaM gacchati / sakalavyastasukhaavatii savimaanaM (63b,1) saparivaaraM svalaMkRtamaNDalavaadaM sabodhisattvagaNaM drakSyati / te ca tathaagataa saMmukhadharmaalokasukhaM mahaadharadezanaa zroSyanti / aaryaavalokitezvarasadRzaruupaalaMkaaravimaanaM darzayati / kaNThena baddhvaa sarvabilabhavanaani pravizati sarvatra jayaprabhuraaja cakravartii bhaviSyati / catuHSaSTisahasraaNi mahaabilabhavanadvaaraa apaavRtaani tiSThanti / dakSiNabaahau bandhayed (2) antarhito bhavati / sarvaantardhaanikaanaaM koTiigangaanadiivaalukaazatasahasraaNaam agrata antardhaanikaprabhuraajaa bhaviSyati / vaamabaahu bandhayet sarvayakSaraakSasasabhuutaadayo antardhito bhavati / sarvabhavanaani apaavRtadvaaraaNi tiSThanti / kaTi bandhayet sarvanidhaanaani utplavanti / jaanu sthaapya uurubhyaaM dakSiNato bandhayet sarvavanavivaravimaanabhavanaani (3) apaavRtadvaaraa ca tiSThanti / sarvadravyauSadhaya svaruupeNa agratam upatiSThanti / sarve vazagataa tiSThanti / paadajanghaaM bandhayet / prathamaM vaayuskandhamahaabalavego bhavati / aNumaatreNa dazayojanasahasraaNi gacchati / punar apy aagacchati ekaraatraadivasena trisaahasramahaasaahasraM lokadhaatu mahaavaayuvegabalaviiryeNa paryaTate (4) punar apy aagacchati / na ca kaz cid viheThayati sarvatra kaaryasaadhanasiddhiM pratilabhate / (to be continued) maNisaadhanavidhi amoghapaazakalparaaja 62a,3-63b,6 [64,9-69,16] (continued from above) paadatalaa bandhayet mahaapaataalasiddhiM pratilabhate / sarvapaataalavivaradvaaraaNi apaavRtaani bhaviSyanti / yathaasvakaama tatra pravizatu nirgacchatu / mukhato gRhyaa dine dine zlokasahasraM paThate / nigiirNamaatreNa mahaasaagarasaMnicayo bhaviSyati / (63b,5) jihvaagre pravartayaM padmakumudakomalajihvo bhavati mahaazrutadhaarii bhaviSyati / paaNinaa parimaarjayet yasya spRzati / sa ca daasakiMkaro bhaviSyati / striipuruSadaarakadaarikaazramaNabraahmaNaM sarve vazagataa tiSThanti kiM karotiiti // maNisaadhanavidhiH // maNittha quoted by utpala on bRhajjaataka 2.14 [44,14-16] tathaa ca maNitthaH /14 "lagnaaMzakapatitulyaH kaalo lagnoditaaMzasamasaMkhyaH / vaktavyo ripuvijaye15 garbhaadhaane 'tha kaaryasaMyoge //" maNittha quoted by utpala on bRhajjaataka 4.1 [65,12-18] Rtuvirame snaataayaaM yady apacasaMsthitaH zazii bhavati /12 balinaa guruNaa dRSTo bhartraa saha saMgamaz ca tadaa //13 raajapuruSeNa raviNaa videna bhaumena viikSite candre /14 saumyena capalamatinaa bhRguNaa kaantena ruupavatii //15 bhRtyena suuryaputreNaayaati strii saMgamaM hi tadaa /16 ekaikena phalaM syaad dRSTe naanyaiH kujaadibhiH paapaiH //17 sarvaiH svagRhaM tyaktvaa gacchati vezyaapadaM yuvatiH /" iti. maNittha quoted by utpala on bRhajjaataka 26.4ab (candramaanatithijnaana) [359,19-20] tathaa ca maNitthaH / "pRcchaakaale raviNaa19 yaavanto 'MaaH sphuTena saMbhuktaaH / raazes taas tithayaH syuH zuklaadaav arkamaasasya //"20. maNivaala the azvins are worshipped by offering zuddhavaala (bright-tailed), sarvazuddhavaala, maNivaala in the azvamedha. MS 3.13.4 [169,5] zuddhavaalaH sarvazuddhavaalo maNivaalas ta aazvinaaH zyetaH zye5taakSo 'ruNas te rudraaya pazupataye karNaa yaamaa avaliptaa raudraa na6bhoruupaaH paarjanyaaH /4/7 (sacrificial animal) maNivaala the azvins are worshipped by offering zuddhavaala, sarvazuddhavaala, maNivaala (having maNi(?) on the tail) in the azvamedha. TS 5.6.13 citibaahur anyataHzitibaahuH samantazitibaahus ta aindravaayavaaH zitirandhro 'nyataHzitirandhraH samantazitirandhras te maitraavaaruNaaH zuddhavaalaH sarvazuddhavaalo maNivaalas ta aazvinaas tisraH zilpaa vazaa vaizvadevyas tisraH zyeniiH parameSThine somaapauSNaaH zyaamalalaamaas tuuparaaH /13/ (sacrificial animal) maNivid as a people ruled by Mercury. bRhatsaMhitaa 16.17ab udapaanayantragaandharvalekhyamaNiraagagandhayuktividaH / man- C. Watkins, 1995, How to kill a dragon: Aspects of Indo-European Poetics, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, pp. 68ff. has rightly noted that other derivatives of the root man specifically characterize the poetic tradition and the word of the Vedic poets. For the Rgveda, maniiSaa is the poets' "inspired thinking"; aa-naa means to "memorize and pass down" pietic and priestly traditions; a mntra in the Rgveda is a poetic formula (Watkins, p. 88); and manman describes the poet's knowledge. (Brereton, 1999, JAOS 119.2, p. 255.) manaHzilaa try to find it in other CARDs. manaHzilaa realgar. manaHzilaa used when an elephant is led to the enemy's direction in the hastiniiraajana. AVPZ 18.3.1 yasyaaM dizi sa ripur bhavati taaM dizaM gatvaa hastinam aanayed dhiraNyena rajatena vajramaNimuktaadibhiH zankhena candanena bhadradaaruNayaa kuSThena naladena rocanenaanjanena manaHzilayaa padmakumudotpalair /3.1/ mamaagne varca iti suuktaM (AV 5.3) dakSiNottaramukhaM pratijapec /2/ cheSeNa gaatraaNy abhyanjayet /3/ manaHzilaa paadalepa made of kusumas of aasurii, manaHzilaa, priyangu, tagara and gajamada for a vaziikaraNa of strii. AVPZ 35.2.1-2ab kusumaani manaHzilaapriyangutagaraani ca / gajendramadasaMyuktaM kiM kurvaaNas tv akRd varam /2.1/ yaaz ca striyo 'bhigacchanti taa vazaaH paadalepataH / (aasuriikalpa) manaHzilaa used for a bali in the zakuniipratiSedha. suzruta saMhitaa, uttaratantra 30.7cd-8ab tilataNDulakaM maalyaM haritaalaM manaHzilaa /7/ balir eSa karanjeSu nivedyo niyataatmanaa / manaHzilaa used to make a taila for a boy suffering from puutanaa. suzruta saMhitaa, uttaratantra 32.4 vacaa vayaHsthaa golomii haritaalaM manaHzilaa / kuSThaM sarjarasaz caiva tailaarthe varga iSyate /4/ manaHzilaa used to make taila to be used for the abhyanjana of a boy possessed by andhapuutanaa. suzruta saMhitaa, uttaratantra, 33.3cd-4ab suraa sauviirakaM kuSThaM haritaalaM manaHzilaa /3/ tathaa sarjarasaz caiva tailaartham upadizyate / manaHzilaa used in the puttalakavidhi, pretakalpa. garuDa puraaNa 2.4.141 antreSu naalikaM dadyaad vaalukaaM ghraaNe eva ca / vasaayaaM mRttikaaM dadyaad dharitaalamanaHzilaaH /141/ manaHzilaa used in the puttalakavidhi, pretakalpa. garuDa puraaNa 2.4.142 paaradaM retasaH sthaane puriiSe pittalaM tathaa / manaHzilaa tathaa gaatre tilapakvaM tu saMdhiSu /142/ manaHzilaa used in the puttalakavidhi. garuDa puraaNa 2.40.51-52ab gandhakaM dhaatavo deyaa haritaalaM manaHzilaa / retaHsthaane paaradaM ca puriiSe pittalaM tathaa /51/ manaHzilaaM tathaa gaatre tilakalkaM ca saMdhiSu / manaHzilaa used to make a naagamaNDala in the naagapaazasaadhana. amoghapaazakalparaaja 29a,6 tato divyaannamayaM cuurNaM madhupuSpaM rasapuSpaM manacchilaa(>manaHzilaa??)padmakesaranaagapuSpam arkakSiiraM saha yojayaM hingulaM caatra bhaavayam ekaatraapi samasamiibhaavaa supiSTvaa zlakSNasuyuktaiH / maaM(>imaan??) amogharaajajaptena aSTottarasahasraaNi kaarayeta naagamaNDaliM(>naagamaNDalaM??) tRziirSakaphaNaakaaraM. manaHzilaa in the description how to make a rakSaa in a rite for trividhaa siddhi. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [681,4-7] viirakrayakriitaaM manaHzilaaM gRhiitvaa raajavRkSasamidbhir agniM prajvaalya taavaj japed yaavad agnivarNaa bhavati / tataH samaanavatsaayaaH goH kapilaayaaH kanyaamathitena navaniitena kRtvaa tasmin ghRte nirvaapayet / evaM dadhipuurNabhaajane madhupuurNe ca / tataH anenaiva rakSaaM kRtvaa samudrake sthaapya ... / manaHzilaa in a rite to obtain five thousand diinaaras. manjuzriimuulakalpa 55 [694,17-19] kanakaviicikaamanaHzilaapalaM gRhya puurNapancadazyaaM poSadhikenodaaraaM puujaaM kRtvaa sugandhapuSpaaNaam aSTasahasreNa hRdaye taaDayitavyaa / zeSaM kaalaM sarvaM japet / panca diinaarazataani labhate / mana iva :: prajaapati, see prajaapati :: mana iva (TB). manarye see gotamasya manarye. manas see cakSus, manas. manas see gatamanas. manas see kaaya, vaac, manas. manas see karman, manas, vaac. manas see manas and vaac. manas see manas, vaac, karman. manas see medhaa and manas: closely related. manas see vital functions. manas bibl. A.B. Keith, 1925, The Religion and Philosophy of the Veda and Upanishads, pp. 403-405. manas bibl. Reinhold F.G. Mueller, 1952, manas und der Geist altindischer Medizin, Nova Acta Leopoldina, Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher Leipoldina, neue Folge, Nr. 108, Bd. 15, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth. manas bibl. Gonda, Jan. 1983. The creator and his spirit (manas and prajaapati). WZKS 27: 5-42. manas bibl. Chikara Kubota, 1993, "manas `kokoro' no genfukei (ge): Prototype of manas (mind) <>," Tohoku Geijutsu Koka daigaku Kiyo, no. 1, pp. 34-83. manas bibl. Chikara Kubota, 1998, "manas, a trickster (II): the genealogy manomayakaaya and the lankaavataara-suutra," Tohoku Geijutsu Koka daigaku Kiyo, no. 5, pp. 14-69. manas :: aaziiyo vaacaH. MS 3.1.9 [12,19] mano vaa aaziir yo(>aaziiyo? Izawa's emendation) vaaca (agnicayana, samidh for the ukhaa). manas :: adhvaryu, see adhvaryu :: manas (ZB, BaudhZS). manas :: brahman (a priest), see brahman (a priest) :: manas (KB, GB). manas :: bRhat, see bRhat :: manas (PB, JB). manas :: bRhatii, see bRhatii :: manas (JB). manas :: candramas. JB 2.54 [178,36-37] (gavaamayana, dakSiNaa of the mahaavrata, to the brahman). manas :: candramas. BodhGPbhS 1.4.10, HirGZS 1.4.11 [46,1] (daiva and pitrya, puNyaahavaacana). manas :: citpati, see citpati :: manas (TS). manas :: citta, see citta :: manas (MS). manas :: diidaaya, see diidaaya :: manas (AB). manas (mantra) :: gandharva (mantra). KS 18.14 [275,8] (agnicayana, raaSTrabhRt). manas (mantra) :: gandharva (mantra). MS 2.12.2 [145,8] (agnicayana, raaSTrabhRt). manas (mantra) :: gandharva (mantra). TS 3.4.7.e (agnicayana, raaSTrabhRt). manas (mantra) :: gandharva (mantra). VS 18.43 (agnicayana, raaSTrabhRt). manas (mantra) :: gandharva (mantra). ZB 9.4.1.12 (agnicayana, raaSTrabhRt). manas :: hRdaya, see hRdaya :: manas (MS). manas :: iyam. TS 1.6.8.1 (praNiitaapraNayana). manas :: manotaa, see manotaa :: manas (MS). manas :: pazu, see pazu :: hRdaya (MS). manas :: pitaraH, see pitaraH :: manas (PB). manas :: praajaapatya. TS 1.6.10.5 (darzapuurNamaasa, yaajamaana, mantra "mano 'si praajaapatyam manasaa maa bhuutenaaviza", srauva aaghaara). manas :: praaNaanaaM prathamam. ZB 7.5.2.6 (agnicayana, pazuziirSaaNi). manas :: prajaapati, see prajaapati :: manas (TS, JB). manas :: prajaapati. ZB 4.1.1.22. manas :: prajaapati. saamavidhaana 1.1.1.4 mano hi prajaapatiH. manas :: retasyaa, see retasyaa :: manas (JB). manas :: saamnaH satya. JB 1.326 [136,29]. manas :: sarva. GB 1.5.15 [132,2]. manas :: sarve praaNaaH. ZB 7.5.2.6 mano vai sarve praaNaa manasi sarve praaNaaH pratiSThitaaH (agnicayana, pazuziirSaaNi). manas :: savitR (mantra), see savitR (mantra) :: manas (ZB). manas :: tviSi. KS 10.8 [134,18]. manas :: tviSi. MS 2.2.12 [24,21]. manas :: vaacaH kSepiiyas. KS 19.10 [12,4-5] (agnicayana, samidh for the ukhaa). manas :: vaaco 'gra, see vaaco 'gra :: manas (JB). manas :: vaayu, see vaayu :: manas (KS). manas :: zrii. KS 10.8 [134,18]. manas :: zrii. MS 2.2.12 [24,21]. manas In RV 10.129.1 that one that is not existent and not non-existent is manas. Brereton, 1999, JAOS 119.2, p. 254. He refers ZB 10.5.3.2 neva hi san mano nevaasat. manas as the self-consciousness. E. Arbman, 1927, "Untersuchugen zur primitiven Seelenvorstelung, II," Monde Oriental, 21, pp. 148ff. p. 158f.: the nearst correspondence is English mind. manas the dying person is requested to remain here with manas. AV 5.30.6 ihaidhi puruSa sarveNa manasaa saha / duutau yamasya maanu gaa adhi jiivapuraa ihi /6/ manas the dying person is requested that his manas should not go there. AV 8.1.7a maa te manas tatra gaan maa tiro bhuun maa jiivebhyaH pra mado maanu gaaH pitRRn / vizve devaa abhi rakSantu tveha /7/ manas the dying person is requested not to stand here with his manas averted. AV 8.1.9d zyaamaz ca tvaa maa zabalaz ca preSitau yamasya yau pathirakSii zvaanau / arvaaG ehi maa vi diighyo maatra tiSThaH paraaGmanaaH /9/ manas the manas of the slaughtered animal goes away. TS 6.3.10.3 ... pazor vaa aalabdhasya mano 'pa kraamati manotaayai haviSo 'vadiiyamaanasyaanu bruuhiity aaha mana evaasyaava runddhe ... /3/ (agniiSomiiyapazu, avadaana) manas identified with aatman. AA 2.6.4; BAU 1.5.3. manas as psyche. E. Arbman, 1927, "Untersuchugen zur primitiven Seelenvorstelung, II," Monde Oriental, 21, pp. 166ff. manas a devataa worshipped before the cremation in the pitRmedha. VaikhGS 5.3 [73,10-15] citaapuurvaM mRtakaM tathaa nidhaayaagniiMz ca sarvaan atha10 dakSiNaamukhaH praaciinaaviitii paristiirya yathaasvam agnau juhoty a11gnaye somaayendraaya yamaaya varuNaaya kuberaaya pRthivyaa adbhya12s tejase vaayave aakaazaayaahaMkaaraaya buddhaya indriyebhyaH puruSaaya13 suuryaaya jiivaaya manase pancabhuutaadhipataye paramapuruSaaya14 sukRtaaya dharmaaya dhruvaaya vRSaaya svaaheti vyaahRtiiH (pitRmedha). manas worshipped in the upaakaraNa. ManGS 1.4.2 sa juhoti ... manas naamaasi tasya te joSTraM gameyam / aham id dhi pituH pari medhaam Rtasya jagrabha ahaM suurya ivaajani svaahaa / ... /2/ manas BAU 1.5.3 gives a passage which defines the manas. (E. Arbman, 1927, "Untersuchugen zur primitiven Seelenvorstelung, II," Monde Oriental, 21, p. 162.) manas as the thinking organ among the sense organs; this idea is secondary. E. Arbman, 1927, "Untersuchugen zur primitiven Seelenvorstelung, II," Monde Oriental, 21, p. 163, n. 1. manas a description of nine guNas of manas in mbh 12.247.9 (Noritoshi Aramaki, 2005, "The Jaina and the Early Busshist saMkhyaa- and the Epic saaMkhya," Buddhism and Jainism, Essays in Honour of Dr. Hojun Nagasaki on His Seventieth Birthday, p. 782.) manas as the sixth organ of sense, Noritoshi Aramaki, 2005, "The Jaina and the Early Busshist saMkhyaa- and the Epic saaMkhya," Buddhism and Jainism, Essays in Honour of Dr. Hojun Nagasaki on His Seventieth Birthday, p. 798: The epic saaMkhya stratum, mbh 12.200-233, is remarkably inclusivistic in its eforts to subsume even Buddhist philosophy of anaatman (note 7: Cf. mbh 12.212.15, mbh 12.215.29 and mbh 12.228.33) and Buddhist theory of manas as the sixth cognitive faculty (note 8: Cf. mbh 12.212.20, mbh 12.203.17 etc.). manas as the sixth organ of sense, Noritoshi Aramaki, 2005, "The Jaina and the Early Busshist saMkhyaa- and the Epic saaMkhya," Buddhism and Jainism, Essays in Honour of Dr. Hojun Nagasaki on His Seventieth Birthday, p. 784: Together with the five sense faculties (indriyas) the thinking-faculty (manas) is enumerated as the sixth here in mbh 12.238.2 taiz caiSa kurute kaaryaM manaHSaSThair indriyaiH / sudaantair iva saMyantaa dRDhaiH paramavaajibhiH //. It is Early Buddhists who have recognized the thinking-faculty to be overcome as their deepest condition together with the other five sense-faculties (cf. SN 1.3.10: SA-A no. 602: SA-B no. 177). manas must be called back after the performance of the ancestor ceremonies such as the pitRyajna and zraaddha